DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

BULLETIN

UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

No. 1OO

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF THK PUBLICATIONS OP THE 

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, WITH THE LAWS GOVERNING THEIR PRINTING AND DISTRIBUTION

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1893
(DO
LIBRARY CATALOGUE SLIPS.

^ United States. Department of the interior. ( U. S. geological survey.) 

Department of the interior | (-Bulletin | of the | United 

» States | geological survey | no. 100 | [Seal of the department] | 

, Wasliingtoii | government printing office ( 1893

x * 2 «

2 Second title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

fe . director | | Bibliography and iudox | of the | publications of 

. the United States geological survey | with the laws governing 

their printing and distribution | by | Philip Creveling Wuriuau | 

[Vignette] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893 

. 8°. 405 pp.

IT

Warmaii (Philip Groveling).

United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | | 

Bibliography and index | of the | publications of tho United 

States geological survey | with the laws governing their printing 

and distribution | by | Philip Groveling Warm an | [Vignette] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

8°. 495 pp.

[UNITED STATES.' Department o/ the interior. (IT. S. geological survey.) 

Bulletin 100.]

. United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | |

*3 Bibliography and index | of the ( publications of the United

£ States geological survey | with tho laws governing their printing

.£, and distribution | by ( Philip Groveling Warinaii ( [Vignette] |

 * Washington | government printing office | 1893

g 8°. 4'.)5pp.

0 [UNITED STATES. Department of the interior. (U. S. geological survey.

5 Bulletiu 11)0.]

& 2326
f - y.
[Bulletin No. 100.]

The publications of the United States Geological Survey are issued in accordance with the statute 

approved March 3, 1879, which declares that 

"The publications of the Geological Survey shall consist of the annual report of operations, geological 

and economic maps illustrating the rosonrees and class! (ioation of the lands, and reports upon general 

and economic geology and paleontology. The annual report of operations of the Geological Survey 

shall accompany the annual report of tlio Secretary of tlio Interior. All special memoirs and reports

of said Survey shall be issued in uniform quarto scries if deemed necessary by the Director, butotherwisoin ordinary octavos. Three thousand copies of each shall be published for scientific exchanges 

and for sale at the price of publication; and all literary and cartographic materials received in exchange 

shall be the property of the United States and form a part of the library of the organization; and the 

money resulting from the sale of such publications shall bo covered into the Treasury of the United 

States."

On July 7, 1882, the following joint resolution, referring to all Government publications, was passed' 

by Congress:

"That whenever any document or report shall ho ordered printed by Congress, there shall bo printed, 

in addition to the number in each case stated, the 'usual number' (1,7154) of copies for binding and 

distribution among those entitled to receive them."

Except in those cases in which an extra number of any publication has been supplied to the Survey 

by special resolution of Congress or has been ordered by the Secretary of the Interior, this oflico has 

no copies for gratuitous distribution.

ANNUAL REPORTS.

I. First Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, by Clarence King. 1880. 8°. 70 pp. 

Imap. A preliminary report describing plan of organization and publications.

II. Second Annual' Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1880-'8.l, by J. W. Powell. 1882. 

8°. Iv, 588 pp. 02 pi. 1 mr.p.

III. Third Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1881-'82, by -T. "W. Powell. 18S3. 

8°. xviii, 504 pp. 07 pi. and maps.

IV. Fourth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1882-'83, by .T. W. Powell. 1884. 

8°. xxxii, 47U pp. 85 pi. and maps.

V. Fifth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1883-'84, by J. W. Powell. 1885. 

8°. xxxvi, 4.09 pp. 58 pi. and maps.

VI. Sixth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 18S4-'85, by J. W. Powell. 1885. 

8°. xxix, 570 pp. 05 pi. and maps.

VII. Seventh Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1885-'8G, by J. W. Powell. 1888. 

8°. xx, 050 pp. 71 pi. and maps.

VI 1.1. Eighth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey. 188G-'87, by J. W. Powell. 188!). 

8°. 2 pt. xix, 474, xii pp. 53 pi. and maps; 1 p. 1., 475-1003 pp. 54-70 pi. and maps.

IX. Ninth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1887-'SS, by J. W". Powell. 1889. 

8°. xiii, 717 pp. 88 pi. and maps.

X. Tenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1888-'89, by J. AV. Powell. 1890. 

8°. 2 pt. xv, 774pp. 98 pi. and maps; viii. 123 pp.

XI. Eleventh AnnualKeportof the United StatesGeologicalSurvey, 1889-'90, byJ. W.Powell. 1891. 

8°. 2pt. xv, 757 pp. GO pi. and maps; ix, 351 pp. 30 pi.

XII. Twelfth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1890-'91, by J. W. Powell. 1891. 

8°. 2pt. xiii, 075 pp. 53 pi. and maps; xviii, 570 pp. 140 pi, and maps.

XIII. Thirteenth. Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1891-'92, by J. W. Powell. 

1893. 8°. 3pt.

MONOGRAPHS. <i

I. Lake Bonnovillo, by Grove TCarl Gilbert. 1890. 4°. xx, 438 pp. 51.pl. Imap. .Price $1.50.

II. Tertiary History of the Grand Canon District, with atlas, by Clarence K Button, Capt. U. S.-A. 

1882. 4°. xiv, 264pp. 42 pi. and atlas of 24 sheets folio. Price $10.00.

1
tt ADVERTISEMENT.

HI. Geology of the Comstock Lode and the Washoe District, with atlas, by George ¥. Becter. 1882. 

4°. xv, 422pp. 7 pi. and atlas of 21 sheets folio. Price $11.00. 

IY. Comstock Mining and Miners, by Eliot Lord. 1883. 4°. xiv, 451 pp. 3 pi. Price $1.50.

V. The Copper-Bearing Rocks of Lake Superior, by Roland Duer Irving. 1883. 4°. xvi, 464 pp. 

151. 29 pi. and maps. Price $1.85.

VI. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Older Meso/oic Flora of Virginia, by William Morris 

Fontaiue. 1883. 4°. xi, 144 pp. 541. 54 pi. Price $1.05.

VII. Silver-Lead Deposits of Eureka, Nevada, by Joseph Story Curtis. 1884. 4°. xiii, 200 pp. 16 

pi. Price $1.20.

VILT. Paleontology of the Eureka District, by Charles Doolittle Walcott. 1884. 4°. xiii, 298 pp. 

241. 24 pi. Price $1.10.

IX. Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Raritau Clays and Greensand Marls of New Jersey, 

by RobertP. Whitlield. 1885. 4°. xx, 338 pp. 35 pi. 1 map. Price $1.15.

X. Dinocerata. A Monograph of an Extinct Order of Gigantic Mammals, by Othniel Charles Marsh. 

188C. 40. xviii, 243 pp. 501. 50 pi. Price $2.70. ' 

XI. Geological History of Lake Laliontau, a Quaternary Lake of Northwestern Nevada, by Israel 

Cook Russell. 3885. 4°. xiv, 288 pp. 40 pi. and maps. Price $1.75. -

XIT. Geology and Mining Industry of Leadvillo, Colorado, with atlas, by Samuel Franklin Emmons. 

1880. 4°. xxix, 770 pp. 45 pi. and atlas of 35 sheets folio. Price $8.40.

XIII. Geology of the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific Slope, with atlas, by George F. Becker, 

1888. 4°. xix, 480pp. 7 pi. and atlas of 14 sheets folio. Price $2.00.

XIV. Fossil Fishes and Fossil Plants of the Triassic Rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut Valley, by John S. Newberry. 1888. 4°. xiv, 152pp. 20 pi. Price $1.00.

XV. The Potomac or Younger Mesozoic Flora, by William Morris Fontaine. 18S9. 4°. xiv, 377 

pp. 180 pi. Text and plates bound separately. Price $2.50.

XVI. The Paleozoic Fishes of North America, by John Strong Newberry. 1889. 4°. 340pp. 53 pi. 

Price $1.00. , . XVJLI. The Flora of the Dakota Group, a posthumous work, by Leo Lesquereux. .Edited by F. H. 

Knowlton. 1891. 4°. 400pp. 66 pi. Price $1.10.

XVIII. Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan Clays and Greensand Marls of New Jersey, 

by Robert P. Whitficld. 1891. 4°. 402pp. 50 pi. Price $1.00.

XIX. The Penokee Iron-Bearing Scries of Northern Wisconsin and Michigan, by Roland D. Irving 

and C. R. Van Hise. 3802. 4°.

XX. Geology of the Eureka District, Nevada, with atlas, by Arnold Hague. 1892. 4°. 419pp. 8 pi. 

In press:

XXI. The Tertiary Rhynchophorons Coleoptera of North America, by Samuel Hubbard Scmlder.

XXII. A Manual of Topographic Methods, by Henry Gannntt. chief topographer.

XXIII. Geology of the Green Mountains in Massachusetts, by Raphael Punipclly, J. E. Wolff, 

T. Nelson Dale, and Bayard T. Putnam. 

In preparation:

 Mollvisca and Crustacea of the Miocene Formations of New Jersey, by E. P. Whitfield.

 Sauropoda, by 0. C. Marsh.

 Stegosauria, by O. C. Marsh. "

 Brontotheridaj, by 0. C. Marsh.

 Report on the Denver Coal Basin, by S. F. Emmons.

 Report on Silver Cliff and Ten-Mile Mining Districts, Colorado, by S. F. Emmons.

 The Glacial Lake Agassiz, by Warren Upham.

BULLETINS.

1. On Hypersthene-Andesite and on Triclinic Pyroxene in Augitic Rocks, by Whitman Cross, with a 

Geological Sketch of Buffalo Peaks, Colorado, by S:F. Emmons. 1883. 8°. 42pp. 2 pi. Price 10 cents.

2. Gold and Silver Conversion Tables, giviiig the coining values of troy ounces of line metal, etc., compntedby Albert AVilliams, jr. 1883. 8°. 8pp. Price 5 cents.

3. On the Fossil Faunas of the Upper Devonian, along the meridian of 76° 30', from Tompkins County, 

New York, to Bradford County, Pennsylvania, by Henry S. Williams. 1884. 8°. 36pp. Price 5 cents.

4. On Moso/oic Fossils, by Charles A. White. 1884. 8°. 36pp. 9 pi. Price 5 cents.

5. A Dictionary of Altitudes in the United States, compiled by Henry Gannett. 1884. 8°. 325 pp. 

Price 20 cents. 

C. Elevations in the Dominion of Canada, by J. W.'Spencer. 1884. 8°. 43 pp. Price 5 cents.

7. Mapoteca Geologica Americana. A Catalogue of Geological M!aps of America (North and South), 

1752-1881, in geographic and chronologic order, by Jules Marcou and John Belknap Marcou. 1884. 

8°. 184 pp. Price 10 cents.

8. On Secondary Enlargements of Mineral Fragments in Certain Rocks, by R. D. Irving and C. R. 

Van Hise. 1884. 8°. 56pp. 6 pi. Price 10 cents.

9. A report of work done in the AVashington Laboratory d uring the fiscal yea,r 1883-'84. F. W. Clarke, 

chief chemis(. T. M. Chatard, assistant chemist. 1884. 8°. 40pp. Price 5 cents.
ADVERTISEMENT. Ill

10. On the Cambrian !Faunn8 of North America. Preliminary studies, by Charles Doolittle Walcott. 

1884. 8°. 74pp. 10 pi. Price 5 cents.

4, 11. On the Quaternary and Recent Mnllimca of the Great Basin; with Descriptions of New Forms. 

by R. Ella worth Call. Introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary Lakes of the Great Basin, by G. 1C. 

Gilbert. 1884. 8°. 60 pp. 0 pi. Price 5 cents.

12. A Crystallographic Study of the Tliinolite of Lake Lahontan, by Edward S. Dana. 3884. 8°. 

34 pp. 3 pi. Price 5 cents.

' 13. Boundaries of the United States and of the several States and Territories, with a Historical 

Sketch of the Territorial Changes, by Henry Gannett. 1885. 8°. 135 pp. Price 10 centsi

14. The Electrical and Magnetic Properties of the Iron-Carburets, by Carl Barns and Vincent 

Stronhal. 1885. 8°. 238 pp. Price 15 cents. 

^ 15. On the Mesozoic and Ceuozoic Paleontology of California, by Charles A. White. 1885. 8°. 33pp.

Price 5 cents.

, 16. On the Higher Devonian Faunas of Ontario County, New York, by John M. Clarke. 1885. 8°. 

80 pp. 3 pi. Price 5 cents.

17. On the Development of Crystallization in the Igneous Rocks of Washoe, Nevada, with notes on 

» the Geology of the District, by Arnold Hague and Joseph P. Killings. 1885. 8°. 44 pp. Price 5 

cents.

* 38. On Marine Eocene, Fresh-water Miocene, and other Fossil Mollusca of Western North America, 

by Charles A. White1. .1885. 8°. 26 pp. 3 pi. Price 5 cents.

19. Notes on the Stratigraphy of California,, by George F. Backer. 1885. 8°. 28 pp. Price 5 cents.

20. Contributions to the Mineralogy of the Rocky Mountains, by Whitman Cross and W. F. Hillebrand. 1885. 8°. 114 pp. 1 pi. Price 10 cents.

21. The Lignites of the Great Sioux Reservation. A Report on the Region between the Grand and

Moreau Rivers, Dakota, by Bailey Willis. 1885. 8°. 16 pp. 5 pi. Price 5 cents. 

> 22. On New Cretaceous Fossils from California, by Charles A. White. 1885. 8°. 25 pp. 5 pi.

Price 5 cents. 0 

^ 23. Observations on the Junction between the Eastern Sandstone and the Keweenaw Series on Kowecnaw Point, Lake Superior, by R. D. Irving and T. C. Chamberlin. 1885. 8°. 124 pp. 17 pi. _

Price 15 cents.

24. List of Marine Mollusca, comprising the Quaternary Fossils and recent forms from American

*»- Localities between Capo Hatteras and Cape Roque, including the Bermudas, by William Healy .Dull. 

1885. 8°. 33C pp. Price 25 cents.

25. The Present Technical Condition of the Steel Industry of the "United States, by Phineas Barnes. 

1885. 8°. 85 pp. Price 10 cents.

26. Copper Smelting, by Henry M. Howe. 1885. 8°. 107pp. Price 10 cents.

27. Report of work done in the Division of Chemistry .and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

1884-'85. 1880. 8°'. 80pp. Price 10 cents.

'' 28. The Gabbros and Associated Hornblende Rocks occurring in the neighborhood of Baltimore, 

Md., by George Huntington Williams. 1880. 8°. 78pp. 4 pi. Price 10 cents.

29. On the Fresh-water Invertebrates of the North American Jurassic, by Charles A. White. 18SC. 

8°. 41pp. 4 pi. Price 5 cents.

30. Second Contribution to the Studies on the Cambrian Faunas of North America, by Charles Doolittle Walcott. 1880. 8°. 369pp. 33 pi. Price 25 cents.

31. Systematic Review of onr Present Knowledge of Fossil Insects, including Myriapods and Arachnids, by Samuel Hnbbard Scndder. 1886. 8°. 128 pp. Price 15 cents.

32. Lists and Analyses of the Mineral Springs of the United States; a Preliminary Study, by Albert 

^. C. Poale. 3880. 8°. 235 pp. Price 20 cents.

33. Notes on the Geology of Northern California,, by J. S. Diller. 1886. 8°. 23pp. Price 5 cents.

34. On the relation of the Laramio Mollnscan Fauna to that of the succeeding Fresh-water Eocene 

and other groups, by Charles A. White. 1886. 8°. 54pp. 5 pi. Price 10 cents.

35. Physical Properties of the Iron-Carburets, by Carl Barns and Vincent Stronhal. 1S8G. 8°. 62

*1 pp. Price 10 cents.

36. Subsidence of Fine Solid Particles in Liquids, by Carl Barns. 1886. 8°. 58pp. Price 10 cents.

*- 1 37. Types of the Laramie Flora, by Lester F. Ward. 1887. 8°. 354pp. 57 pi. Price 25 cents.

38. Peridotite of Elliott County, Kentucky, by J. S. Diller. 1887. 8°. 31 pp. 1 pi. Price 5 cents. 

. 39. The Upper Beaches and Deltas of the Glacial Lake Agassiz, by Warren Upham. 1887. 8°. 84 

pp. 1 pi. Price 10 cents.

40. Changes in River Courses in AVashington Territory due to Glaciation, by Bailey Willis. 1887. 

V* 8°. 10 pp. 4 pi. Price 5 cents.

v 41. On the Fossil Faunas of the Upper Devonian the Gonesee Section, New York, by Henry S. 

^- Williams. 1887. 8°. 121pp. 4 pi. Price 15 cents.

42. Report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

t- 1885-'86. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1887. 8°. 152 pp. 1 pi. Price 15 cents.

43. Tertiary and Cretaceous Strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama Rivers, by Eugene 

4 A. Smith and Lawrence C. Johnson. 1887. 8°. 189pp. 21 pi. Price 15 cents.

44. Bibliography of North American Geology for 1886, by Nelson H. Darton. 1887. 8°. 35 pp. 

, Price 5 cent*. «
IV ADVERTISEMENT.

45. The Present Condition of Knowledge of the Geology of Texas, by Robert T. Hill. 1887. 8°. 94 

pp. Price 10 cents.

46. Nature and Origin of Deposits «f Phosphate of Lime, by R. A. F. Penrose, jr., with an Introduction by N. S. Shaler. 1888. 8°. 143 pp. Price 15 cents.

47. Analyses of Waters of the Tellowstono National Park, with an Account of the Methods of 

Analysis employed, by Frank Austin Gooch and James Edward Whitftold. 1888. 8°. 84pp. Price 

10 cents.

48. On the Form and Position of the Sea Level, by Eobort Simpson Woodward. 1888. 8°. 88 pp. 

Price 10 cents.

49. Latitudes and Longitudes of Certain Points in Missouri, Kansas, and New Mexico, by Robert 

Simpson Woodward. 1889. 8°. 133 pp. Price 15 cents.

50. Formulas and Tables to facilitate the Construction and Use of Maps, by Robert Simpson Woodward. 1889. 8°. 124 pp. Price 15 ceiits.

51. On Invertebrate Fossils from the Pacific Coast, by Charles Abiathar AVhite. 1889. 8°. 102 

pp. 14 pi. Price 15 cents.

52. Subaerial Decay of Hocks and Origin of the Red Color of Certain Formations, by Israel Cook 

Russell. 1889. 8°. 65 pp. 5 pi. Price 10 cents.

53. The Geology of Nantucket, by Nathaniel Southgato Shaler, 1889. 8°. 55pp. 10 pi. Price 10 

cents.

54. On the Thermo-Electric Measurement of High Temperatures, by Carl Barns. 1889. 8°. 313 pp. 

incl. 1 pi. 11 pi. Price 25 cents.

55. Report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

1886-'87. Frank Wigglesworth Clarke, chief chemist. 1889. 8°. 96pp. Price 10 cents.

56. Fossil "Wood and Lignite of the Potomac Formation, by Frank Hall Rnowlton. 1889. 8°. 72 

pp. 7 pi. Price 10 cents.

57. A Geological Reconnaissance in Southwestern Kansas, by Robert Hay. 1890. 8°. 49pp. 2 pi. 

Price 5 cents.

58. The Glacial Boundary in Western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois, by George 

Frederick Wriglit, with an introduction by Thomas Chrowder Cliamberlin. 1890. 8°. 112pp. iucl. 

1 pi. 8 pi. Price 15 cents.

59. The Gabbros and Associated Rocks in Delaware, by Frederick D. Chester. 1890. 8°. 45pp. 

1 pi. Price 10 cents. .

60. Report of work done in the' Division of Chemistry and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

1887-'88. F. W. Clarke. chief chemist. 1890. 8°. 174pp. Price 15 cents.

61. Contributions to tlie Mineralogy of the Pacific Coast, by William Harlowe Melville and Waldemar 

Lindgren. 1890. 8°. 40pp. 3 pi. Price 5 cents.

62. The Greenstone Schist Areas of the Menominee and Marquette Regions of Michigan; a contribution to the subject of dynamic niotamorphism in eruptive rocks, by George Himtington Williams; 

with an introduction by Roland Duer Irving. 1890. 8°. 2-11 pp. 16 pi. Price 30 cents.

63. A Bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to 1889, including a list of North American 

Bpecies and a systematic arrangement of genera, by Anthony W. Vogdes. 1890. 8°. 177 pp. Price

15 cents.

64. A report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

1888-89. F.W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1890. 8°. 60pp. Price 10 cents.

65. Stratigraphy of the Bituminous Coal Field of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, by Israel 

C. White. 1891. 8°. 212 pp. . 11 pi. Price 20 cents.

66. On a Group of Volcanic Rocks from the Tewan Mountains,-New Mexico, and on the occurrence 

of Primary Quartz in certain Basalts, by Joseph Paxson Iddings. 1890. 8°. 34pp. Price 5 cents.

67. The Relations of the Traps of the Newark System in the Now Jersey Region, by Nelson Horatio 

Darton. 1890. 8°. 82pp. Price 10 cents.

68. Earthquakes in California in 1889, by James Edward Keeler. 1890. 8°. 25pp. Price 5 cents.

69. A Classed and Annotated Bibliography of Fossil Insects, by Samuel Hubbard Scudder. 1890. 

8°. 101 pp. Price 15 cents.

70. Report on Astronomical Work of 1889 and 1890, by Robert Simpson Woodward. 1890. 8°. 79 pp. 

Price 10 cents.

71. Index to the Known Fossil Insects of the World, including Myriapods and Arachnids, by Samuel 

Hubbard Scudder. 1891. 8°. 744 pp. Price 50 cents.

72. Altitudes between Lake Superior and the Rocky Mountains, by Warren TJpham. 1891. 8°. 

229pp. Price 20 cents.

73. The Viscosity of Solids, by Carl Barus. 1891. 8°. xii, 139 pp. 6 pi. Price 15 cents.

74. The Minerals of North Carolina, by Frederick Augustus Geuth. 1891. 8°. 119 pp. Price 15 

cents.

75. Record of North American Geology for 1887 to 1889, inclusive, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1891. 

8°. 173 pp. Price 15 cents.

76. A Dictionary of Altitudes in the United States (second edition), compiled by Henry Gannett, 

chief topographer. 1891. 8°. 393pp. Price 25 cents.

77. The Texan Permian and its Mesozoic Types of Fossils, by Charles A. White. 1891. 8°. 51 pp, 

4 pi. Price 10 cents.
ADVERTISEMENT. V

78. A report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

1889-'90. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1891. 8°. 131pp. Price 15 cents.

79. A Late Volcanic Eruption in Northern California and its Peculiar Lava, by J. S. Diller. 1891. 8°. 

33 pp. 17 pi. Price 10 cents.

80. Corrolattou papers Devonian and Carboniferous, by Henry Shalur Williams. 1891. 8°. 279pp. 

Price 20 cents.

 81. Correlation papers Cambrian, by Charles Doolittlo Walcott. 1891. 8°. 447 pp. 3 pi. Price 

25 cents.

82. Correlation papers Cretaceous, by Charles A. White. 1891. 8°. 273pp. 3 pi. Price 20 cents.

83. Correlation papers Eocene, by William Bullock Clark. 1891. 8°. 173pp. 2 pi. Price 15 cents.

84. Correlation papers Neocene, by W. H. Dull and G. D. Harris. 1892. 8°. 34'J pp. 3 pi. Price 

25 cents.

85. Correlation papers The Newark System, by Israel Cook Russell. 1892. 8°. 344 pp. 13 pi. 

Price 25 cents.

86. Correlation papers Archean and Algonkian, by C. E. Van Hise. 1892. 8°. 549 pp. 12 pi. 

Price 25 cents.

90. A report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics, mainly during the fiscal year 

1890-'91. F. W. Clarke.'chief chemist. 1892. 8°. ' 77 pp. Price .10 cents.

91. Record of North American Geology for 1890, by Nelson Horatio Dartou. 1891. 8°. 88 pp. Price 

10 cents.

92. The Compressibility of Liquids, by Carl Barns. 1892. 8°. 9fi pp. 29 pi. Price 10 cents.

93. Some insects of special interest from Florissant, Colorado, and other points in tins Torliarios of 

Colorado and Utah, by Samuel Hubbard Scuddor. 1S92. 8°. 35 pp. 3 pi. Price 5 cents.

94. The Mechanism of Solid Viscosity, by Carl Barus. 1892. 8°. 138pp. Price .15 cents.

95. Earthquakes in California in 1800 and 1891, by Edward Singleton Holdou. 1892. 8°. 31 pp. 

Price 5 cents. 

90. The 'Volume Thermodynamics of Liquids, by Carl Barus. 1892. 8°. 100pp. Price 10 cents.

97. The Mesozoic Echinodermata of the United States, by W. B. Clark. 1893. 8°. 207pp. 50 pi. 

Price 20 cents.

98. Flora of the Outlying Carboniferous Basins of Southwestern Missouri, by David White. 1893. 

8°. 139pp. 5 pi. Price 15 cents.

99. Record of North. American Geology for 1891, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1892. 8°. 73pp. Price 

10 cents.

100. Bibliography and Index of the Publications of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1879-1892, by Philip 

Crevoling Warman. 1893. 8°. 495 pp. Price 25 cents.

101. Insect Fauna of the Rhode Island Coal Field, by Samuel Hubbard Scudder. 1893. 8°. 27 pp. 

2 pi. Price 5 cents.

104. Glaciatiou of the Yellowstone Valley north of the Park, by W. H. Weed. 1893. 8°. 41 pp. 

4 pi. Price 5 cents.

In press:

102. A Catalogue and Bibliography of North American Mcsozoic Invertcbrata, by C. B. Boyle.

103. High Temperature Work in IgiKsous Fusion and Ebullition, chiefly in relation to pressure, by 

Carl Burns. *

105. The Laramie and the ovorlying Livingstone Formation in Montana, by W. H. Weed, with 

Keport on Flora, by F. H. Knowlton.

106. The Colorado Formation and its Invertebrate Fauna, by T. W. Stunton.

107. The Trap Dikes of Lake Champlain Valley and the Eastern Adirondack's, by J.F.lvemp.

108. A Geological Eeconnoissanco in Central Washington, by Israel C. liiisscll.

309. The Eruptive and Sedimentary Kocks on Pigeon Point, Minnesota, and their contact phenomena, by W. S. Bayloy.

1.10. The Paleozoic Section in the vicinity of Three Forks, Montana, by A. C. I'eale. 

In preparation:

 Correlation papers Pleistocene, by T. C. Ghamborlin.

 The Moraines of the Missouri Coteau, and their attendant deposits, by James Edward Todd.

 On the'Structure of the Ridge between the Taconic and the Green Mountain Ganges in Vermont; and On the Structure of Monument Mountain in Great Barrington, Mass., by T. Nelson Dale.

 A Bibliography of Paleobotany, by David White.

STATISTIC A L PA PEES.

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1882, by Albert Williams, jr. 1883. 8°. xvii, 813pp. Price 

50 cents.

Mineral Eesources of the United States, 1883 and 1884, by Albert Williams, jr. 1885. 8°. xiv, 1016 

pp. Price 60 cents.

Mineral Eesources of the United States, 1885. Division of Mining Statistics and Technology. 1886. 

8°. vii, 576 pp. Price 40 cents.

Mineral Eesourcos of the United States, 188G, by David T. Day. 1887. 8°. viii, 813pp. Price 50 cents.
VI ADVERTISEMENT. i

Mineral Resources of the United States. 1887, by David T. Day. 1888. 8°. vil, 832pp. Price 50 cents. '"'- 

Mineral Resources of the United States. 1888, by David T. Day. 1890. 8°. vii,952pp. Price 50 cents. H 

Mineral Eesources of the United States, 1889 and 1890, by David T. Day. 1892. 8°. viii, 671 pp. V\' 

Price 50 cents. " *

Mineral Besources of the United States, 1891, by David T. Day. 1893. 8°. vii, 630pp. Price 50 cents. 

In preparation: ' 

Mineral Resources of t.he United States, 1892. ' 

Tho money received from the sale of these publications is deposited in the Treasury, and the Secretary of the Treasury declines to receive bank checks, drafts, or postage stamps; all remittances, there- » 

 fore, must be by POSTAL NOTE or MONEY ORDER, made payable to the Chief Clerk of the U. S. Geological * 

Survey, or in CURRENCY, for the exact amount. Correspondence relating to the publications of the 4^ 

Survey should be addressed . 

To THE DIRECTOR OF THE ±»

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, ;"

. "WASHINGTON, D. C. -\

WASHINGTON, D. C., June, 1893. ' *-,
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

OJ1 THE

UNITED STATES

No. 1OO

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1893

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL STJBVEY

J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOK

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX

OF THK

PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

WITH THE LAWS GOVERNING THEIR PRINTING AND DISTRIBUTION

PHILIP CEEYELING WAEMAN

\

WASHINGTON 

CrOYERNMENT PRINTINGr OFFICE

1893

CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of transmittal........................................................ 7

Notice...................................................... *............... 8

Preface..................................................................... 9

Laws relating to the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey............. 11

Bibliography of the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey ............. 15

Annual Reports......................................................... 17

Monographs ............................................................ 91

Bulletins ............................................................... 127

Reports on Mineral Resources ........................................... 247

Geologic Atlas of the United. States and auxiliary and subsidiary maps .. 305

Geologic folios...................................................... 305

Topographic atlas sheets............................................ 307

Special topographic sheets .......................................... 320

Miscellaneous topographic maps..................................... 320

Miscellaneous publications.............................................. 321

C ircnlars of instructions ............................................ 321

Regulations ......................................................... 322

C ircular concerning publications.................................... 322

Guyot's tables ...................................................... 322

History of American State surveys .................................. 323

Rules and suggestions for preparation of manuscript and illustrations. 323

Johnson's report on the iron regions of Louisiana and Texas ......... 323

Digest of decisions concerning water in the arid region............... 324

Index to the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey ..................... 325

0 5

LETTER OF TRANSM1TTAL

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, 

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY,

Washington, D. <7., April 20,1893.

SIR: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a 

bibliography and index of the publications of the Geological Survey, 

with a compilation of the laws governing their printing.and distribution, prepared with a view to its publication as a bulletin.

Permit me to make use of this opportunity to thank you for the privilege of diverting a portion of my attention to this work and for your 

constant support and encouragement while engaged therein.

P. C. WARMAN. 

Hon. J. W. POWELL,

Director.

1
V 

M

NOTICE.

All the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey are either sold or exchanged for 

scientific works of like value except the series of Annual Reports. The larger portion of the Survey's quota of the latter, also, go regularly to institutions and individuals with whom the Survey has established exchange relations, so that only a 

limited number of any Annual are available for gratuitous distribution, and these 

are quickly exhausted. The earlier Annuals can no longer be supplied by the Geological Survey, but the Secretary of the Interior has a small number for sale at cost 

of paper, printing, and binding. The Monographs, Bulletins, and Mineral Resources 

are purchasable of the Director of the Geological Survey at like low prices, which 

are given individually throughout the bibliography in this Bulletin. Checks, drafts, 

or postage stamps can not be received; all remittances musfebe for the exact amount 

in currency or by postal note or money order made payable to the Chief Clerk of the 

U. S. Geological Survey. X

V
\

PREFACE.

The publications of the U. S. Geological Survey catalogued and indexed herein are: Annual Reports 1 to 12, Monographs I to XX, Bulletins 1 to 99 (except 87, 88, and 89, reserved as numbers of a series 

not yet completed), the first eight volumes of Mineral Resources (1882- 

1891), such portions of the Geologic Atlas, with auxiliary and subsidiary maps, as have been completed, and a few miscellaneous brochures. 

The work has been done incidentally to the compiler's regular official 

duties, and therefore in a desultory manner, occupying Ms attention, 

now live minutes, now a half hour, through more than a year's time.

In the bibliographic work no limitations of detail were set, and the 

information given approximates completeness. Respecting the index, 

however, the intention has been to avoid much elaboration, which the 

Director of the Survey thought not highly desirable. The plan contemplated a broad and systematic classification, of contents, alphabetically 

arranged, rather than a detailed and full index composed of unrelated 

items. To this end the large domain of knowledge into which the publications of the Geological Survey enter has been conceived as falling 

into the following fields: Geology (structural), geologic processes, 

petrography, paleontology, topography, and chemistry and physics. 

Under these names themselves and under the names of grand divisions 

in each of these fields entries have been grouped. For example, entries 

of a more strictly geologic character will be found aggregated under the 

period names of the stratigraphic column Archean, Algonkiau, Cambrian, Silurian, etc.; geologic processes, under the names of the processes, as Degradation, Metarnorphism, Volcanism, etc. j those of a paleontologic nature, under Paleontology, Paleobotany, Plants, Vertebrate, 

Invertebrate, Brachiopoda, Lamellibranchiata, Pteropoda, etc. $ those of 

a petrographic character, under Petrography, Lithology, Igneous, Sedimentary, Rocks, etc.; and so on. The names of states and countries 

have been treated as leading words, and so of course have the names 

of authors; and each paper has been entered under every significant 

word in its title.

For many of the bibliographic details the writer is indebted to Mr. 

James 0. Pilling, who, while Chief Clerk of the Survey, was in the habit

9
10 PREFACE.

of making memoranda of such matters as they passed through his 

hands; and he has contributed valued suggestions during the reading 

of the proof. Any excellence the index may be found to possess is due 

in large measure to Mr. Gr. K. Gilbert, who is responsible for interesting 

the writer in the project and who has-at all times been found ready to 

advance it by advice and aid, and to Messrs. Whitman Cross, A. 0. 

Peale, Charles S. Prosser, and I. C. Eussell, who have kindly rendered 

assistance in special lines.

P. C. W. 

WASHINGTON, D. C., May 25,1893.

W 

4

v

A
LAWS RELATING TO THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE 

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

The legal provisions under -which, the various editions of the reports 

of the U. S. Geological Survey are published, sold, and distributed 

are as follows:

GENERAL PROVISIONS IN THE ORGANIC ACT.

The publications of the Geological Survey sball consist of the annual report of 

operations, geological and economic maps illustrating the resources and classification of the lands, and reports upon general and economic geology and paleontology. 

The annual report of operations of the Geological Survey shall accompany the 

annual report of the Secretary of the Interior. All special memoirs and reports of 

said Survey shall be issued in uniform quarto series if deemed necessary by tho 

Director, but otherwise in ordinary octavos. Three thousand copies of each shall 

be published for scientific exchanges and for sale at the price of publication; and 

all literary and cartographic materials received in exchange shall be the property 

of the United States and form apart of the library of the organization: And the 

money resulting from the sale of such publications shall be covered into the Treasury 

of the United States * * * [Approved March 3,1879.] Statutes at Large, vol. 20, 

pp. 394-395.

USUAL NUMBER EDITION.

Fifteen hundred and fifty copies of any document ordered by Congress shrill be 

printed, and that number shall be known as the usual number. No greater number 

shall be printed unless ordered by either House or as hereinafter provided. Revised

Statutes, sec. S792. 

Increased tor a time to 1,900 to meet the requirements of law, and subsequently decreased to 1,734.

USUAL NUMBER TO.BE ADDED TO ALL ORDERS.

Resolved by the Senate and House of Representa lives of the United States of Am erica in 

Co'iif/ress assembled, That whenever any document or report shall be ordered printed 

by Congress, there shall be printed, in addition to the number in each case stated, 

the "usual number" of copies for binding and distribution among those entitled to 

receive them; and this shall apply to all unexecuted orders now in the office of the 

Public Printer. [Approved July 7, 1882.]- -Statutes at Large, vol. 22, p. 8S7.

"When the foregoing joint resolution was approved, monograph u of the survey publications the one 

first to appear had just been printed and was then being delivered; it was consequently not covered 

by this resolution, and in order that tlie same number of copies should bo published of it as of tho 

monographs to succeed it, the following joint resolution \vas subsequently passed:

USUAL NUMBER OF MONOGRAPH II.

Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in 

Congress assembled, That there be printed at the Government Printing Office the 

usual number of monograph second of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, with the necessary illustrations, and to conform to the editions al11
12 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVE^. [BDU..IOO.

ready issued by the Survey. [Approved March 2, 1885-1 Statutes at Large, vol. 23, 

p. 519.

MESSAGE AND DOCUMENTS EDITION.

Of the documents named in this section there shall be printed and bound, in addition to the usual number for Congress, the following numbers of copies, namely:

First. Of the documents accompanying the annual reports of the Executive Departments, one thousand copies for the use of the members of 1he Senate, and two 

thousand copies for the use of the members of the House of Representatives. Revised Statutes, sec. 8798.

DEPARTMENTAL EDITION.

Provided, That hereafter the Congressional Printer shall print, upon the order of 

the heads of the Executive Departments, respectively, only such limited number of 

the annual reports of such Departments and necessary accompanying reports of subordinates as may be deemed necessary for the use of Congress. Revised Statutes, Supplement, p. 9S.

SECOND AND THIRD ANNUALS, SPECIAL EDITION.

Resolved by the Senate and Souse of Representatives of tlie United States of America 

in Congress assembled, That there be printed, at the Government Printing Office 

eleven thousand copies each of the second and third annual reports of the Director 

of the United States Geological Survey, with the necessary illustrations and charts, 

live thousand copies of which shall be for the use of the House of Representatives, 

two thousand five hundred for the use of the Seuate, and two thousand five hundred 

for the use of the United States Geological Survey, and one thousand for sale by the 

Public Printer, at the cost of publication with ten per cent added thereto; the illustrations and charts to be made by the Public Printer under the direction of the 

joint committee on printing. [Approved August 5,1882.] Statutes at Large, vol. 22, 

p. 393.

FOURTH AND FIFTH ANNUALS, SPECIAL EDITION.

Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America 

in Congress assembled, That there be printed at the Government Printing Office, in 

addition to the number already ordered by law, fifteen thousand five hundred copies 

of each of the Fourth and Fifth Annual Reports of the Director of the United 

States Geological Survey, uniform with the preceding volumes of the series; of 

which three thousand five hundred of each shall be for the use of the Senate, seven 

thousand for the use of the House of Representatives, and five thousand for distribution by the Geological Surrey. [Approved June 26,1884.] Statutes at Large, vol. 

S3, p. 276.

SIXTH AND SEVENTH ANNUALS, SPECIAL EDITION.

Resolved ly the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in 

Congress assembled, That there be printed at the Government Printing Office, in addition to the number already ordered by law, fifteen thousand five hundred copies of 

each of the sixth and seventh annual reports of the Director of the United States 

Geological Survey, uniform with the preceding volumes of the series; of which three 

thousand five hundred shall be for the use of the Senate, seven thousand for the use 

of the House of Representatives, and five thousand for the distribution by the Geological Survey. [Approved March 2, 1885.] Statutes at Large, vol. 23, p. 519.

EIGHTH AND NINTH ANNUALS, SPECIAL EDITION.

Resolved by the Senate (the Souse of Representatives concurring herein), That there be 

printed at the Government Printing Office, in addition to the number already ordered 

by law, fifteen thousand five hundred copies of the eighth and ninth annual reports
WARMAN.] LAWS RELATING TO SURVEY PUBLICATIONS. 13

of the Director of the United States Geological Survey, uniform with the preceding 

volumes of the series, of which three thousand five hundred of each shall he for the 

use of the Senate, seven thousand for the use of the House of Represent ttives, and 

five thousand for distribution by the Geological Survey. Congressional Record, vol. 

19, pp. 6498, 6990.

TENTH, ELEVENTH, AND TWELFTH ANNUALS, SPECIAL EDITION.

Resolved l)y the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring herein), That there be 

printed at the Government Printing Office, in addition to the number already ordered by law, fifteen thousand five hundred copies each of the tenth, eleventh, and 

twelfth annual reports of the Director of the United States Geological Survey, uniform with the preceding volumes of the series, of which three thousand five hundred 

of each shall be for the use of the Senate, seven thousand for the use of the House 

of Representatives and five thousand for distribution by the Geological Survey. 

Congressional Record, vol. 81, pp. 872,

MSTKIBUTION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS.

The copies of journals, books, and public documents which are or may be authorized to be distributed to incorporated bodies, institutions, and associations within 

the States and Territories, shall be distributed to such bodies as shall be designated 

to the Secretary of the Interior by each of the Senators from the several States respectively, and by the Representatives in Congress from each congressional district, and by the Delegate from each Territory. The distribution shall be made in 

such manner that the quantity distributed to each congressional district and Territory shall be equal; except that whenever the number of copies of any publication 

is insufficient to supply therewith one institution, upon the designation of each 

member of the Senate and House of Representatives, the copies at the disposal of 

the Secretary may be distributed to such incorporated colleges, public libraries, 

athenaeums, literary and scientific institutions, boards of trade, or public associations, as he may select.

The selection of an institution to receive the documents ordered to be published or 

procured at the first session of any Congress shall control the documents of the entire Congress, unless another designation be made before any distribution has taken 

place under the selection first made. Where the same work is printed by order both 

of the Senate and House of Representatives, the duplicates may be sent to different 

institutions, if so desired, by the member whose right it is to direct the distribution. And the public documents to be distributed by the Secretary of the Interior 

shall be sent to the institutions already designated, unless he shall be satisfied that 

any such institution is no longer a suitable depository of the same. Congressional 

journals and public documents, authorized to be distributed to institutions on the 

designation of members of Congress, shall be sent to such libraries and institutions 

only as shall signify a willingness to pay the cost of their transportation. Revised 

Statutes, sees. 501, 502.

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIAL MEMOIRS AND REPORTS OF THE SUR.VET.

Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America 

in Congress assembled, That there shall be distributed from the number of special 

memoirs and reports of the United States Geological Survey now authorized by law 

one copy of every such publication to every public library which shall be designated to the Secretary of the Interior as follows: Two public libraries to be 

designated by each of the Senators from the States, respectively, two public 

libraries by the Representative in Congress from every Congressional district, and 

two public libraries by the Delegate from every Territory; such public libraries to 

be additional to those to which the said publications are distributed under existing 

law. [Approved March 3, 1887.] Statutes at Large, vol, 24, p. 647,
14 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

SALE OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS BY THE PUBLIC PRINTER.

If any person desiring extra copies of any document printed at the Government 

Printing Office by authority of law shall, previous to its being put to press, notify 

the Congressional Printer of the number of copies wanted, and shall pay to him in 

advance the estimated cost thereof and ten per cent thereon, the Congressional 

Printer may, under the direction of the Joint Committee on Public Printing, furnish 

the same. Revised Statutes, sec. 3809.

SALE OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS BY THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR.

Eesolved, by the Senate and Souse of Representatives of the United States of America 

in Congress assembled, That, the Secretary of the Interior be, and he is hereby, 

authorized to sell at cost price, to any party wishing to purchase the same, any 

public document of which copies available for this purpose, not required for official 

use, remain: Provided, That only one copy of any document be sold to any one person. [Approved March 3, 1887.] Statutes at Large, vol. 24, p. 647,
BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF TUB

PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

A 

r'-

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. 

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

By P. 0. WARMAN.

ANNUAL REPORTS.

FIRST ANNUAL REPORT, 1879-1880.

[First] Annual report of the United States geological survey [by 

Clarence King, director].

In 46th congress, 3d session, house of representatives, ex. doc. 1, part 5, report of 

the secretary of the interior, being part of the message and .documents communicated to the two houses of congress at the beginning of the third session of the 

forty-sixth congress, in three volumes, vol. n, pp. 333-392; Washington, 1880. 8°. 

No map. The report is dated Nov. 1, 1880, and signed Clarence King, director.

This edition of this volume consisted of 1,900 copies, the "usual number." A 

portion of these (about 800) were, as is customary, delivered unbound; the remainder (about 1,100) were printed later and bound in sheep, and these constitute vol. 

10 of the "Executive documents of the house of representatives for the third 

session of the forty-sixth congress."

In addition to the "usual number" an edition of 3,000 copies of the same document was printed, as the law directs, "1,000 copies for the use of the members of 

the senate and 2,000 copies for the use of the members of the house of representatives." These 3,000 wore bound, as is customary, in black cloth. Their title is 

identical with, that of the 1,900 editiou, with the exception of the omission at the 

top of the designation of the congress, session, etc., the title beginning "Report of 

the secretary of the interior." Survey report, pp. 333-392.

Besides the 4,900 copies of this volume described above, 750 copies of the same were 

printed by order of the secretary of the interior. They are bound in dark red cloth 

and titled as follows:

Annual report | of the | secretary of the interior | on the | operations of the department | for | the year ended June 30, 1880 | In. three volumes. | Volume u. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1880. 

' The survey report occupies pp. 333-392.

On the requisition of the -director of the survey the secretary of the interior caused 

to be printed for the use of the survey 2,000 separate copies of the survey report, as 

follows:

First annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | hou. Carl Schurz, | secretary of the interior. |-By | Clarence 

King, | director. | c

Washington: | government printing office. | 1880.

Paper cover bearing title as above within a border; inner title same, no border, 

verso blank; the report, pp. 3-62. 8U . Map. This description applies to one-half

17 

Bull. 100 2
18 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. LBUI.L.IOO. /

of the edition only; tLe other 1,000 copies have no map or paper cover, but were 

bound in dark red cloth, with the following half-title in gilt on the front cover: t 

First annual report | of the | U. S. geological survey | King, 1880 »

The only other changes from the original issue are of pagination and running head- ^ 

ing on versos, which is changed from "Report of the secretary of the interior" to 

uniformity with the recto heading " United States geological survey." The map ^ 

accompanying the paper-cover quota is entitled "Map showing geographical divisions of the U. S. geological survey, 1880." The "colored areas-indicate divisions '. 

now [then] organized," all of which are west of the 102d meridian.

Sold by the secretary of the interior, by authority of a joint resolution approved V 

March 3, 1887, for 50 cents.

All the forms of this survey report thus far described were probably printed from 

the same plates, the typo being long primer, with subreports, tables, etc., in brevier. 

By order of the secretary of the interior there were published 1,000 additional copies ' 

of the report, as follows:

First annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to ° 

the | hon. Carl Schurz, | secretary of the interior. | By | Clarence K 

King, | director. | ^

Washington': | government printing office. | 1880.

Paper cover bearing title as above within a border; inner title same, no border, 

verso blank; text, pp. 3-79. Royal 8°. Map, as in the other separate.

The matter was partly, at least, reset, subreports appearing in long primer also, r 

instead of in brevier. The type page is practically the same size as in the earlier ^ 

separate, but the work is printed on sheets of royal octavo size. 0 "7

I have seen the same separate bound in the customary dark red cloth, without a 

paper cover, showing that there were two styles of issue, as was the case Avith the 

smaller separate, but I have been unable to ascertain the number of copies issued 

of each style; the survey requisition merely called for 1,000 c.opies. "

This report was prepared by Mr. King in the fall of 1880 while engaged in survey 

work in California, and was transmitted to the secretary of the interior from San 

Francisco. The Washington office not having been fully organized, and there being ^ 

no special person to supervise the preparation of the survey reports, Mr. King 

thought it best to submit his report in type; therefrom a private edition of 500 <*" 

copies was printed; title and collation as follows:

First | annual report | of the | U. S. geological survey | to the | hou. Carl Schurz, | 

secretary of the interior. | By | Clarence King, | director.

[San Francisco, Cal.: 1880.] "

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; the report, ^ 

pp. 3-77. 8°.

-fSECOND ANNUAL REPORT, 1880-1881.

47th. congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 

1, | part 5. | Keport | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part t. 

of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of 

congress | at the | beginning of the first session of the forty-seventh ^ 

congress. | In four volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: t| government printing office. | 1882.

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Report of the director of the United States geological survey", verso blank; letter of 

trausmittal, p. iii, verso blank;, table of contents (including list of illustrations), 

pp. v-x; text (-including half-titles of individual papers), pp. .xi-lv, 1-565; index, 

pp. 567-588. Royal 8°. Plates I-LXI; figs. 1-32; 1 map in pocket, Plate XXXVI, 

opposite p. 102, is wrongly numbered xxxv.
wA»MAN.] SECOND ANNUAL EEPORT. 19

CONTENTS.

; rage. 

Powell (J. W.), Report of the director......................................................... XI-LV

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of................................................. 3-46

Dutton (C. E.), The physical geology of the Grand canon district............................. 47-100

Gilbert (G. K.), Contributions to the history of lake Bonnoville............................... 167-20<J

Emmons (S. F.), Abstract of report on geology and mining industry of Lead villo.............. 201-290

Becker (G. F.), A summary of the geology of the Comstock lode and the Washoo district..... 291-330

King (C.), Production of the precious metals in the United States ............................ 331-401

Gilbert (G. K.), A new method of measuring heights by means of the barometer.............. 403-566

This edition consisted of 1,900 copies, the "usual number." Of these, about 800 

were, as is customary, delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder Avere 

printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 11 of the "Executive documents of the house 

of representatives for the first session of the forty-seventh congress."

Another edition as follows:

Keport | of the | secretary of the interior; [ being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress I at the | beginning of the first session of the forty-seventh congress. | In four volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1882.

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the preceding edition. 

This is the 3,000 edition; bound in black cloth. Another edition as follows:

Annual report | of the | secretary of the interior | on the | operations of the department | for | the year ended June 30, 1881. | In four 

volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1882.

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as'in the preceding editions.

This edition consisted of 750 copies, ordered by the secretary of the interior for 

distribution by the department; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition as follows :

Second annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 18SO-'81 | by J J. W. Powell | director | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the preceding editions, with the exception that this edition has on pp. 565-566 

a "Postscript on graphic table," followed Ivy an additional plate (JLXII), entitled 

"Graphic table for computation of thermic correction."

This edition, ordered by joint resolution of congress approved August 5,1882, consisted of 11,000 copies; bound in dark red cloth.

The second annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a 

joint resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $1.80.

One hundred copies of this report were divided into. the separate papers of which 

it is composed and the separates issued with the following titles, etc.:

SEPAEATES FKOM THE SECOND ANNUAL.

Second annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1880-'81 |. by | J. W. Powell | director | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882
20 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Report of the director of the United 

States geological survey," verso blank; letter of transniittal, p. iii, verso blank; 

text, pp. xi-lv. Royal 8°. Plates i-vn and fig. I. (Plates vui and ix of the 

volume accompany administrative reports, of which there were no separate issues.) 

100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Introductory.................................... ...... ....................................... xi

Tertiary history of the Grand canon district, by Capt. C. E. Button......................... x 11

The history of lake Bonneville, by Mr. G. K. Gilbert........................................ xvi

Geology of the Eureka district, by Mr. Arnold Hague....................................... xvui

Geology of Leadville, by Mr. S. F. Emmons ................................................. xx

Geology of the Comstock lode, by Mr. G. F. Becker ......................................... xxiv

Statistics of coal and iron, by Prof. Raphael Pumpelly....................................... xxvi

The copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior, by Dr. K. D. Irving.............................. xxxi .

Precious metal statistics, by Mr. Clarence King ............................................. xxxiv.

History of the Comstock lode, by Mr. Eliot Lord............................................ xxxvn

New method of hypsometry, by Mr. G. K. Gilbert................:............................ XXXVIH

Plan of publication........................................................................... XL

General considerations......'............................:................................ xtr

General nomenclature.................................................................... XLII

Colors for geologic cartography .......................................................... XLIX

Conventional characters for diagrams .................................................... LIII

Financial statement ............................................................................ LV

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey.) J. W. Powell 

director | The | physical geology | of the | Grand canon district | by | Clarence E. Button | Extract from the annual report of 

the director of the U. S. geological survey 1880-81 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882 |

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The physical geology of the Grand 

canon district, by capt. Clarence E. Button, ordnance corps, U. S. a.," p. 47, verso 

blank; text, pp. 49-166. Royal 8°. Plates x-xxxvi; figs. 2-16; 1 map. Plate 

xxxvi is wrongly numbered xxxv. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

The Plateau province ....................... j................................................... 49

Geography of the Grand canon district.......................................................... 69

The terraces..................................................................................... 74

The Eocene.................................................................................. 74

The Cretaceous.............................................................................. 76

The Jurassic ................................................................................ 77

The Trias ..............................................-... ................................ 82

The Vermilion cliffs......................................................................... 83

The temples and towers of the Virgeu .."................................................... 88

The Permian ................................................................................ 91

The great denudation ........................................................................ r .. 95

Base levels of erosion. ........................................................~.............. 101

The Toroweap and Uinkaret.................................................................... 1.04

The Kaibab..................................................................................... 127

De Motte park............................................................................... 138

Point Sublime ................................................................................... 142

The excavation of the chasm .................................................................... 156

Corrasion.................................................................................... 157

Weathering.............................................................................^... 161

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Contributions | to the | history of lake Brnineville | by | G. K. 

Gilbert | Extract from the annual report of the director of the U. S. 

geological survey 1880-81') [Survey design] |

Washington [ government printing office | 1882
WARMAN.J SEPARATES FROM SECOND ANNUAL. 21

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Contributions to the history of lake 

Bonneville, by G. K. Gilbert," p. 167, verso blank; text, pp. 169-200. Royal 8°. 

Plates XXXVII-XLIII; figs. 17-21. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

I'nge.

Introduction................. % ................................................................... 169

The history of the oscillations................................................................... 170

The lake and the glaciers........................................................................ 189

The lake and volcanic eruption.................................................................. 190

The lake and mountain building ................................................................ 192

Summary........................................................................................ 200

Department of tlie interior U. S. geological survey j J. W. Powell 

director | Abstract of a report j upon the | geology and mining industry | of | Leadville Lake co. Colorado | by | S. F. Emraons | Extract 

from the annual report of the director of the TJ. S. geological survey 

1880-811 [Survey design] |

Washington |'government printing office | 1882

Paper cover with title as above; half title, "Abstract of report on geology and 

mining industry of Leadville, Lake county, Colorado, by S. F. Eminons," p. 201, 

verso blank; text, pp. 203-290. Royal 8°. Plates XLIV and XLV, which are located 

between pp. 240 and 241. 350 copies the usual quota of 100 and an additional lot 

of 250 ordered by the secretary of the interior.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introductory .................................................................................... 203

Topographical position .......................................................................... 207

General geology of Mosquito range.............................................................. 211

Rock formations - Composition.................................................................. 215

Arcbaian rocks.............................................................................. 215

Paleozoic formations......................................................................... 216

Cambrian............................................-..................:.................... 217

Silurian ..................................................................................... 218

Carboniferous............................................................................... 218

Quaternary.........,.................................................'...................... 220

Eruptive or igneous rocks................................................................... 221

White or Lead villo porphyry................................................................ 222

Other porphyries .................................... ..................................... 222

Dioritic rooks..................p.............................................................. 224

Rock formations Distribution ....................................'.............................. 225

Sedimentary.................................................................................. 225

Eruptive.................................................................................... 226

Ore deposits..................................................................................... 231

Leadville deposits........................................................................... 234

Descriptive geology of the Leadville region ...................................................... 240

General structure............................................................................ 240

Area east of Mosquito fault................................................................. 244

Between Mosquito and Ball mountain faults................................................ 244

Between Ball mountain and "Weston faults .................................................. 246

Between "Weston and Mike faults ........................................................... 249

West of Mike and Weston faults............................................................ 251

North of Evans gulch ....................................................................... 254

Quarternary formations ..................................................................... 256

Iron hill mines .................................................................................. 257

Carbonate hill mines ...............................................'............................. 263

Fryer hill mines ................................................................................. 269

Conclusions....................................................................................... 277

Metallurgical report............................................................."................ 28o

Conclusions ........................ ........................................................ 287

Some separates were ordered by the author and issued in advance of the main volume; these have title and collate as follows:
22 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 100,

Abstract of a report | upon the | geology and mining industry | of | Leadville, Colorado, | with | two colored plates. | By | S. F. Emmons, | geologist-in-charge | Eocky 

mountain division, U. S. geological survey. | Extract from'the annual report of the 

director of the U. S. geological survey | transmitted December 1, 1881. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1882.

Paper cover with title as above; "With the compliments of S. F. Emmons," verso 

blank, 11.; title as above, verso blank; list of contents, verso blank; the two colored plates; half-title, "Abstract of report on geology and mining industry of Leadville, Lake county, Colorado, by S. F. Enimous," p. 201, verso blank; text, pp. 203- 

290. Eoyal 8°. Plates XLIV and XLV. 250 copies.

Later the author ordered an additional lot; these collate thus:

Paper cover, with title nearly identical with that of the regular-official separate; 

inner title same, verso blank; list of contents, verso blank; text, pp. 203-290. 

Eoyal 8°. Plates xnv and XLV, between pp. 240 and 241. 200 copies.

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | A summary | of the | geology of the Comstock lode | and 

the | Washoe district | by | George F. Becker | Extract from the annual 

report of the director of the U. S. geological survey 1880-81 | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "A summary of the geology of the 

Comstock lode and the Washoe district, by George F. Becker," p. 291, verso blank; 

two colored plates; text, pp. 293-330. Eoyal 8°. Plates XLVI and XLVII; figs. 22-

26. 100 copies.

CONTENTS. I'aR-e. 

Introductory .............^...............--..................f.................................. 293

Decomposition of rocks.......................................................................... 2!)5

Propylite........................................................................................ 21)7

The rocks of the Washoe district................................................................. 298

Structural results of faulting.................................................................... 300

Occurrence and succession of rocks................................................................ 804

Chemistry....................................................................................... 307

Heat phenomena of the lode..................................................................... 3]0

The lode.......................................................................................... su

Physical investigations. ........ ....^............................................................ t 319

On the electrical activity of ore bodies .......................................................... 320'

On the thermal effect of kaolinization............................................................. 325

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Production | of the | precious metals | in | the United States 

| by | Clarence King | Extract from the annual report of the director 

of the U. S. geological survey 1880-81 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Production of the precious metals in 

the United States, by Clarence King/-' p. 331, verso blank; letter of trausmittal 

(dated New York, November 1, 1881), pp. 333-335, verso blank; text, pp. 337-401. 

Eoyal 8°. Plates X'LVIII-LIII. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ 333

Method followed in compilation .................................................................. 337

Classification of mines........................................................................... 341

Classification of reduction works................................................................ 342

Statistics of the Pacific division................................................................. 343

^ California ................................................................................... 343
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM SECOND ANNUAL. 23

Statistics of tlio Pacific division continued. Pago.

Nevada ..............:............. ......................................................... 346

Utah ........................................................................................ 348

Arizona. .................................................................................... 354

Idaho........................................................................................ 305

Oregon ......................................'................................................ 353

Washington ................................................................................... -'CO

Alaska...................................................................................... 3GI

Statistics of the division of the Kooky mountains............................................... 301

Colorado..................................................................................... 301

Dakota...................................................................................... 308

Montana ............................................................................... .... 370

Now Mexico................................................................................. 373

"Wyoming ................................................................................... "74

Statistics of the eastern division................................................................ 374

Silver contained in placer gold............................................................... 379

Pi('sume of reduction statistics.................................................................. 384

Production unaccounted for in tlie preceding tables......................................... 389

Assay value of fine bullion.................................................................. 391

Discount and market value.............................;.................................... 39-t

The outlook................................................................................. 305

Final disposition of the precious metals coinage............................................ 305

1 Consumption of the precious metals in the arts.............................................. 390

Other estimates of the bullion product...................................................... 397

Bullion product of tlio world................................................................ 399

Explanation of charts....................................................................... 400

Reprinted, with more tabular detail, as: ' ' Department of the interior. Tenth census 

of the United States. Francis A. Walker, superintendent. Statistics of the production of the precious metals in the United States. By Clarence King, special agent 

of the census. [Seal of the department of the interior.] Washington: government 

printing office. 1881." Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso 

blank; table of contents, pp. 5-6; text, pp. 7-94. 4°. Plates A-F, being the same 

six as in the survey publication.

Appears also, Avithout the plates, as chap. Arn of vol. xm of the Tenth census of 

the United States, pp. 296-381; AVnshington, 1885. 4°.

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | A ne\v method | of | measuring heights | by | means of the 

barometer | by | G-. K. Gilbert | Extract from the annual report of ttie 

director of the U. S. geological survey 1880-81 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "A new method of measuring heights 

by means of the barometer, by G. K. Gilbert/' p. 403, verso blank; text, pp. 405- 

566. Royal 8°. Plates LIV-LXII; figs. 27-32. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

The problem stated.............................................................................. 405

The fundamental principle.................................... f ............................. 405

Barometers .............*..................................................................... 407

Modifying conditions........................................................................ 409

Gradient..................................................................................... 412

Devices for the elimination of errors due to gradient........................................ 415

Temperature ........................................................... f .................... 420

Devices for the elimination of errors due to temperature..................................... 423

Humidity.................................................................................... 425

Devices for the elimination of errors duo to humidity....................................... 420

Errors of observation........................................................................ 427

General devices for diminishing hypsometric errors;........................................ 429

Relative importance of different sources of error............................................ 434

The practical problem....................................................................... 435
24 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Page.

The now sol u I ion....... ......................................................................... 437

The formula................................................................................. 439

Comparative tests............................................................................... 451

Comparison with Williamson's method...................................................... 452

Comparison with "VVhitney's method ....:.......'.................................-.......... 4C5

" Comparison with Plantamour's method...................................................... 480

Comparison by means of observations at mount "Washington............................... 488

Comparative computations from monthly means ............................................ 495

Summary.................................................................................... 498

Possible improvements.......................................................................... 501

1. Kedeter mi nation of the constant....................-..-...'..-..-..................-...... 501

2. Provision for diurnal periodicity.......................................................... 503

3. Provision for annual periodicity.......................................................... 513

4. Addition of a third base station........................................................... 518

5. Better form for thermic term ............................................................. 530

6. General provision for non-periodic gradient............................................... 536

7. Special provision for non-periodic gradient............................................... 539

8. Summary............................................................'..................... 540

Limitations to utility.......................................................... .................. 544

The work of others ................................ r ............................................ 548

On the use of the table.......................................................................... 553

Supplementary note on devices to eliminate wind influence..................................... 5fc!

Two additional lots of these separates were ordered by the department, one of 250 

copies in June, 1882, and the other of 350 copies in June, 1883. It is probable that 

the former of these lots are identical with the regular 100 separates described above, 

and-that the latter a year later are like one I have seen which is made up as follows : Cover title as in the regular separates; inner title same, verso blank; contents, 

differing slightly from those in the regular separate, 11., -verso .blank; text, pp. 405- 

566; special index to the separate, pp. [i]-iv. Royal 8°. Plates LIV-LXII ; figs. 27-32.

THIRD ANNUAL REPORT, 1881-1882.

47th congress, | 2cl session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 

1, | parts. | Keport | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | 

the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at the | beginning of the second session of the forty-seventh 

congress. | In four volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1883.

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Report of the director of the United States geological survey/' p. iii, verso blank; letter of transmit tal, p. [v], verso blank; table of contents, pp. vii-ix, verso blank; list of 

illustrations, pp. xi-xiii, verso blank; text (including half-titles, contents, etc., of 

individual papers, and plate explanations), pp. xv-xviii, 1-550; index, pp. 551-564. 

Royal 8°. Plates i-xxxv and 1-32; 56 figures.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Powell (J. W.), Report of the director....................................................... xv-xvrn

Chiefs of divisions, administrative reports of................................................ 1-41

Marsh (0. C.), Birds with teeth.............................................................. 45-88

Irviug (ILD.), The copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior. ................................... 89-188

Russell (I. C.), Sketch of the geological history of lake Lahontau............................ 189-235

Hague (A.), Abstract of report on geology of the Eureka district, Nevada.................. 237-290

Chamberliu(T. C.), Preliminary paper on the terminal moraine of the second glacial epoch..-.. 291-402 

White (C. A.), A review of the non-marine fossil molliisca of North America .............. 403-550

This edition consisted of 1,900 copies, the "usual number," about 800 °of which 

were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as vol. 12 of the "Executive documents of the house of representatives for the second session of the forty-seventh congress."
WARMAM.] THIRD ANNUAL REPORT.' 25

Another edition as follows:

Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at, 

the | beginning of the second session of the forty-seventh congress., 

| In four volumes. | Volume in. | 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1883.

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. [i]-ii; title as above, verse* 

blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents as in the preceding, 

edition.

This is the 3,000 edition; bound in black cloth. Another edition as follows:

Annual report | of the | secretary of the interior | on the | operations of the department | for | the year ended June 30,1882. | In four 

volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1883.

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp.[i]-ii; title as above, vorso 

blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents as in the previous 

editions.

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Third annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1881-'82 | by | J. W. Powell | director | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. [i]-ii; title as above, verso 

blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents as in the preceding 

editions.

This edition, ordered by joint resolution approved August 5, 1882, consisted of 

11,000 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth, but 50 copies were delivered in 

paper covers.

The third annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a 

joint resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $2.21.

One hundred copies of this report were divided into the separate papers composing the volume and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE THIRD ANNUAL.

Third annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1SS1T'S2 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, 

"Report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; 

letter of trausmittal to the secretary, p. [v], verso blank; table of contents (of the 

whole volume), pp. vii-ix, verso blank; list of illustrations (of the Avhole volume), 

pp. xi-xiii, verso blank; text, being the director's own report and the administrative reports of chiefs, pp. xv-xviii, 1-41, verso blank; half-title for accompanying; 

papers, p. 43, verso blank. Royal 8°. Plates I and n; figs. 1 aud 2. 100 copies.

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Birds with teeth | by | Othniel Charles Marsh | Extract from 

the third annual report of the director 1881-82 | [Survey design] [

Washington | government printing office I 1883
26 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Birds with teeth, by professor 0. (1. 

Marsh," p. 45, verso blank; contents (including illustrations), pp. 47-48; text, pp. 

49-88. Royal 8°. Figs. 3-33. 350 copies 100 regular separates and an additional 

lot of 250 ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

Page

In trodnction..................................................................................... 49

Description of Hesperornis ...................................................................... 52

Restoration of Hesperornis...................................................................... 04

Descripiion of I chthyornis...................................................................... 09

Restoration of Ichthyornis ...................................................................... 77>

Conclusion....................................................................................... 83

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey j J. W. Powell 

director | The | copper-bearing rocks | of | lake Superior | by | Koland 

Duer Irving | Extract from the third annual report of the director 

1881-82 | [Survey design] |' . Washington | government printing office |'1883

Paper cover with title'as above; half-title, "The copper-bearing rocks of lake 

Superior, by Roland Duer Irving," p. 89, verso blank; contents (including illustrations), pp. 91-92; text, pp. 93-188. Royal 8°. Plates in-xvii; figs. 34-43. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

Introductory .................................................................................... 93

Extent and general nature of the Keweenaw or copper-bearing series ........................... 95

Lithology of tli o Kewoenaw series .............................................................. 10,1

Structural features of the three classes of rocks of the Keweenaw series ....................... 110

General stratigraphy of the Keweenaw.......................................................... 128

The Keweenawau rocks of the south shore of lake Superior..................................... 339

The Keweeuawan rocks of the north and east shores of lake Superior........................... 140

Relations of the Keweenawan rocks to the associated formations................................ 147

Structure of the lake Superior basin............................................................. 174

The copper deposits.............................................................................. 180

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Sketch | of the ! geological history | of | lake Lahontau | a 

Quaternary lake of northwestern Nevada | by | Israel Cook Russell | 

Extract from the third annual report of the director 1881-82 | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Sketch of the geological history of 

lake Lahontan, a Quaternary lake of north western Nevada, by Israel C. Russell," p. 

189, verso blank; contents, p. 191, verso blank; illustrations, p. 193, verso blank; 

text, pp. 195-235. Royal 8°. Plates xvm-xxm; figs. 44-56. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

In troditction..................................................................................... 195

Lake Lahontan .................................................................................. 203

The smaller fossil lakes of the Great basin ...................................................... 234

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Abstract of report | on the | geology of the Eureka district | 

Nevada | by | Arnold Hague | Extract from the third annual report of 

the director 1881-82 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, " Abstract of report on geology of the 

Eureka district, Nevada, by Arnold H;igne," p. 237, verso blank; contents and illus-
WAUMAN.] SEPARATES FROM THIRD ANNUAL. 27

trations, p. 239, verso blank; text, pp. 241-290. Royal 8°. Plates xxiv and XX v. 

100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Papo. 

Introduction..................................................................................... 2! I

General description.............................................................................. 2J4

Paleozoic formations............................................................................. 2-18

Cambrian rocks ................................................................................. 254

Silurian rooks................................................................................... 200

Devonian rocks ................................................................................. 204

Carboniferous rocks............................................................................. 208

Pre-Tertiary igneous rocks...................................................................... 273

Tertiary and post-Tertiary volcanic rocks....................................................... 277

Geological cross-sections......................................................................... 288

An additional lot ordered by the author have slightly different title, as follows:

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Abstract of report | on the | geology of the Eureka district | Nevada | by | Arnold 

Hague | Extract from the annual report of the director of the U. S. geological survey 1881-82 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Collation and contents as given above for the regular separates. 150 copies.

Department of the interior XL S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Preliminary paper | on the | terminal moraine | of tlie | second glacial epoch | by | Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin | Extract from 

the third annual report of the director 1881-82 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover with title as above; half title, "Preliminary paper on the terminal 

moraine of the second glacial epoch, by Thomas C. Chamberliu," p. 291, verso blank; 

contents and illustrations, pp. 293-294; text, pp. 295-402. Royal 8°. Plates xxvixxxv. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

Preliminary definitions.......................................................................... 295

Structural classification of drift............................................................. 296

Genetic classification of drift................................................................ 290

Associated topographical types.............................................................. 304

The moraine...................................................................................... 310

Distribution................................................................................. 313

Special descriptions of morainic loops ....................................................... 314

Moraine of the Green bay glacier............................................................ 315

Moraine of the lake Michigan glacier........................................................ 322

Moraine of the Grand traverse glacier........................................................ 3'JG

Moraine of the Saginaw glacier.............................................................. 327

Moraine of the -western Erie or the Mauiuee glacier......................................... 330

Moraine of the Scioto glacier................................................................ 338

Moraine of the Grand river glacier .......................................................... 341

Dentate margin assumed in the ridged regions .............................................. 344

Separation of the older from the younger moraine............................................ 347

Moraine of the Genesee glacier.............................................................. 351

Moraine of the glacier of the Finger lake region............................................ 353

Moraine of the Mohawk valley.............................................................. 300

The western marginal moraine of the Hudson river glacier.................................. 306

A collateral belt of moraines................................................................. 309

Morainic loops of the coast region ........................................................... 379

Interlobate moraines in the coast region ...................................................'. 380

Moraine of the Chippewa valley glacier...................................................... 381

Moraine of the lake Superior glacier......................................................... 382

Moraine of the Minnesota valley glacier..................................................... 388

Moraine of.the Dakota valley glacier........................................................ 393

Moraines of the Missouri coteau ............................................................ 390

Possible course of the moraine beyond present exploration.................................. 401
28 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Department of the interior U. S. geological'survey | J. W. Powell 

director | A review | of the | non-marine fossil inollusca | of | North 

America | by. | Charles A. White | Extract from the third annual report 

of the director 1881-82 | [Survey design] |

Washington ( government printing office | 1883

Paper cover with, title as above; half-title, "A review of the non-marine fossil 

mollusca of north America, by C. A. White, in. d.," p. 403, verso blank; letter of 

transmittal, pp. 405-406; contents, p. 407, verso blank; illustrations, p. 409, verso 

blank; text, pp. 411-486; plate explanations, pp. 488, 490, 492, and the consecutive 

even numbers (versos) to and including 550, the recto in each case being blank. 

Royal 8°. Plates 1-32, each composed of a number of figures. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of traniimittal............................................................................. 405

Introductory remarks............................................................................ 41.1

Annotated and illustrated catalogue..................................................'........... 420

Conchifera................................................................................... 420

Gasteropoda................................................................................. 443

Tabular view of the non-marine fossil mollnsca of North America.............................. 472

Spurious and doubtful species................................................................... 478

General discussion........... v ................................................................... 479

Besides the regular separates of the last paper, described above, there was a special 

preliminary issue, as follows:

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | A review | of the | non-marine fossil mollusca | of | North 

America | by | Charles A. White | Extract from the "annual report of 

the director of the U. S. geological survey 1881-82 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883 | 5478

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso <,blank; contents, p. iii; 

illustrations, p. iv; letter of trausinittal, pp. 3-4; text, pp. 5-80; plate explanations, 

pp. 82, 84, 86, and the consecutive even numbers (versos) to and including 144, the 

recto in each case being blank; index, pp. i-iii. Royal 8°. Plates 1-32, each composed of a number of figures. 100 copies. The number " 5478 " appearing at the end 

of the title is doubtless tlie requisition number.

FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1882-1883.

48th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 

1, | part 5. | Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part 

of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses 

of! congress | at the | beginning of the first session of the forty-eighth 

congress. | In four volumes. (Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1883.

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, " Report 

of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; letter of 

transmittal, p. v, verso blank; table of contents, pp. vii-ix, verso blank; list of 

illustrations, pp. xi-xii; text (including half-titles, contents, etc., of individual 

papers, and plate explanations), pp. xiii-xxxii, 1-464; index, pp. 465-473. Royal 8°.

Plates I-LXXXV; figs. 1-15.

CONTENTS.

Pa.Ke. 

Powell (J. W.),Report of the director...................'................................... xin-xxxn

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of.............................................. 1-72

Button (C. E.), Hawaiian volcanoes ........................................................ 75-219

Curtis (J. S.), Abstract of a report on the mining geology of the Eureka district, Nevada. £21-251
'WARMAN.] FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT. 29

Williams (A.), jr., Popularfallacies regarding precious-metal ore dnposits ................. 253-271

"White (C. A.), A review of the fossil Ostreidie of North America, anrr a comparison of the 

fossil with the living forrca; with appendices by Angelo Hoilprin and J. A. Kjder ........ 273-430

Eus8ell.(I. C.), A geological reconuaissfuico in southern Oregon.............................. 431-404

This edition consisted of 1,900 copies, the "usual number," about 800 of which 

were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep, in which form they constitute vol. 12 of the " Executive documents 

of the house of representatives for the first session of the forty-eighth congress."

Another edition as follows:

Eeport' | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at 

the | beginning of the first session of the forty-eighth congress. | In 

four volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1883.

Title as above, vorso blank; half-title and remainder of collatioti and the contents 

as in the preceding edition.

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Annual report | of tlie | secretary of the interior | on the | operations of the department | for | the year ended June 30,1883. | In four 

volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1883.

Title as above, vorso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the preceding editions.

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Fourth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1882-'83 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the preceding editions.

This edition, ordered by joint resolution approved June 27, 1884, consisted of 

15,500 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth.

The fourth annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a 

joint resolution approved March 3,1887, at the price of $1.32.

One hundred and ten copies of this volume wore divided into the separate papers 

composing it and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE FOURTH ANNUAL.

Fourth annual report ] of the | United, States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1882-'83 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the secretary, p. v, verso blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. vii-ix; illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. xi-xii; text, being the 

director's owii report and the administrative reports of the heads of divisions, pp. 

xiii-xxxii, 1-72; half-title for accompanying papers, which page (recto) is numbered 

" 73-74." Royal 8°. Map (plate i) and figs. 1 and 2. 110 copies.
30 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOQ.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR.

Page. 

Introduction................;.....................-...........-................................ xni

Topographic work:

South Atlantic district .......*............................................................ xxi

South Mississippi district................................................................. xxn

Rocky mountain district................................................................... xxn

Great basin district........................................................................ xxn

District of the Pacific...................................................................... xxin

Special mining districts.................................................................... xxm

Geologic work:

Study of the Eureka district by Mr. Arnold Hague....................................... xxiv

Study of glacial phenomena by Prof. T. C. Chamberlin..................................... xx v

Study of metatnorphic rocks by Prof. Roland D. Irving.................................... xxv

Study of Quaternary lakes of the Great basin by Mr. G. K. Gilbert....................... xxvi

Survey of the Cascade range by Capt. C. E. Button........................................ xxvi

Survey of the mining districts of Colorado by Mr. S. F. Emmons.......................... xxvn

Survey of the quicksilver districts by Mr. G. F. Becker ................................... xxvm

Paleontologic work:

Work of Prof. O.C. Marsh ................................................................. xxvm

Work of Dr. C. A. White................................................................... xxix

Work of Mr. C. D. Walcott ................................................................ xxix

Work of Mr. Lester F. Ward .............................................................. xxx

Work of Mr. Lawrence C. Johnson........................................................ xxx

Chemic work:

Physical researches of Dr. Carl Barus and Mr. William Hallock........................... xxx

Statistics:

Mineral production of the United States, by Mr. Albert Williams, jr...................... xxxi

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Gannett:.................-.---....-......-....................--............. 3

Mr. Arnold Hague ..................................................................... 16

Mr. G.K.Gilbert ..................'..................................................... 19

Capt. C. E.Dutton...................................................................... 22

Prof.T.C. Chamberlin.......................;.......................................... 23

Prof. R. D. Irving . ..................................................................... 28

Mr. S. F. Emmons ....................................................................... 34

Mr.G.F.Becker ........................................................................ 39

Prof. O.C. Marsh........................................................................ 41

Dr.C.A.White.......................................................................... 42

Mr. C.D. Walcott....................................................................... 44

Mr, L. C.Johnson ....................................................................... 48

Mr. L.F. Ward..........:............................................................... 50

Dr. Carl Barua.......................................................................... 52

Mr. Albert Williams, jr................................................................ 59

o

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Hawaiian volcanoes | by | capt. Clarence Edward Button | 

ordnance corps U. S. a. | Extract from the fourth almual report of the 

director 1882-83 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Hawaiian volcanoes, by capt. Clarence 

Edward Button, ordnance corps, U. S. a.,"p. "15-76," verso blank; contents, p. "77- 

78," verso blank; illustrations, p. "79-80," verso blank; text, pp. 81-219. Royal 8°. 

Plates n-xxx; figs. 3-5. 210 copies 110 regular separates and 100 extras ordered 

by the author.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Geography of the Hawaiian islands................................................................ 81

A journey to Kilauea.............................................................................. 92

Kilauea............................................................................................ 104

Purlieus of Kalauea...,.....,.,,.........,,....., ,..,.....,...... .,.,.,.....,.,...,.,.......... 130,
WABMAN.] SEPARATES FROM FOURTH ANNUAL. 31

Manna Loa ........................................................................................ 1 20

Through Puna to Hilo ............................................................................. MO

From Hilo to Mauna Kea .......................................................................... 152

Manna Kea ........................................................................................ 101

Hamakua Kohala Hualalai ...................................................................... 100

Kona Eruption of 1868 ........................................................................... 175

The volcanic problem. . ............................................................................ 183

Mam............................................................................................... 10!)

Oahu .............................................................................................. 212

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Abstract of a report | on tlie | mining geology | of the | Eureka district Nevada | by | Joseph Story Ourtis | Extract from the 

fourth annual report of the director 1882-83 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper coArer with title as above; half-title, "Abstract of a report on the mining 

geology of the Eureka district, Nevada, by Joseph Story Curtis/'p. 221, verso blank; 

contents and illustrations, p. 223, verso blank ; letter of traiismittal to tho director 

by G. F. Becker, geologist in charge (dated San Francisco, June 1/1883), pp. 225- 

226; text, pp. 227-251. Koyal 8°. Plates xxxi-xxx.ni. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

rajro.

Letter of transmittal .......................................................................... 225

General outline of Euruka district. . ........................................................... 227

The structure of Prospect mountain ........................................................... 2.'W

The stractnre of Ruby hill........ ................ ......?..... ................................ 236

Occurrence of the ore. ..................................................................... 244

The source of the ore ...................................................................... 247

Tlie ore. ................................................................................... 250

Future of Huby hill ................................ ^.... ...................................... 251

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Popular fallacies | regarding | precious-metal ore deposits f 

by | Albert Williams jr. | Extract from the fourth annual report of the 

director I 382-83 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Popular fallacies regarding preciousmetal ore deposits, by Albert Williams, jr.," p. 253, verso blank; contents, p. 255, 

verso blank; text, pp. 257-271. Royal 8°. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago. 

Introduction-. .................................................................................. 257

Local prejudices against formations and in favor of others .................................... 257

The supposition that the richness of mineral veins usually increases with depth ............. 259

Tho proj udice against ' ' specimen " mines ...................................................... 2C2

Tho prejudice in favor of certain strikes and against others ................................... 263

Tlie predilection for "true fissures" .......................................................... 264

The block system of underground prospecting .......................... ..............1. ...... 204

The prejudice against bedded deposits and veins of small dip.............. .................... 266

That the appearance of ores is a trustworthy index of their value ............................. 267

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell

director | A review of the | fossil Ostreidae | of North America | and

| a comparison of the fossil with the living forms | by | Charles A.

White, m, $. | with appendices by prof, Angelo Heilprin and mr, John
32 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. 8. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 100.

A. Eyder | Extract from the fourth annual report of the director 

1882-83 | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover with, title as above; half-title, " A review of the fossil Ostreidfe," 

etc., p. 273, verso blank; contents, p. 275, verso blank; illustrations, p. 277., verso 

blank; letter of transmittal to the director, pp. 279-280; text by White, pp. 281-308; 

appendix i, by Heilprin, pp. 309-316; appendix 11, by Ryder, pp. 317-333; explanation of plates, pp. 334, 336,338, and consecutive even pages to and including 430, the 

recto in each case being blank. Royal 8°. Plates XXXIV-LXXXII, most of them composed of several figures each. 160 copies 110 regular separates and 50 extras ordered 

by the author.

CONTENTS.

Page 

Letter of transmittal........................................................................... 279

Introduction..................................................................................... 281

Carboniferous ................................................................................... 288

J urassic.... 4.................................................................................... 289

Cretaceous ...................................................................................... 290

Laramie group .................................................................................. 307

A ppendix i. !N<5rth American Tertiary Ostreiche, by Prof. Angolo Heilprin .................... 309

Eocene............................................................................ 309

Oligoceue ......................................................................... 311

Miocene .......................................................................... 312

Pliocene.......................................................................... 314

Poat-Plioceiie ..................................................................... 315

Appendix n. A sketch of the life-history of the oyster, by John A. Ryder .................... 317

Explanation of .plates ........................................................................... 334

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director j,A | geological reconnaissance | in | southern Oregon | by | 

Israel C. Eussell | Extract from the fourth annual report of the director 1882-83 | [Survey design]' j

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "A geological reconnaissance in southern Oregon, by Israel C. Russell," p. 431, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 

433, verso blank; text, pp. 435-464. Royal 8°. Plates LXXX.III-LXXXV; figs. 6-15. 

110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction................................................. A .................................. 435

Route of travel.................................................................................. 438

Displacements.......'............................................................................ 442

Stein mountain fault ......................................................................... 444

Warner valley fault......................................................................... 445

Abert lake fault ............................................................................ 447

 Summer lake fault...................:................,...................................... 443

Surprise valley fault ........................................................................ 449

Summary of observations relating to displacement.......................................... 450

Existing lakes................................................................................... 455

Recent changes in existing lakes............................................................ 456

Quaternary lakes................................................................................ 457

Tufa deposits. ................................................................................ 401

Re8mn6 ......................................................................................... 462

FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1883-1884.

48th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 1, | 

part 5. | Eepor.t | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | 

the message and documents I communicated to the I two houses of con- i
WARMAN.] FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT. 33

gress | at the | beginning of the second session of the forty-eighth congress. | In'four volumes. | Yolurne in. | 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1884.

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. v, verso blank; contents, pp. vii-x; illustrations, pp. xi-xv; 

text, with half-titles, contents, etc., of individual papers, pp. xvii-xxxvi, 1-452; index, 

pp. 453-469. Royal 8°. Plates I-LVIH (i and n being maps in pocket); figures 1-143.

CONTENTS. 

Pago. 

Powell (J. ~W.), Report of the director................................................. xvii-xxxvi

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of......................................... 1-66

Gilbert (G. K.), The topographic features of lake shores.............................. 69-123

Chamberlin (T. C.), The requisite and qualifying conditions of artesian wells........ 125-173

Irving (B. D.), Preliminary paper on an investigation of the Arclioan formations of 

the northwestern states ............................................................ 175-242

Marah (0. C.), Tho gigantic mammals of the order Dinocorata........................ 243-302

Russell (I. C.), Existing glaciers of the United Suites................................ 303-3§5

Ward (L. P.), Sketch of paleobotany.................................................. 357-452

This edition consisted of 1,900 copies, the "usual number," about 800 of which 

were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep, in which form they constitute vol. 13 of the "Executive documents 

of the house of representatives for the second session of the forty-eighth congress."

Another edition as follows:

Eeport | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses°of congress | 

at the | beginning of the second session of the forty-eighth congress, j 

In four volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. 11884.

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation, and the contents, same as in the edition previously described. 

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black. Another edition as follows:

Eeport | of the | secretary of the interior | for the | fiscal year.ending June 30,1884. | In four volumes. | Volume in. | 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1884.

Title as above, verso blank; halt-title and remainder of collation, and the contents, same as in the editions previously described.

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition 

as follows:

Fifth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 18S3-'84 | by | J. W.Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation, and the contents, as in the other editions.

This edition, ordered by joint resolution approved June 27, 1884, consisted of 

15,500 copies; bound In dark red cloth.

The fifth annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a joint 

resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $1.95.

One hundred and ten copies of this edi tiou were divided into the separate papers 

composing the volume, and the separates issued with the following titles : 

Bull. 100 3
34 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO. 

SEPARATES FROM THE FIFTH ANNUAL.

Fifth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1S83-'S4 | by | J.W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1S85

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Report 

of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; letter of 

trail smittal to the secretary, p. v, verso blank; contents, pp. vii-x; illustrations, 

pp. xi-xv, verso blank; report of the director, pp. xvii-xxxvi; administrative reports 

of chiefs, pp. 1-66. Royal 8°. Plates I and 11 (being maps in pocket). 110 copies.

! CONTENTS.

: . REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR,

	Page. 

Topographic work............................................................................. xvu

North Atlantic district.................................................................... xvni

South Atlantic district ..............................-,..,,-.....~........................ xvi 1 1

Rocky mountain division................................................................... xviu.

District of the Great basin ............ -..,....,..,-,,...,......-'-......................... xix

District of the Pacific...................................................................... xix

Geologic work ..............-.............-........-..----.-.-.--...--....-.-.---...-......!... xx

Survey of the Yellowstone rational park, by Mr. Arnold Hague.......................... xx

Studies in Dakota and Montana, by Dr. F. V. Haydcn ..................................... xxi

Study of glacier phenomena, by Prof. T. C. Chamberlin................................... xxi

Study of the Arch man rocks, by Prof. Roland D. Irving .................. ................ xxn

Study of the Quaternary lakes of the Great basin, by Mr. G. K. Gilbert................... xxn

Survey of the Cascade range, by Capt. C. E, Dutton....................................... xxnt

Survey of the District of Columbia and adjacent territory, by Mr.W J McGee ............ xxm

Economic studies in Colorado, by Mr. S. F. Emmona.....,'.,,............................. xxiv

Survey of mining districts, by Mr. G. P. Bueker.......................................... xxiv

Paleontologic work. .,........ ...,.... ,.*.......-.--,.......,.......,................ ........ xxv

' Work of Prof. O. C. Marsh ............................................................... Xxv

Work of Dr. C. A. White.................................................................. xxvi

AVork of Mr. Charles D. AValcott.......................................................... xxvi

Work of Mr. Lester F. Ward.............................................................. xxvi

Work of Prof. William M. Fontaine....................................................... xxvu

Cheiuic work ...........................................I...................................... XXVU

AVork of Prof. F. W. Clarke ............................................................... xxvn

Statistics ...........,.......-......-....-.-...-.-.---------.---.- -----..-.....--......,....... XXVHJ.

Mineral production of the United States, by Mr. Albert Williams, jr ..................... xxvni

Preliminary geologic map of the United States and thesaurus of American formal ions ........ xxvill

Bibliography of North American geology...................................................... Xxx

The publications of the survey ................................................................ xxxi

Sale of publications.........:.......,.........-............................................. xxxni

Exchange of publications.................................................................. xxxiv

Library........................................................................................ xxxiv

Photographic work............................................................................ xxxv

Financial statement......... .................................................................. xxxvi

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.'

Report of Mr. Henry Gannett ............................................................... 3

Mr. Arnold Hague................................................................. ' ] 5

Mr. T. C. Chamberlin............................................................. 20

Prof. Roland D. Irving ............................................................ 24

Dr.F. V. Hayden.................................................................. 28

Mr. G.K.Gilbert ................................................................ 30

Mr. WJ McGee................................................................... 34

Capt. C. E. Dutton ................................................................ 42

Mr. S. F. Eiumons................................................................. 43

Mr. G. F. Becker.................................................................. 47

Prof. O.C.Marsh.................T..................................'.............. 49
WAUMAN.] SEPARATES FROM FIFTH ANNUAL. 35

Page.

Eeportof Dr. G. A. White .................................................................. 50

Mr. Charles D. Walcott........................................................... 52

Mr. Lostcr !<". 'Ward ............................................................... 55

9 Mr. 1\ AV. Clarke.................................................................. 59

Mr. Albert 'Williams, jr ........................................................... 63

Mr. George "W. Shutt.............................................................. Ci

Map of the United States | exhibiting j the present status of knowledge | relating to the | area! distribution of geologic groups | (preliminary compilation) | compiled by W J McG-eo | 1884 | Extract from the 

fifth annual report of the director of the U. S. geological survey 

 [Washington: government printing office. 1885.]

Half-title as above, verso beginning of text; text (headed "The general map"), 

pp. 36-38. 8°. Accompanied by a geologic map of the United States about 17^ by 

28£ inches in size within the borders.

200 copies of both text and map, published by the department of the interior for 

gratuitous distribution.

These three pages of text (36-38) are extracted from the fifth annual, and the 

geologic map is the same as plate n of that annual. The color sclwme on p. 36 of 

this separate, however, differs from that on p. 36 of the volume, and does not conform to the colors actually used on these 200 maps, which are identical in coloring 

with the volume map; and the map is printed on heavier paper than the folding map 

for the pocket of the volume. Moreover, 100 of the maps have wide margins. But 

there were published, in addition, 25 copies of the map (heavier paper, narrow margins) Avith colors conform ing to those named in this separate. And further, there 

was issued one copy of the map (now in Mr. McGee's possession) in eleven sheets, 

one for each color.

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The topographic features | of) lake shores | by | Grove K. 

Gilbert | (Extract from the fifth annual report of the director, 1883-'84:.) 

| [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title'as above; general half-title for papers accompanying, p. 

67, verso blank; half-title, "The topographic features of lake shores, by G. K. Gilbert," p. 69, verso blank; contents, p. 71, verso blank; illustrations, p. 73, verso 

blank; text, pp. 75-1.23. Royal 8°. Plates in-xx; figs. 1-6. 310 copies 110 regular separates and 200 extras ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

Tage.

Introduction..................................................................................... 75

Earth shaping. ...................................................:.............. ............ 78

Wave work...................................................................................... 80

Littoral erosion............................................................................... 80

Littoral transportation ...................................................................... 85

Littoral deposition .......................................................................... 90

Tho distribution of wave- wrough t shore foal urea................................................ 101

Stream work; the delta ......................................................................... 104

Ice work; the shore wall........................................................................ 109

Submergence and emergence .................................................................... 110

The discrimination of shore features............................................................ 112

Clifls........................................................................................ 112

Terraces..................................................................................... 1]5

Ridges .................................... ................................................. 120

The i\ cognition of ancient shores................................................................ 122
36 PUBLIC/. TIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDLL.IOO.

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The requisite and qualifying conditions | of | artesian wells | 

by | Thomas C. Chamberlin | (Extract from the fifth annual report of 

the director, 1883-'84.) | [Survey design] | . Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The requisite and qualifying conditions of artesian wells, by Thomas C. Chamberlin," p. 125, verso blank; contents, pp. 127-128; illustrations, p. 129, verso blank; text, pp. 131-173. Koyal 8°. 

Plate xxi; figs. 7-31. 610 copies 110 regular separates and 500 extras ordered by 

the author.

CONTENTS.

Page 

Introduction .................................................................................... 131

Essential features of artesian wells.................................. v ........................... 134

The water-bearing beds.......................................................................... 135

The confining beds.......................... r .................................................... 138

The inclination of the beds ...................................................................... 141

The reservoir or fountain head ............................................................... 144

The collecting area........................................... .............................. 145

Advantages of low inclination of the strata ................................................. 146

Surface condition of the porous bed ......................................................... 147

Eaiufall......................................................................................... 147

Irrigation by artesian wells.......................................... --..... '................. 148

Adequacy of rainfall measured by capacity of strata........................................ 151

Escape of water at lower levels than the well................................................... 153

Conditions relating to the well itself......................................"...................... 154

Loss of flow in the well...................................................................... 157

Height of flow.......... .................................................................... 159

Detection of flow............................................................................ 160

Effect of time, on flow.................1...................................................... 163

Character of the water .......................................................................... 166

Limits in depth.................................................................................. 167

The art of sinking wells.........'................................................................ 169

liecord of drillings .............................................................................. 170

Areas of favorable, doubtful, and adverse probabilities .......................................... 172

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director |, Preliminary paper | on an | investigation of the Archsean 

formations | of the | northwestern states | by | Roland D. Irving | (Extract from the fifth annual report of the director, 1883-'84.) | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Preliminary paper on an investigation of the Archaean formations of the northwestern states, by R. D. Irving," p. 175, 

verso blank; contents, p. 177, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 179-180; text, pp. 

181-242. Eoyal 8°. Plates xxn-xxxi (the last two composed of several figures each); 

figs. 32-35. 210 copies 110 regular separates and 100 extras ordered by the'author.

CONTENTS.,

Page. 

'Scope of the investigation....................................................................... 181

Preliminary geological map of the region ................................................... 181

Problems to be attacked...................................................................... 183

General plan of operation ................................................................... 186

Field investigations............................................................................. 187

Investigations in Huronian areas............................................................ 187

Granitic and gneissic areas.............................................................. 208

Petrographical studies.......................................................................... 209

. Systematic microscopic studios.............................................................. 209

Enlargements of mineral fragments in certain detrital rocks................................ 218

Metamorphism in the Hurouian ............................................................. 241
WAUMAN.] SEPARATES FROM FIFTH ANNUAL. 37 , Department of tlie interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The gigantic inanimals | of the | order Dinocerata | by | 

Othniel 0. Marsh | (Extract from the fifth annual report of the director, 

1SS3-'S4.) | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title as above; half-tide, "The gigantic mammals of the order 

Dinocerata, by professor O. C. Marsh," p. 243, verso blank; contents, p. 245, verso 

blank; illustrations, pp. 247-248; text, pp. 249-302. Eoyal 8°. Figures 36-137. 

360 copies 110 regular separates and 250 extras ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

* Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 2'19

The skull........................................................................................ 250

The nasal bones .............................................................................. 258

The pre-nasal bones ......................................................................... 25!)

The frontal boucs ........................................................................... 2CO

The parietal bones ........................................................................... 202

The occiput................................................................................... 203

The sqamosal bones ......................................................................... 205

The rnalar bones............................................................................. 205

The lachrymal bones ........................................................................ 200

The maxillaries.............................................................................. 200

The premaxillaries .......................................................................... 200

The palate................................................................................... 207

The palatine bones ......................................................................... 209

The ptorygoid bones......................................................................... 270

The vomers.................................................................................. 272

The lower jaw................................................................................... 273

The teeth ....................................................................................... 277

The incisors............. --................................................................. 277

The canines ................................................................................. 279

The upper molars............................................................................ 282

The lower molars............................................................................ 283

The brain........................................................................................ 284

The cranial nerves........................................................................... 285

Brain growth................................................................................ 288

The vertebras..................................................................................... 294

The ribs and sternum............................................................................ 298

The fore limbs................................................................................... 298

The pelvis.........................................................................'.............. 300

The hind limbs.................................................................................. 300

Restoration...................................................................................... 302

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Existing glaciers | of the | United States | by | Israel C. 

Russell | (Extract from the fifth annual report of the director, 

1883-'84.) | [Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with -title as above; half-title, " Existing glaciers of the United 

States, by Israel C. Russell," p. 303, verso blank; contents, p. 305, verso blank; illustrations, p. 307, verso blauk; text, pp. 309-355. Eoyal 8°. Plates XXXII-LV; 

tigs. 138-143. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

"What is a glacier? ............................................................................... 30'J

Existing glaciers of the Sierra nevada ........................................................... 314

Personal observations........................................................................ 315

Previous explorations ....................................................................... 324
38 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLJ..IOO.

Ancient glaciers of the Sierra nevada.............................................................

Glaciers of northern California and the Cascade mountains......................................

Permanent ice on the mouii tains of the Great basin..............................................

Existing glaciers in the Roclcy mountains ....................................................... 344

Glaciers of Alaska............................................................................... 3-18

Department of the interior IT. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Sketch of paleobotany | by | Lester F. Ward | (Extract from 

the fifth annual report of the director, 1SS3-'S4.) j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Sketch of paleobotany, by Lester F. 

Ward," p. 357, verso blank; contents, p. 359, verso blank; illustrations, p. 361, verso 

blank; text, pp. 363-452; index (to the whole volume), pp. 453-469. Royal 8°. 160 

copies 110 regular separates and 50 extras ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

Page 

On the term "Paleobotany "....................................................................... 363

Interrelations of geology and biology ............................................................. 303

Scope of the present paper ........................................................................ 3G4

Need of a condensed exhibit....................................................................... 364

Future prospects of paleobotany .................................................................. 365

Interdependence of botany.and paleobotany ....................................................... 366

Historical view of paleobotanical discovery ....................................................... 308

A. Biographical sketches..................................................................... 3C8

B. Sketch of the early history and subsequent progress of paleobotany ..................... 385

Nomenclature and classification of fossil plants .....I................................ .^........... 425

The natural method as indicated by paleobotany .................................................. 431

1. Types of vegetation ...............................................i........................ 432

2. The Linnseau system......................................................................... 433

3. Systems of the Jussieus................................................\................... 434

4. Systems of modern botanists................................................................ 435

5. Modified system proposed................................................................... 436

6. Classification of the cryptogams............................................................ 437

7. Geognostico botanical view of the plant life of the globe .................................... 439

SIXTH ANNUAL EEPORT, 1884-1885..

49th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 

1, | part 5. | Eeport | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part 

of | the message and. documents | communicated to the | two houses of 

congress | at the j beginning of the first sessiou of the forty-ninth congress. | In five volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1886.

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, 

"Report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; 

contents, pp. v-viii; illustrations, pp. ix-xi; letter of transin ittal, p. xiii, verso blank; 

text, including half-titles, contents, etc., to individual papers, pp. xv-xxix, 1-557; 

index, pp. 559-570. Royal 8°. Plates I-LXV (i being a map in pocket); figs. 1-57.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Powell (J. W.), Report of the director..................................................... xv-xxix

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of...........................'.................. 1-101

Dutton (C. E.), Mount Taylor and the Zimi plateau ....................................... 105-198

Chaniberlin (T. C.) and Salisbury (It. D.). Preliminary paper on the dnftless area of the 

tipper Mississippi valley.................................................................. 199-322

Curtis (J. S.), The quantitative determination of silver by means of the microscope...... 323-352

Shaler (N. S.), Preliminary report on sea-coast swamps of the eastern "United States...... 353-398

"Ward (L. F.), Synopsis of the flora of the Laramie group ........... ..................... 399-557
WARMAN.] . SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT. 39

 This edition consisted of 1,900 copies, the "usual number," about 800 of -which 

were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as vol. 13 of the "Executive 'documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the forty-ninth congress." 

Another edition as follows:

Report I of tlie | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | 

at the | beginning of the first session of the forty-ninth congress. | In 

five volumes. | Volume in. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1886.

Title as above, verso blank; ImLf-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the preceding edition.

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Report | of the | secretary of the interior | for the | fiscal year ending June 30,1885. | In five volumes. | Volume in. | 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1886.

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the preceding editions.

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition 

as follows:

Sixth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 188i-'85 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of collation and the contents 

as in the other editions.

This edition, ordered by joint resolution approved March 2, 1885, consisted of 

15,500 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth.

The sixth annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a joint 

resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $1.67.

One hundred copies of this report were divided into the papers composing the volume and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE SIXTH ANNUAL.

Sixth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1884-'S5 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; 

contents (of the whole volume), pp. v-viii; illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. 

ix-xi, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. xiii, verso blank; report of the director, 

pp. xv-xxix; administrative reports of chiefs, pp. 1-101. Royal 8°. Plates n-x. 

(Plate I is a map in pocket, and though pertaining to this portion of the volume, it 

does not accompany these separates.) 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR.

 Pago. 

Letter of tronsmittal........................................................................... xm

Topography ................................................................................... xv

Palooiitology .......................................... ..............................:........ xxi
40 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BUU.IOO

	Page. 

Chemistry ..'. .................................................................................. xx

Physical researches............................................................................ xx

Lithology...................................................................................... xx

Statistics ...................................................................................... xx

Illustral ions................................................................................... xxi

Library........................................................................................ XXI

Publications .................................................................................... xxn

General geology ............................................................................... xxm

Economic geology.............................................................................. xxv

Appointments...............................'.................................................. xxv

Government and state surveys ................................................................ xxvi

Office of the survey .............................................................................. XXVH

Financial statement........ I.................................................................. xxviu

Reports of operations........................................ ^................................. xxvm

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Gannett................................................................ 3

Prof. Raphael Pumpelly ........................................................... 18

Prof. N. S. Shaler.....................:............................................. 18

Mr. G.K.Gilbert .................................................................. 22

Mr. W J McGee...........I.................................i..................... 25

Mr. T. C.Chamberlin............................................................... 33

Prof. H.'D.Irviug.................................................................. 40

Dr. F. V. Hayden................................................................... 48

Mr. Arnold Hague ................................................................. 54

Ca.pt. C. E. Button ................................................................. 59

Mr. S. F. Emmons .................................................................. 62

Mr. George F. Becker .............................................................. 67

Mr. J. S. Curtis..................................................................... 71

Prof. 0. C. Marsh.............................'................................ 1..... 71

Dr. C. A. White. ................................................................... 72

Mr. C.D.Walcott................................................................... 74

Dr. W.H.Dali.......................................'.............................. 78

Mr. L.F. "\Vard..................................................................... 81

Prof. William M. Fontaine......................................................... 85

Prof. F.W.Clarke................................................................. 86

Mr. Albert Williams, jr ............................................................ 88

Mr. George W.Shutt.....................................................!.......... ' 93

Mr. W.H. Holmes....................... ........................................... 94

Mr. Charles C. Darwin............................................................. 97

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J.W. Powell, 

director | Mount Taylor | and | the Zuni plateau | by | capt. Clarence 

E. Button | ordnance corps, U. S. a. | Extract from the sixth annual 

report of the director,. 1884-85 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Mount Taylor and the Zuni plateau, 

by capt. Clarence E. Button, ordnance corps, U. S. a.," p. "105-106," verso blank; 

contents p. "107-108," verso blank; illustrations, p. ''109-110," verso blank; letter 

of transinittal to the director, p. "111-112," verso blank; text, pp. 113-198. Eoyal 

8°. Plates xi-xxn; figs. 1-25. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal..................................................:.......................... Ill

The plateau country at large.................................................................... 113

The general features of the district.............................................................. 125

The stratigraphy.... _................................................ .................... 131

The Zuui plateau................................................................................ 141

The Nutria monocline....................................................................... 142

Mount Taylor and vicinity ...................................................................... 104

Recent lavas of the San Jos6 valley......................................................... 179

General conclusions............................................................................. 183
SEPARATES FROM SIXTH ANNUAL. 41

Department of the interior II. S. geological survey | J. "W. Powell, 

director | Preliminary paper | on the | driftless area of the upper Mississippi valley | by | T. 0. Chainberlin and E. D. Salisbury | Extract 

from the sixth annual report of the director, 1884-85 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Preliminary paper on the driftless 

area of the upper Mississippi valley, by T. C. Chainberlin and R. D. Salisbury," p. 

199, verso blank; table of contents, pp. 20.1.-202; illustrations, p. 203, verso blank; 

text, pp. 205-322. Royal 8°. Plates xxm-xxix; figs. 26-48. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

Introduction ..................................................................................... 205

Significance of phenomena .................................................................. 205

Table of Quaternary formations of the interior............................................... 211

Correlative features nud stratigraphy........................................................... 217

General relationships........................................................................ 21.7

Form .... ............................................................................... 217

Location................................................................................. 2.17

Drainage relations....................................................................... 217

Topographical relationships............................................................. 218

Stratigraphy of the region................................................................... 219

Pre-glacial degradation and residuary products.................................................. 221

Erosion and its resul ts...................................................................... 221

Erosion history.......................................................................... 221

Channelings of the region............................................................... 225

Flat-bottomed valleys.................................................................. 226

Slit-bottomed valleys.................................................................... 226

Diversities duo to strata! inequalities.................................................... 227

Longitudinal profile of valleys........................................................... 228

The absence of falls in the driftless region............................ '. .................. 228

Rarity ofconstricted gorges.............................................................. 220

Special instance of valley sculpture the Mississippi valley............................ 230

The reliefs of the region................................................................... 234

Forms of ridges.......................................................................... 234

Evidence of non-glaciation........................................ -. ...................... 237

Residuary products.......................................................................... 239

Physical characteristics of residuary earths............................................. 240

Formation of residuary earths........................................................... 242

Microscopic character of residuary earths............................................... 244

Size of particles ......................................................................... 248

Chemical constitution of the residuary earths........................................... 249

Rock relics .............................................................................. 251

Amount of residuary material............................................................ 254

Rock surface ............................................................................ 256

Capacity of the valleys and its relation to the amount of residuary material............ 257

Circumjacent glacial phenomena................................................................. 259

Border of the driftless area.................................................................. 259

Morainic border.............................................................................. 259

The fringing deposits of glacial waters.................................................. 261

The fringing deposits of ponded waters.................................................. 202

Attenuated till and bowlder border.......................................................... 264

Nature of the border..................................................................... 265

Course of the border of the old drifb...................................................... 2<58

Absence of-valley drift.................................................................. 270

Attenuated pebble drift border............................................................... 271

Distribution............................................................................. 275

Method of deposit.................................................................. v .... 277

The loess ........................................................................................ 278

Differential characters....................................................................... 278

Chemical and niineralogical constitution ................................................ 281

Distribution............................................................................. 283

Later fluvial loess ....................................................................... 285

Fossils .................................................................................. 285
42 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, [m . loo.

The loess continued. Pi; go.

Origin of the loess ........................................... 1............ .................. 280

2Eol iaii hypothesis ...................................................................... 280

Ice dams ................................................................................ 288

Ice attraction and crust deformation .................................................... 291

Possibilities of ice attraction ............................................................ 291

* Crust changes ........................................................................... 300

Deformations produced by ice ........................................................... 302

Source of the silt ........................................................................ 304

Time of the deposit ..................................................................... 305

The assortment of the material. ..................................... '. ........ .,, ......... 300

Terraces ........................................................................................... 30S

Terraces of the glacial H'ood deposits ........................................................ 308

History and genesis ............................................................................. 312

Sequence of events ................................................'...............-.......... . 312

Origin of the driftless region ................................................................ 315

The zone of waste ....................................................................... 319

Climatic influences ...................................................................... 322

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The | quantitative determination of silver | by means of | the 

microscope | by | Joseph Story Ourtis | Extract from the sixth annual 

report of the director, 1884-85 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The quantitative determination of 

silver by means of the microscope, by Joseph Story Curtis," p. 323, A-erso blank; 

contents, p. 325, verso blank; illustrations, p. 327, verso blank; text, pp. 329-352. 

Eoyal 8°. Plate xxx; figs. 49 and 50. 300 copies 100 regular separates and 200 

extras ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

The Plattner scale ....................................................... ........................ 329

The micrometer measuring apparatus ........................................................... 331

Manipulations before measuring. ................................................................ 334

Method of calculation .....'....................................................................... 342

The determination of small quantities of silver in country rocks.......... ...................... 345

Table showing weights of silver beads, number of ounces to the ton, etc........................ 348

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Preliminary report | on | sea-coast swamps of the eastern 

United States | by | Nathaniel Southgate Sbaler | Extract from the 

sixth annual report of the director, 1884-85 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Preliminary report on sea-coast 

swamps of the eastern United States, by Nathaniel Southgate Shaler," p. 353, verso 

blank; contents, p. 355, verso blank; illustrations, p. 357, verso blank; text, pp. 359- 

398. Eoyal 8°. Figures 51-57. 200 copies 100 regular separates and 100 extras 

ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

 Page. 

General introduction ............................................................................. 359

The coast swamps of New England ............................................................. 302

Economic problems connected with marine swam ps ............................................. 374

Detailed 'account of selected areas of salt marsh lands ........................................... 381

Plum island marshes ........................................................................ 381

Green harbor river diked lands .............................................................. 384

Principal areas of salt marshes between the Hudson river and Portland, Maine................. 389

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Synopsis | of the | flora of the Laramie group | by | Lester
SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT. 43

F. Ward | Extract from the sixth annual report of the director, 1884-85 

| [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, " Synopsis of the flora of theLavamio 

group, by LesterF. Ward," p. 399, vorso blank; contents, p. 401, verso blank; illustrations, p. 403, verso blank; text, pp. 405-549; list of species -illustrated, pp. 549-557. 

Royal 8°. Plates XXXI-LXV. 100 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

Introduction..................................................................................... 405

Historical review of opinion ..................................................................... 400

Nature and extent of the Laramio group ........................................................ 433

Vegetation of tho Laramio ago .................................................................. 430

Explanation of the table of distribution ......................................................... 440

Table of distribution of Laramio, Soucmian, and Eouoiic plants.................................. 443

Discussion of tho table of distribution........................................................... 515

Recent collections of fossil plants from tlie Laramio group ...................................... 530

Collections from tho Lbwer Laramio strata. ...........^...................................'..... 537

Collections from tho fort Union group........................................................... 542

List of species illustrated........................................................................ 549

SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1885-1880.

49th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 

1, | parts. | Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | 

the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at the | beginning of the second session of the forty-ninth congress. | In five volumes. | Volume m. | 

. Washington: | government printing office. | 1888.

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, 

"Seventh annual report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. 

in, verso blank; contents, pp. v-xiv; illustrations, pp. xv-xx; letter of trausinittal, 

p. 1, verso blank; text, with halt-titles, contents, and illustrations to individual 

1 tapers, pp. 3-646; index, pp. 647-656. Royal 8°. Plates I-LXXI (c and iv being 

folded maps in pocket); figs. 1-1.14.

CONTENTS.

Pago. 

Powell (J. AV.), Report of the director ......................................................... 3-42

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of................................................. 43-143

Chnmberliu (T. C.), Tho rock-swings of tho great ice invasions .............................. 147-2-lg

Iddings (J'. I'.), Obsidian cliff, Yollowstoue national park ..................................... 2-19-295

Shalor (N. S.), Koport on tho geology of Martha's vineyard.................................... 297-303

Irving (R. D.), On tho classification of the early Cambrian and pro-Cambrian forin.itions; a 

brief discussion of principles, illustrated by examples drawn mainly from the Like Superior 

region ....................................................................................... 305-454

Davis (W.M.), Tho structure of the Triassic formation of tlio Connecticut valley............. 45,")-490

Chatard (T. M.), Salt-making processes in the United States.--............................... 491-535

McCee (AV J), The geology of tho head of Chesapeake bay.................................... 537-040

This edition consisted of 1,734 copies, the "usual number," about 600 of which 

were issued unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as vol. 10 of the "Executive documents of the house of representatives for the second session of the forty-ninth congress."

Another edition as follows:

Eeport I of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress |
44 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL'SURVEY. IBUI.L.IOO.

at the | beginning of the second session of the forty-ninth congress. | 

In five volumes. | Volume in. | 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1888.

Advertisement of survey publications, pp. i-iv; library catalogue slips (samples), p. v, verso blank; title as above, verso blank; half-title and remainder of 

collation, and the contents, as in the edition previously described.

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Report | of the | secretary of the interior | for the | fiscal year ending 

June 30,1886. | In five volumes. | Volume in, | 

Washington: | government-printing-office.-1 1888.

Collation and contents as in the 3,000 edition, described next above. 

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition 

as follows:

Seventh annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1885-'86 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] | ........

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Collation and contents as in the 3,000 edition, described above.

This edition, ordered by joint resolution approved March 2, 1885, consisted of 

15,500 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth.

The seventh annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a 

joint resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $1.60.

One hundred and ten copies of this report were divided into the separate papers 

composing the volume and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE SEVENTH ANNUAL.

Seventh annual report | of the | United States geological survey | 

to the | secretary of the interior | 1885-'86 | by | J. W. PowelJ | director | [Survey design] |

Washington ] government printing office j 1888

Paper cover with title as above; inner title the same, verso blank; half-title, 

" Seventh annual report of the director of-the United States geological survey," 

p. iii, verso blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. v-xiv; illustrations (of the 

whole volume), pp. xv-xx; letter of transmittal to the secretary, p. 1, verso blank; 

report of the director, pp. 3-42; half-title to administrative reports of chiefs, p. 43, 

verso blank; administrative reports of chiefs, pp. 45-143. Royal 8°. Plates i-vn 

pertndn to the text of this separate, but i and iv (being maps iu pocket) do not 

accompany it; the others do. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

REPORT Of THE DIRECTOR.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ 1

Remarks on the plan and organization of the survey ............................................ 3

The geographic division ..................................................................... 3

The geologic divisions.....................-............'..................................... 8

The accessory divisions ..................................................................... LI

Schedule of organization .................................................................... 14

Topograph ic work............................................................................... 15

Geologic work ................................................................................... 17

The investigation of the A rchtean rocks .................................................... 17

The surveys of the Atlantic coast........................................................... 18
WARSIAM.] SEPARATES FROM SEVENTH ANNUAL. 45

Geologic work continued. . Page.

The surveys of the Appalachian region ..................................................... 19

The surveys of the lake Superior region..................................................... 20

The investigations in glacial geology ..... w.................................................. 21

The surveys in Montana ........... ........................................................ 23

The researches in the Yello wstono national park ............:............................... 23

The surveys in Colorado .................................................................... 24

The surveys in California .........................:........;................................ 25

The researches in volcanic geology .......................................................... 20

The investigations in the lower Mississippi region.......................................... 27

The investigations on the Potomac river .................................................... 28

Paleoutologio work.............................................................................. 29

The researches in vertebrate paleontogy .................................................... 29

The researches in Paleozoic^invortobrato paleontology ...................................... 30

The investigation of Mesozoic i n vertebrate fossils .......................................... 31

The study of Cenozoic invertebrate fossils .................................................. 32

The researches in paleobotany .............................................................. 33

The researches in fossil insects ............................................................... 34

Miscellaneous .................................J................................................. 35

Work in the division of choin istry and physics.............................................. 35

Researches on sea level ns affected by the attraction of adventitious masses ................ 30

Work in the division of mining statistics and technology .................................... 38

Office of the survey.......................................................................... 41

Acknowledgments .....................................................'..................... 41

Fiuuncial statement............................................................................. 42

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Gannett................................................................... 45

Mr. Raphael Puinpolly ............................:.................................. GO

Mr. U.S. Shaler...................................................................... 61

Mr. G.K.Gilbert..................................................................... 65

Mr. E. D. living...................................................................... 08

Mr. T. C. Chamberlin................................................................. 76

Mr. F. V. Hayden ................................................:................... 85

Mr. Arnold Hague.................................................................... 87

Mr. S. P.' Emmons .................................... 1............................... !U

Mr. G. F. Becker ...........................................i......................... 93

Mr. C. E. Button ..................................................................... 97

Mr. L. C. Johnson .................................................................... 103

Mr. WJMcGee...................................................................... 104

Mr. 0. C. Marsh ...................................................................... Ill

Mr. C. D. Walcott.................................................................... 113

Mr. C. A. White...................................................................... 117

Mr. W. H. Ball................ .. ................................................... 120

Mr. L. F. Ward.........................................................'.............. 123

Mr. S. H. Scudder .................................................................... 127

Mr. F. W. Clarke............... ,.\................................................... 127

Mr. Albert Williams ................................................................. 130

Mr. G. W. Shutt ..................................................................... 135

Mr. W. H. Holmes.................................................................... 130

Mr. C. C.Darwin..................................................................... 138

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The rock-scorings | of the | great ice invasions |-by | Thomas. 

Chrowder Chamberlin | Extract from the seventh annual report of the 

director, 1885-1886 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover with title as above; half-tifcle, "The rock-scorings of the great ice 

invasions, by T. C. Chamberlin," p. 147, verso blank; contents, pp. 149-151, verso 

blank; illustrations, pp. 153-154; text, pp. 155-248. Royal8°. Plate vin; figs. 1-50, 

110 copies.
46 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBULL.IOO.

CONTENTS.

I'ngo.'

Geographical distribution of strife............................................................... 105

Extent of the ice invasion ..............................................................'..... ] 55

Disparity of distribution of stripe............................................................ 158

Illusory irregularity of present mapping ................................................ :I50

Postglacial destruction of strifB.......................................................... 150

"Unequal search for striae ................................................................ 15!)

Unequal detection of strife............................................................... 159

Original distribution of strife ............................................................ 159

Topographical relations of the strife ............................................................. 100

Range of strife in altitude.................................................................... 160

Upper limit of glacial markings............................................................... 1 ill

The margin of glaciated area vertically umlulatory.......................................... 1 (J2

Varying position of the striated surface......................................................... 102

Strife on level plains......................................................................... 1-i t

Strife on descending plnno surfaces .......................................................... ] 0.">

Strife on ascending plane surfaces ........................................................... 107

Relations of the strife to the jnclined surfaces ............................................... 108

. Strife on vertical surfaces.................................................................... 10!)

(1) Horizontal............................................................................ 109

(2) Descending .....................................................i.................. ^. 171

(3) Ascending ........................................................................... 173

Strife on terraced surfaces ................................................................... 174

Strife on rounded angles ..:.................................................................. 175

Strife on horizontally curved surfaces ....................................................... 177

Strife on obliquely curved surfaces .......................................................... .17 /

Stri;e on vertically arched surfaces.......................................................... 177

Strife on domes ...................................................................... ........ 178

Strife on warped surfaces.................................................................... 179

Topography as affecting the distribution of strife................................................ 1.81

Disli ibution and direction of strife .......................................................... 181

Distinction between glacial borders.......................................................... 182

Influence of deeply overridden topography on glacial currents .............................. 185

Temperature and saturation as affecting glacial movement.................................'. ISO

Pressure as affecting plasticity................................................:............. 187

Kate of tlowage as affecting the course of strife about obstacles.............................. 191

Tim forms of prominences as affecting the course of flow about them........................ 191

The element of magnitude................................................................... 191

Miniature ridges behind hard knobs. -....................................................... 19;i

Grooving in front of obstacles ............................................................... 194

Absence of grooving in front of obstacles.................................................... 390

Deflection of currents in crossing valleys....... ...........^................................. 197

Cross striation................................................................................... 200

Varying effects of topography in successive stages.......................................... 200

Changes of glacial movement during a symmetrical retreat.............................. 201

Changes of movement due to varying topographic influence, producing an iinsynimetrical retreat.................................'............................................ 201

Changes of movement due to inequalities of supplies.................................... 202

Changes of movement due to varying rates of ablation.................................. 203-

Changes of movement due to glacial drainage............................................ 203

Changes of movement due to the seasons................................................. 203

Changes of movement due to solar action ................................................ 204

Changes of movement duo to climatic periods........................................... 204

Changes of movement due to inequalities of debris covering.......'....:................. 205

Changes of course due to possible movements of the earth's crust ....................... 205

Scoring action and the scorings .................................................... I............. 207

I. Disruption by glacial action.............................................................. 209'

Inthrtisting of drift................................................................. 210

IE. Glacial grooves .......................................................................... 2]1

Pre-existent grooves................................................................. 211

Single grooves....................................................................... 213

Compound grooves.................................................................. 214

III, Striation................................................................................ 210

Definition of the* lines................................................................. 210

"Chatter marks".................................................................... 218
WABMAN.] SEPARATES FROM SEVENTH ANNUAL. 47

Scoring action and tho scorings continued. P."go.

Jagged grooves ......-....-.......................................:.................. 219

Crescontic gouges................................................................... 219

Crescciitic cross fractures........................................................... 221

Jumping gouges..................................................................... 222

Lunoid furrows ..................................................................... 222

Variations in tlio width and depth of strife............................................. 223

Variations in length of stria)........................................................... 224

.Interrupted continuity of stria}........................................................ 225

Persistency or deviation of direction................................................... 225

Straight stria)........................................................................ 225

Deflected stria)............................................:.......................... 225

Angulated stria)...................................................................... 2'_T>

Cur veil stria)................................................ '. ................:'....... 220

Supposed iceberg stria)............................... .:>.............................. 227

Zigzag stria).......................................................................... 22!)

Origin and disappearance of stria) ....................................................... 229

The process of striation................................................................. 230

Other modes by which scoring debris was brought into action............................ 2i!5

By melting .......................................................................... 2J5

By prepi pitation through crevasses.................................................. ^ 230

By quasi-lliiklal movement.......................................................... 230

By gravitation....................................................................... 230

By derivation from the bottom ...................................................... 237

By rotation......."................................................................... 237

By in ritual action of snbglacial debris .....................................'.......... 2J7

Bemoval of scoring debris from activity..........................................:..... 238

By rotation........................................................................... 238

By quasi-fluidal movements......................................................... 239

By removal of the rider.............................................................. 239

By crushing......................................................................... 239

By wearing out...................................................................... 239

IV. Polishing ............................................................................... 240

A ttrition polishing ...................................................................... 240

 Pressure polishing....................................................................... 241

Glacial polishing distinguishable from that of wind or of water ......................... 241

V. Planation......................... ...................................................... 242

The aid of striation in estimating glacial erosion ........................................ 243

Observation on the character of the striated surface..................................... 243

Methods of determining the point of motion..................................................... 214

Knobs and trails............................................................................. 244

Ad vanco cones .............................................................................. 245

Abrasion of the distal side of cavities....................................................... 245

Drag-linos................................................................................... 240

Stoss and lee phenomena .................................................................... 240

Truncation of prominences ................................................................. 240

The phenomena of " plucking"..............:............................................... 240

tinted hills.................................................................................. 240

Character of the ends of scratches .......................................................... 240

The roll of a pebble.......................................................................... 247

Chatter marks............................................................................... 247

Disrupted gouges............................................................................ 248

Cresceutie cracks....................................................................... j.... 248

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Obsidian cliff | Yellowstone national park | by | Joseph Paxson Iddings | Extract from the seventh annual report of the director, 

1885-1886 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office j 1888

Paper cover with title as aboAro; half-title, "-Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone national 

park, by Joseph P. Iddings," p. 249, verso blank; contents, p. 251, verso blank; 

illustrations, pp. 253-254; text, pp. 255-295. Royal 8°. Plates ix-xvin; ligs. 51-54. 

260 copies 110 regular separates and 150 extras ordered by the author.
48 PUBLICATIONS Oi1 THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

 CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 255

Geological occurrence ........................................................................... 255

Lithological structure..................... .........................._............................ 257

Columnar cracking...................................................:...................... 257

Lamination................................................................. ................ 260

Petrographical character..................................................... A ................. 201

Obsidian .................................................................................... 261

Spherulites.................................................................................. 262

Hollow sphernlites...................................................................... 203

Lithoidite ................................................................................... 204

Lithophysa}.................................................................................. 205

Minerals composinglithophysiB............................................ ............ 2CG

Quartz............................................................................... 267

Triflymite. .......................................................................... 267

Feldspar............................................................................. 207*

Fayalite............................................................................. 270

Microscopical characters........................................................................ 273

Trichites and microlites..................................................................... 273

Granophyre groups..................................'........................................ 274

Spherulites.................................................................................. 276

Porous Spherulites ...................................................................... 278

Fayalite............................... I..................................................... 278

Origin of fayalite and lithophysa)................................................................ 279

Mineral association.................................. ........................................ 279

Chemical evidence........................................................................... 282

Conclusion .................................................................................. 283

Apparent exceptions........................................................................ 283

Development of various structures in obsidian .................................................. 284

Conditions modifying the development of lithophyste ....................................... 286

The cause of different layers of lamination................................................... 280

Historical review......................................................1......................... 287

Geographical distribution of obsidian............................................................ 290

Conclusion.................................................................................. 294

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Eeport | on- the | geology of Martha's vineyard | by | Nathaniel South gate Shaler | Extract from the seventh annual report of 

the director, 1885-1886 | [Survey design] | . Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Eeport on the geology of Martha's 

vineyard, by Nathaniel S. Shaler,"p. 297, verso blank; contents, p. 299, verso blank; 

illustrations, p. 301, verso blank; text, pp. 303-360; appendix (consisting of a report 

to Prof. Shaler by Henry L. Whiting, of the results of his surveys in Martha's vineyard), pp. 361-363. Royal 8°. Plates xix-xxix; figs. 55-63. 210 copies 110 regular separates and 100 extras ordered by the author.

CONTENTS. Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 303

General geological relations of this area......................................................... 301

Surface contour of Martha's vineyard ........................................................... 306

Glacial deposits of Martha's vineyard........................................................... 308

Ordinary ground moraines................................................................... 309

Frontal moraine drift........................................................................ 311

Kame and terrace drift................................................ ..................... 3.14

Origin of glacially transported materials.................................................... 322

Cretaceous rocks of Martha's vineyard .......................................................... 325

Tertiary rocks of Martha's vineyard ...............................:............................ 326

Stratigraphy of the Vineyard series..... ..'.................................................. 328

Analyses of dips in Vineyard series.......................................................... 330

Origin and nature of the rocks of the Vineyard series ...................................... 333

Deposits of doubtful age .................................................................... 340

Dislocations of the Vineyard series...............,........,,,........................'....... 343.
WABMAN.] SEPARATES FROM SEVENTH ANNUAL. 49

Page.

Postglacial erosion of Martha's vineyard........................................................ 347

Postglacial fossiliferous deposits of Martha's vineyard...................................... 351

No man's land................................................................................... 352

Economic resources of Martha's vineyard....................................................... 353

Mineral resources of Martha's vineyard......................................................... 355

Clays......................................................................................... 355

Lignites..................................................................................... 357

Phosphates.................................................................................. 357

Iron ores.................................................................................... 358

Mineral waters........................................ ..................................... 358

Analyses .................................................................................... 359

Appendix......................................................................................:. 361

Department of thennterior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | On the classification | of the | early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian formations | by | Eolaud Duer Irving | Extract from the seventh 

annual report of the director, 1885-1886 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "On the classification of the early 

Cambrian and pre-Cambriau formations, a brief discussion of principles, illustrated by examples drawn mainly from the lake Superior region, by R. D. Irving," 

p. 365, verso blank; contents, pp. 367-368; illustrations, pp. 369-370; text, pp. 371- 

^454. Royal 8°. Plates XXX-LI; figs. 64-96. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

The problem stated ............................................................................. 371

Paleontologioal characters as a basis for classification .......................................... 372

The use of fossils in determining the grander groups of strata.............................. 372

The use of fossils in establishing correlations within one geological basin .................. 374

The use of fossils in establishing general correlations....................................... 375

Lithological characters as a basis for classification.............................................. 377

The use of lithology in marking off the grander groups of strata ........................... 377

The use of lithological characters in establishing correlations between different portions of

the same geological basin.................................................................. 378

The use of lithological characters in establishing correlations between the strata! groups of

different geological basins ................................................................. 380

Unconformity as a basis for classification........................................................ 390

General nature and significance of unconformities .......................................... 390

True unconformity ...................................................................... 390

The erosion interval...............................v..................................... 392

Overlap.................................................................................. 394

Distinguishing characters of true unconformities, with exam pies........................... 395

Cases in which the overlying strata are undisturbed ..................................... 395

Visible superpositions............................................................... 395

Lateral contacts ..................................................................... 396

Basal conglomerates................................................................. 397

Relation of eruptives to unconformable contacts .................................... 399

The general relative attitudes of unconformable formations......................... 399

Examples.............................................................................. 399

Pre-Potsdam land surface of central Wisconsin ..................................... 399

The sub-Potsdam land surface in the Marquette and Menominee regions of Michigan ................................................................................ 409

The Potsdatn-Hnronian unconformity of the north shore of lake Huron............. 411

The Potsdam-Kewcenaw unconformity.............................................. 412

Pre-Potsdam land surface of the Grand canon region................................ ^414

Cases in which overlying strata are inclined............................................. 414

Relations of the rock belts of the discordant formations............................. 415

Relative lithological characters of the discordant formations........................ 410

Relative structural characters of the discordant formations ......................... 416

Relations of eruptives to the contact of the discordant formations.................. 416

Minor phenomena of the contact line basal conglomerates ......................... 417

Examples.............................................................................. 417

Bull. 100 4
50 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Unconformity as a basis for classification continued. Page. 

Unconformities between the Animik6 series of the north side of lake Superior and the 

adjacent formations ............................................................... 417

Unconformities of the Penokee-Gogebic region of northern A\Tisconsin and Michigan^ 423 

Cases in which the overlying strata are folded ........................ ^........^........ 428

Examples.............................................................................. 429

The Laurentian-Huronian unconformity of the north shore of lake Huron ........... 429

The unconformity between the iron-hearing and gneissic series in the Marquette region of Michigan ................................................................... 431

The unconformity between the iron-hearing and gneissic formations in the Monominee region of Michigan and Wisconsin............................................ 434

' The unconformity among the schistose rocks of the Vermilion lake region .......... 435

R6sume ................................................................................. 437

The use of unconformities in classification.................................................. 438

The use of unconformities in defining the grander groups of strata...................... 438

The use of unconformities in correlating the formations of a single geological basin..... 439

Correlation of the rock groups and unconformities of the lake Superior region.......... 440

The use of unconformities in establishing general relations............................. 443

Summary of conclusions........................................................................ 440

Taxonomy of the lower part of the geological column............................................ 448

Department of the iiiterior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The structure | of the | Triassic formation of the Connecticut valley | by | William Morris Davis | Extract from the seventh annual report of the director, 1885-1886 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover -with, title as above; half-title, "The structure of the Triassic formation of the Connecticut valley, by William Morris Davis," p. 455, verso blank; contents, p. 457, verso blank; illustrations, p. 459, verso blank; text, pp. 461-490. Royal 

8°. Plate LH; figs. 97-108. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

I. The conditions of accumulation............................................................. 461

Original area of deposits .................................................................... 461

Igneous rocks .............................................................................. 462

Dikes................................................................................... 463

Intrusive sheets........................................................................ 463

Overflow sheets ........................................................................ 464

Structural significance of overflows........................................................ 466

Sequence and thickness of the Triassic series................. ............................ 467

Main trap overflow..................................................................... 467

Anterior trap overflow ................................................................. 468

Limestone.............................................................................. 468

Posterior trap overflow................................................................. 468

The Southbury-Woodbury Triassic area ................................................... 468

U. The structure of the formation............................................................. 465

General attitude....................................................-................._...... 469

Classes of faults............................................................................ 469

Oblique faults .......................................................................... 469

Strike faults............................................................................ 471

Marginal faults......................................................................... 474

Systematic arrangement of- faults .......................................................... 474

Faults with reversed throw ................................................................ 477

Folds of the crescentic ridges .............................................................. 477

Summary of structure to be accounted for................................................... 481

III. Mechanical origin of the Triassic monocline ............................................... 481

Conditions of the problem.................................................................. 481

Oblique deposition ..................................................................... 481

Contemporaneous disturbance.......................................................... 482

Disturbance by intrusions.............................................................. 482

General tilting and faulting ............................................................ 483

Relation of several Triassic areas ...................................................... 483

Character of the disturbing force....................................................... 484
.] SEPARATES FROM SEVENTH ANNUAL. 51*t

III. Mechanical origin of the Triassic monocline continued. Page. 

Action of compression on tilted schists..................................................... 485

Formation of the faulted Triassic monocline................................................ 486

Origin" of the cresceutic ridges ......................................................... 488

Faults with'reversed throw ............................................................ 489

. Department of tlie interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Salt-making processes | in | the United States | by | Thomas 

Marean Chatard | Extract from the seventh annual report of the 

director, 1885-1886 | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Salt-making processes in the United. 

States, by Thomas M. Chatard," p. 491, verso blank; contents, p. 493, verso blank; 

illustrations, p. 495, verso blank; text, pp. 497-535. Royal 8°. Plates LHI-LV. 

110 copies, plus some extras ordered by the author.

(XXNTEKIS.

Pago.

Inf.roduction. .................................................................................... 497

Chemistry of brine.............................................................................. 498

Impurities of brine.. ......................................................................... 498

Sulphate of lime......................................................................... 500

Solubility of brine................................................................... 501

Removal from brine.................................................................. 501

Fuel in relation to product of salt............................................................... 504

Salt-making processes...................... A................................................... 505

Solar salt..................................................................................... 500

Aprons.................................................................................. 500

Bay salt ................................................................................. 507

Kettle and pan processes ..................................................................... 507

Kettle process........................................................................... 507

Steam kettles............................................................................ 508

Vacuum pans............................................................................ 509

Pan processes............................................................................ 510

Short pans................................................................................ 510

Construction and management of pans.................................................. 511

Austrian pan construction.......................................................... 513

Economy of heat........................................................................ 514

Pan flue construction at Varangevillo............'................................... 515

English results.......................................................................... 516

American results........................................................................ 517

Suggestions for existing pan blocks..................................................... 517

Steam or grainer processes.................................................................. 518

Use of high or low pressure steam...................................................... 518

Chapman's pipe system.................................................................. 520

Relation of salt product to grainer surface.............................................. 520

Day and night production in Michigan.................................................. 620

Comparison of grainor results........................................................... 521

Kanawha or Pomeroy method........................................................... 522

Description of Juhler's works....................................................... 522

Conclusions...................................................................................... 526

Tables......................-........................-.........;..................--.. ...... 527

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The geology | of the | head of Chesapeake bay | by | W J 

McGee | Extract from the seventh annual report of tjie director, 1885- 

1886 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The geology of the head of Chesapeake bay, by W J McGee,"p. 537, verso blank; contents, pp. 539-541, verso blank; 

illustrations, p. 543, A^erso blank; text, pp. 545-646. Royal 8°. Plates LVI-LXXXI; 

figs. 109-114. 110 copies.
52 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

\

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introductory note................................................................................ 545

I. Geography............................................................................ 548

The great natural divisions ............................................................. 548

The general hydrography............................................................. 550

U. Topography .......................................................................... 551

General configuration..............................................'................... 551

Subordinate configuration............................................................ 552

Analysis of topography .............................................................. 558

Eesum6....................................................................,........... 564

IH. The geologic exposures............................................................... 564

Exposures in the Piedmont plateau................................... ............... 565

Exposures along the Piedmont margin ............................................... 567

Exposures along the margin of the Coastal plain ..................................... 571

The boring within the hay............................................................ 530

Exposures on the east side of the bay................................................ 580

Exposures along Elk river..........................!................................. 587

Exposures along Sassafras river...................................................... 590

IV. The formations ....................................................................... 593

Alluvium............................................................................. 593

The Columbia formation.............................................................. 594

Structure and composition....................................,................... 594

Distribution and local variation .................................................. 593

The low-level phase .............................................................. 601

Altitude and attitude............................................................. 601

Genesis........................................................................... 602

The littoral phase of the formation............................................... 607

Taxonomy.............................................................'........... 608

The Sassafras river greensand........................................................ 612

The Potomac formation............................................................... 613

TheArchean (?)...................................................................... 616

V. The displacement..................................................................... 616

Evidences of displacement............................................................ Gig

Position and character of the displacement........................................... 619

Geographic extent of the displacement............................................... 619

Topographic effects of the displacement.............................................. 620

The date of the displacement......................................................... 621

The amount of displacement......................................................... 623

_ The rate of displacement............................................................. 624

Possible cause of the displacement................................................... 626

General hypothesis......'.................................................,....... 626

The special conditions............................................................ C26

The special hypotheses........................................................... 628

K6sum6 .......................................................................... 633

VI. The general section................................................................... 634

VII. The Quaternary history recorded in the Columbia formation ......................... 638

VIII. The application of the investigation.................................................. 649

The local application ................................................................. 640

The general application .............................................................. 644

EIGHTH ANNUAL EEPORT, 1886-1887.

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 

1, | part 5. | Keport | of the | secretary of the interior | being part of | 

the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at the | beginning of the first session of the fiftieth congress. | 

In five volumes. | Volume in in two parts. | Part 1 [-2J. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

Two parts, bound as separate volumes. Part 1: .paper cover with title as above; 

library catalogue slips (sample), verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications 

of the survey, pp. i-iv; title as above, verso blank; half-title, "Eighth annual report 

of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; contents
EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT. 53

(of the two parts), pp. v-xv, verso blank; illustrations (of the two parts), pp. xviixix, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the secretary, verso blank; text, including 

half-titles, tables of contents, and lists of illustrations of individual papers, also 

plate explanations, pp. [3]-474; index to part 1, pp. i-xii. Royal 8°. Plates 1-1.111 

(i being a map in pocket); figs. 1-22. 

Part 2 has the following additional title:

Eighth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 18S6-'87 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

Part II | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Part 2: paper cover with title as in part 1; first inner title same,verso blank; second 

inner title as given next above, verso blank; text, with half-titles, tables of contents, and lists of illustrations of individual papers, pp. 475-1061; index to part 2, p. 

1063. RoyalS0 . Plates LIV-LXXVI; figs.-23-45.

CONTENTS (OF BOTH PAKTS).

Page.

Powell (J. "VV.), Keport of the director ........................................................ 3-93

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of................................................ 95- 257

Russell (I. C.), Quaternary history of Mono valley, California................................ 201-394

Diller (J.S.), Geology of the Lassen peak district............................................ 395-432

Scudder (S. H.), The fossil butterflies of Florissant........................................... 433-474

Orton (Edward), The Trenton limestone as a source of petroleum and inflammable gas iu

Ohio and Indiana........................................................................... 475-GG2

Ward (L. F.), The geographical distribution of fossil plants.................................. C63-960

Becker (G. F.), Summary of the geology of the quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope...... 961-985

Shaler (N. S.), The geology of the island of int. Desert, Maine................................ 987-1061

This edition consisted of 1,734 copies, the "usual number," about 600 of which 

were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as vol. 12 (in two parts) of the "Executive documents of the house 

of representatives for the first session of the fiftieth congress."

Another edition as follows:

Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | 

at the | beginning of the first session of the fiftieth congress. | In five 

volumes. | Volume in in two parts. | Part 1 [- 2]. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

This edition collates precisely like the unbound quota of the previous edition, 

except, of course, that there are no paper covers, and its. contents are the same. 

The title beginning "Eighth annual report" is found in part 2.

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black cloth. Another edition as 

follows:'

Eeport | of the | secretary of the interior | for the | fiscal year ending 

June 30,1887. | In five volumes. | Volume in in two parts. | Part 1

[-2]-| 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

Collation and contents as in the 3,000 edition, described next above. 

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Eighth annual report f of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior 1 1886-'87 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

Part i [- n] | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office J 1889
54 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Two parts, bound as two volumes. Part i: library catalogue slips (sample), verso 

blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; title as above, 

verso blank; half-tUle, "Eighth annual report of the director of the United States 

geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; contents (of both parts), pp. v-xv, verso 

blank; illustrations (of both parts), pp. xvii-xix, verso blank; letter of transmittal 

to the secretary, p. [1], verso blank; text, with half-titles, contents, illustrations, 

and plate explanations of individual papers, pp. [3]-474; index to part i, pp, i-xii. 

Plates I-LIII (i being a map in pocket); figs. 1-22, Part 11: title as above, verso 

blank; text, with half-titles, contents, etc., of individual papers, pp. 475-1061, verso 

blank; index to part n, p. 1063. Plates LIV-LXXVI; figs. 23-45. Royal8°. Contents 

as in the earlier editions.

This edition, ordered by concurrent resolution of the senate adopted by the house 

July 29, 1888, consisted of 15,500 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth.

The eighth annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a joint 

resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $2.60.

One hundred and ten copies of this report were divided into the separate papers 

composing it and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE EIGHTH ANNUAL.

Eighth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1S86-'S7 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; inner title, same as second one above (parti), 

verso blank; half-title, " Eighth annual report of the director of the United States 

geological survey," p. iii, verso blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. v-xAr . 

verso blank; illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. xvii-xix, verso blank; letter of 

transmittal to the secretary, verso blank; report of the director, pp. [3]-93, verso 

blank; half-title to administrative reports, p. 95, verso blank; administrative reports 

of chiefs, pp. 97-257. Royal 8°. Plates lir-xv. Plate lisa map in pocket, and though 

pertaining to this separate, does not accompany it. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ l

Business organization of the survey ............................................................. 3

Introductory remarks ....................................................................... 3

General plan of the survey.................................................................... 4

The fiscal system ............................................................................ 9

Principles controlling the system ........................................................ 9

Appropriations.......................................................................... 10

Method of allotment..................................................................... 11

Methods of making purchases........................................................... 12

Vouchers ................................................................................ 13

Transportation over bonded railroads.................................................... 16

Disbursing officers and their specific duties..........................:................... 17

The custodial system........................................................................ 20

Principles of the system................................................................. 20

Methods employed....................................................................... 20

Camp equipage and rations.............................................................. 22

Custodians of property.................................................................. 23

The museum system......................................................................... 25

Production of museum property......................................................... 25

Acquisition, custody, and transfer of collections......................................... 26

The illustration system...................................................................... 28

Uses of illustrations..................................................................... 28

Production, custody, and disposition of illustrations...................................... 32
VTARMAIT.] SEPAEATES FROM EIGHTH ANNUAL. 55

Business organization of the survey continued. Page.

The editorial system....................................................................... . 36

Functions of tlie editorial system........................................................ 36

; Methods of work ........................................................................ 38

: ' The document system........................................................................ 40

Publications of the survey............................................................... 40

Principles recognized in the document system........................................... 46

Custody and mode of distribution of documents......................................... 49

The library system .......................................................................... 54

General plan of the library .............................................................. 54

Accessions............................................................................... 56

The circulation.......................................................................... 57

Bibliographic work....................................................................... 58

The stationery system.............................................:......................... 59

The correspondence system.................................................................. 61

The general administrative system.......................................................... 62

The survey regulations ...................................................................... 0 67

Summary.................................................................................... 68

Work of the fiscal year .......................................................................... 70

Progress in topography. ................................................................°-... 70

Progress in geology. ......................................................... - - 74

Plan for the geologic map................................................................ 74

"Work of the geologic divisions........................................................... 76

Progress in paleontology .................................................................... 80

Methods pursued ........................................................................ 80

Results attained......................................................................... 81

Work of the accessory divisions ............................................................. 83

Chemistry and physics.................................................................... 83

Mining statistics ........................................................................ 85

Miscellaneous ...__.................................................................... 87

Collateral investigations..................................................................... 88

Natural gas.............................................................................. 88

The Charleston earthquake.............................................................. 89

Researches in terrestrial physics ........................................................ 91

Financial statement ........................^................................................ 92

Acknowledgments .......................................................................... 93

ADJIINISTKATIVE KEI'OKTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Gannett ................................................................... 67

Mr. R. S. Woodward ......................:........................................... 121

Prof. Raphael Pumpelly................................................................ 124

Prof. N. S. Shaler...................................................................... 125

Mr. G. K. Gilbert.................................................................... 128

Prof. R. D. Irving........................................................'............. 132

Prof. T. C. Chamberlin ................................................................ 141

Mr. S. F. Eramons...........................................".......................... 144

Dr. A. C. Peale........................................................................ 146

Mr. Arnold Hague .................................................................... 149

Mr. George F. Becker ................................................................. 153

Capt. C. E. Dutton ................................................................... 156

Mr. L. C. Johnson..................................................................... 165

Mr. W J McGee ....................................................................... 166

Prof. 0. C. Marsh ..................................................................... 173

= Mr. C. D. Walcott..................................................................... 174

Dr. C. A. White....................................................................... 178

Mr. W. H.Dall. ............................................ ^......................... 181

Mr. Lester F. AVard .................................................................... 184

Mr. S. H. Scudder ..................................................................... 188

Prof. F. W. Clarko.................................................................... 189

Mr. J. S. Diller........................................................................ 193

Mr. David T. Day..................................................................... 195

Mr. George W. Shutt.................................................................. 201

Mr. W. H. Holmes .................................................................... 202

Mr. Charles C. Darwin ................................................................ 203

Mr. John D. McChesney............................................................... 210
56 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDLL.IOO.:

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Quaternary history | of | Mono valley, California | by | Israel 

0. Russell | Extract from the eighth annual report of the director/ 

18S6-'87 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Quaternary history of Mono valley, 

California, by Israel C. Russell," p. 261, verso blank; contents, pp. 263-264; illustrations, pp. 265-266; prefatory note, p. 267; verso blank; text, pp. 269-394. Royal 

8°. Plates XVI-XLIV ; figs. 1-12. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

Prefatory note................................................................................... 267

The Mono basin .............. .,................................................................. 2C9

Lacustral history................................................................................ 287

The present lake ............................................................................ 287

Sources of -water supply................................................................. 287

Streams.............................................................................. 287

Springs ............................................................................. 287

Chemical composition ................................................................... 292

Chemical deposits ........................................................................ 296

Fluctuation of level ..................................................................... 298

The Quaternary lake ........................................................................ 299

Sediments ............................................'.......'.............-..........-... 305

Chemical deposits ....................................................................... 310

Thinolite ................................................................................ 315

' Fossils................................................................................... 319

Glacial history.............:..................................................................... 321

The high sierra.............................................................................. 321

Existing glaciers ............................................................................ 324

Alt. Dana glacier......................................................................... 324

Mt. Lyell glacier ........................................................................ 325

Parker creek glacier..................................................................... 325

Quaternary glaciers of the high sierra....................................................... 326

N6ve region and Quaternary glaciers of the Mono hasiu .................................... 329

Mt. Dana n6ve field...................................................................... 330

Eush creek neve field.................................................................... 331

Lundy canon glacier..................................................................... 331

Leeving creek glacier.................................................................... 333

Gibbs cafiou glacier...................................................................... 336

Bloody canon glacier..................................................................... 337

Parker caflon glacier .................................................................... 340

Rush creek glacier....................................................................... 342

Glacial phenomena .......................................................................... 347

Glacial canons........................................................................... 347

Scarps and terraces...................................................................... 348

Measure of glacial erosion in canons..................................................... 349

High lateral canons ..................................................................... 351

Glacial cirques .......................................................................... 352

Glacial erosion and deposition........................................................... 355

Moraines................................................................................ 358

Terminal moraines............................................. I...... ^.............. 358

Lateral moraines ...................."................................................ 359

Morainal embankments.................................................................. 360

Polished and striated surfaces ........................................................... 366

Perched bowlders........................................................................ 367

Glacial lakes............................................................................. 368

Relation of the glaciers to the Quaternary lake of Mono valley................. ............ 368

Volcanic history................................................................................. 371

Recent volcanic phenomena ................................................................. 371

Fumaroles and hot springs.......................................................... 372

Modern craters and lava flows....................................................... 372
CABMAN.] SEPARATES FROM EIGHTH ANNUAL. 57

folcanio history continued. Pago.

Quaternary volcanic phenomena............................................................. 377

The Mono craters.................................................................... 378

v Intorstratifled lapilli................................................................. 386

Associated phenomena .............................................................. 387

Post-Quaternary orographic movements......................................................... 389

Resnm6.......................................................................................... 390

Mono valley in Quaternary times as compared with its present condition ................... 390

Relation of ancient lake Mono to lakes Bonneville and Lahontan............................ 393

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Geology | of the | Lassen peak district | by | J. S. Diller | 

Extract from the eighth annual report of the director, 1S8G-'S7 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "Geology of the Lassen peak district, by J. S. Diller/' p. 395, verso blank; contents, p. 397, verso blank; illustrations, p. 399, verao blank; text, pp.401-432. Royal 8°. Plates XLV-LI; iigs. 13-19. 

110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pago.

Introduction.........:........................................................................... 401

Hypsography.................................................................................... 401

General hypsngraphic features .............................................................. 401

 Hypsography of the Lassen peak district ................................................... 402

Geology ......................................................................................... 403

Geologic formations in the Lassen peak district ............................................. 403

Auriferous slate series................................................................... 404

Distribution......................................................................... 404

Carboniferous limestone.. ............................................................ 304

Serpentine........................................................................... 405

Age of the auriferous slate series ................................................... 400

Cretaceous-Chico beds ................................................................... 407

Composition......................................................................... 407

Distribution......................................................................... 407

Age of the fossils.................................................................... 409

Upper and lower limits .............................................................. 411

Geography of the district during the Chico epoch................................... 411

Miocene ................................................................................. 413

Composition of the Miocene strata .................................................. 413

Distribution and relations ... 1....................................................... 413

Fossils found in the Miocene strata.................................................. 4.19

Hypsographic and climatic conditions during tliu Miocene .......................... 420

Pliocene................................................................................. 422

Upheaval of the piedmont region.................................................... 425

Structure of the sierras ..................................................................... 426

Relation of the uplifting and the faulting of the sierras to each other and to volcanic phenomena.. .................................................................................. 428

Recapitulation................................................................................... 430

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The | fossil butterflies | of | Florissant | by | Samuel H. Scudder | Extract from the eighth annual report of the director, 1886-'87 | 

[Survey design] | 

' Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The fossil butterflies of Florissant, 

by Samuel H. Scudder," p. 433, verso blank; contents, p. 435, verso blank ; illustrations, p. 437, verso blank; text, pp. 439-470; plate explanations, pp. 472 and 474, 

rectos blank. Royal 8°. Plates LII and mi; figs. 20-22. 110 copies.
58 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BUIX.IOO.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction.................................................................. 1................... 439

Classified list of known fo'Ssil butterflies...................................................... 440

Nymphalirtse...................................................................................... 441

Nymphalina).................................................................................. 441

Vanessidi................................................................................. 441

Prodryas.............................................................................. 441

Jupiteria ............................................................................. 448

Lithopsyche.......................................................................... 452

Nympbalites.......................................................................... 457

Apanthesis ........................................................................... 459

Libythein.-B................................................................................... 461

Proliby thea........................................................................... 461

Papilionidse....................................................................................... 467

Pierince....................................................................................... 467

Pieridi.................................................................................... 467

Stolopsyche........................................................................... 467

Appendix (Libythea labdaca)..................................................................... 469

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The Trenton limestone | as a source of | petroleum and inflammable gas | in | Ohio and Indiana | by | Edward Orton | Extract from 

the eighth annual report of the director, 1SSG-'S7 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The Trenton limestone as a source 

of petroleum and inflammable gas in Ohio and Indiana, by Edward Orton," p. 475, 

verso blank; contents, pp. 477-479, verso blank; illustrations, p. 481, verso blank; 

text, pp. 483-662. Royal 8°. Plates LIV-LX. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 483

CHAPTER I.

Theories respecting the origin of petroleum and natural gas..................................... 485

Statement and discussion of theories of chemical origin..................................... 486

Statement of theories of organic origin...................................................... 487

Theory of origin from primary decomposition of organic matter........................ 488

Statement of Hunt's theory ......................................................... 488

Statement of theories of indigenous origin .......................................... 489

Theory of origin from distillation of organic matter..................................... 490

Statement of Newberry's distillation theory ........................................ 491

Statement of Peckham's distillation theory ......................................... 492

Discussion of the several theories of organic origin..................................... 493

Discussion of Peckham's theory..................................................... 495

Discussion of Newberry's theory.................................................... 497

Discussion of Hunt's theory......................................................... 498

Summary................................................................................ 506

CHAPTER II.

Modes of accumulation.......................................................................... 507

Composition and order of sequence of petroleum-bearing rocks ............................. 508

Sandstones as reservoirs................................................................. 508

Limestones as reservoirs................................................................. 510

Permeability of the reservoirs........................................................... 510

Relative importance of the elements of an oil series' .................................... 512

Effect of disturbances of strata upon the accumulation of oil and gas........................... 513

Earlier statements of the anticlinal theory .................................................. 513

The anticlinal theory as specially applied to gas wells....................................... 515

Arrested anticlines.......................................................................... 517

Structural irregularities in northwestern Ohio.................................................. 818
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM EIGHTH ANNUAL. 59

CHAPTER III.

Pago.

The discovery of oil and high-pressure gas in the Trenton limestone of Ohio .................... 520

Black swamp ....................... ........................................................ 520

Surface indications ............................................. ; ............................ 521

The pioneer well............................................................................ 525

Development of the new horizon............................................'................. 529

A year's progress............................................................................ 533

Magnitude and importance of the new field................................................... 536

The Fincllay gaa rock in Indiana............................................................. 541

CHAPTER IV.

The geology of the new gas and oil fields ........................................................ 545

The geological scale ......................................................................... 545

The Trenton limestone ....................................................... x ........... 547

The TJtica shale.................................... ..................................... 550

The Medina shale........................................................................ 558

The Clinton group....................................................................... 559

The Niagara group ..................\................................................... 501

The Niagara shale...................................................... ............ 561

The Niagara limestone .............................................................. 501

The lower Helderherg series............................................................. 503

The upper Helderberg limestone ........................................................ 568

The'Devonian shale ...................................................~.................. 570

Geological structure.......................................................................... 573

The Cincinnati uplift.....................................'............................... 573

Disturbed stratification in the Wabash valloy........................................... 580

Geological factors in gas and oil production.................................................. 581

Porosity of the Trenton limestone..................'...................................... 582

The relief of the Trenton limestone as connected with gas and oil production ............ 587

CHAPTER AT.

Practical development of the gas and oil fields................................................... 590

Trenton limestone gas its composition and uses............................................ 590

The rock pressure of Trenton limestone gas ................................................. 593

Causes of rock pressure.................................................................. 593

Measurement of gas wells ............................................................... 598

Centers of production of gas and oil ......................................................... C04

Divisions of the fields in Ohio................................................................ 604

The Findlay gas field .................................................................... 004

Probable duration of the gas production ................... ......................... 611

Gas fields of northwestern Ohio, exclusive of Findhiy.................................... C12

The Lima oil field........................................................................ 615

Structure of the field................................................................. 615

The oil and salt water rock........................................................... 619

Production and promise of the field .................................................. 622

The quality and the uses of Trenton limestone oil.................................... 623

The Findlay oil field ................................................................. 627

The north Baltimore oil field......................................................... 629

Divisions of the gas field in Indiana ......................................................... 631

Discovery................................................................................ 631

Area..................................................................................... 632

Geological scale.......................................................................... 633

The Devonian limestone ............................................................. 633

The lower Helderberg limestone (Water-lime) ....................................... 634

The Niagara limestone............................................................... 636

The Clinton limestone .....................................................<......... 637

The Hudson river shale (Cincinnati group) .......................................... 637

The Utica shale.......................................................................... 638

The Trenton limestone ................................................................... 639

Geological structure of the gas field.......................................................... 639

Conditions of gas production in Indiana ................................................. 641

Porosity of the gas rock.............................................................. 641

Relief of the gas rock. '............................................................... 643

Character of the production............................................................. 645

Absence of oil...................................................................... 645

Rock pressure.'........................ T ............................................. 045
60 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Practical development of the gas and oil fields continued. Page.

Composition of Indiana gas ......................................................... 646

Composition of the gas wells........................................................ 646

Centers of production................................................................... 647

Muncie.............................................................................. 648

Hartford city......................................................................... 648

Anderson............................................................................ 649

Marion............................................................................... 649

Nobles ville............................................................................ 650

Kokomo.............................................................................. 650

CHAPTER VI. 

Summary ........................................................................................ 653

Table I (statistics of wells) .................................................................. 655

Table n (composition of the rock)............................................................ 661

Conclusion................................................................................... 662

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The geographical distribution | of | fossil plants | by | Lester 

F. Ward | Extract from the eighth annual report of the director, 1 S86-'87 

| [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The geographical distribution of

fossil plants, by Lester F. Ward," p. 663,verso blank; contents and illustration, pp.

665-668; text,pp. 669-931, verso blank; index, pp. 933-960. Eoyal 8°. Plate LXI.

110 copies^

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 669

Eolations of the present paper to preceding and to prospective contributions............... 669

Enumeration of the localities, with the geological horizons, as far as practicable, at which vegetable remains have been found in the strata of the globe..................................... 670

Geographical distribution....................................................................... 672

Europe...................................................................................... 672

Great Britain............................................................................ 672

France .................................................................................. 689

Spain.................................................................................... 702

Portugal................................................................................ 705

Italy .................................................................................... 707

Greece................................................................................... 716

Eoumelia....................................................... * ........................ 717

Bosnia................................................................................... 717

Austrian empire ........................................................................ 718

Switzerland ............................................................................. 738

Germany................................................................................. 744

Belgium.........:....................................................................... 775

Netherlands............................................................................. 777

Denmark................................................................................ 778

Norway ................................................................................. 778

Sweden.................................................................................. 779

Eussia................................................................................... 781

Asia............................................................ ............................ 786

Siberia.................................................................................. 786

Japan ................................................................................... 788

Corea.................................................................................... 790

China.................................................................................... 790

Cochin China............................................................................ 792

Burmah................................................................................. 793

India.................................................................................... 793

Turkestan............................................................................... 796

Persia................................................................................... 797

Transcaucasia........................................................................... 798

Asia Minor........................... ^................................................. 798
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM EIGHTH ANNUAL. 61

Geographical distribution continued. Page.

Arabia....................................................................................... 79,9

Africa....................................................................................... 799

South Africa ............................................................................ 799

Egypt ....................................................................r.............. 800

STubia................................................................................... 802

Abyssinia............................................................................... 803

Western Africa and Algeria ............................................................ 803

Sunda islands ............................................................................... 803

Ja\ a..................................................................................... 803

Sumatra................................................................................. 805

Borneo....................................................,.............................. 806

Australasia.................................................................................. 807

Australia................................................................................ 807

Tasmania................................................................................ 814

New Zealand............................................................................ 815

New Guinea............................................................................. 817

Kergueleu land.............................................................................. 817

Madeira..................................................................................... 818

"West Indies.*............................................................................... 819

South America.............................................................................. 820

Chil\............................................ v ....................................... 820

Argentine Republic .................................................. .'.................. 821

Bolivia.................................................................................. 823

Brazil .................................... ¥.............................................. 823

Honduras ...............................................................\................... 824

Mexico...................................................................................... 825

Arctic regions............................................................................... 826

Nova Zembla............................................................................ 827

Bear island.............................................................................. 827

Spitzbergen ............................................................................. 827

Iceland.................................................................................. 830

Greenland............................................................................... 830

Grinnell land............................................................................ 834

Bathurst island ......................................................................... 834

Melville island.......................................................................... 835

Bank's land ............................................................................. 835

North America.............................................................................. 835

Mackenzie river......................................................................... 835

British Columbia........................................................................ 836'

British northwest territory ............................................................. 838

Canada.................................................................................. 842

New Brunswick......................................................................... 845

Prince Edward island ................................................................... 846

Nova Scotia ............................................................................. 847

Cape Breton............................................................................. 848

Newfoundland........................................................................... 848

United States............................................................................ 848

Alaska.................................................................................. 924

Explanation of the map ....... v ................................................................ 927

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell,

director | Summary | of the | geology of the quicksilver deposits | of 

the | Pacific slope | by | George F. Becker | Extract from the eighth 

annual report of the director, 1886-'87 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half title, "Summary of the geology of tho 

quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope, hy George F. Becker," p. 961, verso lilauk; 

contents and illustrations, p. 963, verso blank; text, pp. 965-985. Royal 8°. Plates 

LXII and LXIII. 110 copies.
62 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Statistics and history............................................................................ 965

Foreign occurrences of quicksilver.............................................................. 966

Lithological geology............................................................................. 967

Sedimentary rocks........................................................................... 967

Massive rocks ................................................................................ 971

Historical geology ............................................................................... 972

Descriptive geology .............................................................................. 974

Deposits of the Pacific slope................................................................. 974

Clear lake district ....................................................................... 974

Sulphur bank............................................................................ 975

Knoxville district........................................................................ 970

New Idria district.................. i.................................................... 977

New Almaden district................................................................... 978

Steamboat springs....................................................................... 979

Oathill, Great eastern, and Great western districts ...................................... 980

Other quicksilver depos its............................................................... 981

Generalizations.................................................................................. 982

Discussion of the ore' deposits .............................................................. j 982

Solution and precipitation of cinnabar and pther ores ....................................... 983

Origin of the ore ............................................................................ 985

c

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The geology | of the | island of mount Desert, Maine | by | 

Nathaniel Southgate Shaler | Extract from the eighth annual report of 

the director, 1886-'87 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; half-title. "The geology of the island of mount 

Desert, Maine, by Nathaniel Southgate Shaler,"p. 987, verso blank; contents, p. 989, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 991, verso blank; text, pp. 993-1061. Royal 8°. 

Plates LXIV-LXXVI; figs. 23-45. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Pacre.

Introduction .................................................................................... 993

I. Surface and glacial geology.................................................................... 994

Description of the surface................................................................. 994

Description of the superficial deposits .................................................... 997

Glacial action.............................................................................. 1002

Direction of glacial movement......................................................... 1002

Glacial sculpture....................................................................... 1005

Evidences of subsidence during and after the glacial period........................... 1009

First bench......................................................................... 1016

Second bench...................................................................... 1018

Third bench ....................................................................... 1019

Fourth bench...................................................................... 1020

Fifth bench........................................................................ 1021

Sixth bench ....................................................................... 1022

Seventh bench..................................................................... 1022

Sea-worn cliffs..................................................................... 1023

Evidences of benches above the level of 1,000 feet................................. 1025

Generalization of evidences from benches ......'................................... 1027

Evidences from chasms ........................................................... 1027

Evidences of subsidence from distribution of glacial waste........................ 1029

Conclusions respecting subsidence.................................................... 1031

II. Stiuctural geology ........................................................................... 1035

Prefatory......................................................... ^........................ 1035

Granites of mount Desert.................................................................. 1035

Stratified rocks of mount Desert .......................................................... 1037

General statement..................................................................... 1037

Bartlett's island series................................................................. 1038

Schooner head series .................................................................. 10"41

Button's island aeries.................................................................. 1041
WAKMAN.] NINTH ANNUAL REPORT. 63

II. Structural geology continued. Page.

Cranberry island series................................................................ 1043

Bar harbor scries ...................................................................... 1047

Dikes of mount Desert ................................................................ 1052

Granitic dikes......................................................................... 1052

Baker's island dike................................................................ 1052

Dix's point........................................................................ 1053

Lesser dikes....................................................................... 1053

Felsite porphyry masses .................................. v .......................... 1054

Other dikes................................................ ^........................... 1055

Trend of the dikes................................................................. 1050

Dikes of white quartz ............................................................. 1057

Origin and physical history of mount Dosert rocks,....................................... 1057

Explanation of geologic maps.................................................................... 1060

Map of surface geology.................................................................... 1000

Map showing bed rock geology............................................................ 1000

NINTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1887-1888.

50tli congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc.

I, | part 5. | Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part 

of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of 

congress | at the | beginning of the second session of the fiftieth congress | In six volumes. | Volume IV. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

Paper cover with, title as above; library catalogue slips (sample), verso blank,

II.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; title as above, verso 

blank; half-title, "Ninth annual report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso blauk; contents, pp. v-viii; illustrations, pp. ix-xiii, 

verso blank; letter of trausmittal to the secretary, p. 1, verso blank; text, pp. 3-712; 

index, pp. 713-717. Royal 8°. Plates I-LXXXVIII; figs. 1-61.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Powoll (J. W.), Eeport of the director......................................................... 3-46

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of ................................................ 47-199

Button (C. E.), The Charleston earthquake of August 31, 1886................................ 203-528

Shaler (N. S.), The geology of cape Ann, Massachusetts...................................... 529-011

"Weed (W. H.), Formation of travertine and siliceous sinter by the vegetation of hot springs . 613-676 

White (C. A.), On the geology and physiography of a portion of northwestern Colorado and 

adjacent parts of Utah and "Wyoming ....................................................... 077-712

This edition consisted of 1,734 copies, the "usual number," about 600 of which 

were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep, in which form they constitute vol. 13 of the "Executive documents 

of the house of representatives for the second session of the fiftieth congress," and 

have three titles, as follows:

First title: The | executive documents | of the | house of representatives | for the | 

second session of the fiftieth congress. | 1888-'89. | Volume 13. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1890.

Second title: 50th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 1, | 

part 5. | Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and 

documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at the | beginning of the 

second session of the fiftieth congress | In six volumes. | Volume iv. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

Third title: Ninth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to the | 

secretary of the interior | 1887-'88 | by | J. W. Powell | director | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889
64 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

First title above, verso blaiik; second title above, verso blank; sample library 

catalogue slips, 1 p., verso blank; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 

pp. i-iv; third title above, verso blank; half-title, contents, illustrations, etc., as in 

the unbound quota. About 1,100 copies.

Another edition as follows:

Eeport | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | 

at the | beginning of the second session of the fiftieth congress. | In six 

volumes. | Volume iv. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

Collation precisely like that of the unbound quota of the previous edition, except, 

of course, that there is no paper cover, and the contents are the same.

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Annual report | of the | secretary of the interior | for the | fiscal year 

ending June 30,1888. | In six volumes. | Volume IV. | 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1889.

Collation and contents as in the 3,000 edition, described next above. 

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Ninth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1887-'8S | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Library catalogue slips (sample), verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; title as above, verso blank; half-title, "Ninth annual 

report of the director of the United States geological survey/' p. iii, verso blank; 

contents, pp. v-viii; illustrations, pp. ix-xiii; letter of transinittal to the secretary, 

p. 1, verso blank; text, with half-titles, contents, etc., of individual papers, pp. 3- 

712; index, pp. 713-717. Royal 8°. Plates .I-LXXXVIII ; figs.-1-61. Contents as in 

the earlier editions.

This edition, ordered by concurrent resolution of the senate adopted by the house 

July 29, 1888, consisted of 15,500 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth.

The ninth annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a joint 

resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $1.50.

One hundred and ten copies of this report were divided into the separate papers 

composing it and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE NINTH ANNUAL.

Ninth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1887-'88 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

[Survey design] |

Washington0 ) government printing office | 1889

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, "Ninth 

annual report of the director of the United States geological survey," p. iii, verso 

blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. v-viii; illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. ix-xiii, verso blank; letter of transmittal of the volume to the secretary, 

p. 1, verso blank; report of the director, pp. 3-46; half-title to administrative reports of chiefs, p. 47, verso blank; administrative reports of chiefs, pp. 49-199. 

Royal 8°. Plates i-vi. 110 copies.
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM NINTH ANNUAL. " 65

CONTENTS. 	*»

BEPORT OP THE DIRECTOR.

Page.

Letter of transmifctal..................................................................... T...... 1

Progress in topographic work................................................................... 3

Progress in geologic work....................................................................... 7

Atlantic coast division...................................................................... 7

Division of Archean geology................................................................ 8

Lake Superior division.................. ................................................... 10

glacial division.............................................................................. 11

Appalachian division........................................................................ 12

Pacific coast division........................................................................ 13

California division........................................................................... 14

Colorado division........^................................................................... 15

Yellowstonepark division................................................................... 15

Correlation of formations.................... j............................................... 10

Division of volcanic geology........................................................:....... 17

Potomac division.............................................................................. 19

Montana division............................................................................ 21

Progress iu paleontologic work.................................................................. 21

Tendency to specialize.....................-....................................!........... 22

Methods of collection and classification...................................................... 22

Vertebrate paleontology..................................................................... 23

Invertebrate paleontology................................................................... 24

Cenozoic invertebrate fossils ................................................................ 24

Fossil plants and fishes...................................................................... 25

Fossil insects................................................................... .&........... 20

Miscellaneous................................................................................... 20

Mining statistics and technology............................................................ 20

Chemistry and physics...................................................................... 29

Illustrations division........................................................................ 80

Division of library and documents.......................................................... 31

Necrology....................................................................................... 31

Ferdinand Vandiveer Hayden............................................................... 31

Roland Duer Irving......................................................................... 38

James Stevenson ................... v ....................................................... 42

Thomas Hampsou........................................................................... 44

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Ganuett................................................................... 49

Mr. R. S. Woodward.................................................................. 69

Prof. N. S. Shaler...................................................................... 71

Prof. Raphael Pumpclly............................................................... 75

Mr. G.K. Gilbert....................................................................... 70

Mr. C. R. Van Hise...;................................................................ 79

Prof. T. C. Chainberlin .................................................................. 84

Prof. S. F. Emmons. ............:......................................................' 87

Mr. Arnold Hague .................................................................... 91

Capt.C.E.Duttou ....^.:........................................^.................... 90

Mr. J. S. Diller........................................................................ 98

Mr. Geo. F. Becker .................................................................... 100

Mr, W J McGee .............. r....................V.................................. 102

Mr. L.C.Johnson...................................................................... 11.0

Mr. A. C. Peale.............. A..............:......................................... Ill

Prof. 0. C. Marsh.................................................................. . .. 114

Mr. C.D. Walcott.................................................................... 115

Dr. C. A. White....................................................................... 120

Mr.W.H.Dall........................................................................ 123

Mr. LesterF. Ward................................................................... 128

Prof. J. S. Nowberry .................................................................. 131

x Prof. W. M. Fontaine.................................................................. 132

Prof. Samuel H. Scudder.............................................................. 133

Dr. David T. Day ..................................................................... 134

Prof. F.W.Clarke.................................................................... 141

Mr. W. H. Holmes..................................................................... 143

Mr. C. C. Darwin...................................................................... .1.45

Mr. John D. McChesney .............................................................. 152

Bull. .100 5
66 - PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The Charleston earthquake | of | August 31, LSS6 | by | capt. 

Clarence Edward Button | TJ. S. ordnance corps | Extract from the 

ninth annual report of the director, 1SS7-'SS | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The Charleston earthquake of August 

31, 1886, by capt. Clarence Edward Button, U. S. ordnance corps," p. 203, verso 

blank; contents,.p. 205, Arerso blank; illustrations, pp.207-208; preface}pp. 209-Sll; 

text, pp. 212-409; appendix: list of localities furnishing reports, pp. 410-528. Royal 

8°. Plates vn-xxxi; figs. 1-41. 110 copies.

S

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Preface.....-..................................................................-....,...........*.. 209

Accounts of the earthquake by persons who experienced it in Charleston: (1) Mr. Carl McKinley; 

(2) Dr. G. E. Manigault; (3) Mr. F. B. Fisher.................................................. 212

General discussion of the effects of the earthquake. Detailed examination of these effects....... 248

Detailed study of the epicentral tracts............................................................ 270

Computation of the depths of the foci............................................................. 311

Summary view of the effects throughout the country at large .................................... 321

Discussion of the isoseismals, or lines of supposed equal intensity of the shocks.................. 349

Discussion of the speed of propagation of the principal vibrations through the ground........... 355

On the nature and mechanism of wave motion through solid bodies .............................. 390

*

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The geology | of | cape Ann, Massachusetts | by | Nathaniel 

Southgate Shaler | Extract from the ninth annual report of the director, 

1887-'88 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The geology of cape Ann, Massaclrusetts, by Nathaniel Southgate Shaler," p. 529, verso blank; contents, p. 531, 

verso blank; illustrations, pp. 533-535, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director, p. 537, verso blank; text, pp. 539-611. Royal 8°. Plates XXXII-LXXVII; 

figs. 42-51. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of tranamittal ................................................'............................ 537

Nature and objects of report..................................................................... 539

General geographic and geologic relations of the cape Ann district. .....f....................... 541

General form of the cape Ann anticline....................................................... 543

Nature and distribution of drift deposits.......................... '. ............................ 540

Shoved moraines ............... < ............................................................ 546

Form of drift deposits....................................................................... 547

Serpent kames........................................................................... 549

Drumlius ................................................................................. .. 550

Composition and nature of glacial materials..................................................... 552

Decay of bowlders................................. ".. ......................................... 554

Amount of erosion during the glacial period. ...... .-..i................................... ^...... 556

Glacial scratches...................'......................................................... 557

Carriage of erratics .......................................................................... 558

Post-glacial erosion on cape Ann ................................................................ 559

Atmospheric erosion......................................................................... 559

Marine erosion .............................................................................. 560

Sea beaches...f .......................................................................... 502

Effect of sea-weeds on movement of pebbles............................................. 563

Kate of wear of pebbles.................................................................. 565

Decay of rocks lu place.................................................................. 567
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM NINTH ANNUAL. 67

 Page.

Kocont changes of level in cape Ann............................................................. 507

Evidences of recent subsidence.............................................................. 508

Evidences of recent elevation................................................................. 569

Height of sea since glacial period ....................................................... 571

Dunes of cape Ann district.................................................................. 574

Marshes..................................................................................... 575

Physical structure of the bed rocks of cape Ann ................................................ 576

Minerological character of rocks............................................................. 579

Dikes of the capo Ann district ...............? .............................................. 579

Distribution of dikes*..................... j.............................................. 580

Area occupied l>y dikes............................1..................................... 583

Joint-planes of cape Ann district........................................................ 583

List of dikes of cape Ann..... f...................... .................1.................. 589

Rifting of the quarried rocks ................................................................ 602

The general petrography of capo Ann ....................................................... 605

Influence of geological structure on health of district ........................................... 610

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The formation | of | travertine and siliceous sinter | by tUe ) 

vegetation of hot Springs | by | Walter Harvey Weed | Extract from 

the ninth annual report of the director, 1887-'88 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, " Format!on of travertine and siliceous 

sinter by the vegetation of hot springs, by Walter Harvey Weed," p. 613, verso 

blank; contents, p. 615, verso blank; illustrations, p. 617, verso blank; text, pp. 

619-676. Royal 8°. Plates LXXVIII-LXXXVII; figs. 52-56. 260 copies 110 regular 

separates and 150 extras ordered by the author.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction...................................................................................... 619

Plants as rock-builders .......................................................................... 619

Vegetation of hot waters........................................................................ 620

Hot springs of the Tello wstouo national park................................................... 628

Mammoth hot springs ............................................................................ 628

Geological relations......................................................................... 629

Travertine deposits.......................................................................... 629

The springs and their vegetation ............................................................ 630

General occurrence of the algte.............................................................. 631

Effect of environment........................................................................ 633

Description of the vegetable growth. ........................................................ 635

Solubility of carbonate of limo .............................................................. 637

Character of the hot spring waters .......................................................... 638

Deposition of carbonate of lime ............................................................. 640

Deposits of carbonate of lime due to plant life............................................... 642

Description of the deposits.................................................................. 645

Weathering of the travertine................................................................ 049

Origin of siliceous sinter ........................................................................ 650

Upper Geyser basin of the Fireliole river......................................................... 651

General description........1................................................................... 651

Character of the hot spring waters .................:........................................ 654

Formation of siliceous sinter ................................................................ 655

Algous vegetation of the hot waters......................................................... 657

Algre pools and channels .................................................................... 658

Fibrous varieties of algous sinter ........................................................... 605

Rate of deposition of siliceous sinter........................................................ 668

. Microscopic evidence ........................................................................ 667

Moss sinter. ......................................................................... v ...... 667

Diatom beds................................................................................. «68

Nature of siliceous sinter.................................................................... 069

Siliceous sinters from New Zealand.............................................................. 072

Summary .........'.............................................................................. 670
68 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Department of the interior IT. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | On the geology and physiography | of | a portion of northwestern Colorado arid | adjacent parts of Utah and Wyoming | by | 

Charles A. White | Extract from the ninth annual report of the 

director, 1887-'88 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "On the geology and physiography of 

a portion of northwestern Colorado and adjacent parts of Utah and Wyoming, by 

Charles A. White," p. 677, verso blank; contents, p. 679, verso blank; illustrations, 

p. 681, verso blank; text, pp. 683-712; index (to^fche whole volume), pp. 713-717. 

Royal 8°. Plate LXXXVIII; figs. 57-61. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Topography of the district.................................... .................................... 683

Geological formations.............................................................................. 685

.Archean rocks.................................................................................. 686

Uinta sandstone ...................................................... .*........................ 687

Carboniferous................................................................................. 688

Jura-Triaa..................................................................................... 688

Cretaceous..................................................................................... 689

The Dakota group ................................................................ ^....... 689

The Colorado group ............ ^.......................................................... 689

The Pox hills group....................................................................... 689

The Laramie group....................................................................... 690

Tertiary ...................................................................................... 690

The Wasatch group ..............................\........................................ 690

The Green river group .................................................................... 690

The Bridger group ........................................................................ 690

The Brown's park group .................................................................. 691

Displacements ...................;................................................................ 692

The Uinta fold............................................................................. 692

The Tampa plateau and other subordinate folds........................................... 697

Junction mountain up thrust.............................................................. 701

Tampa mountain upthrust................................................................ 702

Kelation of the Uinta fold to other folds and to the Park range uplift..................... 703

Canons traversing the upthrust and folds ......................................................... 706

The Uinta canons of the Green river ..................................................... 707

Tampa mountain caBon ................................................................... 708

Junction mountain caiion.................................................................. 709

Tampa canon.............................................................................. 709

Concluding remarks....................................................................:.. 710

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1888-1889.

51st congress, | Istsession. | House of representatives. | Ex. docvl, ] 

part 5. | Eeport | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the 

message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at the | beginning of the first session of the fifty-first congress. | 

In five volumes. | Volume iv in two parts. | Part 1 [-2]. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1890.

Two parts, bound as two volumes. Part i: paper cover with title as above; library 

catalogue slips (sample), verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; title as above, verso blank; half-title, "Tenth annual 

report of the director of the United States geological survey, part i geology," p. iii, 

verso blank; contents, pp. v-ix, verso blank; illustrations, pp. xi-xv, verso blank; 

letter of transmittal to the secretary, p. 1, verso blank; text, including half-titled, 

tables of contents, and lists of illustrations of individual papers, also plate designations and explanations, pp. 3-760; (there are no pp. 761, 762); errata, p. 763, verso
WARMAN.] TENTH ANNUAL REPORT. 69

blank; index, pp. 765-774. Plates i-xcvm (i being a map in pocket); figs. 1-69. Part 

ii: paper cover with title as above; inner title the same, verso blank; half-title, 

" Tenth annual report of the director of the United States geological survey, part n 

irrigation," p. iii, verso blank; contents-, pp. v-vi; abstract, pp. vii-viii ; text, pp.

1-119, verao blank; index, pp. 121-123. No illustrations. Royal 8°.

( 

CONTENTS OF PART I.

Page. 

Powell (J.W.), Eeportof tlie director........................................................... 3-80

Chiefs of divisions, Administrative reports of............................................... .. .81-252

Staler (N. S.), General account of the fresh-water morasses of the United States, with a description of the Dismal swamp district of Virginia and North Carolina.......................255-339

Irving (R. D.\ and Van Hise (C. R.), The Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and "Wisconsin ........................................................................................341-507

Walcutt (C. D.), The fauna of the lower Cambrian or Olenellus zone............................509-760

CONTENTS OF PART II.

Abstract of this report........................................................................... vit

Origin of the irrigation survey .................................................................. i

Letter from the secretary of the interior to the president pro tempore of the senate.......... 1

Letter from the acting commissioner of the general land oflice to the secretary of the

interior ................................................................................. 3

Letter from the director of the United States geological survey to the secretary of the

interior................................................................................ 4

Letter from the secretary of the interior to the president pro tempore of the senate.......... 8

Letter from the director of the United States .geological survey to the secretary of the

interior................................................................................ 9

Letter of the secretary of the interior to the president pro tempore of the senate ............ 15

Letter from the director of the United States geological survey to the secretary of the

interior................................................................................ 15

Preliminary report on the organization and prosecution of the survey of the arid lands for purposes of irrigation :.................................................................... 16

Topographic work........................................................................... 17

Work in Montana ....................................................................... 17

"Work in Nevada ........................................................................ 18

Work in Colorado ..........................................................'............. 18

Work in New Mexico.................................................................... 19

Hydraulic work ............................................................................. 19

Segregation work............................................................................ 22

Reservoir sites .......................................................................... 22

Irrigable lands.......................................................................... 24

Appropriation of reservoir sites................... ..................................... 28

Disposal of irrigable lands............................................................... 27

Purpose of the survey........................................................................... 29

Plan of the survey ............................................................................... 33

Details of the plan of operations............................................................... 38

Topographic operations ......................................................... i........... 40

Montana................................................................................. 40

Colorado................................................................................. 40

New Mexico............................................................................. 41

Idaho..................... .............................................................. 41

Nevada and California.................................................................. 42

Hydraulic work........'..................................................................... 43

Engineering survey......................................................................... 45

Upper Missouri division................................................................. 45

Colorado division ........................................................................ 45

New Mexico division .................................................................... 40

Idaho division............................................................. ............. 46

Lahontan division ........................................................................ 47

California division....................................................................... 47

Recapitulation........................................................................... 48

Instructions..................................................................................... 49

Areas surveyed.................................................................................. 58

Reservoir sites selected.......................................................................... 61

Report of Prof. A. H.Thompson................................................................. 65

Time and location of work................................................................... 65

General organization and personnel ......................................................... 65
70 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Keportof Prof. A.U. Thomjison continued. Page.

Detailed report by divisions................................................................. 66

California and Nevada................................................................... 66

Colorado.......................... ...................................................... 68

Montana....................:.....................................................'....... 71

, New Mexico ............................................................................. 72

Field methods ............................................................................... 74

Character of work ....................................................................... 74

Methods of control....................................................................... 74

Horizontal control.. .^.................................................................... 74

Vertical control.......................................................................... 75

Control of representation ................................................................. 76

Office work .......................'........................................................... 76

Organization............................................................................. 76

California and Nevada................................................................... 76

Colorado..................................................................C^............... 77

Montana................................................................................. 77

New Mexico.............:............................................................... 77

Eoport of Capt. C. E. Button .......................;........................-.................... 78

Hydrographic work................................................'......................... 78

Stream gauging.......................................................................... 79

Measurement of river flow............................................................. . 84

Meteorology.............................................................................. 84

Evaporation....................:........................................................ 85

Suspended matter....................................................................... 85

Topography of river channel ............................................................ 85

Arkansas river ..........................1............................................... 86

KioGrande.............................................................................. 87

Gila and Salt rivers...................................................................... 87

Truekee and Carson rivers .............................................................. 87

Hydrographie work in TJtah............................................................. 88

Snake river.............................................................................. 88

Yellowstone and upper Missouri........................................................ 89

General remarks on liydrographie work..................................................... 89

Montana division......................................................................... 91

Arkansas division ....................................................................... 93

Eio Grande division ..................................................................... 98

California division ...................................................................... 102

Lahontan division, in Nevada ................................................. ......... 104

Snake river division..................................................................... ]06

Expenditures ................................................................................... 108

Classification of expenditures ............................................................... 108

Abstract of disbursements ................................................................ . 108

Index............................................................................................ 121

(A preliminary report of the director of the geological survey, on "the organization and prosecution of the survey of the arid lauds for purposes of irrigation/' was 

transmitted to the secretary of the interior Decemher 31, 1888, and by the secretary 

transmitted to the president pro ternpore of the senate Jauuary 2, 1889, to be laid 

before congress. It was printed as senate ex. doc. no. 43, 50th congress, 2d session; 

12 pp. 8°; anet it'is reprinted on pp. 16-29 of part n of the tenth annual.)

This edition consisted of 1,734 copies, the " usual number," about 600 in paper covers, 

as described, the balance printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they constitute vol. 14 (in two parts) of the "Executive documents of tjie house of representatives for the first session of the fifty-first congress."

Another edition as follows:

Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the message and documents | communicated to the. | two houses of congress | 

at the | beginning of the first session of the fifty-first congress. | In five 

volumes. | Volume IV in two parts. | Part 1 [-2]. |

Washington: | government printing office. I 1890.
WARMAN.] TENTH ANNUAL REPORT. ' 71

The two parts collate as in the unbound quota of the previous edition, except that 

there are no paper covers, and their contents are the same.

This edition consisted of 3,000 copies; bound in black cloth. Another edition as 

follows:

Report | of the | secretary of the interior | for the | fiscal year ending June 30,1889. | In five volumes. | Volume iv in two parts. | Part

1 [-2]. I 

Washington: | government printing office. | 1890.

Two parts, bound as two volumes: Part i: title as above, verso blank; half-title, 

contents, and remainder of volume as described under previous editions. Part n: 

title as above, v.erso blank; half-title, contents, and remainder of volume as described 

imder previous editions.

This edition consisted of 750 copies; bound in dark red cloth. Another edition as 

folio ws:

Tenth animal report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1888-'89 | by | J. W. Powell | director | Part i geology [ n irrigation] | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Two parts, bound as two volumes. Part i: Sample library catalogue slips, verso 

blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; 

title as above, verso blank; half title, "Tenth annual report of the director of the 

United States geological survey, part i geology," p. iii, verso blank; contents, 

pp. v-ix, verso blank; illustrations, pp. xi-xv, verso blank; letter of trausmittal by 

the director to the secretary of the interior, p. 1, verso blank; text, including halftitles, contents, etc., of individual papers, pp. 3-760; errata, p. 763 [sic], verso 

blank; index, pp. 765-774. Plates i-xcvin (i being a map in pocket); figs. 1-69. 

Part ii: title as above, verso blank; half title,, "Tenth annual report of the director 

of the United States geological survey, partu irrigation," p. iii, verso blank; contents, pp. v-vi; abstract of this the first irrigation annual report, pp. vii-viii; text, 

pp. 1-119; index, vpp. 121-123. No illustrations. Royal 8°. Contents as in the 

earlier editions.

There were published of this edition, under resolution of the house concurred in 

by the senate March 13, 1890, 15,500 copies; bound, as usual, in dark red cloth.

Part ii (irrigation), being small and not illustrated, and needed for the immediate 

information and use of congress, was put in type and a few hundred copies delivered 

to the survey some mouths in advance of the main portion of the edition. These 

were in paper covers, the main title being repeated on the front cover.

The tenth annual is sold by the secretary of the interior, under authority of a 

joint resolution approved March 3, 1887, at the price of $2.80 for both parts.

One hundred and ten copies o/ part i of this report were divided into the separate 

papers composing it, and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE TENTH ANNUAL.

Tenth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 188S-'S9 | by | J. W. Powell | director | Part i geology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with title as above; inner title the same, verso blank; half-title, 

"Tenth annual report of the director of the United States geological survey, part 

i geology," p. iii, verso blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. v-ix, verso
72 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, [uott. 100.

blank; illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. xi-xv, verso blank; letter of traueinittal of the volume to the secretary, p. 1, verso blank; report of the director, pp. 

3-80; half-title to administrative reports of chiefs, p. 81, verso blank; administrative reports of chiefs, pp. 83-252. Royal 8°. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOE.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................. 1

Changes in organization ............... ^......................................................... 3

Progress* of topographic work.................................................................... 5

Progress in geologic work ....................................................................... 10

"Work in geologic correlation ................................................................ 10

Work in Archean geology .....................................................'............... 12

Work on the Atlantic coast..................................'................................ 14

"Work in the Appalachian region ............................................................ 16

"Work in the lake Superior division.......................................................... 19

Work in glacial geology ..................................................................... 21

Work in Montana ............................................................................ 22

Work in Tellowstone park .................................................................. 23

Work in Colorado............................................................................ 25

Work in California .......................................................................... 27

Work of the Cascade division................................................................ 23

Work of the Potomac division ............................................................... 29

Progress in paleontologic work.................................................................. 33

Work on vertebrate fossils .................................................................. 33

Work in paleobotany ........................................................................ 36

Work in Paleozoic invertebrate paleontology................................................ 38

Work in Mesozoic invertebrate paleontology ................................................ 39

Work in Cenozoio invertebrate paleontology................................................. 40

Work on fossil insects....................................................................... 40

Progress in accessory work...................................................................... .41

Work in chemistry and physics............................................................... 41

Work in petrography........................................................................ 42

Processes............................:................................................... - 43

Rocks in general...........................'.............................................. 44

Volcanic rocks........................................................................... 45

Metamorpnic rocks ...................................................................... 49

Sedimentary rocks....................................................................... 51

Work in mining statistics and technology................................................... 52

Work in mathematics......................................................................./ 54

Publications..................................................................................... 55

Work in the division of illustrations ............................ i ........................... 55

Work of the library ......................................................................... 56

Conference on map publication .................................................................. 56

The occasion for the conference.............................................................. 56

Circular letter............................................................................... 58

The work of the conference.................................................................. 62

Unit of publication.......................................................................... 63

Nomenclature............................................................................... 63

Conventional symbols for geologic maps..................................................... 67

The illustrative plates....................................................................... 76

Conventional symbols for geologic sections .................................'................. 77

Disbursements.....................................;............................................. 80

Financial statement.............................................................................. 80

ADMINISTRATIVE IlEPORTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Gantiett..................................................................... 83

Mr. R.S. Woodward......................:....................:........................ 106

Mr. G.K.Gilbert....................................................................... 108

Mr. Raphael Pumpelly................................................................. 114

Prof. N.S.Shaler...............................:....................................... 117

Mr. Bailey Willis...................................................................... 119

Prof.C.R. Van Hise ................................................................... 123

Dr.T.C.Chainberlin................................................................... 128

Dr. A. C.Peale......................................................................... 130
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM TENTH ANNUAL. 73

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS COntimiCtl. PagO.

Keport of Mr. Arnold Hague. .................................................................... 132

Mr. S. F. Emniona ...................................................................... 137

Mr. George F. Becker .................................................................. 141

Mr. J.S.Diller ......................................................................... 144

Mr. W J McGee ....................................................................... 148

Prof. 0. C. Marsh. ...................................................................... 158

Mr. Charles D. Walcott ................................................................ 1 60

Dr. C. A. White ....................................................................... 162

Dr. W. H. Dall ......................................................................... 1 66

Mr. Lester F. Ward .................................................................... 169

Prof. S. H. Scudder . . ................................................................... 176

Prof. F. W. Clarke ..................................................................... 177

Dr. D. T. Day. ......................................................................... 182

Mr. W. A. Croff nt. ..................................................................... 189

Mr. W. H. Holmes ...................................................................... 189

Mr. Charles C. Darwin ................................................................. 190

Mr. John D. McChesncy . .............................................................. 199

* Department of the interior U, S. geological survey | J. W. 

director | General account | of the | fresh- water morasses of the United 

States | with a description of | the Dismal swamp district of Virginia | and North Carolina | by | Nathaniel Southgate Shaler | Extract 

from the tenth animal report of the director, 1888-'89 | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with, title as above; half-title, " General account of the fresh-water 

morasses of the United States, with a description of the Dismal swamp district of 

Virginia and North Carolina, by Nathaniel Southgate Shaler," p. 255, verso blank; 

contents, p. 257, verso blank ; illustrations, pp. 259-260 ; text, pp. 261-339. Royal 8°. 

Plates vi-xix ; figs. 2-38. 110 copies.

CONTENTS. Pago.

Inundated lands ................................................................................. 261

Prefatory note............................................................................... 201

Classification of swamps ................ '. ................................. A ................ 261

Classification of inundated lands based on physical characters .......................... 263

 Table of classification of inundated lands ............................................... 264

Delta swamps ........................................................................... 271

Classification of inundated lands based on the character of the vegetation ............... 282

Effect of certain plants on the formation of morasses ....................................... 291

Mangrove swamps ........................................................................... 291

The eifect of glacial action in perturhiug drainage .......................................... 295

Economic uses of morasses .................................................................. 303

Area of inundated lands in the United States which are winnahle to agricultural uses. . .... 310

List of approximate areas of inundated lands in the several states ...................... 311

Description of the Dismal swamp district of Virginia and North Carolina. ...................... 313

General character of the beds below the level of the Dismal swamp ......................... 315

List of fossils found in beds exposed near Suffolk, Va. .................................. 315

Topography of the Dismal swamp ........................................................... 317

General character of the vegetation in the Dismal swamp. .................................. 321

The Nansemond bench or elevated sea margin ............................................... 326

Effect of recent changes in the continental level on the Dismal swamp district ............. 328

Animal life of the Dismal swamp. . .......................................................... 332

Method of draining the Dismal swamp ....................................................... 334

Healthfuluess of the Dismal swamp district ......i.. ....................................... 338

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The | Penokee iron-bearing series | of | Michigan and Wisconsin | by | Roland Duer Irving | and | Charles Richard Van Hise | 

Extract from the tenth annual report of the director, 1888-'89 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890
74 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Paper cover with title as above; half-title^ "The Penokee iron-bearing aeries oi 

Michigan-and Wisconsin, by Roland Duer Irving and Charles Richard Van Hise," 

p. 341, verso blank; contents, p. 343, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 345-346; text, 

pp. 347-464; half-title, "Plates," p. 465, verso blank; explanations of plates, pp. 

468, 470, 472, and consecutive even pages (versos) to and including p. 506, the recto 

in each case containing the word "Plate" and its number as a half-title; "Plate 

XLII," p. 507, verso blank (being a map and requiring no separate explanation). 

Royal 8°. Plates XX-XLII ; figs. 39-43. 110 copies.

CONTEXTS.

Page.

Introduction...................................................................................... ^47

Geological explorations and li teraturo ............................................................ 351

The southei-n complex............................................................................ 353

The cherty limestone member ............................................................. ...... 365

The quartz slate member ......................................................................... 370

The iron.-beariug member......................................................................... 380

Details ....................................................................................... 380

Origin of the rocks of the iron-bearing member............................................... 393

The Animikie iron-bearing series............................................................. 402

The iron ores ....................................................^............................ 409

The upper slate member...............................................................:.......... 423

Details ....................................................................................... 423

Origin of the upper slate rocks ............................................................... 429

Eruptives......................................................................................... 438

The eastern area.................................................................................. 439

General geology .................................................................................. 44.5

Flexures anil faults................................................................ '. .......... 445

Structure...........................'.......................................................... 445

Correlation................................................................................... 458

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The | fauna of the lower Cambrian | or | Olenellus zone | by | 

Charles Doolittle Walcott | Extract from the tenth annual report of 

the director, 1888->89 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover with title as above; half-title, "The fauna of the lower Cambrian or 

Olenellus zone, by Charles D. Walcott," p. 509, verso blank; contents, pp. 511-512; 

illustrations, pp. 513-514; text, pp. 515-658; half-title, "Plates," p. 659, verso blank; 

explanations of plates, pp. 662, 664, 686, and consecutive even pages (versos) to and 

including p. 760, the recto in eac'h case containing the word "Plate," and its number as a half-title; errata (for the whole volume), p. 763, verso blank; index (for the 

whole volume), pp. 765-774. Royal 8°. Plates XLIII-XCVIII ; figs. 44-69. 110 copies.

.CONTENTS.

Page.

I. Definition of title ........i.*................................................................ 515

U. Scope of paper ............................................................................. 515

Til. List, by authors, of books and papers...................................................... 516

Chronologic arrangement of the preceding list by authors............................. 523

IV. Historical review........................................................................... 52-1

North America......................................................................... 524

Geologic investigation.............................................................. 524

Newfoundland................................................................... 528

New Brunswick................................................................ 529

Vermont ....................................................................... 531

New York and Massachusetts.................................................. 534

Appalachian area south of New York.......................................... 536

Massachusetts................................................................. 537

Rocky mountain province ...................................................... 537

Paleontologic investigation.......................................................... 538

Europe ..... ... .................................................................. 545
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM TENTH ANNUAL. 75

Pago.

V. The lower Cambrian or Oleuellus Zone, as known to the geologist.......................... 547

Typical locality of Cambrian group.................................................... 547

Table showing classification of Paleozoic.and subjacent strata..................... 547

Table showing classification of the Cambrian group ............................... 548

Base of the Olenollus zone.......................................................... 549

Eureka section of Nevada.. .............................................. .^.... 549

Wasatch section of Utah....................................................... 549

Mount Stephen section of- British Columbia.................................... 550

Grand cation section of Arizona................................................ 550

Eastern New York section...................................................... 552

Vermont section................................................................ 552

Newfoundland section.......................................................... 554

Line of demaikatiou between Cambrian aud pro-Cambrian..................... 555

VI. The North American continent during Cambrian time ................................... 556

Habitat of the Olenellus fauna ....................................................... 556

VII. The continent of Europe during the deposition of the sediment now forming the Olenellus zone.......................................................................... 562

VIII. Geographic distribution .................................................................. 564

Atlantic coast province ........................................'...................... 5G4

Champlain-Hudson province......................................................... 568

Rocky mountain province.................................,......:.....;............. 570

Table of the geographic distribution of the lower Cambrian fauna in North A merica. 572

Distribution in Europe ............................................................... 577

Scandinavia ...................................................................... 577

Enssia............................................................................ 579

Spain ..........*.......,..................................;....................... 580

Britain ........................................................................... 580

France............................................................................ 581

IX.' Relations of the lower Cambrian to the superjacont faunas............................... 581

Physical or stratigraphic relations ................................................... 582

Zoological relations................................................................... 583

New York and Vermont.......................................................... 583

Rocky mountain province ........................................................ 584-

Newfoundland............................... <.................................... 58S

Eolations of the genera and species................................................... 586

Algte............................................................................. 580

Spongiae.......................................................................... 587

Hydrozoa......................................................................... 587

Actinozoa ............................................................. /I......... 587

Echinodermata................................................................... 588

Annelida, etc ....................................................................... 588

Brachiopoda...................................................................... 588

Lamellibranchiata................................................................ 589

Gasteropoda ...... ................................................................ 589

Pteropoda........................................................................ 590

Crustacea......................................................................... 590

Trilobita.......................................................................... 590

Comparison of the faunas as a whole................................................. 593

Origin of fauna....................................................................... 594

Comparison and correlation........................................................... 595

X. Notes on the genera aud species ..................................... ^.................... 597

Spongise.............................................................................. 597

Actinozoa ............................................................................ 599

Trails, burrows, and tracks .......................................................... 602

Hydrozoa .............................................................................. 604

Echinodermata....................'................................................... 607

Brachiopoda.......................................................................... 607

Lainellihrauchiata.................................................................... 614

Gast'erpoda........................................................................... 616

Pteropoda ............................................................................ 620

Crustacea............................................................................. 625

Trilobita.............................................................................. 629
76 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BCLL. 100. 

ELEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1889-1890.

51st congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. 1, | 

part 5. | Eeport | of tlie | secretary of the interior; | being part of | the 

message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of congress | at the | beginning of the second session of the fifty-first congress. | In five volumes. | Volume IV in two parts. | Part 1 [-2], |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1890.

Two parts, to be issued as two volumes. At this writing part i has not appeared, 

the preparation of some of the illustrations having delayed it. The above title is 

from part n, which collates as follows: Paper cover bearing title as above; inner 

title the same, verso blank; half-title, "Eleventh annual report of the director of 

the United States geological survey, part n irrigation," p. iii, verso blank; contents, pp. v-vii, verso blank; illustrations, p. ix, verso blank; abstract of this 

report, pp. xi-xiv; text, pp. 1-388; index, pp. 389-395. Royal 8°. Plates LXVII-XCVI ; 

figs. 121-124.

CONTENTS OP PART I.

Page. 

Powell (J. W.), Eeport of the director........................................................... 3-30

Chiefs of divisons, Administrative reports of................................................... ."31-185

McGee (W J), The Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa ..................................189-577

Phinney (A. J.), The natural gas field of Indiana..............................................579-742

CONTENTS OF PART II.

HYDROGRAPHY.

Page.

Outline of this report............................................................................ xi

Scope of work ................................................................................... 1

' Units of measurement ............................................................................ 2

Stream measurements........................................................................... 5

Current meters.............................................................................. 6

Eating the meter............................................................................ 11

River stations............................................................................... 14

Equipment^ of station........................................................................ 15

Diurnal variation............................................................................ 18

Eating the station........................... ............................................... 19

Rainfall ..................................................;...................................... 23

Evaporation..................................................................................... 30

Hydrography of the drainage basins ............................................................ 34

Yellowstone basin........................................................................... 36

Upper Missouri basin ....................................................................... 38

The Missouri river.......................................................................... 41

The Sun river .....................;......................................................... 43

Cache la poudre basin....................................................................... 44

The Arkansas basin..............................................:.......................... 45

Rio Grande basin............................................................................ 52

Gila basin ................................................................................... 58

Truckee and Carson basins.................................................................. 63

Salt lake basin .............................................................................. 66

Snake river basin ........................................................................... 77

Tables of monthly discharges ................................................................... 93

Tables of gaugings at temporary stations ....................................................... 107

ENGINEERING.

Scope of work................................................................................... Ill

Montana division................................................................................ 113

The Sun river surveys ...................................................................... 120

Arkansas division................................................................................ 133

Twin lake reservoir ......................................................................... 135

Rio Grande division............................................................................. 145
WAUMAN.] ELEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT. 77

Page.

California division.............................................................................. 150

The Clear lake survey ...................................................................... 150

LaLontan division............................................................................... 168

Utah division ...............................................................,.................... 183

Utah lake ................................................................................... 184

Snake r>vor division ............................................................................ 190

Canal surveys............................................................................... 194

THE A1UD LANDS.

Statement of the director of the U. S. geological survey to the house committee on irrigation .... 203

Extracts from the constitutions of states, relating to irrigation ............................. 240

Artesian irrigation on the Great plains ...................................................... 200

General considerations affecting artesian water supply.................................. 200

Economic limit to utilization of artesian water for irrigation............................ 203

Irrigation by artesian wells in various countries ......................................... 205

Geologic conditions and statistics of artesian wells on the Groat plains ................. 260

Summary and conclusions..........'..................................................... 275

TOPOGRAPHY..

Report of A. H. Thompson, geographer.......................................................... 293

Time and location of work................................................................... 293

General organization and personnel ......................................................... 293

Detail report of divisions.................................................................... 294

California-Nevada....................................................................... 294

Colorado................................................................................. 299

Idaho.................................................................................... 302

Montana ................................................................................ 305

New Mexico......................................................................'....... 306

Summary........................................................................................ 309

Reservoir sites ...................................................J............................... 310

Field methods................................................................................... 310

Character of the work....................................................................... 310

Vertical control ............................................................................. 311

Representation.................................................................................. 311

Office work.............................................. ^....................................... 312

Disbursements of money ..............................:......................................... 312

BIBLIOGKAPHY.

Irrigation literature..................................... I ........................................ 345

Index . ....................................................................................... 389

This edition consists of 1,734 copies, the " usual number," about 600 in paper 

covers, as described, the balance printed later and bound in sheep, in which form 

they constitute, part 1 vol. 14 and part 2 vol. 15 of the "Executive documents of 

the house of representatives for the second session of the fifty-first congress."

I have not seen a copy of the message and documents edition (3,000), nor of the de 

partmeutal edition (750). Survey edition as follows:

Eleventh annual report | of the | United States geological survey | 

to the | secretary of the interior | 1889-'90 | by | J. W. Powell | director | Part I geology [-11 irrigation] | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Two parts, bound as two volumes. Part i: sample library catalogue slips, verso 

blank, 1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; 

title as above, verso blank; half-title, " Eleventh annual report of the director of 

the United States geological survey, part i geology," p. iii, verso blank; contents, 

pp. v-x; illustrations, pp. xi-xv, verso blank; letter of transrnittal, p. [1], verso 

blank; text, with half-titles, contents, etc., to individual papers, pp. 3-742; index, 

pp. 743-757. Plates I-LXVI; figs. 1-120. Partn: title as above, verso blank; halftitle, "Eleventh annual report of the director of the United States geological survey, part ii irrigation," p. iii, verso blank; contents, pp. v-vii, verso blank; illustrations, p. ix, verso blank; abstract of this report, pp. xi-xiv; text, with half-
78 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

titles to individual papers, pp. 1-388; index, pp. 3$9-395. Eoyal 8°. Plates LXVIIxcvi; figs. 121-124. .

At this writing, part i of this report has not been issued, the preparation of illustrations causing delay, but I have seen a copy in unbound form and from it composed the foregoing description.

One hundred and ten copies of part i of this report were divided into the separate 

papers composing it, and the separates issued with the following titles r

SEPARATES FROM THE ELEVENTH ANNUAL.

Eleventh annual report | of the | United States geological survey | 

to the | secretary of the interior | 1S89-'90 | by | J. W. Powell | cli-' 

rector | Part I geology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, 

"Eleventh annual report of the director of the United States geological survey, 

part I geology,"p. iii, verso blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. v-x; illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. xi-xv, verso blank; letter of trausmittal to the 

secretary, p. [1], verso blank; report of the director, pp. 3-30; half-title to administrative reports of chiefs, p. 31, verso blank; administrative reports of chiefs, pp. 

33-185. Royal 8°. The "map showing progress of the topographic survey" (plate 

i) is not with the separate. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OP THE DIRECTOR.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ l

Changes in organization......................................................................... 3

Progress of topographic work for geologic purposes....................................... .T. ... 4

Engraving.................................................................................... '... 8

Progress in geologic work ..................*..................................................... 10

Progress in paleontologic work.................................................................. 12

Progress in accessory work ..................................................................... 17

Chemistry and physics ...................................................................... 17

Mathematics ................................................................................' 18

Statistics of mineral products ............................................................... 19

Publications................................................................................. 21

Illustrations................................................................................. 22

Organization of the engraving division...................................................... 22

The library......................................................................'..'.......... 24

Disbursements .....................X.......I................................................ 24

Financial statement..................................................................... 24

Accompanying papers........................................................................... 23

Offices and laboratories..........'................................................................ 28

Acknowledgments........'.....................................:................................. 20

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.

Report of Mr. Henry Gannett................................................................... 33

Mr. G. K. Gilbert...................................................................... 49

Prof. N.S.Shaler .................................... ........................'........ 62

Prof. R. Pumpelly..................................................................... 04

Mr.W JMcGee...................................................................... 65

Mr. Bailey Willis ..................................................................... 70

President T. C. Chamborlin ............ v ...........!................................. 74

Prof. C. R. Van Hise .....................................i............................ 77

Dr.W.P.Jenney...................................................................... 80

Dr. A. C. Peale ......................................................................... 82

Mr. Arnold Hague.................................................................... 83

Mr. S. F. Emmon.3..................................................................... 87

Mr. J. S. Diller ........................................................................ 90

Dr. G.F.Bocker.......':............................................................... 95

Mr. Alpheus Hyatt................................ j.................................... 97

" Prof. 0. C. Marsh..............................:................:...................... 101

Mr. Charles D. Walcott............................................................... 102
WARMAN.] SEPAKATES FKOM ELEVENTH ANNUAL. 79

Page.

Eeport of Dr. C. A. White ....................................................................... 107

Mr. W.H.Dall..........................................-.............. /.......-...... 109

Mr.Lester F. Ward ................ .................................................. 114

Prof. Samuel H. Suuddor ................................................................ 123

Prof. P. W. Clarko ......................;............................................. 125

Mr. li.'S. Woodward........................^............................................ 128

Dr. David T. Day .............................. 1...................................... 130

Mr. W. A. Croffut..................................................................... 431

Mr.DeLancey W.Gill................................................................ 133

Mr.'S.J.KubeL..................'.............................-....................... 134

. Mr. Charles C. Darwin ................................................................ 137

Mr. John D.McChesuey .............................................................. 140

Department of tlie interior IT. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa. | By | W J 

McGee. | Extract from the eleventh annual report of the director, 

18S9-'90 | [Survey design] | - Washington | government printing office 11891

Paper cover bearing title as above; no inner title; half-title, "The Pleistocene 

history of northeastern Iowa, by W J McGee/' p. 189, verso blank; contents, pp. 

191-192; illustrations, pp. 193-197, verso blank; text, pp. 199-577; index (to the 

whole volume), pp. 743-757. Royal 8°. Plates n-xxi, xxiv-xxix, XXXI-XLII, XLVLXI (xxn, XXITI, xxx, XLIII, and xr.iv all being maps in pocket are lacking, 

not being completed when the separates were issued; but it is the intention of the 

author to forward to recipients of the separates these five maps when they are completed) ; figs. 1-120. 110 copies, 60 of \vhich the author had bound in dark red cloth.

CONTENTS. ,

' Page.

Prefatory note .................................................................................... 199'

Chapter I. Northeastern Iowa .............................................^....................t 202

Chapter II. Principles and definitions........................................................... 238

Section I. General statement................................................................ 238

Section II. Diastatic geology ................................................................ 242

Section III. Qeomorphic geology........................................ T................... 244

Primary classification ........................................°........................... 244

The law of land profiles.................................................................. 247

Ice-fashioned land forms ................................................................ 249

Eiver terraces ........................................................................... 256

Analysis of terraces...............................^...... J.......................... 256

The formation of river terraces.................'..................................... 259

Section IV. Stratio geology...... .\............................................. ^............ 273

Section V. The products of rock decay...................................................... 275

Section VI. Glacial geology..'................................................................ 280

Glacial deposits in general .......................i...................................... 280

The loess ................................................................................ 291

The general features of the loess..................................................... 291

The specific features of the loess ...............'..................................... 296

Chapter III. The indurated rocks.............................................................. 304

Section I. The formations and terrancs...................................................... 304

The Eockville conglomerate............................................................. 304

The coal measures....................................................................... 308

The sub-carboniferqus formations ........................................................ 312

The St. Loufs limestone ............................................................. 312

TheKeokuklimestone .............................................................. 312

The Burlington limestone ........................................................... 312

The Kimlerhook limestone .......................................................... 313

The Devonian formations................................................................ 314

The Hackberry shale ................................................................. 314

The Cedar valley limestone........................................................... 314

The Independence shale.............................................................. 320

The Niagara limestone .................................................................. 823
80 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. LBULL.IOO.

Chapter III. The indurated rocks continued. Page. 

Section I. The formation and torranes continued.

The Maquoketa shale.................................................................... 326

The Galena limestone.................................................................... 327

The Trenton limestone and shale......................................................... 329

The St. Peter sandstone................................................................. 330

The Oneota limestone.....'............................................................... 331

The Potsdam sandstone ................................................................. 333

Resume ................................................................................. 334

Section II. The deformations...................... .".: ....................................... 336

The types of deformation................................................................ 336

The general inclination...................-^............................................. 336

The irregular deformations.............................................................. 337

The regular deformations........................................:....................... 338

Section III. The Paleozoic history .......................................................... 347

Section IV. The ante-Pleistocene surface...................................................: 353

The driftless area........................................................................ 353

The drift-border area................ r.................................................. 355

The drift-covered area.............................:..................................... 355

Chapter IV. Topography.............. ~. ...................................................... A 358

Section I. The drainage..................................................................... 358

Section II. The general relief................................................................. 363

Section in. The local relief................................................................. 367

The topographic areas................................................................... 367

The driftless area........................................................................ 367

The drift-border area.................................................................... 382

The drift plain .......................................................................... 303

The ridged-drift area.................................................................... 396

The loess-drift area...................................................................... 411

The Gumbo area......................................................................... 414

Section IV. Resume......................................................................... 415

Chapter V. The post-glacial phenomena......................................................... 417

Section I. Alluvium......................................................................... 417

Section U. The river terraces ............................................................... 425

Section III. Kelatious between alluvium and terraces....................................... 432

Chapter VI. The loess.............................. ........................................... 435

Section I. The loess of the northern area .................................................... 435

Section II. The loess of the river ridges and paha........................................... 450

Section III. The (southern loess ............................................................. 461

Chapter VII. The drift .......^.................................................................. 472

Soctionl. The upper till .................................................................... 472

Section n. The forest ted................................................................... 486

Section III. The lower till................... ................................................ 896

SectionIV. The glacial talus................................................................ 510

Section V. Kepresentative well sections..................................................... 514

Section VI. Resume.......................................!....:............................ 540

Chapter VIII. The ice markings................................................................ 543

Section I. The glacial strise.............................................. '. ................... 543

Section II. The rock molding................................................................ 544

Section III. The surface molding............................................................ 545

Chapter IX. The residuary products............................................................ 548

Section I. The geest of the driftless area.................................................... 548

Section, II. The history recorded in the residuary products.................................. 561

Chapter X. The glacial history ................................................................. 567

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The natural gas field of Indiana. | By \ Arthur John Phinney. | Extract from the eleventh annual report of the director, 1889- 

'90 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; uo inner title; half title, "The natural gas 

field of Indiana, by Arthur John Phinney," p. 579, verso blank; contents, pp. 581-583, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 585, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director 

by W J McGee, geologist in charge, pp. 587-588; introduction, by W J McGee, pp. 

589-616 j text, pp. 617-742. Koyal 8°. Plates LXII-LXVI. 110 copies.
WAHMAN.] SEPARATES FEOM ELEVENTH ANNUAL. 81

CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of transmitted.............................................°:............................... 587

Introduction, by W J McGee. Rock gas and related bitumens.................................. 589

Section I. The conquest of the bitumens ................................................... 589

Section II. The constitution of the bitumens ............................................... 592

Section III. .The distribution of the bitumens..-.............-.........:................... 59-1

General remarks......................................................................... 594

Recent deposits.......................................................................... 595

Pleistocene.............................................................................. 595

Tertiary .................................................................................. 590

Cretaceous............................................................................... 597

Jura-Trias .............................................................................. 598

Carboniferous ........................................................................... 598

Devonian................................................................................ 599

Silurian .................................................................................. GOO

Pre-Silnrian and eruptive ............................................................... 000

R6sum6.................................................................................. GUI

Section IV. The natural storage of the lighter bitumens................................... G03

Section V. The origin of rock gas and related bitumens.................................... G07

Section VI. The future of rock gas and its allies ........................................... 014

The natural gas field of Indiana, by A. J. Phiimcy .............................................. 0.1.7

History of the investigation....:............................................................ G.17

The geologic map............................................................................ 020

Acknowledgments............................... ........................................... 621

Chapter I. Geologic structure of Indiana..'..................................................... 023

Section I. General structure ............................................................... 023

Section II. Stratigraphy.................................................................... G24

General section of the rocks of Indiana.................................................. G24

The lower Magnesian limestone ......................................................... 025

The St. Peter sandstone ................................................................. 625

The Trenton limestone.................................................................. 627

The Utica shale............................................. P............................ 029

The Hudson river group ................................................................ G30

The Clinton and Medina.........................;....................................... 031

The Niagara.............................................................................. 032

The lower Helderborg and Watorlime................................................... 033

The Schoharie........................................................................... 034

The upper Heldorberg ................................................................... G35

The Hamilton limestone and shale ...................................................... G36

The brown shale...............'...................................-...................... 037

The black shale.......................................................................... 637

The "Waverly, or Knobstono............................................................. 638

The Kookuk, St. Louis, and Chester..................................................... 638

The coal measures....................................................................... 639

The drift ................................................................................ 639

Topography of the rock surface......................................................... 042

Section in. The altitude of the strata....................................................... 643

The Cincinnati arch ..................................................................... 643

The topography of the Trenton in Indiana ...........................................:.. G48

The hypothetic TV abash arch............................................................ 051

Chapter IE. Conditions of gas accumulation...............................................'...... 654

Section I. Conditions of rock structure...................................................... 654

Section II. Conditions of rock texture................................................:...... 657

Chapter III. Gas pressure and its measurements................................................ 662

Section I. Definitions............................e-------.................................... 662

Section II. The static pressure.............................................................. 663

Section III. The open pressure ............................................................. 666

Section IV. The retained pressure .......................................................... 069

Section V. The measurement of gas wells................................................... 671

Chapter IV. The gas field and the borings within it.......................... A. ................. 076

Section I. The area yielding gas and oil..................................................... 076

Section II. Records of borings within this area............................................. 078

Chapter V. Records of borings outside of the gas field.................... T...................... 720

Chanter VI. The care of gas wells....... ...... .......... ...........:...................<..,. . 741

Bull. 100 6
82 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100. 

TWELFTH ANNUAL REPORT, 1890-1891.

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc, 1, 

| part 5. | Report | of the | secretary of the interior; | being part of | 

the message and documents | communicated to the | two houses of 

congress | at the | beginning of the first session of the fifty-second congress. | In five volumes. | Volume iv in two parts. | Part 1 [-2]. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1892.

Two parts, to be issued as two volumes, At this writing part i has not appeared, 

the preparation of some of the illustrations having delayed it. The above title is 

from part n, which collates^as follows: Paper cover bearing title as above; inner 

title the same, verso blank; half-title, "Twelfth annual report of the director of the 

United States geological survey, part n irrigation," p. iii, verso blank; contents, 

pp. v-viii; illustrations, pp. ix-xiv; abstract of this report, pp. xv-xviii; text 

(including half-titles, contents, etc., of individual papers), pp, 1-568; index, pp. 

569-576. RoyalS0 . Plates LIV-CXLVI ; figs. 81-270.

CONTENTS OF PART I.

Page. 

Powell (J. W.), Eeport of the director......................................................... 3-19

Chiefs of divisions, AdminiatrativeTeports of..... . ........................................... 21-210

Shaler (N. S.), The origin and nature of soils.................................................. 213-345

McGee (W J), The Lafayette formation...... T ................................................ 347-521

"Walcott (C. D.), The North. American continent during Cambrian time....................... 523-568

Jddings (J. P.), The eruptive rocks of Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstone

national park.. .,.,...,.... ................................................................ 569-664

, CONTENTS OF PART II.

Thompson (A. H.), Report upon the location and survey of reservoir sites during the fiscal

year ended June 30,1891................................................................... 1-212

Newell (F.H.), Hydrography of the arid regions.............................................. 213-361

Wilson (H.M.), Irrigation in India............................................................ 363-561

This edition consists of 1,734 copies, the "usual number," about 600 in paper 

covers, as described, the balance printed later and bound in sheep, in which forni 

they constitute, part 1 vol. 17 and part 2 vol. 18 of the "Executive documents of

the house of representatives for the first session of the fifty-second congress."

I have not seen a copy of the message and documents edition (3,000), nor of the 

departmental edition (750). Survey edition as follows:

Twelfth annual report | of the | United States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior 11S90-'91 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

Part I geology [-11 irrigation] | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Two parts, bound as two volumes. Part i: sample library catalogue slips, verso 

blank, 11:; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp.~ i-v, verso blank; 

title as above, ve^so blank; half-title, "Twelfth annual report of the director of 

the United States geological survey, pfrt i geology," p. iii, verso blank; contents, 

pp. v-viii; illustrations, pp. ix-xiii, verso blank; letter of transinittal, p. 1, verso 

blank; text, with half-titles, contents, etc., to individual papers, pp. 3-664; index, 

pp. 665-675. Plates I-LIII ; figs 1-81. Part n: title as above, verso blank; half-title, 

".Twelfth annual report of the director of the United States geological survey, part 

n irrigation," p. iii, verso blank; contents, pp. v-viii; illustrations, p. ix-xiv; 

abstract of this report, pp. xv-xviii; text, with half-titles, contents, etc., to individual papers, pp. 1-561; financial statement, pp. 562-568; index, pp. 569-576. 

Royal 8°. Plates LI V-CXLVI ; figs. 81-270.
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FKOM TWELFTH ANNUAL. 83

At this writing part I of this report has not heen issued, the preparation of some 

of the illustrations causing delay, but I have seen a copy in unbound form and from 

it composed the foregoing description.

One hundred and ten copies of both parts of this report were divided into the separate papers composing them and the separates issued with the following titles:

SEPARATES FROM THE TWELFTH ANNUAL.

Twelfth annual report [ of the | United.States geological survey | to 

the | secretary of the interior | 1890-?91 | by | J. W. Powell | director | 

Part i geology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; half-title, 

"Twelfth annual report of the director of the United States geological survey, 

parti geology/' p. iii, verso blank; contents (of the whole Arolume), pp. v-viii; 

illustrations (of the whole volume), pp. ix-xiii, verso blank; letter of transmittal 

to the secretary, p. 1, verso blank; report of the director, pp. 3-19, verso blank; 

half-title to administrative reports of chiefs, p. 21, verso blank; administrative 

reports of chiefs, pp. 23-210. Royal 8°. The "map showing the progress of the 

topographic survey" (plate i) is not with the separate. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR,

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ 1

Progress of topographic work................................................................... 3

Atlas sheets................................................................................. 5

Organization....'.......................................................,..................... 5

Surveys east of the one hundredth meridian............................................. 5

Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian............................................ 6

Engraving................................................................................... 7

Progress of geologic work....................................................................... 8

Progress of paleontologic work.................................................................. 9

Progress in accessory work...................................................................... 13

Chemistry and physics ...................................................................... ] 3

Statistics of mineral products ............................................................... 14

Illustrations..........................................................................'....... 10

Engraving and printing ..................................................................... 16

Publications......... 1....................................................................... 17

Library...................................................................................... 17

Disbursements............................................................................... 18

Acknowledgments........................................................................... 19

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS.

Keport of Mr. Henry Gannett................................................................... 23

Mr. A. H.Thompson.................................................................. 42

Mr. G-.K. Gilbert.......:.............................................................. 52'

Prof. N. S. Shaler...................................................................... 60

Mr. Kaphael Pumpelly ................................................................ 67

M.T..W J McGee ...................................................................... 70

Mr. Bailey Willis ..................................................................... 78

Mr. George H. Eldridge............................................................... 82

frot.V.'R.Vim'H.iso................................................................... 84

Dr.T.0.fchambcrlin .................................................................. 88

Mr. W. P. Jeuuey...................................................................... 90

Mr. A. C. Peale........................................................................ 91

Mr. Arnold Hague .................................................................... 92

Mr. S. F.Emmons..................................................................... 96

Mr. J.S.Diller........................................................................ 100

Mr.G.F.Becker ...................................................................... 101

Mr. C.D.Walcott..................................................................... 108
84 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDW..IOO.

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS continued.

Page.

Report of Prof. Alpheus Hyatt ....... - ...,, - - : . -...., - - -- - ........ : ............................. 111

Mr. C. A. White.. ............. T ..................9..................................... 112

Mr. W.H.Dall......................... : .........~... r: ............................... 115

Prof.0. C.Marsh...................................................................... 118

Mr. Lester P. Ward................................................................... 120

Prof. Samuel H. Scudder .............................................................. 125

Mr. F. W.Clarke.....,^................,,......... T ....... T ...... : ................... 127

Mr.David T.Day.... T ................................................................ 129

Mr. F. H. Newell. .......................................................... ............ 13d

Mr. DeLaiicey AT. Gill.............................................. f..,,.............. 130

Mr. J.S.Kiib'el......... Tr ... T ..... ; ................................................... 138

Mr. W. A. Croffnt.........,...--.................... TT ................................ 141

Mr. Charles C. Darwin ................................................................ 142

Mr. W. F, Morsell............. T .....................,..........".'...............,...... 145

Mr. Jno. D. McCbesney............................................................. 140

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey [ J. W. Powell, 

director | The | origin and nature of soils | by | Nathaniel Southgate 

Shaler | Extract from the twelfth annual report of the director, 1S90-'91 

| [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, "The origin and nature of soils, by 

Nathaniel Sonthgate Shaler/' p. 213, verso blank; contents, p. 215, verso blank; 

illustrations, pp. 217-218; text, pp. 219-345. Royal 8°. Plates n-xxxi; figs. 1-27. 

110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Prefatory note ...........................................................................a....... 219

Nature aiid origin of soils ....................................................................... 221

Process of soil formation ........................................................................ 230

Cliff talus soils .............................................................................. 232

Glaciated soils............................................................................... 236

Volcanic soils .....................................................................-......... 239

Soils of newly elevated ocean bottoms....................................................... 245

Physiology of soils .............................................................................. 250

Effect of animals and plants on soils......................................................... 268

Effect of certain geologic conditions on soils................................................. 287

Glacial aggregation......................... r . : .......................................... 288

Alluvial aggregation ..................................................................... 288

Overplaoemeut ........................................................................... 290

Inheritance ............................................................................. 300

Certain peculiar soil conditions.................................................................. 306

Swamp soils................................................................................. 311

Marine marshes ............................. *............................................... 317

Tule lands......... ............'....... ....................................................... 320

Ancient soils ................................................................................ 321

Prairie soils................................................................................... 323

"Wind-blown soils............................................................................ 326

Action and reaction of man and the soil......................................................... 329

Effects of soil on health..... ..................."................................... ......... 310

Man's duty to the earth ..................................................................... 344

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey |, J. W. Powell, 

director | The | Lafayette formation | by | W J McGee | Extract from 

the twelfth annual report of the director, 1890-'91 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, "The Lafayette formation, by W 

J McGee," p. 347, verso blank; contents, p. 349, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 351- 

352; text, pp. 353-521. Koyal 8°. Plates XXXII-XLI; figs. 28-72. 110 copies.
WARMAN.] SEPARATES FROM TWELFTH ANNUAL. ? 85

CONTENTS.

Page.

Chapter I. The area occupied by the formation.................................................. 353

The physiographic provinces................................................................ 353

The configuration of the coastal plain ....................................................... 360

The general geology of the coastal plain ..................................................... 380

The method of classification............................................................. 380

The Columbia formation................................................................. 384

The Grand gulf formation ...... ........................................................ 408

The Chesapeake formation .............................................................. 410

The Vicksburg-Jackson limestone ...................................................... 412

The Claiborne-Meridian..............................:.................................. 413

TheLignitic deposits.................................................................... 415

ThePamunkey formation ...... v ......................................~................ 418

The upper Cretaceous .................................................. ................ 419

The Severn formation ................................................................... 421

The Potomac and Tuskaloosa formations................................................ 421

K6sum6.................................................................................. 424

Chapter n. The features of the formation........................./............................. 430

The features in detail...............................................3 ........................ 430

The general features......................................................................... 489

Chapter III. Definition and synonymy of the formation ........................................ 497

Definition................................................................................... 497

Synonymy...........'........................................................................ 498

Chapter IV. Material resources of the formation................... j ............................ 503

State of the survey.......................................................................... 503

Soils......................................................................................... 503

Siliceous clays............................................................................... 505

Gravel.........................................................-...................1 .......... 506

Iron......................................................................................... 508

Chapter V. The history recorded in the formation............................................... 507

The antecedent physiography............................................................... 507

The Lafayette deposition.................................................................... 508

The Lafayette degradation.................................................................. 511

The burial of the Lafayette ................................................................. 514

The relations of the continent movements................................................... 515

. Department of tlie interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The | North American continent | during | Cambrian time | 

by | Charles D. Walcott | Extract from the twelfth annual report of 

the director, 1890-'91 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, "The North American continent 

during Cambrian time, by Charles D. Walcott," p. 523, verso blank; contents, p. 

525, verso blank; illustrations, p. 527, verso blank; text, pp. 529-568. Royal 8°. 

Plates XLII-XLV ; figs. 73-78. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introductory .observations....................................................................... 529

Deposition of sediments ......................................................................... 532

Character and extent of the sedimen ts.......".................-.............................. 535

Pre-Cambrian land............................................................................... 540

Atlantic coast province...................................................................... 541

Appalachian province....................................................................... 542

Eocky mountain province............... t ................................................... 543

Interior continental province ................................................................ 543

E6surne .....................1............................................................... 543

Geographic distribution ..................................................................... 545

Surface of the pre-Cambrian land............................................................. 540

Atlantic coast province.................................................................. 546

Appalachian province ................................................................... 548

Eocky mountain province .........................................'...................... 551

Interior continental province............................................................ 554
86 PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Pre-Cambrian land continued. Page.

Continental features...............0 -......................................................... 557

Dana.................................................................................... 557

Chamberlin.............................................................................. 561

Walcott................................................................................. 562

Middle Cambrian land........................................................................... 563

Post-Cambrian land .......................................................^..................... 565

Conclusions ..................................................................................... 567

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The eruptive rocks, | of | Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain | Tellowstone national. park | by (Joseph Paxson Iddings | Extract from the twelfth annual report of the director, 1S90-'91 | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, " The eruptive rocks of Electric 

peak and Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstone national park, by Joseph Paxson 

Iddings," p. 569, verso blank; contents, p. 571, verso blank; illustrations, p. 573, 

verso blank; tables, p. 575, verso blank; text, pp. 577-664. Royal 8°. Plates 

XLVI-LIII; figs. 79-81. 260 copies 110 regular issue and 150 additional ordered by

the author.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 577

Geological sketch of the region.................................................................. 578

Electric peak.................................................................................... 579

Geological description....................................................................... 579

Geological map .......................................................................... 581

The eruptive rocks of Electric peak ...................-...................................... 582

Use of the terms porphyrite and porphyry............................................... 582

Sheet rocks.............................................................................. 584

Dike and stock rocks. .......................... ......................................... 58C

The dike rocks and certain contact facies of the stock. .............................. 588

^ The stock rocks and apophyses.........1............................................ 595

Intergrowth of hornblende and pyroxene in glassy rocks. ........±....^............. 010.

Quartz-mica-diorite-porphyrite...................................................... C17

General consideration of the mineral and chemical composition of the rocks............. 619

Sepulchre mountain ..............*....................;....;.................................... 633

Geological description ....................................................................... C33

The volcanic rocks of Sepulchre mountain................................................... 634

The lower breccia ....................................................................... 634

The upper breccia ................................. ..................................... 635

The dike rocks... ..................................................................... 640

General consideration of the mineral and chemical composition of the roclcs............. 647

Comparison of the rocks from the two localities.................................................. 650

Correlation of the rocks on a chemical basis...................................-......;....-. 652

Effect of mineralizing agents................................................................ 658

Application to the classification of igneous rocks............................................ 660

Appendix............... ...................................................................... 664

Department of the interior TJ. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Report | upon the | location and survey of reservoir sites | 

during the | fiscal year ended June 30, 1891 | by | A. H. Thompson j 

chief of western division of topography | Extract from the twelfth 

annual report of the director, 1800-'91 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 11892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, " Report upon/' etc., p. 1, verso 

blank; contents, p. 3, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 5-7, verso blank; text, pp. 9- 

212. Royal 8°. Plates UV-LVII; figs. 81-222. 110 copies.
.BMAN.] SEPAEATES FROM TWELFTH ANNUAL. 87

*,

CONTENTS.

Pago, 

utroductlon....................................................:................................ 9

California........................................................................................ 10

Colorado............................................................;............................ 55

Montana......................................................................................... 127

New Mexico...........................................................».......... '".. .............. 165

Nevada.......................................................................................... 209

Department of the interior IT. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Hydrography | of | the arid regions | by | F. H. Newell | 

Extract from the twelfth annual report of the director, 1S90-'91 | [Sur 

vey design] |.

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, "Hydrography of the arid regions, 

by F. H. Newell/' p. 213, verso blank; contents, pp. 215-216; illustrations, pp. 217- 

218; text, pp. 219-361. Royal 8°. Plates LVin-CVi; figs. 223-229. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Hydrograpliic measurements and irrigation...................................................... 219

The arid regions ................................................................................ 219

Hydrographio data .............................................................................. 221

Deficiency of water.............................................................................. 221

Increase of water duty .......................................................................... 223

Water storage .......................................................... A....................... 224

Relative amount of flood waters................. i............................................... 227

Time of floods ................ . .................................................................. 228

Intensity of floods................;.............................................................. 230

Rainfall and river flow .......................................................................... 230

Points of maximum utility...................................................................... 231

Classification of drainage basins................................................................. 232

Humidity and irrigation .......................................>.-.^..^..........................^ 234

Evaporation observations........................................................................ 234

Results of stream measurements................................................................. 235

Upper Missouri and Yellowstone basins .......................................................... 23(5

Pliitte basin..................................................................................... 238

Arkansas basin..............................................................................^..w 240

Rio Grande basin.....:.....................i ....................i.......i....................... 240

Topograpby and elevations ...............................................................-^- 240

Annual and monthly rainfall ................................................................. 243

The Colorado district of the Rio Grande..................................................... 285

San Luis valley.......................................................................... 247

Irrigation practice....................................................................... 248

The Taos district of the Rio Grande ............................................................ 251

Tres Piedras mesa............................................................................... 256

Embudo gauging station......................................................................... 257 A

Espanola valley ................................................................................. 258

TheChamadistrict............................................. ................................ 261

SafataFedistrict.....i...................................................T .. v .................... 269

Albuquerque district............................................................................. 270

Tributaries below the Chama....................T................................................ 273

Santa Fe and adjacent streams .............................................................. 273

Jemez river ........................................rT ....................................... 274

Puerco river ................................................................................ 275

Resum6 of water supply..................................................................... 277

Mesas along the Rio Grande..................................................................... 278

Mosilla valley .................................................................................... 279

Gypsum plains district.......................................................................... 281

Pecosriver ..................................................................................... 282

General topography......................................................................... 282

Climate and water supply ................................................................... 283

Tipper tributaries..........................,......................"........................... 284

JJower tributaries in New Mexico............................................................ 286
88 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 10

Pecos river continued.

Agriculture along the Tocos .................................................................. 2s .',

Irrigation works on the Pecos ............................................................... 28.

Colorado river drainage basin ................................................................... 29;

The Gila basin. .............................................................................. 2&'

Topography and altitudes ............................................................... 29: ;'

Agricultural lands ........................................................................ 295

Dntj of Vf^tor.... ................................................................... f ... 296

Water storage ........................................................................... 298

Rainfall .............. f............... ................................................... 299

Upper Gila district. ..................................................................... 302

San Pedro district. ...................................................................... 303

 Middle Gila district. ..................................................................... 305

Verde district...... ..................................................................... 309

Upper Salt district ...................................................................... 310

Lower Salt district........................... ........................................... 311

Lower Gila district. ..................................................................... 314

Agua Fria and Hassayampa districts .................................................... 315

Santa Cruz district. ...................................................................... 31 5

Sacramento and San Joaquiu basins ...................................... ..... s ................ 316

Kern river. ...........................................,.....;........ .~ ...................... 319

Tule river................................................ .t... ............................... 319

Kaweah river. .............................................'.................................. 320

Kings river ................................................................................. 320

San Joaquin river ........................................................................... 321

Merced river ................................................................................ 322

Tuolurane river ............................................................................. 322

Mokelumne river. . .... ....^. ............................... .^ ............................... 323

Lower San Joaquin river. ................................................................... 323

The G reat basin ................................................................................. 324

Truckee river ............................................................................... 324

Carson river. ................................................................................ 325

Salt Lake basin. ............................................................................. 325

Bear river. ................................................................................. 325

Bear lake.. ................... ..... ...... ....... .......................... .............. 327

Lower Bear river, .^.^i..... a. -...j..^.. .............................................. 329

Cache valley ........... -..^.-,. ................................................................ 330

Ogden and Weber rivers ..;..*.;..;.;.. ................................................. 334

Utah lake drainage. ..................................................................... 334

Sevicr river ................................................................................. 339

Snake river drainage ............................................................................. 344

Discharge tables ................................................................................ 345

Department of the interior U. S. geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Irrigation in India | by | Herbert M. Wilson, c. e. | Extract 

from the twelfth annual report of the director, 1S90->91 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; half-title, "Irrigation in India, by Herbert 

M. Wilson, c. e.," p. 363, verso blank; contents, pp. 365-366; illustrations, pp. 367- 

368; preface, introduction, and text, pp. 369-561; financial statement (of moneys 

appropriated and expended for the irrigation branch of the survey for the fiscal year 

1890-'91), pp. 562-568. Royal 8°. Plates CVII-CXLVI; figs. 230-270. 110 copies.

CONTENTS.

Paga 

Preface.......................................................................................... 369

Author's list .................................................................................... 371

. Introduction .................................................................................... 375

Chapter I. Finance and statistics ......................................."....................... 390

Value and necessity of irrigation ............................................................' 390

Laud and crops .............................................................................. 395
SEPARATES FROM TWELFTH ANNUAL. 89

Pcga

jj.iapter II Topography, meteorology, and forestry ............................................ o99

^ L . Topography and geology............................. '. ...................................... 399

(_ ( Meteorology.........................*....................................................... 403

_ ( Forestry..................................................................................... 404

liapter III. History and administration....................................................... 406

- History of irrigation works ................................................................. 406

Administration and legislation.............................................................. 407

Chapter TV. Wells and inundation canals.....................t................................. 415

Classes of works............................................................................. 415

Extent of irrigation.......................................................................... 416

Financial and agricultural results........................................................... 417

Objections to irrigation...................................................................... 419

Wells..............................................................................'.-......-. 423

Inundation canals ........................................................................... 425

Chapter V. Deltaic and perennial canals ....................................................... 428

Source of supply......................................................................'......- 428

Water duty and evaporation............................,.................................... 428

Deltaic canals....................... t ........................................................ 435

Perennial canals............................................................................. 438

f Ganges canal......................................................................... iu..... 439

Lower Ganges canal.....<... *......... . ..................................................... 443

Agra canal................... 4.............................................................. 445

Sirhind canal....................................1........................................... 447

Bail Doab and Western Jumna canals ......................................................... 450

Sidhnai canal. .............................................................................^ 451

\ Soane canals................................................................................. 45i!

Cross-section, slope, and alignment........................................................... 455

/ Headworks.................................................................................. 458

C Weirs....................................................................................... 460

* Scouring sluices............................................................................. 467

-'-) Canal regulators............................................................................. 473

,. Well foundations............................................................................ 477

i Escapes.................................. A.................................................. 479

Falls and rapids............................................................................. 481

Drainage works ............................................................................. 48*4

Distributaries............................................................................... 490

Methods of applying water................................................................... 495

.- Chapter VI. Storage works .................................................................... 498

Classes of works............................................................................. 498

; Reservoirs...'................................................................................ 503

\ Mutha project. ......\.................i................................................. 504

J Nira project............................................................................. 506

Betwa project .....................................................:..................... 515

Periar project............................................................................ 520

Tansa reservoir............... .......................................................... 525

Masonry dams............................................................................... 527

Materials, labor, and cost.................................................................... 530

Tanks.................................................................i..................... 536

Ekruktank.............................................................................. 544

Ashtitank .............................................................................. 545

Tank dams ........................ °......................................................... 550

Combined storage and canal systems .................................................... J... 553

Palar anicut system..................................................................... 554

Zhara Karez irrigation scheme.......................................................... 556

River conservancy .......................................................................... 557

Land reclamation ........................................................t................... 561

MONOGRAPHS.

MONOGRAPH 1.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs ] of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume I | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 189Q

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | la.ke Bonueville | by | Grove Karl Gilbert | [Survey design] |

.Washington | government printing office | 1890

Library catalogue slips (samples), verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as given above, verso blank; special title 

as given above, verso blank; contents, pp. v-ix, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 

xi-xiii, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director, p. xv, verso blank; preface, pp. xvii-xviii; abstract of volume, pp. xix-xx; text, pp. 1-402; half-title for 

appendixes, p. 403, verso blank; appendixes, pp. 405-426; index, pp. 427-438. 4°. 

Plates I--LI; figs. 1-51; folded map, in cover pocket.

CONTENTS OP MONOGRAPH I.

Page.

Letter of transmittal................................................*.......................... xv

Preface .;................................................................... ................... xvn

Abstract of volume ................................ .'.". .............................. ......... xix

Chapter I. INTRODUCTION ...........................................................'.......... 1

Interior basins............... ^....^^............................ ^.......................... * 2

The Great basin ...................................................................... A..... 5

History of investigation ......«.............................................................. 12

TheBonneville basin........................................................................ 20

Chronologic nomenclature................................................................... 22

C hapter II. THE TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES OF LAKE SHOKES ................................... 2;»

Wave work................................................................................. 29

Littoral erosi on......................................................................... 29

The sea cliff......................................................................... 34

The wave-cut terrace............................................................... 35

Littoral transportation ................................................................. 37

The beach .......................................................................... . 39

The barrier .......................................................................... 40

' The subaqueous ridge .............................................................. 43

Littoral deposition ...................................................................... 46

.Embankments ............r ........................................................... 46

The spit............................................................................ 47

The bar............................................................................. 48

The hook........................................................................... 52

. The loop............................................................................ 65

. The wave-built terrace................................................................ 55

The v-terraceand v-bar............................................................. 57

Drifting sand; dunes ................................................................. 59

The distribution of wave-wrought shore features ........................................... 60

91
92 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Chapter II. continued. " Page.

Stream work; the delta..................................................................... 65

Ice work; the rampart...................................................................... 71

Submergence and emergence................................................................ 72

The discrimination of shore features...........^'............................................. 74

Cliffs...............,...........................................!........................ 75

Thecliff of differential degradation................................................. 75

Thestream cliff.................................................................... 75

The coulee edge .................................................................... ,76

The fault scarp..................................................................... 76

The land-slip cliff..............................................................:...". 77

Comparison......................................................................... 77

Terraces................................................................................ 78

The terrace by differential degradation ............................................. 78

The stream terrace. ................................................................... 79

The moraine terrace ................................................................ 81

The fault terrace ...................... v ........................................... 83

The land-slip terrace................................................................ 83

Comparison....................... i................................................. 84

Ridges................................................................................... 86

The moraine......................................................................... 86

The osar or k.ime.................................................................... 87

Comparison......................................................................... 87

The recognition of ancient shores .......................................................... 88

Chapter HI. SHORES OP LAKE BONNEVIU.E ................................................... 90

The Bonneville shore-line ................................................................... 93

The question of a higher shore-lino..................................................... 94

More ancient lakes...................................................................... 98

Outline of the lake ..................................................................... 3 01

Extent of the lake...................................................................... 105

Shore details............................................................................ 106

Embankment series ...........................................'......................... Ill *

Determination of still-water level.... v ................................................ 122

Depth........................................!.......................................... 125

The map................................................................................ 125

The Provo shore-line........................................................................ 126

Outline and extent...................................................................... 127

Shore characters..........................:............................................. «»]28

Deltas............................................................................... 129

The underscore...................................... t ............................... 130

Embankment series.................................................................... 131

The map............................................................................."-.. 134

The Stansbury shore-line................................................................... 134

The intermediate shore-lines................................................................ 135

Description of embankments ........................................................... 135

Grantsville......................................................................... 135

Preuss valley....................................................................... 136

The snow-plow ....................................................................... 137

Stocktonand Wellsville............................................................ 137

Dove creek.................~......................................................... 137

,Comparison of embankments........................................................... 137

Hypothesis of differential displacement................................................ 140

Hypothesis of oscillating water surface................................................ 141

Superposition-of embankments. ...................................................... 147

The snow-plow....................................................................... 147

Keservoir butte..................................................................... 148

Stockton............................................................................ 149

Blacksmith's fork................................................................... 151

Dovecreek ................................................................... v .... 151

Double series in Preuss valley...................................................... 152

Deltas...................................................................................... 153

American fork delta................................................................ 155

Logan d el tar. ....................................................................... 159

Summary............................................................................ 166

Tufa.......................................................................................... 167

ResumS..................................................................................... 109
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH I. 93

Page.

Chapter IV. THE OUTLET ..................................................................... 17]

Ked rock pass....................................................................... 173

Marsh valley....................................................................... 170

The river........................................................................... . 176

The gate of Bear river.............................................................. 178

The question of an earlier discharge................................................ 180

The old river heel....................... ............................................... 181

Other ancient rivers .................................................................... 184

1 Outlets and shore-lines................................................................. 180

Chaptor V. THE BONNEVILLE BEDS ............................................................. 188

Lower river bed section.................................................................. 189

Leiuington section....................................................................... 192

Upper river bed section.................................................................. 194

Yellow clay.......................................................................... 194

First gravel.......................................................................... 194

White marl.......................................................................... 195

Lower sand.......................................................................... 195

Second gravel ....................................................................... 195

Upper sand.......................................................................... 190

Upper gravel........................................................................ ]QO

Oscillations of wate* level................................................................... 190

» Height of the lirst maximum............................................................ 199

\ The whiteness of the white marl............................................................. 200

Source of material ....................................................................... 203

Composition of lake water................................................................ 201

Experiments .......................................................................... 205

 f Deposition by desiccation................... ^.......-............'......................... 208

Organic remains. ,...^..,..........^................................ ^........................ 209

' 'Joint structure .............................................................................. 211

I Chapter VI. THE HISTORY OF THE BONNEVILLE MASIN. ......................................... 214

"S iho pre-Bonneville history .................................................................. 214

Alluvial cones and aridity............................................................... 220

The post-Bouneville history ................................................................. 222

Subdivision of the basin .................................................................. 222

Snake valley salt marsh ........;.......................................................... 223

Sevier lake............................................................................... 224

Salt bed.............................................................................. 225

x^ Rush lake ............................................................................... 228

Great salt lake........................................................................... 230

Surveys.............................................................................. 230

Depth ........j...................................................................... 230

Gauging....................................................*^........................ 230

Oscillations since 1875 ............................................................... 233

Oscillations prior to 1875............................................................. 239

Changes in area ..................................................................... 243

, Causes of change.................................................................... 244

Future changes -..................................................................... 250

Saline contents ......... T ............................................................ 251

' Sources of saline matter............................................................. 254

Bate and period of salt accumulation................................................ 255

Fauna'................................................................................ 2 58

The general history of the Bonneville oscillations........................................... 259

The topographic Interpretation of lake oscillations ......................................... 262

Hydrographic hypothesis............................................................ 263

Orogenic hypothesis................................................................. 263

v Epeirogenic hypothesis.............................................................. 204

Theclimatic interpretation of lake oscillations.............................................. 265

** Opinions on correlation witli glaciation ................................................ 265

The argument from analogy............................................................ 269

Kecenoy............................................................................. 269

Episodal character.................................................................. 269

Bipartition ..........................;.............................................. 270

Genetic correlation............................................:.................... 275

The effect of a change in solar energy.................................................. 283

« Theevidcncefrommolluscan life....................................................... 297
94 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Chapter VI. continued. Page.

Depauperation and cold ............................................................ 300

Depauperation and salinity......................................................... 301

The evidence from vertebrate life ...................................................... 303

The evidence from encroaching moraines .............................................. 305

"Wasatch-Bonnevillo moraines....................................................... 306

Sierra-Mono moraines............................................................... 311

Summary of chapter........................................................................ 316

Chapter vn. LAKE BONNEVILLE AND VOLCANIC ERUPTION. ................................... 319

Ice spring craters and lava field........................................................ 320

Pavant butte........................................................................... 325

Tabernacle crater and lava field........................................................ 329

Pleistocene winds ...................................................................... 332

Fumarole butte and lava field .......................................... r ............... 332

Other localities of basalt................................................................ 335

Pleistocene eruptions elsewhere........................................................ 335

Rhyolite................................................................................ 337

Summary and conclusions.............................................................. 338

Chapter VIII. LAKE BONNEVILLE AND DIASTROPHISM. ........................................ 340

Evidence from faulting; fault scarps....................................................... 340

General features of fault scarps ........................................................ 354

Local displacements versus local loading and unloading ............................... 357

Mountain growth....................................................................... 359

Earthquakes............................................................................ 360

Evidence from shore-lines .................................................................. 362

Measurements...................;................-..................................... 362

Deformation 6f the Bonneville shore-line............................................... 365

Deformation of the Provo shore-line.................................................... 371

Deformation daring theProvoepoch................................................... . 372

Postulate as to the cause of deformation ................................................ 373

Hypothesis of geoidal deformation ..................................................... . 376

Hypothesis of expansion from warming................................................ 377

Hypothesis of terrestrial deformation by loading and unloading........................ 379

Evidence from the position of Great salt lake .............................................. 384

The strength of the earth.................................................................... 387

Chapter IX. THE AGE OF THE EQUUS FAUNA. ................................................... 393

The fauna and its physical relations.................................................... 393

The paleontologic evidence............................................................. 397

Appendix A. ALTITUDES AND THEIR DETERMINATION. By Albert L. Webster................. 405

Scheme of tables........................................................................ 405

Trigonometric data.....................................................:............... 406

Barometric data ..................................................*..................... 406

Lake records ........................................................................... 409

Kailroad records.......................................................'................. 411

Special spirit-level determinations................................................'...... 411

Combination of data.................................................................... 413

Altitudes of shore-lines and their differences ........................................... 416

Appendix B. ON THE DEFORMATION OF THE GEODD BY THE REMOVAL, THROUGH EVAPORATION, OF

THE WATER OF LAKE BONNEVILLE. By K. S. "Woodward.................................... 421

Appendix C. ON THE ELEVATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE BONNEVILLE BASIN BV EXPANSION DUE

TO CHANGE OF CLIMATE. By E. S. Woodward............................................... 425

Index.....=..................................................................................... 427

3,000 copies; bound in dark maroon cloth. Sold, by the director of the U. S. 

geological survey at $1.50 per copy, its actual cost as computed by the public printer. 

Documentary edition as follows:

51st congress, 11st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. d6c. | 

no. 194. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Yolume i | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | ^ Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; library catalogue slips (sample), verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as on 

cover, verso blank; then follow special title, contents, and remainder of volume as
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH II. ' 95

collated for the other edition, except that plates xi, xiv, and xxin are lacking in 

the copies of this edition which I have seen, and that plate xxxvi in this edition 

differs totally from the correspondingly numbered plate in the 3,000 edition. The 

folded map is loose.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7,1882. Of these, a portion were delivered in paper covers, 

as described; the remainder were bound in sheep, in which form they constitute 

vol. 17 of the " Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first 

session of the fifty-first congress."

MONOGRAPH II.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume n | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Tertiary history | of the | Grand canon district | with atlas | by 

Clarence E. Button | captain of ordnance U. S. a. | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, verso blank, 11.; general title 

as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of transmittal to 

the director, p. v, verso blank; preface, pp. vii-ix, verso blank; contents, including 

lists of plates and atlas sheets, pp. xi-xiv; abstract of the monograph, pp. 1-8; text, 

pp. 9-260; index, pp. 261-264. 4°. Plates I-XLII.

CONTENTS OF MONOGKAPH II.

Page, 

Abstract of the monograph...................................................................... 1

Chapter I. General description of the topographic and geologic features of the Grand cafion disiaict................................................................................ 9

II. The Meaozoic terraces wpon the northern border of the district..................... 26

III. A description of the Vermilion cliffs and of the valley of the Virgen ............... 51

IV. The great denudation............................................................... 61

V. The Toroweap valley and the middle portion of the G rand cafion.................... 78

VI. TheTJinkaret plateau............................................................... 10.1

VII. A journey from Kanab across the desert to the Kaibab plateau and to the brink of

the chasm ....................................................i.................... 122

Vin. The scenery of the Grand caflon in the Kaibab division viewed from point Sublime 140

IX. TLe amphitheaters of the Kaibab division............... ........................ 157

X. Structural geology and evolution of the Kaibab plateau............................ 183

XI. The Paria plateau and the Marble cafion platform.................................. 199

XII. Physical history and evolution of the Grand caflon district........................ 206

XIII. The excavation of the Grand cafion corrasion and weathering..................... 230

XIV. The excavation of the Grand cafion origin of the details of its erosion............ 250

A volume of atlas sheets accompanies the text, as follows:

Half-title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | 

Atlas | to accompany | the Tertiary history | of the j Grand canon 

district | Button | [Device: geologist's hammers crossed]

Title: Department of the interior [ United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Atlas j to accompany the monograph | on 

the | Tertiary history j of the | Grand canon district j by J capt. Clarence E. Dutton U. S. a. | [Survey design] |

Washington 1882 1 Julius Bien & co. lith. New York
96= PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Half-title as above in gilt on front cover; en graved title as above, verso blank, and 

list of atlas sheets, verso blank, the two constituting one double sheet; twenty-two 

other sheets, folio and double, measuring from edge to edge about 33 by 20 inches. 

Twelve are maps, all of which are colored except sheet iv; ten are panoramic and 

general views, four of which by Holmes are in colors, one by Thomas Moran in black, 

and five by Holmes in gray tints. The list is as follows:

CONTENTS OF ATLAS TO MONOGKAPH II.

Sheet.

Title page and table of contents ................................................................. i

Sketch map showing the approximate distribution of the strata in the western part of the 

southern Plateau province..................................................................... n

Sketch map showing the approximate arrangement of the principal faults and displacements in 

the district of the High plateaus and in the Grand canon district............................. JH

Panoramic view of the temples and towers of the Virgen ....................................... iv

View of the Toroweap valley looking north from Vulcan's throne, and view of' the Uinkaret 

plateau northwest from the same standpoint............. ...................................... v

View looking eastward from Vulcan's throne, disclosing the inner gorge of the Grand canon, 

the great esplanade, and the upper or outer walls on either hand .............................. vi

Map of the Uinkaret plateau .................................................................. vn, vni

Panoramic views from the summit of mount Trumbull, on the TJinkaret plateau, looking eastward and southward, with distant glimpses of the Kanab division of the Grand canon and 

some of its lateral gorges...................................................................... ix

Two views one looking northward from the summit of mount Trumbull, the other looking' 

north and northeast from the summit of mount Emma exhibiting the basaltic cinder cones of 

the Uinkaret plateau ........°.................................................................. x

Map of the southern portion of the Kaibab plateau, and of the Kaibab division of the Grand 

cafion, and of the lower portion of the Marble canon................................. xi, xn, xni, xiv

° The panorama from point Sublime in the Kaibab .........................................xv, xvi, xvn

The Transept. View of a lateral gorge opening into one of the branches of the Bright angel 

amphitheater in the Kaibab ................................................................... xvni

View looking from the eastern brink of the Kaibab, and overlooking the Marble caiion platform .......................................................................................... xix

Sheets from the general topographic and geologic atlas of the United States geological survey

...................................................................................XX, XXI, XXII, XXHI

3,050 copies of both text.and atlas published, being the 3,000 required by law and 

50 extras ordered of the public printer by the author; bound in dark maroon cloth. 

Sold by the director of the U. S. geological survey at $10 for both parts.

Documentary edition aa follows:

48th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

110. 35. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume n | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office 11885

Title as above on paper cover; inner title same, verso blank; then follow special 

title, letter of transmittal, preface, and remainder of volume as collated for the other 

edition. Atlas as follows:

48th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 35. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey j 

J. W. Powell director | Atlas | to accompany the monograph | on the j 

| Tertiary history | of the | Grand canon district | by | capt. Clarence 

E. Dutton U. S. a. | [Survey design] 

[Washington: government printing office. 1885.]

The atlas of this edition is identical with that of the earlier edition except in binding and cover title. This atlas is not bound, but the sheets are laid loosely inside a 

heavy-paper cover, on the front of which the above half-title appears.

1,900 copies of text and atlas; published under a joint resolution approved March 

2, 1885; about 800 of which were delivered unbound, as described; the remainder
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH III. 97

were, as usual, bound in sheep as vol. 11 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the 

house of representatives for the second session of the forty-eighth congress," the 23 

atlas-sheets being folded quarto size and laid loosely iuside half-sheep covers.

MONOGRAPH III.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume m | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Special title: United States geological survey | Clarence King director | Geology | of the | Goinstock lode and the Washoe district | with 

atlas | by George F. Becker | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Advertisement of survey publications, pp. i-ii 5 general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. iii, verso blank; preface,

pp. v-vii, verso blank; contents, p. ix, verso blank; list of illustrations (in the text), 

p. xi, verso blank; list of atlas-sheets, p. xiii, verso blank; brief outline of results, 

p. xv, verso blank; text, pp. 1-404; note to chap, iii, pp. 405-408; index to mining 

claims, pp.. 409-412; general index, pp. 413-422. 4°. Plates i-vn; figs. 1-33.

Mr. King's name appears on the title-page of this monograph because it was projected and work on it was begun under his directorship.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH III.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ m

Preface.......................................................................................... v

Contents ........................................................................................ ix

List of illustrations ........................'..................................................... xi

List of atlas sheets.............................................................................. xm

Brief outline of results...................... - .................................................. xv

Qhapter T. The Comstock mines................................................................ 1

II. Previous investigations of the Comstock lode...................................... 12

LLT.^Lithology........................................................................... 32

Section 1. The rooks of the Washoe district.................................... 32

2. The decomposition of the rocks...................................... 72

3.-Propylite ............................................................ 81

4. Detailed description of slides........................................ 91

Description of illustrations ...................................... 145

Tables of analyses and assays................................... 152

IV. Structural results of faulting....................................................... 150

V. The occurrence and succession of rocks ............................................ 188

VI. Chemistry.......................................................................... 209

VII. Heat phenomena of the lode........................................................ 228

Section 1. Greneral discussion................................................... 228

2. Thermal survey...................................................... 214

Vin. The lode............................................................................ 206

IX. On the thermal effect of the action of aqueous vapor on feldspathic roc.ks (kaolinization), by Carl Barus............................................................ 290

X. On the electrical activity of ore bodies, by Carl Earns ............................. 309

XI., Summary........................................................................... 308

Note to Chapter III (on the determination of felt1 spars by Szab6's method).................... 405

Index to the mining claims...................................................................... 409

Greneral index... ............................................................................. 415

A volume of atlas sheets accompanies the text, as follows:

Half-title: United States geological survey | Clarence King director | 

Atlas | to accompany the | geology of the Comstock lode | and the | 

Washoe district |. Becker | [Geologist's hammers crossed] 

Bull. 100 7
98 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Title: Department of the interior | United States geological survey | Clarence King director | Atlas | to accompany the monograph | 

on the j geology | of the | Comstock lode | and the | Washoe district | 

by | George F. Becker | [Survey design] |

Washington | 1882 | Julius Bien & co. lith. New York

Half-title as above in gilt on front cover; xxi engraved sheets, of which I, 11, xii, 

and xxi are single, the others double, i bearing the title as given above, and n the 

contents, verso of both blank. The double sheets measure, from edge to edge, about 

33 by 20 inches, The full list is as follows:

CONTENTS Or ATLAS TO MONOGRAPH III.

Sheet,

Title......................................................................................... i

Contents ...................... ....................., ., .. ..,. ...................... n

Map of the Washoe district, showing mining claims........................................ in

Geological map of the Washoe district......................................... ............. iv

Vertical cross-sections of the Comstock lode, through the Utah, Sierra novaila, Union, and C.

&C. sbaffcs.............-.-......-..-......................-..---.................... v

Vertical cross-sections of the Cotnstock lode, through the Sutro tunnel and the Forma n shaft. vi 

Vertical cross-sections of the Comstock lode, through the Combination, Yellow jacket, Belcher,

and Savage shafts.................................................... ..................... vit

Horizontal cross-section of the Comstock lode on the Sutro tunnel level (1,900 feet). North end vm

Ditto. South end.............-..............-........,.................. .........-........ ix

Vertical longitudinal projection of the Comstock lode, showing'the position of ore-bodie.s from

the Utah to the Potosi....................................................................... x

Ditto. From the Bullion-Ward to the Baltimore consolidated ................................ xi

Ditto. From the Overman to the Silver hill ...................,...,.. ...................... xn

Comstock mine maps: no. 1, Utah, Sierra nevada...........,......,.....'..................... xui

Ditto, no. 2. Sierra nevada, Union, Mexican........... ... .,..-..... .......,........... xiv

Ditto, no. 3. Ophir, California, Con. Virginia, Best & Belcher. .^............... . .......... 1.. xv

Ditto, no, 4. Gould & Curry, Savage, Hale & Norcross, Ghollar ............................. xvi

Ditto, no. 5. Potosi, Bullion," Exchequer, Alpha, Imperial .................. ^................. xvn

Ditto, no. 6. Challenge, Confidence, Yellow jacket, Kentuck, Crown point, Belcher.......... xvni

Ditto, no. 7. Segregated belcher, Overman, Caledonia, New-York............................ xix

Ditto, no. 8. Lady Washington, Alta, Justice Woodville, Silver hill, Succor, Niagara........ xx

Ditto, no. 9. Knickerbocker, Baltimore consolidated......................................... xxi

3,075 copies of both text and atlas published, the 3,000 required by law and 75 

extras ordered of the public printer by the author; bound in dark maroon cloth. 

Monograph in is sold by the director of the survey at cost price, $11 for both parts.

Documentary edition as follows:

47th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 52. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume in | [Seal of the department of the 

interior]

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Title as above on paper cover; advertisement of survey publications, pp. i-ii; inner 

title same as cover title, verso blank; special title, letter of transmittal, preface, and 

remainder of volume as collated for the other edition. Atlas as follows:

47th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 52. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume in | Atlas | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Paper cover with title as above; then follow the xxi engraved sheets as in the 

other edition, from the same plates,
WABMAN.] MONOGRAPH IV. 99

1,900 copies of text and atlas, the " usual number," published under a joint resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, about 800 wore delivered in paper covers, as 

described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 17 (2 parts) 

of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session 

of the forty-seventh congress."

MONOGRAPH IV.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the) 

United States geological survey | Volume iv | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Special title: United States geological survey (Clarence King director | Oomstock | mining and miners | by Eliot Lord | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 1 1883

Advertisement of survey publications, pp. i-ii; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank ; letter of trausmittal, p. vii, verso blank ; preface, 

pp. ix-x; contents (including list of plates), pp. xi-xiv; text, pp. 1-414; appendix 

(tabular), pp. 415-446; index, pp. 447-451. 4°. Plates i-ni. (plate in being the 

same as plate in of the atlas accompanying monograph in, by Becker).

Mr. King's name appears on the title-page of this monograph because it was projected and work on it begun under his directorship.

CONTENTS 03? MONOGRAPH IV. "

Chapter I. The discovery of gold. ................................................................ 1

II. The Gold caflon placer mining colony ................................................. 15

II. The discovery of the Comstock lode. ................................................. 33

IV. The mining camp ..................................................................... 56

V. The foundation of a great mining town............................................... 77

VI. The inevitable litigation....................... ....................................... 97

J VII. Constructive and disorganizing agencies ............................................. 109

Vin. Interminable litigation ............................................................... 131

^ IX. Industrial conflicts ................................................................... 181

X. The mining city... ................................................................... 198

XI. Six years of progress ................................................................. 210

"" XII. The contests with water ............................................................. 230

XHI. A. controlling combination ........................................................... 244

XI V. A hazardous task .................................................................... 263

XV. A fortunate deliverance .............................................................. 278

^ XVI. The great bonanza ................................................................... 301

XVII. Feats of labor ........................................................................ 322

^ XVin. The laborers of Wasboe.............................................................. 355

XIX. Pains and perils of mining........................................................... 339

XX. A (significant contrast ................................................................ 407

Appendix (tables) ................................................................................. 415

3,000 copies; bound in dark maroon cloth. Issued in the summer of 1884. Monograph iv is sold by the director of the survey at cost price, $1.50 a copy. 

i Documentary edition as follows:

47th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 51. | Department of the interior (.Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Yolume iv | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

( Paper cover with title as aboAre; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 

pp. i-ii; general title as on cover, verso blank; then follow special title, letter of 

transmittal, preface, and remainder of volume as collated above for the other edition.
100 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

1,900 copies, the ''usual number" edition; published nuder authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 1, 1882. Of these, about 800 were delivered unbound, as 

described; the"remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they 

constitute vol. 16 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives 

for the first session of the forty-seventh congress."

MONOGRAPH V.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume v | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Special title: United States geological. survey | Clarence King director | The | copper-bearing rocks | of | lake Superior | by Eoland 

Duer Irving | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of 

transmittal by Raphael Pumpelly, in charge of division of mining geology, to the 

director, p. v, verso blank; letter of transmittal by the author to Raphael Pumpelly, 

p. vii, verso blank; contents, p. ix, verso blank; illustrations, pp. xi-xvi; text, pp. 

1-430; notes, pp. 431-446; index, pp. 447-464. 4°. Plates i-xxix; figs. 1-37.

Mr. Kiug's name appears on the title-page of tbis monograph because it was projected aud work on it was begun, under his directorship.

CONTENTS OF MONOGKAPH V.

Chapter I. Introductory........................................................................ 1

Literature................................................................................... 14

Chapter U. Extent and general nature of the Kewoenaw series ............................... 24

Chapter III. Lithology of the Keweenaw series................................................ 34

Section I. Basic original rocks ........................................................... 35

Section II. Acid original rocks .............. f ............................................. 91

. Section I3X Summary view of the original rocks of the Keweenaw series .................. 126

Section IV. Detrital rocks ................................................................. 127

Chapter IV. Structural features of the three classes of rocks of the Keweenaw series ......... 134

Chapter V. General stratigraphy of the Keveenaw aeries..................................... 152

Chapter VI. The Keweenawan rocks of the south shore of lake Superior ...................... . 161

Introductory ................................................................................ 161

Section I. Keweenaw point............................................................... 163

Section IT. The region bet ween Portage lake and the Ontonagon river .................... 198

Section III. The south range............................................................... 201

Section IV. The region between the Ontonagon river and Numakagon lake of Wisconsin,

including the Porcupine mountains........................................................ 206

Section V. Northwestern Wisconsin and the adjoining part of Minnesota................. 234

Chapter VII. The Keweenawan rocks of the north and east shores of lake Superior ........... 260

Introductory................................................................................. 260

Section I. The Minnesota coast........................................................... 262

Section II. Isle Eoyale to Nipigon bay .................................................... 329

Section IIT. Micliipicoten island and the east coast of lake Superior ....................... 341

Chapter VIII. Eolations of the Keweenaw series to the associated formations................. 350

Section I. To the newer formations........................................................ 351

Section II. To the older formations ........................................................ 367

Chapter IX. Structure of the lake Superior basin .............................................. 410

Chapter X. The copper deposits............................................................... 419

Notes............................................................................................ 431

3,000 copies; bound in dark maroon cloth. Monograph v is sold by the director 

of the survey at $1.85 a copy, cost price. 

Documentary edition as follows: .

47th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 50. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the j United
WARMAH.] MONOGRAPH VI. 101

States geological survey | Volume v | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Title as above, verso blank; then follow special title, letters of transmittal, and 

remainder of volume as collated above for the other edition.

1,900 copies, the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, about 800 were delivered unbound, as 

described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they 

constitute vol. 15 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives 

for the firs session of the forty-seventh congress."

MONOGRAPH VI.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume vi | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| Contributions | to the knowledge of the | older Mesozoic flora of 

Virginia | by William Morris Fontaine | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1883

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of 

transmittal to the director, p. v, verso blank; contents, p. vii, verso blank; illustrations, pp. ix-xi, verso blank; text, pp. 1-128; explanation of plates, pp. 129-140; index, pp.141-144; plates I-LIV, facing each of which is its explanation, recto blank, 

these explanations being a repetition of those on pp. 129-140. 4°.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH VI.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal............................................................................. v

Pnrfc I.' The geology of the Mcsozoic areas ..................................................... 1

II. The fossil flora .^....................................................................... 10

Description of the species .......................................................... 10

Fruits of cycads .................................................................... 85

 Undetermined plants............................................................... 90

General observations on the flora................................................... 92

III. The older Mesozoic flora of North Carolina.................................... ........ 97

General remarks and conclusions .................................................. 121

Explanation of plates............................................................................ 129

3,000 copies; bound in dark maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at 

the price of $1.05 a copy, its actual cost as estimated by the public printer. 

Documentary edition as follows:

47th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 43. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume vi | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington (. government printing office | 1883

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; special title, letter 

of transmittal, contents, and remainder of volume as in the other edition.

1,900 copies, the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these about 800 were delivered unbound, as. 

described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they 

constitute vol. 14 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives 

for the second session of the forty-seventh congress."
102 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

MONOGRAPH VII.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Yoluine vn | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Silver-lead deposits | of | Eureka Nevada | by Joseph Story 

Ourtis | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter 

of transrnittal by G. P. Becker, in charge of Pacific division, to tbe director, p. v, 

verso blank; contents, p. vii, verso blank; illustrations, p. ix, verso blank; preface, 

pp. xi-xii; brief outline of results, p. xiii, verso blank; text, pp. 1-193, verso 

blank; index, pp. 195-200. 4°. Plates i-xvi; figs. 1-10.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH VII.

Page.

Letter of transini ttal................................1........................................... v

Contents.......................................................................................... vn

Illustrations..................................................................................... ix

Preface.........:...................... ......................................................... xi

Brief outline of results ......................................... v -................................ xni

Chapter I. General description of Eureka district............................................. 1

II. Surface geology.................................................................... 5

III. Structure of Prospect mountain ....^............................^................. 11

IV. Structure of Kuby hill.............................................................. 19

V. Ores of Prospect mountain and Kuby hill.......................................... 51

VI. The ore deposits................................................................... 04

VII. The source of the ore ................................................. ............. 80

VIH. The manner of deposition of the ore ............................................... 93

IX. Water............................................................................. 107

X. Do the Ruby lull deposits form a lode ............................................ ^. 111

XI. Assaying .......................................................................... 120

XII. Prospecting ....................................................................... 139

XIII. -Tribute system..... ................................................................. 150

XIV. Timbering in the Eureka mines'................................................... 153

XV. Metallurgy ........................................................................ 158

XVI. Adams hiil........................................................................ 165

XVTL Future of Eureka district.......................................................... 169

XVin. Summary.......................................................................... 175

Index............................................................................................ 195

3,125 copies published, being the 3,000 required by the law relating to these monographs, and 125 extras ordered of the public printer by the author. Bound in dark 

maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at $1.20 per copy, cost price.

Documentary edition as follows:

48th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 72. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume vn | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; special title, letter 

of transniittal, contents, and remainder of volume as in the other edition.

1,900 copies, the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1892. Of these, about 800 were delivered unbound, as 

described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they
WABMAN.] MONOGRAPH VIIl. 103

constitute vol. 37 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives 

for the iirst session of the forty-eighth congress."

MONOGRAPH VIIL

General title: Department of tlie interior j Monographs | of the | 

TJnited States geological survey | Volume vm | [Seal of the departm en t of tli e interior] |

Washington | government printing office j 1884

Special title: TJnited States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Paleontology | of | the Eureka district | by Charles Doolittle Walcott | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of 

transniittal by the author to Mr. Arnold Hague, geologist in charge, p. v., verso 

blaiVk; letter of transmittal by Mr. Hague to the director, p. vii, verso blank; preface, p. ix, verso blank; contents, p. XL, verso blank; illustrations, p. xiii, verso 

blank; summary of results, pp. 1-9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-285, verso blank; 

index, pp. 287-298. 4°. Plates i-xxiv; figs. 1-7. The 24 plates are grouped together after the index, and facing each plate is its explanation; this leaf of explanations, if the latter occupy but a page, precedes the plate and its recto is blank, but 

if the explanations require both sides of the leaf, the latter follows the plate. The 

department seal in the general title of this monograph and the later ones differs 

slightly from that in the earlier ones.

CONTENTS OP MONOGRAPH VIII.

Page.

Letter of transmittal to Mr. Arnold Hague, by the author........................ '............... v

Letter of transmittal to tlie director, by Mr. Arnold Hague..................................... vil

Preface .......................................................................................... ix

Summary of results............................................................................... 1

Fossils of the Cambrian ......................................................................... 11

Observations on Olenellus Howelli ............................................................... 32

Fossils of the lower Silurian...................................................................... 65

Fossils of the Devonian ........................................................................... 99

Fossils ot the Carboniferous..................................................................... 212

Systematic li st of species.........................^.............................................. 208

Paleozoic section in central Nevada. ..................n.^...................................... 283

3,050 copies being the 3,000 required by the law relating to these monographs, 

and 50 extras ordered of the public printer by the author. Bound in dark maroon 

cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at $1.10 per copy, cost price.

Documentary edition as follows:

48th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 73. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume Yin | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Title as above verso blank; followed by special title, letters of transmittal, preface, contents, etc., as in the other edition.

1,900 copies, being the "usual number"" edition; published under authority of a 

joint resolution approved July 7,1882. Of these, about 800 were delivered unbound; 

the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 38 of the " Miscellaneous 

 documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the forty-eighth 

congress."
104 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY [BULL.IOO.

MONOGRAPH IX.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey j Volume ix | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| BrachiopodaandLaniellibranchiata | of the | Earitan clay sand greensand marls | of | New Jersey | by | Robert P. Whitfield | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, 

p. v, verso blank; illustrations, p. vii, verso blank; letter of transraittal by Geo. H. 

Cook, state geologist of New Jersey, to the director (which includes a " Sketch of 

the geology of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of New Jersey"), pp. ix-xiii, 

verso blank; letter of transmittal by the author to Prof. Cook, p. xv, verso blank; 

preliminary remarks, pp. xvii-xx; half-title, "Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of 

the Raritan clays and greensand marls of New Jersey, by R. P. Whitfield," p. 1, 

verso blank; half-title,'.' Brachiopoda," p. 3, verso blank; text, pp. 5-15, verso blank; 

half-title, "Lamellibranchiata/' p. 17, verso blank; text, pp. 19-252; appendix, pp. 

253-264; index, pp. 265-269; plate explanations, pp. 270, 272, 274, and each even 

page consecutively to and including 338, rectos blank, each explanation facing the 

plate to which it pertains. 4°. Plates r-xxxv; figs. 1 and 2; map in pocket. '

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH IX.

Page.

Letter of transmittal from Prof. George H. Cook................................................. ix

Sketch of the geology of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of New Jersey................. ix

Letter of transmittal from Prof. Robert P. Whittield............................................ xv

Preliminary remarks ............................................................................ xvii

Bracbiopoda................................................................................. ... 3

Section I. Brachiopoda of the marl beds ................................................. 5

Lamellibranchiata............................................................................... 17

Section II. Lamellibranchiaia, from the Karitan clays..................................... 22

III. Lamellibranchiata from the lower marl beds .................................. 29

IV. Lamellibrauchiata from the middle marl beds ................................. 194

V. Lamellibranchiata from the base of the upper marls .......................... 205

VI. Lamellibranchiata from the Eocene marls..................................... 222

VII. tJnionidie from the Camden claya ............................................. 243

VIII. Classified list of the species................................................... 253

3,000 copies; bound in dark maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey 

at cost price, $1.15 a copy. 

Documentary edition as follows :

48th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 74. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume ix | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover with title as above; inner title same, verso blank; special title, contents, illustrations, and remainder of collation as in the other edition.

1,900 copies, the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, about 800 were delivered unbound, as 

described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form 

they constitute vol. 39 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the forty-eighth congress,"
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH X. 105

The geological survey of New Jersey purchased of the public printer 1,050 copies, 

unbound, of this work, and issued them with the following title:

Geological survey of New Jersey | George H. Cook, state geologist | Brachiopoda 

and Lamellibranciiiata | of the | Raritan clays and greensaud marls | of | New Jersey 

| by | Robert P. Whitfield | [Seal of the state of New Jersey] |

John L. Murphy | State Gazette printing office, Trenton, N. J. | 1886

Title as above, verso blank; contents, illustrations, letters of transmtttal, and remainder of the work precisely as collated above except that page xiii, which contains the closing portion of the letter of transinittal of Geo. H. Cook, state geologist 

of New Jersey, was reset for the purpose of changing the address of the letter to 

"His excellency Leon Abbett, governor and ex-officio president of the board of managers of tbe geological survey of New Jersey."

MONOGRAPH X.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume x | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Dinocerata | a | monograph | of an | extinct order of gigantic 

mammals | by | 'Othniel Charles Marsh | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of 

transinittal, dated December 18, 1884, verso blank; table of contents, p. vn, verso 

blank; illustrations (list of plates and list of woodcuts), pp. ix-xvi; preface, pp. 

xvii-xviii; iutroduction/pp. 1-10; text, pp. 11-191, verso blank; appendix: synopsis 

of dinocerata, pp. 193-223, verso blank, and bibliography, pp. 225 237, verso blank; 

index, pp. 239-243. 4°. Plates I-LVI ; figs. 1-200. The plates are assembled after 

the index. Six of them (i, ix, xxvn, XLI, xui, LV) are double, and one (tvi) is dissected and mounted on cloth, it being about 23£ by 16£ inches in size. Preceding 

each plate is a leaf bearing on verso the plate explanation and on recto the plate 

number.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH X.

Page

Letter of transmittal ............................................................................ v

Table of contents ................................................................................ vn

List of illustrations.............................................................................. ix

Preface........................................................................................... xvi r

Introduction.................................................................................... 1

Chapter I. The skull....................................................................... 11

II. The lower jaw ............ ~..................................................... 35

III. The teeth....................................................................... 41

IV. The brain....................................................................... 63

V. The cervical vertebrae ..................................................'........ 69

VI. The dorse-lumbar vertebrae ..................................................... 79

VII. The fore limbs................................................................... 87

Vin. The fore limbs (continued) ..................................................... ^101

IX. Theribs and sternum........................................................... 129

X. The pelvic arch and tail......................................................... 135

XI. The hiud limbs ...............................................................:. 139

XII. The hiud limbs (continued) ..................................................... 145

XIII. Restorations of Dinoceras and Tiiioccras........................................ 165

XIV. Conclusion...................................................................... 169

Appendix. Synopsis........................................................................... 193

Bibliography...................................................................... 225

Postscript......................................................................... 237
106 PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOU..IOO.

3,000 copies, the number required by the law relating to these monographs; bound 

in dark maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at $2.70 a copy, cost priceDocumentary edition as follows:

49th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 305. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Yolume x | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | " Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover with general title as above; inner title same, verso blank j special 

title, letter of transmittal, and remainder of collation as in the other edition.

1,900 copies, the " usual number " edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, a portion (about 800) were delivered 

unbound, as described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which 

form they constitute a part of vol. 2 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house 

of representatives for the first session of the forty-ninth congress."

To save trouble and delay in transmitting proof-sheets back and forth between 

himself and the government printing office at Washington, the author procured a 

font of pica type, such as is used by that office in the monographs of the survey, 

and had the material put in type at New Haven and electrotyped, and from these 

plates had, by permission of the director, 500 large-paper copies struck off for his 

own use in advance of the official edition, which was somewhat delayed; titles and 

collation as follows: . Half-title: Dinocerata | a | monograph | of an | extinct order of gigantic mainmals | by | Othniel Charles Marsh 

Title: United States geological survey | Volume x | Diuocerata | a | monograph | 

of an | extinct order of gigantic mammals | by | Othniel Charles Marsh | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | 1884

Half-title as above on board cover; title as above, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director, dated Dec. 18, 1884, p. v, verso blank; table of contents, p. 

vii, verso blank; lists of illustrations, pp. ix-xvi; preface, pp. xvii-xviii; introduction, pp. 1-10; text, pp. 11-191; appendix, pp. 193-223; bibliography of dinocerata, pp. 225-237; followed by plates I-LVI, each preceded by a leaf bearing on 

verso the plate explanation and on recto the plate number. No index. The text 

and appendix contain 200 wood-cuts. The size of the type page is about the same 

as that of the official editions, but the paper used is considerably larger, a leaf 

measuring about 1QJ by 14 inches.

These 500 copies were issued in three forms of binding: the firft lot with pasteboard covers and half-title thereon, as described above, another lot in green cloth, 

and the remainder in half-morocco. .

MONOGEAPH XI.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xi | [Seal of the department 

of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Geological history | of | lake Lahontan | a Quaternary lake of 

northwestern Nevada | by | Israel Cook Russell | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885
 WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH XI. 107

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of 

transiuittal to the director by G. K. Gilbert, geologist in charge of the division of 

the Great basin, p. v, verso blank; preface, pp. vii-viii; contents, pp. ix-xi, verso 

blank; illustrations,pp. xiii-xiv; text, pp. 1-283, verso bltiuk; index, pp.285-283. 

4°. Plates I-XLVI (the last one being a folded map in pocket of cover); figs. 1-36.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH XL.

Pace. 

Letter of transmittal............................................................................. v

Preface.........................--..-- ........................................................... vn

Abstract of monograph.......................................................................... 1

' Chapter I. Introductory:

The field of study ........................................................................... 6

The Great basin............................................................................. 7

Explorations ................................................................................ 15

Chapter H. Genesis of lake Lahoutau:

Theformation of lacustral basins............................................................ 23

Origin of the Lahontan basin................................................................ 24

Geographical extent of lake Lahoutau....................................................... 28

The hydrographic basin ................................................................. 28

The lake basin........................................................................... 31

Question of outlet........................................................................... 32

Chapter III. Physiography of the Lahontan basin:

Valleys...................................:.................................................. 30

Mountains................................................................................... 38

Elvers ................................................................'...................... 40

TheHumboldt........................................................................... 40

Quiun river ............................................................................. 41

The Truckeo ............................................................................ 42

The Carson.............................................................................. 43

The Walker............................................................................. 45

Springs...................................................................................... 47

Extinct springs. -........................................................................ 54

Lakes ....................................................................................... 55

Honey lake, California................................................................... 55

Pyramid lake, Nevada................................................................... 56

Winnetnucca lake, Nevada .............................................................. C3

Humboldt lake, Nevada................................................................. GO

North Carson lake, Nevada.............................................................. 68

South Carson lake, Nevada............. 1...............................'................. 68

Walker lake, Nevada.................................................................... 60

Tahoe lake, Nevada and California ....................................................... 71

Soda lakes, near Eagtown, Nevada...................................................... 73

Playa-lakes and playas .................................................................. 81

Chapter IV. Physical history of lake Lahoutau:

Section 1. Shore phenomena in general....................................................... . 87

Terraces................................................................................. 88

Sea-cliffs... ^............................................................................. 89

Bars..................................................................................... 90

Embankments........................................................................... 03

Deltas............................:...............,...................................... 96

Eecapitnlatiou........................................................................... 98

Section 2. Shore phenomena of lake Lahontan............................................... 99

Terraces and sea-cliffs ................................................................... 100

L

Bars and embankments.................................................................. 105

Embankments attho west end of Humboldt lake........................................ 105

Embankments on the southern border of the Carson desert.............................. 11.2

Embankments at Buffalo springs, Nevada................................................ 115

Deltas................................................................................... 123

Section 3. Sediments of lake Lahontan...................................................... 124

Exposures in the canon of the Humboldt river.......................................... 126

Exposures in the canon of the Truckee river ............................................ .131

Exposures in the canon of the Carson river.............................................. 137

Exposures in the canon of the Walker river............................................. 138

Generalized section of Lahontan sediments ............................................. 143

Exceptional sedimentary deposits ....................................................... 146
108 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Chapter IV. Physical history of lake Lahontan continued. Page. 

Section 3. Sediments of lake Lahontaii continued.

Pumiceous dust...................................................................... 140

White marl.......................................................................... 149

Julian sands ...Jl................................................................... 153

Section.4. Ancient stream channels ......................................................... 156

Section 5. Illustrations of geological structure.............................................. ^158

Stratification and lamination ............................................................ 158

Current bedding......................................................................... 158

Contorted strata......................................................................... 160

Arches of deposition ............:....................................................... 161

Unconformity by erosion and deposition.................................................. 162

Jointing................................................................................. 162

Faults................................................................................... 163

Structure of terraces and embankments ................................................. 166

Conglomerates and breccias ............................................................. 167

Oolitic sand.............................................................................. 168

Surface markings........................................................................ 168 r

Color of lacustral sediments ............................'.............................;... 169

E6snm6 of physical history ................................................................. 169 ^

Chapter V. Chemical history of lake Lahontan.

Section 1. General chemistry of natural waters ............................................. 172

River water ............................................................................. 172

Spring water ............................................................................ 175

Ocean water............................................................................. 178

"Waters of inland seas ................................................................... 181

Succession of salts deposited on evaporation ............................................ 182 ^

Deposition of calcium carbonate......................................................... 187 ;

Section 2. Chemical deposits of lake Lahontan .............................................. 188 ^

Calcareous tufa.......................................................................... 189 "

Lituoid tufa......................................................................... 190 ,^

Thinolitic tufa.............'.......................................................... 192 \

Professor Dana's crystallographic study of thinolite ........... ^................ 194

Dendritic tufa....................................................................... 201

Chemical composition of the tufa deposits............................................... 203

Succession of tufa deposits.............................................................. 204

Tufa deposits in the form of towers, domes, castles, crags, etc .......................... 207

Conditions favoring the deposition of tufa .............................................. 210 '^

Section 3. Desiccation products ............................................................. 223

The freshening of lakes by desiccation .................................................. 224 i^

Section 4. Efflorescences..................................................................... 230

Buffalo springs salt works............................................................... 232

Eagle salt works......................................................................... 233

Sand spring salt works .................................................................. 234

R6sum6 of chemical history.................................................................. 236

Chapter VI. Life history of lake Lahontan..................................................... 238

Summary.................................................................................... 249

Chapter VII. Eesume of history of lake Lahontan............................................. 250

Chapter VIII. Quaternary climate ...............................................!............. 254

Chapter IX. Geological age of lake Lahontan .................................................. 269

Chapter X. Post-Lahoutan orographic movement.............................................. 274

Index............................................................................................ .285

3,025 copies published, the 3,000 required by law and 25 extras ordered by the 

author. Sold by the director of the survey at $1.75 a copy, the cost of publication. 

D ocumentary edition as follows: i

49th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | , no. 304. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xi | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; then follow 

special title, letter of transmittal, preface, and remainder of volume as collated above 

for the other edition. 
MONOGRAPH XII. 109

1,900 copies, being the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a 

joint resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, a portion (about 600) were 

delivered unbound, as described; the remainder were printed later and bound in 

sheep as a portion of vol. 2 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of repre- 

'aentatives for the first session of the forty-ninth congress."

MONOGRAPH XII.

o

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xn | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | Clarence King, director | Geology | and | mining industry | of | Leadville, Colorado | 

with atlas | by | Samuel Franklin Emmons | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of 

transmittal by the author to J. W. Powell, director, p. v, verso blank; preface, pp. 

vii-xi, verso blank; contents (of the whole volume), pp. 13-23, verso blank; list of 

illustrations (in the volume of text), pp. xxv-xxvi; list of atlas sheets, pp.xxvii-xxviii; 

brief outline of results, p. xxix, verso blank; half-title to part i, p. 1, verso blank; 

text of part i, pp. 3-313, verso blank; half-title of appendix A, p. 315, verso blank; 

contents of appendix A (repeated), pp. 317-318; text of appendix A, pp. 319-362; 

half-title to part n, p. 363, verso blank; contents of part n (repeated), p. 365; list 

of illustrations of part 11 (repeated), p. 366; text of part n, pp. 367-584; half-title 

of appendix B, p. 585, verso blank; contents of appendix B (repeated), p. 587, 

verso blank; text of appendix B, pp. 589-608; half-title of appendix c, p. 609, 

verso blank; contents of appendix c (repeated), pp. 611-612; text of appendix 

C, pp. 613-747, verso blank; plates XXIII-XLV (which pertain to appendix c); list 

of metallurgical plates (also contained, in an abridged form, in the general list of 

illustrations at the beginning of the volume), pp. 749-750; index of letters used 

on plates (xxiii-xlv), p. 751, verso blank; index (to the whole volume), pp. 753-770. 

4°. Plates IT-XLV; figs. 1-6.

Mr. King's name appears on the title-page of this monograph because it was projected and work on it was begun under his directorship.

CONTENTS 01' MONOGRAPH XII.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal........................................................................ in

Preface ...................................................................................... v

Table of contents.............................'............................................... xiu

List of illustrations ......................................................................... xxv

List of atlas sheets .......................................................................... xxvu

Brief outline of results...................................................................... xxix

PART I.

Geology.

CHAPTER I.

Leadville Its position, discovery, and development............................................. 3

Topographical description.................................................................... 3

Routes of approach.......................................................................... c

Discovery of the precious metals ........ .... ........'........................................ 7

Development of miuos. -..................................................................... 10

Growth of the city.............................................;............................. 14

Production .................................................................................. 15
110 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BTOL.IOO.

CHAPTER II.

Page.

General geology of the Mosquito range.......................................................... 19

Kocky mountains-in Colorado................................................................ 19

Eastern uplift ........................................................................... - 20

The parks ............................................................................... ^2

Western uplift ........................................................................... 23

Mountain structure...................................................................... 24

Mosquito range-*Topography .............................................................. 27

Geological history.........................................................'.............. 30

Mineral deposition....................................................................... 33

Structural results of the dynamic movements ........................................... 34

Displacement Volcanic rocks .......'................................................... 39

General erosion Arkansas valley erosion ..............:............................... 40

Glacial erosion .........t................................................................ 41

Stream erosion Valleys ................................................................ 42

CHAPTER III.

Eock formations................................................................................. 45

Sedimentary rocks........................................................................... 45

Archean formations ..................................................................... 45

Granite.............................................................................. 46

Gneiss............................................................................... 48

Ampbibolite......................................................................... 50

Relative ago......................................................................... 51

Paleozoic formations..................................................................... 53

Cambrian....................'.......................-.......-.......-................ 58

Lower quartz! to................................................................. 58

Silurian............................................................................. 60

White limestone................................................................. 60

Parting quartzite................................................................ 61

Corresponding beds in Colorado range........................................... 62

Carboniferous .......................................................................

Blue or ore-bearing limestone....................................................

Its composition ...............................................................

Web6rshales ...................................................................'.

Weber grits ...:........................ '.........................................

Upper coal measures.............................................................

Mesozoic formations.....................................................................

Quaternary formations.................................................................. 71 ,

Glacial or lake beds.................................................................. 71

Recent or post-glacial.................................. ~............................ 72

Distribution of sedimentary formations................................................. 72

Eruptive or igneous rocks................................................................... 74

Secondary eruptives ...................................................................... 74

Mount Zion porphyry White porphyry............................................. 76 !

Lincoln porphyry ................................................................... 78

Gray porphyry...................................................................... 80

Sacramento porphyry ............................................................... 81

Pyritiferous porphyry ............................................................... 82

Mosquito porphyry Green porphyry Silverheels porphyry........................ 83

Diorite.............................................................................. 84

Porphyrite.......................................................................... 85

Tertiary eruptives....................................................................... 86

Rhyolite............................................................................. 87

Trachyte Andesite ................................................................ 88 I

CHAPTER IV.

f 

Descriptive geology of the Mosquito range...................................................... 90

Introductory................................................................................ 90

Surface features .......................... :............................................... 91

Glacial formations....................................................................... 92

Post-ghicialformations Archean exposures ............................................ 93

Northeastern division ....................................................................... 94

Middle-eastern division.................................................................__ 126
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH XII. Ill

Descriptive geology of the Mosquito rauge continued. Pago.

Southern division............................................................................ 109

Northwestern division ...................................................................... 184

CHAPTER V.

Descriptive geology of Leadville and vicinity ................................................... 202

General structure............................................................................ 202

Distribution of porphyry bodies ............................................................ 206

Area oast of Mosquito fault................................................................. 209

Area between Mosquito and Ball mountain faults........................................... 215

Area between Ball mountain and "Weston faults............................................. 219

Area between Woston and Mike faults......,,......,,...,...............,.....,.....,...,,, 220

Area north of Breece fault.................................................................. . 237

Area between Mike and Iron-dome faults ..........,.,,,..... T .............,.....,...,....,, 244

Area, between Iron-dome and Carbonate faults .. .,..,,...,:>.,,.......,..,,...,... t ..,..,.,.. 248

Little stray horse syncline .......................^.......................................... 253

Fryer hill .......................................................................... ...,...,, 255

Prospect mountain .......................................................................... 257

Area west of Carbonate and Fryer hills..................................................... 261

Explanation of transverse sections................. ..:.......,.............,....,,.,..,,.., r §03.

CHAFTER VI,

Discussion of geological phenomena............................................................. 270

Sedimentary rocks........................................................................... 270

Archean................................................................................. 276

Paleozoic ................................................................................ 277

Dolomitic sediments..................................................................... 278

Serpentine............................................................................... 281

Origin of the serpentine................................................................ 283

Structural features......................i................................................... 284

Folds and faults......................................................................... 284

Hade of faults........................................................................... 387

The one-sided or S-shaped fold.......................................................... 290

Eruptive rocks .............................................................................. 292

Age ..................................................................................... 293

Manner of occurrence Intrusive sheets................................................ 295

Dikes.:.....-......--.-.....-............................................................ 290

Eolation of form to composition...:.......................,.............................. 297

Amount of intrusive force ........................................... ^................... 298

Source of intrusive force ................................................................ 299

"Why intrusive and not surface flows.................................................... 300

Internal structure....................................................................... 302

Orthoclastic and plagioclastic rocks...................................................... 304

Distribution of intrusive rocks in the Rocky mountains................................. 305

Contact metamorphism..................................:............................... 307

Nonabsorptiou of sedimentary rocks by eruptive masses ............................... 308

APPENDIX A, BY WHITMAN CBOSS.

Petrography.

Introduction ...................................................................................... 319

Discussion of classification in general........................................................ 319

Classification of Mosquito range eruptives.................................................. 322

Older eruptivos.................................................................................. 323

Quartz-porphyry............................................................................ 323

Diorite .I.................................................................................... 333

Porphyrite .................................................................................. 334

Younger eruptives............................................................................... 345

Rhyolite..................................................................................... 345

Andesite .................................................................................... 353

Resume........................... ............................................................... 354

Rock structures ohscrved Individual rock typos........................................... 355

Mutual relations of rock typo Rock constituents Their decomposition................... 350

Negative observations Chemical composition .............................................. 357

Notes upon the Henry mountain rocks.......................................................... 359

Hornblendic rocks ...................................................................... ... 359

Augitic rocks ............................................................................... 301

K6sume..............,,,.......,.......,,,............,, .........................._...... 362
112 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBCLL.IOO.

PART II. 

Mining Industry.

CHAPTER I. Page.

Ore deposits..................................................................................... sgy

Classification of ore deposits in general...................................................... 357

Leadville deposits........................................................................... 375

Manner of occurrence..................................;...........,....,....,,,......,. 375

Composition............................................................................. 370

Distribution.............................................................................. 377

Secondary alteration Mode of formation ............................................... 373

Age of deposits Origin of the metallic contents........................................ 379

CHAT-TEH II.

Iron hill group of mines ........................................................................ 330

Iron hill..................................................................................... 380

General description ....................................................................... 330

. Geological structure................................................................. 331

Later intrusive sheets ........................................:.........'............. 382

White porphyry..................................................................... 383

Blue limestone Silurian Cambrian Iron fault.................................... 334

California fault...................................................................... 385

Dome fault Emmet fault Dome Hill............................................... 386

Ore deposits......................................................................... 388

Mine workings........................................................................... 389

North iron hill..............................................................................". 401

General geological structure............................................................. 401

"> Iron fault Adelaide fault Rock formations ........................................ 402

Ore deposits ......................................................................... 404

Mine workings .......................................................................... 405

CHAPTER III.

Carbonate hill group of mines ......,...,...,..,...,.......,,......,.,, .,,................ ... 409

General structure............................................................................ 409

Eock formations......................................................................... 409

Carbonate fault.....................................,.,,,......,.,,...,,.........,,...... 410

Pendery fault Morning star fault Ore deposits. --....../.......,.,..,,..,.......,..,.. 411

Southwest slope of carbonate hill........................................................ 413

Southern group of mines ..................................................................... 414

Northern group of mines...,......,.,,..,...........,,.....,.........,.,,...,..,..,,..,..... 429

CHAPTER IV.

Fryer hill group of mines........................................................................ 445

General description.......................................................................... 445

Eock formations......................................................................... 447

Gray porphyry ...................................................................... 447

"White porphyry..................................................................... 448

Weber quartzite Blue limestone.................................................... 449

Gangue Ore deposits ............................................................... 451

Parting quartzite White limestone Lower quartzite .............................. 453

Explanation of Fryer hill map...........................:............................... 454

Mine workings .............................................................................. 455

Kesum6...................................................................................... 489

CHAPTER V.

Other groups of mines........................................................................... 493

Mines and prospects in the Leadville region ................................................. 493

Mines and prospects outside the Leadville district .......................................... 519

CHAPTER VI.

Genesis- of Leadville deposits .................................................................... 539

Manner of occurrence Why in blue limestone rather than in any other formation.......... 540

Composition of ores. .............................'.................................-- ..-.-.. 543

Composition of vein materials ............................................................... 550

Ores deposited as sulphides......................:........................................... 562

More of formation .... 1...................................................................... 565

Origin or source of the metallic minerals ..............,,,,,,,,..,,,..,,,, .,..,... -- -* 56^
WAEMAN.] MONOGRAPH XII. 113

APPENDIX B, BY W. F. HILLEBRAND.

Chemistry. pago

Tables of analyses and notes on methods employed.............................................. 589

Eruptive rocks ............................................................................... 589

Limestones................................................................................... 596

Ores and vei n materials...................................................................... 599

APPENDIX-C, BY ANTONY GUYAKD.

f Metallurgy.

Introduction..................................................................................... 613

Prelimi nary conditions of smelting .............................................................. 014

Materials used in smelting ...................................................................... 63(5

Plant and smelting operations .................................................................... 659

Products of smelting ............................................................................ 692

Theoretical discussion..............................................:............................ 731

Metallurgical plates ............................................................................. 749

General index ................................................................................... 753

A volume of atlas sheets accompanies the text, as follows.'

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | Clarence King director | Atlas | to accompany a monograph | on the | 

geology and mining industry | of | Leadville | Colorado | by | Samuel 

Franklin Emmons | [Survey design] |

Washington | 1883 | Julius Bien & co. lith. *N"ew York

This atlas consists of 35 engraved sheets; paper cover. Sheets i-m, v, x, xv-xx, 

xxiv-xxxv, are double; sheets iv, vi-ix, xi-xiv, xxi-xxm, single. A double sheet 

measures, from edge to edge, about 33 by 20 inches. Sheet i contains the title, as 

given above; sheet IT, contents; sheet in, legend; then follow topographic and geologic maps and sections, mostly colored, as listed below. The paper cover bears an 

engraved title very nearly identical with that on sheet i, but enough variations can 

be detected to show that it is from another plate.

CONTENTS OF ATLAS TO MONOGEAPH XII. . Sheets. 

Title..........-..........-----.-..-- tf .......................................................... i

List of atlas sheets ............................................................................ n

Legond ........................................................................................ . 1 u

Central Colorado............................................................................... iv

Mosquito range. Topography................................................................. v

Mosquito range. Geology. .................................................................... VI, VII

Mosquito range. Geological sections........................................................vm, ix, x

Loadville and vicinity. Topography............................................................xi, xn

Leadville and vicinity. Geology..............................................................xiu, xiv

Leadvillo and vicinity. Geological sections ...................................................xv-xxu

Iron hill. Geology and mine workings...........................................................xxm

Iron hill. Geological sections ...............................................................xxiv, xxv

North iron hill. Geology and mine workings ...... ........................................... xxvi

North iron hill. Geological sections..............'............................................. xxvu

Carbonate hill. Geology and mine workings .................................................. xxvn

Carbonate hill. Geological sections.........................................................xxix, xxx

Froyer hill. Geology and mine workings ..................................................... 3yf xi

Freyer hill. Geological sections..................................................xxxu, xxxm, xxxiv

Index to shafts on Loadville map.............................................................. xxxv

3,100 copies of both text and atlas published being the 3,000 required by the 

law relating to these monographs and 100 extras ordered.by the author; the text is 

bound in dark maroon cloth; the atlas sheets are laid loosely inside a paper cover. 

Of a portion of the 100 extras, the volume of text was issued in two separately 

bound parts, part i ending with p. 362, and part II commencing with p. 363 preceding which, however, are the general and special titles, as in part I. The atlas 

is identical with the atlas of the regular edition except the paper cover, which in 

these 100 differs not only iii color but to such an extent in particularities of the title 

it bears as to lead to the conclusion that the title was printed from still another plate.

Bull. 100 8
114 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 100.

Monograph xn is sold by the director of the survey at $8.40 for both parts, the 

cost of publication. 

Documentary edition as follows:

49th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 397. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xn | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; special title, 

letter of transraittal, preface, and remainder of collation as in the 3,000 edition.

I have not seen a copy of the atlas accompanying the unbound portion of this 

edition ctf the text.

1,900 copies, being the "usual number" edition; published under authority of a 

joint resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, a portion were delivered in paper 

covers, as described; the remainder were bound in sheep as vol. 27 of the " Miscellaneous document's of the house of representatives for the first session of the fortyninth congress," the 35 atlas-sheets being folded quarto size and laid loosely inside 

half-sheep covers.

MONOGEAPH XIII.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xm | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Geology | of the | quicksilver deposits | of the | Pacific slope | 

with an atlas | by | George F. Becker | [Survey design] |.

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of transmlttal by the author 

to the director, p. v, verso blank; contents, p. vii, verso blank; illustrations (in the 

volume of text), p. ix, verso blank; list of atlas sheets, p. xi, verso blank; pieface,

pp. xiii-xv, verso blank; brief outline of results* pp. xvii-xix, verso blank; text, 

pp. 1-475, verso blank; index, pp. 477-486. 4°. Plates i-vn; figs. 1-20.

CONTENTS OP MONOGKAPH XIII. Pase

Letter of transmittal.............................................................................. v

Preface .......................................................................................... xn i

Brief outline of results........................................................................... xv

Chapter I. Statistics and history .......................................................... 1

II. Notes on foreign occurrences of quicksilver.................................... 14

III. The sedimentary rocks......................................................... 56

IV. Themassiverocks.............................................................. 140

V. Structural and historical geology of the quicksilver belt....................... 176

(Appendix to Chapter V, remarks on the genus Aucella, by Dr. C. A. White).. 226

VI. Descriptive geology of the Clear lake region................. I.................. 233

VII. Descriptive geology of Sulphur bank........................................... 251

VIII. Descriptive geology of the Knoxville district................................... 271

IX. Descriptive geology of the New Idria district.................................. 291

X. Descriptive geology of the New Almaden district.............................. 310

XI. Descriptive geology of the Steamboat springs district.......................... 331

XII. Descriptive geology of the Oathill, Great western, and Great eastern districts. 354

XIII. Other deposits of the Pacific slope .............................................. 365

XIV. Discussion of the ore deposits .................................................. 387

XV. On the solution and percipitatiou of cinnabar and other ores..................... 419

XVI. The origin of the ore............................................................ 438

XVII. Summary of result s............................................................. 451

Index............................................................................................ 477
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH XIII. 115 

An atlas accompanies the text, as follows:

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Atlas | to accompany a monograph | on the geology 

of | the quicksilver deposits | of | the Pacific slope j by | George F. 

Becker. | [Survey design] |

Washington 1887 | Giles litho. & liberty printing co. N. Y.

This atlas consists of 14 sheets, laid loosely inside a paper cover hearing title as 

given above. Sheet I, title as above; sheet n, contents; the remaining 12 sheets 

are topographic and geologic maps and sections and plans of mine workings, as 

listed below. Sheets i-iv, vi, vm, xn-xiv, are single; sheets v, vn, ix-xi, 

double. A double sheet measures, from edge to edge, about 34 by 22 inches.

CONTENTS OF ATLAS TO MONOGRAPH XIII. ' fheet. 

Title............................................................................................. i

Contents............................................................................T............ n

Geological map of the Clear lake district........................................................ m

Geological map of the Sulphur bank district..................................................... IV

Geological map of the Knoxville district...... i

Topographical map of the region of Clear lake $'"""

Geological map of the New Idria district........................................................ vi

Geological map of the New Almaden district.................................................... vn

Ore bodies of the New Almaden shown beneath the topography ................................ vnr

Map of the workings of t!»e New Alraaden mine ................................................ ix

Vertical section of the New Almaden mine on a broken line nearly north and south............. x

Two north and south sections of the New Alraaden mine..............................'.......... xi

East and west sections of the New Almaden mine .............................................. XH

Plan of the clays of the New Almaden mine .................................................... xm

Geological map of the Steamboat springs district...................................:........... xi v

3,000 copies, the number required by the law relating to these monographs; text 

bound in dark maroon cloth; atlas sheets laid loosely inside paper cover. Monograph xm is sold by the director of the survey at $2 for both parts, the cost of 

publication.

Documentary edition as follows:

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 610. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xin | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

General title as above, verso blank; special title, letter of transmittal, contents, 

illustrations, and remainder of collation as in the other edition. Atlas as follows:

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 610. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | 

J. W. Powell director | Atlas | to accompany a monograph | on the 

geology of | the quicksilver deposits | of | the Pacific slope | by | 

George F. Becker. | [Survey design] |

Washington 1887 | Giles litho. & liberty printing co. N. Y.

Consists of 14 sheets, laid loosely inside a paper cover bearing title as given 

above. The 14 sheets are identical with those of the other edition, being from the 

same plates.

1,734 copies of both text and atlas, the "usual mimber" edition; published under 

authority of a joint resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these a portion (about 

600) were delivered unbound, as described above, while the remainder were, as 

usual, bound in sheep as vol. 24 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of 

representatives for the first session of the fiftieth congress."

I have not seen a copy of the atlas accompanying the bound portion of the edition.
116 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

MONOGRAPH XIV.

v

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xiv | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Fossil fishes and fossil plants | of the | Triassic rocks | of | New 

'Jersey and the Connecticut valley | by | John S. Newberry | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; sample library catalogue slips, p. v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; special title as 

above, verso blank; contents, pp. v-vi; illustrations, pp. vii-viii; letter of transinittal, p. ix, verso blank; preface, pp. xi-xiv; half-title, "Part i, geological relations of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley," p. [1], verso 

blank; text, pp. 3-15, verso blank; half-title, "Part II, fossil fishes of the Triassic 

rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley," p. 17, verso blank; text, pp. 

19-76; half-title, "Part in, fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the 

Connecticut valley," p. 77, verso blank; text, pp. 79-95, verso blank; half-title, 

"Plates," verso blank, pp. [97-98]; "Plate i," verso explanation of same, pp. 

[99J-100 (followed by plate i); "Plate n," verso explanation of same, pp. [101]-102 

(followed by plate n); etc. consecutively to " plate xxvi," verso explanation of 

same, pp. [149]-150 (followed by plate xxvi); index, pp. 151-152. 4°. Plates 

i-xxvi. s

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH XIV.

Tage. 

Letter of transmittal....... ~...................'................................................ ix

Preface................................................................................ J......... xi

PART I.

GEOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF THE TRIASSIC ROCKS OF NEW JERSEY AND THE CONNECTICUT VALLEY. .. 1

Geological sketch................................................................................ 3

Geological equivalents of our Triassic rocks................................................. 8

PAHT U.

FOSSIL FISHES OF THE TRIASSIC ROCKS OF NEW JERSEY AND THE CONNECTICUT VALLEY............ 17

Fossil fishes..............................-.-......-..-.-.-.-----.----------...- - - .-.--- -..- 19

List of Triassic fishes ....................................................................... 23

Descriptions of genera and species......................................'.................... 24

Genus Ischypterus Egertou ........................................................ ...... 24

Ischypterus ovatus W. C. R-......................................................... 27

Marshii W. C.R........................................................ 28

Agassizii W. C. E....................................................... 30

micropterus, n. sp....................................................... 31

tenuiceps, Ag. sp........................................................ 32

fultus, Ag. pp........................................................... 34

robustus, n. sp .......................................................... 36

elegans, n. sp............................................................ 37

alatus, 11. sp............................................................. 37

modestus, n. sp ......................................................... 38

lenticularis, n. sp........................................................ 39

lineatus, n. sp........................................................... 40

macropterus "W". C. K ................................................... 41

Braunii, n. sp............................................................ 43

parvus W. O.K.'(MS.).................................................. 45

latus J. H. R................. ............................................ 46

minutus, n. sp............................................................ 48

gigas,n.sp ............................................................. 49
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH XIV. 117

Page. 

Fossil fislies continued.

Genus Catopterns J. H. E................................................................ 50

Catoptorus Kedfleldi Egerton......................................................... 53

gracilis J. H. R........................................................... 55

minor, n. sp ........................................... v .................. 57

oruatvis, n. sp............................................................. 58

angnillifonnis W. C.R................................................... 59

parvulnaW. O.K........................................................ 60

Genus l)ictyopyge Egerton.............................................................. 61

Dictyopyge macrnra Egerton ....................................................... C4

Genua Ptycholepis, Ag................................................................... C5

Ptycbolepis Marabii Newb.......................................................... 00

Genus Acentrophorus Traq itair......................................................... 07

Acentrophoriis Cliicopcnsis, n. sp.................................................... C9

Genus Diplurus Newb.......................................................,'........... 70

Diplurua longicaiulatns Newb....................................................... 74

PART III.

FOSSIL PLANTS OF THE TRIASSIC ROCKS OF NEW JEKSEY AND THE CONNECTICUT VALLEY........... 77

Sketch of Triassio flora...................... .................................................. 79

Descriptions of genera and species .......................................................... 82

Dendrophycus triassicus, n. sp .......................................................... 82

Baiera Miinsteriana Ung ................................................................ 84

Equisetum Eogersi Schimper............................................................ 85

Equisetum Meriani(?) Brong............................................................ 80

Schizonenraplanicostata Rogers up .....................:............................... 87

Pacbyphyllum simile, n. sp.............................................................. 88

Pacbypbyllum brevifolium, n. sp ........................................................ 89

Clieirolepis Minister! Schimper. .......................................................... 90

Otozamites latior Saporta........................ ......................................... 90

Otozamites brevifolius P. Br ................................ ........................... 91

Cycadiuocarpus Cbapini Newb., n. si)................................................... 92

Dioonites longifolins Ernnions sp.....»............!..................................... 92

Loperia aimplex, n. sp................................................................... 93

Clatbropteris platypbylla Broug ......................................................... 94

Palissya(?) sp.......................................................................... 91

3,000 copies, the-number required by law; bound in dark maroon cloth. Sold by 

the director oft/he survey at $1 a copy, the cost of publication. 

Documentary edition as follows:

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 611. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xiv | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; library catalogue slips, p. v, verso blank; title as above, verso blank; 

special title, contents, illustrations, aud remainder of collation as in the other edition.

1,734 copies, the "ustial number" edition; published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, about 600 were issued unbo'uud, as described above; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 25 of 

the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session 

of the fiftieth congress."

MONOGEAPH XV.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xv text | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington I government printing office | 1889
118 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The Potomac | or | younger Mesozoic flora | by | William Morris Fontaine | [Survey design] |

Washington |.government printing office | 1889

Sample library catalogue slips, 1 1., verso blank; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, verso blank; special title as 

above, verso blank; contents, verso blank; illustrations, pp. vii-xii; letter of transmittal to the director, pp. xiii-xiv; text, pp. 1-348; half-title, "Tables," p. 349; the 

tables, being lists of species and localities, pp. 350-372; index, pp. 373-377. 4°.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH XV.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ xm

Introduction..................................................................................... 1

Plant localities .................................................................................. 10

Location and geology of the Potomnc beds....................................................... 33

Location of the Potomac beds................................................................ 33

Geology of the Potomac beds................................................................ 47

Geological position and origin of the lower IV; niaj lu.l.-j................................ 58

Description of the species........................................................................ 63

Cryptogams ................................................................................. 63

Equisetete........................................................................... 63

Filices.............................................................................. 66

Phanerogams................................................................................ 166

Gy mnospermai .......................................................................... 166

Zamieffi................................:............................................. 166

Conifei ae ............................................................................ 193

Gyinnospermous fruits ................................................................ 202

Undetermined plants .................................................................... 274

Angiospermee........................................................................... 277

General remarks and conclusions.....................J......................................... 326

List of Potomac plants ....................................................................... 320

Geological affinities of the Potomac plants....................................................... 333

Equiseta..................................................................................... 334

Ferns......................................................................................... 335

Cycada...................................................................................... 341

Conifers.-..-...................................... .--. . . - - - - -- 3*3

Angiosperms................................................ ............................... 346

Tables........................ .................................................................. 349

Index............................................................. M ............................ 373

The plates are in a. separate volume, as follows:

Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United States 

geological survey | Volume xv plates | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | ..

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title as above, verso blank; special title as with the volume of text, verso 

blank; illustrations (being the same list as appears in the vblume of text), pp. v-x; 

half-title, "Plates," verso blank; then follow 180 plates, each preceded by a leaf 

bearing on verso the plate explanation and on recto the plate number. 4°. Plates 

I-CLXXX; LXXIII, LXXV, and cxiv are double, the others single.

3,000 copies of both text and plates published, being the number required by the 

laAV relating to these monographs; bound in dark maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at $2.50 for both parts, the cost of their publication.

Another edition as follows:

50th congress, | 2el session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. 

147, | part 1. | Department of the interior | Monographs j of the J
WARMAK] . MONGRAPH XVL 119

United States geological survey | Volume XV text | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, 1 1., verso 

blank; advertisement oftlie publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; title as on cover 

repeated, verso blank; special title, lists of contents and illustrations, and remainder of volume as in the other edition. Plates in a separate volume, as follows:

50th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. 

147, | part 2. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xv plates | [Seal of the 

department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; first inner title the same, verso blank; then 

follow special title, list of illustrations, half-title, and plates as in the other edition.

1,734 copies of both text and atlas, being the "usual number" edition, about 600 

of which were issued in paper covers, as described; the remainder were printed 

later and bound in sheep (text and plates in a single volume) as vol. 17 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the second session of the 

fiftieth congress."

MONOGRAPH XVI.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xvi | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The Paleozoic fishes | of | North America |*by | John Strong Newberry | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, 

p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 7-9, verso blank; letter of ti'ausinittal to the 

director, p. 11, terso blank; introduction, pp. 13-15, verso blank; halt-title, "Part 

i, fishes of the upper Silurian rocks" p. 17, verso blank: text, pp. 19-20; half-title, 

"Part ir, fishes of the Devonian age," p. 21, verso blank; text, pp. 23-74; half-title, 

"Part in, fishes of the Carboniferous system," p. 75, verso blank; text, pp. 77-228; 

half-title, "Plates," verso blank, pp. [229-230]; "Plate i," verso explanation of 

same,pp. [231]-232 (followed by plate i); "Plate n," verso explanation of same, pp. 

[233]-234 (followedby plate n); etc., consecutively to "Plate LIII," verso explanation 

of same, pp. [335]-336 (followed by plate LIII); index, pp. 337-340, 4°. Plates 

I-LIII; figs. 1-3.

CONTENTS OP MONOGRAPH XVI.

Page. 

Letter of tranamittal............................................................................ 11

Introduction..................................................................................... 13

Parti. Fishes of the upper Silurian rooks..................................................... 17

Part II. Fishes of the Devonian age............................................................ 21

Origin of the Devonian fishes................................................................ 25

Stratigraphical distribution of Devonian fishes............................................... 25

Section A. Fishes of the Coruiferous limestone........................................ -26

Fish beds of the Corniferous limestone. .............................................. 29

Section B. Fishes of the Hamilton group............................................... 57
120 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY., (BULL. 100.

Page.

Part III. Fishes of the Carboniferous system.................................................. 75

Section A. Fishes of the Chemnng group.............................................. 82

Section B. Fishes of the Catskill group................................................ 106

Section C. Fishes of the "VVaverly group ............................................... 120

Section D. Fishes of the Cleveland shale............................................... 126

The structiire and relations of Dinichthys .......................................... 135

The fins of Dinichthys.............................................................. 144

The eyes of Dinichthys ............................................................. 140

Section E. Fishes of the Carboniferous limestone...................................... 181

Fishes of the lower Carboniferous rocks of New Brunswick........................ 186

Section F. Fishes of the Coal measures ................................................ 210

The structure and relations of F/clcstus.............................................. 217

Plates ........................................................................................... 229

Index............................................................................................ 337

3,000 copies, the number required by the law relating to these monographs; bound 

in dark maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at $1 a copy, cost of publication.

Documentary edition as follows:

51st congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 249. | Department of the- interior 1 Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xvi | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover hearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; title as on cover, 

verso blank; special title, contents, illustrations, and remainder of collation as in 

the other edition.

1,734 copies, being the " usual number" edition; published under authority of a

joint resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, a portion (about 600) were de-

, livered in paper covers, as described; the remainder were printed later and bound

in sheep as vol. 37 of the ^Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives

for the first session of the fifty-first congress."

MONOGRAPH XVII.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xvn | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey [ J. W. Powell, director | The flora | of the | Dakota group | a posthumous work | by | Leo 

Lesquereux | Edited by F. H. Know!ton | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications 

of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; special 

title as above, verso blank; contents,pp. 5-6; illustrations, pp. 7-10; letter of trausmittal to the director by Prof. Lester F. Ward, p. 11, verso blank; editor's preface, 

pp.' 13-18; introduction, pp. 19-22; text, pp. 23-256; half-title, " Plates," verso blank, 

pp. [257-258]; half-title, "PIate I," verso explanation of same, pp. [259]-260 (followed by plate i); half title, "Plate ir," verso explanation of same, pp. [261]-262 

(followed by plate n); etc., consecutively to "Plate IJCVT," verso explanation of 

same, pp. [389]-390 (foliowed by plateLXVI); index, pp. 391-400. 4°. Plates I-LXVI.
WAKMAN.) MONOGRAPH XVII. 121

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH XVII,

Page.

Letter of trausinittal............................................................................. 11

Editor's preface.................................................................................. 13

Introduction..................................................................................... 19

Description of species ........................................................................... 23

Cry ptogamia...............................................'.................................. 23

Fungi ................................................^..................^............... 23

Pyrenomycetes............. ........................................................ 23

Ferns.................................................................................... 24

Polypodiaceoi........................................................................ 24

Phanerogamia............................................................................... 26

Gyinnosplieriute......................................................................... 26

Cycadacoio........................................................................... 20

Coniferae............................................................................. 32

Conifers of uncertain ivlat ion......................'.................................. 30

Monocotylcdones........................................................................ 37

GramiueiB............................................................................ 37

Alisniaceae........................................................................... 37

Araceie......................................... ^.................................... 38

Palrase............................................................................... 39

Liliaceae............................................................................. 40

Dioscoreaceae..................:..............:...................................... 41

Bromeliacesc......................................................................... 41

Dicotyledonea ........................................................................... 42

Salicineffi .................................................^:......................... 42

Cupnliferso....................................................................;..... 51

Myricacese .......................................................................... 00

Juglandene..................,............................:............................ 08

 Platanacete.......................................................................... 72

TJrticacea)........................................................................... 70

Balanopborece ....................................................................... 87

Proteacese........................................................................... 89

LanrineiB............................................................................ 91

Moniniiaceto......................................................................... 108

Aristoloclnesc....... ................................................................ 10ft

Ebenaceto............................................................................ 109

Sapotacese........................................................................... 113

MyrsinesB ........................................................................... 114

Ericaceuo ........................ '...................:................................ ]15

Capri foliaceiu........................................................................ ]19

Cornaceso............................................................................ 125

Araliaccso ............................................................................ 127

My rtaceie............................................................................ 130

Hainanielidcfc ....................................................................... 139

Roaaceaj............................................................................. 142

Legmuinosaj......................................................................... 345

Anacardiacea) ....................t.................................................. 154

Aceraceai............................................................................ 150

Sapindacea3........................................................................... 158

Ampelidaceai......................................................................... 159

Uhauineto............................................................................ 105

Celastrineai.......................................................................... 172

Ilicinefe ............................................................................. 170

Tiliaceaj............................................................................. ] 80

Sterciiliacere......................................................................... 182

Menisperiuacc.ic ..................................................................... 190

AnonacefB................................................'........................... 108

Magnoliaceai ........................................................................ 198

Genera and species of uncertain relation .................................................... 212

Aspidiopliyllum..................................................................... 2] 2

Phyllites ............................................................................ 213

Ptenostrobus........................................................................ 219

Nordenakioldia...................................................................... 219

Carpi tes ............................................................................. 220

Table of distribution ........................................................................ 222

Analysis of the Dakota group flora..'.......:................................................. 226
122 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL. 100.

3,000 copies, the number required by the law relating to these monographs; bound 

in dark maroon cloth. Sold by the director of the survey at $1.10 a copy, cost price. 

Documentary edition as follows:

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 60. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xvn | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No cover; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 1.; advertisement of the 

publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title, contents, illustrations, letter of trausmittal, and remainder of volume 

as described under the previous edition.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition; published in pursuance of a joint resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, a portion (about 600) were delivered unbound, as described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 29 

of tlie " Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the fifty-second congress."

MONOGRAPH XVIII.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xwn | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda | of the | Earitan clays and 

greensand marls | of | New Jersey | by | Eobert Parr Whitfleld | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications 

of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; special 

title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 7-8; letter 

of transinittal to the director by Geo. H. Cook, state geologist of New Jersey, p. [9], 

verso blank, letter of transinittal to Professor Cook by the author, p. 11, verso blank; 

preliminary remarks by the author, pp. 13-15, verso blank; half-title " Gasteropoda,' 

p. 17, verso blank; text, pp. 19-239, verso blank; half-title "Cephalopoda," p. 241, 

verso blank; text, pp. 243-295, verso blank,; half-title "Plates," verso blank, pp. 

[297-298]; half-title ".Plate r," verso explanation of same, pp. [299]-300 (followed 

by plate i); half title "Plate H," verso explanation of same, pp. [301]-302 (followed 

by plate n); etc. consecutively to half-title "Plate L," verso explanation of same, 

pp. [397J-398 (followed by plate L); index, pp. 399-402. 4°. Plates I-L; figs. 1

and 2.

CONTENTS OF MONOGBAPH XVIII. Pagei

Letter cf transniittal from Prof. Geo. F. Cook................................................... 9

Letter of transinittal from Prof. K. P. Whitfield................................................ 11

Preliminary remarks ............................................................................ 13

Gasteropoda..................................................................................... 17

Section I. Gasteropoda of the lower marl beds............................................ 19

II. Gasteropoda of the middle marl bed............................................ 172

HE. Gasteropoda of the base of the upper marl bed................................. 182

IV. Gasteropoda of the Eocene marls............................................... 190

Cephalopoda..................................................................................... 241

Section V. Cephalopoda of the Cretaceous marls............................................ 243

VI. Cephalopoda of the Eocene marls................................................ 284

Classified lists of the Mollusca of the Cretaceous ana Eocene formations............'............ 289
WABMAN.] MONOGRAPH XIX. " J23

3,000 copies, the number required bylaw; bound in dark maroon cloth. Monograph xvin ia sold by the director of the survey at $1 a copy, the cost of its publication.

Documentary edition as follows:

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 77. | Department of the interior | Monographs (of the (United 

States geological survey | Volume xvin | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No cover; general title as above on white'paper; sample library catalogue slips, 

verso blank, 1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso 

blank; special title, contents, illustrations, letters of trausmittal, and remainder of ^ 

volume as described under the previous edition.

1,734 copies, the " usual number" edition; published in pursuance of a joint resolution approved July 7,1882. Of these, about 600 were delivered unbound, as described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep'as vol. 30 of the 

" Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the 

fifty-second congress."

MONOGRAPH XIX.

General title: Department of interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xix | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | .

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| The | Penokee iron-bearing series | of | Michigan and Wisconsin | 

by | Boland Duer living | and | Charles Richard Van Hise | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications 

of the survey, pp. I-v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; special 

title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. v-vii, verso blank; illustrations, pp. ixxii; letter of transrnittal by Van Hise, pp. xiii-xv, verso blank; outline of the monograph, pp. xvii-xix, verso blank; introduction, pp. 1-4; text, pp. 5-474; half-title, 

"Plate xiv," p, 475; explanation of platexiv, p. 476; followed by the plate; halttitle, "Plate xv," p. 477; explanation of plate xv, p. 478, followed by the plate; etc. 

consecutively with half-titles on odd pages and explanations of plates on even pages 

to "Plate xxxvu," p. 521; explanation of plate xxxvii, p. 522, followed by the 

plate; index, pp. 523-534. 4°. Plates i-xxxvn; figs. 1-12.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH XIX.

PageChapter I. Geological explorations and literature............................................. 5

' II. The southern complex ............................................................ 103

III. The cherty limestone.............................................................. 127

IV. The quartz-slate member.......................................................... 143

V. The iron-bearing member.......................................................... 182

VI. The upper slate member .......................................................... 290

VII. The eruptives ..................................................................... 34G

VIII. The eastern area......................................'............................ SCO

IX. -General geology of the district..................................................... 437

3,000 copies, the number required by the law relating to these monographs; bound 

ill dark maroon cloth.
124 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. loo.

At this writing monograph xix is.not yet ont of press; the foregoing description, 

therefore, which has been made up from final page proof, should he taken ciimgrano 

salis. The documentary edition has not, of course, been issued, but I understand 

the sheep portion will constitute vol. 52 of the miscellaneous documents of the house 

of representatives for the first session of the fifty-second congress.

MONOGRAPH XX.

General title: Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | 

United States geological survey | Volume xx | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director 

| Geology | of the | Eureka district, Nevada | with an atlas | by | 

Arnold Hague | {Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1892

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications 

of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; special title 

as above, verso blank; contents, p. v, verso blank; illustrations, p. vii; atlas sheets, 

p. viii; letter of transmittal, p. [ix], verso blank; preface, pp. xi-xiv; outline of 

volume, pp. xv-xvii, verso blank; text, including appendixes A and B with halftitles, pp. 1-394; explanation of plate in, pp. 395-396, followed by the plate; explanation of plate, iv, p. 398, recto blank, followed by the plate; explanation of plate v, 

p. 400, recto blank, followed by the plate; explanation of plate vi, p. 402, recto 

blank, followed by the plate; explanation of plate vn, p. 404, recto blank, fbllowe; 

by the plate; explanation of plate viu, p. 406, recto blank, followed by the plated 

index, pp. 407-419. 4°. Plates i-vm; figs. 1-9.

CONTENTS OF MONOGRAPH XX.

, " Page

Outline of volume ............................................................................... xv

Chapter I. General description........................................................:.... 1

Chapter II. Geological sketch of Hie Eureka district........................................ 8

Chapter III. Cambrian and Silurian rocks ...............................'.................... 34

Chapter IV. Devonian and Carboniferous rocks .................:........................... 63

Chapter V. Descriptive geology............................................................. 99

Chapter VI. General discussion of the Paleozoic rocks ...................................... 175

Chapter VII. Pre-Tertiary igneous rocks ..................................................... 218

Chapter VIII. Tertiary and post-Tertiary volcanic rocks ...................................... 230

Chapter IX. Ore deposits ..................................................................... 292

Appendix A. Systematic lists of fossils of each geologic horizon. By C. D. "Walcott.......... 337

Appendix B. Microscopical petrography of the eruptive rocks. By J. P. Iddings............. 335

Accompanied by an atlas, as follows:

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | Clarence King, director | Atlas | to accompany the monograph | on the | 

geology | of the | Eureka district | Nevada | by | Arnold Hague | [Survey design] |

Washington | 1883 [sic] | Julius Bien & co. lith. New York.

18 sheets, folio (first four single, last nine double), laid loosely inside a granite 

paper cover bearing title as given above.

The title of this atlas bears Mr. King's name because the monograph was projected and work on it begun under his directorship, arid it bears the date 1883 because it was engraved at that time, although the atlas was not issued until the text 

was ready, in 1892.
WARMAN.] MONOGRAPH XX. 125

CONTENTS OF ATLAS TO MONOGRAPH XX.

Sheet

Title (as on cover).............................................................................. j

List of atlas sheets and legend.................................................................. n

Topographical and index map of the Eureka district........................................... ui

Geological map of the Eureka district.......................................................... iv

Geological map of the northwest sheet......................................................... v

Geological map of the northeast sheet.......................................................... vi

Geological map of the northwest-central sheet.................................................. VH

Geological map of the northeast-central sheet .. .........................."...................... vin

Geological map of the south west-central sheet ................................................. TX

Geological map of the southeast-central sheet....................................".............. x

Geological map of the southwest sheet .......................................................... xi

Geological map of the southeast sheet........................'.................................. xii

Geological cross-sections ....................................................................... x i n

3,000 copies of both text and atlas published, the number required by law; text 

bound in dark maroon cloth; atlas sheets in paper cover. Monograph xx is sold by 

the director of the survey at $5.25 for both parts, the cost of their publication.

Documentary edition as follows:

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no 343. | Department of the interior | Monographs | of the | United 

States geological survey | Volume xx | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No cover; general title as above, verso blank; sample library catalogue slips, 

verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso 

blank; then follow special title, contents, and remainder o'f volume as collated for 

the other edition.

The atlas furnished with this edition is identical in title and contents with that 

accompanying the other edition, the distinguishing mark being that in this edition 

the atlas cover bears in its upper right corner a pasted slip on which is printed:

52d congress, 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. no. 343.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, published under authority of a joint 

resolution approved July 7, 1882. Of these, a portion (about 600) were issued unbound, as described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as 

vol. 53 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first 

session of the fifty-second congress."

BULLETINS.

BULLETIN 1.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin j of the | United 

States | geological survey | no.l | On hypersthene-andesite and ontriclinic pyroxene in augitic | rocks, by Whitman Cross; with a geological 

sketch of | Buffalo peaks, Colorado, by S. F. Einmons, geologist- | incharge of Eocky mountain division |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 1 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On | hypersthene-andesite | and on | triclinic pyroxene in augitic 

rocks | by | Whitman Cross | with a | geological sketch of Buffalo peaks 

Colorado | by | S. F. Emmons | geologist in charge of Eocky mountain 

division | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover beariugtitle as above; advertisement of the publications of thesurvey, 

pp .1-2; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter 

of transiuittal by Mr. Einmons to tbe director, p. "7-8," verso blank; contents and 

illustrations, p. "9-10," verso blank; "Errors in bulletin 1, United States geological 

survey," verso blank, 11.; introductory sketch by Einmons, pp. 11-17, verso blank; 

text by Cross, pp. 19-38; index, pp. 39-42; "notice" (as to numbering and binding) 

on outside of back cover; 8°. Plates i and n. A second (volume) pagination, in 

parentheses, is carried through the text at the foot of the pages. In this (the first) 

bulletin it runs uniform with the regular pagination; and it is explained by the 

following extract from the advertisement:

"The Bulletins will each contain but one paper, and be complete in itself. They 

will, however, be numbered in a continuous series, and will in time be united into 

volumes of convenient size. To facilitate this each Bulletin will have two paginations, one proper to itsel&at the top, and at the bottom, one which belongs to it in 

the volume."

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 1.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal .............................................................................. 7

Introductory geological sketch of Buffalo peaks, by S. F. Emmons................................. 11

On hypersthene-andesite and on triclinic pyroxene in augitic rocks, by Whitman Cross .......... 19

Chapter I. Hypersthene-andesite from Buffalo peaks, Colorado.................................. 19

Description of rock............................................................................ 19

Triclinic pyroxene in other rocks.......................................................... 2D

Chemical composition of the rock.............................................................. 25

Illation and analysis of hypersthene ......................................................... 26

127
128 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Page.

Chapter II. Rhombic pyroxene in other andesites................................................ 31

Previous observations of rhombic pyroxene in augite-audesitcs................................ 33

Ehombic pyroxene in diabasic rocks....................................................... 35

Rhombic pyroxene in hornblende-andesite................................................. 36

Classification of andesitic rocks................................................................. 36

Results........................................................................................ 38

3; 200 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

200 extras ordered by the authors. The selling price of this bulletin is 10 cents. 

Documentary edition of bulletin 1 as follows:

47th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 16. | Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United States j 

geological survey | no. 1 | On hypersthene-andesite and on triclinic 

pyroxene in augitic (rocks, by Whitman Cross; with a geological 

sketch of \ Buffalo peaks, Colorado, by S. F. Emmons, geologist- | incharge of Eocky mountain division |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Outside title as above, on white paper; advertisement, general title, special title, 

and remainder of collation as in the other edition.

1,900 copies, the "usual number" edition; published by authority of a joint resolution approved July 1, 1882. Of these, about 800 were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as a part of vol. 

1 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the second 

session of the forty-seventh congress."

This bulletin appears again in the documentary edition of vol. i, description of 

 which will be found infra between the descriptions of bulletins 6 and 7.

BULLETIN 2.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 2 | Gold and silver conversion tables, 

giving the coining values | of troy ounces of fine metal, and the weights 

of | fine metal represented by given sums | of United States money i

Washington | government printing office [ 1883

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 2 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. PoweLl 

director | Gold and silver | conversion tables | giving the | coining 

values of troy ounces of fine metal, and the | weights of fine metal 

represented by given | sums of United States money | computed by | 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; the tables, pp. 5-8 (47-50 of the volume); notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

3,000 copies published, being the number required by the law relating to these 

bulletins. The selling price of this bulletin is 5 cents.
WABMAN.] BULLETINS 2, 3, AND 4. 129

There is no documentary edition of this bulletin aud subsequent ones separately. 

Bulletin 1 does appear separately in documentary form, but thereafter, seeing that 

several bulletins would appear within a year and that they were prepared for combination into volumes, it was concluded to issue a documeutary edition of the volumes instead of one of each brochure. For description of the documentary edition 

of vol I, see infra between descriptions of bulletins 6 and 7.

BULLETIN 3.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey (no. 3 | On the fossil faunas of the upper 

Devonian along the | meridian of 76° 30' from Tonipkins county N. 

Y. | to Bradford county Pa. |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 3 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

 Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On | the fossil faunas | of the | upper Devonian | along the meridian of 76° 30' from. Tonipkins county, 1ST. Y., | to Bradford county, 

Pa. | by | Henry S. Williams | [Survey design] | 

1 Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; text, pp. [5]-31 (55-81 of the volume) verso blank; index, pp. 33-36; 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

3,000 copies published, being the number required by the law relating to these 

bulletins. The price of this bulletin is 5 cents.

BULLETIN 4.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 4 | On Mesozoic fossils |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no [sic] 4. | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On | Mesozoic fossils | by | Charles A. White, m. d. | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged loaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso 

blank; contents and illustrations, verso blank, 1 leaf; text, pp. [5J-17 (93-105 of the 

volume), verso blank; index, p. [19] ; explanation of plate I, p. 20 (followed by the 

plate); explanation of plate n, p. 22, recto blank (followed by the plate); etc. even 

pages to 36, rectos blank, each followed by a plate; notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-ix. 

Bull. 100 9
130 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 4.

Page. 

Description of certain aberrant forms of the Chamid® from the Cretaceous rocks of Texas........ 5

On a small collection of Mesozoic fossils obtained in Alaska by Mr. "W. H. Dall, of the United 

States Coast Survey............................................................................. 10

On the Nautiloid, genus Enclimatoceras Hyatt, and a description of the type species............. 16

3,000 copies published, being the number required by the law relating to these 

bulletins. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 5.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 5 | A dictionary of altitudes in the 

United States |

Washington [.government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 5 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | 

A | dictionary of altitudes | in | the United States | compiled by | 

Henry Gannett | chief geographer | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal, verso blank, 1 leaf; contents, pp. f.7]-8> discussion of 

authorities, pp. [9]-16; abbreviations of names of railroads given as authorities, pp. 

[17]-24; the dictionary of altitudes, pp. [25J-325 (149-449 of the volume); notice as 

to numbering and binding, outside of back cover 8°.

Arranged alphabetically by states, and within each state by railroad, stations.

3,500 copies the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 500 

additional ordered by the department. Price, 20 cents. See bulletin no. 76.

BULLETIN 6.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 6 | Elevations in the dominion of 

Canada |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 6 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Elevations j in the | dominion of Canada | by | J. W. Spencer | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; letter of traiismittal, verso blank, 1 leaf; preface, verso blank, 1 leaf; 

table of contents, verso blank, 1 leaf; the tables of elevations, pp. [ll]-43 (461-493
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 5, 6, AND 7. 131

of the volume), verso blank; title for vol. i (see below), verso blank; contents for 

vol. i, p. iii, verso blitnk; illustrations for vol. i, p. v, vorso blank; notice as to 

numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 6.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ 5

Preface.......................................................................................... 7

Profiles.......................................................................................... ll

Great western railway..........................................................1............ ll

Wellington, Grey and Bruce railway........................................................ 15

"Welland railway ...................'......................................................... 17

Hamilton and northwestern railway.......................................................... 17

Northern railway.................................................^.......................... 18

Toronto, Grey and Brace railway ........................................................... 20

Credit valley railway........................................................................ 21

Canada southern railway. .. ...'............................................,................. 22

Grand trunk railway........................................................................ 23

Toronto and Nipissing railway.............................................................. 29

Midland railway..............................?.............................................. 29

Ontario and Quebec railway .......................... ...........z........................... 31

Saint Lawrence and Ottawa railway......................................................... 32

Saint Lawrence river........................................................................ 33

Ottawa river and Rideati navigation co............................ - -., ..................... 33

Quebec, Montreal, Ottawa and occidental railway ........................................... 33

Alphabetic list of elevations in Canada, abstracted from the foregoing profiles'................ 35

3,000 copies, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. Price, 5 

cents. 

Bulletins 1-6 form vol. i, as follows:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | 

geological survey j Vol. i | [Seal of the department of the interior] j 

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Title as above, verso blank; coutents of the-volume, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations of the volume, p. v, verso blank; the six bulletins, pp. 1-493. 8°. 11 plates. 

Documentary edition of vol. i, as follows: ^

48th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. 

| no. 71. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | Vol. i | 

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Title as above on -white paper; then follow title, contents, illustrations, and remainder of volume as in the other edition.

, 1,900 copies published, the "usual number" edition. A portion of the edition 

(about 800) were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed 

later and bound in sheep, in which form they constitute the greater part of vol. 36 

of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session 

of the forty-eighth congress."

BULLETIN 7.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 7 | A catalogue of geological maps 

relative to | North and South America |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 7 | [Seal of the department "of the 

interior] J

Washington | government printing office | 1884
13,2 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| Mapoteca geologica americana | A catalogue | of | geological maps | 

of | America (North and South) | 1752-1881 | in geographic and chronologic order | by | Jules Marcou and John Belkuap Marcou | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blauk; special title as aboA'e, 

verso blank; contents, p. v, verso blank; contractions used in references, pp. [7]-8; 

introduction (signed Jules Marcou, Cambridge, Mass., September, 1882), pp. 9-17, 

verso blank; the catalogue,"pp. 19-171, a supplement beginning on p. 159; index of 

authors and places, pp. 173-184; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back 

cover. 8°. A volume pagination, in parentheses, appears at the foot of the pages.

The catalogue is arranged geographically, from Arctic America to Tierra del Fuego, 

and chronologically under each division.

3,000 copies published, being the number required by the law relating to these 

bulletins. Price 10 cents.

BULLETIN 8.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 8 | On secondary enlargements of mineral fragments | in certain rocks. |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 8 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| On | secondary enlargements | of | mineral fragments | in | certain 

rocks | by | E. D. Irving and C. E. Yan Hise | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; letter of tranemifctal by Irving to the director, p. 5, verso blauk; contents, p. 7, verso blauk; illustrations, pp. 9-10; text, pp. 11-52 (195-236 of the volume); index, pp. 53-56; notice as to numbering and binding, outsido of back cover. 

8°. Plates i-vi; figs. 1-4.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 8.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ 5

Contents......................................................................................... 7

List of illustrations.............................................................................. 9

Part I. Enlargements of quartz fragments and genesis of quartzites, by R. 13. Irving and C. 

K.Van Hise .................................................................................... 11

General considerations ...................................................................... 11

List of localities of rocks examined, with brief descriptive notes............................ 23

For Hnroniau rocks...................................................................... 23

In the typical Huronian of lake Huron.............................................. 23

In the iron-bearing series of Marquette, Mich ....................................... 27

In the iron-bearing series of the Penokee region of Wisconsin ...................... 30

In the slates of the saint Louis river, Minnesota............................. ....... 32

In the quartzite formation of the Baraboo region of Wisconsin ...................... 33
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 8 AND 9. 133

Part I. Enlargements of quartz fragments and genesis of quartzites continued. Page.

In the quartzite formation of southern Minnesota ................................... 34

(In the Animikie series of northern Minnesota and the Thunder bay region of lake

Superior........................................................................... 35

In the folded schists of the national boundary liue north of lake Superior........... 37

For Keweenawan sandstones ............................................................ 38

For Cambrian rocks..................................................................... 39

In the Grand canon group of the Colorado river ..................................... 39

Iii the'Potsdam sandstone of the Mississippi valley ................................. 39

In the Eastern sandstone of lake Superior........................................... 40

In the AVestern sandstone of lake Superior .......................................... 41

For Silurian rocks ....................................................................... 41

In the saint Peter's sandstone of Wisconsin ......................................... 41

In the Eureka quartzite of Nevada .................................................. 42

For Devonian rocks...................................................................... 42

For Carboniferous rocks................................................................. 43

For Triassic rocks ....................................................................... 43

For Cretaceous rocks .................................................................... 43

Part II. Enlargements of feldspar fragments in certain Keweenawan sandstones, by C. R. Van

Hise........................................................................................... 44

Part III. Summary of general conclusions, by R. D. Ir ving..................................... 48

3,000 copies,published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price 10 cents.

BULLETIN 9.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 9 | A report of work done in the Washton laboratory | during the fiscal year 18S3-'84 |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 9 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j 0

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| A report of work done | in the | Washington laboratory | during 

the | fiscal year 1883-'84 | F. W. Clark chief chemist | T. M. Chatard 

assistant chemist | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso 

blank; contents, p. 5, versp blank; introductory, by Clarke, p. 7, verso blank; 

text, pp. 9-37 (249-277 of the volume), verso blank; index, pp. 39-40; notice as to 

numbering arid binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 9.

Page.

Introductory .................................................................................... 7

Mineral, rock,and ore analyses.................................................................. 9

Gahnite, from Montgomery county, Maryland .............................................. 9

Jade and pectolite, from Alaska............................................................. 9

Saussnrite, from Sliasta county, California .................................................. 10

Allauite, from Topsham, Maine ............................................................. 10

Beryl, from Greene county, Tennessee...................................................... 11

Damourite, from Stoiieham, Maine .......................................................... 11

Margarite ................................................................................... 11

Cimolite, from Norway, Maine .............................................................. 12
134 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Mineral, rock, and ore analysis continued. Page.

Halloysite, from California.................................................................. 12

Prochlorite.................................................................................. 13

Alum rock, from Grant county, New Mexico................................................. 13

Scoriaceous Obsidian, from Mono valley, California ..................................'....... 14

Powder, from Truckee river, Nevada ....................................................... 14

Marl, from Pyramid lake, Nevada..............................».-........."................... 14

Clays, from Mill City, Nevada............................................................... 15

Basalt, from mount Thielson, Oregon ...................................... ....^.....L...... 15

Basalt, from Pit river, California.........'.................................... ..-... . ..'....... 16

Dacites, from Lassen's peak, California ...................................................... 16

Limestones, from Moundsville, "West Virginia .......... ................................... 17

Magnetite, from near Bozeman, Montana.................................................... 17

Limonite, from Canaan mountain, "West Virginia ........................................... 18

Coal, from Cranston, Rhode Island.......................................................... 18

Water analyses.................................................................................. 19

Pyramid lake, Nevada........................................................................ 19

Winnemucca lake, Nevada........................... ...................................... 21

Walker lake, Nevada. .. i.................................................................... 2<J

Walker river............".........................................................,.......... 23

Humboldt river, Nevada ............. 1.................................... .................. 23

Hot spring, foot of Granite mountain, Nevada.............................................. 24

Hot spring, Hot spring station, Nevada -..................................................... 24

Larger Soda lake, Eagtown, Nevada......................................................... 25

Mono lake, California......................................................................... 26

Spring on Tufa crag in Mono lake, California ..^.................................. ^......... 27

Warm spring, Mono basin, California .................................................... ^... 27

Boiling spring, Honey lake valley, California ....................:.......................... 28

Lake Taboe, California........................................................ ............. 28

Abert lake, Oregon.......................................................................... 28

Utah lake, Utah .............."................................-............................... 29

City creek, Utah ............................................................................ 29

Bear river, Utah.............................................-.....'.......................... 30

Utah hot springs .;.......................-................................................,.. 30

Liviugston warm springs, Montana ......................................................... 31

Warm springs, Emigrant gulch, Montana................................................... 31

Helena hot springs, Montana................................................................ 32

Mill creek cold springs, Montana............................................................ 32

Virginia hot springs, Bath county, Virginia................................................. " 33

The estimation of alkalies in silicates, by T. M. Cbatnrd ....................................... 36

3,150 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

150 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 10.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 10 | On the Cambrian faunas of North 

America |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 10 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On | the Cambrian faunas | of | North America | preliminary 

studies | by | Charles Doolittle Walcott | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above,
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 11 AND 12. 135

verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 5, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 

7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-51 (289-331 of the volume), verso blank; index, pp. 53-55; 

explanation of plate i, p. 56 (plate I facing); explanations of the remaining plates, 

pp. 58', 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, and 74 (rectos blank, plates facing explanations); 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-x (ix being 

folded.)

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 10.

fage. 

Letter of trammittal............................................................................. 5

Review of the fauna of the saint'John formation, contained in the Hartt collection ............. 9

Fauna of the Braintree argillites ................................................... T ........... 43

On a new genua and species of Phyllopoda from the middle Cambrian........................... 50

3,100 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 100 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 ceuts.

BULLETIN 11.

Cover title: Department of tlie interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 11 | On the Quaternary and recent MolInsca of tlie | Great basin, with descriptions of new forms |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 11 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On the | Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the | Great basin | 

with descriptions of new forms | by | R. EllsworthCall | Introduced by 

a | sketch of the Quaternary lakes of the Great basin | by | G. K. Gilbert | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of ihe survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; introductory sketch by Gilbert, pp. 9-12; text by Call, pp. 13-49 (367-403 of the volume), 

verso blank; index, pp. 51-56; plate explanations, pp. 58, 60, 62, 64, and 66 (rectoa 

blank, plates facing the explanations); notice as to numbering and binding, outside of 

back cover. 8°. Plates i-vi.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 11.

Page. 

Introductory sketch of the Quaternary lakes of the Great basin, by G.K. Gilbert............... 9

On the Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the Great basin, with descriptions of new forms, by 

R.EllsworthCall .............................................................................. 13

Systematic catalogue of the recent and Quaternary shells of the Great basin.................... 13

Introduction................................................................................. 13

Catalogue.................................................................................... 14

Lamellibrauchiata....................................................................... 14

Gasteropoda ............................................................................. 1C

Ostracoda................................................................................ 23

Distribution and environment.................................."................................. 20

Geographic and chronologic distribution..................................................... 26

Depauperation versus salinity................................................................. 30

Depauperation versus temperature........................................................... 38

Hypsometric distribution.................................................................... 41

Conclusions.................................................................................. 43
136 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Pago.

Descriptions of new forms........................................................................ 44

ValvatidsB ................................................................................... 44

Valvata sincera var. utaliensis.........................................................i.. 44

Rissoidse..................................................................................... 45

. Amnicola dalli ......... ....:............................................................. 45

Limnseid®................................................................................... 47

Radix ampla var. utahensis .............................................................. 47

Limnophysa bonnevillensis. .............................................................. 49

3,200 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

200 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 12.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 12 | A crystallographic study of the 

thinolite of lake Lahontan. |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the \ United 

States | geological survey | no. 12 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | A | crystallographic study | of the | thinolite of lake Lahontan | by | Edward S. Dana | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1884

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; letter of transnaittal by G. K. Gilbert, geologist in charge of the division, to the director, p. 5, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; 

text, pp. 9-28 (429-448 of the volume); index, p. "29-30," verso blank; explanations 

of plates, pp. 32 and 34 (rectos blank, plates facing the explanations); notice as to 

numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates l-illj fig. 1.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 12.

Page. 

Letter of tran smittal............................................................................ 5

Introductory statement ......................................................................... 9

Varieties of tufa............................................................................. 10

Succession of tufa deposits.................................................................. 11

Crystallographic study ...............................;.......................................... 14

General aspect of the thinolite .............................................................. 15

Thinolite from Pyramid lake................................................;............... 15

Examination of sections of crystal.'!......................................................... 17

Thinolite from Mono lake ................................................................... 19

Thinolite from Walker lake and from Black rock and Smoke creek deserts.................. 20

Original crystalline form of the thiuolite........................................................ 20

Chemical nature of the original mineral...............'.......................................... 22

Relation of the thinolite to the so-called Gaylussite pseudornorphsof Sangerhausen and other 

local i ties...................................................................................... 25

3,100 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

100 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 13.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 13 | Boundaries of the United States
WAEMAN.] BULLETINS 12, 13, AND 14. 137

and of the several | states and territories, with a historical | sketch of 

the territorial changes |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 13 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Boundaries | of | the United States | and of the | several states and 

territories | with a | historical sketch of the territorial changes | by | 

Henry Gannett | chief geographer | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the Survey, 1 unpaged leaf; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal, p. 5, verso blank; contents, pp. 7-8; text, pp. 9-129 

(465-585 of the volume), verso blank; index, pp. 131-135; notice as to numbering 

and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTEXTS OF BULLETIN 13.

Page.

Boundaries of the United States and additions to its territory................................ 9

Boundaries of the United States.......................................................... 9

Additions to the territory of the United States............................................ 19

Louisiana purchase.................................................................... 19

Florida................................................................................ 21

Texas.......................... :....... ................................................ 21

First Mexican cession................................................................. 22

GadsHen purchase...................................................... .............. 22

Alaska ................................................................................ 23

The public domain and an outline of the history of the changes made therein ................ 24

Cessions hy the states..................................................................... 24

Territory northwest of the river Ohio...............................................!..... 27

Territory south of the river Ohio.......................................................... 29

Louisiana and the territory acquired from Mexico ........................................ 30

Bonudary lines of the states and territories (in usual geographical order, from Maine to California)....................................................................................... 32

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 14.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 14 | On the physical characteristics of 

the iron-carburets | more particularly on the galvanic thermo-electric | 

and magnetic properties of wrought iron steel | and cast iron in different states of hardness | together with a physical diagram for | the 

classification of iron-carburets |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 14 | [Seal of tLj department of the iuterior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell di-
138 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

rector | The | electrical and magnetic properties | of the | iron-carburets | by | Carl Barus and Vincent Strouhal | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, recto [sic] blank; preface, pp. 5-8; contents, pp. 9-10; illustrations, p. 11, verso blank; introduction, pp. 13-14; text, pp. 15-226 (607-818 of the 

volume); index, pp. 227-238; title for vol. n (see below), verso blank; contents for 

vol. n, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations for vol. u, pp. v-vij notice as to numbering 

and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Figures 1-31.

CONTENTS OP BULLETIN 14.

Page. 

Introduction..................................................................................... 13

The relation between electrical conductivity and temperature in case of steel in different states 

of hardness, of wrought iron, and of cast iron ................................................. 15

Steel...................................................................:...................-. 15

Wrought iron.....................................'........................................... 20

Cast iron..................................................................................... 22

Deductions.................................................................................. 24

Addendum: Statement of a resistance method for the measurement of heat conductivity.... 25

The conditions which in the case of steel essentially determine the efficacy of the operation of 

tempering; the measurement of the state of hardness of steel................................... '28

Introductory remarks ....................................................................... 28

Apparatus for imparting glass-hardness to steel............................'................. 29

Measurement of thermo-electric power ...................................................... 31

Measurement of electrical conductivity...................................................... 36

The operation of sudden cooling. Glass-hardness...:....................................... 38

Behavior of hard steel rods annealed in hot oil baths ........................................ 40

On the bearing of the time of exposure on the efficacy of annealing.......................... 43

Behavior of hard steel annealed in vapor of boiling methyl alcohol (66°)..................... 47

Behavior of hard steel annealed in steam (100°).............................................. 49

Behavior of hard steel annealed in vapor of boiling aniline (185°)............................ 51

Behavior of hard steel annealed in molten lead (330°)........................................ 53

General discussion of the results of this annealing . ..:..................................... 54

The effect of higher and of lower temperatures on the temper of steel originally annealed at 

a given intermediate temperature.......................................................... 57

Behavior of soft steel rods...'.....................................-.......................... 60

The relation existing between the thermo-electric power and the specific resistance of steel - 62 

Sources of error... ............................................................................ 68

Concluding remarks......................................................................... 70

Addendum: On a simple method for the galvanic calibration of a wire...................... 72

The nature of the phenomenon of temper, as observed in steel, discussed from an electrical standpoint, particularly in reference to the analogous behavior of malleable cast iron and of alloys 

of silver ....................................................................................... 76

Introduction................................................................................. 76

Experiments with alloys .................................................................... 80

The general phenomenon of temper regarded from the chemical and from the mechanical 

standpoint.... ................................ .......................................... 88

The phenomenon of glass-hardness discussed from the chemical and from the mechanical 

standpoint. ................................................................................. 98

Experiments with malleable cast iron ....................................................... 100

The thermo-electric effect of magnetization............................ '. ......................... 104

The influence of hardness on the maximum of magnetization which thin cylindrical steel rods 

of different dimensions permanently retain.................................................... Ill

Plan and purpose of the present experiments................................................ Ill

The material used ............................................................................ 115

Method of magnetization.................................................................... 118

Measurement of magnetic moment........................................................... 120

Determination of the degree of hardness..................................................... 121

Method of annealing......................................................................... 123

Magnetic results for rods of large dimension-ratio........................................... 125

Besults with rods of smaller dimensional ratio.............................................. 128
* WARMAN.] BULLETIN 14. 139

^ The influence of hardness on the maximum of magnetization, etc. continued. Page. 

Discussion .................................................................................. 136

x Conclusion ...........:...................................................................... 148

Addendum: Density-effect of incipient annealing of hard steel.............................. 149

The tempering of steel considered in its bearing on the power of magnetic retention, and on the 

.conditions of magnetic stability of this material............................................... 151

Introduction................................................................................. 151

Ketentiveuess as regards variation of temperature .......................................... 152

Magnetic retentiveness as regards the effects of percussion, etc ............................. 166

Addenduni: Results of H. Wild, of St. Petersburg, with magnets tempered and magnetized 

i by the method proposed in this chapter ................................................... 171

A physical definition of steel based on the electrical behavior of iron with gradually increasing 

degrees of carburation........................... . ............................................. 173

Introduction ................................................................................ 173

Wrought iron................................................................................ 176

-' Steel....................................................:.................................... 177

Cast iron .................................................... ............................... 178

Discussion.................°.................................... ............................. 184

Cofnmercial or impure iron-carburets........................................................ 188

' Final generalization ........................................................................~ 190

., Brief summary of the principal data ............................................................ 194

x Appendix. On the relation between the thermo-electric properties, the specific resistance, and

the hardness of steel (1879) .................................................................... 203

Introductory remarks ..............;...................................... ^................. 203

Apparatus for hardening thin steel wire .................................................... 204

Methods of measuring the hardness of steel electrically..................................... 205

Determination of thermo-electric hardness. Apparatus..................................... 208

Determination of specific resistance......................................................... 210

Experimental results........................................................................ 211

Hardness and thermo-electric properties of steel: deductions and supplementary export- 

\ mouts ..................................................................................... 217

Hardness and specific resistance of steel: deductions........................................ 223

Eemarks on the above considered as auxiliary to the determination of the relation between 

hardness and magnetic moment............................................................ 225

_, 3,200 copies published the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 200 extras ordered by the author. The latter have a leaf of dedication. Price, 

15 cents. See bulletins 27 and 35.

v Bulletins 7-14 form vol. n, as follows:

1 Department of the interior | Bulletins | of tlie | United States | geological survey | Vol. n. | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

'^ Title as above, verso blank; contents of the volume, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations of the volume, pp. v-vi; the eight bulletins, pp. 1-830. 8°. 25 plates and 39 

figures.

^ . Documentary edition of vol. n as follows:

48th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives | Mis. doc. | no. 

41. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | 

^ geological survey | Yol. n. | [Seal of the department of the interior] j 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

(^ Title as above on white paper; then follow contents, illustrations, and remainder

of volume as in the other edition. 

1,900 copies published, being the "usual number" edition. A portion of these

(about 800) were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed

later and bound in sheep, in which form they constitute the greater part of vol. 16 of 

I the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the second session

of the forty-eighth congress."
140 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBULL. 100.

BULLETIN 15.

Cover title: Department of the interior.| Bulletin | of the | TJnited 

States | geological survey | no. 15 j Notes on the Mesozoic and Cenozoic 

paleontology | of California |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin0 | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 15. | [Seal of the department of the interior] 1

Washington | government printing office | 1885 ^

Special title: TJnited States geological survey 1 J. W. Powell director 

| On the | Mesozoic and Cenozoic paleontology | of | California j by | 

Charles A. White m. d. | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 

2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; special 

title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; text, pp. 7-32; index, p. 33, 

verso blank; notice as to numbering and binding, verso of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 15.

Page.

General remarks................................................................................. 7

The Cbico-T6.jon series .......................................................................... 11

The Shasta group................................................................................ 18

Relations of the Sliasta, group to strata beyond the limits of California ...................... 22

^Relations of the fauna of the auriferous slates to that of the Shasta group .................. 24

The geological age of the Ancella-beailng strata of California............................... 26

Certain Cretaceous strata which apparently belong between the Shasta and the Cliico groups. 27

Remarks on certain Oalifornian fossils which have been identified with eastern species ..... 27

On the separation of contemporaneous Cretaceous faunas in western North America........ 30

Conclusion. .............................................................................r .... 31

Index............................................................................................ 33

3,100 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

100 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 16.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 16 | On the higher Devonian faunas of 

Ontario | county, New York. |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 16 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: TJnited States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| On | the higher Devonian faunas | of | Ontario county New York | by 

I John M. Clarke | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso1 of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; letter of transuiittal from Charles D. Walcott,
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 15, 16, AND 17. 141

paleontologist, to the director, p. 5, verso blank; contents .and illustrations, p. 7, 

verso blank; text, pp. 9-76 (43-110 of the volume); index, pp. 77-80; explanations 

of plates, pp. 82, 84, 86 (versos), rectos blank, each explanation facing its plate; 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates 1-111.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 16.

Pago.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................. 5

Introductory remarks ........................................................................... 9

Bibliography of the formations............................................'.................. 9

Petrographic and paleontologic characters of the Genesee heels................................«.. 13

Review of the fossils of the Genesee shales of New York........................................ 17

Petrographic and paleontologic characters of the Naples heds................................... 35

Review of fauna and flora of the Naples heds.................................................... 40

Petrographic and paleontologic characters of the Portage heds.................................. 67

Fauna of Cheraung heds at High point........................................................... 72

3,100 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 100 

ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 17.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey j'no. 17 | On the development of crystallization in the igneous | rocks of Washoe Nevada with notes on | the geology of the district |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 17 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Specialtitle: United States geological survey | J.W.Powell director | 

On the | development of crystallization | in the | igneous rocks of 

Washoe Nevada | with | notes on the geology of the district | by | 

Arnold Hague and Joseph P. Iddings | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, A'erso blank; letter of transmittal 

by Arnold Hague to the director, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-41 (129-161 of the 

volume), verso blank; index, pp. 43-44; notice as to uumberiug and binding, outside 

of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 17.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal.............................................................................. 7

Introductory ...................................................................................... 9

Diabase and augite-andesito ................................................................... 12

Sutro tunnel section........................................................................... 18

Granular diorite............................................................................... 21

Porphyritic diorite and earlier hornhlende-andesite............................................ 22

Mica diorito and later hornhlende-andesite.................................................... 23

Quartz-porphyry, dacite, and rhyolite.......................................................... 20

Younger diabase, black dike, and basalt. ........................................................ 27

Geological and chemical evidence.............................................................. 29

Conclusions.................................................................................... 3!)

Index.............................................................................................. 43

3,200 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

200 extras ordered by the authors. Price, 5 cents.
142 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

BULLETIN 18.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 18 | On marine Eocene fresh water 

Miocene and other | fossil Mollusca of western North America |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 18 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On | marine Eocene fresh water Miocene | and other fossil Mollusca | of | western North America | by | Charles A. White m. d. | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 Tinpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 5; verso blank; 

text,'pp. 7-19 (171-183 of the volume), verso blank; index, p. 21; explanation of 

plate I, p. 22 (facing plate 1); explanation of plate n, p. 24 (facing plate n), recto 

blank; explanation of plate in. p. 26 (facing plate in), recto blank; notice as to 

numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-in; figs. 1-3 and 3a.

3,050 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

50 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.

CONTENTS OF BULLITIN 18.

Page.

The occurrence of Cardita planicosta Lamarck in western Oregon................................. 7

Fossil Mollusca from the John Day group in eastern Oregon ................:..................... 10

TJnionidse ................................................^.................................... 13

Helicidse ...................................................................................... 14

Supplementary notes on the non-marine fossil Mollusca of North America........................ 17

Additions ..................................................................................... 17

Corrections.................................................................................... 18

Index.............................................................................................. 21

BULLETIN 19.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 10 | Notes on the stratigraphy of 

California |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: . Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 19 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell 

director | Notes | on the | stratigraphy of California | by | George F. 

Becker | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover.bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 18, 19, AND 20. 143

blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; text, pp. 7-25 

(197-215 of the volume), verso blank; index, pp. 27-28; notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 19.

Page. 

Introductory ...................................................................................... 7

Matamorphic rocks of the Coast ranges............................................................ 7

Age of the metamorphic rocks of the Coast ranges ................................................ 8

Nonconformity between the Knoxville beds and the Cliico ........................................ 12

Identity of the Mariposa and Knoxville beds...................................................... 18

llelation of the Cascades to the Sierra and the Coast ranges of California. ..*.................,..... 20

Other Mesozoic beds............................................................................... 20

Paleozoic rocks of California ...................................................................... 21

The Coast ranges members of the western cordillera system....................................... 23

Index.............................................................................................. 27

3,150 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

150 extras ordered by the airthor. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 20.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 20 | Contributions to the mineralogy 

of the | Rocky mountains |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 20 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W, Powell 

director | Contributions | to the | mineralogy of the Rocky mountains | by | Whitman Cross and W. F. Hillebrand | [Survey design] j

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last wne blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title us above, verso blank; letter of transmittal by S. F. Emmons, geologist 

iu charge, to the director, p. 5, verso blank; contents and illustrations, pp. 7-9, 

verso blank; introductory remarks, pp. 11-12; text, pp. 13-109 (231-327 of the volume), verso blank; index, pp. 111-113; explanation of plate, p. 114 (facing the 

plate); notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plate I, 

consisting of 21 figures.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 20

Page. 

Introductory remarks ............................................................................. 11

I. Minerals from the basalt of Table mountain, Golden, Colorado, by Whitman Cross and "W.

F. Hillebrand................................................................................ 13

Description of Table mountain ................................................................ 13

Manner of occurrence of the minerals................................................. 14

Order of deposition .................................................................... 15

Zeolites. First group ......................................................................... 15

General.. ............................................................................... 15

Laumontite................................................................................ 1(5

Description............................................................................ 16

Chemical composition ................................................................. 10

Mixed zeolites.............................................................................. 17

General description.................................................................... 17
144 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

I. Minerals from the basalt ol' Table mountain, Golden, Colorado, etc. continued. 

Zeolites continued.

Mixed zeolites continued. I'nge.

Chemical composition.................................................................. 18

Thomsonite spherules..................................................................... 18

Chemical identification ................................................................ 18

Zeolites. Second group ....................................................................... 19

Stilbite. ("Desmin" German.) ........................A................................. 19

General................................................................................ 19

Crystal form and optical properties.................................................... 19

Analysis........... ................................................................. 23

Chabazite.........*............................-.---..-.... -................................ 23

General................................................................................ 23

Chemical composition ................................................................. 24

Thoinsonite................................................................................ 24

Occurrence and general description......'.............................................. 24

Chemical composition ................................................................. 25

Discussion of analyses ................................................................ 26

Kelation to '' mesole".................................................................. 26

Analcite................................................................................... 27

General description. ................................................................... 27

Optical behavior....................................................................... 27

Chemical composition ................................................................. 29

Apophyllite ................................................................................ 29

General description ................................................................... 29

Optical properties ..................................................................... 29

Chemical composition .................................................................. 33

Alteration..............................................'............................... 34

Mesolite................................................................................... 35

General description.................................................................... 35

Chemical composition ................................................................. 35

Natrolite .................................................................................. 36

Description and analysis .............................................................. 36

Scolecite................................................................................... 36

Description and analysis.....................'.........................'................. 36

Levynite ................................................................................... 37

General description ..................................................................... 37

Chemical composition.................................................................. 38

Other minerals ................................--.-..-........-......-....:.................... 38

Bole...-...............----.----.-..-.------------......................................... 38

Description and analysis .............................................................. 38

Calcite............-.-..---................................................................. 39

Occurrence and description............................................................ 39

IT._Minerals from the neighborhood of Pike's peak, by Whitman Cross and W. F. Ui'lebraiul.. 40

General..................................................................................... 40

List of species known ................................................................. 40

Mode of occiirronce ................................................................... 41

Cryolite ................................................................................... 41

Locality...................--......:...............-.......................-........... 41

Occurrence and association............................................................ 41

Purely scientific value of the discovery ............................................... 42

Eecent literature of cryolite and its alteration prolucts............................... 42

General description.................................................................... 43

Twin structure........................................................................ 43

Chemical composition.................................................................. 48

Alteration of cryolite.................................................................. 48

Pachnolite................................................................................. 49

From the thin walls ................................................................... 49

Prom the bluish massive alteration product........................................... 50

Crystallographical determinations..................................................... 50

Chemical investigation................................................................ 52

Other forms of pachnolite ............................................................. 55

Thomseuolite. ............................................................................. 55

Occurrence and description............................................................ 55

Kalstonite................................................................................. 56

Probable identification ................................................................ 66
A .WARMAN.] BULLETINS 20 AND 21. 145

v ' 31. Minerals from the neighborhood of Pike's peak, etc. continued, Page.

Elpasolite, anew mineral.................................................................. 57

s Gearksutite................................................................................. 58

General description.................................................................... 58

Chemical investigation ................................................................. 58

Evigtokite............................................................................. 0.1

Prosopite.................................................................................. 02

Occurrence ............................................................................ 02

- - Crystalline form and physical properties................................................ 03

Chemical investigation ........................................................... .... 63

Zircon ..................................................................................... GO

%> General occurrence ..................................................................... 00

Zircon from the Eureka tunnel ........................................................ 00

Kaolinite .................................................................................. 07

. Phenacite................................................................................. 08

From Crystal park .......................'.......................,..................... 08

Phenacite from near Florissant........................................................ 09

x Topaz ..................................................................................... 70

Crystal park............................................................................ 70

/ " Plovisnant............................................................................. 71.

Topaz from Devil's head mountain........... .......................................... 72

Append ix...................................................................................... 73

Notes upon the occurrence of topaz at Devil's head mountain, by AV. B. Smith..,..,.... 73

Topaz.................................................................................. 73

^ - Microcline............................................................................. 74

Cassifcerito............................................................................. 74

Fluorite ................................................................................ 74

HI. On the lustre exhibited by sanielino in certain rhyolites, by Whitman Cross............... 75

Sanidine in rhyolite from Chalk mountain............................................. 75

Sanidiuo in rhyolite from Ragged mountain ........................................... 77

Previous description of lustre in feldspar.............................................. 78

\ Lustre upon other sanidines...........'................................................ 80

Conclusion....................:........-................-..........-................... 60

IV. An unusual occurrence of topaz, by Whitman Cross....................................... fit

V. Associated rare minerals from Utah, by AV". F. Hillebrand................................. 83

.,7 Olivenite .............................................................................. 83

Couichalcito........................................................................... 84

Chenovixite............................................................................ 85

A hydrous cnpri calcium arseniato .................................................... 86

Jarosite................................................................................ 80

The massive ore ....................................................................... 80

VI. Miscellaneous mineral notes, by W. F. Hillebrand......................................... 89

Lollingite.............................................................................. 89

Occurrence......................................................................... 89

\ Description......;............................... T ................. 1............... 89

Chemical composition.............................................................. 92

Zinckenite............................................................................. 93

Cosalite................................................................................ 05

Hubnerite............................................................................. 9G

Bindheimifce .."..,........,................./.......................-..-..........,..... 97

Kaolinite.............................................................................. 93

Chemical composition.............................................................. 99

A chromit'erous pseudomorph ......................................................... 99

^ Native lead...... ..,,.. 9 .............................................................. 99

. YJI. New mineral species from Colorado, by W. F. Hillebrand.................................. ] 00

I . Zunyite.................................................................................. 100

Guitermanito..............................!........................................... 105

A probably new mineral. .....................................................t........ 107

3j200 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to thfjse bulletiuSj and

200 extras ordered by the authors. Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 21.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of-the | United 

- gtates | geological survey | no, 21 | The lignites of the great Sioux res- 

.Bull
146 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

ervation a | report on the region between the Grand | and Morean 

rivers Dakota |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 21 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington j government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| The lignites | of the | great Sioux reservation | a report on the region 

between the Grand | and Moreau rivers Dakota | by | Bailey Willis | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 5, verso blank; contents 

and illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-14 (341-346 of the volume); index, 

pp. 15-16. 8°. Plates i-v (in being double and iv and v folded maps).

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 22.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 22 | On new Cretaceous fossils from 

California |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 22 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | On | new Cretaceous fossils | from | California | by | Charles 

A. White m. d. | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 5, verso blank; 

text pp. 7-14 (355-362 of the volume); plate explanations, pp. 14 [6is], 16,18,20,22, 

(versos), rectos blank, each explanation facing its plate; index, p. 25, verso blank; 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of baclv^over. 8°. Plates i-v.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 22.

Pago. 

General remarks.................................................................................. 7

Cbatnidse.................................................'.................................... 9

TrochidfB..................................................................................... 12

Neritidw ..................................................................................... .12

Ce^ithiidae.................................................................................... 13

Soliriidae...................................................................................... 14

Index ...................................................................................*........ 15

3,050 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, and 

50 extras ordered by the author. Price, 5 cents.
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 22 AND 23. 147

BULLETIN 23.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 23 | Observations on the junction 

between the Eastern | sandstone and the Keweenaw series on | Keweenaw point, | lake Superior |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 23 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| Observations | on the | junction between the Eastern sandstone | and 

the | Keweenaw series | on | Keweenaw point, lake Superior | by | 

R. D. Irving and T. C. Chamberlin | [Survey design] | ,

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 

7-8; letter of transmittal by Irviug to the director, p. 9, verso blank; text,pp. 11-119 

(385-493 of the volume), verso blank; index pp. 121-124; title for vol. in (see below), 

verso blank; contents for vol. in, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations for vol. in, pp. 

v-vii; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Platea 

i-xvn; figs. 1-26.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 23.

PART I. LOCAL DESCRIPTIONS.

Page.

Introductory ....................................................................................... 11

Bfltogrisebay ..................................................................................... 12

Wall ravine ....................................................................................... 2,'l

Saint Louis ravine................................................................................. 27

Douglass Hough ton ravine ......................................................................... ,'jO

Torch lake quarry................................................................................. 49

Hungarian ravine ................................................................................. 51

The contaot at other points........................................................................ 08,

PART II. DISCUSSION OF VIEWS; CONCLUSIONS.

The Jackson view ................................................................................. 71

The Foster and Whitnoy A'iow .................................................:.................. 73

The Agassiz view ................................................................................. 80

The Bominger view ............................................................................... 88

The Credner view.................................................................................. 91

Conclusions of the authors ........................................................................ 98

Index.......... I................... ^.............................................................. 121

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

Price, 15 cents. 

Bulletins 15-23 form vol. in, as folloAVS:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | geq-. 

logical survey | Vol. in | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington j government printing office | 1885

Title as^ibove, verso blank; contents of the volume, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations of the volume, pp, Y-Yii; verso b}a»k; the nine bulletins, pp. 1-498. 8°. 34 

plates and .34 figures,
148 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100. 

 Documentary edition of vol. in as follows:

49th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 33. | Department of the interior j Bulletins | of the | United States 

| geological survey | Vol. in | [Sealof the departmentof the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Title as above on white paper, verso blank; contents, illustrations, and remainder 

of collation as in the other edition.

1,900 copies published, being the "usual number" edition. A portion of the edition (about 800 copies) were delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder 

were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they constitute a portion of 

vol. 1 ol the "Miscellaneous documents of the hpuse of representatives for the first 

session of the forty-ninth congress."

BULLETIN 24.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 24 | List of marine Mollusca comprising 

the Quaternary | fossils and recent forms from American local- | ities 

between cape Hatteras and cape | Rogue including the Bermudas |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 24 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director 

| List | of | marine Mollusca | comprising the | Quaternary fossils and 

recent forms | from | American localities between cape Hatteras and 

cape Roque | including the Bermudas | by | William Healey Dall | 

[Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office 11885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. "5-6", verso blank; introductory) 

pp. 7-8; bibliography, pp. 9-17; abbreviations for localities, p. 18; list of marine 

Mollusca, pp. 19-336; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 25 cents. * .

BULLETIN 25.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 25 | The present technical condition of 

the steel | industry of the United States |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 25 | [Seal of the department of the , interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1885
BULLETINS 24, 25, AND 26. 149

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | The present technical condition | of the | steel industry | of the | 

United States | by | Phineas Barnes | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the surrey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. [5], verso blank; letter of transmittal by Albert Williams, jr., geologist in charge, to the director, p. 7, verso blank; 

text, pp. {9]-82 (345-418 of the volume); index, pp. 83-85; notice as to numbering 

and binding, verso of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OP BULLETIN 25.

Page.

Letter of transmittal .............................................................................. 7

Introductory...................................................................................... 9

Kaw material...................................................................................... 11

Carbon......................................................................................... 12

Silicon...................................... v ................................................. 13

Manganese.................................................................................... 13

Sulphur ........................................................................................ 13

Phosphorus.................................................................................... 14

Rare metals in combination.................................................................... 14

Processes.......................................................................................... 14

Crucible process............................................................................... 15

Bessemer process.............................................................................. 17

Open-hearth process. .......................................................................... 18

Furnaces.......................................................................................... 20

ruels.............................................................................................. 34

Eefiactories....................................................................................... 38

Converting methods ............................................................................... 39

Basic process...................................................................................... 41

Apparatus. ......................................................................................... 45

Steam machinery.................................................................................. 40

Hydraulic machinery.............................................................................. 49

Finishing machinery .............................................................................. 51

Steel castings...................................................................................... 65

Steel plates ........................................................................................ 70

General methods and requirements iu testing ..................................................... 72

Recent applications of steel..........^............................................:................ 78

Index.......................... v .................................................................. 83

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 26.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 26 | Copper smelting | 

Washington | government printing office | '1885

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no..26 | [Seal of the department of the interior] | ,

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Copper smelting | by | Henry M. Ho we | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank;
150 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [umx.ioo.

special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, verso blank; letter of transmittal by Albert Williams, jr., geologist in charge, to the director, p. 9, verso blank; 

text, pp. 11-104(433-526 of the volume); index, pp. 105-107; notice as to numbering 

and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 26.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal........................................................ J................... 9

Introduction..................................................................................... 11

I.

lieverberatory method for sulphureted ores .......................... .......................... 15

1. Ore roasting .............................................................................. 16

Eoasting in heaps or piles............................................................... 16

Boasting in stalls........................................................................ 18

Kiln roasting............................................................................ 18

 Furnaces for fine ore ...'..........'.......................................................

Hasenclever and Helbig's............................................................

Gerstenhcifer's.......................................................................

Maletra's.......-..................................................-.....'............

Spence's .............................................................................

Revolving cylinders.................................................................

The Stetefeldt furnace...............................................................

Reverberatory furnaces.............................................................. 21

Open reverberatories ............................................................ 21

Muffles .......................................................................... 24

Mechanical reverberatories ..................................................... 24

Objects of the roasting .................................................................. 25

a. Oxidation of the iron, and incidentally of the sulphur....!....................... 25

b. The expulsion of arsenic and antimony........................................... 25

Pile and stall roasting........................................................... 26 /

Eoasting in reverbcratories............... ...................................... 26

Comparison of heap and reverberatory roasting.................................. 28

2. Smelting the roasted ore in reverberatories ............................................... 28

Furnace construction......................:............................................. 28

Fire box............................................................................ 28

Fire bridge ........................... 1.............................................. 29

Binding.............................................................................. 30

Erection of binding.................................................................. 32

The masonry ........................................................................ 32

The bottom or hearth.............................................................'... 33

Size and shape of hearth ............................1 ................................ 34

' Chimneys................................................................................ 35

Draft................................................................................ 35

Separate chimneys. -.:............................................................... 35

Central chimneys.................................................................... 36

Shape................................................................................. 37

Stability............................................................................. 38

Iron vs. brick chimneys ................... I......................................... 38

Linings.............................................................................. 38

Batter ............................................................................... 38

Gas furnaces ............................................................................ 39

Smelting operation ....................................................................... 44 ,

The matte ............................................................................... 47

The slag..............................................:........ .......................... 47

In general........................................................................... 47 ,4

Classification .\...................................................................... 50

Fusibility, simple silicates.......................................................... 50

Multiple silicates .-...............................--..--........-............------ 50

Specific gravity...................................................................... 52

Corrosivenoss........................................................................ 52

Liquidity...... ........................................................................ 52

Scorification....... I.......:................................... - ..................... 52

Chemical reactions ...................................................................... ' 53

In general ..............-..........................-.............-.-.----..-.-..-- - 53

Arsenic and antimony............................................................... 54
* WAUMAN.] BULLETIN 26. 151

\ Roverberatory method for sulphureted ores continued. Page.

3. Roasting the first matte (coarse metal; ................................................... 54

The aim ................................................................................. 54

The operation............................................................................ 56

4. Smelting roasted coarse metal for white metal............................................ 58

The aim ................................................................................. 58

The operation............................................................................ 60

Chemical reactions ...................................................................... 61

4 a. Smelting roasted coarse metal for blue metal............................................ 62

The furnaces ............................................................................ 62

The operation ........................................................................... 63

~" 4 b. Boasting-smelting the raw blue metal for regulo and buttoins........................... 63

The aim................................................................................. 63

. The operation ........................................................................... 63

Chemical reactions ...................................................................... 64

5. Roasting-smeltiug the raw white metal and regulo for blistered copper .................. 66

Tli6 aim.................................................................................. 66

The operation ...................................................................... .... 66

Classification of ores and slags .............................................................. 70

/ Ores ..................................................................................... 70

Slags.................................................................................... 72

n.

, Reverberatory method for oxidized ores and native copper ................................ ..... 73

' Reducing-smelting with carbon .............................................................. 73

Smelting without carbon .................................................................... 74

Comparison of the two methods.............................................................. 74

III.

, Shaft furnace process for sulphureted ores ...................................................... 74

^ General plan.................................................................................. 74

1. Ore roasting .............................................................................. 76

2. Ore smelting.............................................................................. 76

In general............................................................................... 76

-p* The deoxidizing effect................................................................... 80

The average temperature of the ore ................................................. 80

The proportion of fuel to burden .................................................... 80

The porosity of the fuel.............................................................. 80

The porosity of the ore .............................................................. 80

The intimacy of mixture............................................................. 80

The basicity of tbo mixture.......................................................... 80

The inf'usibility of the mixture...................................................... 80

The preponderance of iron oxide..................................................... 80

* Height w. width.'.................................................................... 81

Sulphides............................................................................ 82

Arsenic and antimony. ................................................................... 82

Volume of furnace ....................................................................... 83

Raschotte furnaces....................................................................... 85

Disposition of crucible................................................................... 86

Internal crucibles.................................................................... 86

Crucibles, partly internal, partly external... ^....................................... 87

External crucibles ................................................................... 87

 ^ "Water-jacketed vs. brick walls........'................................................... 88

Cast vs. wrought-iron jackets............................................................ 90

{ Blast, tuyeres, etc......................'.......,......................................... 91

Hot blast................................................................................ 92

Products................................................................................. 92

Matte................................................................................. 92

Slag ................................................................................. 93

Details of working....................................................................... 94

Mechanical charging................................................................. 94

"^ Changing tuyeres.................................................................... 95

Filter charging ...................................................................... 95

Fine ore.............................................................................. 95

3. Roasting the first matte................................................................... 90
152 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Shaft furnace process for sulphureted ores continued. . Page. 

4. Smelting the roasted first matte........................................................... '.1C

Products................................................................................. 91

Black copper......................................................................... 98

Matte................................................................................ 98

Slags .................;...........................................,.................. 98

IV. 

Shaft furnace process for oxidized ores and native copper........................................ 99

V.

Comparison of the reverberatory and shaft furnace methods..................................... 99

Composition of charge................°....................................................... 9'J

Labor and fuel............................................................................... C9

Arsenic and antimony ....'..............................................................-.... 100

Technical skill............................................................................... 101

The first cost of construction................................................................ 101

Repairs ...................................................................................... 101

The loss of copper ........................................................................... 101

Fines.. ...............................................:...................................... 101

Salamanders ....................................... ..... ...................................... 101

Rapidity..................................................................................... 101

Size of establishment. ..................................................................-*.... 102

Bringing forward........ <. .4................................................................. 102

VI. 

Resume.......... ................................................................................ 102

ADDENDUM.

Matte roasting in reverberatory furnaces at the Oxford copper and sulphur -\vorks............... 10

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 27.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 27 | Work done in the division of chemistry and physics | mainly during the fiscal year 1884-'85 |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin j of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 27 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director 

| Report of work done | in the | division of chemistry and physics | 

mainly during the | fiscal year 1884-'85 | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; preface by F. W. 

Clarke, chief chemist, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-76 (539-606 of the volume); index, pp. 77-80; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 27.

Page. 

Preface..........................\................................................................ 7

Topaz from Stonehara, Me.; by F. W. Clarice ...................................................." 9

On the separation of titanium and aluminum, with a note on the separation of titanium and

iron; by F. A. Gooch........................;..................... .......................... 1C
WABMAN.] BULLETINS 27 AND 28. 153

Pago.

A method, of filtration by means of easily soluble and easily volatile filters; by !F. A. Gooch.... 27 

The relation between electrical resistance and density, when varying with the temper of steel;

by C. Barusand V. Strouhal................................................................. 30

The relation between time of exposure, temper-value, and color in oxide films on steel; by C.

Barus and V. Strouhal. (See bulletins 14 and 35)............................................ 01

MISCELLANEOUS ANALYSES.

Minerals from Washington, D. C................................................................. 62

Payalite from the Yellowstone park............................................................. 63

Serpentine from ISTowburyport, Mass....................-....'................................... 63

Kaolin from Aiken, S. C......................................................................... Oil

Hornblende anclesite from Bogusloff island, Alaska ............................................. 03

Eruptive rocks from New Mexico............................................................... 04

Daoito from Washoe, Ifev........................................................................ 05

Rhyolite from Washoe, Nev ..................................................................... CO

Blue Ohio sandstone............................................................................. CO

Sandstone from Stony point, Midi ....... '. ...................................................... 00

Clays from Henry county, Illinois............................................................... (16

Residuary clays from "Wisconsin ................................................................ C7

Maritime soils from Massachusetts........................*..................................... 68

Oolitic sand from Grent salt lake................................................................ CO

Two incrustations from Nevada................................................................. C9

Marl from Wa Keeuey, Kaiis.................................................................... 71

Incrustation from a gas-well, Armstrong county, Pennsylvania................................. 71

Two porcelain clays from China................................................................. 71

Ancient Mexican cement ........................................................................ 72

Brown iron ore from Timonium, Md............................................................. 72

Brown iron ore from Randolph county, "West Virginia........................................... 73

Coal from Randolph county, West Virginia ..................................................... 72

Coal and limestone from Randolph county, West Virginia ...................................... 74

Lignite from Turtle mountains, Dakota......................................................... 74

Coal from Arizona................................................................................ 74

Water from Matthews' warm springs, Montana ................................................. 75

Water from White sulphur springs, Montana ................................................... 75

Water from near Santa F6, N. Mex.............................................................. 75

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletiDS. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 28.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 28 | The gabbros and associated hornblende rocks | occurring in the neighborhood | of Baltimore, Md. |

Washington J government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 28 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The gabbros | and | associated hornblende rocks | occurring in the' 

| neighborhood of Baltimore, Md. | by | George Huntiugton Williams,, 

ph. d. | associate professor in the Johns Hopkius university. | [Surveys 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the sur*- 

vey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank: general title as above, verso blank ;. 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, pp..
154 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

7-8; text, pp. 9-59 (619-669 of the volume); explanation of plate i, p. 60 (plate i 

facing); explanation of platen, p. 64, of plate m, p. 68, of plate iv, p. 72, recto of 

each blank, each explanation facing its plate; index, pp. 75-78; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-iv, the last one being a geological map. ' .

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 28.

Page. 

Introduction .................................................................................... 9

Summary........................................................................................ 11

The limits of tlie gabbro area near Baltimore and the general character of the rocks composing it. 13 

Petrographical description of the hypersthene-gabbro .......................................... 18

Petrographical description of the gabbro-diorite................................................. 27

Genetic relations of the hypersthene-gabbro and the gabbro-diorite............................. 34

1. Geological relations of the gabbro and diorite to each other and to the surrounding rocks. 34

2. Chemical relations of the gabbro and diorite ............................................ 37

3. Microscopical relations of the gabbro and diorite......................................... 40

4. General conclusions....................................................................... 45

The olivine-bronuite-gabbro, peridotites, and associated serpentines and amphibole rocks of the 

Baltimore rogio'n ..........................................^....................,,.:.....I..... 50

Index ..^.........................................................................................^ 75

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 29.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 29 | On the fresh-water invertebrates 

of the | North American Jurassic f

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 29 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | On the | fresh-water invertebrates | of the | North American 

Jurassic | by | Charles A. White, m. d. | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, 

verso blank; text, pp. 9-24 (697-712 of the volume); plate explanations, pp. 26, 30, 

34, 38 (versos), rectos blank, each explanation facing its plate; index, p. 41, verso 

blank; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-iv.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 29.

Page. 

General remarks.........................................................................._...... 9

Description aud citation of species................................................................. 14

Mollusca........................................................................................... 15

Crustacea.......................................................................................... 2'J

-Index.............................................................................................. 41

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 29 AND 30. 155

BULLETIN 30.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 30 | Second contribution to the studies 

of the Cambrian | faunas of North America |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

.States | geological survey | no. 30 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886 *

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | Second contribution | to the | studies of the Cambrian 

faunas | of | North America | by | Charles Doolittle Walcott | [Survey 

design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of.last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents and. note, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 1, verso blank; text, pp. 11-225 (737-951 of the volume); explanation of 

plate i, p. 22G (facing plate i); explanations of the remaining plates, pp. 230, 234, 

238, and every fourth page thereafter to and including 354 (versos), rectos blank, 

each explanation facing its plate; index, pp. 357-369, verso blank; title for 

vol. iv, verso blank; contents for vol. iv, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations for vol. 

IV, pp. v-vii, verso blank; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back 

cover. 8°. Plates i-xxxm; figs. 1-10.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 30.

Pago.

Letter of transmiltal............................................................................ 7

lutroductory observations ...................................................................... 11

* Keview of the strata and faunas referred to the middle Cambrian or Georgia horizon....... 12

Summary of the Cambrian fannas of North America......................................... 59

On the use of the name Tacouic............................................................. 65

Acknowledgments .......................................................................... 71

Description of the middle Cambrian fauna...................................................... 72

Fucoidal remains, trails of annelids, etc..................................................... .72

Spon giro..................................................................................... 72

Echinodermata............................................................................... 94

Brachiopoda................................................................................. 95

Lamellibranchiata........................................................................... 123

Gasteropoda................................................................................. 125

Pteropoda ...................................................... ...................".......... 131

Pcecilopoda................... .............................................................. 149

Description of a pteropod from the upper Cambrian or Potsdam horizon ........................ 223

Index............................................................................................ 357

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 25 cents. 

Bulletins 24-30 form vol. iv, as follows:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | 

'geological survey | Vol. iv | [Seal of the department of the interior] j 

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Title as above, verso blank; contents, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations, pp. v-vii, 

verso blank; the seven bulletins, pp. 1-1095. 8°. 41 plates and 14 figures. 

Documentary edition of vol. iv as follows:
156 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

49th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 163. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | Vol. iv | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing-office | 1887

Title as above, verso blank; contents, illustrations, and remainder of collation as 

in the other edition.

1,734 copies, the "usual number," about 600 of which were 'delivered unbound;. 

the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which form they constitute 

a portion of volume 8 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the second session of the forty-ninth congress."

BULLETIN 31.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 31 | Systematic review of our present 

knowledge of fossil | insects, including myriapods and arachnids |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 31 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington. | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Systematic review | of our | present knowledge of fossil insects | including | myriapods and arachnids | by | Samuel Hubbard 

Scudder | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blanff; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; letter of trausmittal, p. 7, 

verso blank; text, pp. 9-113, verso blank; index of names, pp. 115-128; notice as 

to numbering and binding, outside of back cover; 8°. . See bulletin no. 71.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 31.

Page.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ 7

Myriapoda............................'.......................................................... 9

Bibliography................................................................................ 9

Characteristics and phylogeuy............................................................... 9

Table showing geological distribution....................................................... 13

1. Order- Protosyngnatba Scudder ........................................................... 13

2. Order Chilopoda Latreille................................................................. 14

3. Order Archipolypoda Scudder ............................................................. 15

4. Order Diplopoda Gervais.................................................................. 17

Arachnida....................................................................................... 19

Bibliography ................................................................................ 19

Characteristics and geological history ....................................................... 19

Tflble showing geological distribution....................................................... 22

1. Order Acari Leach........................................................................ 22

2. Order Cheloncthi Thorell ............................................. ................... 23

3. Order Aiithracomarti Karsch ............................................................. 23

4. Order Pedipalpi Latreille................................................................... 25

6. Order Scorpionea Thorell. ................................................................. 26

6. Order Opiliones Suudevall................................................................ 29

7. Order Araneae SundevaU................................................................... 29'
WAUMAN.] BULLETINS 31 AND 32. 157

rage.

Insecta.......................................................................................... 32

Bibliography ................................................................................ 32

Characteristics and development............................................................ 34

A. Pnlfeodictyoplera 0 oldenbcrg............................................................ 30

Bibliography ............................................................................ 30

1. Section Orthopteroidea Scudder....................................................... 38

2. SectionNeuropteroidoa Scudder...................................................... 41

3. Section .Hemipteroidea Scudder....................................................... 4.5

4. Section Coleopteroidea Scuddor ....................................................... 45

B. Hoterometabola Packard ................................................................. 40

1. Order Orthoptera Olivier.............................................................. 46

Bibliography ........................................................................ 40

2. Order Neuroptera Linn6 ................................................a............. 51.

Bibliography ..................................................................:..... r>l.

3. Order Hemiptora Liime............................................................... 58

Bibliography .............................. ^...................................'..... 58

4. Order ColeopteraJLiime............................................................... 05

 Bibliography ........................................................................ 05

C. Metabola Packard........................................................................ 85

5. Order Diptera Linne.................................................................. 85

Bibliography ........................................................................ 85

6. Order Lepidoptera Linn6 ............................................................. 94.

Bibliography ........................................................................ 94

7. Order H'ymenoptera Linn6............................................................ 90

Bibliography........................................................................ 90

History and distribution of fossil insects. ........................................................ 102

Tables showing the geological distribution of insects ....................................... 110

Table of comparative distribution of extinct and existing orders............................ Ill

Comparative histories of Myriapoda, Arachnida, and Hexapoda ............................ Ill

Table indicating the chronological range of presumed ancestral and extinct stocks.......... 113

Index......1..................................................................................... 115

3,000 copies published, the numbei required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 32.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 32 | Mineral springs of the United 

States I

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 32 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Lists and analyses | of the | mineral springs | of the | United 

States | (a preliminary study) | by | Albert 0. Peale, m. d. | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Pnper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as aboAre, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-8; text, pp. 9-220 (137-348 of the 

volume); index, pp. 221-235, verso blank; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

Arranged geographically by states, and under each sta,te alphabetically by names 

of springs,
158 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, [BULL. 100.

3,650 copies published 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 150 

extras ordered by the author, and 500 extras ordered by the department for gratuitous distribution. Price, 20 cents.

BULLETIN 33.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 33 | Notes on the geology of northern 

California j

Washington | government printing office | 1SSG

General title: .Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States 'I geological survey | no. 33 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | w

AVashington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Notes | on the | geology | of | northern California | by | J. S. 

Diller j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; letter of transmittal 

by C. E. Dutton to the director, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-21 (373-385 of the 

volume), verso blank; index, p. [23], verso blank; notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 33.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal............................................................................. 7

Introductory .................................................................................... 9

General topographic divisions of northern Californ ia and Oregon................................ 9

Character and distribution of the Carboniferous limestone..................................... . JO

Structure of the Sierra novada range............................................................ 12

Age of the faulting of the Sierra nevada range................................................... ]5

Age of the auriferous slates..................................................................... ] c

General distribution of the inetamorphic, volcanic, and Cretaceous rocks........................ 18

Relation of the Sierra, Coast, and Cascade ranges................................................ ] 9

Conclusions ...................................................................................... 21

Index.............. ........................................................................... 2J

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents. 

BULLETIN 34.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 34. | On the relation of the Laramie 

Molluscan fauna | to that of the succeeding fresh-water | Eocene and 

other groups |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 34 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | On the relation | of .the | Laramie Molluscaii fauna | to that of
WAHMAW.] BULLETINS 33, 34, AND 35. ' 159

the | succeeding fresh-water Eocene | and other groups | by | Charles 

A. White, m. d. | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1886

a Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso 

blank-; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, 

p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-32 (397-420 of the volume); half-title "Plate I," p. 33; 

explanation of plate i, p. 34 (the plate facing); half-title " Plate ir," p. 37; explanation of plate it, p. 38 (the plate facing); hall-title "Plate m," p. 41; explanation of 

plate in, p. 42 (the plate facing); half-title "Plate iv," p. 45; explanation of plate 

iv, p.46 (the plate facing); half-title'"Plate v," p. 49; explanation of plate v, p. 

50 (the plate facing); index, pp. 53-54; notice as to numbering and binding, outside 

of back cover. 8°. Plates i-v.

CONTENTS OP BULLETIN 34.

Page.

General remarks................................................................................. 9

Description of species ........................................................................... 20

Mollusca. .................^...................................................................... 20

TJnionidfo.................................................................................... 20

Cyrenidas.................................................................................... 21

Limnajidro .................................................................................... 22

Physidre..................................................................................... 24

Ancylidte.................................................................................... 26

Holicidre..................................................................................... 2fi

Pupida?...................................................................................... 27

Ceripliasiidse ................................................................................ 28

Rissoidai..................................................................................... 30

Viviparidse.................................................................................. 31

Crustacea........................................................................................ 32

Cypridaa ..................................................................................... 32

Index............................................................................................ 53

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 35.

Cover 'title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 35 | Physical properties of the ironcarburets |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 35 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director 

| Physical properties | of | the iron-carburets | third paper | (preceding papers on the iron-carburets in bulletins 14 and 27) | by | Carl 

Barus and Vincent Strouhal | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, 

verso blank; letter of transinittal, p. 9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-60 (453-502 of 

the volume); index, pp. 61-62} notice as to numbering and binding, verso of back 

cover, 8°, Figures 1-10.
1GO PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BUJA.IOO.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 35.

Page.

Letter of transmit tnl ......:..............,........................................................ 10

The internal structure of tempered steel .......................................................... 11

Introduction................................................................................... 11

Apparatus...................................................................................... "12

Experimental results .......................................................................... 16

Discussion.. .................................................................................... 31

Coiicli ision..................................................................................... 50

The color efl'ect produced by slow oxidation of iron-carburets..................................... 51

Data for high temperature..................................................................... 52

Data for low temperature...................................................................... 55

Index.............................................................................................. 61

3,000 copies published, tlie number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents. '

BULLETIN 36.

Cover title: Department of tlie interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 36 | Subsidence of fine solid particles 

in liquids |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United, 

States | geological survey | no. 36 | [Seal of the department of the interior] | . Washington | government printing office | 1886

Special title: United State's geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Subsidence | of | fine solid particles in liquids | by | Carl Barus 

| [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, 

verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-51 (515-555 of the 

volume), verso blank; index, pp. 53-54; title for vol. v, verso blank; contents for 

vol. v, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations for vol. v, p. v, verso blank; notice as to 

numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Figures 1-4. See bulletin 60.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 36.

Tage.

General relations of the phenomenon of subsidence.............................................. 11

Introductory ..................................4.............................................. 11

General inferences........................................................................... 13

Analogies......................................................^.........^............^,. 13

The physical variables................................................................'... ] 4

Stratification ................................................................................ 15

Analogies................................................................................ 15

Descriptive equation...................................................."................. 16

Effect of density of mixture............................................................. 19

Shsirp demarkation ......................................................................... 20

Temperature....................................,...........................................'. 20

Chemical effect .......................................................................... 20

Physical effect........................................................................... 21

Precipitants ................................................................................. 24

Chemical effect.......................................................................... 24

Physical effect............,..............................!............................... 24

Experimental results .. ................................................................. 26

Pjscussion..,......,...........,...,.........................,..... .. ,. , ,,. ,,,,,,,. 33
WAMIAN.] BULLETINS 36 AND 37. 1G1

General relations of tho phenomenon of subsidence continued, Pago,

Mechanical relations..................................................................... 33

Electrical relations ...................................................................... 35

Particles of larger dimensions........................................................... 36

Subsidence and viscosity ................................................................ 38

Conclusion.................................................................................. 39

The dependence of rate of subsidence on order of surface, concentration, and turbidity ........ 41

Experimental results........................................................................ 41

Introduct ory ............................................................................. 41

Data...............................................................:..................... 42

Deductions .................................................................................. 48

Surfaces of dill'orent orders.............................................................. 43

Concentration............................................................................ 49

Turbidity................................................................................ 50

Sedimentation battery................................................................... 50

3,000 copies published, tlie number required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

Price, 10 cents. 

Bulletins 31-36 form vol. v, as follows:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | geological survey | Vol. v | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Title as above, verso blank; contents, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations, p. v, verso 

ilank; the six bulletins, pp. 1-558. 8°. 5 plates and 14 figures. 

 Documentary edition of vol. v as follows-:

49th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 164. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States 

| geological survey | Vol. v | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Title as above, verso blank; contents, illustrations, etc., as in the other editiou.

1,734 copies published, the "usual number," about 600 of which were delivered 

unbound; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as a portion of vol. 

8 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the House of representatives for the second 

session of the forty-ninth Congress."

BULLETIN 37.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 37 | Types of the Laramte flora | 

Washington | government printing office-1 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 37 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director 

I Types | of the | Laramie flora | by | Lester F. Ward | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, vorso 

blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; illustrations, pp.7-8; 

text, pp. 9-115, verso blank; half-title, "Plates," p. 117, verso blank; (plates I-LVII, 

all folded;) index, pp. 347-354; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back 

cover. 8°. Plates I-LVII. The hiatus of 228 pages in the pagination (from 119 to

Bull, 100 II
.162 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S.. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

346 inclusive) was evidently an allowance by the printer for 57 leaves of plates and 

57 accompanying leaves of plate explanations, but the plates were not provided 

with explanations on separate leaves.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 37.

Page.

Explanatory remarks............................................................................ 0

Description of the species ....................................................................... 13

CRYPTOGAMS.

Algfe ............................................................................................ 13

Pucus ....................................................................................... 33

Spiraxis ..................................................................................... 14

PHANEROGAMS.

Gymnosperms....................... ............................................................ 14

Coniferre..................................................................................... 14

Ginkgo.................................................................................. 14

Sequoia.................................................................................. 16

Angiosperms......................_.............................................................. 16

' Monocotyledons ............................................................................. 16

Graminese............................................................................... 16

Phragmites....................:..i.................................................. 16

Lemnaceie ...............................................*................................ 17

Lemna............................................................................... 17

Typhaceie ................................................................................. \ 7

Sparganium ...........................'.......................................-.....- 17

Dicotyledons ................................................................................ 18

Apetcolaj .... t .............................................................................. ] 3

Salicinese ............................................................................ 18

Populus .......................................................................... 18

Cnpnliferee .............................................-...;........................ 24

Quercus ......................................................................... 24

Dryopliyllam.................................................................... 26

Corylus.......................................................................... 28

Almis ........................................................................... 30

Betula............................................................................ 31

Myricacese........................................................................... 32

Myrica........................................................................... 32

Juglanclacese......................................................................... 33

Juglans.......................................................................... 33

Carya............................................................................ 34

Platanacete.......................................................................... 34

Platanus ........................................................................ 34

UrticaeeEB ........................................................................... 37

Ficus............................................................................ 37

TJlmus........................................................................... 44

Laurineas............................................................................ 4(i

Laurus .......................................................................... 4C

Litsaea. ........................................................................... 48

Cinnamomum....................................'................................ 49

Daphnogene.. 1... ................................................................ 51

Monimiacere......................................................................... 51

Mommiopsis..................................................................... 51

Polypetalfe.............................................................................. 52

Cornacese..................... ....................................................... 52

Nyssa ........................................................................... 52

Cornu's.........................-...........--.........................'--......... -54

Araliaceae ........................................................;.................. 56

Hedera.......................................................:..........'........ 56

Aralia........................................................................... 59

Onagrarieae.......................................................................... 63

Trapa............................................................................ 63

HamanielideiB ....................................................................... 61
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 37 AND 38. . 163

Angiosporms continued. Pago.

Hamamelites .................................................................... 64

Leguminosai........... . ............................................................. 65

. Lcgumiuositcs................................................................... 05

Sapiudacea)................ .*..................................... ..................... 65

Acer............................................................................. 65

Sapindus ........................................................................ CO

AmpelidefB.......................................................................... 6!)

Vitis............................................................................. 6!)

KhamuejB............................................................................ 72

Berclieuiia...................................................... ................ 72

Zizyphits ...'....................................,................................ 73

PaliuruS .......................:1................................................ 75

Colastriuea) -......................................................................... 77

Celastrus......................................................................... 77

Euonymns....................................................................... 82

Elajodendroii .'............................"....................... i............... 83

Tiliacem............................................................................. 85

Grewia.......................................................................... 85

G rewiopsis ..........................- .......-.... .. .- - - 88

Sterculiacoiu.......................................................................... 93

Pt/ef ospormitos.....'..-...........-.............................................. 93

Crodiiei'iaoe.'O......................................................................... 96

Crodueria........................................................................ 96

Menispevmaoeaj..................................................................... 100

Cocculus......................................................................... 100

MngnoliacefB ........................................................................ 102

Liriodondron .................................................................... 102

Magnolia........................................................................ 103

G amopctalic............................................ ................................ 104

Ebenace;o............................................................................ 104

Diospyros ....................................................................... J.04

Caprifoliacea)........................................................................ 106

Viburiium........................................................................ 106

Index.................................................'........................................... 347

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 25 cents.

BULLETIN 38.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 38 | Peridotite of Elliott county, Kentucky |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 38 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Peridotite | of | Elliott county, Kentucky | by | J. S. Diller | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of tho publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, 

verso blank; text, pp. 9-29 (363-383 of the volume), verso blank; index, p. 31, verso 

blank; notice as to numbering and binding, verso of back cover. 8°. Plate i; 

tigs. 1-8.
164 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUliVEY. [BULL. 100.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 38.

Tage.

Introduction......................~............................................................... 9

Distribution''and mode of occurrence ............................................................ 9

Mineralogical composition and structure ........................................................ 10

Eolations and origin of the peridotite... i ........................................................ 20

Chemical composition............................................................................ 24

Loose fragments of feldspathic rocks found with the peridotite.................................. 25

Age of the peridotite ............................................................................ 28

Summary......................................................................................... 29

Index............................................................................................. 31

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 39.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 39 | The upper beaches and deltas of 

the | glacial lake Agassiz |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 39 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | upper beaches and deltas | of the | glacial lake Agassiz | by 

| Warren Upham | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; general title as above, verso blank; 

special title as above, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 5, verso blank; 

letter of transinittal to the director by T. C. Chamberlin, geologist in charge of 

glacial division, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-79 (395-465 of the volume), verso 

blank; index, pp. 81-84; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 

8°. Plate i; figs, land 2.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 39.

Introduction: Page. 

The upper or Herman beach................................................................. 10

The Norcross beach ......................................................................... 12

The Campbell beach ......................................................................... 12

TheMcCauleyville beach.................................................................... 12

The Eed river valley................................................................... ...... 12

The outlet of lake Agassiz................................................................... 14

The northern barrier ........................................................................ 15

Area and depth of lake Agassiz............................................................. 19

Elevations of the crests of the beaches of lake Agassiz...................................... 20

The upper.or Herman beach in Minnesota:

From lake Traverse east to Herman.........................................................

From Herman north to the Ked river........................................................

From the Eed river north to Muskoda.......................................................

Delta of the Buffalo river................................................'.................... 2g

From Muskoda north to the Wild rice river ................................................. 30

From the Wild rice river north to Maple lake ............................................... 34

The upper or Herman beach in Dakota:

From lake Traverse northwest to Milnor.................................................... 38

From Milnor north to Sheldon............................................................... 42

^Trom Sheldon north to the northern Pacific railroad......................................... 46
WAHMAN.] BULLETINS 39, 40, AND 41. 1G5

The upper or Herman beach in "Dakota continued. . Pago.

From the northern Pacific railroad north to Galesburg...................................... 48

From Galesbnrg north to Larimore.......................................................... 51

Shore west of the Elk and Goltleii valleys ................................................... 57

Beaches and islands east of the Elk and Golden valleys ....>................................. 64

From G ardor north to the Tongue river..................................................... 72

Delta of the PeinIrina river .................................................................. 74

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 40.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 40 | Changes in river courses in Washington territory | due to glaciation |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 40 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior | |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Changes in river courses | in | Washington territory j due to 

glaciation | by | Bailey Willis | [Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 5, verso blank; text, pp. 7-10 (477-480 of the volume); 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-iv.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

 Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 41.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 41 | On the fossil faunas of the upper 

Devonian the | Geuesee section, New York. |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 41 | [Sea> of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Poweil, director | On | the fossil faunas | of the | upper Devonian | the G-enesee section, New York | by | Henry S. Williams | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title aa above, 

verso blank; contents, p. [5], verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter 

of transmittal, pp. 9-10; introduction, pp. 11-13, verso blank; text, pp. 15-104 (495- 

584 of the volume); half-title "Plates," p. 105, verso blank; plates i and n, pp.
166 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDLL.IOO.

[107-110]; explanation of plate in, p. 112, recto blank; plate in, pp. [113-114]; 

explanation of plate iv, p. 116, recto blank; plate iv, pp. [117-118]; index, pp. 119- 

123, verso blank; title .for vol. vi, verso blank; contents for vol. vi, p. iii, verso 

blank; illustrations for vol. vi, pp. v-vn, verso blank; notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 89. Plates i-iv.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 41.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 11

Review of opinions; the hearings of these investigations upon the classification of the tipper

Devonian rocks and faunas. .........*......................................-............... 15

Prof. James Hall's views .............................:...................................... 10

Prof. A. "Winchell's views.................................................................... 17

Views on the relation of the "Waverly to the New York series................................ 17

ATiews of the Pennsylvania geologists...................................................~..< 19

The Allegany county section ................................................................ 20

Order of deposits iu Ohio.................................................................... 20

Geographical and chronological relations of the faunas ...................................... 21

 List of the faunas............................................................................ 22

Relation of the faunas to the character of the deposits...................................... 23

Relation of the black shales to the upper faunas ............................................ 24

Place of the Venango oil group.............................................................. 25

Strata following the Cheraung faunas ....................................................... 25

The interpretation of the facts .............................................................. 27

Faunas of the Geuesee shale and the Portage groups............................................ 31

Description of two new lamellibranchs........................................'............... 35

Description of I/unulicai'diuni levis .....................................'..................... 39

Description of two new Lucinas. ............................................................ 44,

Description of worm tracks.................................................................. 46

The Portage sandstones and the faunas of the Chemung group.................................. 51

Description of fish remains .................................................................. C2

The upper Chemung the sands and the conglomerates.......................................... 83

Description of Rhynchonella Allegania.. ..................................................... 87

Conclusions......................................................................°............ 103

3,000 copies published, tue number required by the law relating to these bulletins. Price, 15 cents. 

Bulletins 37-41 form vol. vi, as follows:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | geological survey | Yol. vi | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Title as above, verso blank; contents, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations, pp. v-vii, 

verso blank; the five bulletins, pp. 1-603. 8°. 67 plates and 10 figures. 

Documentary edition of vol. vi as follows:

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives, j Mis. doc. | 

no. 375. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | Vol. vi | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Title as above on white paper, verso blank; contents, illustrations, and remainder 

of volume as in the other edition.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, a portion of which (about 600 copies) 

were'delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as a part of vol. 2 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of 

representatives for the first session of the fiftieth congress." .
WAKMAN.] - BULLETINS 41 AND 42. 167

BULLETIN 42.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the. | United 

States | geological survey | no. 42 | Eeport of work done in the division 

of chemistry | and physics mainly during the fiscal year 18S5-786 |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 42 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

y Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director 

| Eeport of work done | in the | division of chemistry and physics | 

mainly during the | fiscal year 1885-'86 | F. W. Clarke, chief chemist | 

[Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office 11887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; preface, p. 9, verso 

1 blank; text, pp. 11-149, verso blank; index, pp. 151-152; notice aa to numbering 

and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plate i; ligs. 1-10.

CONTENTS 03? BULLETIN 42.

SCIENTIFIC PAPEK9.

Page. 

\ Researches on thelitliiamicas. By 3T.AV. Clarke ............................................... 11

I. Tlie lepidolites of Maine.................................................................. 11

II. The iron lithia micas of cape Ann....................................................... 21.

The minerals of Litchlield, Maine. By 1\ W.Clarice............................................ 28

Ekeolite..................................................................................... 28

Cancvinite................................................................................... 29

Sodalite...................................................................................... 30

Hydronepbelito.............................................................................. 31

Albite and lepidoniulane..................................................................... 34

Discussion o:f formula}.................................'...................................... 35

Turquoise from New Mexico. By F. W. Clarke and J. S. Diller ................................. 30

 t Tbe gneiss dunyte contacts of Corundum hill, North Carolina, in relation to tlie origin of corundum . By Thomas M. Chatard............................................................. 45

The localities ................................................................................ 40

Description of the sections .................................................................. 48

Analytical results ............................................................................ 49

Conclusion................................................................................... 61

A method for the separation and estimation of boric acid, with an account of a convenient form

of apparatus for quant itative distillations. By P. A. Gooch............................... 64'

A method for the separation of sodium and potassium from lithium by the action of amyl alcohol 

» on the chlorides, with some reference to a similar separation of the same from magnesium

and calcium. By F. A.Gooch ............................................................. 73

i Tbe indirect estimation of chlorine, bromine, and iodine by the olnctrolysis of their silver salts, 

with .experiments on the convertibility of tlie silver salts by the action of alkaline haloids. 

By J.Edward Whitfleld .................................................................... 89

i. On two new meteoric irons and an iron of doubtful nature. By K. B. Eiggs.................... 94

The G rand rapids meteorite ................................................................. 94

The Abort iron .............................................................................. 95

An iron of doubtful nature .................................................................. 90

*" The effect of sudden cooling exhibited by glass and by steel. By C. Burns and V. Stroubal ..... 98

§ I. Tbe strain imparted by sudden cooling, and its relations to temperature.............. 98

^ §II. The strain imparted by sudden cooling, and its structural relations ................... 112

§ III. The hydro-electric effect of temper ...................................:................ 121

Retrospective remarks ........................... A ......................................... 129

The specific gravity of lampblack. By William Hallock ....................................... 132
168 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U.. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. loo.

MISCELLANEOUS ANALYSES.

Page.

The peridotite of Elliott County, Kentucky..................................................... 136

Trenton limestone from Lexingloii, Virginia .....'........... ................................... 137

Residual deposit from the subaerial decay of chloritic schist from eight miles west of Gary,

North Carolina ............................................................................ 137

Decomposed trap from North Carolina .......................................................... 138

Altered .feldspar from Laurel creek, Georgia.................................................... 138

Ferruginous rock from Penokee iron range, Wisconsin.......................................... 138

Two rocks from Kakahikka falls, Kaministiquia river, Ontario ................................. 139

Mica andesite from a canon on the east side of San Mateo mountain, New Mexico............... 139

Hyperstheue andesite from San Francisco mountains, Arizona ................................. 139

Basalt from six miles northeast of Grant, Xew Mexico .......................................... 140

Fulgurite from WMteside county, Illinois ..............^....................................... 140

Blue %nd buff limestones from Bedford, Indiana ................................................. 140

Yellow sandstone from Amiejo quarry, Colorado ................................................ 141

Eight samples of volcanic dust..................... ............................................' 141

Loess and clays....................................................'.............................. 142

Iron ores from Louisiana ........................................................................ . 144

"Natural coke " from Midlothian, Virginia...................................................... 146

Coal from Jefferson county, West Virginia ........................................ ;............. 146

Three coals from Gulf, North Carolina........................................................... 146

Coal from Walnut cove. North Carolina......................................................... 146

"Natural coke" from Purgatory canon, New Mexico ........................................... 147

Two springs, one mile from Farm well station, Loudoun county, Virginia ........................ 3 47

Two artesian wells, Story city, Iowa ..................... t ................. .................... 148

Beck's hot springs, near Salt lake city, Utah .................................................... 148

Water of Mono lake, California ...............,.............. ; .................................. 149

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. Pricej 15 cents,. /

. ' BULLETIN 43.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the j United 

States | geological survey | no. 43 | On the Tertiary and Cretaceous 

strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 43 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Tertiary and Cretaceous strata | of the | Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers | by | Eugene A. Smith | and | Lawrence 0. 

Johnson | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents, pp. 5-8; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; letter of transinittal, by Eugene A. Smith, state geologist of Alabama, p. 11, verso blank; preface, 

signed Eugene A. Smith, pp. 13-14; text, pp. 15-138 (167-290 of the volume); halftitle "Plates xn-xxi, with explanations," p. 139, verso blank; plates xn-xxi; with 

explanations on separate leaves, pp. 141-184; index, pp. 185-189, verso blank; notice 

as to numbering and binding,o outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-xxi; fig. 1.
BULLETINS 43, 44, AND 45. 169

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 43.

Pago.

Preface.......................................................................................... 13

Introduction..................................................................................... 15

Tertiary strata:

The vrtiite limestone......................................................................... 19

The Claiborne ........ ...................................................................... 25

The bnhrstone............................................................................... 84

The liguitic.................................................................................. 38

Summary of the leading features of the Tertiary strata of Alabama........................ 08

Cretaceous strata:

The 1-J.ipley formation........................................................................ 71

The rotten limestone ........................................................................ 83

The Eutaw formation ........................................................................ 86

Other Mesozoic strata, probably Cretaceous:

The Tuscaloosa formation ................................................................... 95

Summary of the leading features of the Cretaceous strata of Alabama:

Cretaceous strata............................................................................ 116

Strata of undetermined ago, probably Cretaceous........................................... ]17

Undulations and faults in the Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of Alabama:

Tertiary strata.............................................................................. 117

Cretaceous strata.............................^.............................................. 131

K6smn6:

The formations.............................................................................. 133

The genesis of the formations ............................................................... 136

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 ceuta.

BULLETIN 44.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 44 | Bibliography of North American 

geology for 1886 |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 44 | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

 Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Bibliography | of | North American geology for 1886 | by | Nelson 

H. Darton | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; introduction, pp. 5-6; text, pp. 7-35 (349-377 of volume), verso blank; 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.

o

BULLETIN 45.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 45 j Present condition of knowledge of 

the | geology of Texas |

Washington j government printing office j 1887
170 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 45 j [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Special title: United States geological survey | J. "W. Powell, director | The | present condition of knowledge | of the | geology of 

Texas | by | Robert T. Hill | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey; 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; prefatory note, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-89 

(387-467 of the volume), verso blank; index, pp. 91-95, verso blank; notice as to 

numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OP BULLETIN 45. %

PagS.

Prefatory note................................................................................... 7

I.'HISTORIC STATEMENT OF GEOLOGIC INVESTIGATIONS.

Knowledge at the beginning of this century.................................................... 9

Anglo- American adventurers and colonists ..................................................... 10

Philip Nolan................................................................................ 11

American colonization period............................................. .................. 11

European investigators ......................................................................... 12

William Kennedy........................................................................... 13

G. A. Sclierpf............................................................................... U

Priiice Carl Solms-Braunfels ................................................................ 14

Victor Bracht............................................................................... 15

Ferdinand Koeiner ...................... ................................................... t 1.5

United States military reconnaissances and explorations........................................ 18

Keconnaissances ............................................................................ 21

Explorations................................................................................ 22

Exploration of the Bed river of Louisiana.............................................. 23

United States and Mexican boundary survey............................................ 24

Pacific railroad survey.................................................................. 25

Thirty-fifth parallel survey ......................................................... 25

Thirty-second parallel survey.......'............................'.................... 26

. Artesian well experiment................................................................ 27

Geologic surveys conducted by the state........................................................ 27

The Texas land office ....................................................................... 29

First geological survey (Shumard) ....,....................._....................... ........ 29

Organization and equipment ............................................................ 30

Field labors............................................................................. 30

Methods of survey ...................................................................... 31

Maps.................................................................................... 32

Operations of 1800....................................................................... 32

Official results................................. ........................................ 30

Indirect results ......................................................................... 36

Expense................................................................................. 37

Second geological survey (Glenn-Bnulcley) .................................................. 38

Operations of 1874. ...................................................................... 40

Operations of 1875 ...................................................................... 41

Becent miscellaueous investigations............................................................. 42

Individual contributors ..................................................................... 42

"Work of the United States geological survey ...................... ........................ 47

Succession of scientific explorations ............................................................ 48

II. SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

Topography...................................................................................... 49

Classification of topography of Texas ...................................................... 52

Chart illustrating progressive classification of topographic features..............:......... 53
WAKMAN.] BULLETINS 45 AND 46. 171

II. SUMMAKY OV KESULTS Continued.

Page.

Historic geology and stratigraphy .............................................................. 53

Table of geologic formations of Texas, with authorities .................................... 54

So-called Archean and earlier Paleozoic ...................................................... 55

Carboniferous system....................................................................... 57

Central Carboniferous area.............................................................. 58

Trans-Pecos Carboniferous area......................................................... 59

General conclusions respecting the Texas Carboniferous................................ 02

So-called Permian or Penno-Carboniferous................................................... 02

Trans-Pecos region of Shnmard......................................................... 03

Permian of Cope and his assistants ..................................................... 05

Jura-Trias or gypsum strata ................................................................ - 09

So-called Jurassic ........................................................................... 70

Cretaceous .................................................................................. 71

So-called Larumie ........................................................................... 84

Tertiary...................................................................................... 84

Quaternary and other post-Tertiary strata.................................................. 80

Geological deductions....................................................................... 87

General conclusions............................................................................. 88

3,000 copies published, the number required bythe la\v relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 46.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 46 j The nature and origin of deposits 

of | phosphate of lime |

Washington. | government printing office | 1888

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 46 | [seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888.

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Nature and origin | of | deposits of phosphate of lime | by | 

li. A. F. Penrose, jr. | with an | introduction by 1ST.- S. Shaler | [Survey 

design] | ,

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the 

survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, pp. 7-8; introduction, by N. 

S. Shaler, pp. 9-20; text, pp. 21-127, (495-601 of the volume), verso blank; bibliography, pp. 129-140; index, pp. 141-143, verso blank; title for volume vn, verso 

blank; contents for vol., vir, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations for vol. VH. pp. v-vii, 

verso blank; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates 

i-ni; figs. 1-36. ' '

* CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 46.

Page. 

Introduction by N. S. Shaler .................................................................... 9

Importance of phosphate of 1 imo in nature...................................................... 21

Classification of deposits of phosphate of lime ................................................... 21

Mineral phosphates................................... 1.......................................... 22

Apatites..................................................................................... 22

Apatites of Canada........... .......................................................... 23

Apatites of Norway ...................................................................... 42

Apatites of Spain......................................................................... 45
172 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Mineral phosphates continued. Page.' ,.

Phosphorites................................................................................ 46

Phosphorites of Nassau ................................................................. 46

Phosphorites of southwestern France ............'....................................... 48

Phosphorites of Spain ................................................................... 53

Rock phosphates ................................................................................ 59

Amorphous nodular phosphates .........................................'...........-........ GO

Amorphous nodular phosphates of South Carolina....................................... 60

Amorphmis nodular phosphates of North Carolina...................................... 70 - -

Amorphous nodular phosphates of Alabama............................................. 75

A morphous nodular phosphates of Martha's vineyard................................... 78

Amorphous nodular phosphates of Florida .............................................. 78

Amorphous nodular phosphate deposits of north Wales ................................. 80

Amorphous nodular phosphate deposits of England.............i....................... 84

Phosphate beds of Cretaceous upper greeusaud...................................... 84 ;

Phosphate beds of Cretaceous lower greensand...................................... 90

Tertiary phosphate beds.............................................................. 94

History of the rook phosphates of England.......................................... 96

Phosphates of Belgium.................................................................. 102

Phosphates of northern France.......................................................... 107

Phosphates of central France.............i..................................... J........ Ill

Phosphates of Eussia..................................................................'.. 112

Phosphatic limestone beds................................................................... 116 '

.Phosphatic limestones of Kentucky..................................................... 116

Guanos...................................................................................... 117 ,,

Soluble guanos .......................................................................... 117

Leached guanos ......................................................................... 122

Bone beds ................................................................................... 126

Cave deposits............................................................................ 126

Lacustrine deposits...................................................................... 127

Bibliography .................................................................................... 129

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relatiug to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents. 

Bulletins 42-46 form vol. vii, as follows:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | geological survey | Vol. VIE | [Seal "of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Title as above, verso blank; contents, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations, pp. v-vii, 

verso blank; the five bulletins, pp. 1-617. 8°. 25 plates and 47 figures. /.

Documentary edition of vol. vii as follows:

50th Congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. < 

| no. 137. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | Vol. vn | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888 c \

Title as above on white paper, verso blank; contents, illustrations, and remainder 

of volume as in the other edition. '

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 copies of which were, as is 

customary, delivered unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed lat«r \ 

and bound as a part of vol. ,11 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of 

representatives for the second session of the fiftieth congress."

>_ 

BULLETIN 47.

*

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey I no. 47 | Analyses of waters of the YeDow-
WAKMAN.] BULLETIN 47. 173

stone national | park, with an account of the methods | of analysis 

employed | . *

Washington | government printing office | 1888

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 47 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. PoAvell, director | Analyses of waters | of the | YelloAvstone national park | with an 

account of the methods of analysis employed | by | Frank Austin 

Gooch | and | James Edward Whitfield | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents and illustrations, pp. 5-6; letter of transmittal, by F. W. 

Clarke, chief chemist, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-81, verso blank; folded table 

containing a "Summary of analyses;" index, pp. 83-84; notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 8C . ' Figures 1 and 2.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 47.

Page.

Letter of transmittal........................................................................... 7

Introduction..................................................................................... 9

Operations in the field........................................................................... 10

^ Operations in the laboratory. ........................t........................................... 11

Treatment of natural waters .................................................................... 12

^ Specific gravity.............................................................................. 12

Hydrogen sulphide arid free sulphur ........................................................ 13

Sulphurous acid............................................................................. 13

Sulphuric acid............................................................................... 13

Nitric and nitrous acids ..................................................................... 14

Carbonic acid................................................................................ 15

Areenious acid and boric acid................................................................ 17

Chlorine (with bromine and iodine) ...............................*........................... 20

Silica, iron and aluminum, calcium, and magnesium......................................... 21

^ Sodium, potassium, and lithium. ............................................................. 22

Ammonia and albuminoid ammonia.......................................................... 25

Treatment of concentrated waters................................................................ 25

Strength of the concentrated waters ........................................................ 25

Treatment of the residue..................................... ............................... 26

Fluorine..................................................................................... 26

Barium and strontium....................................................................... 26

Phosphoric acid ............................................................................. 27

Manganese .................,,.,. ; ............................................................ 27

J * Iren......................................................................................... 28

Titanic acid.................................................................................. 28

Treatment of the aqueous solution .............................................................. 29

Iodine and bromine.......................................................,..............,.'.. 29

Lithium ...................................................................................... 30

|^ Caesium, rubidium, and thallium ............................................................ 31

Arsenic, antimony, tin, copper, and lead..................................................... 31

Boric acid.................................................................................... 33

Statement of the results of analysis............'................................................. 33

1 Analyses .............. .......-..........................:.....................................'.. 36

Cleopatra spring ............................................................................ 36

Orange spring............................................................................... 38

Hot river ................................................................................... 39

G ardiuer river .'............................................................................. 40

Gardiner river.............................................................................. 41

Water supply at Mammoth hot springs .................................................... 42

Soda spring ................................................................................. 43
174 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. . [BULL. 100.

Analyses continued. Page.

\Fearless geyser.............................................................................. 44

Pearl geyser...... .........»................................................................ 46

Constant geyser. ............................................................................. 48

Coral spring................................................................................. 49

Coral spring.................................................................. 1.............. 50

Echinus spring.............................................................................. 51

Schlaimukessel.............................................'................................. 52

Fountain geyser ............................................................................ * 53

Great fountain geyser ....................................................................... 54

Hygcia spring............................................................................... 55

Madison spring ............................................................................. 56

Firehole river ......................... ....-^......................................^......... 57

Excelsior geyser............................................................................ 58

Old faithful goysor.......................................................................... 60

Splendid geyser ............................................................................. 62

Splendid geyser............................................................................. 64

Giantess geyser .............................................................................. 65

Beehive geyser.............................................................................. 66

Grotto geyser................................................................................ 67

Turban and Grand geysers.................................................................. 68

Artemisia geyser........................................................................... 69

Taurus geyser............---...-......-....-,........................................... T ... 70

Asta spring ......................................... v ...,..,,..%...............,............ 71

Bench spring......,........................,,,...............,........,....-.......:........ 72

Firehole river. ............................................. J....... T ...................... 73

Tollowstone lake ........................................................................... 74

Alum creek ................................................................................. 75

Chrome spring .............................................................................. 76

Mush pot spring............................................................................. 78

Devil's ink pot .............................................................................. ' 80

Soda butte spring ........................................................................... 81

Summary of analyses............................--...-.....-.....----..--.........-..-..----.... 82

Index............................................................................................ 83

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 48.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the (United 

States | geological survey | no. 48 | On the form and position of the sea 

level |

Washington | govermnent printing office | 1888 

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 48 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | . Washington | government printing office | 1888

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | On the form and position | of | the sea level | with special 

reference to its dependence on superficial | masses symmetrically disposed about a normal | to the earth's surface | by | Robert Siuipson 

Woodward | [Survey design] |

Washington | government pr-intiwg office | 1888

' Paper cover bearing title as above j advertisements of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, 

verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, verso blank; key to mathematical symbols, pp. 9-11, 

verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 13, verso blank; text pp. 15-86 (99-170 of tho 

volume); index, pp. 87-88; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back 

cover. 8°.
WARM AN.] BULLETIN 48. 175 

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 48.

Key to mathematical symbols ................................................................... 9

Letter of transmittul ......."..................................................................... 13

I. Introduction ............................................................................ 15

1. Form and dimensions of sea-level surface of earth. Close approximation of oblate 

spheroid. Relation of actual sea surface or geoid to spheroidal surface. A knowledge required of form, of geoid by geodesy, of variations in form and position by 

geology. Difficulties in way of improved theory.'.................................. 15

2. Class of problems discussed in this paper........................................... 16

3. Resume of results attained........................................................... 17

A. THEORY.

II. Mathematical statement of problem..................................................... ]8

4. Fundamental principle and equation................................................ IS

5. Dimensions of earth's ellipsoid and sphere of equal volume ......................... .19

6. DoriA'ation of equation of disturbed surface......................................... ]9

III.- Evaluation of potential of disturbing mass of uniform thickness ....................... 21

7. Determination of potential in terms of rectangular and polar coordinates ........... 2.1

8. Transformation and reduction to single integration of elliptic forms................. 22

9. Discussion and further transformation.............................................. 24

10. Special values of the integrals and corresponding values of the potential........... 25

(ft) For a point of the disturbed surface at the center of the disturbing mass......... 25

(&) For a point of the disturbed surface at the border of the disturbing mass ....... 25

(c) For a pointof thedisturbed surface 180° from the center of the disturbing mass. 20

(d) Potential of a spherical shell..................................................... 26

IV. Degree of approximation of the expressions for the potential of the disturbing mas.j... 2(i

11. Exact expression for potential of complete spherical shell .......................... 26

12. Degree of approximation of expression for potential at center of disturbing mass... 27

13. Degree of approximation of expression for potential at border of disturbing mass. - - 28

14. Degree of approximation of expression for potential at point 180° from center of disturbing mass.................................................................... 30

V. Development of potential of disturbing mass in series of spherical harmonics .......... 30

15. Eemarks on expressions for potential previously derived and on those to be considered ............................................................................. 30

16. Expansion of potential function in series and integration of separate terms......... 31

17. Discussion and derivation of approximate forms. Harmonic development of elliptic

integrals I, and 72'............................................................... 34

VI. Effect of rearranged free water ......................................................... 35

18. Remark on difficulty of obtaining exact expression for effect of rearranged free 

water. Derivation of expression for an effect which will exceed probable actual 

effect ............................................................................ 35

VII. Evaluation of constants Va and Z70 in equation to disturbed surface .................... 37

19. Statement of principle involved in determination of constants TO and Uj, and their

evaluation....................................................................... 37

 (a) Values of T0 and IT0 found by means of property of spherical harmonics ........ 38

(b) Value of V0 found by direct integration.......................................... 38

VIII. Equations of disturbed surface ......................................................... 40

20. Equations of disturbed surface when effect of rearranged water is noglec.tnd and

when that effect is considered ................................................... 40

21. Discussion of equations ............................................................. 41

22. Special values of the elevation of the disturbed surface at the center, at the border,

' and 180° from the center of the disturbing mass ................................. 41

23. Angular radial extent of masses of uniform thickness requisite to produce maxi-

* mum elevation of disturbed surface.............................................. 42

24. Effect of rearranged free water... v ................................................. 42

IX. Evaluation of the definite integrals I\ and J2 ............................................. 43

25. Expansion of J( imseries ........'.................................................... 43

26. Expansion of J2 in series............................................................ 45

27. Additional expansion of J2 for case when attracted point is near border of att racting

mass............................................................................. 40

X. Slope of disturbed surface............................................................... 47

28. Derivation of expressions for 'slope of disturbed surface ............................ 47

29. Failure of these expressions in special case of elope at border of disturbing mass... 47

30. Derivation of expression for slope at border of disturbing mass..................... 48
176 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL bUBVEY. [BULL. 100.

A. THEORY continued.

Page. 

XI. Disturbed center of gravity of earth .................................................... 51

31. Centers of surfaces of reference appropriate for different purposes; derivation of 

modifications of preceding formulas when disturbed center of gravity is center of 

surface of reference................................................................ 51

XII. Equations of disturbed surface when disturbing mass is of variable thickness.......... 52

32. Desirability of extending the investigation to more complex disturbing masses..... 52

33. Derivation of expression for effect of any mass symmetrically disposed about a

radial axis, and application to a class of mass-forms .'............................. 53

31. Evaluation of a definite integral needed in applications of sequel.................... 55

35. Elevation of disturbed surface at the center, at the border, and at the point 180° .

from the center of the disturbing mass in the case of the above class of mass-forms. 56

36. Slope of disturbed surface........................................................... 50

37. Effect of rearranged free water...................................................... 56

38. Remark on a property of certain formulas of this article............................ 58

B. APPLICATIONS.

XIII. Relative positions of level or equipotential surfaces in a lake basin ..................... 58

39. Solution of problem stated in section 2 (a) ........................................... 58

40. Illustrative numerical example...................................................... 59

41. Inference from preceding solution ....... ........................................... 60

XIV. "Variations in sea level attributable to continental glaciers or ice caps .................. 60

42. Statement of problem, and brief consideration of the first of two difficulties......... 60

43. Consideration of second difficulty.................................................... 61

44. Data assumed for calculation ........................................................ 01

45. Definition of forms of assumed masses............................................... 61

46. Information as to actual forms of the ice caps, and reasons for considering assumed

forms adequate ............... J*.................................................... 62

47. Computation of the volumes of the assumed masses and equivalent lowering of sea

level............................................................................... 64

Table of results...................................................................... 64

48. Kemark on the magnitudes of the masses of the assumed ice caps in comparison with

the earth's mass.................................................................... 65

49. Computation of position and slope of disturbed surface.............................. 65

Table of results...................................................................... 66

50. Estimate of the effect of the rearranged free water and discussion of results ........ 67

51. Minimum thicknesses of ice masses of varying radial extent requisite to produce

average slopes of 5 feet per mile within 1° of their borders ........................ 68

Table of results...................................................................... 68

52. Variations in sea level due (o alternation of glaciation at the poles .................. 69

Table of results...................................................................... 70

Graphical representation............................................................ 70

XV. Historical note .................................................^......................... 71

53. Reference to discussions and investigations of previous writers on the effect of the

glacial accumulation in disturbing the sea level.................................... 71

54. Investigations of Archdeacon Pratt ................................................. 71

55. Numerical calculations of Pratt...................................................... 72

56. Test of the correctness of Pratt's formula............................................ 73

57. Investigations of Mr. D. D. Heath.................................................... 74

58. Verification of a numerical example in Heath's work................................ 75

59. Heath's criticism of Croll and Pratt.................................... ............ 75

60. Contribution of Sir "William Thomson,- proofs of Thomson's formula ................ 76

61. Verification of his numerical example................................................ 76

62. Remarks on the results obtained by different writers and tabular statement of the

data employed by them............................................................ 78

Table of data used.................................................................. 79

XVI. Variations in sea level attributable to continental masses .............................. 79

63. Two hypotheses relative to the nature of the earth's crust .......................... 79

64. Assumptions adopted in accordance with first hypothesis ........................... 79

65. Data for and methods of computation ...................t............................ 80

Table of results...................................................................... 81

66. Graphical representation of results .................................................. 82

67. Elevation of disturbed surface at the border of the continent........................ 82

6.8. Remarks on the resultant action of the continents ................... t ............... 82
WABMAN.] BULLETIN 49. 177

B. APPLICATIONS continued.

Page.

XVI. Variations in sea level attributable to continental masses continued.

69. Deflections of the plumb-line along the border of the continent...................... 83

70. Consideration of the effect on the sea level of the continents under the conditions of

the second hypothesis.............................................................. 83

71. Deflection of the plumb-line.......................................................... 85

XVII. List of authors consulted............................................................... 85

72. Authors, titles of their works, and dates of publication.............................. 85,86

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 49.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey J no. 49 | Latitudes and longitudes of certain 

points in Missouri, | Kansas, and New Mexico |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 49 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Latitudes and longitudes | of | certain points in Missouri, Kansas, 

and New Mexico | by | Eobert Simpson Woodward | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. [5], verso 

blank; letter of transmittal, p. [7], verso blank; text, pp. 9-133 (181-305 of the 

volume); notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 49. Page

Descriptions of stations.......................................................................... 9

Oswego, Elk Falls, and Fort Scott, Kans.; Springfield and Bolivar, Mo.; Albuquerque, N.

Mer........................................................................................ 9

Instruments and instrumental constants ........................................................ 11

Instruments used at Saint Louis and their constants........................................ n

Instruments used at the field stations and their constants................................... 11

Principal details of determination of constants of field instruments ......................... 12

Latitudes.............................'...................-.---..........-........................ 20

Methods of observation; selection of stars; table of results ................................. 20

Combination of results from different pairs of stars by weights; table of definitive results.. 32

Longitudes ...................................................................................... 39

Program for time determination ............................................................. 39

Method of reduction ......................................................................... 39

Weights..................................................................................... 41

Details of time work......................................................................... 42

Personal equation............................................................................. 43

Time-piece corrections and rates.............................................................. 112

Apparent differences of longitude............................................................ 115

Relations of apparent and true differences of longitude and systematic errors............... 120

Derivation of longitude differences unconnected for personal and instrumental equation..... 12.1.

Corrections for personal equation ........................................................... 123

Transmission times; arrangement of circuits; instrumental equation....................... 128

Adopted corrections for personal and instrumental equation ................................ 130

Adopted longitudes.......................................................................... 130

Table of geographical positions.................................................................. 132

Derivation of geographical positions......................................................... 332

Bull. 100 12
178 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, IBULL.IOO.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 50.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 50 | Formulas and tables to facilitate 

the construction | and use of maps. |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 50 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J, W. Powell, director | Formulas and tables | to | facilitate the construction and use of 

maps | by | Robert Simpson Woodward | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; errata slip; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; letter of trausmittal, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-124 (315-430 of the volume); 

notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN-50.

Page.

Theory of the tables............................................................................. 9

Adopted spheroid and constants thereof..................................................... 9

Principal radii of curvature................................................................. 9

Lengths of arcs of meridian .................................................................. 11

Lengths of arcs of parallels....... -y......................................................... 14

Coordinates for the polyconic projection of maps ........................................... 15

Areas of zones and quadrilaterals of the earth's surface .................................... 18

Explanation of use of tables..!................................................................... 20

Tables........................................................................................... 25

Table i, logarithms of radius of curvature of meridian ...................................... 25

Table u, logarithms of radius of curvature of normal section................................ 28

Table in, lengths of arcs of meridian ........................................................ 31

Table iv, lengths of arcs of parallels'. ................ 0 ...................................... 32

Table v, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:250000 .......................... ........ 33

Table vi, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:126720................................... 36

Table vn, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:125000 .................................. 39

Table vni, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:63360 .................................. 43

Table ix, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:62500................................... 47

Table x, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:31680 .................................... 53

Table xi, co-ordinates for map projection on scale 1:30000.................................... 78

Table xn, areas of quadrilaterals of the earth's surface of 1° extent in latitude and longitude....................................................................................... 103

Table xm, areas of quadrilaterals of the earth's surface of 30' extent in latitude and longitude....................................................................................... 105

Table xiv, areas of quadrilaterals of the earth's surface of 15' extent in latitude and longitude ....................................................................................... 109

Table xv, areas of quadrilaterals of the earth's surface of 10' extent in latitude and longitude ....................................................................................... 117

Table xvi, actual intervals corresponding to 0.01 inch on maps of various scales........... 123

Miscellaneous constants......................................................................... 124

3,500 copies published the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 500 extras ordered by the department. Price, 15 cents.
WABMAN.] BULLETINS 50 AND. 51. 179

BULLETIN 51.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin |. of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 51 | On. invertebrate fossils from the 

Pacific coast |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 51 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | On | invertebrate fossils | from | the Pacific coast | by | 

Charles A. White | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 11889

 Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; illustrations, 

p. 7, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 9, verso blank; text pp. 11-70 (441-500 

of the volume); half-title "Plates," p. 71, verso blank; half-titles of individual 

plates (on rectos) and explanations of the same (on versos), 14 loaves paged 73-100, 

each plate facing its explanation; index, pp. 101-102; notice as to numbering and 

binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-xrv.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 51.

Pnge.

Letter of transmittal............................................................................ Q

Part i. New fossil Mollusca from the Chico-Tejon series of California........................... n

General remarks............................................................................. n

Description of species ....................................................................... 14

Coucbifora......................................................'......................... 14

OstreicUe............................................................................. 14

Pboladidro......................................:...........-........................ 15

Gasteropoda ...^.............................................................^............ 15

Actffiouidse .......................................................................... 15

IlssurellicliB......................................................................... 18

Stomatellidro........................................................................ 17

Trochidffi............................................................................ 17

Naticidze ............................................................................ 19

Aporrhaidre.......................................................................... 19

Turritellidco.......................................................................... 20

Melauopsidaj ........................................................................ 20

Bissoidte............................................................................. 21

Muricidffl.................................................................. r.......... 21

Buccinidffi........................................................................... 22

Fasciolariidse......................................................................... 22

Volutidre............................................................................ 23

Cancellariida}........................................................................ 25

Pleurotomidra........................................................................ 25

Cephalopoda............................................................................. 26

Anunonitidre ........................................................................ 27

Part n. Equivalents of the Chico-Tejou series in Oregon and Washington...................... 28

General remarks............................................................................. 28

Localities in southern, central, and eastern Oregon.......................................... 29

Locality near Dwomish. river, in AYashington. ....................... i...................... 30

Locality near Astoria, Oregon............................................................... 31

Part in. Cretaceous fossils from Vancouver island region ....................................... 33

General remarks...........................................,.....................'............ 33
180 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Part in. Cretaceous fossils from Vancouver island region continued. Page.

Annotated list and description of species.................................................... 36

^"Brachiopoda............................................................................. 36

Rhynchonellidas ..................................................................... 36

Con chifcra...........................:.-............-...................-................ 36

Ostreidce............................................................................. 36

Anomiidfe ..................................................... i..................... 36

Aviculidae ........................................ s............:..................... 37

MytilidEe............................................................................ 38

Arcidra ...............' ............................................................... 38

Trigoiiidre............................... ............................................. 39

Crassatellidaj........................................................................ 39

Lucinidse............................................................................ 41

Veneriidce........................................................................... 42

Mactridre............................................................................ 42

Pholadomy idoe....................................................................... 42

Anatinidne........................................................................... 43

Teredinida;.......................................................................... 44

Gasteropoda............................................................................. 44

DentaliicUe. .....................*..................................................... 44

Ringictilidse......................................................................... 44

Trochidaj............................................................................ 45

Scalariidce........................................................................... 45

Naticidse ............................................................................ 45

Neritopsidre......................................................................... 46

Fasciolariidre........................................................................ 46

Volutidse....................... v ................................................... 46

Cephalopoda............................................................................. 47

Baculitidaj........................................................................... 47

Ammonitidfe ......................................................................... 48

Part iv. Molluscan fanna of the Puget group................................................... 49

General remarks on the geology of the group ................................................ 49

Description of species ....................................................................... 58

Conchifera............................................................................... 58

Cardiidse ............................................................................ 58

Cyrenidse.. ........................................................................... 58

Tellinidffi............................................................................ 61

Teredinidse.......................................................................... 62

' Gasteropoda............................................................................. 62

Neritidse.................................................<........................... 62

Cerithiidae........................................................................... 62

Concluding remarks on the fauna............................................................ 63

Part v. Mesozoic Mollusca from the southern coast of the Alaskan peninsula................... 64

General remarks............................................................................. 64

Description of species...............'............................v............................ 65

Conchifera............................................................................i.. 65

Arcidaj.............................................................................. 65

Saxicavidse........................................................................... 66

Cephalopoda............................................................... ............. 67

BelenmitidfB..'................................................°...................... 67

Ammonitidfe ........................................................................ 68

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 52.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 52 | Subaerial decay of rocks and origin 

of the | red color of certain formations |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 52 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |
WAIUIAN.] BULLETINS 52 AND 53. 181

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Subaerial decay of rocks | and | origin of the red color of certain formations | by | Israel Cook .Russell | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of tbe publications of tlie survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of trausinittal, pp. 9-10; introduction, p. 11; text, 

pp. 12-56 (544-588 of tbe volume); bibliography, pp. 57-61, verso blank; index, pp. 

63-65; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-V.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN1 52.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 11

Subaerial decay of rocks......................................................................... 12

Decay of the crystalline rocks of the Piedmont region ...................................... 12

. Decay of the rocks of the Newark system.................................................... 15

Decay of the rooks of the sotithern Appalachians ........................................... 18

Decay of the rocks of the great Appalachian valley ......................................... 20

Absence of decayed rocks iu the arid region of the far West ................................ 26

Subaerial decay in other countries-.......................................................... 28

Conditions favoring the decay of rock s...................................................... 30

EO'ects of geologically recent orographic movement on the distribution of residual deposits

iii-the Appalachian region................................................................. 34

The soluble portions of rocks ............................................................... 37

Characteristics of residual clays............................................................. 39

Economic products of residual clays.............«s........................................... 43

Origin of the red color of certain formations ..................................................... 44

A hypothesis proposed ...................................................................... 44

Previous hypotheses ........................ I.............................^................. 47

Exceptions .................................................................................. 55

E6sura6.......................................................................................... 56

Bibliography .................................................................................... 57

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 53.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 53 | The geology of Nantucket | 

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological^ survey | no. 53 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | geology of Nantucket | by | Nathaniel SouthgateShaler | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; 

illustratious, p. 7, verso blank; letter of transinittal, p. 9, verso blank; text, pp. 

11-54 (609-652 of the volume); index, p. 55; notice as to numbering and binding, 

outside of back cover. 8°. Plates i-x; figs. 1-16.
182 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 53.

Page. 

Prefatory note. ................................................................................... 11

General form of Nantucket...................................................................... 11

General geological structure..................................................................... 15

Origin of the detrital materials .................................................................. 26

Fossiliferous deposits. ............................................................................ 28

Fossiliferous deposits of Sankaty head ...................................................... 30

Succession of geological events .................................................................. 42

Post-glacial changes of Nantucket............................................................... 47

Recent changes on the coast of Nantucket...................................................... 49

Vegetation of Nantucket........................................................................ 52

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 54.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 54 | On the thermo-electric measurement 

of high | temperatures |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 54 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | On the | thermo-electric measurement | of | high temperatures | by | Carl Barns | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1., advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-8; illustrations, pp. 

9-10; list of tables, pp. 11-13, verso blank; letter of transnaittal, by F. W. Clarke, 

chief chemist, p. 15, verso blank; preface, pp. 17-22; introduction, pp. 23-55; text, 

pp. 56-306 (710-960 of the volume); index, pp. 307-313, verso blank; title for vol. 

vin, verso blank; contents for vol. vin, p. iii, verso blank; illustrations for vol. vm, 

ppT v-vii; notice as to numbering and binding, outside of back cover. 8°. Figures 

1-55, lOa, lla, 14a, 35a, 36a, 47a, and a frontispiece unnumbered.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 54.

Page.

Letter of transmittal ......... ................................................................ 15

Preface.......................................................................................... 17

Introduction..................................................................................... 23

General account of methods of pyrometry................................................... 23

Earlier digests. ......................................................................... 23

Character of the measurements...:...................................................... 24

Classification of pyrometers............................................................. 25

Dilatation of solids ...................................................................... 25

Dilatation of liquids ..................................................................... 27

Dilatation of gases (manometric methods) ............................................... 27

Dilatation of gases (displacement methods).............................................. 36

Vapor tension..........................................................'.................. 38

Dissociation .^........................................................................... 38

Fusion........................:.......................................................... 39

Specific heat.............................................................................. 40

Ebullition............................................................................... 42

Heat conduction......................................................................... 42

Radiation................................................................................ 43
WAHMAN.] BULLETIN 54. 183

Introduction continued.

General account of methods of pyrometry continued. Pago.

Viscosity................................................................................ 46

Acoustics................................................................................ 47

Thermo-clectrics ........................................................................ 48

Electrical conductivity ............^...................................................^. 50

Magnetism ............................................................................... 52

Interpolation methods................................................................... 52

Advantages of thermo-electric pyrometry .....................:............................. 52

Chapter I. The degree of constant high temjioraturi} attained in metallic vapor baths ol'largo

dimensions; by C. Barus and "W. Hallock ............................................. 56

Explanation ......'........................................................................--. 50

Apparatus................................................................................... 57

Eemarks.................................................................................. 57

Low boiling points....................................................................... 58

Boiling points between 100° and 300° .................................................... 59

Apparatus for mercury.................................................................. 01

Boiling point of zinc. ..................................................................... 02

ExperimeBtal results........................................................................ 07

Methods of measurement..............................-..--..--.-.--...-.-..-.--.....-.- 67

List of thermo-couples.......... .....................-...... -- ------ 68

Data for mercury vapor baths ........................................................... 69

Data for zinc vapor baths................................................................ 70

Inferences relative to low percentage alloys................................................. 77

Reduction of data........................................................................ 77

Series of alloys ........................................................................... 79

Chapter II. The calibration of electrical pyrometers by the aid of fixed thermal data.......... 84

Explanation .............................................................^................... 84

Apparatus for low boiling points (100° to 500°) .............................................. 84

Original forms of boiling tubes .......................................................... 84

Perfected forms of boiling tubes......................................................... 86

Boiling-point tubes for pressure work ..................'................................. 88

Dr. Gibbs's ring burner.................................................................. 90

Apparatus for high boiling points ........................................................... 90

Original forms of boiling-point crucible ................................................. 90

Perfected forms of boiling-point crucible................................................ 91

Insulators................................................................................... 95

Method of measurement................................................................... . 97

Thermo-element......................................................................... 97

Standards of electromotive force......................................................... 99

Method of computation ...................................................................... ] 03

Experimental results........................................................................ ] 04

Exploration for constancy of temperature; -water, aniline................................ 104

Exploration for constancy of temperature, mercury ..................................... 105

Exploration for constancy of temperature, sulphur...................................... 107

Exploration for constancy of temperature, zinc.......................................... 108

Practical calibration......................................................................... 110

Investigation of data .................................................................... 110

Discussion of data....................................................................... 114

Time-variation of thermo-electric data................................................... 118

Duration of continued ebullition, constant high temperature............................. 116

Duration of continued ebullition, constant low temperature-............................ 116

Available substances for boiling points.................................................. 119

Points of volatilization .................................................................. 121

. Subsidiary data: antimony; bismuth; cadmium ........................................ 122

Thermo-electric datum for the melting point of platinum ............................... 124

Chapter III. Certain pyro-electric properties of the alloys of platinum......................... 126

Explanation .!............................................................................... 120

Fusion and mechanical treatment of the alloys .............................................. 128

Fusion and rolling.............'.......................................................... 128

Preliminary data, density ............................................................... 128

Preliminary data, electrical resistance of rods........................................... 131

Experimental data........................................................................... 133

Further mechanical treatment; resistance of wires...................................... 133

Thermo-electrics of wires................................................................ 135

Temperature coefficient.................................................................. 139
184 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Chapter III. Certain pyro-electric properties of the alloys of platinum -continued.

Experimental data continued. Page.

General digest........................................................................... 143

Discussion and inferences ................................................................... 144

Earlier results........................................................................... 144

 Resistance and density .................................................................. 145

Eesistance and thenno-electrics.......................................................... 146

Electrical tests for purity ............................................................... 146

Electrical resistance and temperature coefficient...................... '. .................. 149

Other relevant results ..................................................................I 157

General remarks......................................................................... 161

Chapter IV. The calibration of electrical pyrometers by direct comparison with the air thermometer. .............................................................................. 165

Displacement methods of thermometry...................................................... 165

Constant volume thermometers. .............................................................. 167

Manometer.............................................................................. 167

Metallic capillary tubes ................................................................. 109

Porcelain air-thermometer bulbs ........................................................ 171

Machine for soldering porcelain......................................................... 175

Eevolviug muffle ........................................................................ 180

Eemarks regarding apparatus and manipulation ........................................ 185

Constant volume air thermometer method of computation ................................. 188

The general equation.................................................................... 188

The equation simplified .................................................................. 190

Errors of the approximations....................................... 1.................... 190

Compensator ........................r................................................... 192

Errors of measurement in general ...................................-.........--- - - 195

Constant volume air thermometer experimental results...................-....?........--- 198

Earlier results........................................................................... 198

Later results ..........,............................:.................................... 204

Digression............................................................................... 206

Constant pressure air thermometry apparatus ..........................-..-......-------- 208

Constant pressure air thermometry method of computation................................ 210

The general equation.................................................................... 210

The equation simplified................................................................. 211

Volumetry of bulbs ..................................................................... 213

Errors of the approximations ........................................................... 214

Compensator............................................................................ 215

Constant pressure air thermometer experimental results .................................. 216

Manipulation............................................................................ 216

Experimental data ...................................................................... 217

Graphic digests . ....................................................................... 227

Constant pressure air thermometer discussion ............................................ 227

Errors of measurement, in general...................................................... 227

 Accuracy of the measurmeuts made, group i ........................................... 231

Accuracy of the measurements made, group n ......................................... 232

Boiling point of zinc................................'.................................... 233

Coefficient of heat expansion of porcelain............................................... 236

Eemarks ................................................................................ 237

Chapter V. The pyrometric use of the principle of viscosity .................................. 239

Introduction................................................................................. 239

Eemarks ................................................................................ 239

Literature............................................................................... 240

Transpiration subject to the Poiseuille-Meyer law.......................................... 242

Apparatus................................................................................... 242

General disposition of parts..................'........................................... 242

Apparatus for constant pressure............................."..........................- 244

The capillary apparatus............................'..................................... 245

Differential apparatus................................................................... 249

Method of heating....................................................................... 249

Methods of computation ..................................................................... 251

The general equation.................................................................... 251

Case of two cold ends, absolute apparatus .............................................. 252

Case of two cold ends, differential apparatus..... 1...................................... 254

Experimental results........................................................................ 255

Manipulation ............................................................................. 255
WAKMAN.] BULLETIN 54. ' 185

Chapter V. The pyroraetric use of the principle of viscosity continued.

Experimental results continued. Page.

Nomenclature........................................................................... 250

Data....................................................................:................ 258

Discussion................................................................................... 271

'Viscosity at zero ........................................................................ 271

Viscosity at high temperatures, kinetic inferences...................................... 273

Sources of error..................................................................... 274

Diffusion............................................................................ 275

Sliding coefficient.................................................................... 276

Advantages of an exponential law .................................................. 277

Effect of imperfect gaseity.......................................................... 279

The new method of pyrometry.............................................................. 281

Methods of computation ......................................................'.....*.... 281

Results.................................................................................. 282

Transpiration not subject to the Poisenille-M'eyer law ...................................... 284

Objects of the investigation..................................:.......................... 284

Hoffmau'H researches.................................................................... 285

Experimental results........................................................................ 287

Transpiration under variable pressure.................................................. 287

Transpiration under constant pressure.................................................. 288

Transpirations compared differentially ................................................. 293

Discussion................................................................................... 295

Apparent viscosity and pressure........................................................ 295

Apparent viscosity and temperature ..................................................... 297

Obliquity of the linear loci.............................................................. 297

Supplementary results .................................................................. 298

General remarks................................... 1..................................... 300

The new method of pyrometry.............................................................. 302

Practical remarks ........................................................................ 302

Appur enances .......................................................................... 302

The transpiration pyrometer...................'.................-........................ 302

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 25 cents. 

Bulletins 47-54 form vol. vm, as follows:

Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | geological survey | Vol. vui | [Seal of the department of the interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Title as above, verso blank; contents of the volume, p. ill, verso- blank; list of 

illustrations iu the volume, pp. v-vii, verso blank; the eight bulletins, pp. 1-960 

(and 961-967, being the index to bulletin 54). 8°. 29 plates and 80 figures.

Documentary edition of vol. vui as follows:

50th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 138. |-Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | Vol. vni | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; then follow 

contents, list of illustrations, and the eight bulletins, as in the other edition.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued iu paper 

covers, as just; described; the remainder were.printed later and bound in sheep as a 

part of vol. 11 of the " Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for 

the second session of the fiftieth congress."
186 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

BULLETIN 55.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 55 | Eeport of work done in the division 

of chemistry and | physics, mainly during the fiscal year 1886-'87 |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 55 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1889 

Special itle: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell,. 

director | Eeport of work done | in the | division of chemistry and 

physics | mainly during the | fiscal year 1886-'87 | Frank Wigglesworth Clarke, chief chemist | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank ; 

illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 9, verso blank; half-title 

"Scientificpapers," p. 11, verso blank; text, pp. 13-75, verso blank; half-title "Miscellaneous analyses,"p. 77, verso blank; the analyses, pp. 79-93, verso blank; index, 

pp. 95-96. 8°. Plate i; figs. 1-16.

This bulletin and subsequent ones have no volume pagination, the combining of 

them into volumes having been discontinued.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 55.

SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.

Page.

Studies in the mica groups. F. W. Clarke. (See bulletin 64).................................. 12

The analysis and composition of tourmaline. By B. B. Kiggs ................................... 19

Notes on certain rare copper minerals from Utah. By W. F. Hillebrand and H. S. Washington. 38

Mineralogical notes. By W. F. Hillebrand...................................................... 48

Analyses of some natural borates and borosilicates. By J. Edward Whitfleld.................. 56

On the Johnson county, Ark., and Alien county, Ky., meteorites. By J. Edward Whitfield.... 63

Scorodite from the YelloWStone park. By J. Edward Whitfield................................ 65

Flow of solids, or behavior of solids under high, pressure. By William Hallock................ 07

MISCELLANEOUS ANALYSES.

Feldspar from the Hoosac tunnel ............................................................... 79

Two feldspars from Greylock mountain, Massachusetts...................-..........:...-....-- 79

Three feldspars from Delaware.................................................................. 79

Triassic sandstone from Maryland............................................................... 80

Limestone from the Auglaize river, Ohio ........................................................ 80

Twelve rocks from the Menomouee river ....................................................... 81

Rocks from Pigeon point, Minnesota............................................................ 81

Two rocks from Montana........................................................................ 83

Fifteen rocks from California.................................................................... 84

Ores of iron and manganese...................................................................... 85

Coals.......... ..............................^................................................... 87

Iron and steel .................................................................................. 87

Nitre from Utah................................................................................. 88

Salt from Warsaw, N. Y......................................................................... 89

Two clays from Owen's lake, California.......................................................... 89

Clay, sand, etc., from Martha's vineyard ........................................................ 89

Water from Paris, Me........................................................................... 91

Waters from Savannah, Ga...................................................................... 9.1

Artesian wells in Georgia and Alabama......................................................... 91
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 55, 56, AND 57. 187

Page. 

Water from Arkansas........................................................................... 92

Water from it spring near fort Wiugale, N. Mex ................................................ 92

Water from Owen's lake, California............................................................. 93

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 56.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 56 | Fossil wood and lignite of the 

Potomac | formation |

Washington | government printing office | 1889

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 56 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1889

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Fossil wood and lignite | of the | Potomac formation | by | Frank 

Hall Kuowlton | [Survey design] | 

. Washington | government printing office | 1889

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of trausmittal, by Lester P. Ward, geologist in 

charge, p. 9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-52; half-title "Plates," p. 53, verso blank; 

half-titles of individual plates (on rectos) aud explanations of the same (on versos), 

seven leaves paged 55-68, each plate facing its explanation; index, pp. 69-72. 

8°. Plates i-vn.

CONTENTS OE BULLETIN 50.

Page.

Introduction .................................................................................... 11

Value of the study of internal structure, with brief review of its progress.................. 11

Geologic and geographic distribution of the Potomac formation................................. 38

The organic, remains and their mode of occurrence.............................................. 39

Systematic description of lignite........................................................'........ 41

Systematic description of silicifled species...................................................... 43

Cupressiuoxylon Goppert................................................................... 43

Cupressinoxylou pulohellum, it.af........................................................... 45

Cupressinosylou McGeei, n. &y...................................^.......................... 46

Cupressiuoxylon Wardi, n. sp............................................................... 48

Capressiuoxylou Columbianum, n. sp....................................................... 49

Araucarioxylon Kraus...................................................................... 50

Araucarioxylou Virgiuianum, n. sp.......................................................... 50

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 57.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 57 | A geological reconnaissance in 

southwestern | Kansas |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 57 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890
188 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO. \

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | A. geological reconnaissance | in | southwestern Kansas | by | 

Eobert Hay | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustra- ~Z? 

tions, p. 7, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. 9, verso blank; introduction, by W 

J McGee, pp. 11-14; text, pp. 15-48; index, p. 49. 8°. Plates i and n; figs. 1-21.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 57.

Page. !

Introduction by W J McG ee ..................................................................... 11

General statement............................................................................... 15 '

The geologic formations......................................................................... 18

Carboniferous ............................................................................... 19

Jura-Trias................................................................................... 20

Cretaceous .................................................................................. 27

The Dakota............................................................................. 27

The fortBeuton ......................................................................... 27

The Niobrara............................................................................ 30

The post-Cretaceous erosion.."........................................................... 31

Tertiary.....................:.............................................................. 31 '

The Tertiary grit......................................................................... 32

The Tertiary marl....................................................................... 35

The Tertiary erosion .................................................................... 36

Quaternary............................................................."..................... 38

The gumbo.............................................................................. 39 ^

The earlier gravel....................................................................... 41

The loess.................................................................. .... ........... 41

The later gravel......................................................................... 42

The alluvium.............................................................................. 43

Conclusion ...................................................................................... 45

The general results.......................................................................... 45

The source of the Tertiary conglomerates ............. ...^-.... ........ ................. 45

The question of Tertiary shores......................................................... 46

The tripartite erosion..................................................................... 47

Economic geology............................................................................ 48

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 58.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United ' 

States | geological survey | no. .58 | The glacial boundary in western 

Pennsylvania, | Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | 

United States | geological survey | no. 58 | [Seal of the department of 

the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | glacial boundary | in | western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, | Indiana, and Illinois | by | George Frederick Wright | with 

an introduction by Thomas Chrowder Chainberlin | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office I 1890 *
WARMAN.] BULLETIN 58. . 189

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, (pp. 5-7, verso 

 < blank; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; letter of transmittal by T. C. Chamberlin, 

geologist in charge, p. 11, verso blank; introduction by T. C. Chamberlin, pp. 13-38; 

text, pp. 39-110; index, pp. 111-112. 8°. Plates i-vm; figs. 1-10.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 58.

Pago. 

INTRODUCTION BY T. C. CHAMBERLIN ............................................................. 13

Terraces of the upper Ohio river district ........................................................ 22

The high horizontal terraces ................................................................ 22

The higher river terraces.................................................................... 24

The lower river or morain-headed terraces .................................................. 32

s General remarks on the two systems ......'.............................................. 33

The slender horizontal terraces..........................................'.................... 37

The structural terraces...................................................................... 38

Summation ...................................................................................... 38

THE GLACIAL BOUNDARY IN WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA, OHIO, KENTUCKY, INDIANA, AND ILLINOIS,

BY G. F. WRIGUT .............................................................................

Introduction....... v................................................................. ........'...

Striated surfaces of rocks in place..................................................... ........

Summary of facts concerning the uustratifiod deposit called " till".............................. 42

Preliminary remarks ........................................................................ 42

 General distribution of till arid its relations to buried chan nels ............................. 43

Character of the material composing the till................................................. 45

Source of bowlders in the till............................................ ........... ....... 50

Regularity of distribution of till near the margin................................................ 52

Distribution of the till east of the Alleghanies .............................................. 52

New England............................................................................ 52

New Jersey.............................................................................. 55

i Pennsylvania............................................................................ 55

New York............................................................................... 56

Distribution of tho till west of the Alleghariies...-.......................................;.. 57

General remarks.................................. ...................................... 57

Pennsylvania............................................................................ 58

Ohio..................................................................................... 59

Kentucky.......................................................... ............. ....... 03

Indiana................................................................................... 65

Illi nois ...................................................... ........................... 70

Missouri................................................................................. 72

General remarks............................................................................. 73

Hypothesis of a glacial dam at Cincinnati....................................................... 76

Introduction............ ................................................................... 76

The lower terraces of the Oh io and its tributaries ........................................... 76

The upper terraces of the Ohio and its tributaries........................................... 80

Theoretical explanations .... ............................................................... 82

The upper terraces the remnants of a distinct glacial epoch earlior than that producing

the lower ............................................................................. 82

Facts adverse to this theory............................................................. 83

Terraces on the Monongahela........................................................ 83

River deposits in Teazcs valley, "W. Va .............................................. 86

Terraces on the Big Sandy........................................................... 88

Terraces on the Elk river ........................................................... 88

Terraces in Bath county, Ky........................................................ 90

Beach flats, Pike county, Ohio ........................................................ 92

Freshness of the vegetable remains near the glacial margin ......................... 96

Summary.................................................................................... 100

The loess and its relation to the glacial drift.................................................... 101

Gold near the glacial margin .................................................................... 104

Interglacial man in Ohio .............................................. a .......................... 105

General conclusions ............................................................................. 108

3,000- copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.
1 90 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

BULLETIN 59.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 59 | The gabbros and associated rocks 

in Delaware |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. ^9 | [Seal of .the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The gabbros | and | associated rocks in Delaware j by | Frederick D. Chester | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso °blauk; contents and illustrations, 

p. 5, verso blank; text, pp. 7-43, verso.blank-; index, p. 45. 8°. Plate i; figs. 1-5.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 59.

Page.

Introduction..................................................................................... 7

General petrographical considerations.................... ...................................... 8

Hypersthene-gabbro............................................................................. 10

Gabbro-diorite.'---.----.---..--..--............................................................... 15

Series illustrating transformations ................................................... ...... 18

Gabbro-granite .............................................................................. .... 19

Series illustrating transformations ............................................. ... ........ 20

Norite............................................................................................ 21

The iron hill gabbros and gabbro-diorites-........................................................ 22

Diorite .......................................................................................... 29

Series illustrating transformations .......................................................... 30

Gabbro-diorite and hornblende-gneiss ........................................................... 31

Structural relations .............................................................................. 36

The gabbro belt.................................................. .......................... 36

Stratigraphy ................................................................................ 38

The origin and genetic relationship of the gabbros and their associated hornblende rocks....... 40

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 60.

Cover title: Bulletin | of the | United States | geological survey | 

no. 60 | Eeport of work done in the division of chemistry and | physics, 

mainly during the fiscal year 1SS7-'8S |

Washington | government printing office j 1890

General title: Department of ttie interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 60 | [Seal of the 'department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J.W. Powell, director 

| Eeport of work done | in the | division of chemistry and physics j
WAKMAN.] BULLETINS 59 AND 60. 191

mainly during the | fiscal year l.887-'88 | F. W. Clarke, chief chemist | 

[Survey design] | 

Washington j government printing office | 3.890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank,

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as

v _ above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, verso

blank; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; preface, p. 11, verso blank; text, pp. 13-174.

8°. Figures 1-9.

CONTENTS 03? BULLETIN 60.

Page. 

Preface.......................................................................................... 11

The chemical structure of the natural silicates. By F. W. Clarke .............................. 13

r Some nickel ores from Oregon. By F. W. Clarke................................................ 21

Natural soda: Its occurrence and utilization. By Thomas Marean Chatard..................... 27

Composition................................................................................. 28

Sodium sulphate.......................................................................... 29

Sodium chloride.......................................................................^. 30

Sodium carbonate ..................................................................'..... 31

Sodium bicarbonate...................................................................... 34

Sodium sesqiiicarbonate ................................................................. 35

Localities and mode of occurrence........ ................................................... 36

Hungary................................................................................. 36

^ Egypt............................................................................. ..... 38

Armenia............................................................i.................... 39

Venezuela............................................................................... 40

North America.......................................................................... 41

"Wyoming............................................................................ 42

Ragtown lakes, Nevada.............................................................. 46

Ragtown soda works.................................................. ^.............. 49

J. Mono lake. California................................................................ 53

Abertlake, Oregon........................................................... ...... 53

Dry deposits...............................................................:......... 55

Owen's lake, California..............~.............................................. 57

Owen'slake soda works.........'..-................................................. 58

Experiments on the evaporation and fractional crystallization of the water of Owen's lake. 59

Evaporation......................................................................... 59

Fractional crystallization............................................................ 61

Discussion of results ................................................................ 65

Fractional crystallization of water of Mono lake.................................... 65

TJrao ........................................................................................ 67

Nativeuraofrom Venezuela......................................................... '67

Native urao from Egypt.............................................................. 68

True character of Trona, or the native ses(iuicarbonate ............................. 69

Artificial production of sesq uicarbonate............................................. 72

TJrao from Owen's lake.............................................................. 75

Artificial production of urao; experiments and discussion of results ................ 78

Analytical methods.......................................................................... 85

i Origin of natural soda ....................................................................... 89

Cause of the red color of alkaline brines ..................................................... 95

Leaching of alkaline soils and clays ......................................................... 96

Conclusions ................................................................................. 99

 Analyses of six new meteorites. BY J. E. "Whitfield............................................ 103

The Rockwood meteorite............................................................ 103

Chattooga county meteorite......... ,\.............................................. 106

Taney county meteorite............................................................. 106

Linnville mountain meteorite....................................................... 107

^ Fayette county meteorite ........................................................... 107

San Beruardino county meteorite ................................................... 114

Two sulpliantimonitos from Colorado. By L. G. Eakins ........................................ 115

Coefficients of volatility for aqueous chlorhydric acid. By Robert B. "Warder .................. 119

* Experimental method ..........'...................... ....................^,................ 120

Calculation of results........................................................................ 121

Discussion of results..................................................................... ... 122
192 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Page.

Analyses of jade. By F. W. Clarke............................................................. 123

Mineralogical notes:

1. Petalite from Peru, Me. By F. W. Clarke .............................................. 129

2. Spessartite from Amelia county, Va. By F: "W. Clarke................................. 129

3. Oligoclase from Bakersville, N. C. By F. W. Clarke.................................... 129

4. Willemitefrom Franklin, N. J. By F. W. Clarke.............................. ......... 130

5. Descloizite from Beaverhead county, Mont. By W. F. Hillebrand...................... 130

6. Preliminary remarks on North American uraninites. By W. F. Billebrand ............ 131

7. Dumortierite from New York and Arizona. By J. E. Whitfield......................... 133

8. Xantliitane from North Carolina. By L. G. Eakins..................................... 135

9. Triplitefrom the Black hills. By L. G. Eakins......................................... 135

10. Kaolin from Gunnison county, Colo. By L. G. Eakins.................................. 136

11. Native gold from Persia. By C. Catlett................................................. 137

12. Pyroxene and serpentine from Montville, N. J. By C. Catlett.......................... 137

The subsidence of fine solid particles in liqiiids. Second paper (see bulletin 36). By Carl Barns 139

A new method of making alloys. By William Haliock........................................... 147

Miscellaneous analyses:

Eocks collected by E. D. Irving............................................................. 141

Novaculite from Marquette, Mich ........................................................... 159

Brick clay from New Ulm, Minn ............................................................ 151

Rocks from Montana........................................................................ 152

Eruptive rock from the Henry mountains, Utah ............................................ 154

Eocks from New Mexico..................................................................... 155

Lavas from near Lassen peak, California.................................................... 155

Basalt from Mytilene......................................................... .............. 158

Inclusion in diorite from Cruger's station, yf.f............................................. 158

"White earth from Talladega, Ala........................................... ................. 158

Sandstone from Berea, Ohio................................................................... 158

Knox dolomite and residual clay, from Alabama ................................ ........... 159

Dolomite from Tuckahoe, N. T ............................................................... 159

Dolomite marble from Cockeysville, Mrt..................................................... 159

Marble from Louisiana ..........................:........................................... 160

Limestones from Ohio and Indiana ........................................................... 160

Coquina, coral, coral rocks, etc .............................................................. 162

Iron and manganese ores..................................................................... 164

Coal and ooke....................................................... ....................... 169

Efflorescence from Cliff creek, Colo.......................................................... 170

Salt from Hutchinson, Kaus................................................................. 171

Water from Lincoln county, N. C ........................................... .................. 171

Water from St. Augustine, Fla.............................................................. 171

Water from McLeansborou gh, 111............................................................ 172

Water from Lebanon, Mo.................................................................... 172

Water from Hominy hill, Ark ............................................................... 173

Water from near Denver, Colo .............................................................. 174

Water from Matilija hot springs, California................................................. 174

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 61.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 61 | Contributions to. the mineralogy of 

the | Pacific coast |

Washington | government printing dffice | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin |.of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 61 | [Seal of the'department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director
WABMAN.] BULLETINS 61 AND 62. . 193

| Contributions | to the | mineralogy of the Pacific coast | by | William 

Harlow Melville | and | Waldemar Lindgren | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of trausniittal, p. 9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-30; 

note, p. 31, verso blank; hall-title "Plates,"p. 33, verso blank; half-titles of individual plates (on rectos) and explanations of the same (on versos), three leaves, paged 

35-40, each plate facing its explanation. 8°. Plates i-m.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 61.

Page.

Cinnabar crystals from Now Idria, ITresno county, California ................................... n

Cinnabar crystals from Sulpbur bank, Lake county, California.................................. 21

Cinnabar crystals from Knoxville, Napa county, California...................................'.. 22

Cinnabar crystals from New Almaden, Santa Clara county, California .......................... 22

Metacinnabarite from Knoxville, Napa county, California....................................... 22

Motacinnabarite from Cerro Gordo niiue, near Panoche, .Fresuo co., Cal......................... 23

Sulphates from the Kedington quicksilver mine, Kuoxville, Napa co., Cal....................... 23

Copiapito from Kedington mine, Knoxville, California........................................... 25

Copiapite from Sulphur bank, Lake county, California.......................................... 25

Stromeyerite from Calico, San Bernardino county, California.................................... 27

Chromifcrous chlorite Kotschubeite............................................................ ' 27

Uwarowite....................................................................................... 30

Scorodite........................................................................................ 30

Note.....;...............................-.................................. .................... 31

Plates ........................................................................................... 33

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.

With vol. viii (ending with bulletin 54) the volume feature was discontinued by 

the survey, but of the subsequent bulletins the documentary edition required by 

law Avas gotten out by throwing together bodily as many as might be convenient. 

Bulletins 55-61 form a volume with the following title:

51st congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 244. | Bulletins | of the | United States | geological survey | nos. 55 

to 61 |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

No covers; title as above, verso blank; followed by the seven bulletins, without 

their covers.

1,734 copies, the " usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued unbound, 

as described above; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 32 

of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session 

of the fifty-first congress."

BULLETIN 62.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 62 | The greenstone scbist areas of the 

Menominee and | Marquette regions of Michigan |

Washington [ government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

'States | geological survey | no. 62 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890 

Bull. 100 13
194 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. .GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The greenstone schist areas | of the | Menomiuee and Marquette 

regions of Michigan | a contribution to the subject of dynamic inetamorphisin | in eruptive rocks | by | George Huntingdon Williams (with 

an introduction by | Roland Duer Irving | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; .sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iy; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; illustrations, pp. 

7-8; letter of trausmittal, by R. D. Irving, geologist in charge, p. 9, verso blank; 

explanatory and historical note, by Roland Duer Irving, pp. 11-30; text, pp. 31-217, 

verso blank; half-title "Plates," p. 219, verso blank; half-titles of individual plates 

vm-xvi (on rectos) and explanations of the same (on versos), nine leaves paged 

221-238, each plate facing its explanation and covered with tissue paper; index, pp. 

239-241. 8°. Plates i-xvi; figs. 1-29.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 62.

Page.

Letter of transmittal, by R. D. Irving........................................................... 9

Explanatory and historical note, by E. D. Irving................................................. 11

Introduction..................................................................................... 31

Chapter I. Present state of our knowledge regarding the metamorphism of eruptive rocks ..... 34

Value of the microscope in the study of metamorphism...................................... 34

Historical outline of studies on the metamorphism of eruptive rocks........................ 40

Chapter II. Greenstone belts of the Monominee iron district.................................... 64

Introductory and historical.................................................................. Ii4

Sturgeon falls................................................................................ 67

Lower, or Little Quinuesec falls ............................................................ 77

Chapter III. Greenstone belts of the Menominee iron district (continued) ...................... 96

Upper, or Big Quinuesec falls ............................................................... 96

The dark colored greenstones of the basin....................'....,...................... 97

The light colored greenstones at Upper Quinnesec falls ................................. 102

The coarse grained dioritea of the Horse race ........................................... 106

The acid rocks of the Upper Quinnesec falls and Horse race ........................... 110

Four-footfalls............................................................................... 123

The Twin falls .............................................................................. 127

Lower Twin falls........................................................................ 129

Upper Twin falls........................................................................ 132

Chapter IV. Greenstone belts of the Marquette district......................................... 134

Introductory ................................................................................. 134

Hocks of the northern portion of the Marquette area ........................................ T38

Basic intrusives ..........................................'............................... 138

Acid intrusives.......................................................................... 146

Banded greenstone schists............................................................... 154

Chapter V. Greenstone belts of the Marquetto district (continued) ............................. 163

Rocks of the southern portion of the Marquette area........................................ 163

The aphanitic greenstones .............................................................. 163

Coarse grained dike rocks %............................................................... 168

Greenstones south of the quartzite...................................................... 170

Hocks of the Negaunee area................................................................. 171

Aphanitic greenstones................................................................... 171

Coarsely crystalline greenstones.......................................................... 173

The stretched fragmental rocks on the Carp river ...................................... 175

Acid rocks............................................................................... 178

Kocks of the northern area.................................................................. 179

Unaltered basic intrusives............................................................... 180

Altered coarse grained rocks .....*....................................................... 180

Banded greenstones ......................................'............................... 184

Green schists and agglomerates of Deer lake................................................ 185

Chapter VI. General results and conclusions..............:..................................... 192

Original character of the Menomiuee and Marquette greenstone areas ...................... 192

Evidence of eruptive character.......................................................... 192
WABMAN.] BULLETINS 62, 63, AND 64. 195

Chapter VI. General results and conclusions continued.

Original character of the Menominee and Marquotte greenstone areas continued. Page.

Different original rock types ............................................................ 197

Original mineral constituents............................................................ 199

Conditions under which the greenstones were formed................................... 200

Macrostructural metamorphisiu of the Menominee and Marquette massive rocks............ 201

Mooroslrucfcuraj metamorphism through compression, faulting, or crushing ............ 202

Macrostructural metamorphism through stretching........... v ........................ 204

Microstructural metamorphism of the Menominee and Marquetto massive rocks............ 204

Effects of dynamic action on individual minerals........................................ 205

New structures produced by dynamic action............................................ 206

Mineralogical (chemical) metamorphism of the Monominee and Marquette massive rocks... 208

Secondary minerals and their origin..................................................... 209

Progress of alteration in the original minerals........................................... 214

 3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 30 cents.

BULLETIN 63.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 63 | A bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea | from 1698 to 1889 |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title : Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 63 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | A bibliography | of | Paleozoic Crustacea | from | 1698 to 1889 

| including a list of North American species and a | systematic arrangement of genera | by | Anthony W. Yodges | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blaiiK; 

letter of transmittal, p. 7, verso blank; introduction, p.9,'verso blank.; half-title 

"Parti, list of authors, "p. 11, verso blank; text, pp. 13-78; half-title "Partn, catalogue of trilobites," p. 79, verso blank; text, pp. 81-148; half-title "Part in, catalogue of non-trilobites," p. 149, verso blank; text, pp. 151-177. 8°.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 64.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 64 | A report of work done in the division 

of chemistry and | physics, mainly during the fiscal year 1888-'89 |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 64 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | A report of work done | in the | division of chemistry and physics
196 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL, 100.

| mainly during the | fiscal year 1888-'89 | F.-W. Clarke, chief chemist 

j [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contends, p. 5, verso blank; 

preface, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-60. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 64.

Page. 

A theory of the mica group, by F.W. Clarke. (See bulletin 55)...................... ........ 9-19

A platiniferous nickel ore from Canada, by F. W. Clarke and Charles Catlott................... 20-21

A new occurrence of gyrolite, by F. W. Clarke .................................................. 22-23

Analyses of three descloizites from new localities, by W. F. Hillebrand ......................... 24-28

A new meteorite from Mexico, by J. Edward Whifcfield ........................................ 29-30

Dumortierite from Harlem, N. T., and Clip, Ariz., by J. S. Diller and J. E. Whitfleld ............ 31-33

Chemical action between solids, by William Hallock ........................................... 34-3,7

The flow of solids: a note, by William Hallock .................................................. 38-39

Miscellaneous analyses (by Hillebrand, Eakins, Whifcfield, Chatard, Catletfc, Clarke, and E. L.

. Howard)...........................................-...............-........---.......---...--. 40-60

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these biilletins. 

Price, 10 cents. t

BULLETIN^. *

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 65 | Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal 

field in | Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 65 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j . Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Stratigraphy | of the | bituminous coal field | of | Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia | by | Israel 0. White | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-10; 

illustrations, pp. 11-14; letter of transmittal, p. 15, verso blank; text, pp. 17-205, 

verso blank; index, pp. 207-212. 8°. Plates i-xi; figs. 1-152, plate i being'a map 

showing the general distribution of the Carboniferous in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Ohio.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 65.

Page. 

Area, structure, and classification of the Jbituminous coal rocks................................. 17

The Permo-Car boniferous or Dunkard creek measures.......................................... 20

The upper coal measures, or Monongahela river series.......................................... 43

The barren measures, .or Elk river series .........."......................................... ..... 70

The lower coal measures, or Alleghany river scries ............................................. 99

The Pottsville conglomerate series.............................................................. 179

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 20 cents.
WAKMAN.] BULLETINS 65 AND 66. 197 

A documentary edition of bulletins 62-65 in a single volume was issued as follows:

51st congress, | 2d session. j House of representatives. | Mis. 

doc. | no. 136. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | nos. 62 to 65 |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

No cover; title as above, verso blank, followed by the four bulletins, without their 

covers.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued unbound, 

as described above; the remainder were printed later and bound iu sheep as vol. 15 of 

the " Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the second session 

of the fifty-first congress."

BULLETIN 66.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 66 | On a group of volcanic rocks from 

the Tewan. | mountains, New Mexico, and 'on the | occurrence of primary quartz | in certain basalts. |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

.General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 66. | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | On | a group of volcanic rocks | from the | Tewan mountains, New 

Mexico, | and on | the occurrence of primary quartz in certain basalts | by | Joseph Paxson Iddings | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; letter 

of trausmittal, by Arnold Hague, p. 7, verso blank; text, pp. 9-32; index, pp. 

33-34. 8°.

CONTENTS OE BULLETIN 66.

Page.

Introduction .................................................................................... 9

Petrographical description...................................................................... 10

Ehyolites.................................................................................... 10

formal porphyritic varieties............................................................ 10

Obsidian................................................................................. 11

Litboidite............................................................................... 11

Mica-bearing rbyolite ................................................'................... 11

Tufa..............................................'.....................-................. 12

Ash ............................:........................................................ 12

Andesites............................'....................................................... 12

General characteristics.................................................................. 12

Class I. Mica-andesite .............................................................. 13

Class II. Horublende-mica-andesite ................................................. 13

Class III. Hornblende-pyroxene-andesite ............................................ 14

Class IV. Pyroxene-andesite........................................................ 15

E&s&lis..................................................... ^............................... 16

Normal basalts ...............................................................'......-.... 16

Quartz-bearing basalt................................................................... 10

Mineralogical gradations...........................................:...........-............... 17
198 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Page.

The occurrence of primary quartz grains in basalts............................................. 20

Basalt from rio Grande canon ............................................................... 20

Basalt from Arizona.........;.............................................. x ................ 21

Basalt from Colorado.....................'................................................... 22

Possible origin of porphyritical quartz...................................................... 21!

^ Its exceptional occurrence............................................................... 23

"Variation of conditions.................................................................. 23

Influence of absorbed water............................................................. 24

Comparison of exceptional occurrences.................................................. 24

Changes of physical conditions.......................................................... 25

Influence,of water vapor................................................................ 26

Application to quartz-bearing basalts ................................................... 28

Confirmatory observations .................................................................. 29

Porphyritical quartz in other volcanic rocks............................................ 29

Chemical similarity of basalts with and without quartz ................................ 30

Chemical differences between basalts with quartz ...................................... 81

Different mineral development of chemically similar magmas........................... 31

Summary........................................................................................ 32

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.

 BULLETIN 67.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 67 | The relations of the traps of the 

Newark system | in the New Jersey region |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin ,| of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 67 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The relations | of the | traps of the Newark system | in 

the | New Jersey region | by j Nelson Horatio Darton | [Survey 

design] |

Washingtono | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv and [v], verso blank; 

general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, 

pp. 5-6; illustrations, pp. 7-9, verso blank; letter of transinittal, by G. K. Gilbert, 

geologist in charge, p. 11, verso blank; text, pp. 13-74; bibliography, pp. 74-79, 

verso blank; index, pp. 81-82. 8°. Plates i-vi; figs. 1-49. ;

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 67.

Page. 

Introduction...................:................................................................. 13

Watchung trap sheets............................................................................ 16

Structural relations in the Watchung region ................................................ 16

Mutual relations of the Watchung traps .................................................... 18

First and second Watching traps ........................................................... 19

General relations ........................................................................ 19

Thickness Faults ...........................:......................;................... 21

Columnar structure...................................................................... 23

Succession of sheets..................................................................... 24

The surface of the trap sheets and their contact relations-with the inclosing strata ..... 25
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 67 AND 68.

"Watchnng trap sheets continued. Page.

Third "Watclumg trap........................................................................ 32

General relations ..........'..................... ......................................... 32

Thickness................................................ .............................. 33

Rock structure .......................................................................... 34

Relations to the associated sedimentary rocks........................................... 34

Now Vernou trap................................................................................. 34

New Gcrtnautown trap.......................................................................... 36

Palisade trap.................................................................................... 37

- General relations............................................................................ 37

Structural relations in the Palisade region .................................................. 39

Faults....................................................................................... 41

Thickness.................................................................................... 44

s Relations to underlying strata............................................................... 45

Relations to overlying strata .................................................................. 50

Union liill trap .................................................................................. 53

Granton trap .................................................................................... 54

_ Snake hills trap ................................................................................. 55

Arlington traps................................................................................... 5G

Lawrence brook, Ten mile rim mountain, Eocky hill, Fennington mountain, Bald pate, nnd

Jericho hill traps.............................................................................. 59

Sourlaiul mountains trap ........................................................................ 61

Trap of Cushetunk and Round mountains....................................................... 62

Small trap sheets in the Raritan river region.................................................... 65

Smaller trap masses of the Delaware river region ............................................... 68

Small dikes...................................................................................... 69

Summary........................................................................................ 70

Bibliography .................................................................................... 74

3,000 copies published, the number required by-the law relating to these bulletins.

* Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 68.

Cover title: Department of the, interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

'- States | geological survey | no. 65 | Earthquakes in California in 1889 | 

^' Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 68 | [Seal of the department of the 

f> inteiror] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: .United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, di-

*. rector | Earthquakes in California | in | 1889 | by | James Edward 

Keeler | astronomer in charge of earthquake observations, Lick | observatory | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; text, pp. 7-24; index, p. 25. 8°. See bulletin 95.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 68.

Page. 

Introduction...................................................... .............................. 7

Scale of measurements .......................................................................... 7

Differences of intensity.......................................................................... 8

Chronologic record .............................................................................. 10

f 3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 5 cents.
t 

200 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

BULLETIN 69.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 69 | A classed and annotated bibliography | of fossil insects,|

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 69 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | A | classed and annotated | bibliography of fossil insects | by | 

Samuel Hubbard Scudder | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of tlie survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; preface, pp. 7-8; the bibliography, pp. 9-98; index of authors, pp. 99-101. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 69.

Page.

Preface.......................................................................................... 7

General for all geological times, or without regard to times, or miscellaneous .................. 9

General for Paleozoic time....................................................................... 25

Special for Paleozoic time........................................................................ 33

Myriapoda................................................................................... 33

Araclmida.................................................................................... 36

Neuropteroidea................................ .«.. . y ........................................ 40

Orthopteroidea .............................................................................. < 43'

Hfiinipteroidea............................................................................... 47

Coleopteroidea............................................................................... 47

General for Mesozoic time........................................................................ 48

Special for Mesozoic time........................................................................ 53

Myriapoda................................................................................... 63

Araclmida...-.--............................................................................ 53

Neuroptera........................:......................................................... 54

Ortlioptera................................................................................... 56

Hemiptera.................................................................................... 67

Coleoptera................................................................................... 57

Diptera...................................................................................... 59

Lepidoptera................................................................................. 59

Hymenoptera............................................................................ 1... 59

General for Cenozoic time ................... ........'..*......................................... 59

Special for Cenozoic time ........................................................................ 80

Myriapoda................................................................................... 80

Arachnida................................................................................... 80

Heuroptera.................................................................................. 81

Orthoptera................................................................................... 85

Hemiptera................................................................................... 85

Coleoptera................................................................................... 86

Diptera...................................................................................... 92

Lepidoptera................................................................................. 94

Hymenoptera.....................................................................:.......... 96

Copal insects.................................................................................... 98

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 69 AND 70. 201

BULLETIN 70.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

-States | geological survey | no. 70 | Keport on astronomical work of 1889 

and 1890 |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

General title; Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 70 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Eeport | on | astronomical work | of | 1889 and 1880 | by | 

Kobert Simp son Woodward | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

].; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; illustration p. 7, verso blank; letter of transrnittal, p. 9, verso blank; text, 

pp. 11-79.. 8°. 1 figure.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 70.

Page.

Astronomical positions determined in 1889 and 1890 ......................................s....... 11

Descriptiou of stations...................................................................... 12

Spearville. Kansas; Bois6 city, Idaho; Cisco, Texas; SierraBlanca, Texas............. 12

Instruments and instrumental constants .................................................... 12

Instruments used at St. Louis and in field, and their constants ......................... 12

Latitudes.................................................................................... 13

Methods of observation and computation; tables of results ............................ 13

Longitudes ........^......................................................................... 23

Methods of observation and computation; tables of results .*...-...................... 23

Personal equation work ................................................................. 24

Time-piece corrections and rates ......................................................... 62

Record of clock comparisons and apparent differences of longitude ..................... 64

Longitude differences uncorrected for personal and instrumental equation.............. 66

Corrections for personal and instrumental equation, 1889................................ 67

Corrections for personal and instrumental equation, 1890................................ 69

Arrangement of telegraphic circuits, transmission times, etc............................ 70

Adopted longitudes ..................................................................... 70

Geographical positions of piers.......................................................... 71

Fixation of the one hundred and fifth meridian in El Paso county, Texas.................... 71

Method adopted to fix meridian.......................................................... 71

Measurement of base-line............................................................... 72

Angles of triangulation .................................................................. 74

Connection with base of Texas geological survey........................................ 77

Azimuth of base-line ................................................................... 78

Geodetic position of points in triangulation............................................. 78

Positions of stones marking the ono hundred and fifth meridian ....................... 79

Probable error of position of meridian as defined by marking stones.................... 80

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents. 

A documentary edition of bulletins 66-70 in a single volume was issued as follows:

52d congress, 11st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. j 

no. 21. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States j 

geological survey | nos. 66 to 70 |

Washington | government printing office | 1892
202 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BDLL.IOO.

No covers; title as above, verso blank; followed by the five bulletins, without their 

covers.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued unbound, 

as described above; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as the 

larger portion of vol.. 17 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the fifty-second congress.

BULLETIN 71. . ^

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 71 | Index to the known fossil insects 

of the world, | including myriapods and arachnids |

Washington | government printing office | 3891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 71 | [Seal of the department of the * 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, di 

rector | Index | to the known | fossil insects of the world | including | myriapods and arachnids | by | Samuel Hubbard Scuclder j 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general ^ 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal to the director, pp. 7-8; text, pp. 9-734; index of generic names, pp. 735-744. 8°. See bulletin no. 31.

 CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 71.

Page. ^

Paleozoic fossils...........................-...........-..............'............................ 9

Myriapoda ...........................*........................................................ 9

Arachnida................................................................................... 18

Palaeodictyoptera............................................................................ 30 \_

The orthopteroicl series.................................................................. 30

The neuropteroid sei'ies.................................................................. 70

The hemipteroid series.................................................................. 92

The coleopteroid series.............................................. .................... 96

'Others................................................................................... 98 -^

Mesozoic fossils.................................................................................. 98

Myriapoda ...................................... .....-....................!.................. 98

Arachnida................................................................................... 99

Hexapoda.................................................................................... 100 » Orthoptera............................................................................... 101

Neuropl era.............................................................................. 130

Hemiptera..................................... l......................................... 165

Coleoptera ............................................................................... 177

Diptera.................................................................................. 221

Lepidoptera.............................................................................. 227

Hymenoptera......,.'.................-.................................................. 228

Tracks and foot-prints....................................................................... 233

Cenozoic fossils.............................-.......................................:............ 237

Myriapoda.................................................................................... 237

Arachnida ................................................\:................................. 244

Hexapoda.................................................................................... 301

Orthoptera............................................................................... 301 .

Neuroptera ....................................^:........................................ 318

Hemiptera............................................................................... 380
WAKMAN.] . BULLETINS 71 AND 72. 203

Cenozoic fossils continued.

Hexapoda contin ued. Pago, 

Colcoptora............................................................................... 450

Dip tern.................................................................................. 595

Lepidoptorn.............................................................................. 671

Hynicnoptcra..............................................w... .,......................... 682

Index of genera ................................................................................. 7i)5

3,000 copies published,- the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 50 cents.

A documentary edition, of bulletin 71 alone was published, as follows:

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no.22. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States j 

geological survey | no. 71 |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Title as above, verso blank; followed by the leaf bearing sample catalogue slips, 

the advertisement, and the remainder of the volume as detailed above for the other 

edition.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition) about 600 of which were issued unbound, 

as just described; the remainder Avere printed later #nd bound in sheep as a portion 

of vol. 17 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the 

first session of the fifty-second congress."

BULLETIN 72.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | .United 

States | geological snrvey | no. 72 | Altitudes between lake Superior 

and the | Bocky mountains |

Washington | government printing office.( 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 72 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Altitudes | between | lake Superior and the Rocky mountains | by | Warren Upham | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-10; 

letter of transmittal to the director by T. C. Chamberlin, geologist in charge, p. 11, 

verso blank; introduction, pp. 13-17; text, pp. 18-193, verso blank; indexes (of hills 

and mountains, lakes, and towns and stations), pp. 195-229. 8°.

CONTENTS OP BULLETIN 72.

Page.

Introduction......................................'................................................ 13

Fluctuations of lake Superior, November, 1870, to January, 1888 ................................ .18

Altitudes of railroads ........................................................................... 19

Northern Pacific railroad system............................................................ 19

Cauadian Pacific railroad system ..........................".................................. 39

Winnipeg and Hudson bay railway.... t..................................................... 52

Manitoba and northwestern railway......................................................... 52

Northwest coal and navigation company's rail way .......................................... 57

Regina and Long lake »iil way............................................................... 57

St. Paul and Duluth railway............................:.................................... 57

Dulutli and Iron range railroad.............................................................. 62
204 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Altitudes of railroads continued. Page.

Wisconsin central railroad (the part in Minnesota)........................................... 63

Chicago, Burlington and northern railroad (the part in Minnesota)......................... 63

Minneapolis, Sault Ste. Marie and Atlantic railway......................................... 63

Minneapolis and Pacific railway............................................................. 66

Great northern (formerly St. Paul, Minneapolis and Manitoba) railway system ............. 68

Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul railway system ........................................... 95

Chicago and northwestern railway .......................................................... 116

Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis and Omaha railway.......................................... 122

Chicago, St. Paul and Kansas city railway .................................................. 129

Minneapolis and St. Louis railway .......................................................... 135

Burlington, Cedar rapids and northern railway.............................................. 140

Fremont, Elkhorn and Missouri valley.railroad.............................................. 145

Altitudes of rivers ........................................'...................................... 147

St. Lawrence river system .................................................................. 147

Mississippi river system .................................................................... 148

Minnesota river system ..................................................................... 161

Missouri river system....................................................................... 163

Streams and lakes on the canoe route from lake Superior to the Lake of the woods, by way

of the Kaministiquia, Dog, Sturgeon, and Rainy rivers ................................... 170

System of the Rainy and "Winnipeg rivers................................................... 171

System of the Red river of the north ......................................................... 173

Saskatchewan river.......................................................................... 181

Nelson river......................;.......................................................... 181

Altitudes of watersheds, hills, mountains, lakes, and streams, on routes of geological or other

surveys.................................................................................... 182

. Additional notes from railroad surveys in Minnesota-....................................... 182

Chains of lakes in Martin county............................................................ 182

St. Paul and vicinity ......................................................................... 183

Minneapolis and vicinity.................................................................... 183

Northeastern Minnesota..................................................................... 184

Various topographic districts in Minnesota ................................................. 187

Morainic holts in Iowa ............................................:......................... 187

Plateaus, hills, and lakes in South and North Dakota ....................................... 188

On the international boundary .............................................................. 188

Manitoba and adjoining parts of British America ........................................... 189

Index of hills and mountains.................................................................... 195

Index of lakes...........................................:....................................... 197

Index of towns and stations.......................................................c.............. 204

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 20 cents.

BULLETIN 73.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 73 | The viscosity of solids |

Washington | government printing office | 1891.

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 73 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, 

director | The | viscosity of solids | by | Carl Barus. | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blanK; contents, pp. v-vii,
WARMAN.] BULLETIN 73. 205

verso blank; illustrations, pp. ix-x; preface, pp. xi-xii; text, pp. 1-135, verso 

blank; index, pp. 137-139. 8°. Plates i-vi; tigs. 1-28. Chapter I (pp. 1-52) is 

" by Carl Barus and Vincent Strouhal."

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 73.

Page.

Preface.......................................................................................... xi

Chapter I. The viscosity of steel and its relations to temper, by C. Barus and V. Strouhal..... I

Introduction................................................................................. 1

Literary notes........................................................................... 2

Plan of research......... v ................................................................ 2

Method of experiment....................................................................... 3

Apparatus............................................................................... 3

Bifllar apparatus..................................................................... 3

Tubular apparatus .................................................................. 5

TJnifllar apparatus................................................................... 6

Method of observing...................................................................... 6

Method of tempering.................................................................... 6

Quenching........................................................................... 6

Annealing........................................................................... 8

Elimination of errors.................................................................... 9

Experimental data........................................................................... 12

Notation.................................................^ ................................ 12

Introductory explanations............................................................... 12

Experiments proper...................................................................... 14

Notation............................................................................. 14

Rods annealed at 25° and 100°........................................................ 14

0 Rods annealed at 190°................................................................ 18

Eods annealed at360°................................................................ 21

Rods annealed at 450°.............................................'................... 23

Soft rods............................................................................. 25

Remarks on the tables................................................................... 28

Miscellaneous experiments.............................................................. 29

Glass fibers....'................~..................................................... 29

Iron, soft and drawn....................................... *......................... 31

Nickel and copper................................................................... 35

Steels annealed at450° and 1000° .................................................... 37

Quadrifilar arrangement............................................................. 37

Tubular apparatus................................................................... 38

Discussion..........................................-........................................' 39

Interpretation of ($-$') .............................................................. 39

Viscosity and temper...................................... ^.............................. 41

Graphic digest. ....................................................................... 41

Immediate results ................................................................... 42

Viscosity and electrics of steel ...................................................... 44

Viscosity and hardness.............................................................. 44

Residual phenomenon.................-..................................'............ 45

Sectional aruas of the bifllar wires....................................................... 45

Viscosity and strain..................................................................... 47

Steel and glass....................................................................... 47

Steel and iron........................................................................ 47

Effect of quenching ................................................................. 48

Steel and cast-iron................................................................... 49

Stress intensity estimated ........................................................... 49

Magnetic relations........................................................................ 50

Viscosity and magnetic intensity..................................................". 50

Magnetic and viscous maxima in steel............................................... 50

Steel and iron........................................................................ 51

Remark s..................................................................................... 51

Chapter II. The viscosity of steel and its relations to temperature............................. 53

Introduction................................................................................. 53

Method of measurement..................................................................... 53

Apparatus........................................................................... 53

Theory of apparatus................................................................. 55

Digression........................................................................... 67
206 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, [BUU,IOO.

Chapter II. The viscosity of steel and its relations to temperature continued. Pago.

Experimental results ........................................................................ 58

Residual twist....................................................................... 58

Torsional viscosity and temperature..................................................... 59

Notation............................................................................. 59

Viscosity at 100°..................................................................J.. 60

Viscosity at 190°..................................................................... 64

Vistosityat 360°..................................................................... 66

Remarks on the tables................................................................ 68

Deductions .................................................................................. 68

Viscosity and temperature ........................................................>. 68

Behavior of other inetals ...........................^.............. '. ................. 70

Viscosity and pressure .............................................................. 71

Sudden and gradual deformation .................................................... 72

Chapter HI. Maxwell's theory of the viscosity of solids and its physical verification........... 74

Introduction................................................................................. 74

Historical sketch of the theories of solid viscosity........................................... 75

0. E. Meyer's theory................................................................. 75

Boltzmann's theory...................................... 1............................ 75

Neesen's theory...................................................................... 76

Warburg's theory.................................................................... 77

Nissen's theory...................................................................... 77

Maxwell's theory. ......?....................- ....................................... 77

Experimental results .........................................>.............................. 79

Apparatus..............'...................................--........................... 79

Theory of the apparatus............................................................. 79

Measurements with steel............................................................ 79

Viscous behavior of the rods ...................................................... -°. 80

Mean values deduced..................................................... 1.......... 82

Data of the measurements with platinum alloys..................................... 83

Deductions from platinum alloys ............................................................ 86

. Viscous effect of alloying............................................................ 86

Effect of annealing and hardening platinum......................................... 87

Summary.....................................................................°........... 88

Deductions for ste'el......................................................................... 88

"Accommodation " in glass-hard steel................................................... 88

The.phenomena proper .............................................................. 88

Motional effects estimated........................................................... 92

 "Accommodation" and hysteresis................................................... 92

Viscous and electrical behavior compared ........................................... 93

Viscosity at mean atmospheric temperature ......................................... 94

Viscosity at 100°......................-.............................................. 95

Viscosity at higher temperatures..................................................... "96

Annealing and viscous deformations superposed .................................... 96

Viscosity and stress................................................................. 97

The phenomenon of glass-hardness................................................... 99

The phenomena of annealing ........................................................ 100

The temper-strain in other substances............................................... 101

Extremes of complex and of simple molecular structure............................. 101

Thermal stability of magnetic configuration......................................... '102

Intensity of magnetic configuration.................................................. 103

Summary.................................................................................... 104

Clausius's and Maxwell's theories compared ................:........................... 104

Chapter IV. The effect of magnetization on the viscosity and on the rigidity of iron and steel.. 105

Introduction.................................................................................. 105

Viscosity of magnetized steel and iron....................................................... 106

Apparatus and method .............................................................. 106

Results.............................................................................. 107

Eigidity of magnetized iron................................... .............................. 110

Definitions and results............................................................... 110

Deductions .......................... I.................................................... 113

Constant fields.................................................................. c.... 113

Intermittent fields................................................................... 116

Eigidity of magnetized steel.................................................................. 118

Chapter V. The change of the order of absolute viscosity encountered on passing from fluid to

solid.............................................................................. 120
WABMAH.) BULLETINS 73 AND 74. 207

Chapter V. The change of the order of absolute viscosity, etc. continued. Page.

Introduction.............................. ................................................... 120

Gases and vapors ............................................................................ 120

Liquids ...................................................................................... 121

Viscous fluids ............................................................................... 121

Apparatus . .......................................................................... 121

Computation. Example : glycerine ................................................. 121

Data for marine glue ................................................................ 123

Results for parafline ................................................................. 124

Solids........................................................................................ 124

Method of comparison ............................................................... 124

Discussion of results ........................................... ... ................... 125

Errors encountered. ................................................................. 125

General remarks on solid viscosity .................................................. 126

Apparatus for direct method ........................................................ 126

Method of computation. ............................................................. 128

Data obtained ....................................................................... 128

Discussion ................................................................................... 132

Retrospective. ....................................................................... 132

Spontaneous breaking ............................................................... 132

Time variation of absolute viscosity. ................................................ 132

Solidity of the three states of aggregation ........................................... 134

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 74.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 74 | The minerals of North Carolina | 

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of thve interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 74 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | minerals of North Carolina | by | Frederick Augustus 

Genth | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

 Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1. ; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-8; 

letter of transmittal to the director, by F. W. Clark, chief chemist, p. 9, verso blank ; 

preface, pp. 11-12; text, pp. 13-116; index, pp. 117-119. 8°.

f

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 74.

Letter of transmittal ......................................................

Preface ...................................................................

Native elements ..........................................................

Gold.............................................. ............... -

Silver.............................................................

Platinum .....................................................

Palladium ........ I...............................................

Copper ...........................................................

Iron, including meteorites. .......................................

Lead. .............................................................

Antimony ................................ s.................... ....

Sulphur ..........................................................

Diamond .........................................................

Page.

....................... 9

........................ 11

....................... 13

....................... 13

....................... 14

....................... 14

....................... 14

....................... 14

....................... 14

....................... 20

....................... 20

....................... . 21

....................... 21

Graphite ................................................................................ 22
208 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. JBULL.IOO.

Sulphides, etc ................................................................................... 22

Sulphides and tellurides of metals of the sulphur and arsenic groups........................ 22 "

Stibnite................................................................................. 22

Bismuthinite............................................................................ 22

Tetradymito................................'.......................:..................... 22

Molybdenite............................................................................. 23

Snlphides, etc., of the iron, gold, and tin groups............................................. 23

Argentite ............................................................................... 23

Galenite................................................................................. 23

Altaite .................................................................................. 23

Bornite.................................................................................\ 23

Sphalerite or zinc blende................................................................ 24

Chalcocite............................................................................... 24

Troilite.................................................................................. 24

Pyrrhotite................................................:............................... 24

Sclireibersite ................................................ v .......................... 24

Pyrite............................'........................................... .......... 24

Chalcopyrite............................................................................. 25

Barnhardtite ............................................................................. 25

Marcasite................................................................................ 20

Leucopyrite ........................................................................... T. 26

Arsenopyrite............................................................................. 26

Nagyagite............................................................................... 26

Covellite..........^-....................................................................... 27

Sulpharsenides, stilphantimomdes, etc ...................................................... 27

Proustite................................................................................ 27

Aikinite................................................................................. 27

Tetrahedrite............................................................................. 27

Compounds of chlorine, etc...................................................................... 28

Halite .................................................................-.............'..... 28

Cerargyrite.............................................................................. 28

Ferrous chloride......................................................................... 28

Fluorine compounds............................................................................. 28

Fluorite................................................................................. 28

Tttrocerite.............................................................................. 28

Oxygen compounds............ ................................................................. 28

Oxides........................;........-....................................-..-.-.-......... 28

Cuprite.................................................................................. 28

Melaconite ...........................'.................................................... 29

Corundum............................................................................... 29

H ematito................................................................................. 31

Menaccanito............................................................................. 31

Spinel................................................................................... * 32

Gahnito.................................................................................. 33

Magnetite............................................................................... 33

Chromite .................................. T. ............................................ 34

Cassiterite ...................................^.............'.........................:..... 35

TJraninito................................................................................ 35

Kutile................................................................................... 36

Anatase .....................;........................................................... 37

Brookite ................................................................................ 37

Pyrolusite....................................................... ....................... 37

Braunite................................................................................. 38

Hausmannite ............................................................................. 38

Diaspore................................................................................. 38

Gothite...................... ............................................................ 38

Limonite ......................................................................:......... 38

Gummite................................................................................ 38

Psilomelane ....................... i ...................................................... 39

Wad....................................................................................... 39

Senarmontite or valftntinitc ............................................................. 40

Biamite.................................................................................. 40

Molybdito............................................................................... 4Q

Quartz .................................................................................. 40

Opal.....................................................:............................... 42
WABMAN.] BULLETIN 74. 209

Oxygen compounds continued. Page.

Ternary oxygen compounds silicates....................................................... 42

Anhydrous silicates....................................................................... 42

Enstatite................................................................................ 42

Pyroxene................................................................................ 43

Spodiimene.............................................................................. 43

Amphibole.............................................................................. 44

Smaragdite.............................................................................. 45

Arfvedsonito............................................................................ 45

Crocidolite .............................................................................. 46

Beryl................................ ................................................... 46

Chrysolite............................................................................... 47

Garnet................................................................ .................. 48

Zircon................................................................................... 49

"Vesuvianite............................................................................. 49

Epidote..............................................'................................... 50

Allanite................................................................................. 50

Zoisite................................................................................... 51

Phlogopite............................................................................... 52

Biotite................................................................................... 52

Muscovite................................................................................ 52

Labradorite ............................................................................. 54

Andesite ................................................................................ 55

Oligoclase ............................................................................... 55

Albite................................................................................... 56

Orthoclase............................................................................... 56

Tourmaline.............................................................................. 57

ribrolite.............................................^......-........................... 58

Cyanite................................................................................... 58

Topaz.................................................................................... 59

Enclase.................................................................................. 59

Titanite ......................................... v ...................................... 60

Staurolite................................................................................ CO

Hydrous silicates.......................................................................... 60

Chrysocolla.............................................................................. 60

Calamine ................................................................................ 61

Talc..................................................................................... 61

Pyrophyllite............................................................................. 62

Stilpnomelane........................................................................... 62

Glauconite............................................................................... 62

Serpentine............................................................................... 62

Deweylito ............................................................................... 63

Cerolite..............--...------..-...................................................... 63

' Genthitc................................................................................. 63

Kaolinito ................................................................................ 63

Saponite................................................................................. 64

Halloysite............................................................................... 64

Pinite................................................................................... 64

Paragonito............................................................................... 64

Hisingerito .............................................................................. 64

Culsageeile.............................................-...........................'..... 65

Kerrite.................................................................................. 65

Maconite ....................................................................... % ........ 66

Lucasite................................................................................. 66

Pennmite ............................................................................... 66

Prochlorite.and chlorite ................................................................. 67

Chloritoid ............................................................................... 68

"Willcoxito............................................................................... 68

Margarite ............................................................................... 69

Dudleyito................................................................................ 69

TJranotil................................................................................. 70

Thorite.................................................................................. 70

Auerlite................................................................................. 70

Xanthitane.............................................................................. 71

Tantalates, columbates ...................................................................... 71

Pyrochlore or microlite...................................................................... 71

Bull, 100 14
210 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Oxygen compounds continued.

Tantalates, ooiunibates continued. Page.

Hatchettolite............................................................................ 72

Tantalite ................................................................................ 72

Columbite............................................................................... 72

Yttrotantalite........................................................................... 73 ''' 

Samarskite.............................................................................. 73

. Butherfordite ........................................................................... 74

Fergusonite ............................... I............................................. 74 J

Polycrase................................................................................ 75 t

Kogersite ............................................................................... 75

Phosphates, arsenates, etc.................................................1................. 76

Xenotime................ . ................................................................ 76

Apatite.....................................................^........................... 76

Pyromorphite ........................................................................... 77

Monazite ................................................................................ 77

Vivianite................................................................................ 78

Olivenite. ............................................................................... 78

Pseudomalachite... '. ...................................................................... 78 . _

Lazulite ................................................................................. 78

Scorodite ................................................................................ 79

Wavellito................................................................................ 79

Pharmacosiderite........................................................................ 79

Dufrenite.............................................. .................................... 79

Phosphuranylite......................................................................... 79

Autunite ................................................................................ 79 \

Niter .................................................................................... 79

Tungstates, molybdates, etc................................................................. 80 ' >

Wolframite.............................................................................. 80

Khombic tungstate of lime .............................................................. 80

Scheelite................................................................................. 80

Cuproscbeelite............:.............................................................. 80 ',-,

Stolzite.................................................................................. 80 V

Sulphates, chromates, etc.................................................................... 81 v

Barite ................................................................................... 81

Anglesite ............................................................................... 81

Crocoite ................................................................................. 81 *

Melanterite.............................................................................. 81

Goslarite ................................................................................ 81 ""J

Clialcanthite ............................................................................ 81

Alunogen .................................. '. ...............;............................ 82

Misy..................................................................................... 82

Montanite ............................................................................... 82 ^

Carbonates .................................................................................. 82

Calcite........................................................:.......................... 82 v

Dolomite................................................................................. .83

Magnesite............................................................................... 83

Siderite.................................................................................. 83

Khodochrosite........................................................................... 84

Cerussite ................................................................................ 84

Malachite................................................................................ 84

Azurite.................................................................................. 84 ^

Bismutite ................................................................................ 84

Mineral coal ......................... .:.......................................................... 85

Anthracite................................................................................... 85 '

Bituminous coal.............................................................................. 85

Lignite...................................................................................... 85 ,

Organic compounds.............................................................. ............... 85 V

Amber....................................................................................... 85

Synopsis of minerals and mineral localities by counties ......................................... 86 .

Index............................................................................................ 117 >,

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins,

15 cents. . <
WABMAK.]. BULLETINS 74, 75, AND 76. 211

BULLETIN 75.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 75 | Eecord of North American geology for 1887 to 1889 | inclusive |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of tlie | United 

States ['geological survey | no. 75 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Eecord | of | North American geology for 1887 to 1889 inclusive | by | Nelson Horatio Darton | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of trausmittal to the director, p. 5, verso blank; introductory, p. 7; key to the subject 

references, p. 8; list of publications examined, pp. 9-11, verso blank; text, pp. 

13-173. 8°.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

A documentary edition of bulletins 72-75 in a single volume was issued as follows:

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no.23. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United States j 

geological survey | nos. 72 to 75 |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No covers; title as above, verso blank; followed by the four bulletins, without 

their coArers.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which, were issued unbound, as just described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as 

vol. 18 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first 

session of the fifty-second congress."

BULLETIN 76.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | ho. 76 | A dictionary of altitudes in the 

United States | (second edition) |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 76 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | A | dictionary of altitudes | in | the United States | (second 

edition) | compiled by | Henry Gannett | chief topographer | [Survey 

design] j

Washington j government printing office | 1891
212 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [CULL. loo.

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director, p. 5, verso blank; schedule of authorities, pp. 7-14; abbreviations of names of railroads, pp. 15-19, verso'blank; the dictionary, pp. 21-393. 

8°. Arranged alphabetically by railroad stations. See bulletin no. 5.

3,500 copies published, the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins 

and 500 copies ordered by the department for gratuitous distribution. These 500 

 were bound in dark maroon cloth. Price, 25 cents.

BULLETIN 77.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 77 | The Texan Permian and its Mesozoic types of fossils |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 77 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The Texan Permian | and its | Mesozoic types of fossils | by | 

Charles A. White | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1,.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents and illustrations, p. 5, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director, p. 7, verso blank; 

synopsis of results, p. 8; text, pp. 9-39, verso blank; half-title "Plates," p. 41, 

verso blank; descriptions of plates, pp. 44, 46, 48, and 50 (versos), the recto in each 

case containing the word "Plate" and its number as a half-title; index, p. 51. 8°. 

Plates i-iv; fig. 1,

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 77.

Page. 

Synopsis of results.............................................................................. 8

Introduction .................................................................................... 9

Description of species........................................................................... 19

General discussion .............................................................................. 30

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 78.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

State-1 ) | geological survey | no. 78 | Beport of work done in the division 

of chemistry and | physics, mainly during the fiscal year 1889-'90 |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 78 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891
WARMAH.] BULLETINS 77 AND 78. 213

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Report of work done | in the | division of chemistry and 

physics | mainly during the | fiscal year 1889-'90'| Frank Wigglesworth Clarke, chief chemist | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank ; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; 

illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; preface, p.9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-129, verso 

Wank; index, p. 131. 8°. .Figs. 1-9.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 78.

Page.

Preface............................................I............................................. 9

Experiments upon the constitution of the natural silicates, by F. ,W. Clarke and E. A. Schneider. 11

Olivine ...................................................................................... IB

Talc......................................................................................... 13

Serpentine................................................................................... 15

The chlorite group.......................................................................... 19

The micas ................................................................................... 24

The vermiculites ............................................................................. 28

Final considerations......................................................................... 31

The relative abundance of the chemical elements, by F. W. Clarke.............................. 35

On the occurrence of nitrogen in uraninite, and on the composition of urauinite in general; by

W. F. Hillebrand.......................................................................... 43

General introductory remarks ............................................................... 43

Preparation of samples for analysis ..........:............................ ^................. 45

Methods of analysis......................................................................... 40

Detection and examination of nitrogen................................'...................... 53

Estimation of nitrogen ........-. ............................................................ GO

Analysis of uraninito......................................................................... 60

Bohemian and Saxon uraninite .......................................................... 72

Discussion of analyses....................................................................... 73

Special experiments relating to the nitrogen in uraninite.................................... 70

Effect of heating in air.................................................................. 76

Effect of heating in carbonic acid gas ................................................... 77

Effect of heating in hydrogen............................................................ 77

Conclusions ................................................................................. 78

MotHcinuabarite from New Almaden, California, by "W. H. Melville............................. 80

An apparatus for the determination of water in mineral analysis, by Thomas M. Chatard...... 84

The separation of titanium, chromium, aluminum, iron, barium and phosphoric acid inorock

analysis, by Thomas M. Chatard............................................................ 87

Seven newmete<5rites, by L. G. Eakins..........................:........................ .. r .... 91

Stony meteorite from Texas ................................................................. 91

Meteoric iron from North Carolina ..................................................^....... 93

Pallasite from Kansas....................................................................... 94

Meteoric iron from Texas...................................................................: 95

Meteoric iron from Chili..'................................................................... 96

. Chondrite from Iowa........................................................................ 95

Llano del Inca meteorite ..................................... °.............................. 97

On a petroleum from Cuba, by H. N. Stokes..................................................... 98

Paraffins......................................................... 1........................... 100

Unsaturated fatty hydrocarbons............................................................. 100

Aromatic hydrocarbons.............................................................. i....... 100

Naphthenes................................................................................. 101

On a supposed mineral resin from Livingston, Montana, by H. N. Stokes ...................... 105

Preliminary notes on the coefficients of thermal expansion of certain rocks, by William Hallock. 109

Methods..................................................................................... 109

Materials.................................................................................... 115

Miscellaneous analyses.......................................................................... 119

Astrophyllite................................................................................ 119

Brown hornblende..............;............................................................ 119

Kyanite..................................................................................... 120
214 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBULL.IOO.

Miscellaneous analyses continued. . Page.

Liebenerite? ............................................................................... 120

Kaolin...................................... v ............................................... 120

Picrallumogene ........-....................................."............................... 121

Brochantite.................................................................... *. ....:...'.. .^ 321

Keratophyr from Marblehead neck, Massacliusetts......................... ^................' 121

Websterite from North Carolina and Maryland.............................................. 122

Feldspars from Minnesota gabbros .......................................................... 122

Eruptive rock from Montana ................................................................ 123

Rocks from California'....................................................................... 123

Sandstone from Arizona. ...........................^........................................ 12-t

Limestone from Kansas......................................g............................... 124

Five Cherokee limestones ................................................................... 125

Ores of iron .........'..........................,............................................. 125

pres of manganese.......................................................................... 127

Two coals from West Virginia............................................................... 128

"Water from Webster grove, Missouri........................................................ 129

Brass........................................................................................ 129

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 79.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 79 | A late volcanic eruption in northern California | and its peculiar lava |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 79 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director j A late volcanic eruption | in | northern California | and | its peculiar lava | by | Joseph Silas Diller | [Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-iv, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; illustrations, p. 7; synopsis of contents, p. 8; text, pp. 9-33. 8°. Plates 

i-xvu; ngs%l-4. ,

. CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 79.

» Page.

Synopsis of contents...........................-...............-..-.......'....................... 8

Introduction .................................................................................... 9

General view of the scene............ .". ........................................................... 10

The cinder cone .................................... ^.......................................^.... 11

The ash field......................:.......................................................'....... ,13

The lava field.................................................................................... ' 15

Ancient lake bed................................................................................ 17

History of the eruption.......................................................................... 18

Age of the eruption.............................................................................. 19

The lava-quartz basalt........................................................................... 21

The quartz of the quartz basalt............. .................................................... 24

Distribution of quartz basalt.................................................................... 30

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.
WAKMAN.] BULLETINS 79 AND 80. l5

BULLETIN 80.

Cover title:- Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 80 | Correlation papers Devonian and 

Carboniferous |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 80 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Correlation papers | Devonian and Carboniferous | by | Henry 

Shaler Williams | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 11891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal to the director by G. K. Gilbert, geologist in charge, 

pp. 7-10; outline of the paper, pp. 11-12; text, pp. 13-269, verso blank; index, pp. 

271-279. 8°.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 80.

Page.

Letter of transmittal by Mr. G. K. Gilbert ..................................................... 7

Outline of this paper ............................................................................ 11

Introduction. The state of opinion at the beginning of the present century regarding the classification and naming of geologic formations .................................................. . 13

Chapter I. The history and. development of opinion regarding the classification of rocks in 

the United States, from the time of William Maclure to the completion of the geological survey of the state of New York (1809-1843)...................................................... 22

Chapter II. The general application of the nomenclature of the New York system as a 

standard of correlation in other parts of the United States (1840-1851).....-.................. 58

Chapter III. Miscellaneous discussions regarding the correlation of Devonian and Carboniferous formations in the. central part of the United States (1846-1887)............................ 75

Chapter IV. The differentiation of the Carboniferous system.................................. 83

Chapter V. The Coal measures or Pennsylvanian series: The development of ils nomenclature 

and classification in the Appalachian province (1830-1888) .................................... 108

Chapter VI. The conglomerates and lower Carboniferous formations of the Appalachian 

province....................................................................................... 121

Chapter VIE. The Chemung-Catskill problem: The history of the discussions concerning the 

correlation of the Chomuug-Catskill formations in the northern part of the Appalachian 

province....................................................................................... 135

Chapter VUX. The lower Carboniferous or Mississippian series: The development of the 

nomenclature and classification of the lower Carboniferous formations of the Mississippian 

province (1821-1874)........................................................................... 173

Chapter IX. The Waverly problem: The history of the discussion concerning the correlation 

of the Waverly, Marshall, Goniatite limestone, Kiuderhook, and Choteau formations (1838- 

1888)........-... ......................................................:........^................ 193

Chapter X. The Permian problem: Discussions relative to the correlation of the Permian, hi 

Kansas and Nebraska and other parts of the United States (T858-188G)........................ 213

Chapter XI. Devonian and Carboniferous correlations in the western and northern 'provinces 

of North America ............................................................................. 22C

Chapter XII. The Acadian province: The correlations and classifications of the upper Paleozoic formations in the Acadian province ..................................................... 258

3,500 copies published, the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 500 ordered by the department for free distribution. Price, 20 cents.
216 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100. 

A documentary edition of bulletins 76-80 in a single volume was issued as follows:

52d congress, 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | no. 

24. | Department of the.interior | Bulletins | of the | United States | 

geological survey | nos. 76 to 80 |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No covers; title as above, verso blank; followed by the five bulletins, without their 

covers.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued unbound, 

as just described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as vol. 19 of 

the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of 

the fifty-second congress."

BULLETIN 81.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 81 | Correlation papers Cambrian |

Washington | government printing office | 189L

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 81 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director 

| Correlation papers | Cambrian | by | Charles Doolittle Walcott j 

[Survey design] j 

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-9, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 11, verso Hblank; letter of transmittal to the director 

by G. K. Gilbert, geologist in charge, p. 13, verso blank; outline of the paper, pp. 

15-16; text, pp. 17-434; index, pp. 435-447. 8°. Plates i-in; figs. 1-5.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 81.

Page.

Letter of trausniittal ............................................................................ 13

Outline of this paper ............................................................................ 15

Chapter I. Introductory........................................................................ 17

Literature................................................................................... 19

List of authors and.year of publication.................................................. 19

List of papers by dates.................................................................. 22

Chapter II. Historical review of the geologic and paleontologic work .......................... 49

Atlantic coast province ..................................................................... 50

Newfoundland........................................................................... 50

Nova Scotia.............................................................................. 56

New Brunswick and Cape Breton ....................................................... 59

Maine................................................................................... 68

New Hampshire.............................................. 4 .......................... 70

Eastern Massachusetts.................................................................. 72

Paleontology .............................................................................. 78

Newfoundland........................................................................... 78

New Brunswick and Cape Breton ....................................................... 80

Eastern Massachusetts ..............................................................4... 88

Appalachian province ........................................................................ 91

Northern Appalachian district.......................................................... 91

Granular quartz ......................... 4........................................... 91

Ked sandrock........................................................................ 96
WARMAN.] BULLETIN 81. 2] 7

Chapter II. Historical review of the geologic and paleontologic work continued. 

Appalachian provinces continued.

Northern Appalachian district continued. Page.

Georgia slates ....................................................................... 98

Potsdam sandstone ............................................................. .g ... 113

Canadian extension.................................................................. 114

Southern Appalachian district .......................................................... 122

New Jersey.......................................................................... 122

Delaware............................................................................ 123

Pennsylvania.......................................................:................ 124

Maryland............................................................................ 133

Virginia............................................................................. 133

Nor«i Carolina...................................................................... 138

Tennessee........................................................................... 139

Georgia.............................................................................. 144

Alabama............................................................................. 146

Paleontology .............................................................................. 148

Northern Appalachian district.."..........................................-............-. 148

Southern Appalachian district .......................................................... 154'

New Jersey, etc...................................................................... 154

Tcnnftssoe ........................................................................... 154

Georgia..................................... ........................................ 155

Rocky mountain province ................................................................... 155

Utah and Nevada........................................................................ 155

Idaho.................................................................................... 161

Montana............0 .........................................................,.........-.. 162

Canadian extension.......................... ............................................ 163

Paleontology .............................................................................. 165

Interior continental province................................................................ 171

Upper Mississippi area.............'..................................................... 171

"Wisconsin..................................'.... ... ................................ 171

Minnesota ............................................................................ 181

Iowa................................................................................. 187

Lake Superior sandstone ............................................................ 188

Missouri............................................................................. 199

Eastern border or Adirondack sub-province............................................. 201

Canadian extension.............................................^........................ 207

Western border or Rocky mountain sub-province ....................................... 209

Colorado............................................................................. 209

Wyoming............................................................................ 211

Dakota............................................................................. 214

South western sub-province.............................................................. 216

Texas................................................................................ 216

Arizona.............................................................................. 219

Paleontology ......................... j.................. .................................. 221

Upper Mississippi area.................................................................. 221

Red sandstone of lake Superior .................................................... 228

Missouri............. '. ............................................................... 229

Eastern border or Adirondack sub-province............................................. 229

"Western border or Rocky mountain sub-province ............................ ........... 233

Texas................................................................................ 234

Arizona.............................................................................. 235

Chapter III. Nomenclature employed in the description of the formations..................... 236

Cambrian.................................................................................... 237

Tacouic...................................................................................... 242

Taconiau .................................................................................... 243

Primordial................................................................................... 243

Potsdam..................................................................................... 244

St. Croix..............................:..................................................... 245

Madison..................................................................................... 245

Mendota........................................... .......................................... 245

Tonto................................................ 1....................................... 245

Hamburg........................................ J'........................................... 246

Secret canon ................................................................................ 246

Katemcy .................................................................................... 246

Riloy................................................... .................................... 246
218 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLT, 100.

Chapter III. Nomenclature employed in the description of the formations continued. Paffe.

Hickory..................................................................................... 246

Connasauga ................................................................................. 246

Moutevallo .................................................................................. 247

Choccoiocco.................................................................................. 247

Coosa........................................................................................ 247

Rome sandstone ............................................................................. 247

Bretonian.................................................................................... 247

Acadian.................................................................................... 248

"St. John's.................................................................................... 248

Johannian................................................................................... 249

Georgia...................................................................................... 249

Granular quartz............................................................................. 250

Red sandrock................................................................................ '250

Primal.........................................,...,..........................'............... 251

Chilhowoe................................................................................... 251

"VYeisner..................................................................................... 251

\ Ocoee.................. ; ..................................................................... 252

Prospect.......................... .,...;.,..,................................................ 252

Eastern and western sandstone ............... ........»i.................................... 252

Lake Superior sandstone .................................................................... 252

Potsdam ic................................................................................... 252

Chapter IV. Summary of the present knowledge of the formations............................ 253

Atlantic coast province...................................................................... 253

Newfoundland and the adjoining coast of Labrador............... t..................... 253

Northwestern Newfoundland........................................................ 253

Southwestern Newfoundland................I....................................... 256

Eastern and southeastern Newfoundland ........................................... 257

Nova Scotia ..................... .......... ............................................. 262

New Brunswick and Cape Breton ....................................................... 262

 Maine................................................................................... 267

New Hampshire......................................................................... 267

Eastern Massachusetts.................................................................. 268

Resume.................................................................................. 273

Appalachian province....................................................................... 274

Northern Appalachian district.......................................................... 275

Canadian extension.......... 1....................................................... 285

Southern Appalachian district........................................................... 287

New Jersey.......................................................................... 287

Delaware ...................*................................,........................ 288

Pennsylvania......................:................................................. 288

Maryland............................................................................. 289

Virginia............................................................................. 290

North Carolina...................................................................... 299

Tennessee ........................................................................... 299

Ocoee conglomerate..............<........ > ..... *.. .. ~. ^;. -. .................... 299

Chilhowee sandstone........ s .* t ............... s ................................ 300

Knox sandstone and shale . >., ;:.,...;,........................................ 301

Georgia.....................;..;.;.;;.::.:;..;......;.....................;.;........ 303

Alabam a............................................................................. 305

Resnmfi......................'........................................................ 308

Rocky mountain province ........................t.......................................... 313

Utah and Nevada........................................................................ 313

Idaho.................................................................................... 320

Montana................................................................................. 323

Canadian extension...................................................................... 326

Resume.................................................................................. 328

Interior continental province ............................................................... 330

Upper Mississippi valley ................................................................ 330

Canadian extension.................................................................. 334

Lake Superior sandstone ................................................................ 335

Canadian extension.................................................................. 339

Missouri................................................................................. 339

Eastern border or Adirondack sub-province and its Canadian extension................. 341

Section at Potsdam .................................................................. 342

Section at Chateaugay chasm ........................................................ 342
WABMAN.] , BULLETIN 81. 219

Chapter IV. Summary of the present knowledge of the formations continued. 

Interior continental province continued.

Eastern border or Adirondack sub-province and its Canadian extension continued. Pnge.

Section at Hommingford............................................................. 343

Section at Keeaeville and in Au Sablo chasm ........................................ 343

Section at Whitehall................................................................. 344

Section at Saratoga.................................................................. 340

Western border or Rocky mountain sub-province....................................... 347

South Dakota........................................................................ 347

Wyoming............................................................................ 349

Colorado............................................................................. 351

Southwestern sub-province.............................'................................. 354

Texas....................................--.....---...--..-.-------..--------....--.. 354

Arizona. ...............*...................................-.....--......-............ 350

R6smne.............................................................................. 357

Synopsis' of tho Cambrian group ............................................................ 359

Base of Cambrian ....................................................................... 362

Summit of Cambrian.................................................................... 302

Sedimon tation of the Cambrian group................................................... 303

Subdivision of tho Cambrian ........................'.................................... . 370

Comparison with tho Cambrian rocks of other countries .................................... 373

Europe .............................................-..................................'.. 373

Scotland................................................... ^............................ 37C

Ireland.................................................................................... 377

China.............-..:,...........-.......---.............-....----............... ...... 377

India.................................................................................... 378

Australia................................................................................ 378

South America .......................................................................... 379

Chapter V. Problems for investigation and settlement......................................... 380

Local problems.............................................................................. 380

Newfoundland........................................................................... 380

Nova Scotia.......................*....................................................... 380

New Brunswick.....................:................................................... 381

Maine and New Hampshire............................................................. 381

Eastern Massachusetts.................................................................. 381

New York............................................ v ................................. 381

Adirondack sub-province .................................f ..............^............... 381

Vermont................................................................................. 381

Canadian extension...................................................................... 382

New Jersey.... ^.......................................................................... 382

Pennsylvania...................................4........................................ 382

Virginia.................................................................................. 383

North Carolina........................'............'...................................... 383

Tennessee........................................... ^................................. 38*3

Georgia and Alabama ................................................................... 383

Utah and Nevada........................................................................ 384

Colorado................................................................................. 384

Rocky mountains........................................................................ 384

Arizona..........................................................................'....... 385

Upper Mississippi valley ................................................................. 385

Missouri................................................................................. 385

Texas................................................................................... 385

Problems affecting our knowledge of the Cumbrian group as a whole or in large parts...... 385

Problems of nomenclature and classihcation ................................................ 388

The name................................................................................ 388

The limit of the group .................................................................. 388

Chapter VI. The criteria and principles used by authors In the correlation of tho various parts

composing tho group, with observations on some methods of correlation...................... 391

Historical notes............................................................................. 391

America.............................................................................. v .. 391

Maclure .........................................................^................... 391

Eaton................................................................................ 392

Bigsby ..................:................:.......................................... 395

James............................................................................... 396

Bakewoll............................................................................ 397

DelaBcche.......................................................................... 398
220 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U.'S, GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL. 100.

Chapter VI. The criteria and principles used by authors, etc. continued. 

Historical notes continued.

America continued. Page.

Eaton................................................................................ 39S

Conrad .............................................................................. 399

Hall.........:............................................................. A........ 401

Emmons............................................................................. 403

Rogers ............................................................................... 403

Safford............................................................................... 405

Canada.................................................................................. 405

Logan............................................................................... 405

Newfoundland.......................................................................... 406

Dana ................................................................................ 407

Mississippi valley ...........................................I..............'.............. 408

Hall................................................................................. 408

Winchell............................................................................ 409

Meek................................................................................ 410

Rocky mountains ........................................................................ 411

"Whitney ........................................................'................... 411

Bradley ................................................................... .......... 411

Fortieth parallel survey ..................................... '........................ 412

Explorations and surveys west of one hundredth meridian.......................... 412

Geological surveys of the territories ................................................ 412

U. S. geological survey............................................................... 413

Correlations with European formations ................................................. 414

Do Verneuil......................................................................... 414

Hall................................................................................. 415

Barrande..J......................................................................... 416

Rogers .............................................................................. 417

Bigsby .............................................................................. 418

A gassiz ............................................................................. 419

Matthew ........................................ i-................................... 420

Methods of correlation ................................................................... 421

Superposition........................................................................ 421

Organic remains..................................................................... 422

Life zones ....................................................................... 424

Stage of evolution............................................................... 425

Life history.........?.......................................................-... 426

Contemporaneity and homotaxis ..... .......................................... 427

Percentage of species..........................................^................ 428

Lithologic character ................................................................ 428

Unconformity .....................9................................................. 429

 Miscellaneous .................. j...........:.....................................'.; .. 432

° Homogeny....................................................................... 432

Topographic features .......'.................................................... 434

3,500 copies published, the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 500 extras ordered by the department for free distribution. Price. 25 cents,

BULLETIN 82.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 82 | Correlation papers Cretaceous |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of "the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 82 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Correlation papers | Cretaceous | by | Charles A. White | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office I 1891
WAKMAN.] BULLETIN 82. 221

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; 

illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of trausmittal to the director by G. K, Gilbert, geologist in charge, pp. 9-10; outline of the paper, pp. 11-12; preface, pp. 

13-14; text, pp. 15-268; index, pp. 269-273. 8°. Plates i-m; figs. 1-7,

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 82.

Pago.

Letter of transmittal............................................ ................................ 9

Outline of this paper............................................................................. 11

Preface.......................................................................................... 13

Introduction..................................................................................... 15

Scope........................................................................................ 15

Taxonomy and the criteria of correlation..................................................... 17

The literature of the North American Cretaceous............................................ 25

List of publications consulted ........................................................... 26

Historical sketch............................................................................ 61

Discussion of the formation by regions.......................................................... 72

Explanation of terms and methods........................................................... 72

Atlantic border region....................................................................... 74

New Jersey.............................................................................. 78

The non-marine division............................................................. 80

The marine division................................................................. 82

Stnten island and Long island........................................................... 8i

Martha's vineyard.....................................o....................'............. 86

Pennsylvania and Delaware............................................................. 87

Maryland and District of Columbia...................................................... 88

Virginia................................................................................. 90

North Carolina.......................................................................... 91

South Carolina........................................................................... 92

Concluding remarks on the Atlantic border region ..................................... 92

Gulf border region........................................................................... 100

Texan region ................................................................................ 114

North Mexican region ....................................................................... 130

Great interior area .......................................................................... 140

South interior region .................................................................... 154

North interior region .................................................................... 164

The lower Cretaceous.................................................................... 168

The upper Cretaceous ................................................................... 170

Pacific border region........................................................................ 181

The lower Cretaceous................................................................... 183

The upper Cretaceous ................................................................... 192

Extra-regional districts..................................................................... 201

Correlation and taxonomy, illustrated by tables................................................. 207

Horizons of the North American Cretaceous.................................................... 248

Potomac horizon............................................................................. 251

Comanche horizon........................................................................... 253

Kootanie horizon............................................................................ 254

Shasta horizon............................................................................... 255

Dakota horizon. .............................................................................. 257

Maritime and interior horizon............................................................... 258

Colorado subhorizon..................................................................... 261

Montana subhorizon..................................................................... 261

Laramio horizon.........................:................................................... 262

Chico-Tejon horizon......................................................................... 264

G reat displacements of, and volcanic material in, the North American Cretaceous............... 265

Explanation of map.............................................................................. 267

Index............................................................................................ 269

3,500 copies published, the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 500 extras ordered by the department for free distribution. Price, 20 cents. 

A documentary edition of bulletins 81-82, together, was issued as follows:
222 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BCLL.IOO.

52d congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 25. | Department of the interior | Bulletins j of the | United States 

| geological survey | nos. 81 and 82 | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No cover; title as above, verso blank; followed by tiietwo bulletins, without their 

covers.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued unbound, 

as just described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as a portion 

of vol. 20 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the 

first session of the fifty-second congress."

BULLETIN 83.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 83 | Correlation papers Eocene. |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin j of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 83 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Special title: United States geological survey | J.W. Powell, director 

| Correlation papers | Eocene | by | William Bullock Clark | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-6; 

illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director by G. K. Gilbert, 

geologist in charge, pp. 9-10; outline of the paper, pp. 11-12; preface, p. 13, verso 

blank; text, pp. 15-146; explanation of the map, p. 147; bibliography, pp. 148-159, 

verso blank;.index, pp. 161-173. 8°. Plates i and 11. The plate which bears the 

number i is placed at p. 146 and is listed as "Plate n," while the plate which 

bears the number n is placed at p. 60 and is listed as "Plate i."

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 83.

Page.

Letter of transrnittal............................................................................ 9

Outline of this paper............................................................................. 11.

Preface.....................'..................-.--..............................-................ 13

Introduction..................................................................................... 15

Atlantic and Gulf coast region .................................................................. 17

Preliminary remarks ........................................................................ 17

Historical sketch..........................................................................1.. 17

General boundaries.......................................................................... 38

Stratigraphical and paleontological characteristics.......................................... 39

General remarks.......................................................................... 39

New Jersey. -............................................................................ 40

Delaware ................................................................................. 43

Maryland......................'.......................................................... 43

Virginia................................................................................. 40

North Carolina............... j.......................................................... 48

South Carolina ............... J.......................................................... 50

Georgia.................................................................................. 54

Florida ........................................................................1......... 55

Alabama. .,.,, ;.,,.,..,..,,.....,.........,...,.,,,,.,,,,....,,..,.,.........,,,.,.,..,. 57
WAEMAN.] BULLETIN 83. 223

Atlantic and Gulf coast region continued.

Strtitigrnphicul and paleontological characteristics continued. Page.

Mississippi.............................................................................. 06

Tennessee............................................................................... 70

Kentucky............................................................................... 71

Illinois .................................................................................. 7.'t

Missouri................................................................................. 73

Arkansas................................................................................ 74'

Louisiana .....r......................................................................... 75

Texas ................................................................................... 70

Correlation of deposits........................................................................ 70

New Jersey.............................................................................. 80

Maryland................................................................................ 80

Virginia................................................................................. 80

North Carolina .......................................................................... 81

South Carolina............................t.............................................. 82

Georgia............!............................^........................................ 82

Flo{kla... .............................................................................. 82

Alahama ................................................................................ 83

Mississippi..........................................i................................... 83

Mississippi embayment.................................................................. 83

Louisiana................................................................................ 84

Texas.................................................................................... 84

Tabular representation of the geological range of the Eocene in the Atlantic and Gulf

coast region ........................................................................... 85

Provisional division into provinces.......................................................... 85

New Jersey province.................................................................... 85

Maryland-Virginia province............................................................. 86

Carolina-Georgia province............................................................... 87

Gulf province............................................................................ 87

Comparisons with European deposits........................................................ 88

Append! x.................................................................................... 90

The Brandon formation...............f.................................................. 90

Vermont............................................................................. 92

Pennsylvania........................................................................ 93

Georgia.............................................................................. 93

Pacific coast region ....................................................................".......... 95

Preliminary remarks........................................................................ 95

Historical sketch............................................................................ 96

Stratigraphical and paleontological characteristics.......................................... 100

Tejon group............................................................................. 100

Puget group............................................................................. 107

Grounds for the reference of tho Tojon and Pugot groups to the Eocene..................... 108

Interior region .........i.......................................................................... 111

Preliminary remarks........................................................................ Ill

Historical sketch............................................................................. Ill

Stratigraphical and paleontological characteristics.......................................... 131

General remarks......................................................................... 131

Laramio group............... %....................................................... 132

Fort Union beds...................................................................... 135

Bear river estuary bods ............................................................. 135

Arapaho beds........................................................................ 135

Denver beds......................................................................... 136

Middle park beds .................................................................... ?37

Puerco beds......................................................................... 137

"Wasatch group...................................................................... 139

Green river group .................................................................... 140

Wind river group .................................................................. 140

Manti beds.......................................................................... 141

Amy zon beds........................................................................ 141

Bridger group....................................................................... 141

Huerfano beds ........................................................................ 142

Uinta group......................................................................... 143

Summary of correlative evidence. ........................................ X.:.,............. 144

Table showing the relative position of ttje interior deposits in the Eocene series ..,,....,., 14(J
224 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Bibliography .................................................................................... 148

Atlantic and Gulf coast region .............................................................. 148

Pacific coast region ......................................................................... 155

Interior region.............................................................................. 156

Index............................................................................................ 1C1

3,500 copies published, the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins, 

and 500 extras ordered by the department for free distribution. Price, 15 cents.

A documentary edition of bulletin 83 was issued as follows:

52d congress. | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 336. | Department of the interior | Bulletins | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 83 |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Outer title as above on white paper, verso blank; catalogue slips, advertisement, 

special title, contents, illustrations, letter of transmittal, outline of paper, preface, 

text, bibliography, index, and plates as in the other edition.

1,734 copies, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were issued unbound, as just described; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as a 

portion of vol. 20 of the " Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives 

for the first session of the fifty-second congress."

BULLETIN 84.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 84 | Correlation papers Neocene |

Washington | government printing, office | 1892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 84 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Correlation papers | Neocene | by | William Healey Dall | 

and | Gilbert Dennison Harris | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office, | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; errata slip; sample library catalogue slips, 

verso blank, 1 1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso 

blank; general title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-8; illustrations, pp. 9-10; letter of transmittal to the director by G. K. 

Gilbert, geologist in charge, pp. 11-12; outline of paper, p. 13, verso blank; introduction, pp. 15-17; text, pp. 18-338; index, pp. 339-349. 8°. Plates i-m; figs. 1-43.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 84.

Page.

Letter of transmittal, by G. K. Gilbert. ......................................................... 11

Outline of this paper ........................................................................... 13

Introduction..................................................................................... 15

Chapter I. General considerations............................................................... 18

Early classification of American Cenozoic beds ............................................. 18

Boundaries of the subdivisions of tbe Cenozoic ............................................. 20

Eocene .................................................................................. 20

Miocene ................................................................................. 21.

Pliocene................................................................................. 22

Geographic provinces of American Neocene ................................................ 22

Principles of classifi cation ...........,,. ,......... ^..................................... 22
BULLETIN 84. 225

Chapter I. General considerations continued.

Geographic provinces of American Neocene continued. Page

Table of zones with census of fauna ........ I............................................ 25

'Conclusions from the table .............................................................. 27

Difficulties in correlating faunas ......................^................................. 30

Conclusions ............................................................................. 31

Chapter II. Summary of our knowledge of the Neocene of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the

United States, considered by states............................................................ 32

Submarine strata off Newfoundland and southward to cape Cod............................ 32

Maine - ..- --........................;........................... 33

New Hampshire............................................................................. 33

Vermont .................................................................................... 33

Rhode Island................................................................................. 34

Massachusetts............................................................................... 34

Mainland................................................................................ 34

Deposits on the islands off the mainland ................................................ 35

Nan tucket .............................^.............. ^.............................. 35

Marthas vineyard..........................."......................................... 35

Naushon ............................................................................ 33

New York................................................................................... 38

Long island ............................................................................. 33

New Jersey.................................................................................. 39

The Miocene marls ...................................................................... 39

Cenozoic sands .......................................................................... 43'

Pennsylvania ............................................................................... 44

Delaware ....................... I............................................................ 45

Maryland ................................................................................... 40

" Eastern-shore Miocene................................................................... 49

"Western-shore Miocene.................................................................. 49

Post-Miocene deposits ................................................................... 55

Virginia..................................................................................... 55

Kiver sections................ fl......................................................... 50

General considerations ................................................................... 65

 Pliocene rocks........................................................................... 66

Lafayette formation ................................................................. 66

North Carolina ............................'.................................................. 68

Miocene rocks ..............................;............................................ 68

Pliocene rocks .................................. ......:..........:....................... 74

South Carolina ...................J.......................................................... 74

Neocene marls........................................................................... 75

Pliocene rocks........................................................................... 80

G eorgia ..................................................................................... 81

Miocene rocks ........................................................................... 81

Pliocene rocks ........................................................................... 84

Florida ......,............,............................- ... .......... .. -- -.. - 85

Introductory ............................................................................ 85

Topography of the Florida peninsula ..................................................... 86

Origin, character and decay of rocks .................................................... 87

Profiles from lines of railway levels ..................................................... 89

Central lake region ....................................................................... 93

Northwestern Florida ................................................................... 05

Southwestern Florida ................................................................... 95

Eastern coast of Florida... ....-............- --....................................... 97

Perezonal formations .................................... ... ... - - - - 98

The Everglades.....................................-...-.-....----------- -- -- - ---. 99

The Keys.......................--....-.-..----.-----.-- -- --- --------- - ------ - 101

Stratigraphy of Florida ...........'..................-..-......,......- . - 101

Eocene rocks .....................................- -- - - -.- ----- - --- --- - 101

Miocene rocks ..........................................- -- ...-.- -- --- . - --- - 105

General distribution of the Floridian Miocene ...................................... 126

Pliocene deposits .........................."..... - - - - - - - 127

Phosphatic deposits ...................-........-------------.-- --- -- -- - - --- 13*

Marine Pliocene beds .................--... -........... - : - - - - 1*0

Pleistocene and recent deposits ....................................- .. - - « W9

Kecent rock formation,..,,,,,...,,,,., T ,,.,,.,,..,..,, ..,, ,,, ,,,..,,.,.,......., -. . < T 153

Bull.lOO 15
226 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDLL. 100.

Chapter II. Summary of our knowledge of the Neocene of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the j 

United States, etc. continued. 

Florida continued.

Stratigraphy of Florida continued. Page.

Scheme of the Floridian Ceiiostoic rocks ..... ........................................... 157

Thickness and dip of the strata ......................................................... 158

Alabama..................................................................................... 159

Grand gulf group ....................................................................... 159

Lafayette formation ..................................................................... 159

Mississippi.............'...............................-..................................... 160

Grand gulf group....................................................................... 161

Lafayette formation ..................................................................... 166

Louisiana ...............................................................................t..... 167

Grand gulf group........................................................................ 167

Lafayette formation ..................................................................... 170

Tennessee................................................................................... 170

Lagrange group ......................................................................... 170

Kentucky ................................................................................... 171

Lagrange group ......................................................................... 171

Illinois .......................................................................'... ............ 172

Missouri..................................................................................... 172

Texas ....................................................................................... 172

Grand gulf group ...................................... ................................ 172

Lake heels of the interior ............................................................... 175

Chapter III. General considerations on the later Atlantic Tertiaries............................ 178

Correlation of American and exotic Neocene ................................................ 178

Classification by Lyell and Deshayes ........................................................ 178

Growth of the continental border........................................................... 180

The Eocene island of Florida................................................................ 181

The great Carolina ridge ..................................................................... 182

Contact of Eocene and Miocene ............................................................. 183

"Warm and cold water Miocene ............................. M ............................... 184

Grand gulf pcrezone........................................................................ 187

Lafayette perezone .......................................................................... 189

Pliocene deposits............................................................................ 191

Table showing the vertical range of the Neocene formations of the Atlantic coast........... 193

Chapter TV. Summary of our knowledge of the Neocene of the Pacific coast of the United

States and Canada, considered by states....................................................... 194

California ...................................................'................................ 194

The Great valley of California.......................................................... 194

The Livermore valley ................................................................... 198

Stratigraphy, Coast ranges ............................................................. 200

Division north of the Golden gate................................................... 200

Division south of tbe Golden gate................................................... 203

The Sierra uevada....................................................................... 217

The auriferous gravels.................................................................. 219

Human remains in the-auriferous gravels............................................ 221

Oregon....................................................................................... 223

Pacific border............................................................................ 223

Columbia river .......................................................................... 223

"Willamette river............................'............................................ 226

Washington ................................................................................. 227

Pacific border ......................................................:.................... 228

Central basin............................................................................ .228

British Columbia............................................................................ 230

Neocene of the coast..................................................................... 230

Neocene of the region east from the Coast ranges ....................................... 231

Alaska ...................................................................................... 232

General notes on the rooks .............................................................. 232

Miocene of the Kenai group............................................................. 234

Lignitic beds of the Aleutian islands.......'............................................. 242

Cape Beaufort coal-measures ............................................................ 249

Correlation of the Kenai series.......................................................... 249

Miocene of the A storia group ........................................................... 252

Table showing distribution of the fauna of the Astoria group .......................... 253

Enumeration of special localities........................................................ 255
WARMAN.] BULLETIN 84. 227

Chapter IV. Summary of our knowledge of the Neocene of the Pacific coast of the United 

States, etc. continued.

Alaska continued. , Page.

Pliocene................................................................................. 259

Bods of marine origin ............................................................... 259

The Ground ice formation........................................................... 260

The Kowak clays.................................................................... 265

Distribution of fossil vertebrates.................................................... 266

Origin of the ice and clay formations................................................ 266

Volcanic phenomena .................................................................... 268

Notes on the map.......................:................................................. 268

Pleistocene.............................................................................. 268

Chapter V. General considerations on the Cenozoic epoch on the Pacific coast of North America 269

California, Oregon, and Washington......................................................... 269

British Columbia.....................................^...................................... 273

Alaska....................................................................................... 276

Table indicating conditions existing during Cenozoic time in regard to changes of level and

the prevalence of volcanic emissions on the northwest coast.............................. 278

Ttible showing the vertical range of the Neocene formations of the Pacific coast............ 279

Chapter VI. Summary of our knowledge of the supposed Neocene of the interior region of the

United States, considered by states............................................................ 280

Oregon ...................................................................................... 280

Fresh-water Tertiaries .................................................................. 280

Pliocene lake beds........................................................................ 282

Idaho....................---..-..--..-.......------........--........---...................-. 285

Truckee group .......................................................................... 285

Salt lake group .......................................................................... 286

Montana..................................................................................... 287

Neocene lake beds....................................................................... 287

North Dakota................................................................................ 288

White river beds........................................................................ 288

South Dakota................................................................................. 289

White river group....................................................................... 289

Loup fork group ........................................................................ 292

Nebraska.................................................................................... 293

Tertiaries of AVhite and Niobrara rivers................................................. 293

Loup fork group ........................................................................ 296

Pliocene Equus beds..................................................................... 298

Paleontology............................................................................. 299

Kansas.....................................--.'..--................./.'....................... 299

Indian Territory ............................................................................ 301

New Mexico................................................................................. 301

Colorado..................................................................................... 304

Loup fork and White river groups...................................................... 304

Pliocene beds............................................................................ 305

Monument creek group ................................................................. 308

Wyoming.................................................................................... 309

Cenozoic eruptives ...................................................................... 309

Sweetwater Pliocene .................................................................... 310

Wyoming conglomerate ................................................................. 311

White river group ...................................................................... 311

Utah......................................................................................... 312

Humboldt group ........................................................................ 312

Wyoming conglomerate.................................................................. 313

Nevada......................................................-.........:..................... 313

Truckee group ........................................................................... 313

Humboldt group ........................................................................ 315

Table showing the vertical range of the Neocene formations of the interior region.......... 317

Notes oil the map............................................................................ 318

Chapter VII. List of names applied to Cenozoic heds and formations of the United States, excluding the Laramie........................................................................... ?20

Index........................................................................................... 339

3,500 copies published, the 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins 

and 500 extras ordered by the department for free distribution. Price, 25 cents.

At this writing the documentary edition of bulletin 84 and of subsequent ones has 

not appeared.
228 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

BULLETIN 85.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 85 | Correlation papers the Newark 

system |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 85 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office 1 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Correlation papers | the Newark system | by | Israel Cook 

Eussell | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; letter of transmittal to. the. director by 

G. K. Gilbert, geologist in charge, pp. 11-12; outline of paper, pp. 13-14; text, pp. 

15-132; index to the literature of the Newark system, pp. 133-839, verso blank; 

index to volume, pp. 341-344. 8°. Plates i-xiu; figs. 1-4.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 85.

Pago.

Letter of transmittal..................................1......................................... n

Outline of this paper............................................................................ 13

Chapter T. Nomenclature................................................ v ....................... 15

Table of names and correlations............................................................. 16

Chapter II. Area occupied by the Newark system.............................................. ]9

Atadian area.............1.................................................................. 19

Connecticut valley area ..................................................................... 20

Sonthbury area..........?l.................................................................. 20

New York-Virginia area. ........................................................ ^............ 20

Barboursville area........................................................................... 21

Scottsville area....................................................................... ...... 21

Danville area...................................'.............................................. 22

Dan river area............... I............................................................... 22

Taylorsville area............................................................................ 22

Richmond area ............................................................................... 22

Farmville area. ............................................................................... 23

Deep river area. ........................................ .................._................... 2-1

Wadesboro area ..............I...............................:............................... 23

Summary areas of distribution ............................................................ 24

Chapter III. Presence or absence of Newark rocks on Prince Edward island................... 25

Historical.................................................................................... 25

Discussion of the evidence................................................................... 27

Plants.............:.....-...........-..........................--..-..-..-............. 28

Animals...-- x........................................................................... 30

Other indications of geological position.......... '. ...................................... 30

Conclusions....... ........................................................................... 31

Chapter IV. Lithology and stratigraphy........................................................ 32

Conglomerates and breccias................................................................. 32

Sandstones, shales, and slates............................................................... 35

Limestones................................................................ - -....... ......... 35

Coal......................................................................................... 36

Quality of coal.......................................................................... 36

Natural coke .........................................-..--.............-.----------..--. 37

Bichmond area ......,,.,,.,:,. . ;: . T - : ,,,,., . . - - : T - .. T ,, - . -........,...,.,,,,.,,, 3§
WARMAN.] BULLETIN 85. 229

Chapter IV. Lithology and stratigraphy contiuiiod.

Coal continued. Page.

Farmvillo area ...........................................;.............................. 40

Deep river area.......................................................................... 11

Dan river area........................................................................... 42

Commercial development................................................................ 42

Thickness of the Newark rocks............................................................. 43

Chapter V. Conditions of deposition............................................................ 45

Physical conditions ......................................................................... 45

Previous interpretations ................................................................ 45

Conclusions............................................................................. 46

Climatic conditions.......................................................................... 47

Glacial hypothesis............................................................... ........ 47

Preservation of glacial records.......................................................... 49

"Weight of the evidence of glaciatiou.................................................... 50

Indications of a mild climate............................................................ 52

Conclusions ............................................................................. 53

E6sum6..................................................................................... 53

Chapter VI. Life records ....................................................................... 54

Mammals..................................................................................... 54

Batrachiaim and reptiles.................................................................... 54

Fishes........................................................................................ 56

Insects...................................................................................... 58

Crustaceans................................................................................. 59

Mollusks.................................................................................... 60

Footprints .................................................................................. 61

Plants....................................................................................... 62

Chapter VII. Associated igneous rocks.......................................................... 66

Mineralogical composition .................................................................. 66

Chemical composition....'................................................................... 68

Characteristics of trap dikes................................................................ 69

Characteristics of trap sheets.........'...........................................-.......... 69

Geographical distribution................................................................... 70

Trap dikes outside the Newark areas ................................................... 70

Trap rocks of the A caclian area......................................................... 72

Trap rocks of the Connecticut valley area .............................................. 73

Trap rocks of the New York-Virginia area.............................................. 74

Trap rocks of the Newark areas south of the New York-Virginia area................. 76

Summary respecting the distribution and age of the trap rocks ..*......................., 70

ChapterVIII. Deformation.........................................................:........... 78

Introduction .............................'................................................... 78

Structure of the Acadian area .............................................................. 80

Structure of the Connecticut valley area.................................................... 80

Structure of the Southbury area ............................................................ 81

Structure of the New York-Virginia area................................................... 83

Structure of theBarboursville, Scottsville, Danville, and Dan river areas................... 85

Structure of the Farmville area............................................................. 88

Structure of the Richmond area............................................................. 89

Previous observations................................................................... '89

Personal observations................................................................... 90

Section along the James river....................................................... 90

"West border of the area............................................................. 91

East border of the area.............................................................. 92

Failures in mining due to geological structure...................................... 93

Absence of oil and gas.............................................................. 94

Structure of the Deep river area............................................................ 94

Structure of the Wadesboro area............................................................ 95

Summary.................................................................................... 97

Origin of fault structure.................................................................... 98

Chapter IX. Former extent..................................................................... 101

The local-basin hypothesis stated........................................................... 101

The broad-terrane hypothesis stated........................................................ 103

Evidence favoring the, local-basin hypothesis................................................ 104

Evidence favoring the broad-terraue hypothesis ............................................ 104

Objections to the broad-terrane hypothesis........................ '. ......................... 106

Conclusion .................................................................................. 107
230 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Page.

Chapter X. Correlation.......................................................................... 108

General principles........................................................................... 108

Physical phenomena as a basis of correlation ............................................. 108

Superposition........................................................................ 108

Contained fragments-................................................................ 108

Relation to systems of folds, faults, and dikes ....................................... 108

Relation to xincom fortuities .......................................................... 108

Relation to glaciatiou...............................^................................ 109

Lithological similarity............................................................... 109

Summary concerning physical phenomena........................ .................. 110

Chemical phenomena considered-.................................................... 110

Life records as a basis of correlation .................................................... 110

Imperfections of the geological record ............................................... Ill

Imperfections of our knowledge of the geological record ............................ Ill

Influence of distribution on the life records.......................................... 112

The life record continuous........................................................... 113

The European standard............................................y................. 113

Principles on which widely separated terranes may be correlated............................ 116

Manner in which American terranes have been correlated................................... 118

Correlation of the Newark system........-.....................'>........-.................... 120

Relation to terranes in the western part of the United States.:.......................... 121

Relation to European terranes...........'..............-................................. 122

Testimony of the vertebrates........................................................ 123

Testimony of the crustaceans ....................................................... 125

Testimony of the plants ............................................................. 125

Summary......................................................................................... 129

Relation of terranes in Asia and Central America ;.............................................. 131

Literature of the Newark system................................................................ 133

3,500 copies published, tlie 3,000 required by the law relating to these bulletins 

and 500 extras ordered by the department for free distribution. Price, 25 cents.

BULLETIN 86.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 86 | Correlation papers Archean and 

Algonkian | © , Washington | government printing office 11892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 86 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Correlation papers | Archean and Algonkian | by | Charles 

Eichard Yan Hise | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of survey publications, pp. i-v, verso blank; general title as 

above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-8; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; letter of transmittal to the director by G. K. Gilbert, geologist in charge, pp. 11-12; outline of the paper, pp. 13-14; preface, pp. 15-18; 

introduction, pp. 19-22; text, pp. 23-529, verso blank; index, pp. 531-549. 8°. 

Plates i-xn.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 80.

Page. 

Letter of transmittal ............................................................................ 11

Outline of this paper............................................................................. 13

Preface.......................................................................................... 15
WABMAN.] BULLETIN 86. 231

Page.

Introduction .................................................................................... 19

Chapter I. The original Lauventian and Huronian areas ....................................... 23

Section I. Eastern Ontario and western Quebec ............................................ 23

\ Literature................................................................................ 23

Summary of results................................................. ...^................. 32

Section II. From north channel of lake Huron to lake Temiscaiuiug ...................... 35

Literature............................................................................... 35

Summary of results....................................................................... 46

Notes.................................................................................... 48

Chapter II. Lake Superior region .............................................................. 51

Section I. "Work of the official geologists of the Canadian survey and associates ........... Cl

Section II. Work of the early United States geologists and associates ..................... 72

1 Section III. Work of the Michigan geologists and associates................................ 88

! Section, IV. Work of the Wisconsin geologists and associates ............................. 105

Section V. Work of the Minnesota geologists and associates ............................... 119

Section VI. Work of the1 later United States geologists and associates..................... 134

Section VII. Summary of results ........................................................... 150

1 Lake Superior sandstone ................................................................ 157

k The character of the Keweenaw scries................................................... ICO

Relations of Koweenaw and underlying series........................................... 301

f General succession according to different writers ....................................... 162

N Llthological characters of Azoic, Laurontian, Huronian, etc ............................ IC7

Origin of the iron ores ................................................................... 170

The baaic eruptives and stratigraphy ................................................... 173

"} . Unconformity at base of clastic series................................................... 174

Unconformity within clastic series ...................................................... 179

Correlation; general considerations ..................................................... 183

Equivalents of the original Huronian series............................................. 184

Equivalents of the Sioux quartzites, St. Louis slates, eto................................ 186

Succession and equivalents of the Penokeo and Animikie districts series ............... 187

Succession and equivalents of the Marquetto district series............................. 189

Succession and equivalents of the Monomineo and Felch mountain districts scries...... 190

Equivalents of the Black river falls series............................................... 190

Succession and equivalents of western Ontario and northeastern Minnesota series...... 190

Nomeuclature ........................................................................... 191

'' Lake Superior basin...................................................................... 196

\ Conclusion .............................................................................. 196

Notes...........................................................t ........................ 199

Chapter HI. The great northern area.......................................................... 209

Section I. The region about Hudson bay ................................................... 209

Literature. ..............................................................^.............. 209

Summary of results ..................................................................... 212

Section II. Northern Canada............................................................... 213

Literature............................................................................... 210

Summary of results from Dawson ....................................................... 217

Section III. The lower St. Lawrence river and westward to lakes St. John and Midstassini. 218

Literature............................................................................... 218

K. Summary of results ..................................................................... 220

Notes...... M ............................................................................ 220

Chapter IV. Eastern Canada and Newfoundland ............................................... 223

Section I. The eastern townships............................ '............................... 223

( Literature............................................................................... 223

Summary of results...................................................................... 226

? Section II. Gaspe peninsula................................................................ 227

Literature............................................................................... 227

Section III. Central New Brunswick....................................................... 227

-T Literature. ..............................:........*....................................... 227

Summary of results...................................................................... 229

{ Section IV. Southern New Bruuswick ..................................................... 230

Literature............................................................................... 230

Summary of results ..................................................................... 230

Section V. Nova Scotia and Cape Breton^ .......................... ^....................... 239

Literature............................................................................... 239

r Summary of results...................................................................... 244
232 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Chapter IT. Eastern Canada and Newfoundland--continued. Page.

Section VI. Newfoundland.............................................^................... 247

Literature ................................................................................ 247

Summary of results...................................................................... 251

Notes.................................................................................... 252

Chapter V. Isolated areas of the Mississippi valley............................................ 257

Section I. The Black hills .................................................................. 257

Literature............................................................................... 257

Summary of results.............................:........................................ 260

Section II. Missouri........................................................................ 261

Literature............................................................................... 261

Summary of results-...................................................................... 265

Section III. Texas.......................................................................... 266

Literature......................!........................................................ 266

Summary of results........................j............................................... 269

Notes.................................................................................... 270

Chapter VI. The Cordilleras .................................................................... 272

Section I. Laramie, Medicine how, and Park ranges in southern Wyoming ................ 272

Literature............................................................................... 272

Summary of results ..................................................................... 276

Section II. Central and western Wyoming................................................. 277

Literature of the Big horn mountains................................................... 277

Literature of the Rattlesnake mountains................................................ 278

Literature of the Sweetwater and adjacent mountains .................................. 278

Literature of the Wind river mountains ................................................. 279

Literature of the Gros veutre and Wyoming ranges .................................... 280

Literature of the Totoii range........................................................... 281

Summary of results ..................................................................... 281

Section III. Central and southwestern Montana, with adjacent parts of Wyoming and

Idaho...................................:.............................................. 282

Literature............................................................................... 282

Summary of results...................................................................... 286

Section IV. "Utah and southeastern Nevada ..... .1......................................... 286

Literature of the TJinta mountains....................................................... 286

Literature of the Wasatch mountains ................................................... 289

Literature of the Promontory ridge, Fremont island and Antelope island ranges........ 295

Literature of the Oquirrh mountains .................................................... 295

Literature of the Aqni mountaius............... '. ....................................... 296

Literature of the Raft river range....................................................... 296

Literature of southern Utah and southeastern Nevada.................................. 296

Summary of results...................................................................... 297

Section V. Nevada, north of parallel 39p 30'................................................. 299

Literature............................................................................... 299

Summary Results...................................................................... 306

Section VI. 'Colorado and northern New Moxico............................................ 308

Literature of the Front range, north and east of the Arkansas.......................... 308

Literature of the West and Sangre de Cristo mountains................................ 313

Literature of the Front range of southern Colorado and northern New Mexico.......... 314

Literature of the Park range ............................................................ 316

 Literature of the Sawatch mountains.................................. ................. 316

Literature of the Elk mountains......................................................... 317

Literature of the Grand and Gunnison rivers............................................ 318

Literature of the Quartzite mountains................................................... 319

Literature of the La Plata mountains.........../........................................ 323

Summary of results...................................................................... 324

Section VII. Arizona and western New Mexico............................................ ' 326

Literature............................................................................... 326

Summary of results........................'............................................ . 330

Section VIII. California, Washington,and British Columhia ..............................>^ 332

Literature of California, with adjacent parts of Nevada and Arizona.................... 332

Literature of Waahington............................................................... 337

Literature of British Columhia.......................................................... 337

 Summary of results ..................................................................... 341 

Notes.................................................................................... 342
WAUMAN.] BULLETIN 86. * 233

Page.

Chapter VII. Eastern United States............................................................ 348

Section I. The New England states ........................................................ 848

Literature of Maine ...................................................................... 348

Literature of New Hampshire ........................................................... 350

Literature of Vermont................................................................... 355

Literature of Massachusetts............................................................. 301

Literature of Rlnde Island............ ................. i............................... 377

Literature ot'Counecticut................................................................ 377

General literature ........................................................................ 379

Summary of results.................................................'..................... 382

Section IT. The middle Atlantic states ..................................................... 380

Literature of New York................................................................. 380

Literature of New Jersey................................................................ 399

Literature of Pennsylvania.............................................................. 404

Literature of Maryland................................................................... 410

Literature of Delaware.................................................................. 412

General literature....................................................................... 413

Summary of results..................................................................... 413

Section III. The southern Atlantic states .................................................. 410

Literature of the Virginias............................................................... 416

Literature of North Carolina......................:...................................... 418

Literature of Tennessee ................................................................. 422

Literature of South Carolina............................................................. 423

Literature of Georgia.,..................'................................................ 425

Literature of Alabama................................................................... 426

General literature........................................................................ 427

Summary of results....................................................................... 427

Notes.................................................................................... 429

(Vhapter VIII. General successions and discussions of principles.............................. 440

Section I. Literature ....................................................................... MO

Section II. General discussion.............................................................. 470

Names applied to pre-Cambrian rocks................................................... 470

The character of the Archeau ........................................................... 475

Origin of the Archean ................................................................... 478

Delimitations of Archean................................................................ 484

Stratigraphy of Archean..........................................\...................... 487

Necessity for a group between Cambrian and Archean .................................. 491

Delimitations of the Algonkiau.......................................................... 493

Difficulties in Algonkiau stratigraphy................................................... 490

The original Laurentiau and associated areas............................................ 497

The original Hurouian .................................................................. 498

Luke Superior region .................................................................... 499

The region about Hudson bay ................'........................................... 500

Other regions of northern Canada ....................................................... 501

The eastern townships ................................................................. 501

Southern New Brunswick ............................................................... 502

Nova Scotia and Capo Breton............................................................ 502

Newfoundland........................................................................... 503

The Black hills.......................................................................... 503

Missouri................................................................................. 504

Texas........................................:........................................... 504

Medicine bow range ..................................................................... 504

Southwestern Montana.................................................................. 504

The Uinta mountains.................................................................... 505

The Wasatch mountains......................:...............................'........... 505

Promontory ridge, Antelope and JYemont islands ...................................... 506

The Aqui mouatains..................................................................... 506

Schell creek, Egan, Pogonip or "White pine, and Pifiou ranges........................... 506

Front range of Colorado.................................................................. 506

The Qnartzite mountains................................................................ 507

Grand canyon of the Colorado ........................................................... 507

British Columbia .............................................. ; ......................... 507

The Adirondacks........................................................................ 508

Other Algonkian areas................................................................... 503
234 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Chapter VIII. General successions and discussions of principles continued.

Section II. General discussion continued. . Page. 

Subdivisions of Algonkian .................................................'. ............ 509

Comparison with other classifications ................................................... 509

Principles applicable to Algonkian stratigraphy......................................... 511

Results in America and Europe compared............................................... 524

Notes..........................,.....*.................................................... 527

Index....................................:............................................... 531

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 25 cents.

Nos. 87, 88, and 89 of the series of bulletins were assigned to certain correlation 

essays, but the essays have not yet been submitted for publication.

BULLETIN 90.

Cover title: Department of the interior j Bulletin j of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 90 | Eeport of work done in the division of chemistry and | physics, mainly during the fiscal year 1890-

'91 | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

"States | geological survey | no. '90 | [Seal of the department of the interior] j

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Eeport of work done | in the | division of chemistry and physics 

| mainly during the | fiscal year 1890-'91 | Frank Wigglesworth Clarke, 

chief chemist | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1.; advertisement of the publications of the su/vey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blauk; letter of transmitta!, p. 9, verso blank; 

text,pp. 11-75, verso blank; index, p. 77. 8°. Figs. 1-3.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 90.

Page.

On the constitution of certain micas, vermicnlites, and clilorites. By P. W. Clarice and E. A. 

Schneider...................................................................................... 11

New analyses of uraninite. By W. 1?. Hillebrand ............................................... 22

On the isomorphism and composition of thorium and uraiious sulphates ........................ 26

I. Chemical discussion. By W. F. Hillebrand.............................................. '.26

II. Crystallographic discussion. By W. H. Melville ........................................ 31

Powellite calcium molybdate: a new mineral species. By W. H. Melville ..................... 34

Mineralogical notes. By W. TJ. Melville ........................................................ 38

Natrolite from Magnet cove, Arkansas ...................................................... 38

Tourmaline from Nevada county, California................................................. 39

Spessartite garuet from Llano county, Texas ................................................ 39

Bismuthiuite from Sinaloa, Mexico.......................................................... 40

New analyses of astrophyllite and tscheffkinite. By L. G. Eakins.............................. 41

Two new meteorites. By L. G. Eakins .......................................................... 45

I. Meteoric iron from Pulaski county, Virginia............................................. 45

II. Stone from Washington county, Kansas................................................. 45

On the action of phosphorus oxychloride on the ethers and chlorhydriues of silicic acid. By IT. 

N. Stokes...................................................................................... 47

On the colloidal sulphides of gold. By E. A. Schneider.......................................... 66
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 90 AND 91. ' 235

Page.

Miscellaneous analyses.......................................................................... 62

Three minerals from Colorado ............................................................... 62

Yellow smithsonite from Arkansas................................................. ........ C2

Bocks and clays from the zinc region of Missouri and Kansas............................... 63

Two feldspars ............................................................................... 05

Six sandstones............................................................................... C5

Seven marbles and dolomites ................................................................ 66

Nine rocks from Maryland.................................................................... 66

Eruptive rock from Kentucky.........................-.'..................................... 67

Four granites from Missouri...................................'.............................. 68

Three rocks from Minnesota. ................................................................. 68

Eocks from Colorado......................................................................... C9

Eocks from Montana ........................................................................ 70

Rocks from Arizona .......................................................................... 72

Rocks from Eureka, Nevada................................................................. 72

Rocks from California....................................................................... 73

Sinter from Queensland...................................................................... 74

Two clays from Florida...................................................................... 74

Iron ores from West Virginia........................................'........................ 74

Coal and coke from "West Virginia........................................................... 75

Two coals from Utah ................................. J'.. .<f:.................................. 75

3,000 copies published, the number required by law. Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 91,

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 91 | Eecord of North American geology 

for 1890 |

Washington | government printing office | 1891

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 91 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I

Washington | government-printing office | 1891

Special title: Eecord | of | North American geology for 1890 | by | 

Nelson Horatio Darton j [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1891

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blanlc; introductory, p. 5; 

classified key to the subject entries, pp. 6-8; list of publications examined, pp. 9-10; 

text, pp. 11-88. 8°.

3,000 copies published, the number required by law. Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 92.

Cover title: Department of the interior |. Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 92 | The compressibility of liquids |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 92 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office j 1892
236 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell. director | The | compressibility of liquids | by | Carl Barus | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, 

verao blank; tables, pp. 9-10; illustrations, pp. 11-12; letter of transmittal to the 

director by F. W. Clarke, chief chemist, p. 13; verso blank; preface, pp. 15-16; text, 

pp. 17-94; index, pp. 95-96. 8°. Plates i-xxix.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 92.

Page.

Letter of trausmittal............................................................................ 13

Preface.......................................................................................... 15

Chapter I. Fluid volume: its dependence on pressure and temperature......................... 17

Introduction.........................'........................................................ 17

Literature of compressibility............................................................ 17

Literature of heat expansion............................................................ 19

Remarks on the literature .......................................-............'........... 20

Apparatus................................................................................... 20

Force pump and appurtenances.......................................................... 20

Pressure tube and appurtenances........................................................ 20

Method of charging the tube........ ^. 4 . ^................................................ 21

^Method of heating....................................................................... 22

Pressure' measurement. ..................................... ^.........^................ 23

Volume changes of the glass tubes...................................................... 25

Mercury tests .................... ....................................................... 25

Isothermals and adiabatics .............................................................. 26

Thermal expansion...................................................................... 27

Experimental results........................................................................ 28

Explanation ....................................................................... I..... 28

Eth er............... ^..............'..,, ; ................................................ 28

AlCOhOi.................................................................................. 30

Palmitic acid ............................................................................ 32

Para-toluidine......................................^................. J.................. 33

Dipuenylamine .......................................................................... 34

Caprinic acid........................................................... '. ................ 35

Benzoic acid............................................................................. 35

Paraffin ................................................................................. 36

Thymol............................................ i..:.. t .^............................ 37

Naphthalene............................................................................. 40

Method of discussion ..............................................................-..^....... 42

Plan pursued............................................................................ 42

Quadratic constants...................................................................... 42

Compressibility increasing inversely as the pressure binomial.............................. 43

Transition to exponential constants .................................................... 43

Properties of the exponential equation.................................................. 44

Exponential constants computed ......................................................... 46

Mean exponential constants derived .................................................... 48

Subsidiary results....................................................................... 49

Isothermals computed................................................................... 50

Isometrics............................................................................... 54

Digression on thermal expansion............................................................ 55

Exponential equation proposed.......................................................... 55

Observed contractions due to,cooling under pressure.................................... 50

Compressibility increasing inversely as the second power of the pressure binomial......... 61

Properties of the hyperbolic equation ..................................................... 61

Presumptive character of the isometrics................................................. 62

Hyperbolic constants computed ......................................................... 63

Mean hyperbolic constants derived...................................................... 64

The isothermal band.................................................................... 65

Conclusion .............................................................................. 65
WABMAH.] BULLETINS 92 AND 93. 237

Page.

Chapter II. The effect of pressure on the electrical conductivity of mercury................... 68

Introductory ........................................................... % ................... 68

Purposes of the work..................................................................... 68

Literature ................................................................................. 69

Simple methods and results ................................................................. 69

Cailletet's tubes described.................................. '............................. 69

Electrical apparatus ....................................................... '.............. 70

^ Preliminary data...................................,......................:.............. 70

Correction for volume changes of tube................................................... 71

Preliminary result stated................................................................ 71

< Piezometer methods and results........................................................ .... 72

Tubular piezometer described ........................................................... 72

» Results.................................................................................. 73

! Deductions ................................................................................... 74

Purely thermal variation of resistance................................................... 74

Comparison with J. J. Thomson's equation............................................. 75

Zero of resistance............................"............................................ 75

Electrical pressure measurement........................................................ 75

Measurement of melting point and pressure............................................. 76

s Conclusion .............................................................................. 76

Chapter III. The compressibility of water above 100° and its solvent action on glass.......... 78

4 Introduction ..................................... v ....-..................................*.. 78

Behavior of water. - ..................................................................... 78

Literature. Compressibility of water................................................... 73

v < Literature. Solvent action of Avater................'..................................... 79

/ Method of measurement and results......................................................... 79

Apparatus............................................................................... 79

Low temperature data................................................................... 80

High temperature data.................................................................. 80

Discussion of these results .............................................................. 81

^ High temperature measurement repeated................................................ 82

Discussion of these results .............................................................. 82

', Conclusion ................................................................................ 83

Chapter IV. The solution of vulcanized iudia rubber .......................................... 85

The present application ..................................................................... 85

Solution in carbon disulphide .......................................»....................... 86

Solution in liquids of the paraffin series................................................. ... 87

Solution in turpentine....................................................................... 87

Solution in chloroform and carbon tetrachloride............................................. 87

Solution in aniline........................................................................... 88

Solution in animal oils..................................................................:.... 88

,, Treatment with glycerin.................................................................... 88

Solution in benzol and higher aromatic hydrocarbons........................................ 88

Solutions in ethylic and higher ethers ....................................................... 88

Treatment with alcohols..................................................................... 88

Treatment with ketones ..................................................................... 88

Treatment with water and mineral acids .................................................... 88

Treatment for vulcanization. Liquid ebonite............................................... 89

Solution in mixtures of solvents, and solution of mixed gums................................ 89

Direct de vulcanization...........................'............................................ 90

Fusion of impregnated rubber ........................:...................................... 90

Beliavior of reagents and solvents ........................................................... 92

Summary of the results...................................................................... 93

Presumable conditions regarding the solution of carbon, etc................................. 93

.. Index.................................1...................................................... 95

3,000 copies published, the number required by law. Price, 10 cents.

BULLETIN 93.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 93 | Some insects of special interest 

from Morissant, | Colorado, and other points in the Ter- | tiaries of Colorado and Utah |

Washington | government printing office | 1892
238 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY [BULL. 100.

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 93 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

 Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Some insects of special interest | from | Florissant, Colorado | 

and other points in the | Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah | by | Samuel 

Hubbard Scudder | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11; advertisement, pp. i-v, verso blank; general title as above, verso blank; special 

title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal to the director, p. 9, verso blank; text, pp. 11-25, verso 

blank; half title "Plates," p. 27, verso blank; half-title "Plate i," p. 29; explanation of same, p. 30 (followed by the plate); half-title "Plate n," p. 31; explanation 

of same, p. 32 (followed by the plate); half-title "Plate m," p. 33; explanation of 

same, p! 34 (followed by the plate); index p. 35. 8°. Plates i-iii.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 93.

Page.

Letter of transmittal .....'....................................................................... 9

Introduction..................................................................................... 11

Genera a'nd species ............................................... y. ............................ 12

Neuroptera Odouata........................................................................ 12

Trichocnemis Selys...................................................................... 12

Trichocnemis aliena. ................................................................. 12

Stenogomphus, gen. nov.................................................................. 13

Stenogoinphus carletoni ............................................................. 14

Herniptera Cicadidas ....................................................................... 15

Cicada Linne ............................................................................ 15

Cicada grandiosa .................................................................... 15

Coleoptera Byrrhidse....................................................................... 16

Nosotetociis, gen. nov ................................................................... 16

Nosotetocus marcovi................................................................ 17

Coleoptera Carabidas....................................................................... 17

Carabites Heer.......................................................................... 17

Carabites examinus.................................................................. 17

Diptera OEstridae........................................................................... 18

Palcestrus, gen. nov..................................................................... 18

Palcestrus oligocenns................................................................ 19

Diptera Mycetophilidas .................................................................... 19

Mycetophsetinse........................................................................... 19

Mycetophtetus, gen. nov................................................................. 20

Mycetophsetus intennedius.......................................................... 20

Lepidoptera Nymphalidse .................................................................. 20

Liby theinaa................................................................................ 20

Barbarothea, gen. nov.................................................. ^... .S......... .f 21

Barbarothea florissanti.............................................................. 23

Hymenoptera TenthredinidsB .............................................................. 24

Atocus, gen. nov ........................................................................ 24

Atocus defessus...'.................................................................. 25

3,000 copies published, the number required by law. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 94.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 94 | The mechanism of solid viscosity. | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 93 AND 94. 239

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 94 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | mechanism of solid viscosity | by | Carl Barus | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; tables, pp. 11-12; letter of fcransmittal 

to the director by F. W. Clarke, chief chemist, p. 13, verso blank; preface, p. 15, 

verso blank; text, pp. 17-135, verso blank; index, pp. 137-138. 8°. Figs. 1-24.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 94.

Page.

Letter of transmittal...........................................i................................. 13

Preface .......................................................................................... 15

Chapter I. Tensile, drawn, and other strains in their bearing on Maxwell's theory of viscosity. 17

Introductory................................................................................. 17

Apparatus............................. ..................................................... 18

Data for drawn wires........................................................................ 18

Data for stretched wires...................................................................:. 24

Inferences................................................................................... 26

Chapter II. The two species of molecular hreak-up which promote viscous deformation....... 30

Introductory................................................................................. 30

Motional annealing defined ........................................".......................... 30

Strain, electric resistance, and viscosity...............!.....-............................... 31

Temper, electric resistance, and viscosity.................................................... 31

Data relative to temper, electric resistance, and viscosity.................................... 31

Discussion of results......................................................................... 33

Data for cyclic twisting ..................................................................... 33

Discussion of results of cyclic twisting. ...................................................... 37

The marked feature. ....................................................................... 37

Analogy with thermal annealing........................................................ 38

Chapter III. The effect of mechanical strain on the carburation of steel........................ 40

Introductory................................................................................. 40

Drowne's experiments................................................................... 40

The present method ..................................................................... 40

Method of experiment ....................................................................... 41

Results obtained............................................................................. 41

Tables........................................................................................ 42

Discussion................................................................................... 44

Inconsistency of the results.........................................^»................... 44

Errors of the method..................................................................... 45

Temperature............................................................................. 45

Concentration of acid..................................................................... 45

Solution in air and in hydrogen.......................................................... 45

Bate of solution.......................................................................... 46

Structural density....................................................................... 46

Summary.................................................:.............................. 46

Osmond's a and /3 iron ................................................................... 47

Chapter IV. The effect of strain on the rate of solution of steel.................... ............ 48

Introductory ................................................................................ 48

Method....!.......,,........................................................................ 48

Tables....................................................................................... 49

Discussion......... I1 ,,....................................................................... 57

Incidental errors........................................ '.. ............................... 57

Effect of surface......................................................................... 58

Effect of diffusion.......................... ............................................... 58
240 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.'IOO.

Chapter IV. The effect of strain on the rate of solution of steel continued.

Discussion continued. " Page.

Wires originally soft.................................................................... 59

Wires annealed............................................................................ 60

Relation to Drowne's inferences......................................................... 61

Summary. ................................................................................ 61

Chapter V. The hydroelectric effect of changes of molecular configuration..................... -63

Introductory................................................................................. 63

Apparatus.................................................................................. 63

Experiments .......................-...--.................-..----..-. - ----..- -- --- --- - 64

Zero method............................................................................. 64

Results for iron. ............................................-..---.-- .-..'-.----.....-... 64

Discussion of results..................................................^...................... 66

Data for divers motals......................................................................... 66

Effects classified............................................................................. 69

Discussion of errors. .................. S..................................................... 70

Variable capacity ................................................^........'................ 70

Single wires.................................................................................. 72

Summary................................... . ................................................ 72

Chapter VI. Secular annealing of cold hard steel............................................... 74

Introductory ................................................................................. 74

Results for homogeneity of rods.........................................................."... 75

Mass constants of rods...............................'..............-..-.-.................... 76

Electrical constants of rods.................................................................. 77

Summary.................................................................................... 79

Chapter VII. The viscosity of electrolyzing glass.............................................. 80

Apparatus................................................................................... 80

Results...................................................................................... 8t

Inferences................................................................................... 82

Chapter VHI. The electrical resistance of stressed glass....................................... 85

 Introductory ................................................................................ 85

Apparatus................................................................................... 85

Experiments!. ................................... M.......................................... 86

Data for 350°..........................,.................................................. 86

Data for 100°............................................................................. 86

Data for 185°............................................................................. 88

Results of twisting...................................................................... 89

Differential apparatus......................................'............................. 89

Results for torsion...................................................................... 91

Character of traction effects............................................................. 91

Results for traction at 190°.............................................................. 91

Discussion of these results.............................................................. 92

Traction at 100°.......................................................................... 94

Further results at 100°.................................................................... 95

Dimensional change due to torsion....................................................... 96

Effect of temperature.................................................................... 96

Traction at 360°......................................................................... 97

Summary ................................................................................. 98

Degree of molecular instahility of glass................................................. 99

Chapter IX. The energy potentialized in permanent changes of molecular configuration....... 101

Introductory ................................................................................ 101

Apparatus................................................................................... 101

Results...................................................................................... 103

Discussion of errors......................................................................... ]04

Successive stretching...........................................7............................ 105

Results of improved methods................................................................ 106

Summary.................................................................................... 107

Chapter X. The chemical equilibrium of solids in its relation to pressure and to temperature.. 109

Earlier researches ........................................................................... 109

Apparatus .........,, ,..;.................................................................. no

Compressor.............................................................................. no

Vapor baths ............................................................................. no

Insulation .... T ......................................................./.................. no

The resistance tube ................................................................ ^.... ill

Arrangement for testing insulation ..................................................... 113

Digression ............................................................................... 113

R.esist£nce measurement,,,,,...,,,,.................................................... 114
WAEMAN.] BULLETINS 94 AND 95. 241

Chapter X. The chemical equilibrium of solids in its relation to pressure, etc. continued.

Apparatus continued. ; ' Page.

Galvanometer................................................'........................... 114

Other adj ustmeuts....................................................................... 114

Observations................................................................................. 114

Tables explained ......................;.........-....................................... 114

Remarks on the table.....'..............................-................................ 115

Electromotive force...................................................................... 116

Remarks on the table.................................................................... 116

Pressure coefficient of sperm oil......................................................... 117

Pressure coefficient of gasoline.......................................................... 117

Pressure coefficient of petroleum........................................................ 118

Pressure coefficient of thin machine oil.................................................. 120

Pressure coefficient of thick machine oil................................................ 122

Digest...-...................-.....--....-......------.-.....-.......--....---........... 123

Deductions.................................................:................................ 124

Effect of pressure ....................................................................... 124

Temporary and permanent effects......................'................................. 124

Chart.................................................................................... 125

Pressure and chemical equilibrium...................................................... 125

Effect of temperature ................................................................... 125

Molecular effects of stress .............................................................. 125

Hysteresis............................................................................... 126

Magnetic hysteresis..................................................................... - 127

Mechanism of viscosity ................................................................. 128 '

Electrical effects of seolotropic stress ................................................... 130

Unavoidable errors.......................................................................... 130

Polarization ............................................................................. 130

Insulators............................................................................... 130

Shifting isothermal planes .............................................................. 130

Electromotive force ...................................................................... 131

Short-circuiting .........................:............................................... 132

Electromotive force and pressure ....................................................... 132

Graphic representation.................................................................. 133'

Electric instability of hydrocarbon oils ................................................. 134

Conclusion.................................................................................. 135

Index ....................................................................................... 137

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 15 cents.

BULLETIN 95.

Cover title: Department of the interior, | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 95 | Earthquakes in California in 1890 

and 1891 |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United. 

States | geological survey | no. 95 | [Seal of the department .of the 

interior] | . Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Earthquakes in California | in 1890 and 1891 | by | Edward 

Singleton Holden | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal to the director by G.K.Gilbert, chief geologist, p. 7, 

verso blank; text, pp. 9-29, verso blank; index to places, p. 31. 8°. See bulletin 68. 

Bull. 100 16
242 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 95.

Page. 

Introduction ...................................................................................... 9

Instruments..................................................................:.............. 9

Scale of measurements ...................................................................... 10

Differences of intensity...................................................................... 10

Stations .......................................... I............. I............................ 12

Chronological record, 1890 ....................................................................... 12

Chronological record, 1891....................................................................... 20 ."

3,000 copies published, the number required by I;IAV. Price, 5 cents.

BULLETIN 96.

Cover title: Department of tlie interior | Bulletin | of the | United { 

States | geological survey | no. 96 | The volume thermodynamics of 

liquids |

Washington I government printing office | 1892 ;

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 96 | [Seal of the department of the interior] I f

Washington | government printing office | 1892 ^>

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | volume thermodynamics | of | liquids | by | Carl Bams | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover be«iring title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 5-7, 

verso blank; illustrations, p. 9, verso blank; list of tables in the text, p. 11, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal to the director by F. W. Clarke, chief chemist, p. 13, 

verso blank; preface, p. 15, verso blank; erratum slip; text, pp. 17-97, verso blank; / 

index, pp. 99-100. 8°. Plates i-vni; figs. 1-13.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 96.

Page.

Letter of transmittal ...............................................................^............ 13 /

Preface........................................................................................... 15

Chapter I. Method of obtaining anil of measuring very high pressures ......................... 17

Introduction.....................................-............................................' 17

The screw compressor....................................................................... 18

General method.......................................................................... 18

Special devices.......................................................................... 18

. Steel screw .............................................................................. 18

fiarrel. Head........................................................................... 1 9

Barrel. Head, improved.........................:...................................... 19

Barrel. Body ........................................................................... 20

Barrel. End with piezometer tube...................................................... 20

Piezometer tube. Vapor bath........................................................... 20

Method of rilling .....................................'................................... 20

Case for protection ........................................................... 1.......... 21 ~"

Vertical piezometer...................................................................... 21 > 

Pressure measurement....................................................................... 22

Ta't gauge. Adjustment ................................^.............................. 22 ^

Tait gauge. Graduation ................................................................ 23

Tail gauge. Volume increase measured and computed ................................. 29

Direct reading, Bourdon gauge....'...................................................... 30

Concluding remarks..................................................................... 31. , Chapter II. The isometrics of liquids........................................................... 33 . ^

Introduction.................................................................................. 33

Apparatus................................................................................... 33 if-~

Constant volume tuhe ................................................................... 33
WAHMAN.] BULLETIN 96. 243

Chapter H. The isometrics of liquids continued.

Apparatus continued. Page.

Manipulation............................................................................ 34

Method of filling ........................................................................ 35

Vapor baths............................................................................ 36

Method of cooling piezometer........................................................... 37

Method of temperature measurement.................................................... 38

Method of pressure measurement....................................................... 38

Preliminary results .......................................................................... 38

Data for ether........................................................................... 38

Discussion .............................................................................. 39

Definite results.............................................................................. 40

A pparatus improved .......^............................................................ 40

Notation................................................................................. 41

Data for other ........................................................................... 41

Method of purifying .................................................................... 42

Observations for ether.................................................................... 42

Observations for alcohol................................................................. 44

Observations forthyraol, para-toluidiue, and diphcnylainino............................. 45

Temperatures corrected....................................................................... 46

Behavior of the torsion galvanometer ................................................... 46

.Air thermometer comparisons. Apparatus ............................................. 47

Air thermometer comparisons. Observations ........................................... 48

^ Isometrics corrected as to temperature................................................. 51

Correction for the thermal and elastic volume changes of the glass tubes............... 54

Thermal expansion of glass ............................................................. 54

Compressibility of glass................................................................. 55

Compressibility of the abovo liquids.................................................... 55

Deductions................................................ 1................................. 58

Curvature and-alopo of the isometrics................................................... 58

Final interpretation ..................................................................... 60

Isometrics of solid glass................................................................. 61

Conclusion .............................................................................. 62

Chapter III. A comparison of the Bourdon, the Tait,-aml the Ainagat high-pressure gauges... 63

Historical................................................................................... 63

The earlier work ........................................................................ 63

Amagat's manometer.................................................................... 63

Bourdon gauge.......................................................................... 64

Discussion of results......."................................................................ 65

Multiplying mechanism ................................................................. 65

Fraunhofer micrometer.................................................................. o 66

Taitgauge .............................................................................. 67

Summary.................................................................................... 69

Chapter IV. The continuity of solid and liquid................................................. 71

Introductory ................................................................................ 71

Scope of the work .........( .................................j....................;....... 71

Other methods tested.................................................................... 72

Advantages of the present mot bod...................................................... 73

Apparatus .................................................................................. 73

Temperature............................................................................ 7<J

Pressiire................................................................................. 74

The volume tube ........................................................................ 74

Method of measurement..................................................................... 77

Constants of the tube.................................'................................... 77

Volume of the charge ..................................................................." 78

Correction for expansion and compressibility of envelopes.............................. 78

Resistance measurement................................................................ 79

Calibration ................................................................................ 79

Electrolytic resistance and temperature................................................. 80

Volume in terms of resistance .......................................................... 82

Pressure coefficient of the electrolyte ................................................... 82

Results of the measurements................................................................ 83

Arrangement of the tables .............................................................. S3

Solid isothermal, 63°..................................................................... 84

Liquiil-solid-isothcrmals, 80° ............................................................ 85

Liquid-solid isothcrmals, °90............................................................ 85

Liquid-solid isotnormals, 100°............... ............................................ 86

Liquid-solid isothcrnials, 117°........................................................... 87
244 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

i 

Chapter IV. The continuity of solid and liquid-continued.

Kesults of the measurements continued. Page. 

Liquid-solid isothermals, 130° ........................................................... 88

Deductions............................---..-.--.----.--.......-.----.-.....-..-.---..---..-. 89

Graphic construction.................................................................... 89

Hysteresis............................................................................... 89

James Thomson's double inflections ..................................................... 90

The characteristic specific volumes....................................................... 91

Critical point............................................................................ 92

Solidifying points and melting points.................................................... 93

Transitional point.............. .....................................I................... 94

Solubility and pressure.................................................................. 95

Conclusion................................................................................... 96

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins.

Price, 10 cents. '

BULLETIN 97.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 97 | The Mesozoic Echinoderinata of the 

United States |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

General title: Department of the interior ] Bulletin | of the | United. 

States | geological survey j no. 97 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | The | Mesozoic Echinodermata | of the | United States | by | 

William Bullock Clark | [Survey design] | , Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank ; general 

title as above, verso blank ; special title as above, verso blank ; contents, p. 5, verso 

blank ; illustrations, pp. 7-8 ; letter of transmittal to the director by C. A. White, 

geologist in charge, p. 9, verso blank; preface, p. 11, verso blank; introduction, 

pp. 13-14; bibliography, pp. 15-20; text, pp. 21-101, verso blank; half-title "Plates," 

p. 103, verso blank; half-title "Plate i," p. 105 ; explanation of plate i, p. 106, followed by the plate; etc., consecutively with half-titles on odd pages and plate explanations on even pages to "Plate i." as a half-title on p. 203; explanation of plate 

L, p. 204, followed by the plate ; index, pp. 205-207. 8°. Plates I-L. ;

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 97. page.

Letter-of transmittal............................................................................ 9

Preface.......................................................................................... 11

Introduction.......................................................:............................. 13

Bibliography .................................................................................... 15

Systematic review............................................................................... 21

Crinoidea.......................................'.............................................. 21

TJintacrinidte.......................................................................... 21

Apiocrinidse ................................. '. ......................................... 24

PentacrinidiB.......................................................................... 25

Asteroidea..................................... ............................................. 29

OphiuridaB............................................................................. 29

Stelleridse ............................................................................ 31

Echinoidea...........................................................:...................... 33

Euschinoidea.............................................................................. 33

Eegulares ................................................... '. ........_....-.............. 33

Cidaridte............................................................................... 33

Saleiiidfe............................................................................... 40

Diadematidje ...... I................................................................... 44

Echinidse......................................................_..................... 64
WARMAN.] BULLETINS 97 AND 98. 245

Systematic review continued.

Echinoidea continued. */ Page. 

Irregulares .............................................................................. 58

EchinocoiiidaB.......................................................................... 58

Cassidulidse............................................................................ 59

Holasteridae........................................................................... 74

Spatangidse............................................................................ 78

Doubtful and unrecognized species......................................................... 92

Geological distribution.......................................................................... 94

Catalogue of specific names employed by writers upon the Mesozoic Ecbinodermata of the 

United States ................................................................................. 95

Plates ........................................................................................... 103

Imlex............................................................................................ 205

3,000 copies published, the number required by law.

At this writing bulletin 97 has not been delivered by the printer. The foregoing 

description has been made up from final page proofs, and may not be without error. 

Its price will be 20 cents.

BULLETIN 98.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the |,United 

States | geological survey | no. 98 | Flora of the outlying Carboniferous basins | of southwestern Missouri |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 98 | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Flora | of the | outlying Carboniferous basins | of | southwestern Missouri | by | David White | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 1 

1.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-vi; general title as above, 

verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 5, verso blank; illustrations, p. 7, verso blank; letter of trausmittal, p. 9; outline of the bulletin, p. 10; 

introduction, pp. 11-16; text, pp. 17-121, verso blank; half-title "Plates," p. 123, 

verso blank; half-title "Plate i," p. 125; explanation of plate i, p. 126, followed by 

the plate; etc., consecutively with half-titles on odd pages and plate explanations 

on even pages to " Plate v ;; as a half-title on p. 133; explanation of plate v, p. 134, 

followed by the plate; index, pp. 135-139. 8°. Plates i-v; fig. I.

CONTENTS OF BULLETIN 98. pfl Q

Letter of transmittal..................:......................................................... 9

Outline of this paper.. '. ......................................................................... 10

Introduction .................................................................................... 11

Geological................................................................................... 11

Localities................................................................................ 11

Mode of occurrence...................................................................... 12

Paleontologioal.........................................................:.................... 15

DeBcnption of species............................................................................ 17

I. Vascular cryptogams ........................'............................................. 17

Equisetineae................................................'............................. 17

Caliinarite ...........\............................................................... 17

Calamites ....................................................................... 17

Annularia....................................................................... 25

Sphenophyllum......:........................................................... 35

Pinnularia (Hydatica)........................................................... 43
246 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Description of species continued.

I. Vascular cryptogams continued. Page.

I'ilicinete................................................................................ 43

Splieuopteriden}..................................................................... 43

Diplothiuunue ..-........................*.. .. L.................................... 43

Diplothiuema.................................................................... 44

Marioptoris................'..........................................-.'..-....... 40

Sphenopf eris ....................................................'..............-. 52

Pocopteridem ......................................................................... 60

Pecopteris....................................................................... 60

Neuropterideaj........................................................................ 68

Neuropteris ...................................................................... 68

Dictyopteris...... T .............................................................. 99

Anomalous forms.................................................................... 101

Aphlebia........................................................................ 101

Lycopodincte.............................................................................. 103

Sigillarifb............................................................................ 103

Si}{illaria........................................................................ 103

II. Phanerogams.............................................................................. 105

Gyinnospcrmae ............................................................................ 105

Cordaitem ............................................................................ 105

Cordai tcs........................................................................ 105

Cordaiantlina.................................................................... 106

Cordaicarpus.................................................................... ]07

Results.......................................................................................... 109

Difficulties in correlation of western terr.ines with eastern series by means of fossil plants.. 109

Distribution of tlie species .................................................................. 110

Summary table.......................................................................... 116

Age of the outliers as determined by the distribution and fades of the flora................. 117

Conclusions ..................................................................................... 120

Plates with descriptions...................................^ ............................... ^..... 124

Index............................................................................................ 135

3,000 copies published, the number required by law.

At this writing bulletin 98 has not been delivered by the printer; the foregoing 

description of it has been made up from final page proofs, and may not be errorless. 

Its price will be 15 cents.

BULLETIN 99.

Cover title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no. 99 | Record of North American geology for 1891 1

Washington | government printing office | 1892

General title: Department of the interior | Bulletin | of the | United 

States | geological survey | no, 99 | [Seal of the department of the 

interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Special title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director. | Eecord | of | North American geology for 1891 | by | Nelson 

Horatio Darton j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 

11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso blank; general 

title as above, verso blank; special title as above, verso blank; introductory, p. 5; 

classified key to the subject entries, pp. 6-9; list of publications examined, pp. 

10-11, verso blank; the record, pp. 13-73. 8°.

3,000 copies published, the number required by the law relating to these bulletins. 

Price, 10 cents.
KEPOBTS ON MINERAL RESOURCES,

MINERAL RESOUECES 1882.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | [calendar 

year 1882] Albert Williams, jr. | chief of division of mining statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

 Advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-ii; title as above, verso 

blank; contents, pp. iii-iv; letter of transniittal, p. v, verso blank; acknowledgments, pp. vii-x; summary, pp. xi-xvii, verso blank; text, pp. 1-775, verso blank; 

appendix, pp. 777-787, verso blank; index pp. 789-813. 8°.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Summary...................................................................................... xi-xvu

Coal........................................................................................... 1-107

General view of the coal-mining industry.................................................. 1-7

Anthracite ................................................................................ 7-32

Description and production of the anthracite coal fields of Pennsylvania, by Chas. A. 

Ashburner........................................................................... 7-24

Bituminous coal........................................................................... 33-107

Analyses and calorific values of some Utah coals, by EllWorth Daggett............... 76-81

Iron................/.......................................................................... 108-171

Iron ore and its products, by James if. Swank............................................ 108-144

Iron in the Eocky mountain division ...................................................... 144-148

Iron on the Pacific coast................................................................... 148

The iron ores of Alabama in their geological relations, by Eugene A. Smith................ 149-181

Utilization of blast-furnace slag........................................................... Id-164

TheBower-Barff process,by A.S. Bower .................................................. 164-171

Gold and silver................................................................................ 172-185

Petroleum..................................................................................... 186-212

Petroleum, by S.H.Stowell............................................................... 186-211

Petroleum in the Rocky mountain division................................................ 211-212

Copper ........................................................................................ 213-305

The copper industry of the United States, by C. Kirchhoff, jr............../.............. 213-257

The metallurgy of copper, by James Douglas, jr........................................... 257-280

The roasting of copper ores and furnace products, by Edward D. Peters, jr ................ 280-297

Bluestone ...................................................................;............- 297-305

The mnimiV,cture of bluestoue at the Lyon mill, Dayton, Nevada, by J. E. Giguoux.... 297-305

Lead .......................................................................................... 300-345

The load industry of the United States, by C. Kirchhoft', jr............................... 306-323

The smelting of argentiferous lead in the far west, by 0. H. Halm....................... 324-345

Zinc.....................................'.........................-......................-..... 34C-380

The zinc industry of the United States, by C. Kirchhoft', jr............................... 346-358

The mining and metallurgy of zinc in the United States, by P. L. Clerc.................. 358-386

Quicksilver ................................................................................... 387-398

Nickel, by W. P. Blake ....................................................................... 399-420

Cobalt, by F. W. Taylor ...................................................................... 423-423

Manganese, by David T. Day .................................................................. 424-427

Chromium, by David T. Day ................................................................. 428-430

247,
248 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Page. 

Tungsten, by David T. Day .................................................................. 431-433

Tin........................................................................................... 434-437

Antimony..................................................................................... 438-439

Bismuth....................................................................................... 440

Arsenic ....................................................................................... 441

Platinum ...................................................................................... 442-443

Indium, by F. W. Clarke ..................................................................... 444

Aluminum, by K. L. Packard ................................................................. 445

Molybdenum.................................................................................. 440

Tellurium..................................................................................... 447

'Uranium ..............................:....................................................... 448

Vanadium..................................................................;.................. 449

Structural materials.......................................... r.................... s........... 450 -464

Clays.......................................................................................... 465-475

Fire-clay in the eastern division, by F. A. Wilber..................................'........ 465-469

Pottery clay and kaolin in the eastern division............................................ 469-472

Clays of the Eocky mountain division........;............................................ 472-475

Clays of the Pacific coast................................................................... 475

Abrasive materials............................................................................ 476-181

Corundum and emery,by Henry Gannett.................................................. 476-477

Buhrstouea................................................................................ 477

Bereagrit, by M..C.RG&CL.................................................................. 478-479

Grindstones ............................................................................... 479

Infusorial earth........................................................................... 479-480

Pumice-stone.............................................................................. 480

Carbons ................................................................................... 480-481

Precious stones...........................'..................................................... 482-503

American gems aud»precious stones, by Geo. F. Kunz ..................................... 483-499

The discovery of emeralds in North Carolina, by W. E. Hidden............................. 500-502

Hiddeuite, the new emerald-green gem, by W. E. Hidden .................................. 502-503

Fertilizera..................................'................................................... 504-531

The phosphate deposits of South Carolina, by Otto A. Moses ............................. 504-521

Apatite, by F. A. Wilber.................................................................. 521

Marls, by F. A. "Wilber.................................................................... 522-526

Gypsum.............................................................. .................... 526-531

Commercial fertilizers..................................................................... 531

Salt ........................................................................................... 532-565

The salines of Louisiana, by E. "W. Hilgard ............................................... 554-505

Borax ................................................................/........................ 566-577

Sulphur....................................................................................... 578-579

Bary tes ............. .........................................................---'- --- - - 580-581

Strontia....................................................................................... 582

Mica........................................................................................... 583-584

Talc........................................................................................... 585

Quartz......................................................................................... 586

Fluorspar...........................................'......:.............,..................... 587

Asbehtus ........................................ .......... .................................. 588-589

Graphite,by John A. Walker ................................................................. 590-594

Lithographic stone..'.........................................................................- 595-596

Niter............................:............................................................. 597-598

Nitrate of soda................................................................................ 599-600

Carbonate of soda ....................................................................;... v ... C01-602

Sulphate of soda...........................................................................'..".. 603-604

Asphaltum .................................................................................... 605

Alum......................................................................................... 606

Copperas...................................................................................... 607

Cryolite ....................................................................................... 608

Ozocerite...................................................................................... 609

Miscellaneous contributions..................... ;.................................... 1........ 610-663

The divining rod,by K.W.Raymond...................................................... C10-626

Electrolysis in the metallurgy of copper, lead, zinc, and other metals, by C. 0. Mailloux.... 627-658

The minor minerals of North Carolina, by W. C. Kerr..................................... 659-661

Minor minerals of the Pacific coast, by C.G.Yale ......................................... 662-663

The useful minerals of the United States...................................................... 664-775

Appendix; the new tariff...................................................................... 777-787
WABJIAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1882. 249

6,000 copies published 3,000 under the law relating to survey publications aud 

3,000 by order of the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director of the survey 

at 50 cents a copy.

Documentary edition aa follows:

48th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | M.is. doc. | 

no. 75. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | 

J. W. Powell director | Mineral resources | of the | United States j 

[calendar year 1882] Albert Williams, jr. | chief of division of mining 

statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883 , .

Title as above, verso blank; contents, letter of transinittal, acknowledgments, 

aud remainder of collation, and the contents, same as in the other edition.

1,900 copies published, the "usual number" edition, about 800 of Avhich Avere delivered unbound, as described aboAre; the remainder (about 1,100) were printed later 

and bound in sheep, in which form they constitute vol. 40 of the "Miscellaneous 

documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the forty-eighth 

congress." In these sheep-bound copies the leaf of advertisement is found preceding 

the title.

Of the "Summary" and the article on "American gems and precious stones" in 

this volume I have seen separates, as follows:

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1882.

[A summary of the] Mineral products of the United | States.

No title; heading as aboAre; pp. [l]-7. 8°.

Following the heading is this note, within brackets:

Abstract from a report entitled "The mineral resources of the United States," by 

Albert Williams, jr., chief of division of mining statistics and technology, United 

States geological survey, for the calendar year 1882 and the first six months of 1883.

Cover title: Department of the interior | American gems | and | precious stones | by | George F. Kimz | [Seal of the department of the interior] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Last title: United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | 

American gems | and | precious stones | by | George F. Kunz | Extract 

from "The mineral resources of the United States" by Albert Williams 

jr. | chief of the division of mining statistics and technology 1883 | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1883

Paper cover bearing title as given above; the same title repeated, verso blank; 

last title as given above, verso beginning of text: text, pp. 482-*499. 8°. 500.copies 

issued by the department for gratuitous distribution.

MINERAL RESOURCES 1883-1884.

[Survey design] | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral products of the United 

States | calendar years 1882,1883, and 1884.

A
250 PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Colophon: Washington, D. 0., | June 9, 1885. | Albert Williams, jr., 

| chief of division of mining statistics.

One sheet, folio. A tabulation of the quantities and values of the various mineral 

products of the country for the years named. 2,000 copies issued by the department.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar 

years | 1883 and 1884 | Albert Williams jr. | chief of division of mining 

statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, two unpaged leaves, verso of last 

one blank; title as above, verso uotice; contents, pp. iii-v, verso blank; illustrations, p. vii, verso blank; letter of transmittal, p. ix, verso blank; introductory, 

pp. xi-xiv; summary, pp. 1-10; text, pp. 11-1004; index, pp. 1005-1016. 8°. Figs. 

1-8.

CONTENTS.

Page 

Summary...................................................................................... 1-10

Coal ........................................................................................... 11-213

Anthracite coal mining, by H. M. Cliance ................................................ 104-131

Coal mining in the Kanawha valley-of West Virginia, by Stuart M. Buck................ 131-143

The manufacture of coke, by Joseph D. Weeks ....... i ................................... 144-213

Petroleum, by S. H. Stowell................................................................... 214-232

Natural gaa ................................................................................... 233-245

' Iron ........................................................................................... 24C-311

The manufacture of iron and steel in the United States, by James M. Swank............. 246-257

Iron ores in the United States, by James M. Swank....................................... 257-281

Iron in the Eocky mountain division, by P. F. Chisolm ................................... 281-286

Iron on the Pacific coast, by C. G. Yale ................................................... 286-290

American blast-furnace progress, by John Birkinbine ..................................... 290-311

Gold and silver................................................................................ 312-321

Copper ........................................................................................ 322-410

The copper industry of the United States, by C. Kirchhoff, jr ........................ v .. 322-374

The mines and reduction works of Butte city, Montana, by E. D. Peters, jr ............. 374-390

The cupola smelting of copper in Arizona, by James Douglas, jr ...... .... .............. 397-410

Lead........................................................................................... 411-473

The lead industry of the United States, by C. Kircbhoff, jr..............................^ 411-440

Lead slags, by Malvern W. lies ........................................................... 440-462

Eecent improvements in desilverizing lead in the United States, by H. O. Hofinan ....... 462-473

Zinc. The zinc industry of the United States, by G. Kirchhoff, jr............................ 474-491

Quicksilver.................................................................................... 492-536

Quicksilver reduction at New Almaden, by Samuel B. Christy............................ 503-534

Nickel, by W. P. Blake ....................................................................... 537-543

Cobalt, by David T. Day ...................................................................... 544-549

Manganese, by David T. Day ................................................................. 550-566

Chromium, by David T. Day ................................... f.............................. 567-573

Tungsten, by David T. Day.................:................................................. 574-575

Platinum...................................................................................... 576-580

Iridium, by William L. Dudley ............................................................... 581-591

Tin, by W.P.Blake.......................................................................... 592-640

Antimony, by W. P.Blake..................................................................... 641-653

Bismuth....................................................................................... 654-655

Arsenic........................................................................................ 656-657

Aluminum, by E. L. Packard................................................................. 658-660

Zirconium, by David T. Day.................................................................. 661

Structural materials........................................................................... 662-711

Building stoiie ............................................................................ 662-667

Building sand ............................................................................... 667-668

Lime ............................................................................... ^...... 668-670

Cement.............................................................................'.'....... 671-676

Clays, by F. A. Wilber.................................................................... 676-711
WAIIMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1883 AND 1884. 251

Page. 

Abrasive materials............................................................................ 712-722

Buhrstones................................................................................ 712-713

Grindstones ......................;........................................................ 713-714

Corundum and emery, by T. M. Chatard.................................................. 714-720

Infusorial earth ........................................................................... 720-721

Pumice stone.............................................................................. 721

Itottenstoue............................................................................... 722

Precious stones, by George F. Kunz .......................................................... 723-782

fertilizers..................................................................................... 783-826

Phosphate rock, by David T. Day......................................................... 783-805

Alabama, by "W. C. Stubbs............................................................ 794-803

Apatite .................................................................................. 805-808

Marls, byF. Ar. Wilber................................................................... 808

Gypsum, by P. A. Wilber................................................................. 809-815

Manufactured fertilizers, by David T. Bay ............................................... 815-826

Salt............................................................................................ 827-850

Bromine, by David T. Day .................................................................... 851-853

Iodine, by David T. Day ...................................................................... 854-858

Borax ......................................................................................... 859-863

Sulphur, by David T. Day .................................................................... 804-876

Pyrites, by William Martyu............................,....................................... 877-905

Mica, by F. \V. Clarke......................................................................... 906-912

Asbestus ...................................................................................... 913-914

Graphite, by John A. Walker................................................................. 915-919

Mineral paints ................................................................................ 920-929

Chalk ......................................................................................... 930-932

Feldspar, by David T. Day ................................................................... 933,934

Lithographic stone ............................................................................ 935,936

Asphaltum .................................................................................... 937-948

The asphaltum deposits of California, by E. W. H'ilgard.................................. 938-948

Alum.................................................................................. w....... 949,950

Bluestoiie...................................................................................... 951

Copperas ...................................................................................... 952,953

Cryolite........................................................................................ 954

Ozocerite...................................................................................... 955-957

Glass materials, by J oseph D. Weeks ......................................................... 958-977

Mineral waters, by A. C. Pealo................:............................................... 978-987

Historical sketch of mining law, by Kossiter W. Raymond....................................088-1004

6,000 copies published 3,000 under tlie law relating to survey publications and 

3,000 by order of the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director of the survey 

at 60 cents a copy.

Documentary edition as follows:

49tli congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives, f Mis. doc. | 

no. 36. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey j 

J. W. Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | 

calendar years | 1883 and 1884 | Albert Williams, jr. | chief of division 

of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Title as above, verso blank; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 

unpaged leaves, verso of last one blank; contents, illustrations, letter of transniittal, 

and remainder of collation, and the contents, same as the other edition.

1,900 copies published, the "usual number" edition, about 800 of which were 

issued unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and bound in 

sheep, in which form they constitute vol. 9 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the 

house of representatives for the first session of the forty-ninth congress."

Of most of the papers composing this volume, 100 copies were issued separately 

by the department for gratuitous distribution, as follows:
252 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOD. 

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1883-1884.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director | Coal | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, 

jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 11- 

104. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Anthracite coal mining | by | H. M. Chance | Abstract from. "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 

1883 and 1884 " Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining 

statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 104- 

131. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Coal mining | in the | Kanawha Ovalley of West Virginia | by | Stuart M. Buck | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | 

chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover beariug title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 131- 

143. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | The | manufacture of coke | by | Joseph D. Weeks | 

Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar 

years 1883 and 1884 " Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining 

statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 144- 

213. 8°. 600 copies the regular edition of 100, and 500 extras ordered by the 

author. ^

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director | Petroleum | by | S. H. Stowell | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years'1883 and 

1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; 'text, pp. 214- 

 232; 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director I Natural gas I Abstract from " Mineral resources
WARMAN.] < MINERAL RESOURCES 1883-1884, SEPARATES. 253

of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text pp. 233- 

245. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | The | manufacture of iron and steel | in the | United 

States | by | James M. Swank | vice-president American iron and steel 

association | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | 

calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr.; | chief of division 

of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 246- 

257. 8°. 1 figure (fig. 1 of the volume). 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Iron ores of the United States | by | James M. 

Swank | vice-president American iron and steel association | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 

and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text pp. 257- 

281. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | American | blast-furnace progress | by | John Birkinbiue | Abstract from" Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884 " Albert Williams, jr., | chief of .division of 

mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 290- 

311. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director | Gold and silver | by | Albert Williams, jr., | Abstract from. "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 

1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining 

statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 312-321. 

8°. 1 figure (fig. 2 of the volume). 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey |-J« 

W. Powell director | The | copper industry | of the | United States | 

by | 0. Kirchhoff, jr., | Abstract from."Mineral resources of the United
254 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

States, I calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief 

of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso-blank; text, pp. 322- 

374. 8°. 1 figure (fig. 3 of the volume). 175 copies the regular 100, and 75 extras 

ordered by the author.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | The | mines and reduction works | of | Butte city, 

Montana | by | Edward D. Peters, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884'WAlbert 

Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 374- 

396. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director | The | cupola smelting of copper | in | Arizona | 

by | James Douglas, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | 

chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington ( government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title aa above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 397- 

410. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J* W. 

Powell director | The | lead industry | of the | United States | by | 0. 

Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States, 

| calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] | . Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 411- 

440. 8°. 1 figure (fig. 4 of the volume). 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Lead slags | by | Malvera W. lies | Abstract from. 

^Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 

1884 " Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same; verso blank; text, pp. 440- 

462. 8°. 1 figure (fig. 5 of the volume). 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Eecent improvements | in | desilverizing lead | in 

the | United States | by j H. O. Hofman | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States, J calendar years 1883 and 1884 " Albert
WABMAM.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1883-1884, SEPARATES. 255

Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 462- 

473. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | The | zinc industry | of the | Unitecl States (by | C. 

Kirchhoff,jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | 

calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jrv | chief of division 

of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 474- 

491. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Quicksilver | Abstractfrom "Mineralresources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884 " Albert Williams, jr., | 

chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 492- 

503. 8°. 1 figjire (fig. 6 of the volume). 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Quicksilver reduction | at | New Almaden | by | Samuel B. Christy | Abstractfrom "Mineral resources of the United States, 

| calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 503- 

536. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Nickel | by | W. P. Blake | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States, | calender years 1883 and 1884" Albert 

Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 537- 

543. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director | Cobalt | by | DavidT. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884 " 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 544- 

549. 8°. 100 copies.
256 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell director | Manganese | by | David T. Day | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 

1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office j 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 550- 

566. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Chromium | by | David T. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 567- 

573. 8°. 100 copies. . - 

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Tungsten | by | David T. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 574- 

575. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Platinum | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | 

chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 576- 

580. 8°. 100 copies.

Department .of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Indium | by | William L. Dudley | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 

1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 581- 

591. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Tin | by | W. P. Blake | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States, j calendar years 1883 and 1884" 
:# WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1883-1884, SEPARATES. 257

! Albert Williams, jr., | cliief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

§, design] }

-\\ Washington | government printing office | 1885 11

"l! Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 592-

ii| 640. 8°. 2 illustrations (figs. 7 and 8 of the volume) 175 copies the regular 100,

'f and 75 extras ordered by the author.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

V Powell director | Antimony | by | W. P. Blake | Abstract from " Mini . eral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

' Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank} text, pp.-641- 

^ 653. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Bismuth | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | 

chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

i Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 

v 654 and 655.' 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director0 ) Arsenic | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams,.jr., | 

chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

., Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 656- 

657. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Aluminum | by | K.L.Packard | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

» design] |

Washington | government printing office j 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 658- 

660. 8°. 100 copies.

l'!

Jl Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

jL Powell director | Clays | by | F. A. Wilber | Abstract from "Mineral

| resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Al-

:]j bert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey deil sign] |

V Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 676-711. 

8°. 100 copies.

Bull. 100 17
258 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Corundum and emery | by | T. M. Chatard | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 

1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 714-720. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Precious stones | by | George F.Kunz | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 arid 

1884'' Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 723-782. 

8°. 1,150 copies the regular 100, and 1,050 extras ordered by the author.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Salt | by | Albert Williams, jr., | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] j

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 827- 

850. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell director | Bromine | by | David T. Day | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office 11885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 851- 

853. 8°. 100 copies. '

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell director | Iodine | by | David T. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 854- 

858. 8°. 100 copies.
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1883-1884, SEPARATES. 259

Department of the interior | United States geological survey. | J. W. 

Powell director | Borax | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., 

| chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper coArer bearing title as above ; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 859- 

863. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Sulphur | by | David T. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States. | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 864- 

876. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Pyrites | by | William Martyn | Abstract from." Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" 

Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text,'pp. 877- 

905. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Mica | by | F. W. Clarke | Abstract from " Mineral 

resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division' of mining statistics | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 906- 

912. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Graphite | by | John A. Walker | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar years 1883 and 

1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | . 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 915- 

919. 8°. 100 copies. 

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | The | asphaltum deposits | of | California | by | E. 

W. Hilgard | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the Unjted States, |
260 PUBLICATIONS OF THE TJ. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division 

of mining statistics | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above;, inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 937- 

948. 8°. 150 copies the regular 100, and 50 extras ordered by the author.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Glass materials | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the CTuited States, | calendar years 1883 

and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 958- 

977. 8°. 175 copies the regular 100 and 75 extras ordered by the author.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Mineral waters | by | A. 0. Peale | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1883 and 

1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division of mining statistics | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 978- 

987. 8°. 250 copies the regular 100 and 150 extras ordered by the author.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell director | Historical sketch of mining law | by | Kossiter W. 

Eaymond | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States, | 

calendar years 1883 and 1884" Albert Williams, jr., | chief of division 

of mining statistics | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1885 '

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 988- 

1004. 8°. 100 copies.

MINERAL RESOURCES 1885.

[Survey design] | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral products of the United 

States | calendar years 1882, 1883,1884, and 1885.

Colophon: Division of mining statistics, | Washington, D. C., August 

27, 1886.

One sheet, folio. A tabulation of the quantities and values of the various mineral 

products of the country for the years named. 2,500 copies issued by the department.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar 

year 1885 | [Albert Williams, jr., and David Talbot Day, chiefs of] 

division of mining statistics and technology | | Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886
WAKMAN.] MINERAL EESOURCES 1885. 261

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves, verso of last 

one "notice"; title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. iii-iv; letter of transinittal 

to the director, hy David T. Day, geologist in charge, p. v; introductory, pp. vi-vii, 

verso blank; summary, pp. 1-9; text, pp. 10-557, verso blank; index, pp. 559-576. 

8°. "Fig. 2" occupies p. 205, " Fig. 6" p. 287, and a "map" p. 308; these are the 

only illustrations in the volume.

CONTENTS.

Page.

Summary...................................................................................... 1-9

Coal, by Charles A. Ashburner................................................................ 10-73

The manufacture of coke, by Joseph D. Weeks ............................................... 74-129

Petroleum, by S. H. Stowell................................................................... 130-154

Natural gas, by Joseph D. Weeks ...:........................................................- 105-179

Iron ........................................................................................... 180-199

Twenty-one years of progress in the manufacture of iron and steel in the United States, 

by James M. Swank................................. 1................................... 180-195

Iron in the Kooky mouutaindivision, by F. F. Chisoliu... ................................... 196

Iron on the Pacific coast, by C. G. Yale.................................................... 196-199

Gold and silver................................................................................ 200-207

Copper. The copper industry of the United States, by C. Kirchhoff, jr ....................... 203-243

Lead. The lead industry of the United States, by C. Kirchhoff, jr............................ 244-271

Zinc. The zinc industry of the United States, by C. Kirchholf, jr............................ 272-283

Quicksilver.................................................................................... 284-29G

Nickel......................................................................................... 297-302

Manganese, by Jos. D. Weeks ................................................................ 303-350

Chromium, by David T. Day.................................................................. 357-360

Cobalt, by David T. Day ............................................................... 1...... 361-365

Tungsten, by David T. Day................................................................... 366

Platinum and iridium ......................................................................... 367-369

Tin............................................................................................ 370-385

Arsenic........................................................................................ 386

Antimony..................................................................................... 387-388

Bismuth....................................................................................... 389

Aluminum, by R. L. Packard .................................................................. 390-392

Zirconium, by David T. Day .................................................................. 393-394

Structural materials, by H. S. Sproull.......................................................... 395-427

Abrasive materials............................................................................ 428-436

Buhrstones................................................................................ 428

Grindstones ............................................................................... 428-429

Corundum................................................................................. 429-432

Infusorial earth ........................................................................... 433

Pumice stone.............................................................................. 433

Novaculite, by George M. Turner......................................................... 433-436

Precious stones, by George F. Kunz........................................................... 437-444

Fertilizers..................................................................................... 445-473

Phosphate rock, by David T. Day......................................................... 445-455

Apatite.................................................................................... 455-458

Gypsum, by H. S. Sproull................................................................. 458-464

Marls.................................... X................................................. 464

Manufactured fertilizers................................................................... 465-473

Salt............................................................................................ 474-485

Bromine, by David T. Day .................................................................... 486-487

lodiue, by David T. Day ...................................................................... 488-490

Borax.......................................................................................... 491-493

Sulphur, by William C. Day................................................................... 494-500

Pyrites, by Herbert J. Davis.................................................................. 501-517

Mica........................................................................................... 518-520

Asbestos ...............................................................!...........'............ 521-522

Feldspar.by William C. Day...................'I............................................... 523

Mineral paints, by Marcus Benjamin.......................................................... 524-533

Talc, by G. F. Perreuoud...................................................................... 534-535

Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale.......................... 1..................................... 536-543

Glass materials, by Jos. D. Weeks............................................................. 544-557
262 PUBLICATIONS OF THE u. s. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

6,000 copies published 3,000 under the law relating to survey publications and 

3,000 by order of the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director of the survey 

at 40 cents a copy, the actual cost of publication as estimated by the public printer.

Documentary edition as follows: 0

49th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 146. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | 

J. W. Powell, director | Mineral resources j of the | United States | 

calendar year 1885 | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Title as above, verso blank; then follow advertisement, title, contents, letter of 

transniittal, etc., as in the other edition.

1,900 copies published, being the "usual number" edition, about 800 of which 

were issued unbound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as vol. 6 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the second session of the forty-ninth congress."

Of some of the more important papers comprising this volume brief abstracts were 

issued, usually "subject to revision," in advance of the volume; and of most of the 

papers 100 copies were issued separately for gratuitous distribution, as follows:

SEPARATES FEOM MINERAL RESOURCES 1885.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Coal | by | Chas. A. Ashburner | Abstract from 

" Mineral resources of the United States, j calendar year 1885 " Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 10-73. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | The | manufacture of coke | by | Jos. D. Weeks | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 

1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington. | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner tit)e same, verso blank; text, pp. 74.-129. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Petroleum | by | S. H. Stowell | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of 

mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 130-151. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Natural gas | by | Jos. D. Weeks | Abstract from
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1885. SEPARATES. 263

0

" Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 155-179. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Gold and silver | by | David T. Day | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title1 same, verso blank; text, pp. 200-207. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | copper industry | of the | United States | by | 

C. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United 

States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 208-243. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | lead industry | of the | United States | by | 

C. Kirchhoif, jr. | Abstract from u Mineral resources of the United 

States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 0

Washington | government printing office 11886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 244-271. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | zinc industry | of the | United States | by | 

0. Kirchhoff, jr..) Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United 

States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 272-283. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Quicksilver j Abstract from "Mineral resources of 

the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 284-296. 

8°. 100 copies.
264 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W» 

Powell, director | Nickel | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blaulc; text, pp. 297-302. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior j United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Manganese | by | Jos. D. Weeks | A.bstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 303-356. 

8°. 100 copies. '

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Chromium | by | David T. Day | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blauk; text, pp. 357-3GO. 

8°. 100 copies. .

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Cobalt | by | David T. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calender year 1885 " Division of 

mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 361-365. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Platinum and iridium | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 367-3C9. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell, director | Tin | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics 

and technology j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 370-385. 

8°. 100 copies.
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1885, SEPARATES. 265

Department of tlie interior | United States geological survey | J.'W. 

Powell, director | Aluminum | by | K. L. Packard | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" 

Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 390-392. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Structural materials | by | Henry S. Sproull | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 

1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as aboAre; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 395-427. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Clays | by | Henry S. Sproull | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of 

mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank: text, pp. 414-427. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Novaculite | by | George M. Turner | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, (calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. [433]-436. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Precious stones | by | George F. Kunz | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" 

Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 437-444. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior ^United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Fertilizers ) Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of mining | statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 445-473. 

8°. lOO.copiea.
266 PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. S. &EOLO.GICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Department oft/he interior j United States geological survey | J. W. 

Po well, director [.Salt | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United 

States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design | |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 474-485. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

°Powellj director | Bromine | by | David T. Day | Abstract from ''Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of 

mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 486-487. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey.) J. W. 

Powell, director | Iodine | by | David T. Day | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title sanie; verso blank; text, pp. 488-490. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Borax | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 491-493. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Sulphur | by | William. C. Day |,Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] )

Washington ) government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 494-500. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Pyrites | by | Herbert J. Davis | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the .United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of 

mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 508-517. 

8°. 100 copies.
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1886. 267

Department of tlie interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director. | Mica | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1885 " Division of mining | statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text,pp. 518-520. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral paints | by | Marcus Benjamin | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" 

Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 188" 6

Paper cover bearing title aa above; hmer title same, verso blank; text, pp. 524-533. 

8°. 100 copies.

'Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral waters | by | A. C. Peale | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 536-543. 

8°. 100 copies. &

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Glass materials | by | Jos. D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1885" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1886

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 544-557. 

8°. 100 copies.

MINERAL RESOURCES 1886.

[Survey design] | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral products of the United 

States | calendar years 1882 to 1886.

Colophon: Washington, D. 0., December 15,1887. | David T. Day, | 

chief of division of mining statistics.

One sheet, folio. A tabulation of the quantities and values of the various mineral 

products of the country for the years named. 3,000 copies issued by the department.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar 

year | 1886 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887
268 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; 1 leaf with 

recto blank and verso bearing a "notice" in relation to this series of reports; title 

as above, verso blank; contents, pp. iii-iv; letter of transmifcfcal, p. v, verso blank; 

introductory, pp. vu-viii; summary, pp. 1-10; text, pp. 11-790; index, pp. 791-813. 

8°. Fig. 1 occupies p. 107 and Fig. 2 p. 165.

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Summary...................................................................................... 1-10

Iron.... ....................................................................................... 11-103

The American iron trail e in 1888, by James M. Swank..................................... 11-22

The American iron industry from the beginning in 1619 to 1886, by James M. Swank..... 23-38

The iron ores east of the Mississippi river, by John Birkinbiuo.....---................... 39-103

Gold and silver ........................................................."........................ 104-108

Copper, by C. Kirchlioff, jr..................................................................... 109-139

Lead, by C. Kirchlioff, jr.............................................. A....................... 140-153

Zinc, by C. Kirchhoff, jr.............................:......'.................................... 154-159

Quicksilver.....................:.................................-.....................'....... 160-168

Nickel......................................................................................... 160-173

Cobalt......................................................................................... 174-175

Chromium..................................................................................... 170-179

Manganese, by Jos. D. "Weeks ................................................................. 180-213

Tin.................................................................:.........-..............-. 214-217

Tungsten...................................................................................... 218-219

Aluminum, by R. L. Packard ................................................................... 220-221

Platinum and iridiurn ......................................................................... 222-223

Coal, by Charles A. Ash burner ................... i............................................ 224-377

The manufacture of coke, by Jos. D.-"Weeks .............v..................................... 378-438

Petroleum, by Jos. D. Weeks .................................................................. 439-487

Natural gas, by Jos. D. Weeks.................................................................. 488-516

Structural materials, by Wm. C. Day ..................................... .*.................^. 517-580

Abrasive materials ............................................................................ 581-594

Bubrstones, by William A. Raborg ........................................................ 581-582

Grindstones, by William A. Eaborg........................................................ 582-5?5

Corundum,by William A.Eaborg.....................................I................... 585-586

Infusorial earth............................................................................ 587-588

Novaculite, by George M. Turner. ....................................................T .... 589-594

Precious stones, by George F. Kunz ........................................................... 595-605

Fertilizers..................................................................................... 606-627

Phosphate rock............................................................................ 607-G10

The fertilizer trade in North Carolina in 1886, by W. B. Phillips............................ 611-017

Marls...................................................................................... 619-620

Gypsum ................................................................................... 620-623

Manufactured fertilizers .................................................................. 623-627

Salt, by William A. Eaborg.................................................................... 628-641

Bromine........................................................................................ 642-643

Sulphur, by Wm. C. Day....................................................................... 644-647

Tellurium ..................................................................................... 648-649

Pyrites, by Richard P. Rothwell............................................................... 650-675

Phosphorus, by George M. Turner............................................................. 676-677

Borax.......................................................................................... 678-680

Alum............................................................... .......................... 681-682

Bluestone; ..................................................................................... 683

Copperas!..................................................................................... 684-685

Graphite,by William A.Eaborg............................................................... 686-689

Lithographic stone................................................'............................ 690-691

Fluorspar...................................................................................... 692-693

Magnesium.................................................................................... 694-698

Strontium .............................................................................'........ 699-700

Feldspar,by Wm. C.Day ........................................ ^............................. 701

Mineral paints, by Marcus Benjamin .......................................................... 702-714

Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale................................................................. 715-721

Mining law, by E.R.L.Gould ................................................................. 722-790
WABMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1886, SEPARATES. 269

6,000 copies published 3,000 under the law relating to survey publications and 

3,000 by order of the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director of the survey at 

50 cents a copy, the actual cost of publication as estimated by the public printer.

Documentary edition as follo'ws: , '

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. 

doc. | no. 42. | Department of the interior | United States geological 

survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United 

States | calendar year | 1886 | David T. Day | chief of division of 

raining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Title as above, verso blank; "Notice" in relation to this series of reports, verso 

blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, 2 unpaged leaves; contents, letter of transmittal, and remainder of collation as in the other edition.

1,734 copies published, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were delivered unbound; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep as a part of 

vol. 2 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first 

session of the fiftieth congress."

Of some of the more important pa.pers comprising this volume brief abstracts were 

issued, usually "subject to revision," in advance of the volume: and of most of the 

papers 100 copies were issued separately, for gratuitous distribution, as follows:

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1886.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Summary | of the | mineral products | of the United 

States | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the .United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 1-10. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The American iron trade | by | James M. Swank | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 

1886" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 11-38. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The iron ores | east of the Mississippi river | by | 

John Birkinbine (.Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United 

States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of the | division of 

mining statistics and technology | [Survey design].|

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 39-103 

(awl p. 104, which contains the beginning of the article on "Gold and silver"). 8°. 

100 copiea.
270 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Gold and silver | by | James P. Kimball | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title flame, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 104-108. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Copper | by | (3. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title aa above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 109-139 

(and p. 140, which contains the beginning of the article on "Lead"). 8°. 100 

copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Lead | by | 0. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 140-153 (undp. 154, which contains the beginning of the article on "Zinc "). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior-1 United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Zinc | by | C. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology j [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 154-159 (and p. 160, Avhich contains the beginning of the article on "Quicksilver"). 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Quicksilver | Abstract from "Mineral resources of 

the United States, | calendar year 1886 " David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text 

pp. 160-168. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director j Nickel and cobalt | Abstract from "Mineral resources
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1886, SEPARATES. 271

of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text;, pp. 169- 

175 (and p. 176, which contains the beginning of the article on "Chromium"). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Po well, director | Chromium | Abstract from'"Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1880" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 176-179 (and p. 180, which contains the beginning of the article on "Manganese"). 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Manganese | by | Jos. D. Weeks | Abstract- from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the (division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 180-213 (and p. 214, which contains the beginning of the article on "Tin "). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | Tin, tungsten, aluminum | and | platinum | Abstract

from a Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886 " 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology

| [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 214-223 (and p. 224, which contains the beginning of the article on "Coal") 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Coal | by | Oh as. A. Ashburner | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886 " David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 224-377 (and p. 378, which contains the beginning of the article on "The 

manufacture of coke"). 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | manufacture of coke | by | Jos. D, Weeks | Ab-
272 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

stract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 

1880" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 378-438.. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Petroleum | by | Jos. D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887 ,

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 439-487 

(and p. 488. which contains the beginning.of the article on "Natural gas"). 8°. 

100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Natural gas | by | Jos. D. AVeeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] | '

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 488-516. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Structural materials | by | William 0. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 

1886 " David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887 ,

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 517-580. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Abrasive materials | by | William A. Eaborg | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 

1886" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 581-594. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Novaculite | by | George M. Turner | Abstract from
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOUECES 1886, SEPARATES. 273

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 589- 

594. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey J J. W.

Powell, director | Precious stones | by | George F. Kunz | Abstract

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology

| [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887 

 Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp, 595- 

605 (and p. 606, which, contains the beginning of the article on "Fertilizers")- 8°. 

100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Fertilizers | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of the |. division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 606-627 (and p. 628, which contains the beginning of the article on " Salt"). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell, director | Salt | by | William A. Eaborg | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 628-641 (and p. 642, which contains the beginning of the -article on "Bromine"). 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Bromine | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 642-643 (and p. 644, which contains the beginning of the article on "Sulphur"). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Sulphur | by | William. C. Day | Abstract from "MinBull. 100 18
274 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL. 100.

eral resources of the "United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 644-647 (and p. 648, which contains the beginning of the article on " Tellurium"). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior J United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Pyrites | by | Richard P. Rotlrwell | Abstract from 

" Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886 " David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 650-675 (and p. 676, which contains the beginning of the article on "Phosphorus")- 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Borax, alum, Milestone | and | copperas | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] [

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 678-685 (and p. 686, which contains the beginning of the article on " Graphite"). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell, director | Graphite | by | William A. Eaborg | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] | . '

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 686-689 (and p. 690, which contains the beginning of the article on "Lithographic 

stone"). 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Fluorspar | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of. the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887.

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 692-693 (and p. 694, which contains the beginning of the article on "Magnesium"). 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Magnesium | Abstract from "Mineral resources of
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1887. 275

the United States, | calendar year 1886" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 694-698. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | Mineral paints | by | Marcus Benjamin | Abstract

from "Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology

| [Survey design] j

Washington j government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 704-714. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | *J. W.

Powell, director | Mineral waters | by | A. (J. Peale | Abstract from

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day? chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology

| [Survey design] | . Washington | government printing office | 1887

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 715- 

721 (and p. 722, which contains the beginning of the article on "Mining law"). 8°. 

100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mining law | by | Elgin E. L. Gould | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States, | calendar year 1886" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1887.

Paper cover^bcaring title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 722-790. 8°. 100 copies.

MINERAL RESOURCES 1887.

[Survey design] | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral products of the United 

States | calendar years 1882 to 1887.

Colophon: Washington, D, 0., October 15, 1888. | David T. Day, | 

chief of division of mining statistics.

One sheet, folio. A tabulation of the quantities and values of the various mineral products of the country for the years named. 4,000 copies issued by the 

department.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar
276 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

year | 1887 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and 

technology j [Survey design] |, 

Washington | government printing office 11888

Advertisement of the publications ofirthe survey, 2 unpaged leaves; 1 leaf with 

recto blank and verso bearing a "notice" concerning this series of publications; 

title as above, vefsb blank; letter of transmit^al, p. iii, verso blank; contents, pp. 

v-vi; introduction, p. vii, verso blank; summary, pp. 1-9; text, pp. 10-812j index, 

pp. 813-832. 8°. Fig. 1 occupies p. 61 and Fig. 2 p. 123.

CONTENTS. page

Summary...................................................................................... 1-9

Iron........................................................................................... 10-57

The iron and steel industries of the United States in 1887 and 1888, by James M. Swank. 10-27 

Iron in the Eocky mountain division, by F. F. Chisolm................................... 28-29

Iron ore mining hi 1887, by John Birkinbme .................... ... ................ 30-57

Gold and silver...................'............................................................. 58-65

Copper, by C. Kirchhoff, jr....................................................................* 66-97

Lead, by C. Kirchhoff, jr...................................................................... 98-112

Zinc,by C.Kirchhoff, jr....................................................................... 113-117

Quicksih'er.................................................................................... 118-125

Nickel......................................................................................... 126-129

Cobalt......................................................................................... 130-131

Chromium..................................................................................... 132-133

Tin............................................................................................ 134-137

Aluminum, by R. L. Packard ................................................................. 138-141

Platinum...............-.................................-..- ............................. 142-143

Manganese, by Joseph D. "Weeks............................................................... 144-167

Coal, by Charles A. Ashburner ............................................................... 168-382

The manufacture of coke, by Joseph D. Weeks ................... ......................... 383-435

Petroleum, by Joseph D. Weeks ....... .................................................... 436-463

Natural gas, by .Joseph D. Weeks.............. ..........*............................... . 464-502

Structural materials, by William C. Day...................................................... 503-551

Abrasive materials ........................ . .... ..... ... ... ...... ... 552-554

Precious stones, by George F. Kunz ..................................................... 555-579

Fertilizers..................................................................................... 580-594

Gypsum....................................................................................... 595-603

Gypsum or land plaster in Ohio, by Edward Orton ........................................ 596-601

Sulphur,by William C. Day .................................................................. 604-610

Salt, by William A. Eaborg..^................................................................ 611-625

Bromine....... ...................'................ .................................... 626-627

Potassium salts, by William C. Day................8........................................... 628-650

Sodium salts, by William C. Day.............................................................. 651-658

Fluorspar ............ ............................................................:......... 659

Mica.......................................................................................... 660-671

Mica mining In North Carolina, by William B. Phillips ................................... 661-671

Graphite ...................................................................................... 672-673

Mineral paints ............................................ ......... ..................... 674-679

Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale .................................X............................ 680-687

Useful minerals of the United States, edited by Albert Williams, jr .......................... 688-812

6,000 copies published 3,000 under the law relating to survey publications and 

3,000 additional copies ordered by the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director 

of the survey at 50 cents a copy, actual cost of publication as estimated by the public 

printer.

Documentary edition as follows:

50th congress, | 2d session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 4. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey j 

J. W. Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States j 

calendar year | 1887 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 11888
MINERAL RESOURCES 1887, SEPARATES. 277

Title as above, verso blank; then follow the advertisement, notice, title, letter of 

transinittal, and remainder of collation precisely as in the other edition.

1,734 copies published, being the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which 

were delivered unbound; the remainder were' printed later and bound in sheep, in 

which form they constitute vol. 2 of the " Miscellaneous documents of the house of 

representatives for the second session of the fiftieth congress."

Of some of the more important papers composing this volume brief abstracts, 

usually "subject to revision," were issued in advance of the volume; and of most 

of the papers 100 copies were issued separately, for gratuitous distribution, as 

follows:

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1887.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Summary | of the | mineral products | of the | United 

States | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining 

atati sties and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

ParJer cover beating title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 1-9. 

3°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior 1 United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The iron and steel industries | of the | United States | 

in | 1887 and 1888 | by | James M. Swank | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 10-27. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Iron ore mining in 1887 | by | John Birkinbine | Abstract from u Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 

1887" David T. Day, chief of the'| division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 30-57. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Gold and silver | Abstract from " Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1887 " David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 11888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of textj 

text, pp. 58-65. 8°. 100 copies.
278 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U.-S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Copper | by | 0. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | .calendar year 1887" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] j ' . . Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 66-97. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Lead | by | 0. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887 " David T.

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 98-112. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Zinc | by | 0. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mirieral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T% Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] | . Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 113-417. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Quicksilver | Abstract from "Mineral resources of 

the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

r Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 118-125. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mckel and cobalt | Abstract from " Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. Day, chief oi 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 126-131. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Chromium | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1887" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 132-133. 8°. 100 copies.
WABMAN.J MINERAL feESOUROES 188?, SEPARATES. 279

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powellj director | Tin | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United 

States | calendar year 1887 " David T. Day, chief of the | division of 

mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 134-137. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell, director | Aluminum | by | E. L. Packard | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

pp. 138-141. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Manganese | by | Jos. D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David 

T. Day, chief of the | -division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 144-167. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell, director | Coal | by | Chas. A. Ashburner | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887 " David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 168-382. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | manufacture of coke | by | Joseph D. Weeks | 

Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 

1887" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 383-435. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Petroleum | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States J calendar year 1887" David
280 PUBLICATIONS 01* THfi U. 6. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100. ^

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics auc^ technology | 

[Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1888 '

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, ve'rso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 436-463. 8°. 100 copies. ' ,

f '

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Natural gas | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888 **"

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 464-502. 8°. 100 copies.

>-,

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Structural materials | by | William 0. Day | Abstract i 

from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" ,4 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | '

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 503-551. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Abrasive materials | Abstract from "Mineral re- ^ 

sources of the United States | calendar year 1887 " David T.Day, chief 

of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888 , ^

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 552-554. 8°. 100 copies.

 Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director (Precious stones | by | George F. Kunz | Abstract 

from " Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887 " 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 555-579. 

8°. 100 copies.

s~

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Fertilizers | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1887 " David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 580-594. 8°. 100 copies.
MINERAL RESOURCE'S isst, SEPARATE^.

Department of th* interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

* Powell, director | Gypsum | Abstract from " Mineral resources of tlie 

United States | calendar year 1887 " David T. Day, chief of the j division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] j

/-v Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 595-603. 

8°. 100 copies. 

w»

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Sulphur | by | William 0. Day | Abstract from "Min- 

_^ eral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

4 .Washington | government printing office 11888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text,, 

pp. 604-610. 8°., 100 copies.

<*

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

s Powell, director | Salt | by | William A. Raborg | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 611-625. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powellj director j Potassium salts | by | William 0. Day | Abstract

. from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology

A | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text,

pp. 628-650. 8°. 100 copies. \

1 Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | Sodium salts | by |'William 0. Day | Abstract from 

. ^ "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David

T. Day, chief of the J division of'mining statistics and technology |

[Survey design] | 

' ' Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 651-658. 

' 8°. 100 copies.

n

^Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, - director | Mica | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the
282 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

United States | calendar year 1887 " David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 660-671. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral paints | Abstract from "Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1887" David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 674-679. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral waters | by | A. 0. Peale | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1887" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 680-687. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Useful minerals | of the | United States | by | Albert 

Williams, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | 

calendar year 1887" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining 

statistics arid technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1888

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 688-812. 8°. 100 copies. .

MINERAL RESOURCES 1888.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar 

year | 1888 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications 

of the survey, pp. i-iv; notice concerning this series of publications, recto blank, 

11.; title as above, verso blank; contents, p. iii, verso blank; letter of transmittal, 

p. [v], verso blank; introduction, p. vii, verso blank; summary, pp. 1-11; text, 

pp. 12-630; index, pp. 631-652. 8°. "Fig. 2" occupies 'p. 101; it is the only illustration in the volume.
MINERAL RESOURCES isss. 283

CONTENTS.

	Page. 

Summary...................................................................................... 1-11

Iron..................................'......................................................... 12-35

The iron and steel industry of the United States in 1888 and 1889, by James M. Swank ... 12-32

Iron in the Kooky mountain division, by 1\ IT. Chisolru................................... 33-B5

Gold and silver ................................................................................ 36-42

Copper, by C. KirchhofF.jr.................................................................... 43-77

Lead, by C. Kirchhoff, jr...................................................................... 78-91

Zinc, by C. Kirchhoff, jr ...................................................................... '92-96

Quicksilver.................................................................................... 97-107

Nickel......................................................................................... 108-118

Chroinium....................i................................................................ 119-122

Manganese, by Joseph D. Weeks.............................................................. 123-143

Tin............................................................................................ 144-159

Aluminum, by R. L. Packard.................................................... I............ 160-164

Platinum...................................................................................... 165-167

Coal, by Charles A. Ashburner ................................................................ 168-394

Arkansas, by Arthur Winslow............................................................ 216-224

Dakota, by P.P. Chisolm................................................................. 240

Illinois, by J. S. Lord..... .................... ...^....................................... 242-256

AVyoming, by F. F. Chisolm............................................................... 390-394

The manufacture of coke, by Joseph D. Weeks ............................................... 395-441

Petroleum, by Joseph D. Weeks .............................................................. 442-480

Natural gas, by Joseph D. Weeks.. ........................................................... 481-5J2

Asphaltum .................................................................................... 513-514

Ozokerite...................................................................................... 515

Structural materials, by William C. Day ....................................................V. 516-575

Abrasive materials ............................................................................ 576-579

Precious stones, by George F. Xunz .......................................................... 580-585

Fertilizers..................................................................................... 586-596

Salt, by William A llaborg......^,...............'............................................. 597-612

Bromine...........................'.............................-.............................. 613

Mica............................................................................................ 014-015

Mineral paints ................................................................................. 616-022

Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale................................................................ 623-630

6,000 copies published 3,000 under the law relating to survey publications, and 

3,000 additional copies ordered by the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director 

of the survey at 50 cents a copy, actual cost of publication, as estimated by the 

public printer.

Documentary edition as follows:

51st congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | 

no. 230.' | Department of tlie interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States 

| calendar year | 1888 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and technology j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; sample library catalogue slips, advertisement, 

notice, title, contents, and remainder of collation precisely as in the other edition.

1,734 copies published, being the "usual number" edition. Of these about 600 

were issued uribound, as described above; the remainder were printed later and 

bound in sheep as vol. 16 of the " Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the fifty-first congress."

Of some of the more important papers composing this volume brief abstracts were 

issued, usually "subject to revision," in advance of the volume; and of most of the 

papers separate copies were issued for gratuitous distribution, as follows:
284 PUBLICATIONS OF THE u. s. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1888.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Summary | of the | mineral products | of the | United 

States | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 1-11. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J, W. 

Powell, director | The | iron and steel industries of the United States 

| for | 1888 and 1889 | by | James M. Swank | general manager American iron and steel association | Abstract from "Mineral resources of 

the United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] j

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 12-35. 8°. .100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Gold and silver (Abstract from "Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1888 " Bavid T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890 ,

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 36-42. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Copper | by | C. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] | ' ;

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 43- 

77. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United.States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Lead | by | 0. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | . ' Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 78-91. 8°. 100 copies.

 Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director j Zinc | by J C. Kirchhoff, jr. | Abstract from "Mineral
WIBMAB.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1888, SEPARATES. 285

resources of tlie United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Surveydesign | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning-of text; 

text, pp. 92-96. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Quicksilver | Abstract from " Mineral resources of 

the United States | calendar year 1888 " David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 97-107. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mckel | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1888 " David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 108-118. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Chromium | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same,verso blank; text, pp. 119-122. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Manganese | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 123-143. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Tin | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the United 

States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, chief "of the | division of 

mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 144-159. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior J United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Aluminum | by | E. L, Packard | Abstract from
286 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100. ^

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey de'sign] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890 *

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, ^ 

pp*. 160-164. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Platinum | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the *" 

United States | calendar year 1888 " David T. Day, chief of the | . 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890 >~

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 165-167. \ 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Coal [ by | Chas. A. Ashburner | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888 " David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | '*"* 

[Survey design] | ;

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 168-394. 8°. 500 copies. - J

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | manufacture of coke | by | Joseph D. Weeks | 

Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 

1888" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office \ 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 395-441. 

8°. 100 copies. . .

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. ^ 

Powell, director | Petroleum | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Sur- f 

vey design] | . Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; O 

text, pp. 442-480. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. "^ 

Powell, director j Natural gas | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | s 

[Survey desigii] | ''

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 481-512. 

8°. 100 copies.
WAEMAN.J MINERAL RESOURCES 1838, SEPARATES. 287

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | Asphaltum and Ozokerite | Abstract from "Mineral

.resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day,

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 513-515. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Structural materials | b*y | William C. Day | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1896

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 516-575. 8°. 500 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Abrasive materials | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] | 

. Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 576-579. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Precious stones | by | George F. Knnz | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title'as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 580-585. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Fertilizers | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1888" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 586-596. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior -| United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Salt | by | William A. Eaborg | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888" David T.
288 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title aa above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 597-612. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral paints | Abstract from " Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1888 " David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title aa above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 616-622. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral waters | by | A. 0. Peale | Abstract from 

" Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1888 " David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1890

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 623-630. 

8°. 100 copies.

MINERAL RESOURCES 1889-1890.

[Survey design] | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | Mineral products of the United 

States. | Calendar years 1880 to 1890. |

Colophon: Washington, D. 0., December 28, 1891.

One sheet, 32| by 34| inches. A tabulation of the quantities and values of the 

various mineral products,of the country for the years named. 4,000 copies published 

by the department.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral resources,] of the | United States | calendar 

years | 1889 and 1890 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso "notice" concerning this series of publications; 

title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. iii-iv; letter of transmittal, p. v, verso 

blank; introduction, pp. vii-viii; summary, pp. 1-9; text, pp. 10-535, verso blank; 

general index to Mineral resources of the United States from 1882 to 1890, pp. 537-c 

651, verso blank; index to the volume, pp. 653-671. 8°. One unnumbered fig. occupying p. 53, entitled ''World's production of gold and silver," and one unnumbered plate facing p. 94, entitled "Production and price of quicksilver in the United 

States."

CONTENTS.

Page. 

Summary...................................................................................... 1-9

Iron and steel....................................... ........................................ 10-47

The iron and steel industries of the United states in 1889, 1890, and 1891, compared with 

the iron and steel industries of other countries, by James M. Swank ................... 10-22

Iron ores, by John Birkinbino............................................................. 23-47
WABMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1889-1890. 289

Page. 

Gold and silver, by "William Kent............................................................. 48-55

Copper, by C. Kirchboff....................................................................... 56-77

Lead, by C. Kirchhoff......................................................................... 78-87

Zinc, by C. Kirchhoff.......................................................................... 88-93

Quicksilver.................................................................................... 94-109

Aluminum, by E. L. Packard.................................................................. 110-118

Tin............................................................................................ 119-123

Nickel and cobalt ..................... i....................................................... 124-126

Manganese, by Joseph D. "Weeks..-...................................................... .. 127-136

Chromic iron ore............................................................... ............ 137-ltO

Antimony..................................................................................... 141-142

Platinum........................-........--.-..-......-:-----.-..-...-........................ 143-144

Coal, by E. "W. Parker ........................................................................ 145-286

Anthracite, by John H. Jones............................................................. 242-252

Petroleum, by Joseph D. Weeks .............................................................. 287-365

Natural gas, by Joseph D. Weeks............................................................. 366-372

Stone, by William C. Day..................................................................... 373-440

Pottery........................................................................................ 441-444

Precious stones, by George P. TZnnz........................................................... 445-448

Fertilizers..................................................................................... 449-455

Buhrstones.................................................................................... , 456

Corundum and emery.......................................................................... 457

Grindstones................................................................................... 458

Infusorial earth ............................................................................... 459

Oilstones, whetstones, etc...................................................................... 460

Cement......"............................ " " "" " " . .. .. . ..... "-...... 461-464

Product of hydraiilic cement in the-"United States, by Spencer B. Newbury [sic] .......... 461

Product of Portland cement in the United States in 1890 and 1891, by Spencer B. Newbury. 462 

Gypsum....................................................................................... 465-467

Fluorspar..................................................................................... 468-473

Mica.......................................................................................... 474-475

Soapstone........................................-......................."................... 476

Aephaltum, by E.W.Parker................................................................. 477-481

Salt,by William A.Eaborg.................................................................... 482-492

Bromine ....................................................................................... 493

Borax, by CharlesG-. Yale..................................................................... 494-506

Graphite...................................................................................... 507

Mineral paints ................................................................................ 508-512

Barytos........................................................................................ 513

Asbestos..".............".........................-............-............................ 514

Sulphur......"............................................ ................................... 515-517

Pyrites............................................................................'............ 518

Lithographic stone..................................................................... .... 519-520

Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale...... .......................................................... 521-535

General index to mineral resources of the United States from 1882 to 1890 .................... 537-651

Index to the volume................"......... ............................................. 653-671

6,000 copies published 3,000 uuder the law relating to survey publications and 

3,000 additional copies ordered by the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director 

of the survey at 50 cents a copy, actual cost of publication as estimated by the 

public printer.

Documentary edition as follows:

: 52d congress, 11st session. | House of representatives. | Mis. doc. | c 

no. 296. | Department of the interior | United States geological survey j 

J. W. Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar years j 1889 and. 1890 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

No cover; sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the 

publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso "notice" concerning this series of publiBull. 100 19
290 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL. 100.

cations; title as above, verso blank; contents and remainder of volume as described 

above for the other edition.

1,734 copies published, the "usual number" edition, about 600 of which were delivered unbound; the remainder were printed later and bound in sheep, in which 

form they constitute vol. 42 of the "Miscellaneous documents of the house of representatives for the first session of the fifty-second congress." i

Of each of the papers composing this volume, except those on Soapstone and 

Lithographic stone and the Index from 1882 to 1890, separates were issued, for 

gratuitous distribution, as follows:

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1889-1890.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Summary | of the | mineral products | of the | 

United States | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United 

States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David T. Day, chief of | the 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing oflB.ce 11892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 1-9. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell, director | The | iron and steel industries of the United States | 

for | 1889, 1890, and 1891 | by | James M. Swank | general manager 

American iron and steel association | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of. | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] j

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verao beginning of text; 

text, pp. 10-22. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell, director | Iron ores | by | John Birkinbine | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 23-47. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell, director | Gold and silver | by | William Kent | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 48-55. 8°. An illustration occupies p. 53. 100 copies.
MINERAL RESOURCES 1889-1890, SEPARATES. 291

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director (.Copper | by | (I, Kirchhoff | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States |. calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design]')

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 66-77. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Lead | by | C. Kirchhoff | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics andb technology j 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 78-87. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Zinc | by | 0. Kirchhoff | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States |. calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title Scame, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 88-93. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Quicksilver | Abstract from " Mineral resources of 

the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David T. Day, 

chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 94-109. 8°. The copy of this separate which I have seen lacks the plate 

facing p. 94 in the volume. 100 copies.

' Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Aluminum | by | E. L. Packard | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

i Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, vereo beginning of text; text, 

pp. 110-118. 8°. lift) copies.
292 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Po well, director | Tin | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United 

States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David T. Day, chief of | the 

division of mining statistics and technology ( [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office"! 1^92

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 119- 

123. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Poweli, director | Nickel and cobalt | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] | 

' Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 124-126. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior j United States geological survey | J. W. 

Poweli, director | Manganese | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 127- 

136. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Poweli, director | Chromic iron ore, antimony, and platinum | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 

and 1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above-; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 137- 

144. 8°. 100 copies. .

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Poweli, director | Coal | by | E. W. Parker | Abstract from " Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar.years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verao blank; text, pp. 145-286 

8°. 1,500 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Poweli, director | Petroleum | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States J calendar years 1889
WAEHAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1889-1890, SEPARATES. 293

1890" David T. Day, chief of] the division of mining' statistics and 

K technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 287-365.

-i 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | Natural gas | by | Joseph. D. Weeks | Abstract from

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and

_j technology | [Survey design] ]

Washington | government printing office | 1892

' Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

, text, pp. 366-372. 8°. 100 copies. 

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W.

Powell, director | Stone | by | William C. Day | Abstract from "Min- 

~i eral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" 

David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technol- 

' °&T I [Survey design] | 

' Washington [ government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 373- 

440. 8°. 1,500 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

^ Powell, director | Pottery | Abstract from " Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890 " David T. Day, chief of 

| the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 441- 

444. 8°. 100 copies.

-* Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Precious stones | by | George F. Kunz | Abstract 

from " Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and

) ' 1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

A. Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title samo, verso blank; text, pp. 445-

448. 8°. 100 copies. /

^ Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

. Powell, director | Fertilizers | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David T. Day, chief 

of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] [ 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 449- 

455. 8°. 100 copies.
294 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 100.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Abrasive materials | Abstract from "Mineral re- ^ 

^sources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | . ^

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 456-460. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Cement and gypsum. | Abstract from "Mineral re- ^_ 

sources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | i

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 461- 

467. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell, director | Fluorspar | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David T. Day, chief 

of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 468-473. 8°. 100 copies. ' r*

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mica | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David T. Day, chief 

of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, ^ 

pp. 474-475. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior j United States geological survey | J. W. , 

Powell, director | Asphaltuni | by | E. W. Parker | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and > 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892 ^

Paper cover bearing title as "above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 477- 

481. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Salt | by | William A. Baborg | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the. United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" 
J. WARMAN.J MINERAL RESOURCES 1889-1890, SEPARATES. 295

David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology \ [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

.text, pp. 482-492. 8°. 100 copies. ;

-tf

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Bromine and borax | Abstract from " Mineral 

J resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

-< Washington j government printing office | 1892

i Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 493- 

J 506. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Graphite, mineral paints, barytes | and asbestos | 

Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 

1889 and 1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 507- 

514. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Sulphur and pyrites | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 1890" David 

T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington j government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. SISSIS. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral waters | by | A. 0. Peale | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar years 1889 and 

1890" David T. Day, chief of | the division of mining statistics and 

technology j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 521- 

^ 535. 8°. 400 copies.

MINERAL RESOURCES 1891.

[Survey design] Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director. | Mineral products of the United 

States. | Calendar years 1880 to 1891.

Colophon: Washington, D. 0., October 1,1892. | David T. Day, j 

chief of division of mining statistics.
296 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDLL.IOO.

One sheet, 28 by 31 inches. A tabulation of the quantities and values of the various 

mineral products of the country for the years named. 4,000 copies issued by the department.

Department of the interior J United States geological survey | J.W. 

Powell, director | Mineral resources | of the | United States | calendar 

year | 1891 | David T. Day | chief of division of mining statistics and 

technology j [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office ) 1893 '

Sample library catalogue slips, verso blank, 11.; advertisement of the publications of the survey, pp. i-v, verso notice; title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. 

iii-iv; letter of transmittal to the director, p. v, vierso blank; introduction, p. vii, 

verso blank; text, pp. 1-610; index, pp. 611-630. 8°. Three unnumbered illustrations, one occupying pp. 44-45, one (a folded plate) following p. 46, and one 

occupying p. 118.

CONTENTS.

Summary...................................................................................... 1-9

Iron ores, by John Birkinbine.................................................................. 10-46

Twenty years of progress in the manufacture of iron aud steel in the United States, by James 

M. Swank................................................................................... 47-73

Gold and silver................................................................................ 74-80

Copper, by C. Kirchhoif....................................................................... 81-102

Lead, by C. KircU^ff......................................................................... 103-110

Zinc, by C. Kirchhoff......................................................................... 111-116

Quicksilver ................................................................................... 117-125

Manganese, by Joseph D. Weeks ............................................................. 120-146

Aluminum, by E. L. Packard ................................................................. 147-163

Tin............................................................................................ 164-166

Nickel and cobalt ............................................................................. 167-170

Chrome iron ore ............................................................................... 171-173

Antimony, by E.W. Parker................................................................... 174-170

Coal, by E.W". Parker......................................................................... 177-35G

Manufacture of coke, by Joseph D. "Weeks.................................................... 357-402

Petroleum, by Joseph D. Weeks............................................................... 403-435

Natural gas,by Joseph D. Weeks ............................................................. 436-457

Asphaltuin, by E.W. Parker.................................................................. 452-455

Stoiie,JbyWm.C.Day.......................................................................... 456-473

Granite.................................................................................... 456-460

Sandstone................................................................................. 4CO-463

Limestone............................................... +................................. 464-468

Marble.................................................................................... 468-471

Slate ...................................................................................... 472-473

Clay materials of the United States, by Robert T.Hill........................................ 474-528

Natural and artificial cements, by Spencer B. Newberry [sic]................................. 529-538

Precious stones, by George F. Kun z ...............................^.......................... 539-551

Abrasive materials, by E. W. Parker.............:............................................ 552-556

Buhrstones ................................................................................. 552

Grindstones............................................................................... 552-553

Oilstones and whetstones................... w.............................................. 553-555

Emery and corundum ..................................................................... 555-550

Fertilizers..................................................................................... 557-563

Sulphur, by E.W. Parker..................................................................... 564-571

Salt........................................................................................... 572-578

Bromine....................................................................................... 579

Gypsum, byE. W.Parker .................................................................... 580-583

Magnesite..................................................................................... 584-585

Fluorspar .......... ........................................................................ 586

Borax ......................................................................................... 587-588

Graphite, by E. W.Parker.................................................................... 589-590

Asbestos, by E.W.Parker.................................................................... 591-592
MINERAL RESOURCES 1891. 297

Fagft. 

Soapstone, by E. W.Parker ................................................................... 593-594

Mineral paints, by E. W. Parker .............................................................. 595-598

Barytes........................................................................................ 599-COO

Mineral waters, by A. C.Peale ................................................................ 601-010

Index ......................................................................................... Oil-630

7,000 copies published 3; 000 under the law relating to survey publications and 

4,000 additional copies ordered by the secretary of the interior. Sold by the director 

of the surrey at 50 cents a copy, actual cost of publication as estimated by the 

public printer.

At this writing the documentary edition of M. R. 1891 has not been issued.

Of the papers composing this volume separates were issued as follows:

SEPARATES FROM MINERAL RESOURCES 1891.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | The | production of iron ores | in | 1891 j by | John 

Birkinbine | Extract from " Mineral resources of the United States | 

calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining 

statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp 10-46. 8°. 2 plates. 100 copies.

The foregoing is the regular separate, delivered in May, 1893; but there was an 

issue of 700 copies in advance of the volume; in these the title is identical with that 

given above except that the date is 1892 instead of 1893, and the collation is the 

same except that the text is repaged 3-37 and the running heading on both even 

and odd pages is made to read "Production of iron ores in 1891."

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Twenty years of progress | in the | manufacture ot 

iron and steel | in the | United States | by | James M. Swank | general 

manager American iron and steel association | Abstract from " Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp 47-73. 

8°. 100 copies.

The foregoing is the regular separate from the volume, but the same matter was 

printed and issued earlier, as follows:

Department of the interior, | United States geological survey. | J. 

W. Powell, director. | Twenty years of progress | in | the manufacture 

of iron and steel | in the United States. | By | James M. Swank, | general manager of the American iron and steel association. | Extract from 

Mineral resources of the United States j for calendar year 1891. David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology. | 

[Survey design.] |

Washington: | 1892.

Paper cover bearing title as above, verso contents; no inner title; text, pp. 1-32. 

8°. 600 copies. At the foot of p. 31 is the following line: "No. 261 South Fourth
298 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BCLL.IOO.

Street, Philadelphia, December 1,1892." This brochure was printed in Philadelphia 

in advance of the volume, the former being used as copy for the corresponding portion of the latter, though there are a few minor differences between the two texts, 

probably made in proof. Moreover, the last page of this earlier brochure is occupied 

by a " Comparative exhibit of the foregoing statistical statements/' partly in graphic 

form, which does not appear at all in the volume or the regular separate.

Twenty years of iron-ore development, pp. 1-7.

Twenty years of pig-iron production, pp. 7-13.

Twenty years of progress in the manufacture of steel, pp. 13-16.

Twenty years°of rolling-mill development, pp. 17-19.

Twenty years of changes in the manufacture of iron and steel rails, pp. 19-22.

Twenty years of progress in the manufacture of nails, pp. 23-24.

Twenty years of progress in iron and steel bridge-building, pp. 24-25.

Twenty years of iron and steel shipbuilding, pp. 25-27.

Efforts to establish the tin-plate industry, pp. 27-29. . A branch of the iron industry which bas declined, p. 29.

Twenty years of prices of iron and steel, p. 30.

The United States now the first of all iron and steel manufacturing countries, pp. 80-31.

Comparative exhibit of the foregoing statistical statements, p. 32.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Gold and silver | Abstract from "Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 74-80. 8°. 100 copies. .

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Copper | by | 0. Kirchhoff | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day,, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 81-102. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Lead | by | C. Kirchhoff | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 103-110. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Zinc | by | C. Kirchhoff | Abstract from "Mineral 

resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey 

design] | 

Washington j government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 111-116. 

8°. 100 copies.
WABMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1891, SEPARATES. 299

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Quicksilver | Abstract from "Mineral resources of 

the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] j

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 117- 

125 (p. 118 being occupied by an unnumbered plate). 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Manganese | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office 11893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 126-146. 8°. . 200 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Aluminum | by | E. L. Packard | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology j 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 147- 

63. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. 

W. Powell, director | Tin | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above'; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 164-166. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mckel and cobalt | Abstract from "Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text,pp. 167- 

170. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Chrome iron ore | Abstract from. "Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 171- 

173. 8°. 100 copies.
300 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUftVEY. [BULL. 100.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Antimony | by | E.W. Parker | Abstract.from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 174-176. 8°. 100 copies. 

t

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell,director | Coal | by | E.W.Parker | Extract [sic] from "Mineral 

resources of the United States," [sic] \ calendar year 1891 David T. Day, 

chief of the | division of mining statistics and- technology | [Survey 

design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title iis above, inner title.the same, verso blank; text,pp.3- 

182. 8°. 2,600 copies; issued in, advance of the volume. The text is identical 

with the corresponding text in the volume; only the pagination and running headings changed.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director. | The | manufacture of coke | by | Joseph D. Weeks | 

Extract [sic] from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar 

year 1891" David T. Day, duel1 of the | division of mining statistics 

and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1892

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title the same, verso blank; text, pp. 3- 

48. 8°. 600 copies; issued in advance of the volume. The text is identical with 

the corresponding text in the volume; only the pagination and running headings 

changed.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Petroleum | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] | ' Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 403-435. 

8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Natural gas | by | Joseph D. Weeks | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above j inner title same, verso beginning of text j text, 

pp. 436-451. 8°. 800 copies.
WABMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1891, SEPARATES. 301

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. "W. 

Powell, director | Asplialtuni | by | E.W. Parker | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology j [Survey design] | '

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 452-455. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Stone | by | William C. Day | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 456nl73. 8°. 1,500 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Clay materials of the United States | by | Eobert T. 

Hill | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, 

pp. 474-528. 8°. 300 copies. The words "David T. Day, chief of the," usually 

found in the titles of these separates, are lacking in this instance.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Natural and artificial cements | by | Spencer B. Fewberry [sic] | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | 

calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining 

statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

- Washington | government printing office j 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 529- 

538. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Precious stones | by | George F. Kunz | Abstract 

from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 639- 

551. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

I>owell? director | Abrasive materials j by | B. W. Parker j Abstract;
302 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100,

from " Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" 

David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1893 I

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; text, ' 

pp. 552-556. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. >. 

Powell, director | Fertilizers | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] | ^

Washington | government printing office | 1893 

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 557- 

563. 8°. 100 copies. ,

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Sulphur | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the 

United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | di- ^ 

vision of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 564-571. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W» 

Powell, director | Salt and bromine | Abstract from "Mineral resources 

of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of 

the | division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 572-579. 8°. 100 copies. / .

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W, 

Powell, director | Gypsum | by | E. W. Parker | Abstract from "Min- f 

era! resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. 

Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 580-583. 8°. 100 copies. (.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Magnesite | Abstract from "Mineral resources of 

the United States | calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | 

division of mining statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 584-585. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | Fluorspar and borax | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United
WARMAN.] MINERAL RESOURCES 1891, SEPARATES. 303

States I calendar year 1891" Division of mining | statistics and technology | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso beginning of text; 

text, pp. 586-588. 8°. 100 copies. The words "David T. Day, chief of the," usually 

found in the titles of these separates, are lacking in this instance.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Graphite, asbestos, and soapstone | by | E. W. 

Parker | Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | 

calendar year 1891" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining 

statistics and technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same/ verso blank; text, pp. 589- 

594. 8°. 200 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral paints and. barytes | by | E. W. Parker | 

Abstract from "Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 

1891" David T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and 

technology | [Survey design] |

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 595- 

600. 8°. 100 copies.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Mineral waters | by | A. C. Peale | Abstract from 

"Mineral resources of the United States | calendar year 1891" David 

T. Day, chief of the | division of mining statistics and technology | 

[Survey design] |'

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; text, pp. 601- 

610. 8°. 100 copies.

GEOLOGIC ATLAS OF THE UNITED STATES AND AUXILIARY AND

SUBSIDIARY MAPS.

GEOLOGIC FOLIOS.

Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. 

Powell, director | Geologic atlas | of the | United States | Chattanooga 

sheet | Tennessee [-Einggold sheet | Tennessee-Georgia] | Index map | 

[the index map, showing geographic,position of area covered by the 

sheet] | Scale: 50 rniles=l inch | List of sheets | explanatory Appalachian descriptive topography area! geology structure sections | 

economic geology columnar sections |

Executed by the engraving division, U. S. geological survey | Washington, D. C. | 1802 | Chattanooga sheet [-Einggold sheet]

Title as above on cover, laid loosely inside which are, in each case, the sheets composing the folio.

The following information concerning these atlas folios is taken from the explanatory text>which accompanies every folio:

" The Geological Survey is making a large topographic map and a large geologic 

map of the United States. These large maps are being made in small sections or 

sheets of convenient and uniform size. Several thousand such sheets are required 

for the whole of the United States. Taken altogether they will constitute an atlas, 

and each leaf is called an atlas sheet. .....

"Three different scales are used on the atlas sheets of the U. S. Geological Survey.; 

the smallest is y-sd'tiuv, the second rrs'Wo an(l the largest BY^H- These correspond 

approximately to four miles, two miles, and one mile of natural length to one inch 

of map length. .....

"A map of the United States on the smallest scale used by the U. S. Geological 

Survey would be 60 feet long and 45 feet high. If drawn on one of the larger 

scales it would be either two times or four times as long and high. To make it 

possible to use such a map it is divided into parts printed on atlas sheets of convenient size, about 17 by 21 inches, and bounded by parallels and meridians. Each 

sheet on the scale of s-yriWu contains ones square degree (that is, represents an area 

one degree in extent in each direction); each sheet on the scale of -nrsVrnr contains 

one-quarter of a square degree; each sheet on the scale of -^2^^, one-sixteenth of a 

square degree. These areas correspond nearly to 4,000, 1,000, and 250 square miles.

"The atlas sheets, being parts of one great map, are laid out without reference to 

political boundary lines of auy kind. They are not state, county, or town maps, 

but only parts of one map of the United States. For convenience of reference they 

.are given such names as will readily suggest the region shown. .....

Bull. 100 20 305
306 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BDLL.IOO.

Chattanooga, Tenn.

Hawley, Mass.

Sacramento, Gal.

Lassen Peak, Cal.

Kingston, Tenn.

Einggold, Tenn.-Ga.

"The details belonging to the geologic map are numerous, and in some districts a 

single sheet does not suffice for their representation without confusion. In such 

cases special groups of facts are represented on different copies of the same base 

map. In many of the northern states the Pleistocene formations are varied in 

character and require representation in detail, yet fail to conceal wholly the underlying formations, so that the latter also can be mapped. In such case a special 

sheet is devoted to the Pleistocene formations. In regions where the rocks are 

greatly folded it is specially important that record be made of ibheir inclination or 

dip. To this end structure sections are delineated on a sheet, which is a partial 

duplicate of the general geologic map, so as to bring them into close relation to the 

representation of formation areas, and there is added a special notation to indicate 

the direction and amount of dip. In certain districts where economic resources are 

sufficiently important, a special sheet is devoted to the representation of mines and 

minerals in their relation to the rock formations."

At this writing the following six folios have been finished, but there is yet no 

edition lor distribution, though it is hoped one will soon be ready.

' .Folio. Sheets. 

( Explanatory.

Appalachian. - Descriptive.

Topography.

Areal geology.

Structure sections.

Economic geology.

Columnar sections.

Explanatory.

Green Mountain.

Descriptive. . Topography, 

j Areal geology.

Economic geology. 

[ Structure sections, 

f Explanatory.

Sketch of Gold Belt. 

I Descriptive text. <

Topography.

Areal geology.

Economic geology.

Structure sections.

Explanatory.

Descriptive.

Topography.

Areal geology.

Economic geology.

Illustrations of the Cinder Cone.

Explanatory.

Appalachian.

Descriptive.

Topography.

Areal geology.

Economic geology.

Structure sections.

Columnar sections.

Explanatory.

Appalachian.

Descriptive.

Topography.

Areal geology.

Economic geology.

Structure sections.

Columnar sections.

Special geologic sheets and maps accompany many of the volumes of text; see 

entrj.es under "Maps, geologic" in the index, pp. 410-416 of this bulletin.
WARMAN.] GEOLOGIC FOLIOS AND TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 307

TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS.

Topography is the basis of geologic representation, and as no suitable topographic 

map of the country existed, the preparation of such a map claimed the first attention of the survey. The topographic work is therefore well advanced, the following atlas sheets having been finished. The plates are ready for the press, but no 

edition for general distribution has been printed, and the survey is therefore supplied with only a limited number of proofs.

Locality.

Maine and New Hampshire.

New Hanpshire and Vermont. 

Vermont .................

Massachusetts and New 

Hampshire.

Massachusetts, New 

Hampshire, and Vermont. 

Massachusetts and Vermont.

Massachusetts, Vermont, 

and New York. 

Massachusetts and New 

York.

Name of sheet.

Biddeford. ............

Bath..................

York.................

Mount Washington . . .

Wilmington ..........

Haverhill.. ...........

Pittefield. ............

Boston................

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

43 30 

43 30 

43 15 

43 15 

44 00 

43 45 

44 15 

43 30 

44 30 

43 30 

43 45 

43 45 

44 00 

44 15 

44 30 

43 00 

43 00 

43 15 

44 15 

42 45

42 45 

43 30 

43 15 

42 45 

42 45 

42 30 

42 30 

42 30 

42 30 

42 00 

42 30

42 30 

42 30 

42 30 

42 30

42 15

42 30 

42 30 

42 15 

42 15

Long.

o / 

70 15 

70 45 

70 15 

70 30 

69 45 

70 00 

69 45 

70 30 

69 30 

69 45 

69 30 

69 45 

69 30 

69 30 

69 45 

70 30 

70 45 

70 45 

71 15 

72 30

72 45 

72 45 

72 45- 

70 45 

71 00 

71 00 

71 15 

71 30 

71 45 

72 .00 

72 15

"72 30 

72 45 

73 00 

73 15

73 15

70 30 

70 45 

70 45 

71 00

Area 

covered.

^ degree 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do .-... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

....do.... 

...do....

...do ....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...ao....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

Scale.

1 : 62500 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do....'.

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do .....i

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

40 

20

20

20 

20 

20 

20
308 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Locality.

Massachusetts and Connecticut.

Massachusetts, Connecticut, and New York. 

Massachusetts and 

Rhode Island.

Khodo Island ............

Rhode Island and Connecticut. 

Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York.

Name of sheet.

Wellfleet .............

New Bedford.........

Muskeget ...........

Marthas Vineyard. . . . 

Gay Head.............

Brooktield............

Sandisfield............

Sheffield..............

Franklin .............

Tall River ............

Burrilville ............

Narragansett Bay .... 

Kent..................

Newport. .............

Derby ................

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o- / 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

41 45 

41 45 

41 45 

41 45 

41' 30 

41 30 

41 32 

41 30 

41 30 

41 13 

41 15 

41 15 

41 15 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00

42 00 

42 00 

; 41 45 

41 30 

41 45 

41 30 

41 30 

41 15 

41 15 

41 15 

41 00 

41 45 

41 30 

41 15

41 30 

41 30 

41 30 

41 15 

41 15

Long.

O 1

71 15 

71 30 

71 45 

72 00 

72 15 

72 30 

72 45 

73 00 

70 00 

70 30 

70 45 

71 00 

69 55 

70 30 

70 45 

71 00 

69 45 

70 00 

70 15 

70 30 

70 45 

69 57 

70 12 

70 27 

70 42 

71 45 

72 00 

72 15 

72 30 

72 45 

73 00 

73 15

71 15 

71 30 

,71 15 

71 00 

71 30 

71 15 

71 30 

71 00 

71 15 

71 30 

71 30 

71 45 

71 45 

71 45

72 45 

73 00 

73 15 

72 45 

73 00

Area 

covered.

fs degree 

...do .... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

.. . .do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

..-.do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do.,.. 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

1 : 62500 

....do....: 

....do .....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do'..... 

....do.....

....do./... 

....do ..... 

....do .....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do...... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do .....

....do..'... 

....do..... 

....do..... «J » V

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

... .do ..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do .....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

...Mo.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

" 20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

. ' 20 

20 

20 

20
WAEMAN.] TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 309

Locality.

New York and Connect 

icut.

New York and New Jersey.

New Jersey .............

<s

Name of sheet.

Tolland.............

Hartford............

Guilford. ............

Gilead. ..............

West Point..........

Clove................

Troy.................

Caasville..............

Whitings.............

Little Egg Harbor. . . . 

MullicaB..... .........

Atlantic Citv .........

Designation o: 

sheet.

Lat.

o 

41 0 

41 0 

41 1 

41 4 

41 1 

41 4 

41 4 

41 4j 

41 15 

41 15 

41 45 

41 30 

41 30 

41 30 

41 00

42 30 

41 15 

40 30 

41 15 

41 30 

42 30 

40 45

40 30 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

40 45 

40 45 

40 45 

40 30 

40 30 

40 30 

40 15 

40 15 

40 15 

40 00 

40 00 

40 00 

39 45 

39 45 

39 45 

39 45 

39 30 

39 30 

39 30 

39 30 

39 30 

39 30 

39 15

Long

o 

73 0 

73 1 

73 1 

73 0 

72 0 

72 1 

72 3 

72 45 

72 15 

72 30 

72 00 

72 15 

72 30 

72 00 

73 30

73 45 

73 45 

73 45 

73 30 

73 30 

73 30 

73 45

74 00 

74 00 

74 15 

73 45 

74 30 

74 00 

74 15 

74 30 

74 45 

74 15 

74 30 

74 45 

74 00 

74 15 

74 30 

74 00 

74 15 

74 30 

74 00 

74 15 

74 30 

74 45 

74 00 

74 15 

74 30 

74 45 

75 00 

75 15 

74 15

Area

T"B degree 

...do ... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do...

...do ... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do...

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

..do... 

..do... 

..do....

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do....

..do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do....

.do.... 

.do....

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do....

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do.... 

.do....

Scale.

1 :6250 

. ....do... 

. ....do ... 

.....do... 

.....do... 

....do...

....do... 

....do... 

....do... 

....do... 

....do... 

....do... 

....do... 

....do... 

....do-...

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

.."..do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

JO 

10 

10 

10
310 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Locality.

New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

New Jersey and Delaware 

Maryland ................

Maryland and District of 

Columbia 

Maryland, District of 

Columbia, and Virginia 

Maryland, Virginia, and 

West Virginia. 

Maryland and West Virginia. 

Maryland and Virginia.

Name of sheet.

Great Egg Harbor ....

Wallpack. ............

Delaware Water Gap.

Doylestown..... ......

Pottsville. ...........

Dundaff... ...........

Baltimore. ............

Annapolis ............

Ellicott...... ........

Prince Freclerickto vra

North Point.. .......

East Washington. . . . 

West Washington...

Fredericksburs. .....

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

39 15 

39 15 

39 15 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

38 45 

41 00

40 45 

40 30 

40 15 

40 00 

39 45 

41 15 

40 45 

40 45 

40 30 

40 15 

40 15 

40 15 

40 00 

40 45 

40 30 

41 30 

41 30 

40 15 

40 15 

41 15 

39 15 

39 15 

38 30 

38 45 

38 15 

38 45 

39 00 

39 15 

38 15 

38 30 

39 '00 

38 15 

38 30 

39 00 

39 15 

38 4

38 4 

38 3 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00

39 00 

. 38 00

Long.

o /

74 30 

74 45 

75 00 

74 30 

74 45 

75 00 

74. 45 

74 .45

75 00 

75 00 

74 45 

74 45 

75 00 

75 30 

75 45 

70 15 

70 30 

75 00 

75 15 

76 15 

75 00 

70 30 

76 00 

75 30 

75 15 

76 45 

76 30 

75 45 

75 15 

76 30 

76 45 

70 15 

76 30 

76 30 

76 30 

76 45 

76 15 

76 30 

76 45 

76 30 

76 15 

76 .15 

76 15 

76 45

77 00 

77 00 

77 30 

78 30 

79 00

77 00 

77 00

Area 

covered.

15 degree 

..do.... 

..do .... 

..do .... 

..do...- 

..do.... 

...do-... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...

...do...

...do... 

...do ... 

...do...

...do... 

...do...

...do... 

J degree 

...do... 

...do...

...do...

...do... 

...do...

Scale.

1:62500 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do...-. 

...do...-.

....do...-. 

....do...-. 

....do...-- 

....do...-. 

....do...-. 

.... do...-. 

....do...!. 

....do,.... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do...- 

....do...- 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do-... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

... .do ....

....do....

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do....

....do .... 

....do....

....do.... 

1 =125000 

....do .... 

....do....

....do...-

....do.... 

....do..'..

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

 20 

20 

20 

I 20 

20

20 

50 

100 

100 

100

50 

50
WARMAN.] TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 311

Locality.

Maryland and Virginia. .

Virginia and] West Virginia.

"West Virginia and Ohio. 

West Virginia, Virginia, 

and Kentucky.

Kentucky and Virginia. .

frame of sheet.

Norfolk...............

Dublin ...............

"Warfield. .............

"Whitesburg ........ 1. 

Grundv........ .......

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

36 30 

30 30 

39 00 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

'38 00 

37 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

39 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

37 30 

37 80 

38 00 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

37 30

37 30 

37 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 30 

37 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00

Long.

O 1

76 15 

76 30 

76 45 

77 30 

78 00 

77 30 

78 00 

78 00 

77 30 

78 00 

78 30 

79 00 

79 30 

78 00 

79 30 

78 30 

79 00 

75 30 

70 00 

78. 00 

78 30 

79 00 

79 30 

79 00 

79 30 

80 00 

80 00 

80 30 

81 00 

81 30 

79 30 

80 00 

80 30 

81 00 

80 30 

81 00 

81 30 

81 30 

80 00 

80 30 

82 00 

82 00

82 30 

83 00 

83 00 

83 30 

83 30 

84 00 

84 00 

82 30 

82 00

Area 

covered.

 fa degree 

...do... 

...do... 

J degree 

...do... 

...do... 

...do ... 

...do...

...do...

...do.... 

.. .do .... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do .... 

.. .do .... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.-.. 

...do.... 

...do .... 

. .do ....

..do....

..do.... 

..do....

-do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do..-. 

...do-.-. 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

1:62500 

....do.-.. 

....do....

1:125000 

....do.....

....do.... 

....do .... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do.--.. 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do-.... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do ..... 

...do..... 

...do..-.. 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do ..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do ..... 

...do...... 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do .....

...do .....

...do..... 

...do .....

...do ..:..

...do ..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

50 

100 

50 

100 

100 

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

50 

100 

50 

100 

5 

5 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

.ICO 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100
312 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULU.IOO.

Locality.

Virginia and North Carolina. 

Virginia, North Carolina, 

and Tennessee. 

Virginia and Tennessee. . 

Kentucky, Virginia, and 

Tennessee.

Kentucky and Tennessee

North Carolina and Tennessee.

North Carolina and South 

Carolina.

South Carolina and Georgia.

Georgia and Alabama . . .

Name of sheet.

Hillsville...... .......

"Wytheville. ..........

Bristol................

Estillville.............

Cumberland Gap .....

Abbevillo.............

Walhalla .............

Ellyay.'...............

Dalton. ...............

Huntsville. ...........

Designation of 

sheet. .

Lat.

o / 

36 30 

36 30 

36 30

36 30 

30 30 

36 30 

36 30 

36 30 

36 00 

35 30 

35 00 

35 30 

36 00 

36 00 

36 00 

35 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

36 00 

36 00 

35 30 

35 30 

35 00 

35 00 

35 30 

35 00 

35 30 

36 00 

34 30 

34 00 

34 30 

34 00 

33 30 

34 30 

34 30 

34 30 

34 00 

34 00 

34 00 

34 00 

33 30 

33 30 

34 30 

34 00 

33 30 

34 30 

34 30 

34 30

Long. .

o / 

80 30 

81 00 

81 30

82 00 

82 30 

83 00 

83 30 

84 00 

81 00 

81 30 

83 00 

80 30 

82 00 

81 30 

82 30 

82 00 

82 30 

83 00 

83 30 

83 30 

84 00 

82 00 

82 30 

83 00 

83 30 

84 00 

84 30 

84 30 

85 00 

85 00 

85 30 

85 30 

84 00 

82 30 

82 00 

83 00 

82 30 

82 4)0 

83 30 

84 00 

84 30 

83 00 

83 30 

84 00 

84 30 

84 00 

84 30 

85 00 

85 00 

85 00 

 85 30 

86 00 

86 30

(Area 

covered.

2 degree. 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...-. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.'... 

...do..-. 

...do..-. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

.i.do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

....do....

...do;.... 

...do'.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do-...

Scale.

1:125000 

....do.....

....do.....

...-.do..... 

....do-.... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do-....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

100 

100 

100

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

50 

100 

' 50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

100 

100 

300 

100 

100 

100
WAR&TAN.] TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 313

^

Locality.

o 

Florida..................

Name of sheet.

New Orleius

Lac des Allemaiids . .

Habnvillo ............

Pointe & la Hache ....

Fort Livingstone .....

CutOif...............

Clieniore Caminada. . .

East Delta............

Shell Beach.. .........

Port Washington .....

Waukesha............

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

34 00 

34 00 

34 00 

33 30 

33 30 

33 30 

33 00 

33 00 

33 00 

32 30 

30 00 

30 00 

29 45 

29 45 

20 45 

29 45 

29 45 

29 30 

29 15 

29 30 

29 '15 

30 00 

29 30 

29 00 

29 30 

30 00 

30 00 

29 00 

29 15 

29 30 

29 00 

29 15 

29 £30 

29 45 

30 00 

30 00 

30 00 

29 00 

29 30 

43 -00 

43 00 

43 00 

42 45 

42 45 

42 45 

42 45 

42 45 

43 00 

43 15 

42 45 

42 30 

43 00 

43 00

Long.

o / 

85 30 

86 00 

86 30 

85 30 

86 00 

86 30 

85 30 

86 00 

86 30 

86 30 

90 15 

90 00 

90 00 

90 30 

89 45 

90 15 

90 45 

89 45 

89 30 

90 00 

89 45 

89 45 

90 15 

00 00 

90 30 

90 30 

90 45 

89 15 

90 00 

90 45 

89 00 

89 15 

89 15 

89 30 

89 00 

89 15 

89 30 

82 15 

82 15 

89 00 

88 45 

89 15 

88 45 

89 00 

89 15 

88 30 

88 15 

88 30 

87 45 

87 45 

87 45 

88 15 

88 00

Area 

covered.

J degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do..'.. 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

ja degree 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do ....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do*... 

...do ....

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do ....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

. . do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

1:125000 

....do..... 

....do'..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do .....

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

... .do ..... 

1 : C2500 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do.....

... .do .....

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

....do..... 

....do...'..

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

5 

None. 

f> 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

 5 

None. 

None. 

5 

None. 

5 

5 

5 

None. 

None. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

5 

5 

10 

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20
314 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBULL.IOO.

Locality.

Wisconsin ...............

Illinois and Indiana .....

Iowa and Illinois ........ 

Missouri and Illinois ....

Name of sheet.

Milwaukee ...........

Joliet.................

Calumet ..............

Wheatland............

Tipton.... ............

West Liberty.........

Oxford................

Clinton ...............

Versailles ............

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat,

O 1

43 00 

42 45 

41 45 

41 30 

41 30 

41 15 

41 15 

41 15 

41 15 

41 45 

41 00 

41 15 

41 15 

41 30 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

42 00 

41 45 

41 45 

41 45 

41 45 

41 45 

41 45 

41 30 

41 30 

41 30 

41 30 

40 30 

41 30 

41 45 

41 45 

41 30 

42 00 

39 00 

38 30 

38 30 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

38 00

Long.

o ; 

87 45 

88 00 

87 45 

87 45 

88 00 

88 00 

88 15 

88 30 

88 45 

87 30 

89 15 

89 00 

89 15 

87 30 

90 30 

90 -45 

91 00 

91 15 

91 30 

91 4.5 

90 30 

90 45 

91 00 

91 15 

91 30 

91 45 

91 15 

01 30 

91 45 

90 30 

90 45 

91 00 

90 00 

90 15 

90 15 

90 00 

91 100 

90 00 

90 15 

91 30 

92 00 

92 30 

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

91 00 

91 30 

92 00 

92 30 

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

92 00 

92 30

Area 

covered.

 ft degree 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...'. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do..-.

...do.--. 

...do....

...do..-. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...- 

...do..-.

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...- 

...do....

...do.-.. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

J degree. 

fa degree 

...do....

i degree. 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

.1:62500 

....do.....

...Ao..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

... .do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..'... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do'..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do .... 

....do..... 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

....do.....

1 : 125000 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do ....'.

....do..... 

....do..... 

... .do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

5 

10 

10 

10 

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

60
WAH1UN.] TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 315

Locality.

ft Missouri.................

A

/ 

Missouri and Kansas ....

/

/ 

i

\

Name of sheet.

"Warsaw ...............

Butler ................

Atcbison .............

Cotttouwood Falls ....

lola............. ......

Wichita ..............

Pratt.. ...............

Caldwell.. ............

Anthonv .............

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

37 80 

37 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

'39 30 

39 00 

38 30 

38 00 

37 30 

37 00 

39 30 

39 30 

39 30 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00

Long.

0 /

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

95 00 

94 30 

94 30 

94 30 

94 30 

94 30 

95 30 

90 00 

96 30 

95 00 

95 30 

96 00 

96 30 

95 00 

95 30 

96 00 

96 30 

97 00 

95 00 

95 30 

96 00 

96 30 

97 00 

97 30 

98 00 

98 30 

99 00 

99 30 

95 00 

95 30 

96 00 

96 30 

97 00 

97 30 

98 00 

^8 30 

99 00 

99 30 

95 00 

95 30 

96 00 

96 30 

97 00 

97 30 

98 00

Area 

covered.

J degree 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do..-- 

...do..-. 

...do-... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...-

...do.--. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...- 

...do.... 

...do.--. 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do..-. 

...do.-.. 

...do.-.. 

...do.... 

...do..-. 

...do .... 

.- .do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do...- 

...do.... 

...do ....

...do.-.- 

...do....

...do.--. 

...do.... 

....do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do .... 

...do.--- 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do---. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

1:125000 

....do..... 

..-..do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do....:

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do...-. 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

... do..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do ..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

...do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do...-. 

....do..... 

....do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20
316 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Locality.

Toxaa ...................

Name of sheet. 

Magazine Mountain . .

Poteaxi Mountain .....

Coal Hill.............

Little Eock...........

Yell ville...... ........

Fort Worth ..........

Palo Pinto..... .......

San Saba .............

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

37 30 

37 00 

39 00 

39 30 

39 00 

37 00 

37 00 

38 30 

39 00 

36 30 

35 30 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

34 30 

34 30 

34 30 

34 30 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 15 

35 15 

35 15 

35 15 

35 15 

35 15 

35 15 

36 00 

35 30 

34 30 

36 00 

32 30 

32^ 30 

32' 30 

32 30 

32 30 

32 30 

32 30 

32 00 

32 00 

32 00 

32 00 

31 30 

31 30 

31 30 

31 30 

31 00 

31 00 

31 00

Long.

o / 

100 00 

100 00 

97 00 

97 30 

97 30 

98 30 

99 00 

97 30 

97 00 

92 00 

92 30 

92 30 

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

92 30 

93 00 

93 30 

94 00 

93 00 

94 15 

92 45 

94 00 

92 45 

93 15 

93 00 

93 15 

93 30 

94 15 

94 00 

93 45 

92 45 

92 00 

91 30 

92 00 

92 30 

96 30 

97 00 

97 30 

98 00 

98 30 

99' 00 

99 30 

97 00 

97 30 

98 00 

98 30 

 97 30 

98 00 

98 30 

99 00 

97 30 

98 00 

98 30

Area 

covered.

^degree 

...do.... 

...do.... 

^degree 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do...". 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

1 degree 

...do.... 

...do.... 

'...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...80.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

i degree 

...do....

...do.... 

...do..,. 

.. .do .... 

...do....

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

.. -do .... 

...do.... 

.. .do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

1:125000 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

..-.do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

1:C2500 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

..'..do..... 

....do..... 

1 : 125000 

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do .....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50
WAEMAN.] TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 317

Locality.

rF«T'na

Yellowstone National 

Park.

Name of sheet.

Taylor................

Eoby .................

Rapid City ...........

Big Snowy Mountain . 

Little B»it Mountain .

FortSteele...........

Mountain Home .....

Sauborn .............

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

0 1

31 00 

30 30 

30 30 

30 30 

30 30 

30 30 

30 00 

30 00 

30 00 

30 00 

30 00 

32 30 

31 30 

31 00 

31 30 

31 00 

31 00 

32 00 

31 30 

31 00 

S2 30 

29 30 

44 00 

47 00 

47 00 

40 00 

40 00 

46 00 

40 00 

45 00 

45 00 

45 00 

45 30 

45 30 

45 30 

44 30 

44 30 

44 00 

44 00 

41 30 

43 00 

43 00 

43 00 

43 30 

43 30 

44 00 

44 00 

42 00 

42 00 

39 30 

38 45 

38 45 

38 30 

38 30

Long.

o / 

99 00 

97 00 

97 30. 

98 00 

98 30 

99 00 

97 00 

97 30 

98 00 

98 30 

99 00 

99 00 

100 00 

100 00 

97 00 

97 00 

99 30 

99 30 

99 30 

105 00 

100 00 

100 00 

103 00 

110 00 

111 00 

109 .00 

110. 00 

111 00 

112 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

109 30 

109 00 

108 00 

110 00 

110 30 

110 00 

110. 30 

106 30 

115 00 

115 .30 

116 00 

116 00 

116 30 

115 00 

116 00 

121 00 

122 00 

104. 30 

106 45 

107 00 

103 00 

103 30

Area 

covered.

i degree. 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do....

...do .... 

...do....

...do...

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

.. .do .... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do .... 

1 degree. 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do....

...do ....

...do.... 

...do.-.. 

...do.... 

i degree. 

...do....

...do.... 

.. .do .... 

...do .... 

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

.'..do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

1 degree. 

...do ... 

J degree. 

T>B degree 

...do... 

J degree 

...do...

Scale.

1:125000 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do .....

...do..... 

...do.....

...do.....

...do .....

...do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

.....do..... 

....do..... 

....do .....

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

1 : 250000 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do .....

... .do ..... 

....do ..... 

....do ..... 

1:125000 

....do.....

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

....dp..... 

....do..... 

....do ..... 

....do .....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

.....do....

....do .....

....do..... 

....do.....

1:2500*00 

....do ..... 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

....do..... 

1 : 125000 

....do....

Contour 

interval.

I'eet 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

. 50 

50 

50 

50 

25 

25 

100 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

50 

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

25 -and 50 

100 

100 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

50 and 100 

100 

100 

200 

200 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100
318 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL 100.

Locality.

Colorado and Kansas. . . . .

Utah....................

Nevada^nd California. . .

Name of sheet.

Catlin...... ..........

Pueblo................

Vilas ..................

Colorado Springs ..... 

ElMoro ..............

Two Butte... .........

Grenada..............

Ashley ...............

East Tavaputs.......

La Sal................

TJinta...... ..........

Tooele Valley. ........

Price Eiver. ..........

Manti ................

Sevier Desert .........

Henry Mountain .....

St. George ............

Pioche ................

Paradise ..............

Long Valley ..........

Granite Eange. .......

Carson................

Eeno... ...............

"Wabuska .............

Wadsworth ...........

"Wellington ...........

Markleeville. .........

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

38 30 

^8 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

38 30 

37 00 

38 00 

38 30 

39 00 

30 00 

37 30 

37 30 

38 30 

37 00 

38 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 30 

37 00 

39 00 

38 00 

40 00 

39 00 

38 00 

37 00 

40 00 

40 00 

40 00 

39 CO 

39 00 

39 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

37 00 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

40 00 

39 00 

39 30 

39 00 

39 30 

39 00 

38 30 

38 30

Long.

o / 

104 00 

103 00 

103 30 

104 00 

104 80 

103 00 

103 30 

104 00 

102 30 

102 00 

102 30 

102 00 

103 30 

106 00 

105 00 

104 30 

104 30 

104 00 

105 00 

104 30 

103 30 

103 00 

102 30 

102 30 

105 00 

102 00 

109 %> 

109 00 

109 00 

109 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

113 00 

114 00 

117 00 

118 00 

119 00 

119 00 

119 30 

119 30 

119 00 

119 00 

120 00 

119 00 

119 30

Area 

covered.

£ degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do---. 

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do .... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

1 degree. 

...do.... 

...do .... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do....

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

...do.... 

...do....

...do..;.

...do.... 

J degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do....

Scale.

1:125000 

....do..... 

....do...- 

...ido!.... 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

'....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do.....

.:..do.....

....do.....

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do'.....

....do.....

....do..... 

1 : 250000 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do ..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do.....

...\do.....

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do.....

....do.....

....do..... 

1 : 125000 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

Contour 

interval.

«

Feet. 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

25, 50, 100 

25,50,100 

25, 50, 100 

25 and 50 

25 and 50 

25, 50, 100 

25 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

200 

200 

200 

200 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100
WARM AN.] TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 319

Locality.

New Mexico ............. 

New Mexico and Arizona.

Arizona and Nevada. .... 

Arizona, Nevada, and 

California.

Name of sheet.

Ked Bluff.. ...........

Largo.................

Canyon de Chelly. ....

Marsh Pass. ..........

Echo Cliffs. ...........

Mount Trumbull .....

San Francisco Mountain. 

Chino....... ..........

St. Thomas .... ........

Designation of 

sheet.

Lat.

o / 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

40 00 

40 00 

40 00 

39 30 

39 30 

39 30 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

38 30 

39 30 

37 30 

33 00 

33 00 

32 45 

36 00 

36 00 

35 30 

35 30 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 30 

35 30 

35 00 

35 00 

32 00 

35 00 

35 00 

35 30 

36 00 

35 00 

34 00 

36 00 

36 00 

36 00 

36 00 

35 00 

35 00

35 00 

35 00 

34 00 

34 00 

34 00 

36 00 

35 00

Long.

0 /

120 00 

121 00 

122 00 

120 00 

121 00 

122 00 

120 30 

121 00 

121 30 

120 30 

121 00 

121 30 

120 '"30 

121 00 

120 30 

120 00 

120 00 

120 00 

117 00 

117 15 

116 45 

107 00 

108 00 

106 00 

106 30 

106 30 

107 00 

108 00 

105 00 

104 30 

105 00 

104 30 

106 30 

105 30 

106 00 

105 30 

109 00 

109 00 

109 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

113 00 

110 00 

111 00

112 00 

113 00 

110 00 

111 00 

112 00 

114 00 

114 00

Area 

covered.

1 degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

J degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.:.. 

...do....

...do.-.. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

 fa degree 

...do.... 

...do.... 

1 degree. 

...do.... 

i degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

1 degree. 

...do....

i degree. 

...do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

..do.... 

...do.... 

...do.... 

..do.... 

1 degree. 

...do.... 

..do.... 

..do..... 

...do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do....

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.... 

..do.-... 

. .do ....

Scale.

1 : 250000 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

... do..... 

....do..... 

1:125000 

....do ..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do.....

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

1:62500 

....do..... 

....do..... 

1 : 250000 

....do..,.. 

1 : 125000 

....do'..... 

....do..... 

1 : 250000 

....do .....

1 : 125000 

..-.do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

.....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

1 : 250000 

....do..... 

...do..... 

....do..... 

....do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do.....

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do..... 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do ..... 

...do.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

25 

25 

25 

200 

200 

100 

100 

50 

200

: 200

50 

50 

50 

50 

25 and 50 

50 and 100 

50 aud 100 

100 

200 

200 

200 

200 

250 

250 

250 

200 

250

250 

250 

200 

200 

200 

250 

250
320 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100. 

SPECIAL TOPOGEAPHIC SHEETS.

Aspen, Colorado. Scale, 1: 9,600 ; contour interval, 25 feet. 

Banner Hill, California. Scale," 1:14,400; contour interval, 20 feet. 

Grass Yalley, California. Scale, 1:14,400; contour interval, 20 feet. 

Genesee, California. Scale, 1: 31,680: contour interval, 50 feet. 

Taylorsville, California. Scale, 1: 31,680; contour interval, 50 feet. 

Indian Valley, California. Scale, 1: 62,500; contourjnterval, 50 feet.

Other special topographic sheets accompany some of the volumes of text; see 

especially contents of atlases to monographs n, in, xn, xm, xx, as detailed on pages 

96, 98, 113, 115, and 125 of this bulletin.

MISCELLANEOUS TOPOGEAPHIC MAPS.

Contour map of the United States; scale 1: 2,500,000. 9 sheets.

Contour map of the United States; scale 1: 7,000,000. 1 sheet.

Hypsometric ma.p of the United States; scale 1: 7,000,000. 1 sheet.

Index map of the United States; scale 1:2,500,000. 9 sheets.

Base map of the United States; scale 1: 7,000,000. 1 sheet.

Base map of the United States; scale 1:14,000,000. 1 sheet.

Contour map of the state of Massachusetts; scale 1:250,000. 4 

sheets.

Contour map of the state of Connecticut; scale 1:125,000. 4 sheets.

Contour map of the states of Massachusetts and Ehode Island; scale 

1:250,000. 4 sheets.

Contour map of the drainage basin of the Arkansas river in Colorado; 

scale 1: 380,160. 2 sheets.

These miscellaneous maps are compilations.
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS,

ClRCULAKS OF INSTRUCTIONS.

(Circular no. I.) | Department of the interior, | United States geological survey, | office of the director, | Washington, July 16, 1879.

A small sheet, measuring about 5 by 8 inches, with the above heading, and 

signed "Clarence King, director." It calls the attention of officers and employees 

of the survey to the provision of law prohibiting personal or private interest by 

the director and members of the survey in the lauds or mineral wealth of the region under survey and their execution of surveys or examinations for private parties 

or corporations.

Circular no. 2. | Department of the interior, | United States geological survey, | office of the director, | Washington, July 16,1879.

A small sheet, measuring about 5 by 8 inches, with the above heading, and signed 

" Clarence King, director." It relates to official correspondence.

Circular no. 3. | Department of the interior, | United States geological survey, | office of the director, | Washington, D. 0., April 1,1880.

A small circular, pp. [l]-3, verso blank, measuring about 5 by 8 inches, and 

signed "Clarence King, director." It relates to reports to be rendered by disbursing 

officers.

(Circular no. 4.) | Department of the interior, | United States geological survey, | office of the director, | Washington, May 26,1880.

A small sheet, measuring about 5 by 8 inches, with the above heading, and signed 

"Clarence King, director." It relates to the entering by members of the survey of 

private or corporate mining property and to giving expert testimony in lawsuits.

Circular no. 5. | Department of the interior, | United States geological 

survey, | office of the director, | Washington, D. C., September 10, 

1881. | Instructions relating to the form of the reports of the | U. S. 

geological survey.

A small circular, 2 leaves (verso of each blank), measuring about 5 by 8 inches, 

and signed "J. W. Powell, director." 1,500 copies issued.

Circular no. 6. | Department of the interior, | United States geological survey, | Washington, D. C., June 6,1882.

A small sheet, measuring about 5 by 8 inches, with the above heading, and signed 

" J. W. Powellj director." It relates to the survey ration. 250 copies issued.

These six circulars of instructions were rescinded and superseded by the following:

Bull. 100 21 321
322 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

REGULATIONS.

United States geological survey | J. W. Powell director | Bcgulations | of the | U. S. geological survey | [Survey design] | 

Washington | government printing office | 1882

Title as above, verso blank; contents, pp. v-vi; promulgating order by the director, dated Sept. 1, 1882, and approved by the acting secretary of the interior, p. 

[vii], verso blank; text, pp. 1-51. 8°. Bound in cloth and lettered on front cover: 

"Regulations | of the | U. S. geological survey | 1882". 200 copies were issued in 

this form. Besides these there were 50 copies issued with paper covers, the full title

being repeated on the cover.

Page. 

Chapter I. Organic law of the survey, with instructions relating to its provisions............ 1-2

Chapter II. Instructions relating to money and property..................................... 3-36

Chapter III. Instructions relative to bonded railroads......................................... 37-43

Chapter IV. Instructions relating to collections................................................ 44-46

Chapter V. Instructions relating to publications............................................. 47-50

Chapter VI. Miscellaneous instructions ....................................................... 51

A revision of these Regulations is in an advanced state of preparation.

CIRCULAR CONCERNING PUBLICATIONS.

Department of the interior, | United States geological survey, | 

Washington, D, C., ....... 188 . | Circular concerning publications.

[Washington: government printing office. 1882.]

One leaf (two unnumbered pages), with heading as above. 4°. 1,000 copies.

Brief titles, collations, contents, and prices are given, the whole preceded by information respecting the distribution of the reports.

This circular has been revised and reissued from time to time, and has, of course, 

grown with the increase of survey publications. The last one at this writing is as 

follows:

(9-320.) | Department of the interior | United States geological survey | J. W. Powell, director | List | of the | publications | of the | U. 

S. geological survey | J. W. Powell j director | [Survey design] j

Washington | government printing office | 1893

Paper cover bearing title as above; inner title same, verso blank; prefatory note, 

p. 3, verso blank; the list of survey publications, pp. 5-i<i ; finding list, showing where 

in the congressional documents the publications of the U. S. geological survey are to 

be found, pp. 45-46. 8°. 2,500 copies.

GUYOT'S TABLES.

Guyot's tables | for | computing differences of elevation | from | 

barometric observations. | (Extract from Smithsonian miscellaneous 

collections, no. 31.)

[Washington: government printing office. 1884.]

Paper cover bearing half-title as above; inner half-title same, verso blank; text, 

pp. 3-8; tables, pp. 9-18. 8°. 100 copies issued by the department of the interior 

on survey requisition.
WAUMAN.] MISCELLANEOUS BROCHURES. 323 

HISTORY OF AMERICAN STATE SURVEYS.

Department of the interior, | United States geological survey. | A 

proposed | history of American state surveys. | 

Colophon: Washington, D. C., April 10, 1885.

No title; heading,as given above; pp. [l]-4. 8°. 100 copies printed for distribution among gentlemen invited to contribute to the proposed history, accompanied 

by letters from the director.

After setting forth the purpose, scope, and manner of compilation of the proposed 

history, the information desired from contributors is indicated by a series of questions, grouped under the five following heads: 

I. Questions relating to organization.

II. Questions relating to administration.

III. Questions relating to cost.

IV. Questions relating to publications.

V. Benefits resulting from the survey.

RULES AND SUGGESTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT AND

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Eules I for the | preparation of manuscript and illustrations | designed for publication by the United | States geological survey. | By | 

Thomas Hampson. | January, 1888.

[Washington: government printing office. 1888.]

Paper cover bearing half-title as above; inner half-title same, verso blank; letter 

of transmittal to the director and approval of the rules by the director, pp. 3-4; the 

rules, pp. 5-19, verso blank; blank pages for manuscript additions or changes, pp. 

21-24 (headed "Rules" at the top of p. 21). .8°. 500 copies published.

The following is a revision of these rules:

Suggestions | for the | preparation of manuscript and illustrations 

for | publication by the U. S. geological survey. | By W. A. Croff'ut. | 

January, 1892.

[Washington: government printing office, 1892.]

Half-title on paper cover as above; inner half-title the same, verso blank; letter 

of transmittal and approval of the director, p. 3, verso blank; text, pp. 5-15. 8°. 

500 copies published.

JOHNSON'S REPORT ON THE IRON REGIONS OF LOUISIANA AND TEXAS.

50th congress, | 1st session. | House of representatives. | Ex. doc. | 

no. 195. | Keport | The iron regions | of | northern Louisiana | and j 

eastern Texas. |

Washington: | government printing office. | 1888.

Title as above, verso blank; contents, p. 3, verso blank; illustrations, p. 5, verso 

blank; letter of transmittal by the secretary of the interior to the speaker of the 

house of representatives, p. 7, verso blauk; letter of transmittal by the director of 

the survey to the secretary of the interior, p. 9; letter of transmittal by the author, 

Lawrence C. Johnson, assistant geologist, to the director, pp. 9-10; text, pp. 11-54. 

8°. Plate i (being a map of the region reported on); figs. 1-13. 1,734 copies, the 

" usual number."

A preliminary report, made in response to a resolution of inquiry of the house of 

representatives.
324 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL.IOO. 

DIGEST OF DECISIONS CONCERNING WATER IN THE ARID REGION.

A digest I of | the decisions | of the | supreme courts of the states 

and territories of the | arid region and of the United States circuit | 

and supreme courts in cases involving | questions relative to the use 

and | control of water in that region. | Compiled by | D. W. Campbell, 

esq., | of the United States geological survey; | revised and edited, 

under the direction of the secretary of the interior, by | W. C. Pollock, 

esq., | of the assistant attorney-general's office for the interior department. |

Washington: (.government printing office. | 1889.

Title as above, verso blank; text, arranged alphabetically by subject matter of 

decision (e. g., ditch, flumes, riparian), pp. 3-59. 8°. 1,000 copies published; 

bound in sheep.
INDEX

TO THE

PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

325

V

INDEX TO THE PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL

SURVEY.

Abbreviations: Ann = Annual Report; Mon = Monograph; Bull = Bulletin; MR=Mineral Resources; 

I = parti; n = part ii; p = page; pp = pages.

Aa type of lava, character of........................................... Ann 4, p 95

Acadian area of the Newark system ........................... Bull 85, pp 19-20, 80

Acadian province, the upper Paleozoic formations in the, correlations and

classifications of..........................................Bull 80, pp 226-257

Acadian. See, also, Canada.

Accretions formed in the hlast furnace.......................... Mon xn, pp 725-731

Actinolite, secondary character of.................................. Ann 10, i, p 407

Actinozoa from the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada. ..Mon vm, pp 100-106 

Actiuozoa of the Olenellus zone ............................... Ann 10, i, pp 599-602

Adirondacks, pre-Caiubriau rocks of the............ Bull 86, pp 398-399, 413-414, 508

JLolian sands in the Great basin................................ .Mon xi, pp 153-156

^Eolian soils............................................'...... Ann 12, i, pp 326-329

Africa, copper production of, statistics of the....ME 1883-84, pp 356, 370; MR 1885,

pp 229, 242; MR 1886, pp 128, 139; MR 1887, pp 88, 96-

97; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 101

Africa, diamond mines and production of......................MR 1887, pp 563-568

Africa, fossil plants of, literature of the....................... Ann 8, n, pp 799-803

Africa, gold production of, compared with that of other portions of the

world ............................................... MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Africa; irrigation by artesian waters in Algeria.............. Ann 11, n, pp 265-266

Agassiz, the glacial lake, upper beaches and deltas of....................... Bull 39

Agatized wood formations in Arizona..........................MR 1891, pp 548-540

Agglomerates, diabasic, relations of, to greenstone schists in the Marquetto

district, Michigan ........................................Bull 62, pp 185-191

Aguotozoic proposed as a name for a system of rocks between the Archcan and

the Paleozoic..... Ann 7, pp 454-455; Bull 86, pp. 147,148, 461,462, 475,491, 493

Alabama, altitudes of localities in......................... Bull 5, pp 25-28; Bull 76

Alabama, artesian wells in ........................................ Ann 11, n, p 263

Alabama, boundary lines of, and formation of state ..........Bull 13, pp 30, 102-103

Alabama, brick industry of, statistics of the.... MR 1887, pp 535, 537; MR 1888, p 557

Alabama, coal areas and statistics of . ....Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 35-37; MR

1883-84, pp 12,14-17; MR 1885, pp 11,13-14; MR 1886, pp 225,230,235-240; MR

1887, pp 169, 171,189-307; MR 1888, pp 169, 171, 208-213; MR 1891, pp 180, 205

Alabama, coke in, the manufacture of.. MR 1883-84, pp 154-157; MR 1885, pp 80,85-87;

MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 389-392; MR 1887, pp 383, 389, 394-

395; MR 1888, pp 395, 400, 406-407; MR 1891, pp 360, 376

Alabama, copper mines in ........................................... MR 1882, p 231.

Alabama, Cretaceous rocks of........................... Bull 82, pp 105-110,216-217

Alabama; dolomite and residual clay from Morrisville, analysis of.... .Bull 60, p 159

327
328 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Alabama, Eocene deposits in ................................Bull 83, pp 57-66,83,87

Alabama, fossils from... Ann 4, pp 296, 301, 310, 311; Ann 8, n, pp 878-879; Bull 4, p 16

Alabama, geologic and paleontologic investigations in.. .Ann 4, pp 43, 49-50; Ann 5,

pp 52-53; Ann 6, pp 74, 75; Ann 7, pp 67, 114; Ann 8, I, p 129; Ann 9, pp 76,

122,132; Ann 10, i, pp 120,121,157,174; Ann 11, i, p 67; Ann 12,1, pp 74,75, 79

Alabama, geologic maps of, listed.................... Bull 7, pp 103,109,110, 111, 167

Alabama, gold from, statistics of............ Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 176,177,178;

MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, p 77 

Alabama, iron and steel from, statistics of.... .Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 120,125,

129, 130, 131, 133, 135, 136, 137, 149-161; MR 1883-84, pp 252, 

278; MR 1885, pp 182, 184, 186; MR 1886, pp 18, 33, 85-92, 98; 

MR 1887, pp 11, 16, 49-50; MR 1888, pp 14,17, 23; MR 1889- 

90, pp 10,11, 17, 18, 24, 35, 36, 39, 40, 41; MR 1891, pp 12,19, 61 

Alabama, iron ores of, in their geological relations .............MR 1882, pp 149-161

Alabama, lime production of.................................... ....MR 1887, p 532

Alabama; limestone from Chewacla, Lee county, analysis of ......MR 1889-90, p 377

Alabama, manganese ore in........... '. ........ MR 1885, p 345; MR 1886., pp 181,183

Alabama, mineral springs of.................. Bull 32, pp 88-94; MR 1883-84, p 979;

MR 1885, p 536; MR 1886, p 715; MR 1887, p 683; MR 1888,

p 626; MR 1889-90, pp 522, 524; MR 1891, pp 603, 604

Alabama, minerals of, the useful..... ....MR 1882, pp 667-670; MR 1887, pp 690-695

Alabama, Neocene beds of......................................Bull 84, pp 159-160

Alabama, phosphate deposits of..................... Bull 46, pp 75-78; MR 1883-84,

pp 794-803; MR 1886, p 618 

Alabama, tin ore in ................... MR 1882, pp 434-436; MR 1883-84, pp 601-602

Alabama, topographic work in....... Ann 6, pp 9,10; Ann 7, pp 50,52; Ann 8, p 102 ;

Ann 9, pp 54,55; Ann 10,1, pp 91,92; Ann 11, i, p 37 

Alabama; white earth from Talladega, analysis of.................... Bull 60, p 158

Alabama, Tuscaloosa, and Tombigbee rivers, Tertiary and Cretaceous strata

of the................................................................Bull 43

Alachua clays of Florida ........................................Bull 84, pp 127-130

Alaska, altitudes of localities in........................................ Bull 5, p 29

Alaska, Ceuozoic epoch in, general considerations on the ........Bull 84, pp 276-277

Alaska, cinnabar in...........................................Moil XIII, pp 384-385

Alaska, coal deposits and industry in..... MR 1883-84, p 17; MR 1885, p 14; MR

1888, pp 214-216; MR 1891; pp 209-210 

Alaska, Cretaceous deposits of.................................. Bull 82, pp 205-206

Alaska, fossil plants of, literature of the....................... Ann 8, n, pp 924-926

Alaska, fossils from........................Ann 8, n, pp 924-926; Bull 82, pp 205-206

Alaska, geologic investigations in............ Ann 11,1, pp 57-58; Ann 12, i, pp 59-61

Alaska, glaciers of............................................... Ann 5, pp 348-355

Alaska, gold and silver from, statistics, of.... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,174,176,

177,178; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, 315; MR 1885, pp 201,

i 203; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58,59; MR 1888, 

pp36,37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,76,77,78,79 

Alaska; hornblende-andesite from Hague volcano, Bogusloff island, Bering

sea, analysis of............................................. Bull 27, pp 63-64

Alaska, jade and pectolite from, analyses of.........................B.ull 9, pp 9-10

Alaska, Mesozoic fossils from ...................................... Bull 4, pp 10-15

Alaska; Mesozoic Mollusca from the southern coast of the Alaskau peninsula.. .Bull

51, pp 64-70 

Alaska, mineral springs of...................... Bull 32, pp 218-219; MR 1882, p 979

Alaska., minerals of, the useful................ MR 1882, p 760; MR 1887, pp 695-696

Alaska, Neocene formations of, summary of our knowledge of the.. Bull 84, pp 234-268 

Alaska, purchase of, from Russia, boundaries of, etc...................Bull 13,p 23
WAHMAN.] INDEX. 329

Alaska, roclcs of, general notes on the........................... Bull 84, pp 232-234

Alaska. See, also, Arctic.

Albite from Litchfield, Maine, analysis of ......................... Bull 42, pp 34-35

Albuquerque district, New Mexico, irrigatioii in the........... Ann 12, u, pp 270-273

Alcohol, compressibility and thermal expansion of................. Bull 92, pp 30-32

Aleutian islands, lignitic beds of the ............................ Bull 84, pp 242-249

Alga) of hot springs.............................................. Ann 9, pp 657-666

Algeria, irrigation in ......................................... Ann 11, n, pp 265-266

Algonkian; classification of the early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian formations ........................................................ An n7, pp 371-454

Algonkiau; copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior...... .Ann 1, pp 70-71; Ann 2, pp

xxxi-xxxiv; Ann 3, pp 89-188; Mon v 

Algonkian; crystalline schists of the lake Superior region....Ann 10, i, pp 355-364

Algoukian; greenstone-schist areas of the Monominee and Marquette regions 

of Michigan, a contribution to the subject of dynamic metamorphism in 

eruptive rocks ....................................................... Bull 62

Algonkian; Huronian areas, investigations in................... Ann 5, pp 187-208

Algonkian; Huronian denned .......................................Bull 86, p 463

Algonkian; Huronian of the northwestern states, metamorphism in the..Ann 5,pp

241-242

Algonkian; Huronian quartzites, genesis of and metamorphism in... Bull 8, pp 48-52 

Algonkian; Huronian rocks, enlargements in ...................... Bull 8, pp 23-37

Algonkian; Huronian rocks of the lake Superior region.. .Mon v, pp 386-394,402-409 

Algonkian; Huronian system, history of the term.............. Bull 86, pp 470-474

Algonkian; Hurouian, the original....................... Bull 86, pp 23-50, 498-499

Algoukian; Huronian and Laurentian, relations of the Keweeuawan rocks to

the........................................................ Ann 3, pp 156-173

Algoukian; Huronia,n and Laurentian, relations of the Penokee iron-bearing

series of Michigan and Wisconsin to the ................ Ann 10, i, pp 458-464

Algonkian; Keweenaw series, lake Superior, the junction between the Eastern sandstone and the ...............................................Bull 23

Algoukian; Keweenawan rocks of lake Superior, chronologic list of works

that embrace references to the...................... Mon v, pp 14-23, 431-432

Algonkian; Keweenawan rocks of the lake Superior basin, extent and general nature of the...... Ann 3, pp 93-188; Mon v, pp 24-409; Bull 86, pp 160-162

Algonkian of Texas .............................................. Bull 45, pp 55-56

Algonkian; Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and Wisconsin.. .Ann 10, i, pp.

341-507; Mon xix

Algoukian period to be used in the geologic atlas of the United States. .Ann 10, i, p 20 

Algonkian strata, table showing classification of the............... Ann 10, i, p 546

Algonkian and Archean, a correlation essay, by C. E. Van Hise.............. Bull 86

Algonkian and Archean rocks of North America as related to the Cambrian.. Ann 12,

i, pp 540-563 

Alkalies in silicates, estimation of ................................. Bull 9, pp 36-37

Allauite from Topsham, Me., description and analysis of................ Bull 9, p 10

Allauite in igneous rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada.. .Mon xx, pp 338, 341, 379 

Allauite in porphyries of the Mosquito range, Colorado ........Mon xn, pp 329, 335

Allnnite iu porphyrites of the Henry mountains..................... Mon xn, p 360

Alloys, a new method of making ...............................Bull 60, pp 147-148

Alloys, thermoelectric data of .................................... Bull 14, pp 80-88

Alluvial cones and terraces... Ann 2, p 184; Ann 4, pp 201-202; Ann 6, p 311; Mon i,

pp 81, 91. 92, 178, 185, 220, 344, 346, 349, 352; Mon xi, pp 255-257

Alluvial soils................................................. Ann 12, I, pp 288-293

Altamaha grit of Georgia ........................................ Bull 84, pp 81-82

Alteration products, miscellaneous, analyses of..................... .Mon xn, p 607
330 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL.IOO.

Altitudes, a new method of measuring, with the barometer .......Ann 2, pp 403-566

Altitudes between lake Superior and the Rocky mountains.................. Bull 72

Altitudes in the Bonneville basin ................................ Mon i, pp 405-419

Altitudes in the Dominion of Canada........................................ Bull 6

Altitudes in the United States, dictionary of ....................... Bull 5; Bull 76

Alum, foreign sources of......................................... MR 1883-84, p 950

Alum, statistics of..............MR 1882, p 606; MR 1883-84, pp 949-950; MR 1886,

pp 681-682; MR 1887, pp 646-647 

Alum rock, so-called, from Grant county, New Mexico, analyses of...... Bull 9, p 13

Aluminum, analyses of .......................................... MR 1883-84, p 659

Aluminum, separation of, in rock analyses ........................ Bull 78, pp 87-90

Aluminum, statistics of......MR 1882, p 445; MR 1883-84, pp 658-660; MR 1885, pp

390-392; MR 1886, pp 220-221; MR 1887, pp 138-141; MR 1888,

pp 160-164; MR 1889-90, pp 110-118; MR 1891, pp 147-163

Aluminum, the ore of (bauxite), analyses of.................... MR 1891, pp 152-154

Aluminum and titanium, separation of, and of titanium and iron .. Bull 27, pp 16-26 

Aluminum foil, action of various acids on........................... MR 1891, p 157

Amphibolite of the Mosquito range, Colorado, described.............. Mou xn, p 50

Amygdaloid, diabasic, of the Keweenaw series..................... Mon v, pp 87-91

Amygdaloidal rocks of the Keweenaw series, structural features of the........Mon

v, pp 134-139

Amyl alcohol, the action of, on the chlorides, a method for the separation of 

sodium and potassium from lithium by, with some reference to a similar 

separation of the same from magnesium and calcium ........Bull 42, pp 73--S8

Amyzon beds, correlation of the ............................ Bull 83, pp 141, 145-146

Amyzon group of rocks of Oregon .................................... Bull 84, p 281

Aualcite from Table mountain, Colorado, general description, optical behavior,

and chemical composition of................................ Bull 20, pp 27-29

Analyses, lists and, of the mineral springs of the United States.............. Bull 32

Analyses, mineral, an apparatus for the determination of water in. .Bull 78, pp 84-86 

Analyses of waters of American rivers and springs and of inclosed lakes and

oceans................................V.................. .Monxi, pp 176-180

Analyses of waters of the Yellowstone national park, with an account of the

methods of analysis employed........................................Bull 47

Analyses. See, also, the various substances: Coal, Clay, Iron, Rocks, Water, etc. 

Andesite, augite-, of the Washoe district, Nevada, description and occurrence

of...... ..............................Mon m, pp 62-66, 126-130, 151,201-203

Andesite, hornblende-, of the Washoe district, Nevada, description and occurrence of............Mon m, pp 53-62, 66-70, 116-125, 130-134, 199-201, 203-205

Andesite. hypersthene-, and triclinic pyroxene in augitic rocks. ....Bull 1, pp 19-38

Andesite, pyroxene-, of the Eureka district, Nevada ....Mon xx, pp 239-242, 348-364

Andesites, classification of...'................................. Mon xm, pp 149-151

Andesites near Steamboat springs, Nevada...... ..Mon xni, pp 146-151, 221, 334-337

Andesites of Buffalo peaks, Colorado .......................... Mon xn, pp 353-354

Andesites of the Eureka district, Nevada .............. Mon xx, pp 233-237, 239, 348

Andesites of the quicksilver belt, California..Mon xm, pp 152-156, 221, 238, 242-245 

Andesites of the Tewan mountains, New Mexico................... Bull 66, pp 12-15

Andesites of the Washoe district, Nevada, relations of the.. Bull 17, pp 12-21, 23-26, 34 

Andesites, transitions between types of........................ Mon xm, pp 148-151

Andesitic pearlite of the Eureka district, Nevada ............... Mon xx, pp 368-373

Augiosperms, fossil, of the Potomac or younger Mesozoic........ Mon XV, pp 277-325

Augiosperms. See, also, Monocotyledons; Dicotyledons.

Animals and plants in relation to soil formation............... Ann 12, i, pp 268-287

Animikie series of rocks of lake Superior ....Mon xix, pp 260-268, 468-470; Bull 86,

pp 59, 187-189
WAUMAH.] INDEX. 331

Ann, cape, Massachusetts, geology of ............................ Ann 9, pp 529-611

Annealing of steel.............................. Bull 14, pp 40-59; Bull 94, pp 74-79

Anorthite determined in pyroxeue-andesite .......................... Mon xx, p 353

Anorthite rock of the KeAveenaw series described.......... Mon v, pp 59-61, 438-440

Anorfchoclase in lithophysse, Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone park . ....Ann 7, pp 267-269

Antimony, foreign sources of ............................... MR 1883-84, pp 644-649

Antimony, statistics of.... .MR 1882, pp 438-439; MR 1883-84, pp 641-653; MR 1885,

pp 387-388; MR 1886, pp 2, 7, 9; MR 1887, pp 2, 6, 8-9; MR

1888, pp 10-11; MR 1889-90, pp 141-142; MR 1891, pp 174-176

Antimony ore, analyses of ..........................................MR 1882, p 438

Ants as agents in soil formation............................... Ann 12, i, pp 277-278

Apatites, analyses of.................. Bull 46, pp 42, 44-46; MR 1883-84, pp 806, 808

Apatites, foreign ................................................. Birll 46, pp 22-46

Apatites, statistics of....MR 1882, p 521; MR 1883-84, pp 805-808; MR 1885, pp 455-

458; MR 1887, p 594; MR 1888, p 596; MR 1889-90, pp 454-455 

Apophyllite from Table mountain, Colorado, general description, optical

properties, and chemical composition of.....................Bull 20, pp 29-35

Appalachians, Cambrian and pre-Cainbrian rocks of the ................ Bull 86,487

Appomattox or Lafayette formation. See Lafayette formation.

Aqueous vapor, thermal effect of the action of, on feldspathic rocks...... Ann 2, pp

325-330; Mon in, pp 290-308 

Aqui mountains, literature of the geology of the ................ Bull 86, pp 296,506

Arachnids, index to the known fossil, of the world.......................... Bull 71

Arachnids, systematic review of our present knowledge of........ Bull 31, pp 19-31

Aragonite and calcite, formation of, in caves .........................Mou vn, p 95

Aragonite crystals, measurement of the grOAvth of................ Mon vir, pp 56-58

Arapaho beds, correlation of the ....................... Bull 83, pp 136-137, 145-146

Archseopteryx, comparison of Ichthyornis and Hesperornis with.. ..Ann 3, pp 83-85

Archean; Cambrian, the early, and pre-Cauibrian formations, classification of..Ann

7, pp 371-454 

Archean; crystalline schists of the lake Superior region ..............Ann 10, I, pp

355-364; Mon xix, p 41 

Archean formations of the northwestern states................... Ann 5, pp 175-242

Archean; gneisses of the lake Superior district, character of the . ....Ann 10, I, pp

358-360; Mon xix, pp 107-111,116-122 

Archean; granite of the Sierra nevada, pre-sedimentary.......Mon xm, pp 164-175

Archean; Huronian and Laurentian, relations of the Keweenawan rocks to

the........................................................Ann 3, pp 156-173

Archean; Huronian and Lanrentian, relations of the Penokee iron-bearing

series to the ........................ Ann 10, I, pp 458-464; Mon xix, pp 81,82

Archean; Laureutian system, history of the term .......... Bull 86, pp 462, 470-474

Archean; Lanrentian, the original....................... Bull 86, pp 23-50, 497-498

Archeau, restriction of, to the gneissic basement terrane..........Ann 7, pp 450-452

Archean; southern complex of the Peuokee district, lake Superior.......Ann 10, r,

pp 353-364; Mon xix, pp 103-126, 441-454 

Archean rocks compared with Cretaceous metamorphics....... Mon xm, pp 138, 458

Archean rocks in Texas...........................................Bull 45, pp 55-57

Archean rocks in the lowest deeps of the Grand canyon............... Mon n, p 207

Archean rocks in the upper Missouri region ........................ Ann 6, pp 49-50

Archean rocks in the vicinity of Qhesapeake bay ...................... Ann 7, p 616

Archean rocks, investigation of the................................Ann 7, pp 17-18

Archean rocks of cape Ann, Massachusetts ....................... Ann 9, pp 576-610

Archean rocks of mount Desert, Maine...................... Ann 8, n, pp 1035-1059

Archean rocks of northern Wisconsin, lithological character and origin of

the..................................................... Ann 10, i, pp 353-364
332 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Arcliean rocks of northwestern Colorado.......................... Ann 9, pp 686-687

Archean rocks of the Leadville district, Colorado ................ Ann 2, pp 215-216

Archean rocks of the Mosquito range, Colorado, petrographical descriptions

of the.......................................Mon xn, pp 45-53,93-94,276-277

Archean rocks of the northwestern states ........................ Ann 5, pp 181-242

Archean rocks of the Plateau region .............................Ann 6, pp 156-161

Archean rocks of the Uinta mountains ........................... Ann 9, pp 686-687

Archean rocks on south shore of lake Superior .............................. Bull 62

Archean rocks, possible character of (primeval) ............... Mon xm, pp 171-174

Archean and Algonkian, a correlation essay, by C. R. Van Hise.............. Bull 86

Archean and Algonkian rocks of North America as related to the Cambrian ..................................................Ann 12, I, pp 540-563

Archeology of the auriferous gravels of California............... Bull 84, pp 221-222

Arcose of the Coast ranges of California described ................... Mon xm, p 61

Arctic America, Cretaceous fossils from .............................. Bull 82, p 203

Arctic America, list of geological maps of.......................... Bull 7, pp 33-35

Arctic regions, literature of fossil plants from the ............. Ann 8, n, pp 826-835

Arctic regions. See, also, Alaska.

Argentine Republic, copper production of....... MR 1883-84, p 356; MR 1885, p 229;

MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 88; MR 1888,

p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 101

Argentine Republic, fossil plants of, literature of the ..........Ann 8, n, pp 821, 822

Argentine Republic, gold and silver production of, compared with that of

other countries....................................... MR 1883-84, pp 319,320

Arid region of United States, amount of, redeemable by irrigation......Ann 11,

u, pp 203-205

Arid region of United States and areas irrigated therein, map showing the..Ann

11, n, pp ii-iii 

Arid region of United States, hydrography of the .....Ann 10, II, pp 36, 78-90; Ann

11, u, pp 1-110; Ann 12, u, pp 213-361 

Arid region of United States, location of the, and cause of its aridity .. .........Ann

12, n, pp 219-220

Arid region of United States. See, also, Irrigation. 

Arizona, altitudes in.......................... .........Bull 5, pp 30-34; Bull 76

Arizona, boundary lines of, and formation of territory............Bull 13, pp 32,125

Arizona; brochantite from United Verde mine, Yavapai county, analysis of..Bull

78, p 121

Arizona, Cambrian rocks in, correlation of the. ..Bull 81, pp 219-221,235, 356,357, 385 

Arizona, coal areas and statistics of .............. MR 1882, p 37; MR 1883-84, p 18;

MR 1885, p 14 

Arizona, coal from, analysis of........................................ Bull 27, p 74

Arizona, copper, cupola smelting of, in..................... MR 1883-84, pp 397-410

Arizona, copper from, statistics of......................... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882,

pp 216, 221-224; MR 1883-84, pp 329, 334-336; MR 1885,pp 210,

215; MR 1886, pp 112, 116; MR 1887, pp 69, 74-75; MR 1888,

pp 54, 58-59; MR 1889-90, pp 56, 60, 65; MR 1891, pp 83, 84

Arizona, Cretaceous rocks of.........................................Bull 82, p 154

Arizona, dumortierite from..................................... .Bull 60, pp 133-135

Arizona, fossils from..........................................Ann 8, n, pp 916-917

Arizona, geologic and paleontologic investigations in......Ann 1, pp 29-31; Ann 2,

pp 8-9; Ann 4, pp 45-48; Ann 6, p 75; Ann 11,1, pp 114,126 

Arizona, geologic maps of, listed............................ Bull 7, pp 140, 141, 142

Arizona; Gila river basin, hydrography of the .......Ann 11, n, pp 58-63, 100, 108;

Ann 12, n, pp 292-316 

Arizona; Gila river basin, irrigation problems relating to the .. Ann 11, n, pp 227-229
WABMAN.] INDEX. 333

Arizona, gold and silver from, statistics of ..........Ann 2,p 385; ME 1882, pp 172,

174, 176, 177, 178, 182; ME 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, 315; ME

1885, pp 201, 203; ME 1886, pp 104, 105; ME 1887, pp 58, 59;

ME 1888, pp 36, 37; ME 1889-90, p 49; ME 1891, pp 75, 77, 78

Arizona; Grand canyon district, geography of the ................. Ann 2, pp 70-73

Arizona; Grand canyon district, physical geology of the........... Ann 2, pp 49-166

Arizona; Grand canyon district, Tertiary history of the...........Mon n and atlas

Arizona; Hassayampa disaster, causes of the ................ Ann 11, n, pp 228-229

Arizona; hypersthene-audesite from San Francisco mountains, analysis of....Bull

. 42, p 139 

Arizona, irrigation, hydrography, etc., in.......................... Ann 10, 11, p 87

Arizona; kyauite from Clip, analysis of............................... Bull 78, p 120

Arizona, lead deposits in ................. ME 1882, p 313; ME 1883-84, pp 416,425;

ME 1885, pp 248, 258-259; ME 1887, p 110; ME 1889-90, p 80 

Arizona, mineral springs of.................. Bull 32, pp 196-197; ME 1883-84, p 979

Arizona, minerals of, the useful .......... ME 1882, pp 760-764; ME 1887, pp 696-700

Arizona, mining districts of...................................MR 1882, pp 765-766

Arizona, rock formations in....................... Bull 80, pp 215, 216, 221, 222, 224

Arizona; sandstone from Flagstaff, analysis of........................ Bull 78, p 124

Arizona, topographic work in.... .Ann 1, pp 28-30; Ann 2, pp 6-8; Ann 6, pp 13-14;

Ann 7, p 55; Ann 8, pp 104-105 

Arizona, turquoise from.......................................ME 1882> pp 493, 494

Arkansas, altitudes of localities in ........................ Bull 5, pp 35-36; Bull 76

Arkansas, boundary lines of, and admission of the state. ....Bull 13, pp 30, 106-108

Arkansas, brick industry of........................ ME 1887, p 535; ME 1888, p 558

Arkansas, coal area and statistics of.................Ann 2, p xxviii; Bull 80, p 25;

ME 1882, pp 37.-3S; ME 1883-84, pp 12,18-19; ME 1885, pp 11, 15;

ME 1886, pp 225,230,241; ME 1887, pp 169,207-208; ME 1888, pp 169,

171, 216-224; ME 1889-90, pp 147, 174-178; ME 1891, pp 180, 210-212

Arkansas coals, analyses of......................................ME 1889-90, p 176

Arkansas, Eocene deposits in..................................Bull 83, pp 74-75, 83

Arkansas, fossils from........... Ann 4, pp 295-296; Ann 8, pp 896-897; Bull 4, p 16

Arkansas, geologic and paleoutologic investigations in............Ann 10, i, p 157;

Ann 11,1, p 75; Ann 12, I, pp 90, 107, 121 

Arkansas, granite and marble production of.... ....ME 1888, pp 537, 542; ME 1889-

90, pp 374, 378; ME 1891, pp 457, 458 

Arkansas kaolin, analyses of....................................... ME 1891, p 517

Arkansas, manganese deposits in...................... ME 1883-84, p 553; ME 1885,

p 305; ME 1885, pp 332-336; ME 1886, pp 181, 184-185;

ME 1887, pp 145,146, 147-150; ME 1888, pp 124,125,126-

127; ME 1889-90, pp 127, 130; ME 1891, pp 127, 130-131

Arkansas, mineral springs of................................... Bull 32, pp 118-122;

ME 1883-84, p 980; ME 1885, p 536; ME 1886, p715; ME 1887,

p 683; ME 1888, p 626;- ME 1889-90, pp 522, 524; ME 1891, p 604

Arkansas, minerals of, the useful.... ....ME 1882, pp 670-672; ME 1887, pp 700-703

Arkansas; natrolite from Magnet cove, description and analysis of. ....Bull 90, p 38

Arkansas, nickel deposits of........................................ ME 1887, p 128

Arkansas, novaculite quarries in .............. ME 1885, pp 433-434; ME 1886, p 589

Arkansas syenites, results of tests of............................ ME 1889-90, p 379

Arkansas, topographic work in...................... Ann 4, pp 12, 13; Ann 9, p 56;

Ann 10, i, pp 93, 95; Ann 11, I, p 40; Ann 12, i, p 30 

Arkansas; water from two springs at Hominy hill, analyses of.... ....Bull 60, p 173

Arkansas, waters from, analyses of.................................... Bull 55, p 92

Arkansas; yellow sinithsouite from Marion county, analysis of..... ....Bull 90, p 62
334 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. LBULL.IOO.

Arkansas, zinc works and statistics of............................. MR 1882, p 347;

MR 1883-84, p 476; MR 1889-90, p 88 

Arkansas river basin, hydrography of the..................Ann 11, 11, pp 45-52, 97

Arkansas river hasin in Colorado and Kansas, irrigation problems relating to

the.................................................... Ann 11, n, pp 210-214

Arkansas river in Colorado, surveys for reservoir sites along the................Ann

11, n, pp 133-144 

Arsenic, statistics of......MR 1882, p 441; MR 1883-84, pp 656-657; MR 1885, p 386

Artesian problem along the Atlantic slope ....................... Ann 7, pp 640-646

Artesian, water, chemical impregnations of....................... Ann 5, pp 165-167

Artesian water, temperature of....................................... Ann 5, p 165

Artesian wells in Kansas ...................................... Bull 57, pp 13, 30, 48

Artesian wells, requisite and qualifying conditions of............ Ann 5, pp 125-173

Artesian wells and waters for irrigation in western United States, and in various countries..................... Ann 5, pp 148-150; Ann 11, n, pp 257-278

Artesian. See, also, Irrigation.

Arvonian terrane defined....................................... Bull 86, pp 462-463

Asbestus, foreign sources of .................... MR 1883-84, p 913; MR 1885, p 521

Asbestus, relative value of, from different countries................ MR 1882, p 589

Asbestus, statistics of..... MR 1882, pp 588-589; MR 1883-84, pp 913-914; MR 1885,

pp 521-522; MR 1886, pp 5,8,9; MR 1887, pp 5,7,8-9; MR

1888, pp 8,10-11; MR 1889-90, p 514; MR 1891, pp 591-592

Ashburner (C. A.), coal, statistics of......MR 1885, pp 10-73; MR 1886, pp 224-377;

MR 1887, pp 168-382; MR 1888, pp 168-394 

Ashburner (C. A.), description and production of the anthracite coal iields of

Pennsylvania..............................................MR 1882, pp 7-24

Ashley and Cooper beds of South Carolina............................ Bull 83, p 53

Asia, fossil plants of, literature of the......................... Ann 8, u, pp 786-799

Asia. See, also, China; India; Japan.

Asia Minor; basalt from the island of Mitylene, analysis of...........Bull 60, p 158

Asia Minor, corundum deposits of............................. MR 1888, pp 429-432

Asia Minor, fossil plants of, literature of the .................. Ann 8, n, pp 798-799

Asperite, name proposed for andesites of trachytic habit......Mon xin, pp 151,459

Asperites of Steamboat springs, Nevada, described ............ Mon. xm, pp 335-337

Asperites of the Coast ranges of California described ......... Mon xm, pp 222,242

Asphalt, analyses of ................................... MR .1883-84, pp 942, 944-947

Asphaltum deposits of California .......................... MR 1883-84, pp 938-948

Asphalturn, foreign sources of.............. MR 1882, p 605; MR 1883-84, pp 937-938

Asphaltum, statistics of ....MR 1882, p 605; MR 1883-84,pp 937-948; MR 1885,pp

4, 6,8; MR 1886, pp 5, 8,10; MR 1887, pp 7, 8-9; MR 1888,

pp 513-514; MR 1889-90, pp 477-481; MR.1891, pp 452-455

Assaying of Eureka ores, Nevada.................. Mon vn, pp 120-138, 144-145,190

Assaying silver ore with the micrometer measuring apparatus.... Ann 6, pp 331-352

Assays and assaying at Leadville, Colorado.............. .Mon xn, pp 608, 621-625,

632-636, 695, etc. 

Assays of Comstock rocks, Nevada .............................Mon m, pp 154-155

Assays of country rock of Eureka, Nevada ............... Mon vn, pp 82-87,120-138

Assays of silver, experimental........................... Ann 6, pp 339-341, 349-352

Assays of tin ore ............................................... MR 1888, pp 1.46-147

Asteroidea of the United States...................................Bull 97, pp 29-32

Astoria group of Oregon and Alaska.................... Bull 84, pp 223-226, 252-259

Astronomical work of 1889 and 1890 ........................................Bull 70

Astrophyllite from El Paso county, Colorado, analysis of ............. Bull 78, p 119

Astrophyllite and tscheff kinite, new analyses of.......'............ Bull 90, pp 41-44

Atlantic system of rocks of New Hampshire...................... Bull 86, pp 351-355
WARSIAN.] INDEX. 335

Atlas sheets of the United States prepared by the Geological Survey and engraved to May 20, 1893, list of, by states ..... See pp. 307-319 of this bulletin.

Atlas. See, also, Map.

Aucella, remarks on the genus, with especial reference to its occurrence in

California......................................Mon xiu, pp 201-204, 226-232

Augite-andesite in the Washoe district, Nevada, description and occurrence

of ....................................Mou nr, pp 62-66, 126-130, 151, 201-203

Augite-andesite of the Washoe district, Nevada, its relation to diabase. ....Bull 17,

pp 12-21,40 

Augite-syenite of the Keweenaw series described ................Mon v, pp 112-124

Auriferous gravels of California ................................ Bull 84. pp 219-222

Auriferous slate series of the Lassen peak district, California. ..Ann 8, i, pp 404-407

Auriferous. See, also, Gold.

Australia, Cambrian rocks of................................... Bull 81, pp 378-379

Australia, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries

MR 1882, p 5; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887, p 189 

Australia, copper production of......MR 1882, pp 254-255; MR 1883-84, pp 356, 370-

371; MR 1885, p 229; MR 1886, pp 128,139; MR 1887, pp 88,

96; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 74; MR 1891, pp 101, 102

Australia, diamonds found in....................................... MR 1887, p 569

Australia, fossil plants of, literature of the.................... Ann 8, n, pp 807-814

Australia, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries ................................................. MR 1883-84, pp 319,320

Australia, lead production of..................... MR 1883-84, p 434; MR 1885, p 264

Australia, quicksilver deposits in................................ MOIL xm, pp 48-49

Australia, zinc production of........................................ MR 1887, p 117

Austria-Hungary, antimony production of ....................... MR 1883-84, p 646

Austria-Hungary, coal area and output of. compared with those of other countries...........1..............MR 1882, p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11;

MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208 

Austria-Hungary, copper production of................ MR 1883-84, pp 356, 372-373;

MR 1885, pp 228, 242; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 87;

MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 10

Austria-Hungary, fossil plants of, literature of the.............. Ann 8, n, pp 718-738

Austria-Hungary, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other

countries............................................. MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Austria-Hungary, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other

countries................................ MR 1882,p 109; MR 1883-84; p257;

MR 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, p 18; MR 1888, 

pp 28, 29, 30,31; MR 1889-90, pp 21,22; MR 1891, pp 46, 73

Austria-Hungary, lead production of ..MR 1883-84, pp 434, 439; MR 1885, pp 264,271 

Austria-Hungary, mining laAV of................................ MR 1883-84, p 1001

Austria-Hungary, quicksilver mines of............. Ann 8, n, pp 965, 966;. Mon xiu,

pp 4, 5, 7, 14, 38-41 

Austria-Hungary, quicksilver product]oil of.... ..MR 1882, pp 392, 393; MR 1883-84,

p 496; MR 1885, p 293; MR 1887, p 125; MR 1888, p 106; MR 1891, p 124 

j Austria-Hungary, salt production of...........^.................. MR 1883-84, p 849

\ Austria-Hungary, tin production of.............................. MR 1883-84, p 618

Austria-Hungary; uranium production of Bohemia .................. MR 1882, p 448

Austria-Hungary, zinc production of. ..MR 1883-84, pp 480, 490-491; MR 1885, p 277;

MR 1886, p 159; MR 1888, p 95; MR 1889-90, p 92; MR 1891, pp 113,114

Azoic rocks, history of the term.................................Bull 86, pp 470,473

Azoic. See, also, Archean.

Bad river series, Wisconsin ...................................... Mon xix, pp 37-40

* Barff-Bower process ...........................................MR 1882, pp 164-171
336 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Barium, etc., separation of, in rock analyses ...................... Bull 78, pp 87-90

Barnes (P.), present technical condition of the steel industry of the United

States. ........^..................................................... -Bull 25

Barometer, new method of measuring heights with the. .Ann 2, pp xxxviii-xl, 403-566 

Barometers, description of diiferent kinds of...................... Ann 2; pp 407-409

Barus (C.), administrative report for 1882-83 ....................... Ann 4, pp 52-59

Barus (C.), electrical activity of ore bodies ..................... Mon ill, pp 309-367

Barus (C.), physical properties of the iron carburets................Ann 4,pp 53-59

Barus (C.), subsidence of fine solid particles in liquids.. Bull 36; Bull 60, pp 139-145 

Barus (C.), the compressibility of liquids.. .................................. Bull 92

Barus (C.), the mechanism of solid viscosity................................Bull 94

Barus (C.), the viscosity of solids...........................................Bull 73

Barus (C.), the volume thermodynamics of liquids .......................... Bull 96

Barus (C.), thermal effect of the action of aqueous vapor on feldspathic

rocks......................................................Mon in, pp 290-308

Barus (C.), thermoelectric measurement of high temperatures...... Ann 4, pp 53-59;

Bull 54

Barus (C.) and Strouhal (V.), electrical and magnetic properties of the ironcarburets ............................................................. Bull 14

Barus (C.) and Strouhal (V.), physical properties of the iron-carburets (third

paper)............................................................... Bull 35

Barus (C.) and Strouhal (V.), relation between electrical resistance and density

when varying with the temper of steel...................... Bull 27, pp 30-50

Barus (C.) and Strouhal (V.), relation between time of exposure, temper value,

and color in oxide films on steel............................. Bull 27, pp 51-61

Barus (C.) and Strouhal (V.), the effect of sudden cooling exhibited by glass

and by steel............................................... Bull 42, pp 98-131

Baryta in eruptive rocks, determination of........................... Mon xn, p 577

Bary tes, statistics of............................. MR 1882, pp 580-581; MR 1883-84,

pp. 922-923; MR 1885, pp 524-525; MR 1886,-pp 705-706; MR 1887,

p 676; MR 1888, p 618; MR 1889-90, p 513; MR 1891, pp 599-600

Basalt from lava flows and cones of the Grand canyon district. ....Mou n, pp 81-83)

94-97,104-112 

Basalt from lavas of the Uinkaret plateau .................... Ann 2, pp 118,121-124

Basalt from mount Thielson, Oregon, analysis of ........................ Bull 9, p 15

Basalt from Pitt river, California, analysis of............................ Bull 9, p 16

Basalt from six miles northeast of Grant, New Mexico, analysis of . ....Bull 42, p 140

Basalt from Table mountain, Golden, Colorado, zeolites in .........Bull 20, pp 13-39

Basalt from the Coast ranges of California.... .Mon xm, pp 156-162, 245-247,252, 280

Basalt from the island of Mitylene, Asia Minor, analysis of ............Bull 60, p 158

Basalt from volcanic necks and flows in north western New Mexico.. Ann 6, pp 167-182 

Basalt from volcanoes of the Great basin......................... Ann 2, pp 190-192

Basalt from Washoe district, Nevada.......................... Mon m, pp 70-71,134

Basalt of the Eureka district, Nevada............... Mon xx, pp 242,257-259, 386-395

Basalt of the Newark system ............ .^......................... Bull 85, pp 66, 77

Basalt, quartz.-bearing, distribution of............................ Bull 79, pp 30-33

Basalt, quartz-bearing, from Arizona ................................. Bull 66, p 21

Basalt, quartz-bearing, from Colorado ................................ Bull 66, p 22

Basalt, quartz-bearing, from the Cinder cone, northern California..Bull 79, pp 21-30 

Basalt, quartz-bearing, from the To wan mountains, New Mexico. ..Bull 66, pp 16, 20 

Basaltic eruptions in Bonneville basin, Utah.......... r .......... Mon i, pp 319-336

Basaltic glass of Sulphur bank, California..................... Mon xm, pp 158-162

Basalts, the occurrence of primary quartz in certain........................ Bull 66

Base-levels of erosion in the Grand canyon district and elsewhere.... Ann 2, pp 101-

103; Mou n, pp 76-77,119,224,225
WAIUIAN.] INDEX. . * 337

Basin range structure..........Ann 4, p 443; Mon xi, pp 24-28; Mon xx, pp 10, 211

Basins, interior, description of, their origin, destruction, etc .........Mon i, pp 2-4

Bauxite, analyses of, from various localities................... MR 1891, pp 152-154

Beaches and deltas of the glacial lake Agassiz ............................... Bull 39

' Beaches. See, also, Shorelines.

Bear river basin, hydrography of... ....Ann 11, n, pp 66-70,102,103; Ann 12, n, pp

325-334 

r Bear river beds, correlation of the .......................... Bull 83, pp 115-116,135

Bear river in Wyoming, Utah, and Idaho, irrigation problems of... .Ann 11, u, p 238

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1879-80................... Ann 1, pp 37-47

^ Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1880-81................... Aim 2, pp 40-41

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1881-82................... Ann 3, pp 24-26

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1882-83................... Ann 4, pp 39-41

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1883-84................... Ann 5, pp 47-49

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1884-85................... Ann 6, pp 67-70

Becker (G. F.'), administrative report for 1885-86................... Ann 7, pp 93-97

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1886-87............... Ann 8,1, pp 153-155

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1887-88................. Ann 9, pp 100-102

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1888-89............... Ann 10, i, pp 141-144

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1889-90................. Ann 11,1, pp 95-96

Becker (G. F.), administrative report for 1890-91............... Ann 12, i, pp 104-106

j Becker (G. F.), administrative report on Tenth Census work........ Ann 1, pp 65-69

Becker (G. F.), geology of the Comstock lode and the Washoe district....... Ann 1,

pp 71-72; Ann 2, pp 291-330; MOIL in and atlas. 

Becker (G. F.), geology of the quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope....... Ann 8,

u, pp 961-985; Moii xm and atlas. 

Becker (G. F.), notes on the stratigraphy of California....................... Bull 19

Belgium, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries.... MR 1882,

p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p

) " 235; MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73 

Belgium, copper production of................................. MR 1882, pp 256-257

Belgium, fossil plants of, literature of the ..................... Ann 8, n, pp 775*777

Belgium, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other countries......................................MR 1882, p 109; MR 1883-84, p 257;

MR 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, p 18; MR 1888,

pp 28,29,30,31; MR 1889-90, pp 21, 22; MR 1891, p 73

J Belgium, lead production of.......... .'.MR 1883-84, pp 434,438-439; MR 1885, p 264

Belgium, manganese production of .................................. MR 1887, p 154

Belgium, mining law of.......................................... MR 1883-84, p 998

Belgiumj phosphates of ......................................... Bull 46, pp 102-107

Belgium, zinc production of........................... MR 1882, p 357; MR 1883-84,

pp 480, 488-489; MR 1885, pp 277, 280-281; MR 1886, p 159; 

MR 1887, p 117; MR 1888, pp 95, 96; MR 1889-90, p 92

Benjamin (M.), mineral paints, statistics of. .MR 1885, pp 524-533; MR 1886, pp 702-714 

Benzoic acid, compressibility of....................................... Bull 92, p 36

\ Bermudas, marine Mollusca, comprising the Quaternary fossils and recent forms

from the............................................................. Bull 24

Beryl from Greene county, Tennessee, analysis of....................... Bull 9, p 11

Beryl, white, from near Winslow, Maine, analysis of................... Bull 55, p 53

Bessemer pig iron, production of.....................................MR 1891, p 55

Bessemer-steel ingots and rails, production of, in the United States and Great

Britain since 1877...............................................MR 1891, p 59

Bessemer. See, also, Steel.

t Bibliographies, contemplated, of special topics in North American geology.. .......................... ...',, .......,,. ..,. ,Ann 5, pp xxx-xxx.i

Bull. 100 23
338 ' PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Bibliography of Aracknicla. ............................................ Bull 31, p 19

Bibliography of Dinocerata...................................... Mon x, pp 225-237

Bibliography of fossil insects, classed and annotated.............. .......... Bull 69

Bibliography of Insecta............... Bull 31, pp 32-34, 36-37, 46,51, 58,65,85,94, 96

Bibliography of iridium.................................... MR 1883-84, pp 588-591

Bibliography of irrigation in India.......................... Ann 12, u, pp 371-373

Bibliography of irrigation literature a list of books, pamphlets, and articles

on irrigation and allied subj ects......... .............. Ann 11, u, pp 34 5-388

Bibliography of marine Mollusca .................................. Bull 24, pp 9-17

Bibliography of Myriapoda.............................................Bull 31, p 9

Bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to 1889 ...................... Bull 63

Bibliography of phosphate of lime..............................Bull 46, pp 129-140

Bibliography of the Archean and Algonkian roeks..............Bull 86, pp 48-50v

199-208,220-222,252-256,270,271, 342-347,429-439,527-529' 

Bibliography of the Cambrian rocks .............................. Bull 81, pp 22-48

Bibliography of the Cretaceous rocks of North America, annotated.. Bull 82, pp 26-60 

Bibliography of the Eocene formation .................... ...... Bull 83, pp 148-159

Bibliography of the Genesee, Naples, Portage, and High Point Chemung rocks

of New York..................;..............................Bull 16, pp 9-12

Bibliography of the geology of North America for 1886...... ................ Bull 44

Bibliography of the geology of North America for 1887 to 1889...............Bull 75

Bibliography of the geology of North America for 1890...................... Bull 91

Bibliography of the geology of North America for 1891...................... Bull 99

Bibliography of the Keweenawan rocks.................... Mon v, pp 14-23,431-432

Bibliography of the MesozoicEchinodermata of the United States.. Bull 97, pp 15-20 

Bibliography of the Newa rk system............................. Bull 85, pp 140-339

Bibliography of the Penokee district of Michigan and Wisconsin.. Mon xix, pp 5-102 

Bibliography of the rocks and fossils of the Olenellus zone.... .Ann 10, i, pp 516-524

Bibliography of the subatirial decay of rocks............'.......... Bull 52, pp 57-61

Bibliography of the traps of the New Jersey region............... Bull 67, pp 74-79

Big horn mountains, Archeau and Algonkian literature of the .. .Bull 86, pp 277-278 

Biadheimite from Secret canyon, Nevada.............................. Bull 20, p 97

Binney (Edward William), biographical sketch of............... Ann 5, pp 374-375

Biographical sketches of paleobotanists.......................... Ann 5, pp 368-385

Biology and geology, interreLations of ........................... Ann 5, pp 363-364

Biotite, a product of miner alogical metamorphism.................... Bull 62, p 212

Biotite, an alteration product of feldspar........................... Ann 10, I, p 355

Biotite and quartz as alteration products of alkali feldspar.... ..Mon xix, pp 107,

108,152,336-343 

Biotite, iron-, from Auburn, Maine, analysis of..................... Bull 55, pp 16-17

Birds, fossil, classification of........................................... Ann 3, p 86

Birds, fossil, with teeth............................................ Ann 3, pp 45-88

Birds, origin of.................................................... Ann 3, pp 86-87

Birkinbine (J.), American blast-fuvnnce progress...........MR 1883-84, pp 290-311

Birkinbine (J.), iron-ore mining in 1887.........................MR 1887, pp 30-57

Birkinbine (J.), iron ores, statistics of....................... MR 1889-90, pp 23-4:7;

MR 1891, pp 10-46 

Birkinbine (J.), the iron ores east of the Mississippi river... ....MR 1886, pp 39-103

Bisilicate minerals in rocks, decomposition of........................ Mon in, p 214

Bismuth, statistics of.. ....MR 1882, p 440; MR 1883-84, pp 654-655; MR 1885, p 389

Bismnthinite from Sinaloa, Mexico, description and analysis of......... Bull 90, p 40

Bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, stratigraphy

of the................................................................ Bull 65

Bituminous. See, also, Carboniferous; Coal.

Black hills, pre-Cauxbilan rocks of the.................. Bull 86, pp 257-261,272, 503
WARMAN.] INDEX. 339

Black river series, Wisconsin....................................Mon xix, pp 37-38

Blair (A. A.), report on chemical work in 1879-80..................Ann 1, pp 47-48

Blake (W. P.), antimony, statistics of...................... MR 1883-84, pp 641-653

Blake (W. P.), nickel, statistics of....MR 1882, pp 399-420; MR 1883-84, pp 537-543

Blake (W. P.), quoted on glaciers of Alaska..............'........ Ann 5, pp 349-352

Blake (W. P.), tin, statistics of ............................ MR 1883-84, pp 592-640

Blast furnace, accretions formed in the......................... Mon xn, pp 725-731

Blastfurnace,, description of the ......................................Bull 25, p 22

Blast-furnace progress, American........................... MR 1883-84, pp 290-311

Blast-furnace slag, utilization of .............................. MR 1882, pp 161-164

Blast furnaces of Leadville, chemical discussion of the, and reactions in the.... Mon

xn, pp 731-745 

Blue ridge, Archean and Algonkian literature of the............. Bull 86, pp 416-418

Bluestone, manufacture of, at the Lyon mill, Dayton, Nevada..MR 1882, pp 297-305 

Bluestone, statistics of.. ..MR 1882, p 297; MR 1883-84, p 951; MR 1885, pp 123,397;

MR 1886, p 683; MR 1887, pp 520-521; MR 1889-90, p 376 

Bodie district, California,, brief description of the.................. Ann 1, pp 38-39

Bog iron ore and infusorial earth in swamps.................. Ann 10, i, pp 305-307

Bole from Table mountain, Colorado, description and analysis of-.. .Bull 20, pp 38-39 

Bolivia, copper production of.......MR 1883-84, p 356; MR 1885, p 229; MR 1886, p

128; MR 1887, p 88; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 101 

Bolivia, fossil plants of, literature of the............................ Ann 8, n, p 823

Bolivia, gold aud silver production of, compared with that of other countries.................................................MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Bouneville, lake, contributions to the history of.......Ann 1, pp 23.-2S, 74-75; Ann

2, pp xvi-xvii, 167-200; Mou i 

Bonneville, lake, Mulluscan fauna of....................................... Bull 11

Bonneville, lake, sediments of, analyses of the...... Ann 2, p 177; Mon i, pp 201-202

Borates and borosilicates, natural, analyses of.................... Bull 55, pp 56-62

Borax, analyses of.................................................. MR 1882, p 573

Borax, statistics of......MR 1882, pp 566-577; MR 1883-84, pp 859-863; MR 1885, pp

491-493; MR 1886, pp 678-680; MR 1887, pp 4, 6,8-9; MR 1888,

pp 5,8,10-11; MR 1889-90, pp 494-506; MR 1891, pp 587-588

Borax lake, California, analysis of water of ........................ Mon xui, p 265

Borax marsh, the Searles, San Bernardiuo county, California......MR 1889-90, pp

498-503 

Boric acid, a method for the separation and estimation of, with an account of a

convenient form of apparatus for quantitative distillations.... Bull 42, pp 64-72

Borneo, antimony production of................................. MR 1883-84, p 649

Borneo, fossil plants of, literature of the....................... Ann 8,11, pp 806-807

Borneo, quicksilver deposits in ..................................... .Mon xm, p 48

Borosilicates and borates, natural, analyses of .................... Bull 55, pp 56-62

Bosnia, manganese-ore production of ........... .MR 1888, p 142; MR 1889-90, p 130

Botany and paleobotany, interdependence of..................... Ann 5, pp 366-367

Boulders resulting from external attack.........................Mou xm, pp 68-72

Boundaries of the United States and of the several states and territories,

with a historical sketch of the territorial changes .................... Bull 13

Bower (A. S.), the Bower-Barff process ........................MR 1882, pp 164-171

Brachiopoda; description of species of the middle Cambrian of North America....................................................... .Bull 30, pp 95-123

Brachiopoda, fossil, of the Raritau clays aud greeusand marls of New«Jcrsey .........................................................Mon ix, pp 5-15

Brachiopoda of the Cambrian of the Eureka district, Nevada.... Mou vin, pp 12-64

Brachiopoda of the Carboniferous of the Eureka district, Nevada....Mou vin, pp

213-224
340 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Brachiopoda of the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada.. .Mon vni, pp 106-164 

Brachiopoda of the lower Silurian of the Eureka district, Nevada. ....Mon vm, pp

67-76

Brachiopoda of the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York .. .Bull 16, pp 24-

25,62-63 

Brachiopoda of the Olenellus zone ............................ Ann 10, i, pp 607-614

Brandon formation, digest of the literature of the................. Bull 83, pp 90-94

Brass, statistics of.........MR 1883-84, pp 345-347; MR 1885, pp 219,220; MR 1886,

pp 120, 121; MR 1887, pp 78,79; MR 1888, p'63; MR 1889-90, pp 67,68, 69 

Brass used in standards of United States bureau of weights and measures,

analysis of....................................................Bull 78, p 129

Brazil, diamond mines of.......................................... .MR 1887, p 568

Brazil, fossil plants of, literature of the....................... Ann 8, n, pp 823-824

Brazil, gold production of, compared with that of other countries.. ....MR 1883-84,

pp 319,320 

Brazil, quicksilver deposits in ..................................Mon xiu, pp 23-24

Brick clay from NOAV Ulin, Minnesota, analysis of .................... Bull 60, p 151

Brick, tile, etc., statistics of.................................. .MR 1882, pp 457-458;

MR 1883-84, pp 679-711; MR 1885, pp 415-427; MR 1886,

pp 566-580; MR 1887, pp 534-551; MR 1888, pp 557-571

Bridge-building, iron and steel, progress in......................MR 1891, pp 66-68

Bridger group of rocks, correlation of the...........Bull 83, pp 117,123,141-142,146

Brine, chemistry of..............................................Ann 7, pp 498-504

Brine, impurities of ............................................. Ann 7, pp 500-504

Brines, analyses of..............................................Ann 3, pp 226,227;

Ann 8, II, p 620; Mon i, pp 227, 253-255; Mon xi, pp 233,234;

MR 1883-84, pp 833,845; MR 1885, p 552; MR 1887, pp 619,630

British Columbia, Cenozoic epoch in, general considerations on-the..... .Bull 84, pp

273-276 

British Columbia, fossil plants from, literature of the.......... Ann 8, u, pp 836-838

British Columbia, Neocene deposits of.....................J. .. Bull 84, pp 230-232

British Columbia. See, also, Canada.

Brochantite from Utah............................................ Bull 55, pp 46-47

Brochantite from Yavapai county, Arizona, analysis of................ Bull 78, p 121

Bromine, statistics of.. MR 1883-84, pp 851-853; MR 1885, pp 486-487; ME 1886, pp 642- 

643; MR 1887, pp 626-627; MR 1888, p 613; MR 1889-90, p 493; MR 1891, p 579 

Bromine, chlorine, and iodine, the indirect estimation of, by the electrolysis

of their silver salts, with experiments on the convertibility of the silver : 

salts by the action of alkaline haloids....................... Bull 42, pp 89-93

Brongniart (Adolphe Theodore), biographical sketch of................ Ann 5, p 372

-Buck (S. M.), coal mining in the Kanawha valley of West Virginia.. ....MR 1883-84,

pp 131-143 

Buffalo peaks, Colorado, geological sketch' of.......................Bull 1, pp 11-17

Buhrstones, statisticsof................................MR 1882, p477; MR 1883-34,

pp 712-713; MR 1885, p 428; MR 1886, pp 581-582; MR 1887, 

p552; MR 1888, p 576; MR 1889-90, p 456; MR 1891, p 552 

Buhrstone, the, of South Carolina, Alabama, and Mississippi........Bull 83, pp SI52, 61-62,68 

Building industry in general, statistics of the................ MR 1886, pp 517-536;

MR 1887, pp 503-511; MR 1888, pp 516-535 

Building Sand, statistics of........... MR 1883-84, pp 667-668; MR 1885, pp 404-4Q5

Building stone, statistics of...... MR 1882, pp 450-457; MR 1883-84, pp 662-667; MR

1885, pp 396-404; MR 1886, pp 536-556; MR 1887, pp 511-527; 

MR 1888, pp 536-544; MR 1889-90, p 374; MR 1891, pp 456^73 

Bullion product, annual, of the United States and of thewQrld.,, ...Ann 2, pp 399-401 

Bullion, See, also, Precious metals,
WAKMAN.] INDEX. 341

Bunbury (Sir Charles James Fox), biographical sketch of.............. Ann 5, p 379

Burmah, fossil plants of, literature of the........................... Ann 8, n, p 793

Burmah, petroleum fields and wells of......... MR 1886, pp 48CM84; MR 1888, p 474

Burnetan system of rocks of Texas.............................. Bull 86, pp 267-269

Burrowing animals as soil-makers............................ Ann 12, i, pp 274-287

Business organization of the United States geological survey ...... Ann 8, i, pp 3-69

Butte, Montana, the mines and reductiou works of..................... MR 1883-84,

pp 374-396; MR 1891, pp 90-99 

Butterflies, known fossil, classified list of........................... Ann 8, i, p 440

Butterflies, the fossil, of Florissant, Colorado...............*.... Ann 8, i, pp 433-474

Cache la poudre river basin, Colorado, hydrography of the...... Ann 11, n, pp 44,95

Cache lake beds of California................................... Bull 84, pp 201-202

Calcareous tufa. See Tufa.

Calcite from Table mountain, Colorado, occurrence and description of. .Bull 20, p 39

Calcium and magnesium, separation of sodium and potassium from, by the action

of amyl alcohol on the chlorides............................ Bull 42, pp 73-88

Calcium carbonate, deposition of..... ............................... Mon xr, p 187

Calibration of electrical pyrometers...................... Bull 54, pp 84-125,165-238

California, altitudes in.................................... Bull 5, pp 37-54; Bull 76

California, antimony deposits in ................................... MR 1882, p 438;

MR 1883-84, pp 641-642; MR 1885, p 387 

California, asphalturn deposits and industry of... .MR 1883-84, pp 938-948; MR 1888,

pp 513-514; MR 1889-90. p 477; MR 1891, p 452 

California; basalt from Pitt river, analysis of..........................Bull 9, p 16

California, borax deposits and statistics of............ MR 1882, pp 566-567,570-576;

MR 1883-84, pp 859,860; MR 1885, pp 491-492; MR 1886,

pp 678-680; MR 1889-90, pp 494-504; MR 1891, p 587

California; borax marsh, the Searles, in San Bernardino county .... ....MR 1889-90,

pp 498-503 

California, boundary lines of, and admission of state........... '. . .Bull 13, pp 31,129

California, building stone from, statistics of....................... MR 1882, p 451;

MR 1883-84, pp 663-664; MR 1886, pp 545-546; MR

1887, pp 514, 518; MR 1888, pp 536,538,541,542,545

California; cement from South Riverside, composition of..........MR 1889-90, p 463

California, cement manufacture in......... MR 1882, p 463; MR 1883-84, pp 675-676;

MR 1885, p 409; MR 1889-90, p 463; MR 1891, p 536 

California, chromium from............. MR 1882, p 428; MR 1883-84, pp 569-571, 572;

MR 1885, pp 357-358; MR 1886, p 176; MR 1887, p 132; MR 1888, pp 119-120 

California, clay, brick> and pottery industry in.......MR 1882,p 475; MR 1883-84,

pp 678,702-704; MR 1888, pp 558,566; MR 1891, pp 526-528 

California; clays from shore of Owen's lake, analyses of................ Bull 55, p 89

California, coal area and statistics of...........Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,pp 90-94;

MR 1883-84, pp 12,19-24; MR 1885, pp 11,15-18; MR 1886, pp

225,230, 242-243; MR 1887, pp 169,209-212; MR 1888, pp 170,

171,225; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 178-179; MR 1891, pp 180,212-215

California; coal from Shasta county, analysis of...................... MR 1891, p 215

California, copper statistics of..Ann 2, p xxix, MR 1882, pp 216,226-227; ME&883-84,

pp 329, 340-341; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR 1887,

pp 69,76; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83,84

California, Cretaceous fossils from, new.................................... Bull 22

California, Cretaceous rocks of.......................... Bull 82, pp 181-194,240-241

California; dacites from Lassen's peak, analyses of...................... Bull 9, p 16

California, earthquakes in^in 1889..........................................Bull 68

California, earthquakes in, in 1890 and 1891.................................Bull 95

California, foasil Molluaca, new, from the Chico-Tejon series of. ....Bull 51, pp 11-27
342 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

California, fossils from...................... Ann 4, pp 291-316; Ann 8, n, pp 919-922

California, gas, natural, in................ MR 1887, pp 499-501; MR 1888, pp 509-510

California, geologic and palcoritologic investigations in ....Ann 1, pp 38-39; Ann 4,

pp 40-41; Ann 5, pp 31-32,42-43,47-48; Ann 6, pp 60, 67-70, 72-73; Ann 7, pp 94,

97-102; Ann 8,1,153-155; Ann 9, pp 96-97,100-101,124; Ann 10,1,27-28,141-

143,145-146; Ann 11, i, pp 90-91,95-96; Ann 12, i, pp 57,72,101,104-106, 111, 116

California, geologic maps of, listed ............................... Bull 7, pp 122-126

California, geology of northern, notes on the.................. ..... 1........ Bull 33

California; geology of the Lassen peak district.................Ann 8, i, pp 395-432

California; geology of the quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope .... ....Ann 8, n,

pp 961-985; Mon xm 

California; glaciers, existing, of the United States................ Ann 5, pp 303-355

California, gold and silver statistics of...... ....Ann 2,p 385; MR 1882, pp 172, 174,

176, 177, 178, 182; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, 315; MR

1885, pp 201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104, 105; MR 1887, pp 58,

59; MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR .1889-90, p 49; 1891, pp 75,77,80

California, gypsum deposits and industry of........MR 1882, p 529; 1883-84, pp 812-

813; MR 1885, p 463; MR 1886, p 623; MR 1887, p 

602; MR 1889-90, p 465; MR 1891, pp 580, 581 

California; halloysite from Detroit copper mine, near Mono lake, analysis

of...............................................................Bull 9,p 12

California; iron and steel from, statistics of....... MR 1882, pp 120,125,129,131,133,

135,136,137; MR 1883-84, pp 252, 286-287; MR 1885, pp 182, 184, 186,

197-198; MR 1886, p 18; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888, p 15; MR 1889-90, p 12

California, irrigation in, law governing, quoted at length.... Ann 11, n, pp 242-250

California, irrigation progress and problems in...............Ann 11, n, pp 235-237

California, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc.,

in ....................... Ann 10, n, pp viii, 58-59, 61-62, 66-67, 102-104; Ann

11, n, pp 150-168,297-298; Ann 12, n, pp 10-54,316-324 

California; lavas from near Lassen peak, analyses of............Bull 60, pp 155-157

California, lead deposits in............ MR 1882, p 313; MR 1883-84, p 416; MR 1885,

p 248; MR 1886, p 146; MR 1887, p 104; MR 1889-90, p 80 

California, lime production of.....................................MR 1887, p 532;

MR 1888, p. 555; MR 1889-90, p 383; MR 1891, p 465 

California; limestone from San Benito county, analyses of........MR 1889-90, p 383

California, manganese ore in................. ME 1885, p 349; MR 1886, pp 181, 197;

MR 1888, pp 124,128; MR 1889-90, pp 127,131; MR 1891, pp 127,131-132 

California; marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of

western North America .............................................. Bull 18

California, Mesozoic and Cenozoic paleqntology of.......................... Bull 15

California; metaciuuabarite from New Almaden................... Bull 78, pp 80-83

California, mineral springs of.............................................. Bull 32,

pp 202-214; MR 1883-84, p 980; MR 1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 715; MR

1887, p 683; MR 1888, p 626; MR 1889-90, p 525; MR 1891, pp 603-604

California; mineralogy of the Pacific coast, contributions to the............Bull 61

California, minerals of, the iiseful......... MR 1882, pp 767-769; MR 1887, pp 703-707

California, Neocene of, summary of our knowledge of the.... ....Bull 84, pp 194-222

California, nickel ore in..........................................MR 1883-84, p 539

California; obsidian, scoriaceous, from Mono valley, analysis of.......... Bull 9, p 14

California, petroleum in, localities and statistics of.... ....MR 1882, p 189; 1883-84,

pp 218-220; MR 1885, pp 148-152; MR 1886, pp 441,461-

462; MR 1887, pp 438, 452-455; MR 1888, pp 444, 464;

MR 1889-90, pp 292, 340-348; MR 1891, pp 405, 407, 432

California, precious stones found in..................... MR 1883-S4, pp 730-732,763
INDEX.

-\ California; Quaternary and recent Molluuca of the Great basin, with descriptions of new forms, introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary lakes of 

the Great basin...................................................... Bull 11

California; Quaternary history of Mono valley.................. Ann 8, i, pp 261-394

California, quicksilver deposits, works, and statistics of........ MR 1882. pp 387-398;

; MR 1883-84, pp 492-496; MR 1885, pp 284-289; MR 1886, pp 160-168; MR 1887,

pp 118,120; MR 1888, pp 97,99-100; MR 1889-90, pp 94-99; MR 1891, pp 119-121

California; quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope..Ann 8, ii,pp961-985; Monxin

California; quicksilver reduction at New Almaden........... MR 1883-84, pp 503-536

California, rocks from, analyses of.................................. Bull 55, pp 84-85

i California; rocks from sandstone dikes and from mount Diablo, analyses of..Bull 78

pp 123-124 

California, salines and refineries in ............................ MR 1882, pp 570-571

* California; saiissurite from Shasta county, analyses of................... Bull 9, p 10

California, silver and gold in, comparative production of ............ Ann *2, p xxxvi

California, salt from, statistics of........ MR 1882, pp 532-534,547-549; MR 1883-84,

pp 827,845-847; ME 1885, pp 474,480-483; MB 1886, pp 628,637-638; MR 1887, 

' pp 611, 622; MR 1888, pp 597-598, 605; MR 1889-90, pp 482,489; MR 1891, p 572 . California; soda, natural, of Mono and Owen's lakes ...... Bull 60, pp 53,57-67, 75-78

California, stratigraphy of, notes on the .................... ..^.........,... Bull 19

California, sulphur production of........................... MR 1883-84, pp 864-865

California, Tcjon strata of ...................................... Bull 83, pp 100-103

California, tin ore in.......................................MR 1883-84, pp 614-615;

MR 1889-90, pp 119,121; MR 1891, p 164

California, topographic work in.. .Ann 4, pp 4-6, 7-9; Ann 5, pp 13-14,47-4.8; Ann 6, 

pp 15-16; Ann7, pp 55-56; Ann 8, i, pp 105,13.1; Ann9, p 58; Ann 

10, i, p 97; n, pp 66-67; Ann 11, 11, pp' 295-296; Ann 12, i, p 45

California; tourmaline from Nevada county, description and analysis of. .Bull 90, p 39 

\ California, volcanic eruption (a late one) in, and its peculiar lava......;.... Bull 79

' California; water from Matilija hot springs, near San Buenaventura, analysis

of.............................................................. Bull 60, p 174

Californiajnvater from Owen's lake, analysis of.... .....". .......... ....Bull 55,p 93

California; waters from lakes Mono, Tahoe, and other localities in, analyses

of............................................. Bull 9, pp 26-28; Bull 42, p 149

California-Nevada, reservoir sites and irrigable lands in, reported by topog.- 

J raphers ............................................ Ann 11, n, pp 297-298, 310

1 California, Oregon, and Washington, Cenozoic epoch in, general cousidera-

> tions on the .............................................. Bull 84, pp 269-273

Call (R. E.), Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the Great basin.... Bull 11, pp 13-66

Caloosahatchie beds of Florida.'................................ .Bull 84, pp 142-149

Cambrian; a correlation essay, by C. D. Walcott........................... Bull 81

Cambrian; classification of the early Cambrian and pre-Cainbrian formations ....................................................... Ann 7, pp 365-454

Cambrian; Eastern sandstone, junction between the, and the Keweeuaw series

of lake Superior......................................................Bull 23

Cambrian; Eastern sandstone of the Penokee district, lake Superior......Mon xix,

j pp 461^63 

Cambrian fauna of the Eureka district, Nevada........... Mou xx, pp 41-47,191-192

Cambrian faunas of North America ................................ Bull 10; Bull 30

Cambrian fossils of the Eureka alistrict, Nevada......... .Mon vm, pp 11-64,268-269

Cambrian fossils of the Eureka district, Nevada, systematic list of......... Mou xx,

pp 320-321 

Cambrian group, table showing classification of the................. Ann 10, i, p 548

Cambrian, lower, bibliography of the rocks and fossils of the.. .Ann 10,1, pp 516-524
344 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Cambrian, lower, fauna, notes on the genera and species of the ........... Ann 10, i,

pp 597-760 

Cambrian, lower, geographic distribution of the ............... Ann 10, i, pp 564-581

Cambrian, lower, review of investigations relating to the......Ann 10,1, pp 524-547

Cambrian, lower, or Olenellus zone, fauna of the............... Ann 10, i, pp 509-763

Cambrian, lower, relations of the, to the superjacent faunas.... Ann 10, i, pp 581-597

Cambrian of the lake Superior region............................ Ann 3, pp 155-156;

Mon v, pp 351-352,366,443; Bull 62 

Cambrian rocks, enlargements in................................... Bull 8, pp 39-41

Cambrian rocks in northeastern Iowa.......................... Ann 11, i, pp 333-334

Cambrian rocks in the Leadville, Colorado, district............... Ann 2, pp 217-218

Cambrian rooks in the upper Missouri region ....................... Ann 6, pp 50-51

Cambrian rocks of mount Desert island, Maine............... Ann 8, u, pp 1058-1059

Cambrian rocks of North America, classification of the................. Bull 30, p 63

Cambrian rocks of Texas.......................................... Bull 45, pp 56,87

Cambrian rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada .................. Ann 3, pp 254-259;

Mon vn, pp 5-10; Mon xx, pp 34-62 

Cambrian rocks of the Mosquito range, Colorado ............. Mon xn, pp 58-60,277

Cambrian strata of North America, map showing the........... Ann 10, I, pp 510-511

Cambrian time, the North American continent during.......... Ann 12, i, pp 523-568

Cambrian time, the North American continent and the continent of Europe

during ..................................................Ann 10, i, pp 556-564

Cambrian. See, also, Paleozoic.

Camden series of rocks of Arkansas................................ Bull 83, pp 74-75

Campbell (D. W.), digest of decisions relating to the use and control of water

in the arid region. See p 324 of this bulletin. 

Canada; Acadian area of the Newark system...................Bull 85, pp 19-20,80

Canada; Acadian province, the upper Paleozoic formations in the, correlations and classifications of the............................. Bull 80, pp 226-257

Canada, antimony mines and production of ................. ME 1883-84, pp 644-645

Canada, Archean and Algonkian literature of........... Bull 86, pp 209-247, 501-503

Canada, asbeslus production of ................................ .MR 1883-84, p 913;

MR 1885, p 521; MR 1889-90, p 514 

Canada, Cambrian rocks in, investigations of...................... Bull 81, pp 56-67,

80-88,262-267, 285-287,326,334,380,382 

Canada; coal area and output of Nova Scotia compared with those of other

countries........ MR 1882, p 5; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887, p 189

Canada, coal production of.......................................... MR 1891, p 73

Canada, copper production of....MR 1882,p 257; MR 1883-84,pp 356, 373; MR 1885,

p 229; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, pp 87,97; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1891, p 101 

Canada, fossil plants of, literature of the ...................... Ann 8,11, pp 842-848

Canada, gas, natural, in.................MR 1887, pp 501-502; MR 1891, pp 443-448

Canada, geological maps of, list of the............................. Bull 7, pp 39-51

Canada, gold production of, compared with that of other countries.... MR 1883-84,

pp 319, 320 

Canada; gypsum deposits of Nova Scotia....................... MR 1883-84, p 809;

MR 1885, pp 459-460; MR 1887, pp 602, 603 

Canada,manganese production of.. ....MR 1883-84, p554; MR 1885,pp350-356; MR

1886, p 198; MR 1887, pp 153-154; MR 1888, pp 133-136; MR 1889-90, p 130 

Canada, mining law of............................^ ............MR 1883-84, p 1003

Canada; nickel ores at Sudbnry................................ MR 1888, pp 110-117

Canada, nickel production of..................................MR 1882, pp 402, 403;

MR 1888, pp 110-116; MR 1889-90. p 125; MR 1891, pp 167,168 

Canada, petroleum production of...... MR 1887, pp 456-458; MR 1888, pp 443,467-473

Canada, phosphate deposits of..................................... Bull 46, pp 23-42
_ WARMAN.] INDEX. 345

 v. Canada, pyrites production of................................... ME 1883-84, p 881;

MR 1885, pp 506-507; MR 1886, p 656

Canada; rocks from Kakahikka falls, Kainiiiistiquia^river, Ontario, analyses

of.............................................................Bull 42,p 139

Canada and the northwest territories, elevations in......,...._...... Bull 6; Bull 72

J Canada. See, also, British Columbia; Newfoundland.

Canal lines to divert water from Snake river in Idaho .... ....Ann 11, n, pp 190-200

Canals. See, also, Irrigation.

Cancrinite, from Litchfield, Maine, analysis of .................... Bull 42, pp 29-30

Canyon. See Grand canyon. m

Canyons traversing the npthrusts and folds of the Uiuta and Park ranges . ..Ann 9,

pp 706-712

Cape Ann, Massachusetts, geology of............................ Ann 9, pp 529-611

Caprinic acid, compressibility and thermal expansion of............... Bull 92, p 35

Carbon in steel....................................................... Bull 25, p 12

Carbonate of lime, deposition of................................. Ann 9, pp 640-645

j Carbonate of lime, solution of, ill natural waters...................... Ann 9, p 637

* Carbonate of soda, analyses of................................ MR 1882, pp 601, 602

Carbonate ores, analysis of.......i..................................Mon xir, p 544

Carboniferous age of peridotite in Kentucky ..................... Bull 38, pp 28-29

Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri, flora of the ................. Bull 98

Carboniferous; Coal measures or Pennsylvania series; the development of its

nomenclature and classification in the Appalachian provinces........ Bull 80,

pp 83-107

Carboniferous; comparative stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of the 

>- * northern half of the Appalachian field............................... Bull 65

Carboniferous fauna of the Eureka district, Nevada ...................... Mon xx,

pp 86-91, 94-95, 96, 98, 171, 194, 199

Carboniferous fossils of the Eureka district, Nevada.. .Mon vm,pp 212-267, 279-281 

Carboniferous fossils of the Eureka district, Nevada, systematic list of....Mon xx,

pp 330-333 

Carboniferous limestone of northern California, character and distribution of .

the......................................................... Bull 33, pp 10-12

Carbonifeixms nonconformity in the Gunuison region of Colorado..Ann 6, pp 65-66 

Carboniferous; nonmarine fossil Mollusca of North America......Ann 3, pp 411-486

j Carboniferous Ostreidee of North America............................. Ann 4, p 288

I

' Carboniferous; Permian of Kansas and Nebraska and other parts of the 

United States, discussions relative to t^e correlation of the...... ....Bull 80,

pp 193-212 

Carboniferous; Permian of Texas and its Mesozoic types of fossils..........Bull 77

Carboniferous; Permian of the Grand canyon district..... ....Ann 2, pp 64, 91-94;

Mon ir, pp 16, 43-46, 117-121 

Carboniferous; Permian of the Plateau country..........Ann 6, pp 134-135,184-185

 Carboniferous rocks containing bitumen deposits ..... Ann 11, i, pp 598-599,638-639

Carboniferous rocks in California................................. Bull 19, pp 21-23

Carboniferous rocks in the Leadville, Colorado, district..........Ann 2, pp 218-220

' j Carboniferous rocks in the region of the Uinta mountains ........ Ann 9, pp 687-688

 Carboniferous rocks in the upper Missouri region................... Ann 6, pp 51-52

Carboniferous rocks of Lassen peak district, Colorado.......... Ann 8, n, pp 404-405

Carboniferous rocks of northeastern Iowa..................... Ann 11, i, pp 308-313

Carboniferous rocks of Texas..................................... Bull 45, pp 56-62

Carboniferous rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada.. ^........... Ann 3, pp 268-272;

Mon xx, pp 63-98 

Carboniferous rocks of the Grand canyon district...........:...... Ann 2, pp 64-66;

 * Mon n, pp 18,87-89,178-179
346 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Carboniferous rocks of the Mosquito range, Colorado......... Mon xn, pp 63-70, 278

Carboniferous strata of southwestern Kansas................... Bull 57, pp 13,19-20

Carboniferous strata of the Plateau country.......... Ann 6, pp 132-133,159-162.184

Carboniferous system, fishes of the............................. Mon xvi, pp 75-228

Carboniferous and Devonian, a correlation essay, by H. S. Williams..... ....Bull 80

Carboniferous and Devonian formations of the Eureka district, Nevada........Mon

xx, pp 63-98

Carboniferous. See, also, Paleozoic.

Carburets, iron, electrical and magnetic properties of the.. Bull 14; Bull 27, pp 30-50 

Carburets, iron, physical characteristics of the............. Ann 4, pp 53-59; Bull 35

Carll (J. F.), quoted on natural gas in Pennsylvania............MR 1887, pp 467-474

Carruthers (William), biographical sketch of..................... Ann 5, pp 384-385

Carson river and valley, Nevada, irrigation surveys of......... Ann 11, n, pp 179-180

Carson river basin, hydrography of.. .. Ann 11, rl, pp 65-66,102,109;JLUU 12, n, p 325

Cartographic system for geologic maps........................... Ann 7, pp 104-106

Cartography, geologic, color scheme for........................... Ann 2, pp xlix-lii

Cartography, geologic, conference on, and standards adopted..... Ann 10, i, pp 56-79

Cascade and Coast ranges, structure of the........................ Ann 7, pp 98-102 *

Cascade, Coast and Sierra nevada ranges, relation of the.............. Bull 19, p 20;

". Bull 33, pp 19-20 

Cascade mountains, geological examination of the.............. Ann 8, I, pp 159-164

Cascade mountains, structure of the........................... Mon xm, pp 205-207

Cascade mountains. See, also, Oregon; Washington.

Cassiterite from veins in the Black hills, Dakota, and other localities, analyses of..................................................MR 1888, pp 153,154

Catalogue, annotated and illustrated, of uonmadue Mollusca of North America.... ;............................................. ......Ann 3, pp 420-550

Catalogue. See Bibliography.

Catlett (C.), native gold from Persia, analysis of..................... Bull 60, p 137

Catlett (C.), pyroxene and'serpentine from Montville, New Jersey, analyses

of..............................................................Bull 60, p!37

Catlett (C.) and Clarke (F. W.), a platiniferousnickel ore from Canada....Bull 64,

pp 20-21 

CaArerns or sink-holes formed by the action of soil water............ Ann 12, i, p 257

Caves in limestone found in connection with ore bodies.. ..Mon vn, pp 73-74,94-100

Caves, theory of formation of.................................... Mon vu, pp 94,189

Cement, ancient Mexican, analysis of.................................. Bull 27, p 72.

Cement from South Riverside, California, composition of ... .^.... .MR 1889-90, p 463

Cement, Portland, industry in America, history of the........... MR 1891, pp 535-537

Cement, statistics of.......MR 1882,pp 459-464; MR 1883-84, pp 671-676; MR 1885,

pp 405-409; MR 1886, pp 556-564; MR 1887, pp 527-532; MR

1888, pp 551-554; MR 1889-90, pp 461-464; MR 1891, pp 529-538

Cements, analyses of............. MR 1882, p 460; MR 1883-84, p 676; MR 1887, p 531

Cenozoic beds and formations of the United States, excluding the Laramie,

list of names applied to the............................... Bull 84, pp 320-336

Cenozoic epoch on the Pacific coast of North America, general considerations

on the..... .............................................f. Bull 84, pp 269-273

Cenozoic formations, classification of the.......................... Bull 83; Bull 84

Cenozoic and Mesozoic paleontology of California.... J..................... Bull 15

Cenozoic. See, also, Eocene; Neocene; Tertiary.

Central America, geological map of a portion of, described ............ Bull 7, p 149

Cephalopoda from the Carboniferous of the Eureka district, Nevada..... .Mou vni,

pp 265-266 

Cephalopoda from the Cretaceous of Arkansas..................... Bull 4, pp 16-17

Cephalopoda from the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada.. Mon vin, pp 200-204
WARMAN.] INDEX. 347

>

Cephalopoda from the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York ......Bull 16,

pp 20-22, 47-52 

Cephalopoda from the lower Silurian of the Eureka district, Nevada......Mon VIM,

pp 86-88 

Cephalopoda of the Eocene ................................................ Bull 83

Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda of the Raritan clays iind greensaiid mavis of

New Jersey ....................................................... Mon xvin

Cephalopoda and gasteropocls from the N°ew Jersey Cretaceous recognized at

other localities, table showing ............................... Mon xvin, p 30

Cessions and purchases, territory of the United States acquired by..Bull 13, pp 19-32 

Ceylon, graphite mining in ...................... '. .................. MR 1891, p 589

Chabazite from Table mountain, Colorado, general description and chemical

composition of.............................................. Bull 20, pp 23-24

Chalcophyllite frt>m Utah..............................................Bull 55, p 43

Chalks, statistics of........................................MR 1883-84, pp 930-932

Chama district, New Mexico, irrigation in the ................ Ann 12, n, pp 261-269

Chamber dust, analysis and composition of..................... Mon xn, pp 711-717

Chamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1881-82...............Ann 3, pp 17-21

Chamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1882-83............... Ann 4, pp 23-27

Chamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1883-84............... Ann 5, pp 20-24

Chamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1884-85...............Ann 6, pp 33-4:0

Chamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1885-86...............Ann 7, pp 76-85

Chamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1886-87........... Ann 8, i, pp 141-144

-Hbamberliu (T. C.), administrative report for 1887-88........:...... Ann 9, pp 84-87

lamberlm (T. C.), administrative report for 1888-89........... Ann 10, i, pp 128-129

PPinberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1889-90............. Ann 11, i, pp 74-76

nChamberlin (T. C.), administrative report for 1890-91............. Ann 12, i, pp 88-90

Chamberlin (T. C.), conditions of artesian wells.................. Ann 5, pp 125-173

Chamberlin (T. C.); introduction to Wright's "Glacial boundary"..Bull 58, pp 13-38 

" Chamberlin (T. C.), rock-scorings of the great ice invasions.......Ann 7,pp 147-248

Chamberlin (T. C.), terminal moraine of the second glacial epoch.. Ann 3, pp 291-402 

Chamberlin (T. C.) and Irving (R. D.), observations on the junction betAveen 

the Eastern sandstone and the Keweeuaw scries on Keweenaw point, 

lake Superior ........................................................ Bull 23

Chamberlin (T. C.) and Salisbury (K. D.), driftless area of tlie upper Mississippi valley................................................ Ann 6, pp 199-322

Chance (H. M.), anthracite coal mining.....................MR 1883-84, pp 104-131

Chance (H. M.), Choctaw coal fields, Indian territory, description of the.. .MR 1889-

90, pp 207-214 

Charcoal and coals from Montana, analyses of............... MR 1889-90, pp 229,230

Charleston earthquake of August 31, 1886......................... Ann 9, pp 203-528

Chatard (T. M.), an apparatus for the determination of water in mineral

analyses....................................................Bull 78, pp 84-86

Chatard (T. M.), corundum and emery ...................... MR 1883-84, pp 714-720

Chatard (T. M.), estimation of alkalies in silicates ... i-............. Bull 9, pp 36-37

Chatard (T. M.), natural soda, its occurrence and utilization......Bull 60, pp 27-101

Chatard (T. M.), salt-making processes in the United States ...... Ann 7, pp 491-535

Chatard (T. M.), the gneiss cluuyte contacts of Corundum hill, North Carolina,

 in relation to the origin of corundum ....................... Bull 42, pp 45-63

Chatard (T. M.), the separation of titanium, chromium, aluminum, iron,

barium, and phosphoric acid in rock analyses ............... Bull 78, pp 87-90

Chatard (T.M.) and Clarke (F. W.), mineral, rock, ore, and water analyses............................................................Bull 9, pp 9-35

Chattalioochee group of rocks of Georgia and Florida.... ....Bull 84, pp 83,105-107

Chemical action between solids ................................... Bull 64, pp 34-37
348 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

. Bull 52, p 37

tioii. See the various substances.

Chemical alteration of rocks . 

Chemical analyses and compos 

Chemical and geological evid< nee of the identity of rocks of Washoe, Nevada,

of different degrees of crystallization ...................... Bull 17, pp 29-39

Chemical and physical effect of sudden cooling of glass..........Bull 42, pp 98-131

Chemical deposits of Mono lake, California............. Ann 8, i, pp 296-298, 310-315

Chemical effect of precipitants........................................ Bull 36, p 24

Chemical effect of temperature in subsidence of fine solid particles in liquids.. Bull

36, pp 20-21 

Chemical elements, the relative abundance of the.................. Bull 78, pp 34-42

Chemical equilibrium of solids, in its relation to pressure and to temperature......................................................Bull 94, pp 109-135 '

Chemical evidence of the origin of fayalite and lithophysae....... Ann 7, pp 282-283

Chemical history of lake Lahoutan .......... Ann 3, pp 211-215; Mon xi, pp 172-237

Chemical history of the Cornstock lode, Nevada ................. Ann 2, pp 307-310

Chemical impregnation of artesian water ........................ Ann 5, pp 165-167

Chemical metamorphism of the Menominee and Marquette rocks.. Bull 62, pp 208-217 

Chemical origin of petroleum and natural gas. /. ............. Ann 8, n, pp 486-487

Chemical properties of lead slags........................... MR 1883-84, pp 447-453

Chemical reactions in copper smelting................ Bull 26, pp 53-54,61-62, 64-66

Chemical relations of gabbro and diorite.......................... Bull 28, pp 37-39

Chemical structure of natural silicates ........................... Bull 60, pp 13-20

Chemical tests of steel........................................... Bull 25, pp 72-75

Chemistry of the Cornstock lode ....................... Mon in, pp 209-227,384-?^

Chemistry of the rocks and ores of Leadville, Colorado ....... .Mon xn, pp 585

Chemistry, work in, during 1883-84 ........................Ann 5, pp 59-62; LChemistry and physics, work in, during 1884-85........... Ann 6, pp 86-88; Bull zT

Chemistry and physics, work in, during 1885-86......... Ann 7, pp 127-130; Bull 42

Chemistry and physics, work in, during 1886-87....... Ann 8,I, pp 189-193; Bull 55

Chemistry and physics, work in, during 1887-88......... Ann 9, pp 141-143; Bull 60

Chemistry and physics, work in, during 1888-89....... Ann 10,1, pp 177-181; Bull 64

Chemistry and physics, work in, during 1889-90...... Ann 11,1, pp 125-127; Bull 78

Chemistry and physics, work in, during 1890-91...... Ann 12, i, pp 127-129; Bull 90

Chemung-Catskill formations, history of the discussions concerning the correlation of the...........................................Bull80, pp 121-134

Chenevixite from Tintic mining district, Utah..................... Bull 20, pp 85-86

Chert in limestone of the Penokee series, origin of............. Ann 10, i, pp 367-369

Cherty iron carbonates, action of water in the formation of......... Ann 10, r, p 395

Cherty limestone of Penokee iron-bearing series, petrographical character,

origin, etc... Ann 10, i, pp 365-369,446,472,480-490; Mon xix, pp 127-142,443-455 

Chesapeake bay, geology of the head of.......................... Ann 7, pp 537-646

Chesapeake formation of Maryland, North Carolina, and Florida...... Ann 12, i, pp

410-412; Bull 84, pp 54,68,123-126 

Chester (F. D.), the gabbros and associated rocks in Delaware.............. Bull 59

Chico-tej on series ............................Ann 6, pp 68-70,73; Bull 15, pp 11-17;

Bull 19, pp 14,17; Bull 83, pp 100-110 

Chico-tejon series in Oregon and Washington, equivalents of the .... Bull 51, pp 28-32

Chico-tejon series of California, new fossil Mollusca from the....... Bull 51, pp 11-27

Chico-tejon. See, also, Cretaceous; Eocene.

Chile, copper production of.... ...... MR 1882, pp 252-253; MR 1883-84, pp 356,363;

MR 1885, pp 229,234; MR 1886, pp 128,132-133, MR 1887, pp 88,

92-93; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, pp 101,102

Chile, fossil plants of, literature of the........................ Ann 8, 11, pp 820-821

Chile, geological maps of, list of the.............................. Bull 7, pp 156,157

Chile, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries.... .MR

1883-84, pp 319,320
WAHJIAN.] INDEX. 3,49

Chile, iodine production of................. MR 1883-84, pp 857-858; MR 1885, p 488

Chile, manganese production of.........................MR 1886, p 206; MR 1888,

p 139; MR 1889-90, p 130; MR 1891, pp 138-141 

Chile, meteorites from, description and analysis of....... -j......... Bull 78, pp 95,97

Chile, quicksilver deposits in........................................ Mon xin, p 23

China, Cambrian rocks of............................................ Bull 81, p 377

China, fossil plants of, literature of the........................ Ann 8, n, pp 790-792

China, gas, natural, statistics of............................... MR 1891, pp 448-451

China, porcelain clays from, analyses of............................ Bull 27, pp 71-72

China, quicksilver mines of........... Ann 8, n, pp 965-966; Mon xin, pp 4, 6,14,46

China, tin production of.........................................MR 1883-84, p 623

Chi8olm(F.F.),Dakota coal........................................MR 1888,p240

Chisolm(F.F.),iron in the Rocky mountain division... ....MR 1883-84,pp281-286;

MR 1885, p 196; MR 1887, pp 28-29; MR 1888, pp 33-35 

Chisolm(F.F.), Wyoming coal.................................MR 1888, pp 390-394

Chlorhydric acid, aqueous, coefficients of volatility for.......... Bull 60, pp 115-117

Chlorine, bromine, and iodine, the indirect estimation of, by the electrolysis 

of their silver salts, with experiments on the convertibility of the silver 

salts by the action of alkaline haloid........................ Bull 42, pp 89-93

Chlorine in dolomites of the Mosquito range, Colorado............... Mon xn, p 279

Chlorite as a product of weathering.................................. Bull 62, p 213

Chlorite, formation of, in Comstock lode, Nevada .................... Mon in, p 211

Chlorite, formation of, in decomposition of rocks ............ Mon in, pp 72,210, 384

Chlorites, micas, and verrniculites, on the constitution of certain.... Bull 90, pp 11-21

Chloritizatiou, a kind of mineralogical metamorphism................. Bull 62, p 55

-Chondrodite from Iowa, description and analysis of.............. .Bull 78, pp 95-97

Christy (S. B.), quicksilver reduction at New Almaden .. ....MR 1883-84,pp 503-534

Chrome iron ore, statistics of ................................... MR 1891, pp 171-173

Chromium, foreign sources of .................................... MR 1883-84, p 571

Chromium, separation of, in rock analyses......................... Bull 78, pp 87-90

Chromium, statistics of.......... MR 1882, pp 428-430; MR 1883-84, pp 567-573; MR

1885, pp 357-360; MR 1886, pp 176-179; MR 1887, pp

132-133; MR 1888, pp 119-122; MR 1889-90, pp 137-140

Chryohydrates in relation to rock magmas............................. Bull 66, p 27

Chuar group of rocks of Arizona................................Bull 86, pp 329-332

Church (J. A.)) quoted on the Comstock lode, Nevada.............Mon in, pp 28-31

Cimolite from Norway, Maine, analysis of.............................. Bull 9, p 12

Cincinnati ice-dam........................................Bull 58, pp 17-38,76-101

Cinnabar and hot springs, association of ........................... Mon xin, p 403

Cinnabar and other ores, solution and precipitation of.................... Mon xin,

pp 269-270,419^37,473-474 

Cinnabar crystals from California ................................ Bull 61, pp 11-22

Cinnabar deposits of the Pacific slope and elsewhere ...................... Mon xm

Cinnabar, distribution of........................................Mon xin, pp 50-52

Cinnabar in British Columbia ...................................... Mon xin, p 384

Cinnabar in the Great basin ........................................Mon xin, p 385

Cinnabar, mineral association of ..................................... Mon xin, p 52

Cinnabar, pyrite, and gold of the quicksilver mines of the Pacific slope, origin

of the...............................................Mon xm, pp 438-450,475

Cinnabar, solubility of, in ammoniacal solutions................ Mon xm, pp 269-270

Cinnabar, solution and precipitation of....................... .Mon xm, pp 419-437

Cinnabar. See, also, Quicksilver.

Claiborne formation of Alabama and Mississippi ............... Bull 83, pp 62-64,68

Claiborne-Meridian deposits...................................Ann 12, i, pp 413-415

Clark (F, A.), report on Eureka topographical survey ........,,. . ....Ann 1, p 36
350 'PUBLICATIONS OF THE u. s. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. LBULL.IOO.

Clark (W. B.), a correlation essay Eocene........................... .[.....Bull 83

Clark (W. B.), the Mesozoic Echinodermata of the United States............ Bull 97

Clarke (F. W.), a new occurrence of gyrolite...................... Bull 64, pp 22-23

Clarke (F. W.), a theory of the mica group ........................ Bull 64, pp 9-19

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1883-84................... Ann 5, pp. 59-62

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1884-85................... Ann 6, pp 86-88

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1885-86................. Ann 7, pp 127-130

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1886-87 ......!.... .... Ann 8, i, pp, 189-193

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1887-88 ................. Ann 9, pp 141-143

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1888-89.............. Ann 10, i, pp 177-181

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1889-90.............. Ann 11,1, pp 125-127

Clarke (F. W.), administrative report for 1890-91.............. Ann 12, i, pp 127-129

Clarke (F.W.), analyses of jade.......... ...... ....................Bull 60,123-127

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1884-85.... Ann 6,

pp 86-88; Bull 27 

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1885-86.... Ann 7,

pp 127-130; Bull 42 

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1886-87.... Ann 8,

i, pp 189-193; Bull 55 

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1887-88.... Ann 9,

pp 141-143; Bull 60

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1888-89.. .Ann 10,

i, pp 177-181; Bull 64

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1889-90.. .Ann 11,

i, pp 125-127; Bull 78

Clarke (F. W.), chemistry and physics, report of work in, during 1890-91.. .Ann 12,

i, pp 127-129; Bull 90 

Clarke (F. W.), iridium, statistics of................................MR 1882, p 444

Clarke (F. W.), mica, statistics of.......................... .MR» 1883-84, pp 906-912

Clarke (F. W.), minerals of Litchfield, Maine......................Bull 42, pp 28-38

Clarke (F. W.), oligoclase from Bakersville, North Carolina.... ..Bull 60, pp 129-130

Clarke (F. W.), petatite from Peru, Maine............................ Bull 60, p 129

Clarke (F. W.), researches on the lithia micas..................... Bull 42, pp 11-27

Clarke (F. W.), some nickel ores from Oregon..................... Bull 60, pp 21-26

Clarke (F. W.), spessartite from Amelia county, Virginia.............. Bull 60, p 129

Clarke (F. W.), studies iu the mica group......................... Bull 55, pp 13-18

Clarke (F. W.), the chemical structure of the natural silicates..... .Bull 60, pp 13-20

Clarke (F. W.), the relative abundance of the chemical elements..Bull 78, pp 34-42 

Clarke (F. W.), topaz from Stoneham, Maine........................ Bull 27, pp 9-15

Clarke (F. W.), willemite from the Trotter mine, Franklin, New Jersey.. Bull 60, p 130 

Clarke (F. W.) and Catlett (C.)', a platiniferous nickel ore from Canada.... ....Bull

64, pp 20-21 

Clarke (F. W.) and Chatard (T. M.), mineral, rock, ore, and water analyses....Bull

9, pp 9-35 

Clarke (F. W.) and Diller (J. S.), turquoise from New Mexico...... Bull 42, pp 39-44

Clarke (F. W.) and Schueider (E.A.), experiments upon the constitution of

the natural silicates ........................................ Bull 78, pp 11-33

Clarke (F. W.) and Schueider (E.A), on the constitution of certain micas,

vermiculites, and chlorites.............................;.... Bull 90, pp 11-21

Clarke (J.M.), the higher Devonian faunas of Ontario couuty,New York....Bull 16

Classification and nomenclature of fossil plants .................. Ann 5, pp 425-439

Classification, natural method of, as indicated by paleobotany....Anu 5, pp 431-452

Classification of clays, commercial and natural................. MR 1891, pp 476-484

Classification of drainage basins.............................. Ann 12, n, pp 232-234

Classification of early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian...............Ann 7, pp 365-454
* WABMAN.] INDEX.

* Classification of formations by paleontological and lithological characteristics.

and by unconformity.......................................Ann 7,pp 371-448

* Classification of formations. See, also, Correlation. 

; Classification of geology....................................... Ann 11,1, pp 238-242

Classification of igneous rocks................................. Ann 12, i, pp 660-663

Classification of the cryptogams.................................. Ann 5, pp 437-439

I Classification of the lavas of the Eureka district, Nevada............. Mon xx, p 233

'; _ Classification of topographic forms by hydrography .............. Ann 7, pp 558-564

Clay, lacustral, analyses of........................................... Ann 8,1, p 307

- Clay, sand, etc., from Martha's vineyard, Mass., analyses of........ Bull 55, pp 89-90

 Clay, yellow, of lake Bonueville.................................. Mon i, pp 200-203

V Cl ays, analyses of................. MR 1882, pp 469,472-174; MR 1883-84, pp 678, 975

..' Clays, classification of, commercial and natural ................ MR 1891, pp 476-484

Clays, fire, analyses of................. MR 1882, pp 468,469,473,474; MR 1888, p 569

Clays from Florida, analyses of................. i...................... Bull 90, p 74

Clays from Henry county, Illinois, analyses of ..................... Bull 27, pp 66-67

I Clays from Mill city, Nevada, analyses of ............................... Bull 9, p 15

^ Clays from shore of Owen's lake, California, analyses of................ Bull 55, p 89

Clays, glacial, from Milwaukee, Wisconsin, analyses of................. Ann 6, p 250

'{ Clays not essentially Kaolin .......................................... Mon in, p 217

{ Clays, porcelain, from China, analyses of........................... Bull 27, pp 7.1-72

Clays, pottery, analyses of........................ MR 1882, p 472; MR 1883-84, p 690

Clays, Raritau, and greensand marls of New Jersey, Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata, and Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda, of the. ..Mon ix; Mon xvm 

Clays, residual, characteristics of...................................... Bull 52, p 39

Clays, residuary, from Wisconsin, analyses of......... Ann 6, p 250; Bull 27, pp 67-68

\- Clays, sedimentary, of the geological formations in sequence ... .MR 1891, pp 490-500

Clays, statistics of............................................ MR 1882, pp 465-475;

MR 1883-84, pp 676-711; MR 1885, p 414; MR 1886, pp 569-578; MR 1887, pp

540-549; MR 1888, pp 569-574; MR 1889-90, pp 441-444; MR 1891, pp 474-528

i Clear lake, California, surveyed for reservoir site.............. Ann 11, it, pp 150-154

Clerc (F. L.); the mining and metallurgy of zinc in the United States.... .MR 1882,

pp 358-386 

r .;. Cliff talus soils................................................Ann 12,T,pp 232-236

'-- Cliffs of various kinds.................... ....... Ann 5, pp 112-115; Mon i, pp 75-77

Cliffs, recession of .................................. Ann 2, p 58; Mon it, pp 250-260

Climate and interior basins.................1...... Ann 2, pp 173-174; Mon I, pp 3-4

Climate, arid, of the Great basin, causes of the.... Ann 3, pp 199-201; Mon r, pp 6-10

Climate; depauperation of shells in relation to temperature... ....Bull 11, pp 38-41

Climate; direction of Pleistocene winds in the Bonneville basin........ Mon i, p 332

Climate in relation to oscillations of the surface of Great salt lake.......... .Mon i,

pp 238-239, 244-250 

Climate in relation to rock decay .................................Bull 52, pp 30-34

Climate in relation to the deformation of the Bonneville basin ..............Mon i,

pp 377-378, 425-127 

Climate in relation to the driftless area ................................ Ann 6, p 322

' Climate interpreted by lake oscillations .............. ........... Mou i, pp 262-318

Climate of the Eureka district, Nevada, in geologic time ...............Mon xx, p 5

Climate of the Newark epoch ..................................... Bull 85, pp 47-53

Climate, Pleistocene, as revealed by the lake Lahontau records .!............ Ann 3,

pp 230-232; Mou xt, pp 254-268 

Climate, Pleistocene, in relation to the rise and fall of the surface of lake

Bonueville...................... Ann 2, pp 186-187; Mon I, pp 265-297,317-318

. Climate, Pleistocene, of Mono basin, California.................. Aun 8,1, pp 390-393

Climate5 relation of alluvial cones to aridity. ....i...............Mon i,pp 220-221
352 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Climates, geologic, of the Grand canyon district ............................ Mon n,

pp 99-100, 189-191, 196, 222-229 

Climatic changes in the Great basin ...................... Ann 4, pp 456-457,463-464

Climatic conditions affecting barometric hypsometry........................Ann 2,

pp 409-429, 521-534, 562-565 

Clinoclasite from Utah.............................................Bull 55, pp 43-45

Coal, analysis of, from Alaska, Cook's inlet........................... ME 1891, p 210

Coal, analysis of, from Arizona, Deer creek valley ...................... Bull 27, p 74

Coal, analysis of, from Arkansas, many localities........................... MR 1888,

pp 222-223; MR 1889-90, p 176 

Coal, analysis of, from California, Shasta county .............. ^...... MR 1891, p 215

Coal, analysis of, from Colorado, various localities...................'....... Bull 64,

pp 55-57; MR 1889-90rpp 181,182,186,187,188 

Coal, analysis of, from Indian territory, Choctaw fields....... MR 1889-90, pp 207-214

Coal, analysis of, from Massachusetts, Martha's vineyard............... Bull 55. p 87

Coal, analysis of, from New Mexico, Lincoln and Santa F6 counties..... .MR 1889-90?

pp 232,233 

Coal, analysis of, from North Carolina, Gulf, Walnut cove, and Farmville.... Bull 42,

p!46; Bull 85, p 37 

Coal, analysis of, from Rhode Island, Cranston .......................... Bull 9, p 18

Coal, analysis of, from Texas, Burnet county..................... ...... Bull 55, p 87

Coal, analysis of, from Utah, near Salt lake city................ ........ Bull 90, p 75

Coal, analysis of, from Virginia, various localities ........ Bull 55, p 87; Bull 85, p 37

Coal, analysis of, from West Virginia, Barbour, Jefferson, and Randolph counties...........................Bull 78, p 128; Bull 42,p 146; Bull 27, pp 73-74

Coal and charcoal, analysis of, from Montana................ MR 1889-90, pp 229,230

Coal and coke, analysis of, from Tennessee ........................ Bull 64, pp 54-55

Coal and coke, analysis of, from West Virginia ...................... Bull 60, p 169;

Bull 64, p 54; Bull 90, p 75 

Coal area and output of the world, by countries...................... MR 1882, p 5;

MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, pp 11-12; MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887,

p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1889-90, p 22; MR 1891, p 73

Coal-bearing strata of Virginia......................................Mon vi,pp 1-9

Coal field, the bituminous, of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, stratigraphy of............................................................. Bull 65

Coal fields in Pennsylvania, description and production of the anthracite.. MR 1882,

pp 7-24 

Coal fields in the arid region of the United States ............. Ann 11, n, pp 208-209

Coal fields of the United States, area and classification of the...... MR 1882, pp 4-5;

MR 1888, pp 168-170; MR 1889-90, pp 146-147; MR 1891, pp 178-179 

Coal in the great Sioux reservation, Dakota ............................... .Bull 21

Coal measures of cape Beaufort...................................... Bull 84, p 249

Coal measures of Indian territory, columnar section of the ....... .MR 1889-90, p 212

Coal measures or Pennsylvanian.series; the development of its nomenclature

and classification in the Appalachian province.............. Bull 80, pp 83-107

Coal mines of the United States, wages and labor at the .... MR 1889-90, pp 169-171;

MR 1891, pp 203,204 

Coal mining, anthracite ....................................MR 1883-84, pp 104-131

Coal mining in the Kanawha valley of West Virginia....... .MR 1883-84, pp 131-143

Coal mining industry, general view of the ......................... MR 1882, pp 1-7

Coal of Carboniferous age at Eureka, Nevada..................... Mon xx, pp 95-98

Coal of the Newark system........................................Bull 85, pp 36-43

Coal, statistics of........ Ann 1, pp 72-73; Ann 2, pp. xxvi-xxxi; MR 1882, pp 1-107 ;

MR 1883-84, pp 11-213; MR 1885, pp 10-73; MR 1886, pp 224-377; MR 1887, pp 

} MR 1888, pp 168-394 j MR 1889-90, pp 145-286; MB 1891, pp 177-3t$
WARHAU.] INDEX. 353

Coal. See, also, Lignite.

Coals of Utah, analyses and calorific values of some............... MR 1882, pp 76-81

Coast and Cascade ranges, structure of the........-...........---- Ann 7, pp 98-102

Coast, Cascade, and Sierra nevada ranges, relation of the ............. Bull 19, p 20;

Bull 33, pp 19-20 

Coast ranges of California, inetaniorphic rocks of the ............... Bull 19, pp 7-12

Coast ranges, stratigraphy of the................................ Bull 84, pp 200-217

Coast ranges. See, also, California; Oregon.

Coastal group of rocks of New Brunswick ....................... Bull 86, pp 232-238

Coastal plain, configuration and general geology of the .......... Ann 7, pp 548-550;

Ann 12, i, pp 360-429 

Coasts, special topography of.................................... Ann 2, pp 171-172;

Mon i, pp 23-170; Mon xi, pp 87-124 

Cobalt, statistics of .................. MR 1882, pp 421-423; MR 1883-84, pp 544-549;

MR 1885, pp 361-365; MR 1886, pp 174-175;"MR 1887, pp 130-131; MR

1888, pp 108, 620-621; MR 188J-90, pp 124-126; MR 1891, pp~ 169-170

Cobalt ore, analyses of........... .-..MR 1883-84, pp 544, 545; MR 1885, pp 361, 362

Coke, natural, from Carbonhill and Midlothian, Virginia, analyses of... ..Bull 42, p '

146; Bull 85, p 37 

Coke, natural, from Purgatory canyon, New Mexico, analysis of...... .Bull 42, p 147

Coke, natural, of Virginia.. ..........................................Bull 85, p 37

Coke, statistics of the manufacture of...................MR 1882, pp 48, 72, 98-loi;

MR 1883-84, pp 144-213; MR 1885, pp 74-129; MR 1886, pp 378-438;

MR 1887, pp 383-435; MR 1888, pp 395-441; MR 1891, pp 357-402

Coking in Europe and other countries'.... MR 1886, pp 430-437; MR 1887, pp 432-435

Cold brook group of rocks of New Brunswick................... Bull 86, pp 230-238

Colloidal sulphides of gold.............................. ..........Bull 90, pp 56-61

Colombia, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries.... .............................................MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Color effect produced by slow oxidation of iron carbonates........ Bull 35, pp 51-60

Color, temper-value, and time of exposure, the relation between, in oxide films

on steel .............................................. ...... Bull 27, pp 51-61

Color scheme for geologic cartography........................... Ann 2, pp xlix-lii;

Ann 7, p 105; Ann 10, I, pp 69-79 

Colorado, altitudes in..................................... Bull 5, pp 55-70; Bull 76

Colorado, Arkansas river in, surveys for reservoir sites along the..... ....Ann 11, n,

pp 133-144 

Colorado; artesian water in the Denver basin......................Ann 11, n, p 262

Colorado; astrophyllite from El Paso county, analysis of............. Bull 78, p 119

Colorado, boundary lines of, and admission of territory ..........Bull 13, pp 32, 123

Colorado; Buffalo peaks, geological sketch of................ ...... Bull 1, pp 11-17

Colorado, building stone from, statistics of.......................... MR 1882, p 451;

MR 1883-84, p 674; MR 1886, pp 538, 544; MR 1887, p 521; MR 1888,

p 544; MR 1889-90, pp 374, 383-385; MR 1891, pp 457, 458, 461, 464,465

Colorado, Cambrian rocks in, correlation of.... Bull 81, pp 209-210, 234, 351-354, 384

Colorado, cement manufacture in .... .MR 1882, pp 462-463; MR 1883-84, p 674; MR

1885, p 409; MR 1886, p 564; MR 1889-90, p 462; MR 1891, p 536 

Colorado, clay, brick, and pottery industry of................ MR 1882, pp 473^474;

MR 1883-84, p 701; MR 1885, p 423; MR 1886, p 571; MR 

1887, pp 535, 537, 541; MR 1888, pp 558, 566; MR 1891, p 524

Colorado, coal area and statistics of;... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 38-48; MR 1883-

84, pp 12, 24-38; MR 1885, pp 11, 18-26; MR 1886, pp 225, 230,

243-250; MR 1887, pp 169, 171, 212-221; MR 1888, pp 169, 171.

226-239; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 179-194; MR 1891, pp 180, 215-218

Colorado, coals from, analyses of................................. Bull 64, pp 55-57;

MR 1889-90, pp 181, 182, 186, 187, 188 

Bull. 100 23
354 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Colorado, coke in, the manufacture of. ....MR 1883-84, pp 157-160; MR 1885, pp 80,

87-88; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 392-393; MR 1887, pp 383, 

389, 395-397; MR 1888, 395, 400, 407; MR 1891, pp 360,377 

Colorado, constitution of, extracts from the, relating to irrigation ....... Ann 11, n

pp 240-241 

Colorado, copper from, statistics of... ....Ann 2, p xxrx; MR 1882, pp 216, 227-228;

MR 1883-84, pp 329, 341; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR 

1887, p 69; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83, 84 

Colorado, Cretaceous rocks of.................... Bull 82, pp 145, 146, 149, 150, 154,

156, 157, 159, 160, 161, 164, 166-179, 230-231, 236-237 

Colorado; efflorescence on sandstone from Cliff creek, Gunnison county,

analysis of................... f................................. Bull 60, p 170

Colorado; fossil butterflies of Florissant........................ Ann 8f i, pp 433-474

Colorado, fossils from........ Ann 3, pp 420-470; Ann 4, pp 290, 297, 300; Ann 6, pp

552, 553; Ann 8, n, pp 911-913; Bull 29, pp 16-22; Bull 37, pp 38, 39, 55 

Colorado, geologic and paleontologu- work in ..... Ann 2, pp 19-20; Ann 3, pp 22,26-

27; Ann 4, pp 36-38, 41; Ann 5, pp 44-46, 49, 57; Ann 6, pp 63-66, 

72; Ann 7, pp 91-92, 112, 119; Ann 8,1, pp 144-145, 173; Ann 9, pp 

78, 88-90, 114, 131; Ann 10, i, pp 25-26, 137-139, 159, 176; Ann 11, 

i, pp 78, 87-88,101,107,108,123-124; Ann 12,1, pp 56,96-98,107,114 

Colorado, geologic maps of, listed.............. Bull 7, pp 131-133, 135, 136, 138, 171

Colorado; geology and mining industry of Leadville ........ ...... Ann 1, pp 20-21;

Ann 2, pp 201-290; Mon xn 

Colorado; geology and physiography of a portion of northwestern Colorado

and adjacent parts of Utah and Wyoming................. Ann 9, pp 677-712

Colorado, gold and silver of, statistics of....Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,174,176,

- 177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, 315; MR 1885, pp 

201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104, 105; MR 1887, pp 58, 59; MR 

1888, pp 36; 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75, 77, 80 

Colorado, gypsum deposits, industry, and statistics of....MR 1882, p 528; MR 1883- -

84, p 812; MR 1885, p 463; MR 1886, p 622; MR 1887, 

p 601; MR 1889-90, pp 465, 466; MR 1891, pp 580, 581 

Colorado; hypersthene-andesite and triclinic pyroxene in augitic rocks, with

a geological sketch of Buffalo peaks.................................. Bull 1

Colorado; insects of special interest from Florissant and other points in the

Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah......................................Bull 93

Colorado, iron and steel from, statistics of... ....MR 1882, pp 120, 125, 129, 130, 133,

134, 135, 136, 137, 144-147; MR 1883-84, pp 252, 281-285; MR 1885, pp 

182, 184, 186, 196; MR 1886, p 18; MR 1887, pp 11, 28-29, 52-54; MR 

1888, pp 15, 33; MR 1889-90, pp 10, 17, 24, 35; MR 1891, pp 12, 26 

Colorado, irrigation, provisions relating to, in the constitution of...............Ann

11, ii, pp 240-241 

Colorado, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc.,

in................................................. Ann 10, n, pp viii, 18, 58,

62-63, 68-71, 86, 93-98; Ann 11, n, pp 133-144; Ann 12, II, pp 55-127, 247-251 

Colorado; kaolin from the Waterfall mine, Gunnison county, description and

analysis of................................................ ....Bull 60, p 136

Colorado, lead from, statistics of...... MR 1882, pp 310-311; MR 1883-84, pp 412,416,

419-422; MR 1885, pp 248, 250-257; MR 1886, pp 144-146; MR 

1887, pp 105-107; MR 1888, p 87; MR 1889-90, p 80; MR 1891, p 105 

Colorado, manganese ore from ...................................... MR 1885, p 348;

MR 1889-90, pp 127,131; MR 1891, pp 127,132-133 

Colorado, mineral species from, new............................. Bull 20, pp 100-109

Colorado, mineral springs of............ Bull 32, pp 188-193; MR 1883-84, p 980; MR

1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 715; MR 1887, p 683; MR 1888, 

p 626; MR 1889-90, pp 522, 525; MR 1891, pp 603,604,
WARMAN.J INDEX. 355

^ Colorado; minerals from Gunnison and Custer counties, analyses of ....Bull 90, p 62

,. Colorado; miuerals from the basalt of Table mountain, Golden ....Bull 20, pp 13-39

T -Colorado; minerals from the neighborhood of Pike's peak......... Bull 20, pp 40-74

Colorado, minerals of, the useful......... MR 1882, pp 748-753; MR 1887, pp 707-714

Colorado, natural gas in.......................................MR 1887, pp 498-499

Colorado, Neocene beds of...................................... Bull 84, pp 304-309

v Colorado, nickel ore in..........................MR 1882, p 404; MR 1883-84, p 539

Colorado, petroleum in, localities and statistics of.................. MR 1882, p 211;

MR 1883-84, pp 216-217; MR 1887, pp 438, 455-456; MR 1888,

> pp 464-466; MR 1889-90, pp 292, 332-340; MR 1891, pp 405,407,432 

Colorado, reservoir sites and irrigable lands in, reported by topographers ..Ann 11,

n, pp 301-302, 310 

Colorado; sandstone from Boulder county, analysis of............ MR 1889-90, p 384

S Colorado; sandstone from the Armejo quarry, analysis of............. Bull 42, p 141

' Colorado, sanidine in certain rhyolites from, the lustre exhibited by.. Bull 20, pp 75-80 

"> Colorado, silver and gold in, comparative production of............. Ann 2, p xxxvi

Colorado, topaz from, an unusual occurrence of.................... Bull 20, pp 81-82

Colorado, topographic work in.. Ann 3, p 22; Ann 4, pp 6-7, 35-36; Ann 5, pp 9,44-46;

Ann 1, p 57; Ann 10, n, pp 18,68-71; Ann 11, u, pp 299-301; Ann 12, i, p 45

Colorado; water from a spring near Denver, analysis of.............. .Bull 60, p 174

Colorado and Kansas, Arkansas river basin in, irrigation problems relating to

the.................................................---.Ann 11, n, pp 210-214

Colorado and New Mexico, Rio Grande basin in, hydrography of the. ....Ann 12, n,

pp 240-290 

Colorado and New Mexico, Rio Grande basin in, irrigation problems relating

to the.................................................. Ann 11, n, pp 215-227

^ Colorado, Utah, and Wyoming, geology and physiography of portions of....Ann 9,

pp 677-712

Colorado river. See Grand canyon. 

Colorado river basin, hydrography of the..................... Ann 12, n, pp 290-316

Colorado river basin, irrigation problems relating to the....... Ann 11, n, pp 229-231

Colors and conventional symbols adopted for geologic maps and sections..Ann 10,

T i, PP 67-79

^ Columbia formation, description of the... Ann 7, pp 594-612,635; Ann 12,1, pp 384-407

Columbite from the Etta tin mine, Dakota, analysis of............. .MR 1888, p 151

Columnar structure in obsidian........................................Ann 7, p 257

Columnar structiire of basalt in volcanic necks ................... Ann 6, pp 172-174

Compressibility of liquids.................................................. Bull 92

Comstock lode, alteration of miuerals in the........................... Mon in, p 20

Comstock lode, brief description of the............................. Ann .1, pp 39-46

Comstock lode, decomposition products from the, chemical analyses of. ....Mou HI,

pp 217-218 

Comstock lode, history of the................. Ann .1, p 71; Ann 2, pp xxxvii-xxxviii

Comstock lode, mechanical appliances used on the............... Ann 1, pp 50-52,72

f Comstock lode and Washoe district, geology of the ........................ Ann 2, pp

xxiv-xxvi, 291-330; Mon in 

Comstock mine waters, analyses of................................... Mon in, p 152

Comstock mining and miners...............................................Mon iv

,, Concentration, natural, of iron ores in the Penokee district!....Mon xix, pp 285-290

Conchifera, nonmarine fossil, of North America................... Ann 3, pp 420-443

Concretions, analysis of.............................................. Mon xni, p 65

Concretions in sandstone, origin of .............................. Mon xni, pp 64-68

i. Conditions, requisite and qualifying, of artesian wells............ Ann 5, pp 125-173

Conference of geologists and lithologists on geologic nomenclature and map

notation in January, 1889..................................Ann 10, i, pp 56-67

Conglomerates of the Keweenaw series described............. ....Mou v, pp 127-133
356 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Coiiichalcite from Tintic mining district, Utah .................... Bull 20, pp 84-85

Coniferse of the Dakota group................................ ...Monxvn, pp 32-36

Coniferse of the Laramie flora..................................... Bull 37, pp 14-16

Coniferse of the older Mesozoic of Virginia........................ Mon vi, pp 85-89

Coniferse of the Potomac or younger Mesozoic................... Mon xv, pp 193-262

Connecticut, altitudes in.................................. Bull 5, pp 71-72; Bull 76

Connecticut, boundary lines of........................................ Bull 13, p 68

Connecticut, brick industry of............ MR 1887, pp 535,537; MR 1888, pp 558,566

Connecticut, building stone from, statistics of...... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, pp 513,

521; MR 1888, p 536; MR 1889-90, pp 374, 385; MR 1891, pp 457,458,464 

Connecticut cedes territory to general government.............. Bull 13, pp 26, 66-70

Connecticut, cobalt deposit in..................................... MR 1883-84, p 544

Connecticut, fossils from ............................................Ann 8, II, p 854

Connecticut, geologic and paleontologic investigations in .............. Ann 6, p 36;

Ann 7, p 61; Ann 9, p 76; Ann 11, i, p 59; Ann 12, i, pp 62,66,121,125 

Connecticut, geological maps of, listed.......................... Bull 7, pp 52,53,54

Connecticut, glacial investigations in ............... Ann 3, pp 379, 380; Ann 7, p 157

Connecticut, iron and steel from, statistics of....... Ann 2, xxvui; MR 1882, pp 120,

125,129,131,133, 135; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR 1883-84, pp 270-271;

MR 1885, pp 182,188; MR 18'86,pp 14,17,42; MR 1887, pp 11,16;

MR 1888, pp 14,17; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17, 24,35; MR 1891, pp 12,27 

Connecticut, lime production of..................... MR 1887, p 532; MR 1888, p 555

Connecticut; limestone from Fairfield.county, analysis of......... MR 1889-90, p 386

Connecticut, mineral springs of,.............. Bull 32, pp 25-26; MR 1883-84, p 980;

MR 1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887, p 683; -MR

1888, p 626; MR 1889-90, pp 522,526; MR 1891, p 604

Connecticut, minerals of, the useful.......MR 1882, pp 672-^674; MR 1887, pp 714-716

Connecticut, nickel production of............ MR 1882, pp 401-402; MR 1883-84, p 539

Connecticut surveyed by cooperation of the state................. Ann 10, i, pp 7,88

Connecticut, topographic work in ...........................Ann 10,1, pp 86, 88,89;

Ann 11, i, p 35; Ann 12,1, p 25 

Connecticut river, rock formations of.'............................. Bull 80, pp 26-27

Connecticut valley area of the Newark system.................. Bull 85, pp 20,80-81

Connecticut valley, structure of the Triassic formation of the...... Ann 7, pp 455-490

Connecticut valley and New Jersey, fossil fishes and plants of the Triassic

rocks of............................................................Mon xiv

Connecticut valley. See, also, Massachusetts.

Contact metamorphism not marked about intrusive rocks of Mosquito range,

Colorado......................................................Mou xu, p 307

Contact phenomena in the Penokee district.... Mon xix, pp 171-174,184-185,297-298

Contractions of substances due to cooling under pressure .......... Bull 92, pp 56-61

Cook (G. H.), sketch of the geology of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations

of New Jersey ............................................ .Mon ix, pp ix-xiii

Cooling, sudden, the eft'ect of, exhibited by glass and steel........ Bull 42, pp 98-131

Cooling under pressure, contractions due to........................ Bull 92, pp 56-61

Copiapite from California......................................... Bull 61, pp 25-26

Copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior............................. Ann 1, pp 70-71;

Ann 2, pp xxxi-xxxiv; Ann 3, pp 89-188; Mon v 

Copper, cupola smelting of, in Arizona ...................... MR 1883-84, pp 397-410

Copper industry of the United States .........................MR 1882, pp 213-231;

MR 1883-84, pp 322-343; MR 1885, pp 208-243 

Copper, metallurgy of.......................................... MR 1882, pp 257-280

Copper minerals from Utah, notes on certain rare.................. Bull 55, pp 38-47

Copper ore, analysis of...... ................................... MR 1882, pp 258,286

Copper ores and furnace products, the roasting of............... MR 1882, pp 280-297
WAHMAN.] INDEX. 357

Copper production of the world ...... MR 1883-84, pp 355-374; MR 1885, pp 228, 243;

MR 1886, pp 128-139; MR 1887, pp 87-97; MR 1888, pp 73-77; MR 1891, pp 100-101 

Copper slags, analyses of................................ MR 1883-84, pp 388,405,408

Copper smelting ........................................................... Bull 26

Copper, statistics of........ MR 1882, pp 213-305; MR 1883-84, pp 322-410; MR 1885,

"pp 208-243; MR 1886, pp 109-139; MR 1887, pp 66-97; MR

1888, pp 43-77; MR 1889-90, pp 56-77; MR 1891, pp 81-102

Copper sulphide, solubility of............................. Mon xin, pp 433-434,474

Copperas, statistics of............................................. MR 1882, p 607;

MR 1883-84, pp 952-953; MR 1886, pp 684-685 

Coral, analyses of.................................Bull 52,p 29; Bull 60, pp 162-164

Coral, coral rocks, coquina, etc., from Florida and other localities.: Bull 60, pp 162-164 

Coral reef soils................................................ Ann 12,1, pp 247-250

Corda (August Joseph), biographical sketch of......................... Ann 5, p 374

Corea, fossil plants of, literature of the .............................. Ann 8, n, p 790

Corrasion, analysis and laws of............... Ann 2, pp 157-158; Mon n, pp 231-233

Corrasion in the Grand canyon chasm ........Ann 2, pp 156-161; Mon II, pp 230-244

Corrasion. See, also, Degradation.

Correlation and comparison of lower Cambrian................ Ann 10,1, pp 595-597

Correlation essays published by the Geological Survey:

Archean and Algonkian, by C. R. Van Hise.............................. Bull 86

Cambrian, by C. D. Walcott ............................................Bull 81

Cretaceous, by C. A. White ............................................. Bull 82

Devonian and Carboniferous, by H. S. Williams......................... Bull 80

Eocene, by W. B. Clark................................................. Bull 83

Neocene, by W. H. Dall and G.D. Harris .............../............ ....Bull 84

Newark system, by I. C. Russell ........................................ Bull 85

Correlation, geologic, plan for discussion of, and work in......Ann 10,1, pp 10-12,

108-113; Bull 80, pp 7-9

Correlation of American strata with one another and with European systems ........................................................ Ann 9, pp 16-17

Correlation of eruptive with intrusive rocks................... Ann 12, i, pp 650-658

Correlation of formations of the Penokee district............... Mon xix, pp 468-474

Correlation of metamorphic rocks of the Coast ranges of California.......Mon xur,

pp 182-188 

Correlation of the rock groups and unconformities of the lake Superior

regiou...............................Ann 7,pp 440-441; Ann 10, I, pp 458-464

Correlation of transition beds.....'............................ ....Bull 15, pp 13-17

Correlation of western terranes with eastern series by means of fossil plants,

difficulties in......................................°.......Bull 98, pp 109-110

Correlation; Paleozoic and Mesozoic types in Texas, mingling of............ Bull 77

Correlation, principles of, general............................... Bull 85, pp 108-116

Correlation, principles of, illustrated by phenomena of the lake Superior

region..................................................... Ann 7, pp 371-448

Correlation, value of lithological and physical characters for purposes

of....................................... Ann 7, pp 378-390; Bull 19, pp 11-12

Correlations, use of fossils in establishing........................ Ann 7, pp 374-377

Correlations, use of unconformities in establishing............... Ann 7, pp 439-446

Correlations and classifications of Paleozoic formations in the Acadian province......................................................Bull 80, pp 226-257

Corundum, origin of, the gneiss dunyte contacts of Corundum hill, North

Carolina, in relation to the ................................. Bull 42, pp 45-63

Corundum, statistics of......MR 1882, pp 476-477; MR 1883-84, pp 714-719,733-736;

MR 1885, pp 429-432; MR 1886, pp 585-586; MR 1887, p 

653; MR 1888, p 577; MR 1889-90, p 457} MR 1891, p 555
358 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Cosalite from La Plata county, Colorado.......................... Bull 20, pp 95-96

Costa Eica, sketch of the geology of.................................. Bull 84, p 188

Coutchiching series of rocks of the Rainy lake region...... Bull 86, pp 65-67,162-167

Crater lake, Oregon, special examination of.................... Ann 8, i, pp 156-158

Craters, basaltic, of the Bonneville basin......................... Mon i, pp 319-330

Craters, basaltic, of the Uinkaret plateau ........................ Ann 2, pp 118,121

Craters of Mono valley, California ............................. Ann 8,1, pp 372-38g

Crawfish as soil-makers.......................................Ann 12, i, pp 278-279

Cretaceous; a correlation essay, by C. A. White ............................. Bull 82

Cretaceous; Aucella in California ............................. Mon xm, pp 226-232

Cretaceous; Cephalopoda from the Cretaceous marls of New Jersey.. ....Mon XAair,

pp 243-283 

Cretaceous; Chico-tejon series .................................Ann 6, pp 68-70,73;

Bull 15, pp 11-17; Bull 19, pp 14,17 

Cretaceous; Chico-tejon series in Oregon and Washington, equivalents of

the.........................................................Bull 51, pp 28-32

Cretaceous; Chico-tejon series of California, new fossil Mollusca from the....Bull

51, pp 11-27 

Cretaceous; Dakota group, the flora of the...............................Mon xvn

Cretaceous; Encliinatoceras ulrichi, description of ................. Bull 4, pp 16-17

Cretaceous formation in California .................... Mou xin, pp 178-180,460-461

Cretaceous formations in southwestern Kansas.................... Bull 57, pp 27-31

Cretaceous formations in Texas ................................ Ann 8,1, pp 180-181

Cretaceous formations in the great Sioux reservation, Dakota. ....Bull 21, pp 11-12

Cretaceous, fossil birds from the.................................... Ann 3, pp 49-88

Cretaceous fossils from Alaska..................................... Bull 4, pp 10-15

Cretaceous fossils from Arctic America................................Ball 82, p 203

Cretaceous fossils from California.......................................... Bull 22

Cretaceous; fossils from Shasta and Chico-tejon groups in California.. ....Bull 15;

Bull 19; Bull 51, pp 11-27 

Cretaceous fossils from Vancouver island region................... Bull 51, pp 33-48

Cretaceous; Gasteropoda from the marl beds of New Jersey.... Mon xvm, pp 19-189

Cretaceous; Laramie flora, types of the..................................... Bull 37

Cretaceous; Laramie formation, discussion of the................Bull 82; pp 145-153

Cretaceous; Laramie group, historical review of opinion concerning the.... Ann 6,

pp 406-433 

Cretaceous; Laramie group, nature and extent of the............. Ann 6, pp 433-436

Cretaceous; Laramie group, recent collections of fossil plants from the....... Ann 6,

pp 536-557 

Cretaceous; Laramie group, stratigraphy and correlation of the.... Bull 82. pp 127,

148; Bull 83, pp 111-134,145-146 

Cretaceous; Laramie group, synopsis of the flora of the........... Ann 6, pp 399-557

Cretaceous; Laramie Molluscan fauna, the relation of the, to that of the succeeding fresh-water Eocene and other groups......................... Bull 34

Cretaceous; Laramie Ostreidss................................... Ann 4, pp 307-308

Cretaceous; Laramie, Seuonian, and Eocene plants, table of distribution of,

and discussion thereof...................................... Ann 6, pp 443-536

Cretaceous Molluscan fauna of the Puget group.................... Bull 51, pp 49-63

Cretaceous; nonmarine fossil Mollusca of North America ......... Ann 3, pp 411-486

Cretaceous Ostreidse of North America ........................... Ann 4, pp 290-308

Cretaceous; Potomac beds, location and geology of the ....Ann 7, pp 546-547, 613-

616,636; Ann 12, i, pp 421-424; Mon xv, pp 33-62; Bull 56, pp 38-39 

Cretaceous; Potomac formation, fossil wood and lignite of the.............. Bull 56

Cretaceous; Potomac or younger Mesozoic flora............................ Mon xv

Cretaceous; Potomac plants, geological affinities of the ........ Mon xv, pp 333-348

Cretaceous rocks containing bitumen deposits ...................... Ann. 11, i, p 597
WABMAN.] INDEX. 359

A Cretaceous rocks in northeastern Iowa........................Ann 11,i,pp 304-308

Cretaceous rocks in the Lassen peak district, California .... ....Ann 8, i, pp 407-411

Cretaceous rocks in the region of the Uinta mountains............ Ann 9, pp 689-690

Cretaceous rocks of Alaska...................................... .Bull 51, pp 64-70

Cretaceous rocks of Martha's vineyard ........................... Ann 7, pp 325-326

Cretaceous rocks of Texas........................................ Bull 45, pp 71-84

Cretaceous rocks of Texas, description of certain aberrant forms of the Chamidae from the................................................... Bull 4, pp 5-9

Cretaceous rocks of the Grand canyon district......... Ann 2, pp 56-60, 65-66,76-77;

 * Mon n, pp 16,31-34,212-215 

Cretaceous rocks, upper, of the Mississippi embaymeut........ Ann 12, i, pp 419-424

Cretaceous strata in California.............. Ann 8, n, pp 972-982; Bull 51, pp 11-14

Cretaceous system of the Plateau country.........................Ann 6, pp 138-140,

166-167,177-178,185-188 

Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of New Jersey, sketch of the geology of

the........................................................Mon ix, pp ix-xiii

Cretaceous and Tertiary strata of the Tuscaloosa, Touibigbee, and Alabama 

> rivers................................................................Bull43

Cretaceous, volcanic, and uietamorphic rocks of northern California, general

distribution of the..........................................Bull 33, pp 18-19

Cretaceous. See, also, Mesozoic.

Crinoidea of the United States....................................Bull 97, pp 21-29

Croffut (W. A.), administrative report for 1888-89................... Ann 10, I, p 189

Croffut (W. A.), administrative report for 1889-90 ............. Ann 11, i, pp 131-132

Croffut (W. A.), administrative report for 1890-91............. Ann 12, i, pp 141-142

Croffut (W. A.), suggestions for the preparation of manuscript..... ....See p 323 of

\ this bulletin 

Cross (W.), an unusual occurrence of topaz ........................ Bull 20, pp 81-82

Cross (W.), lists of ores, minerals, and mineral substances of industrial importance in several of the states ............................ ME 1882, pp 748-759

Cross (W.), lustre exhibited by sanidiue in certain rhyolites.......Bull 20,pp 75-80

Cross (W.), notes upon the Henry mountain rocks.............. Mou xn, pp 359-362

Cross (W.), on hypersthene-audesito and on tryclinic pyroxene in augitic 

^ rocks........................................................Bull l,pp 19-38

Cross (W.), petrography of the Leadville region................ Mou xn, pp 315-362

Cross (W.) and Hillebrand (W. F.), contributions to the mineralogy of the

Rocky mountains.................................................. 1. Bull 20

Cross (W,) and Hillobrand (W. F.), minerals from the basalt of Table mountain, Golden, Colorado...................................... Bull 20, pp 13-39

Cross (W.) and Hillobrand (W. F.), minerals from the neighborhood of Pike's

peak.......................................................Bull 20, pp 40-73

Crust of the earth, elementary composition of the.................. Bull 78, pp 35-42

Crustacea; catalogue of American Paleozoic non-trilobites....... Bull 56, pp 149-177

Crustacea; catalogue of American Paleozoic Trilobita........... .Bull 63, pp 79-148

Crustacea; description of species of the middle Casibrian of North America... .Bull

^ 30, pp 146-148 

Crustacea, Devonian, of the Eureka district.................... Mon vin, pp 204-206

Crustacea of the fresh-water North American Jurassic.... .£....... Bull 29, pp 23-24

< Crustacea of the Great basin .......................................... Bull 11, p 23

Crustacea of the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York.. Bull 16, pp 20,43-47 

Crustacea of the Oleuellus zone............................... Ann 10, i, pp 625-629

Crustacea of the Wasatch group, description of species of the......... .Bull 34, p 32

Crustacea, Paleozoic, bibliography of, from 1698 to 1889, including a list of

North American species and a systematic arrangement of genera...... Bull 63

Crustacea; Protocaris, a new genus from the middle Cambrian ....Bull 10, pp 50-51

Crustacea, See, also, Trilobita.
3GO PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL. 100.

Cryolite from near Pike's peak, Colorado, occurrence, chemical composition, * 

etc., of.....................................................Bull 20, pp 41-49

Cryolite, statistics of.................. MR 1882, p 608; MR 1883-84, p 954; MR 1886, "*"

pp 692-693; MR 1887, 659; MR 1889-90, p 473; MR 1891, p 147 

Cryptogams, classification of ..................................... Ann 5, pp 437-439

Cryptogams of the Dakota group..................................... Mon xvii, p 23

Cryptogams of the Laramie flora .................................. Bull 37, pp 13-14 J

Cryptogams, vascular, from the Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri......................................................Bull 98, pp 17-104

Crystalline rocks, subaerial decay of........................ Bull 52, pp 12-15,18-20 vCrystalline schists, metasoruatic origin of .......................... Ann 10,1, p 434

Crystalline schists of the lake Superior region.................. Ann 10, i, pp 355-364

Crystallization, development of, in the igneous rocks of Washoe, Nevada,

etc .........................................................°......'...Bull 17

Crystallization in the granite of the lake Superior district.... .Ann 10, i, pp 356-358

Crystallization, influence of pressure on, in igneous magmas........... Bull 66, p 25

Crystallization of granitic magmas, course of........................ Mon xix, p 113 .

Crystallization of igneous magmas, influence of conditions upon............ Ann 12,

i, pp 655-657

Crystallographic determinations of pachnolite from near Pike's peak, Colorado ..............................S......................... Bull 20, pp 50-52

Crystallographic study of the thinolite of lake Lahontan.................... Bull 12

Crystals, cinnabar, from California................................ Bull 61, pp 11-22

Crystals of thinolite, sections of .................................. Bull 12, pp 17-19

Cuba, manganese production of............... MR 1887, p 154; MR 1888, pp 137-139;

MR 1889-90, p 130; MR 1891, pp 142-143 

Currents as agents of littoral transportation ...........Ann 5, pp 85-86; Mon r, p 37

Curtis (J. S.), administrative report for 1884-85 .........................Ann 6, p 71

Curtis (J. S.), mining geology of Eureka district, Nevada.......... Ann 4, pp 221-251

Cartis (J. S.), quantitative determination of silver by means of microscope.... Ann

6, pp 323-352 

Curtis (J. S.), silver-lead deposits of Eureka, Nevada....................... Mon vn

Cycadacese of the Dakota group ................................ Mon xvii, pp 26-31

Cycadete of the older Mesozoic of Virginia ......................... Mon vi, pp 84-85 ^

Cyclic twisting...................................................Bull 94, pp 33-39

Dacite from Washoe, Nevada, analysis of .............................. Bull 27, p 65

Dacite of the Eureka district, Nevada...................... Mon xx, pp 236,368-373

Dacites from Lasscn's peak, California, analyses of..................... Bull 9, p 16

Daggett (E.), analyses and calorific values of some Utah coals....MR 1882, pp 76-81

Dakota group, the flora of the ........................................... Mon xvii

Dakota, South, liebenerite from Rapid city, analysis of......... * ...... Bull 78, p 120 _.

Dakota, South, sandstone from, tests of............................ MR 1889-90, p 429

Dakotas, altitudes in the... Bull 5, pp 73-75; Bull 72, pp 195,196,201,217-223 j Bull 76" 

Dakotas; Archean formations of the northwestern states.......... Ann 5, pp 175-242

Dakotas, artesian waters in the........................... Ann 11, IT, pp 257-260, 274

Dakotas, artesian wells in the^ist of.........................Ann 11, n, pp 268-270

Dakotas, boundary lines of, and formation of territory...........Bull 13, pp 31,121

Dakotas, building stone from the, statistics of...................... MR 1882, p 451;

MR 1889-90, pp 374,429 > 

Dakotas, Cambrian rocks of the ........................ Bull 81, pp 214-216, 347-349

Dakotas; cassiterite from veins in the Black hills, analysis of....... .MR 1888, p 153

Dakotas, cement production of......................................MR 1891, p 536

Dakotas, coal area and statistics of the....MR 1882,p 49; MR 1883-84,pp 12,38-39;

MR 1885, pp 11, 26; MR 1886, pp 225, 230, 250-251; MR 1887, pp 169,222; 

MR 1888, pp 169, 171, 240; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 234; MR 1891, 180,275
WAUMAN.] INDEX. 361.

Dakotas; o.olumbite from the Etta tin mine, analysis of........:.... AIR 1888, p 151

Dakotas, Cretaceous rocks of the .............. .Bull 82, pp 145,149,158,160,166-179

Dakotaa, fossils from the.................................... Ann 3, pp 427,436,448 5

Ann 6, pp 554,555; Ann 8, ir, pp 902-904; Bull 37, pp 67,76 

Dakotas, geologic and paleontologic investigations in the.......... Ann 3, pp 19, 21;

Ann 4, p 24; Ann 5, pp 21-22,27, 28-29,50,56; Ann 6, pp 33-34; Ann

7, pp 76-77, 79, 81, 112; Ann 8, i, pp 143,174; Ann 9, pp 72, 85,86,

114; Ann 10; I, p 159; Ann 11, i, pp 75,101,1.02; Ann 12, i, p 119

Dakotas, geologic maps of the, listed ........................ Bull 7, pp 114,115,116

Dakotas, glacial investigations in the .......... ....Ann 3, pp 393-400; Ann 7,p 157

Dakotas; glacial lake Agassiz, the upper beaches and deltas of the.......... Bull 39

Dakotas, gold and silver from the, statistics of....... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,

174, 176, 177,. 178; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, 315; MR

1885, pp 201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58,59;

MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 78, 79

Dakotaa; gypsmn deposits in the Black hills ...................... MR 1886, p 622;

MR 1889-90, pp 465,466; MR 1891, pp 580,582 

Dakotas, lead from the, statistics of .............. MR 1887, p 110; MR 1889-90, p 80

Dakotas; lignite from the Turtle mountains, analysis of............... Bull 27, p 74

Dakotas; lignites of the great Sioux reservation, a report on the region between the Grand and Moreau rivers................................... Bull 21

Dakotas, manganese ore from, analysis of........................... MR 1891, p 137

Dakotas, mica production of the................................... MR 1882, p 583;

MR 1883-84, pp 909-91,0; MR 1888, p 614 

Dakotas, mineral springs of the ................................ Bull 32, pp 159-161

Dakotas, minerals of the, the useful........... MR 1882, p 754; MR 1887, pp 716-718

Dakota, Neocene beds of the...................................Bull 84, pp 288-293

Dakc uas; nickel industry in South Dakota.......................... MR 1891, p 168

Dakotas; sandstone production of South Dakota............... MR 1891, pp 461,463

Dakotas; tatotalite from the Etta tin mine, analysis of ..............MR 1888, p 151

Dakotaa; tin ore in the Black hills........MR 1883-84, pp 602-613; MR 1885, p 370;

MR 1886, p 214; MR 1887, pp 134-136; MR 1888,

pp 144-156; MR 1889-90, p 120; MR 1891, p 164

Dakotas, topographic work in the................................... Ann 12, i, p 49

Dakotas; triplite from the Black hills .......................... Bull 60, pp 135-136

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1884-85..................... Ann 6, pp 78-80

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1885-86 ................... Ann 7, pp 120-122

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1886-87.................Ann 8, i, pp 181-184

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1887-88................... Ann 9, pp 123-127

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1888-89................. Ann 10,1, pp 166-169

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1889-90................ Ann 11, i, pp 109-113

Dall (W. H.), administrative report for 1890-91................ Ann 12, I, pp 115-118

Dall(W.H.), list of marine Mollusca....................................... Bull 24

Dall (W. H.), quoted on glaciation in Alaska.......................... Ann 5, p 354

Dall (W. H,) and Harris (G. D.), Neocene of North America, a correlation essay ..................................................................Bull 84

Dalles group of rocks of Oregon ..................................... Bull 84, p 285

Damonrite from Stoneham, Maine, description and analysis of ..........Bull 9, p 11

Dana (E. S.), crystallographic study of the thinolite of lake Lahontan.. ..,.Bull 12

Dartou (N. H.), bibliography of North American geology for 1886............ Bull 44

Dartou (N. H.), record of North American geology for 1887 to 1889........... Bull 75

Darton (N. H.), record of North American geology for 1890.................. Bull 91

Darton (N. H.), record of North "American geology for 1891.................. Bull 99

Darton (N. H), the relations of the traps of the Newark system in the New

Jersey region ........................................................ Bull 67
362 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.KHX

Darwin (C. C.); administrative report for 1884-85. -................ Aim 6, pp 97-101

Darwin (C^C.), administrative report for 1885-86................. Ann 7, pp 138-143

Darwin (C. C.), administrative report for 1886-87 ............... Ann 8, i, pp 203-209

Darwin (C. C.), administrative report for 1887-88................. Ann 9, pp 145-151

Darwin (C. C.), administrative report for 1888-89 .............. Ann 10, i, pp 190-198

Darwin (C. C.), administrative report for 1889-90 .............. Ann 11,1, pp 137-140

Darwin (C. C.), administrative report for 1890-91 .............. Ann 12, i, pp 142-144

Davis (H. J.), pyrites, statistics of............................. ME 1885, pp 501-517

Davis (W. M.), structure of the Triassic formation of the Connecticut valley ........................................................ Ann 7, pp 455-490

Dawson (Sir John William), biographical sketch of............... Ann 5, pp 377-378

Day (D. T), administrative report for 1886-87................... Ann 8, i, pp 195-201

Day (D. T.), administrative report for 1887-88 .................... Ann 9, pp 134-140

Day (D. T.), administrative report for 1888-89 ................. Ann 10, i, pp 182-188

Day (D. T.), administrative report for 1889-90 ................. Ann 11, i, pp 130-131

Day (D. T.), administrative report for 1890-91 ................. Ann 12, i, pp 129-134

Day (D. T.), bromine, statistics of.* '.... ME 1883-84, pp 851-853; ME 1885, pp 486-487

Day (D. T.), chromium, statistics of .......................... ME 1882, pp 428-430;

ME 1883-84, pp £67-573; ME 1885, pp 357-360 

Day (D. T.), cobalt, statistics of.......ME 1883-S4,pp 544-549; ME 1885, pp 361-365

Day (D. T.), feldspar, statistics o'f........................... ME 1883-84, pp 933-934

Day (D. T.), iodine, statistics of.......ME 1883-84,pp 854-858; ME 1885, pp 488-490

Day (D. T.), manganese, statistics of.. -ME 1882, pp 424-427; MR 1883-84, pp 550-566 

Day (D. T.), manufactured fertilizers ....................... ME 1883-84, pp 815-826

Day (D. T.), mineral resources »f the United States in 1886 ................ ME 1886

Day (D. T.), mineral resources of the United States in 1887 ............... .ME 1887

Day (D. T.), mineral resources of the United States in 1888 ............... .ME 1888

Day (D. T.), mineral resources of the United States in 1889 and 1890 ....ME 1889-90

Day (D. T.), mineral resources of the United States in 1891 ................ME 1891

Day (D. T.), phosphate rock, statistics of.............................. ME 1883-84,

pp 783-805; ME 1885, pp 445-455 

Day (D. T.), sulphur, statistics of........................... ME 1883-84, pp 864-876

Day (D. T.), tungsten, statistics of............................ ME 1882, pp 431-433;

ME 1883-84, pp 574-575; ME 1885, p 366 

Day (D. T.), zirconium, statistics of......... MR 1883-84, p 661; MR 1885, pp 393-394

Day (W. C.), feldspar, statistics of................. .-ME 1885, p 523; ME 1886, p 701

Day (W. C.), potassium salts, statistics of...................... ME 1887, pp 628-650

Day (W. C.), sodium salts, statistics of ....................... .ME 1887, pp 651-658

Day (W. C.), stone in the United States, statistics of................... ME 1889-90,

pp 373-440; ME 1891, pp 456-471 

Day (W. C.), structural materials, statistics of................ ME 1886, pp 517-580;

ME 1887, pp 503-551; ME 1888, pp 516-575 

Day (W. C.), sulphur, statistics of............................ME 1885, pp 494-500;

ME 1886, pp 644-647; ME 1887, pp 604-610 

Decay and de"bris of rocks ..................................... Ann 11, i,^pp 275-280

Decay, subaerial, of rocks and origin of the red color of certain formations. ..Bull 52 

Decomposition area, effects, products, etc., in the Washoe district......... .Mon in,

pp 72-80,209-227,238-240, 369-372,383-385 

Decomposition of bisilicate minerals in rocks, course of............... Mon m, p 214

Decomposition of ferro-magnesian silicates in rocks................... Mon in, p 384

Decomposition of rock constituents .................... .Mon in, pp 214-215,369-372

Decomposition of rocks ....................................................Bull 52

Decomposition of rocks near Comstock lode, Nevada.......... Ann 2, pp 295,307-310

Decomposition of rocks of the Washoe district, Nevada .......... Ann 2, pp 295-297;

Mon in, pp 72-80,209-218,369-372
WAHMAX.] INDEX. 363

A Decomposition products from Comstock lode, Nevada, chemical analyses 

i«- of........................................................ Mou in, pp 217-218

Decomposition. See, also, Metamorphism.

Deep creek beds of Montana ....................................Bull 84, pp 287, 288

Deformation of Newark strata.................................... Bull^o, pp 78-100

+ Deformation of the geoid by loading and unloading.................... ...... Mon i,

pp 376-377, 379-383; Bull 48 

Deformation of the geoid by the removal, through evaporation, of the water

of lake Bonueville.................................Mou I, pp 379-383, 421-424

Deformation. See, also, Diastrophism.

Deformations in the Mississippi valley....................... Ann 11, i, pp 336-347

' Degradation, cliffs due to........... Ann 5, pp 83-84, 112-115; Mon I, pp 34-35,75-76

Degradation; corrasion of the Grand canyon of the Colorado ... ..Ann 2, pp 156-166

/' Degradation; drainage system of the Grand canyon district in relation to up-

/ lift.................................Monii, pp 72-74,187-188,192-196,218-220

Degradation; erosion of the Grand canyon of the Colorado ....... Mon n, pp 230-260

f Degradation; erosion of the Grand canyon of the Colorado in relation to

climate .......... ^....?................. Mon u, pp 99-100,189-191,196,222-229

Degradation; erosion of the Grand canyon of the Colorado in relation to

volcanisrn........................................... Mon II, pp 96-98,107-108

Degradation, glacial and post-glacial, on cape Ann, Massachusetts.. Ann 9, pp 556-567 

Degradation, glacial, of Mono basin, California................. Ann 8,1, pp 347-358

Degradation; glacial sculpture of mount Desert island, Me.... Ann 8, n, pp 1005-1009

Degradation of the piedmont region of California in relation to uplift...... Ann 8, i,

pp 425-426 

\ Degradation of the basin of the Colorado river.............. Ann 2, pp 57-68,95-102;

Mon n, pp 61-77,220-229 

Degradation of the island of Oahu, Hawaiian islands............. Ann 4, pp 212-216

Degradation; post-glacial erosion on Martha's vineyard .......... Ann 7, pp 347-351

Degradation, pre-glacial, in the driftless area of the upper Mississippi ......Ann 6,

pp 221-239 

" Degradation; rock scorings of the great ice invasions ............ Ann 7, pp 155-248

Degradation; sculpture of the ZuTii plateau.............. Ann 6, pp 154-159,189-190

"* Degradation; shore terraces, origin of .......... Ann 3, pp 206-211; Ann 5, pp 75-89,

112-116; Mon i, pp 29-37; Mon xi, pp 88-89 

Degradation; subaerial and littoral sculpture contrasted......... Ann 2, pp 183-186

Degradation; subaerial decay of rocks and origin of the red color of certain formations ..............................................................Bull52

Degradation, terraces due to...... Ann 5, pp 84-85,115-120; Mon i, pp 35-37, 78-81,129

Degradation. See, also, Drainage systems.

Delaware, altitudes in.......................................... Bull 5, p 76; Bull 76

Delaware, boundary lines of....................................... Bull 13, pp 80-82

Delaware, brick industry of.................................... MR 1887, pp 535,537

Delaware, building stone from, statistics of.......................... MR 1882, p 451

Delaware, clay materials of.................................... MR 1891, pp 503-504

Delawai-e, Cretaceous deposits of.................................. Bull 82, pp 87-88

Delaware, Eocene deposits in......................................Bull 83, pp 43,86

Delaware, feldspars from, analyses of.............................. Bull 55, pp 79-80

* Delaware, gabbros and associated rocks in.................................. Bull 59

Delaware, geologic and paleontologic investigations in................. Ann 9, p 122

Delaware, granite production of................................ MR 1891, pp 457,458

Delaware; iron and steel, statistics of.............................. Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 120,125,133,134,135; MR 1886, p 18; MR 1887,

p 11; MR 1888, p 14; MR 1889-90, p 12; MR 1891, p 61

Delaware, metallic paint production of.............................. MR 1891, p 597
364 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Delaware, mineral springs of .......................................... Bull 32, p 51

Delaware, minerals of, the useful.......... MR 1882, pp 674-675; MR 1887, pp 718-719

Delaware, Neocene beds of.......................................... Bull 84, pp 45-49

Delaware, Potsdam rocks of......................................Bull 81, pp 123,288

Delta swamps................................................. Ann 10,1, pp 271-282

Deltas and beaches of the glacial lake Agassiz..............................Bull 39

Deltas, formation of .............. Ann 5, pp 104-108; Mon i, pp 65-70; Mon xi, 96-99

Dendritic tufa of Mono valley, California ....................... Ann 8,1, pp 311-315

Denmark, fossil plants of, the literature of the .......................Ann 8, n, p 778

Density and electrical resistance, relation between, when varying with the

temper of steel.............................................. Bull 27, pp 30-50

Denudation, elevation and, of the entire mountain and plateau region of the

West in Tertiary times...............:..................... Ann 6, pp 189-191

Denudation, the great, in the Grand canyon district............... Ann 2, pp 95^.03-;

Men ir, pp 61-77,220-222,"250-260 

Denudation. See-, also, Degradation. 

Denver beds, correlation of the.......................... Bull 83, pp 136-137,145-146

Deposition and erosion, glacial....................... Jl........ Ann 8, i, pp 355-369

Deposition, conditions of, in the Newark area...................... Bull 85, pp 45-53

Deposition; conditions of sedimentation in Bonueville basin...... Ann 2, pp 176-180

Deposition; experiments in the precipitation of fine sediments. ..Mon I, pp 205-208;

Bull 36; Bull 60, pp 139-145 

Deposition; genetic classification of glacial drift and associated deposits. ....Ann 3,

pp 296-309 

Deposition, glacial, of Mono basin............................... Ann 8, i, pp 358-368

Deposi tiou in fresh-water marshes............................. Ann 10, i, pp~261-294

Deposition in lakes.................................................... Ann 2, p 174

Deposition in marine marshes .................................... Ann 6, pp 359-388

Deposition, littoral........................... Ann 2, pp 181-182; Ann 3, pp 206-211 ;

Ann 5, pp 90-99; Mou i, pp 46-59, 65-72,135-166; Mon xi, pp 90-98 

Deposition; loess, origin of the................................... Ann 6, pp 286-307

Deposition, long era of, from Carboniferous to Tertiary, in the Grand canyon

district .... ..-...---.....--.--...-.--.-........-.... ....Mon n,pp 208-209

Deposition of perezonal formations................................ Bull 84, pp 98-99

Deposition of saline matter by desiccation ............................Ann 3, p 199;

Mon i, pp 208-209; Mon xi, pp 223-230 

Deposition of sand iu dunes...............................Ann 5, pp 99-100;" Ann 9,

pp 574-575; Mou i, pp 59-60; Mon xi, pp 153-156

Deposition of travertine and sinter by vegetation of hot springs... Ann 9, pp 619-676 

Deposition of tufa in lake Mono, California......... Ann 8, i, pp 289-290,297, 311-315

Deposition of tufas in lake Lahontan............................ Ann 3, pp 212-221;

Mon xr, pp 188-222; Bull 12, pp 10-14 

Deposition of tufas in lake Bonneville......... Ann 2, pp 190-191; Mon i, pp 167-169

Deposition; petroleum and natural gas, accumulation of.......Ann 8,11,pp 507-517;

Ann 11, i, pp 654-661

Deposition; phosphatic deposits, origin of.. Bull 46, pp 12-15, 40-41,44,50-52,69,86-90 

Deposition; quicksilver ores, origin of...... Ann 8, II, p 985; Mon xm, pp 55,438,445

Deposition; relation of characters of sediments to characters of marine

faunas................................................................ Bull 3

Deposition; spits on shore of Nantucket island, origin of....Bull 53,pp 12-15,49-54

Deposition, terraces due to..............................!.Aun 5, pp 90-99,119-120;

Mon i, pp 55-57,65-71,81-83,153-166 

Descloizite (?) from Beaverhead county, Montana, description and analysis

of........................................................ Bull 60, pp 130-131

Descloizites, three, from new Ipcalities, analyses.of.. ..............Bull 64, pp 24-28
WABMAN.] INDEX. 365

Desert, mount, Maine, geology of.............................. Ann 8, n, pp 987-1061

Desiccation, freshening of lakes by........... Ann 2, pp 177-180; Ann 3, pp 224-230;

*" Mon i, pp 208-209, 229, 258; Moil xi, pp 224-230 

Desiccation products of Lahontan basin ........... Ann 3, pp 224-230; Mon xi, p 223

Desiccation products of Sevier lake, Utah.......................... Mon i, p 225-227

Detrital rocks of the KeAveenaw series ....................... Mou v, pp 127-133,151

Devil's head mountain, Colorado, notes upon tho occurrence of topaz at....Bull 20,

; pp 73-74 

Devonian age, fishes of the ......................................Mou xvi, pp 23-74

> Devonian fauna of Nevada, New York, falls of Ohio, and Iowa, a summary of

the.............................................................Mon viu, p 6

Devonian fauna of the Eureka district, Nevada........... Mon xx, pp 70-84,1.93,199

Devonian faunas, the higher, of Ontario county, New York.................. Bull 16

Devonian; fossil faunas of the upper Devonian in New York and Pennsylvania. .....-..--.-....--..--..-....----.....-.......-....-............ Bull 3

Devonian fossils of the Eureka district, Nevada........ .Mou vm, pp 99-211, 274-278

Devonian fossils of the Eureka district, Nevada, systematic list of the...... Mon xx,

pp 325-330 

Devonian; noumarine fossil Mollusca of North America .......... Ann 3, pp 411-486

Devonian rocks containing bitumen deposits........... Ann 11, i, pp 599-600, 634-638

Devonian rocks in northeastern Iowa .......................... Ann 11, i, pp 314-323

Devonian rocks in the upper Missouri region............................ Ann 6, p 51

Devonian rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada ................... Ann 3, pp 264-267

Devonian, the upper, Genesee section, New York, fossil faunas of...........Bull 41

Devonian; Uinta sandstone in northwestern Colorado ............Ann 9, pp 687-688

Devonian and Carboniferous a correlation essay, by H. S. Williams. ........ Bull 80

^ . Devonian and Carboniferous formations of the Eureka district, Nevada.... Mon xx,

pp 63-98

Devonian. See, also, Paleozoic.

Diabase agglomerate in relation to greenstone schist, Marqnette region, Michigan......................................................Bull 62, pp 185-191

Diabase, enstatite-bearing, from Colorado, described.................... Bull 1, p 35

Diabase from the Keweenaw series described ................ Mon v, pp 37-50,61-68

^ Diabase from the Marquette region, Michigan, described ................... Bull 62,

pp 138-145,168-170,183 

Diabase from the Washoe district, Nevada, described ...................... Mon in,

pp 48-53,112-116,197-199, 381 

. Diabase, occurrence of, in the traps of New Jersey.......................... Bull 67

.Diabase of the Peuokee iron-bearing series, petrographical character of

the..............................................Mon xix, pp 348-359,410-419

t Diabase, olivine, from the Keweeuaw series described.............. Mon v, pp 68-77

~*~ Diabase, relations of, to augite-andesite..................... Bull 17, pp 12,16,20,40

Diabase-porphyrite from the Keweenaw series described .......... .Mon y, pp 77-87

Diabase tuffs of Michigan, and their nietamorphisrn to greenstones.......... Bnll»62,

pp 133,158-162

Diabases and soapstone from the Penokee district of Michigan and Wisconsin ...........................................................Mon xix, p 357

Diabasic amygdaloid of the Keweenaw series ......................Mon v, pp 87-91

_\ Diagrams, conventional characters for ........Ann 2, pp liii, liv; Ann 10, i, pp 77-78

Diamond peak quartzite at Eureka, Nevada........................... Mon xx, p 85

Diamonds. See Precious stones.

Diastatic geology, especially in northeastern Iowa ............. Ann 11,1, pp 242-244

^ Diastrophism and lake Bonneville............. Ann 2, pp 192-200; Mon i, pp 340-392

Diastrophism; character and cause of displacement along fall-line.. Ann 7, pp 616-634 

Diastrophism; characters of landslips........................... Mon i, pp 77,83-84
366 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Diastrophism; deformation of the geoid by loading and unloading...........Mon i,

pp 376-377, 379-383; Bull 48 

Diastrophism; deformation of the geoid by the f emoval, through evaporation,

of the water of lake Bonneville............................ Mon i, pp 421-424

Diastrophism; dislocation of the Vineyard series, Mass........... Ann 7, pp 343-346

Diastrophisin; earthquakes in California in 1889............................ Bull 68

Diastrophism; elevation and subsidence inferred from Cenozoic and Mesozoic

rocks of Alabama......................................... Bull 43, pp 136-138

Diastrophism; fault scarps and fault terraces ................... Mon i, pp 76-77,83

Diastrophism; flow of solids, or the behavior of solids under high pressure..Bull 55}

pp 67-75; Bull 64, pp 38-39; Bull 73 

Diastrophism in relation to volcanism in the Sierra nevada. ....Ann 8, i, pp 428-430

Diastrophism in the eastern portion of the Uinta range........... Ann 9, pp 691-705

Diastrophism in the Newark areas .............................. Bull 85, pp 78-100

Diastrophism; mechanical origin of the Triassic monocline in Connecticut........................................................Ann 7, pp 481-490

Diastrophism; mountain building,nature of the process of.......Ann 6,pp 195-197

Diastrophism; movements which resulted in the elevation of Mosquito range,

Colorado ..............................................Ann 2, pp 211-214,277

Diastrophism; origin of the Lahoutan basin...................... Mon xi, pp 24-28

Diastrophism; orogeny of the Eureka district, Nevada....Mon xx, pp 10-30,209-217

Diastrophism; post-glacial uplift of Nantucket island ............ B'lll 53, pp 44-49

Diastrophism; post-Lahoutan faults and flexures.... ........... Mon xt, pp 274-283

Diastrophism, post-Quaternary, in Mono basin................... Ann 8, i, pp 389-390

Diastrophism; Eocky mountains, origin of the structure of the.. .Mon xn, pp 24-27 

Diastrophism; subsidence of the Grand canyon district.......... Mon n, pp 210-214

Diastrophism; stibsidence on the coast of Nautucket island, evidence of....Bull 53,

pp 28-30,48 

Diastrophism; the Charleston earthquake........................ Ann 9, pp 209-528

Diastrophism; the form and position of the sea leArel....................... Bull 48

Diastrophism; theory of faults of the Comstock lode ............ Ann 2, pp 300-304 ;

Mon in, pp 156-187, 377-378 

Diastrophism; uplifts in the Grand canyon district.............. Ann 6, pp 158-160,

189-198; Mon n, pp 69-77,120-121,191-192, 216-218 

Dicotyledons of the Dakota group............................. Mon xvn, pp 42-211

Dicotyledons of the Laramie flora................................ Bull 37, pp 18-104

Differentiation of lavas ........................................ Mon xx, pp 287-289

Dikes associated with iron ore in the Penokee district.................... Mon Xix,

pp 271-275, 276-279 

Dikes in walls of the Grand canyon of the Colorado............... Mon n, pp 95-96

Dikes, intrusive, in the Eureka district, Nevada................ Mon xx, pp 247-249

Dikes of mount Desert island, Maine ........................ Ann 8, n, pp 1052-1057.

Dikes of .the cape Ann district, Massachusetts............ Ann 9, pp 579-583,589-596

Dikes in the lake Superior region................... Mon v, pp 143-144,370, 379, etc.

Diller (J. S.), a late volcanic eruption in northern California and its peculiar

lava.................................................................Bull 79

Diller (J. S.), administrative report for 1886-87.................. Ann 8, i, pp-193-194

Diller (J. S.), administrative report for 1887-88.................... Ann 9, pp 98-100

Diller (J. S.), administrative report for 1888-89................. Ann 10,1, pp 144-147

Diller (J. S.), administrative repqrt for 1889-90. ................... Ann 11,1, pp 90-94

Diller (J. S.), administrative report for 1890-91.. .............. Ann 12, i, pp 100-103

Diller (J. S.), geology of Lassen peak district................... Ann 8, i, pp 395-432

Diller (J. S.), notes on the geology of northern California...................Bull 33

Diller (J. S.), peridotite of Elliott county, Kentucky........................Bull 38

Diller (J. S.) and Clarke (F. W. j, turquoise from New Mexico..... Bull 42, pp 39-44
^ WARMAN.] INDEX. 367

' Diller (J. S.) and Whitfield (J. E.), dumortierite from Harlem, New York, and

^ Clip, Arizona...............................................Bull 64, pp 31-33

Diuocerata, an extinct order of gigantic mammals ....... Ann 5, pp 243-302; Mon x

Dinocerata, bibliography of the.................................Mon x, pp 225-237

Dinocerata, classification of the................................. Mon x, pp 190-191

v Dinocerata, description of genera of the....... Anu 5, pp 255-301; Mon x, pp 11-164*

__ Dinocerata, Eoceue, of the Rocky mountain region.............:. Ann 5, pp 249-254

i Dinocerata; restoration of Dinoceras and Tinoceras................... Ann 5, p 302;

Mon x, pp 165-168 

^ Dinocerata, synopsis of genera and species of the suborder.. ....Mon x,pp 193-223

i Diorite from Delaware described.................................. Bull 59, pp 29-31

Diorite from the Marquette region, Michigan, described.... .Bull 62, pp 181-183,198

) Diorite from the Mosquito range, Colorado, described........ Mon xn, pp 84,333-334

, Diorite from the Washoe district, Nevada, described.............. Mon in, pp 34-45,

93-108,150,192-196 

Diorite, inclusion in, from near Peekskill, New York, analysis of.......Bull 60, p 158

Diorite, relation of, to gabbro near Baltimore, Maryland............ Bull 28, pp 34-49

Diphenylamine, compressibility and thermal expansion of.............. Bull 92, p 34

Disintegration resulting in soils............................... Ann 12, i, pp 250-268

Dismal swamp, description of (geology, topography, animal life, method of 

draining, healthfnlness, etc.), and fresh-water morasses of United 

States.................1................................. Ann 10,i, pp 255-339

Displacements in the Great basin, data concerning ................ Ann 4, pp 451-453

Displacements in the Plateau country are monoclines .................. Ann 6, p 118

Displacements in the region of the Uinta mountains .............. Ann 9, pp 691-706

' Displacements of the middle Atlantic coastal plain and piedmont region.... .Ann 7,

^- - pp 616-634 

Displacements, recent and more ancient, in the lake Lahontan basin ........ Mon xi,

pp 24-28,274-283

Displacements. See, also, Diastrophism; Faults.

Distillations, quantitative, an account of a convenient form of apparatus for, 

^ with a method for the separation and estimation of boric acid ....... Bull 42,

pp 64-72 

;4 Distribution of the Dakota group of fossil plants, table of..... .Mon xvn, pp 222-225

Distribution, the geographical, of fossil plants.................. Ann 8, II, pp 663-960

District of Columbia, altitudes in the .......................... Bull 5, p 77 ; Bull 76

District of Columbia, boundary lines of the........................ Bull 13, pp 85-88

District of Columbia, clay and brick industry of the ............. MR 1883-84, p 696;

MR 1887, pp 535,537; MR 1888, p 558; MR 1891, p 504- 

District of Columbia, Cretaceous deposits of the ....................... Bull 82, p 89

*i- District of Columbia, geologic investigations in the...... A.nn 5, p 41; Ann 7, p 109;

Ann 8, i, pp 166-167; Ann 9, p 102; Ann 10, pp 150-152; Ann 11, i, pp 65,68 

District of Columbia, iron and steel from the, statistics of................. MR 1882,

pp 120,125,133,134,135; MR 1886, p 18 

District of Columbia, topographic work in the ...................... Ann 5, pp 8,41;

Ann 6, pp 16, 30; Ann 7, p 109; Ann 8, i, p 100 

Divining rod, the..............................................MR 1882, pp 610-626

Dolerite of the Newark system, description and. analyses of......:. Bull 85, pp 66-77

"^ Dolomite, chlorine in, of the Mosquito range, Colorado........... -..... Mon xn, p 279

' Dolomite from Tnckahoe, New York, analysis of. w..................... Bull 60, p 159

Dolomite and residual clay from Morrisville, Alabama, analyses of.... .Bull 60, p 159

Dolomite marble from Cockeysville, Maryland, analysis of.. .ft........ Bull 60, p 159

"< Dolomite of the Mosquito range, Colorado ............. Mon xn, pp 60,63-66,278-281

Dolomitic sediments discussed..........'.............................Mon xu,p 276

Donner lake reservoir sites and canal line................. Ann 11,11, pp 173-174,182

j Douglas (J.), jr., the cupola smelting of copper in Arizona.. .MR 1883-84. pp 397-410
368 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Douglas (J.), jr., the metallurgy of copper..................... ME 1882, pp 257-280

Drainage basins, classification of .......... Ann 7, pp 558-562; Ann 12, n. pp 232-234

Drainage districts of the arid region of the United States, map showing

the ....................................................... Ann 11, H, pp x-xi

Drainage features of the driftless area ...........................: Ann 6, pp 217-218

Drainage in Washing-ton territory, changes in the, due to glaciation .... . .i.Bull 40

Drainage of Green river basin in relation to mountain structure ... Ann 9, pp 703-712 

Drainage of the Paria plateau ................................... Mon n, pp 200-203

Drainage, Quaternary, in the Great basin.................. Mou xi, pp 28-32,156-157

Drainage; rivers, origin and persistence of....... Ann 2, pp 60-61; Mon n, pp 72,219

Drainage system of the district about the head of Chesapeake bay ........... Ann 7,

pp 550-551,553-558 

Drainage system of the Grand canyon district, origin of the................. Mon u,

pp 72-74,187-188,192-196,218-220 

Drainage system of the Kaibab plateau .....................................Ann 2,

pp 134-135, 138-140; Mon n, pp 192-198 

Drainage. See, also, Degradation; Irrigation; Physiography. 

Drift deposits of cape Ann, Massachusetts.............................. Ann 9, p 546

Drift of northeastern United States, map of the................... Ann 6, pp.204-205

Drift sheets in northeastern Iowa and in Indiana....... Ann 11,1, pp 472-542,639-641

Drift. See, also, Glacial; Pleistocene.

Driftless area of. the upper Mississippi valley ..................... Ann 6, pp 199-322

Driftless region of the upper Mississippi and environs, geological map of

the........................................................ Ann 6, pp 220-221

Dudley (W. L.), iridium, statistics of ....................... MR 1883-84, pp 581-591

Dumortierite from New York and Arizona...... Bull 60, pp 133-135; Bull 64, pp 31-33

Dunes and drifting sand ............................................ Mon i, pp 59-60

Dunes, formation of............................................... Ann 5, pp 99-100

Dunes of gypsum in Bonneville basin..................................Mon i, p 223

Dunes, sand, in the Great basin ................................. Mon xi, pp 153-156

Dunes, sand, of cape Ann district, Massachusetl s ^................. Ann 9, pp 574-575

Duuyte of North Carolina, occurrence, analyses, etc., of the ........ Bull 42, pp 45-63

Dutton (C. E.), administrative report for 1879-80 ................... Ann 1, pp 28-31

Dutton (C. E.), administrative report for 1880-81 .................... Ann 2, pp 5-10

Dutton (C. E.), administrative report for 1882-83 ................... Ann 4, pp 22-23

Dutton (C.E.), administrative report for 1883-84 ...................Ann 5, pp 42-43

Dutton (C. E.), administrative report for 1884-85 ...................Ann 6, pp 59-62

Dutton (C.E.), administrative reportfor 1885-86......"..........--.Ann 7,pp 97-103

Dutton (C. E.), administrative report for 1886-87 ................Ann 8, i, pp 156-165

Dutton (C. E.), administrative report for 1887-88.................... Ann 9, pp 96-98

Dutton (C. E.), Hawaiian volcanoes ............................... Ann 4, pp 75-219

Dutton (C. E.), mount Tay'lor and the Zufii plateau............... Ann 6, pp 105-198

Dutton (C. E.), physical geology of the Grand canyon district.. ....Ann 2, pp 47-166

Dutton (C. E.), report on hydrographic and engineering branches of irrigation

survey during 1888-89.....................................Ann 10, pp 2, 65-77

Dutton (C. E.), Tertiary history of the Grand canyon district............... .Mon n

Dutton (C. E.), the Charleston earthquake..'....................... Ann 9, pp 203-528

Dynamic action, new rock structures produced by............... Bull 62, pp 206-208

Dynamic geology. See Degradation; Deposition; Diastrophism; Metaniorphism;

Volcanism. 

Dynamic metamorphism in eruptive rocks..................................Bull 62

Dynamic movements^ the Leadville district, Colorado....... Ann 2, pp 211-214,277

Dynamic movements in the Rocky mountain region .............. Mon xir, pp 31-39

Eakins (L. G.), kaolin from the Waterfall mine, Colorado.............. Bull 60, p 136

, Eakins (L. G.), new analyses of astrophyllite and tscheffkinite..... Bull 90, pp 41-44

Eakins (L. G.), seven new meteorites .. .... .............i.......... Bull 78, pp 91-97
WAHSIAH.l INDEX. 369

Eakins (L. G.), triplite from the Black hills, Dakota .............Bull 60, pp 135-136

Eakins (L. G.), two new meteorites, description and analyses of....Bull 90, pp 45-4:6

Eakius (L. G.), two sulphantiuionites from Colorado.............Bull 60, pp 115-117

Eakins (L. G.), xanthitane from North Carolina ........................ Bull 60, p 135

Earth, crust of the, elementary composition of the ................. Bull 78, pp 35-42

Earth, rigidity of the, considerations concerning the, derived from a study of

lake Bounevillo ............................................Mon i, pp 387-392

Earthquake, the Charleston, of August 31,1886.................... Ann 9, pp 203-528

Earthquake waves, nature and mechanism of .....................Ann 9, pp 400-4-09

Earthq uakos and fan 11 scarps .................................... Mon i, pp 360-362

Earthquakes in California in 1889 ..........................................Bull 68

Earthquakes in California in 1890 and 1891. ................................. Bull 95

Earths, residuary, character and constitution of................... Ann 6, pp 239-251

Earthworms, action of, in produci ng soils ...................... Ann 12, r, pp 274-276

East Indies, tin production of the .......................... MR 1883-8.4, pp 621-622;

MR 1885, p 377; MR 1888, p 215; MR 1889-90, p 121 

Eastern sandstone, junction between i!r. and tlio Keweenaw series of lake

Superior............................................................. Bull 23

Eastern sandstone of the Penokee district, lake Superior..'..... .Mon xix, pp 461-4:63

Eohiuodermata, description of species of, from the middle Cambrian of North

America .................................................... Bull 30, pp 94-95

Echiiioderinata from the Carboniferous of the Eureka district..Mon vin, pp 212-213 

Eehiuoderriiata, Mesozoic, of the United States............................... Hull 97

Echiuodcrmata of the higher Devonianof Ontario county, New York........ Bull 16,

PP 2 ">> 63 

Echinodormata of the Olonellus zone ........................... ....Ann 10, i, p 607

Ediiuoidea of the United States .................................. Bull 97, pp 33-92

Eckart (W. R.), notes oiwueclianieal appliances nsod in mining and milling on

thfe Comstock lode ........................................... Ann 1, pp 50-52

Educational series of rocks and bulletin .to accompany the same, progress of

the preparation of the................................... Ann 12, i, pp 102-103

EHIoreseence on sandstone from Cliff creek, Colorado, analysis of...... Bull 60, p 170

Effloresce? ices, saline, of Lahontan basin.........................Mon xi, pp 230-232

Egypt, fossil plants of, literature of the ........................Ann 8, u, pp 800-802

Egypt, petroleum fields and wells of ...........................MR .1886, pp 478-480

Eheolite from Litch field. Maine,, analysis of....................... Bull 42, pp 28-29

Eldridge (G. H.), administrative report for 1390-91 .............Ann 12, r, pp 82-84

Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstone national park, the eruptive rocks of.......:...........-........................ Ann 12, r, pp 569-664

Electric (thermo-) measurement of high temperatures ...................... Bull 54

Electrical activity of ore bodies...... Ann 2, pp 320-324; Mon in, pp 309-367,400-404

Electrical and magnetic properties of the iron carburets....................Bull 14

Electrical conductivity and resistance, measurement of............Bull 14, pp 36-38

Electrical conductivity and temperature, relation between.... ....Bull 14, pp 15-27

Electrical conductivity of mercury, the effect of pressure on the.. .Bull 92, pp 68-77 

Electrical observation and assays of Eureka ore deposits.... ....Mon vu, pp 142-144

Electrical pyrometers, calibration of...... ................ Bull 54, pp 84-125,165-238

Electrical resistance and density, relation between, when varying with the

temper of steel ............................................. Bull 27, pp 30-50

Electrical resistance, strain, temper, and viscosity................. Bull 94, pp 31-33

Electrolysis in the metallurgy of copper, lead, zinc, and other metals.... .MR 1882,

pp 627-658

Electrolysis of their silver salts, the indirect estimation of chlorine, bromine, 

and iodine by the, with experiments on the convertibility of the silver 

salts by the action of alkaline haloids....................... Bull 42, pp 89-93

Bull, 100 24
370 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Electro-thermal measurement of high temperatures.... ....Ann 4, pp 53-59; Bull 54

Elements, the chemical, the relative abundance of................. Bull 78, pp 34-42

Elevation and subsidence in cape Ann, Massachusetts, district, evidences of

recent......................................................Ann 9, pp 567-574

Elevation and subsidence in the Dismal swamp district.... ....Ann 10, i, pp 328-332

Elevation and subsidence inferred from Ceuozoic and Mesozoic rocks of Alabama. .................................................... Bull 43, pp 136-138

Elevation of mount Desert island during'and after the glacial period. ....Ann 8, u,

pp 1009-1034 

Elevation of the northern sierras of Cali forma ........ . ........ Ann 8, r, pp 426-432

Elevation of the piedmont region of California..................Ann 8, J, pp 425-426

Elevation of the surface of the Bouneville basin by expansion due to change

of climate ............................................ '..... Mon I, pp 425-426

Elevation. See, also, Altitudes; Diastrophism.

Elevations in the Dominion of Canada ...................................... Bull 6

Elevations in the United States, dictionary of ...................... Bull 5; Bull 76

Elk mountains, Archean and Algonkiau rocks of the.................. Bull 86, p 317

Elpasolite, a new mineral from El Paso county, Colo., description of....Bull 20, p 57

Embankments and terraces, the formation of .................... Ann 2, pp 171-172;

Ann 3, pp 206-208; Mon i, pp 36, 46-58, 78-86; Mon xi, pp 88-89 

Enibudo gauging station, New Mexico, results of measurements at.......... Ann 12,

pp 257-258 

Emeralds in North Carolina, the discovery of....... ............ MR 1882, pp 500-502

Emeralds. See, also, Precious stones.

Emery and corundum, statistics of............... MR 1882, pp 476-477; MR 1883-84,

" pp 714-720; MR 1885, pp 429-432; MR 1886, pp 585-586; MR 1887, 

pp 553-554; MR 1888, pp 577-578; MR 1889-90, p 457; MR 1891, 555-556 

Emiuoris (E.), reprint of descriptions by, of flora from the $lesozoic of North

Carolina.................................................. Mou vi, pp 97-123

Emmous (S. F.), admin istrative report for 1879-80.................. Ann 1, pp 16-23

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1880-81.................. Ann 2, pp 18-21

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1881-82.................. Ann 3, pp 22-24

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1882-83.................. A nn 4, pp 34-39

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1883-84................... Ann 5, pp 43-47

Einmons (S. F.), cadmiiiistrcative report for 1884-85.................. Ann 6, pp 62-67

Emmous (S. F.), administrative report for 1885-86.............. ....Ann 7, pp 91-93

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1886-87..............Ann 8, i, pp 144-146

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1887-88..................Ann 9, pp 87-91

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1888-89.............Ann 10, i, pp 137-140

Emmons (S. F.), administrative report for 1889-90........... ....Ann 11, r, pp 87-89

Emmous (S. F.), administrative report for 1890-91............... Ann 12, I, pp 96-99

Emmons (S. F.), geological sketch of Buffalo peaks, Colorado.... ..Bull 1, pp 11-17

Emmons (S. F.), geology and mining industry of Leadville, Colorado........ Ann 2,

pp 201-290; Mon XTI and atlas 

Emmons (S. F.), quoted on the glaciers of mount Rainier..... ....Ann 5, pp 335-339

Emmons (S. F.), report of Tenth Census work .....................Ann 1, pp 60-65

Engineering operations for irrigation purposes .......................... Ann 10, n,

pp 37, 45-48, 78-108; Ann 11, n, pp 111-200 

England. See Great Britain. 

Engraving and printing, a division of, organized in the Geological Survey. ....Ann

12, i, p 138

Enlargements of mineral fragments in certain detrital rocks of the northwestern states............................................. Ann 5, pp 218-241

Enlargements, secondary, of mi ueral fragineu ts in certain rocks.............. Bull 8

Enstatite-bearing diabase from Colorado described..................... Bull 1, p 35

£ocene> bibliography of works relating to the .,««..;*.......*.... Bull 83, pp 148-159
 WARMAN.] INDEX. '371

Eocene, bozvadar ies of the......................................... Bull 84, pp 20-21

Eocene; Brandon formation of Verrnonl;, Pennsylvania, and Georgia. .Bull 83, pp 90-94 

Eocene; Cephalopoda from the marls of New Jersey..........Mon xvin, pp 284-288

Eocene; Chico-tejon series ..... Ann 6, pp 68-70, 73; Bull 15, pp 11-17; Bull 19, pp 14,17

Eocene; Cliico-tejou series in Oregon and Washington, equivalents of the ...... Bull

51, pp 28-32 

Eocene; Chico-tejon series of California, description of fossils from the ......Bull

51, pp 11-27 

Eocene, Dinocerata from the............................. Ann 5, pp 249-302; Mon x

Eocene formation in Virginia................... °...................... Mon xv, p 59

Eocene formations of America, correlation of the............................ Bull 83

Eocene; fossil butterflies of Florissant, Colorado............... Ann 8, I, pp 439-470

Eocene; Gasteropoda from the marl beds of Now Jersey ....... .Mon xviu, p 190-239

Eocene in Alabama, Georgia,, etc............................................ Bull 43

Eocene in California............ Mon xm, pp 215-217, 299-300, 461; Bull 15; Bull 19

Eocene in Dakota.......................................................... Bull 21

Eocene in Lassoii peak district, California........................ Arm 8, pp 413-422

Eocene in northwestern. Colorado ................................ Ann 9, pp 690-691

Eocene in Texas.................................................. Bull 45, pp 84-86

Eocene in the Grand canyon district.......... Ann 2, pp 74-76; Mou 11, pp 16,27-31

Eocene in the Plateau region ................................Ann 6, pp 140,188-190

Eocene island of Florida.........................................Bull 84, pp 181-182

Eocene; Laramie group of strata partly Cretaceous, partly Eocene......Bull 82,

pp 127,148; Bull 83, pp 132-134 

Eocene; Laranrie. See, also, Cretaceous; Laramie. 

Eocene, marine, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of western

North America....................................................... Bull 18

Eocene marls of New Jersey, Lamellibrauchiata from the...... ..Mon ix, pp 222-242

Eocene Molluscaii fauna of the Puget group....................... Bull 51, pp 49-63

Eocene; nonmarine fossil Mollusca of North America............ Ann 3, pp 411-486

Eocene of Florida..............................................Bull 84, pp 101-105

Eocene of Martha's vineyard..................................... A mi 7, pp 326-328

Eocene of the United States, historical sketch of the literature of the......Bull 83,

pp 17-37,96-100,112-131 

Eocene; Oligocene, inapplicable of, in American nomenclature......Bull 83, pp 16,89

Eocene; 08trei<Ue of North America.............................. Ann 4, pp 309-312

Eocene; phosphate deposits of South Carolina.............................. Bull 46

Eocene; Puget group of deposits in Washington................Bull 83, pp 107-108

Eocene, Senonian, and L;iramie plants, table of distribution of, and discussion

thereof.................................................... Ann 6, pp 443-536

Eocene; Tcjou group of deposits in California, Oregon, and Washington......Bull

83, pp 100-106

Eocene, the succeeding fresh-water, find other groups, the relation of the Laramie Molluscan fauna to that of....................................... Bull 34

Eocene. See, also, Tertiary.

Eolian sands in the Great basin.................................Mon xi, pp 153-156

Eoliaii soils...................................................Ann 12,1,pp 326-329

Eparchean proposed as a name for a system of rocks between the Arch0.111 and

the Paleozoic proper............... Ann 7, pp 454-455; Bull 86, pp 148,461-462

Epeirogeny. See Diastrophisrn.

Epidiorite from the Marquette region, Michigan...................... Bull 62, p 145

Epidote a product of mineralogical metamvrphisin................... Bull 62, p 211

Epidote an alteration product of chlorite................ Mou in, pp 75, 213, 370, 384

Epidote an alteration product of feldspar...................... Mon xn, pp 341, 357;

Bull 28, pp 31-32; Bull 59, p 35; Bull 62, pp 108, 211
372 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBULL.IOO.

Epidote, circumstances favoring the formation of............... Mon in, pp 211-213

Epidote not formed at the expense of feldspar.................... Mon ITT, pp 76, 216

Epidotization a kind of mineralogical metamorphism.............. ....Bull 62,p 56

Equilibrium, chemical, of solids, in its relation to pressure and to temperature..Bull

94, pp 109-135 

Equisetece of the older Mesozoic of Virginia......................Mon vi, pp 10-18

Eqnisetese of the Potomac or younger Mesozoic...................Mon xv, pp 63-66

Equisetinead from the Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri...... ....Bull

98, pp 17-4 3 

Equusbeds of Nebraska........................................Bull 84, pp 298-299

Equus beds and fauna, the age of the......... Mon i, pp 393-402; Bull 84, pp 283-285

Erinite from Utah ................................................ Bull 55, pp 40-41

Erosion and deposition, glacial ................................Ann 8, I, pp 355-369

Erosion, atmospheric............................................... Ann 5, pp 75-76

Erosion by solution............................................... Bull 84, pp 88-89

Erosion, elevation and, of the entire mountain and plateau region of the West

in Tertiary time............................................ Ann 6, pp 189-191

Erosion in Colorado...................................... Mon xn, pp 40-44.126-128

Erosion in th& driftless area of the upper Mississippi............. Ann 6, pp 221-239

Erosion phenomena on ca-pe Ann, Massachnsel Is.................. Ann 9, pp 556-567

Erosion, post-glacial, of Martha's vineyard .......................Ann 7, pp 347-351

Erosion, rate of progress of............................................ Ann 4, p 215

Erosion, the great, in the Grand canyon district.......................... Ann 2, pp

95-103; Mon it, pp 61-77, 220-222, 250-260 

Erosion, the tripartite, of the Great plains........................ Bull 57, pp 47-48

Erosion, transportation, and deposition, littoral..Mon i,pp 29-60; Mon XT,pp 87-99

Erovsion. See, also, Degradation. 5

Erosional forms in the Hawaiian islands...........................Ann 4, pp 87-88

Eruptions in the Eureka district, Nevada, age of................... Mou xx, 231-232

Eruptive rocks, analyses of.............. ...... Mon XTT, pp 326, 332, 340, 349, 358, 589

Eruptive rocks, especially those of California, origin of the.. Mon XTII, pp 164-175, 459 

Eruptive rocks of Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstone national park ............................................. Ann 12, i, pp 569-664

Eruptive rocks of the Mosquito range, Colorado.. .Mon xu, pp 74-89, 292-313, 322-354 

Eruptive rocks of the Pen okee series.......................... Ann 10, i, pp 436-438

Eruptive rocks. See, also, Igneous rocks.

Espanola valley, New Mexico, irrigation in the ...............Ann 12, u, pp 258-261

Ether, cornpressibil ity and thermal expansion of.................. Bull 92, pp 28-30

Ettiugshausen (Coustantin, Freiherrvou), biographical sketch of. .Ann 5, pp 380-381 

Eureka, Nevada, silver-lead deposits of.................................... Mon vn

Eureka district, Nevada, description and" history of the ..................Ann 1, pp

32-35, 38; Ann 2, pp 21-34; Mon VH, pp 1-4 

Eureka district, Nevada, geological map of the .......................... Ann 3, pp

240-241; Mon xx, atlas sheet i v 

Eureka district, Nevada, geology of the .......................... Ann 1, p 70; Ann

2, pp xviii-xx; Ann 3, pp 237-290; Mon xx and atlas 

Eureka district, Nevada, mining geology of the......... Aim 4, pp 221-251; Mon vn

Eureka district, Nevada, paleontology of the.... ....Mou VTTI; Mon xx,pp 319-333

Europe, Cambrian rocks of, compared with those of America....Bull 81, pp 373-377

Europe, continent of, during the deposition of the sediment now forming the

Oleuellus zone ..........................................Ann 10, i, pp 562-564

Europe, fossil plants of, literature of the.......................Ann 8, n, pp 672-7$5

Europe, lower Cambrian of, literature of the........... Ann 10, i, pp 545-546,577-581

Europe, quicksilver deposits of............. Ann 8, IT, pp 965-966; Mon xm, pp 27-43

Europe. See, also, the various countries thereof
WARMAN.] INDEX. 373

Eutectic substances in relation to rock magmas........................ Bull G6, p 27

Evaporation measurements .............. Ann 11, u, pp 30-34; Ann 12, n, pp 234-235

Everglades of Florida............................................Bull 84, pp 99-101

Expansion, thermal, of certain rocks, preliminary note on the coefficients of...Bull

78, pp 109-118 

Fallacies, popular, regarding precious-metal ore deposits..... ....Ann 4, pp 253-271

Fault and monocline at Nutria, New Mexico ......................Ann 6, pp 142-145

Fault at margin of Eastern sandstone, lake Superior district..... Aun 3, pp 152-155

Fault basins in western United States ............................ Mon xi, pp 25-27

Fault between Keweeuaw series and Eastern sandstone.....................Bull 23

Fault, throw, hade, strike, etc., denned.'............................... Ann 4, p 442

Faulting and uplifting of the Sierras, relation of, to volcanic phenomena......Ann

8, i, pp 426-430 

Faulting in the Connecticut valley....................... Ann 7, pp 469-477,481-490

Faulting in the Great basin ...................................... Mon i, pp 340-362

Faulting of the Sierra uevada, age of the .......................... Bull 33, pp 15-16

Faulting, structural results of, on the Comsfcock lode, a discussion of the

principles involved ............ Ann 2, pp 300-304; Mon in, pp 156-187,376-380

Faulting. See, also, Diastrophism.

Faults and faulting, topography in the Great basin due to ........ .Ann 4, pp 443-450

Faults and flexures of the Peuokee district..................... Mon xix, pp 437-441

Faults and folds of the Grand canyon district.. ..Ann 2, pp 117-118,124-126,132-133;

Mou IT, pp 13, 19-22, 93-94, 112-117, 122-

123, 162-163,177,183-186,191-192, 205, 228

Faults and folds of the Mosquite range region, Colorado.......... Ann 2, pp 213-214,

< 244-252,265-268; Mou xii, pp 284-292 

Faults and undulations of the Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of Alabama...... Bull

43,117-132 

Faults, classification of........................................... Ann 7, pp 469-481

_, Faults in the copper district of lake Superior........................ Mou v, pp 205,

219, 258-259, 361-365, 416-417 

\ Faults in the Eureka mining district, Nevada .......... Ann 3, pp 288-289; Mon vn,

pp 20, 24-35,38-40,46-50,170,180-183; Mouxx, pp 14-19,100-101,159-160,210-217

* Faults in the lake Lahontau basin....................... Mou xi, pp 163-166, 275-283

Faults of Kilauea, Hawaiian islands.............................. Ann 4, pp 121-122

Fauna, Molluscan, from the Pnget sound region ................... Bull 51, pp 49-63

Fauna of the Braintree, Massachusetts, argillites ..................Bull 10, pp 43-49

Fauna of the lower Cambrian or Oleuellus zone ................ Ann 10, i, pp 509-763

Fauna of the St. John formation contained in the Hartt collection at Cornell

university, review of the..................................... Bull 10, pp 9-42

*r Fauna, the Laramie Molluscan, the relation" of the, to that of the succeeding

i fresh-water Eocene and other groups ................................. Bull 34

Fauna, vertebrate, in America, section to i llustrate...................... Mon x, p 7

Faunas, lists of species of the upper Devonian, of the Geuesee section, New 

^ York ......................................................Bull 41,pp 31-102

j Faunas, on the fossil, of the upper Devonian from Tompkins county, New 

4 York, to Bradford county, Pennsylvania............................... Bull 3

, Faunas, on the fossil, of the upper Devonian of the Geuesee section, New 

"^ York................................................................. Bull 41

Faunas, recent, of different temperature zones, tables showing the number of

shell-bearing marine sptcies of mollusks contained in........ ....Bull 84,p 26

Faunas, the Cambrian, of North America, studies of............ ....Bull 10; Bull 30

Faunas, the higher Devonian, of Ontario county, New York.................Bull 16

' Fayalite from the Yellowstoue national park, analysis of.. .Ann 7, p 272; Bull 27, p 63 

Fayalite in lithophyste, Yellowstoue national park .....................Ami 7, p 270
374 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BUU.IOO. *

Fayalite, origin of, in rhyolite ................................... Ann 7, pp 279-283

Features, topographic, of lake shores.............................. Ann 5, pp 69-123

Feldspar a product of mineralogical metamorphisin ................... Bull 62, p 209

Feldspar, alteration of, to zeolite ................................. Bull 28, pp 52-53

Feldspar, altered, from Laurel creek, Georgia, analysis of.............Bull 42, p 138

Feldspar determinations hy Szab6's method.....................Mon in, pp 405-408 t

Feldspar, epidote an alteration product of..................... Mon xu, pp 341,357;

Bull 28, pp 31-32; Bull 59, p 35; Bull 62, pp 108, 211 

Feldspar fragments, enlargements of, in certain Keweenawan sandstones....Bull 8, .

pp 44-47 

Feldspar from a typical Brandy wine gabbro, analysis of............... Bull 59, p 12

Feldspar, progress of alteration of, during inetamorphism of massive rocks..Bull 62,

pp 214-216 / 

Feldspar, secondary enlargement of, in sandstones.... Ann 5, pp 237-240; Bull 8, p 44

Feldspar, statistics of...................................... MR 1883-84, pp 933-934; >

MR 1885, p 523; MR 1886, p 701; MR 1887, pp 5,6,8-9; MR 

1888, pp 6, 8, 10-11; MR 1889-90, p 6; MR 1891, pp 474,500 

Feldspar yields biotite and quartz on decomposition in granite .... ..Ann 10,1, p 355

Feldspars from Delaware, analyses of.............................. Bull 55, pp 79-80

Feldspars from Hoosac tunnel and Greylock mountain, Massachusetts, analyses of...................... 1................................... Bull 55, p 79

Feldspars from Minnesota gabbros, analyses of........................ Bull 78, p 122

Feldspars from the Peuokee district of Michigan and Wisconsin, analyses

of........................................................ ....Mon xix, p 352

Feldspathic magma in the Eureka district, Nevada................... Mon xx, p 255

Feldspathic rocks, thermal effect of the action of aqueous vapor on.......... Ann 2, s

pp 325-330; Mon HI, pp 290-308, 397-400 

Felsite of the Keweenaw series described.......................... Mon v, pp 95-112

Fernandan system of rocks of Texas............................. Bull 86, pp 267-269

Ferric sulphates, basic, analyses of ................................. Mou xu, p 550' .<«

Ferro-maguesiaii minerals in rocks, decomposition of.................Mon in, p 384

Fertilizer trade in North Carolina in 1886 ...................... MR 1886, pp 611-617 >

Fertilizers, analyses of.................................MR 1883-84, pp 816-819, 821;

MR 1885, pp 471-473; MR 1887, pp 593-594 * 

Fertilizers, statistics of....MR 1882, pp 504-531; MR 1883-84, pp 783-826; MR 1885,

pp 445-473; MR 1886, pp 606-627; MR 1887, pp 580-594; MR 

1888, pp 586-596; MR 1889-90, pp 449-455; MR 1891, pp 557-563 

Filices of the Dakota group.................................... Mon xvn, pp 24-25

Filices of the older Mesozoie of Virginia........................... Mon vi, pp 18-63

Filices of the Potqmac or younger Mesozoie...................... Mon xv, pp 66-166

Filiciueae from the Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri.......... Bull 98, "* 

pp 43-103 . / 

Filtration by means of easily soluble'and easily volatile filters..... Bull 27, pp 27-29

Fisher (F. R.), account of the Charleston earthquake by........ ..Ann 9, pp 242-247

Fishes, fossil, descriptions of genera and species of, from the Triassic rocks r 

of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley................. Mon xiv, pp 24-76 (^

Fishes, fossil, description of two species of, from the upper Devonian of New

York..:....................................................Bull 41, pp 62-63

Fishes, fossil, of the Newark system........................... Bull 85, pp 56-58,125

Fishes of the Carboniferous of North America................... Mon xvi, pp 75-228

Fishes of the Devonian of North America........................ Mon xvi, pp 21-74

Fishes of the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York.. Bull 16, pp 17-20,40-43 

Fishes of the upper Silurian of North America.................... Mon xvi, pp 17-20

Flexures and faults of the Peuokee district .................... Mon xix, pp 437-441

Flexures. See, also, Faults.
WABMAN.] INDEX. 375

?,_. Flood plains and flood-plain soils ............................. Ann 12,1, pp 288-293

I Flora, fossil, geographical distribution of...................... Ann 8,11, pp 663-960

* Flora, 'fossil, of the Dakota group........................................ Mon xvil

j' Flora of the Laramie group, synopsis of the ...................... Aun 6, pp 399-557

Flora of-the outlying Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri ........Bull 98

;J Flora, older Mesozoic, of North Carolina......................... Mon vi, pp 97-128

;r Flora, older Mesozoic, of Virginia .......................................... Mon vr

' Flora, Potomac or younger Mesozoic.......................................Mon xv

) Flora, types of the Laramie ................................................ Bull 37

; Floras and faunas, the higher Devonian, in Ontario county, New York...... Bull 16

Florida, altitudes in .......................................... Bull 5, p 78; Bull 76

'- Floxida, boundary lines of ...................................... Bull .1.3, pp 101-102

".; Florida, clay deposits and industry of............................... MR 1891, p 507

5 Florida, coral, coral rocks, and coqnina gravels f1:0111, analyses of.. Bull 60, pp 162-163 

' Florida, Eocene deposits in ................................. Bull 83, pp 55-57, 82, 87

\- Florida, geologic and paleontologic investigations in. ....Ann 6, p 74; Ann 8,p 182;

i , Ami 9, pp 73-74,124; Aim 10,1,1.19,167; Aim 11,1, pp 

\ 67,102, 111; Anu 12, i, pp 28, 52-53, 55, 71, 75,82-84,117 

> Florida, geologic map of....................................... -Bull 84, pp 156-157 $

> Florida, geologic maps of, listed....................................... Bull Tr, p 112

' :f Florida, mineral springs of..................Bull 32, pp 85-87; MR 1891, pp 603, 604

* Florida, minerals of, the useful................ MR 1882, p 675; MR 1887, pp 719-720

Florida, phosphate deposits of.............. Bull 46, pp 78-79; MR 1883-84,793-794;

t MR 1885, pp 450-453; MR 1886, pp 617-618; MR 1888,

,:f" pp 592-593; MR 1889-90, pp 451-454; MR 1891, p 562

Florida, stratigraphy of........................................ Bull 81, pp 101-158

"' Florida, topographic work in....................................... Ann 11, i, p 38

" Florida; water from surface drainage at St. Augustine, analysis of. ....Bull 60, p 171

' -" Florida; waters from two artesian wells at St. Augustine, analyses of.. .Bull 64, p 59 

Florida peninsula, topography of the............................ Bull 84, pp 86-10.1

Floridas, purchase of the, from Spain..................................Bull 13, p 21

Florissant, Colorado, fossil butterflies of....................... Ann 8, i, pp 433-474

 Florissant, Colorado, and other points in the Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah,

some insects of special interest from..................................Bull 93

Fluid inclusions in minerals of igneous rocks, secondary origin of.......... Mou in,

pp 79,119, 371 

Fluid volume, its dependence on pressure and temperature ........Bull 92, pp 17-67

Fluorspar, statistics of......MR 1882,p 587; MR 1885, p 518; MR 1886, pp 692-693;

MR 1887, p 659; MR 1889-90, pp 468-473; MR 1891, p 586 

Folding in the region of the Uinta and Park ranges .............. Ann 9; pp 692-706

Folding. See, also, Faulting.

Foutaine (W. M.), administrative report for 1884-85................ Ann 6, pp 85-86

Fontaine (W. M.), administrative report for 1887-88.............. Ann 9, pp 132-133

Foutaine (W. M.), administrative report for 1888-89................ Aun 10, i, p 174

Fontaine (W. M.), administrative report for 1890-91................Ann 12, i, p 125

Fontaine (W. M.), older Mesozoic flora of Virginia.......................... Mori vi

Fontaine (W. M.), the Potomac or younger Mesozoic flora................. .Mon xv

Footprints in the Newark strata..................................Bull 85, pp 61-62

Forest areas in the arid region of the United States, maps showing.. Anu 11, it, pp iv-v 

Forestry investigations in the Appalachian region...... Ann 5, pp 64-66; Ann 6, p 93;

Ami 7, pp 135-136; Ann 8, i, pp 201-202 

Forestry of India............................................Ann 12, n, pp 401-405

Forests within the arid region of the United States, their area, timber, destruction, etc............................................... Ann 11, n, pp 206-208

Formulas and tables to facilitate the construction and use of maps..........Bull 50
376 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Fort Ellis beds of Montana...........................................Bull 84, p 287

Fort Union beds, correlation of the......................... Bull 83, pp 114-130,135

Fossil butterflies of Florissant, Colorado....................... Ann 8, i, pp 433-474

Fossil faunas of the upper Devonian, the Genesee section, New York......... Bull 41

Fossil fishes and fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley..................................................... Mon xiv

Fossil insects, a classed and annotated bibliography of...................... Bull 69

Fossil insects, including niyriapods and arachnids, systematic review of our *

present knowledge of........................................... ......Bull 31 .' -

Fossil insects of the world, index to the kuowu, including myriapods and

arachnids............................................................ Bull 71

Fossil Mollusca, marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other, in North *' 

America ..............................................................Bull 18

Fossil Mollusca, nouiuarine, of North America ... Ann 3, pp 403-550; Bull 18, pp 17-19 

Fossil Ostreidse of North America ..'.............................. Ann 4, pp 273-430 '.

Fossil plants, geographical distribution of........................ Ann 8, pp 663-960 '

Fossil wood and lignite of the Potomac formation ........................... Bull 56 '

Fossiliferous deposits of Nantucket ............................... Ball 53, pp 28-42 ,?

Fossils from California, new Cretaceous .................................... Bull 22 " 

Fossils from the Carboniferous limestone of California................. Bull 33, p 11 '

Fossils from the great Sioux reservation, Dakota ...................... Bull 21, p 11

Fossils from the sediments and tufa deposits of lake Lahoiitan.... Mon xi, pp 238-249 4

Fossils,invertebrate,from the Pacific coast.................................Bull 51

Fossils, Mesozoic............................................................ Bull 4 '

Fossils, Mesozoic, types of, from the Texan Permian.........................Bull 77 <

Fossils of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations of y 

the Eureka district, Nevada ................... Mon vm; Mou xx, pp 319-333

Fossils, Qua-ternary, and recent forms from American localities between cape $ 

Hatteras and cape Roque ...........................'.................Bull 24 -V.,

Fossils, the use of, in classification and correlation of strata.................. Ann 7,

*> ' pp 372-377; Ann 11, i, pp 273-275 vFossils. See, also, Invertebrates; Paleobotany; Paleontology; Vertebrates. 

France, antimony production of.................................. MR 1883-84, p 645 [\

France, Cambrian rocks of, correlated with those of Wales...........Ann 10,1, p 581

France, coal area and output of, compared with those of other couutries... MR 1882, «\

p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; 

MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73 i 

France, copper production of .............. MR 1882, p 256; MR 1883-84, pp 371-372; /

MR 1885, p 241; MR 1886, pp 138-139; MR 1888, pp 73, 77; MR 1889-90, p 77 -\ 

France, fossil pi ants of, li terature of the........................ An n 8, n, pp 689-702

France, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other countries....MR

1882, p 109; MR 1883-84, p 257; MR 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, 

p 18; MR 1888, pp 28, 29, 30, 31; MR 1889-90, p 21; MR 1891, pp 46, 73 ^ 

France, lead production of............. MR 1883-84, pp 434,439; MR 1885, pp 264,271 '\

France, manganese production of ................ MR 1888, p 141; MR 1889-90, p 130

' France,mining law of ..........."............................ ....MR 1883-84, p 998

France, phosphorites and phosphates of................... Bull 46, pp 48-53,107-112

France, pyrites mines of ......................................... MR 1883-84, p 885

France, quicksilver occurrences in............................... Mon xm, pp 32-33

France, tin deposits in...........................................MR 1883-84, p 617

France, zinc production of................................. MR 1883-84, pp 480,488;

MR 1885, pp 277, 282; MR 1886, p 159; MR 1887, p 117;

MR 1888. p 95; MR 1889-90, p 92; MR 1891, pp 113,114

Freshening of lakes by desiccation .............................. Ann 2, pp 177-180;

Ann 3, pp 224-230; Mon i, pp 208-209, 229, 258; Mou xi, pp 224-230
WARMAN.] INDEX. 377

Front range, Colo., literature of the geology of.. .Bull 86, pp 308-313, 314-315, 325,506 

Fulgurite from nionut Lincoln, Colorado ............................ Mon xn, p 111

Fulgurite from Wliiteside county, Illinois, analysis of.................Bull 42, p 140

Fiimaroles in Mono valley, California ................................ Ann 8,1, p 372

C abbro-diorite from Delaware, description of...................... Bull 59, pp 15-19

G abbro-diorite from near Baltimore, Maryland, description of......Bull 28, pp 27-32

Ga.bbro-grani.te from Delaware.................................... Bull 59, pp 19-21

G abbro, hornblende-, of tbe Keweenaw series, description of........ Mon v, pp 56-58

Gabbro, olivine-, of the Keweeuaw series, description of ............ Mon v, pp 37-50

Gabbro, orthoclase-bearing, of the Keweeuaw series, description of..Mon v, pp 50-56 

Gabbros and associated hornblende rocks near Baltimore, Maryland.........Bull 28

Gabbros and associated rocks in Delaware ................................. Bull 59

Gabbros, genetic relationships of, i n Delaware..................... Bull 59, pp 40-43

Gaclolinite from Llano county, Texas, analysis of....................... Bull 64, p 40

Gahnite from Montgomery county, Maryland, analysis of................. Bull 9, p 9

Galena and cerussite, relative richness of....................... Mou xn, pp 553-556

Galena and py rite, alteration products of, analyses of................Mon xn,p 606

Galisteo group of rocks of New Mexico .......................... Bull 84, pp 301-303

Gnllatin river basin, hydrography of......................... Ann 11, n, pp 38-39,93

Galvanic, thermo-electric, and magnetic properties of wrought iron, steel, and

cast iron in different states of hardness............................... Bull 14

Gauiopetalie of the Laramie flora ............................... Bull 37, pp 10A-115

Gannett (H.), administrative report for 1882-83...................... Ann 4, pp 3-16

Gauuett 'H.), administrative report for 1883-84.................. .... Ann 5, pp 3-14

Ganuet* (H.), administrative report for 1884-85................ .... ..Ann 6, pp 3-17

Gannett (H.), administrative report for 1885-86 ..................... Ann 7, pp 45-60

Gannett (H.), administrative report for 1886-87 .............. ....Ann 8, i, pp 97-120

Gauuett (H.), administrative report for 1887-88.....................Ann 9, pp 49-67

Gannett (H.), administrative report for 1888-89.................Ann 10, i, pp 83-105

Gauuett (H.), administrative report for 1889-90.................. Ann 11, i, pp 33-48

Gauuett (H.), administrative report for 1890-91.................. Ann 12, i, pp 23-42

Gannett (H.), boundaries of the United States and of the several states and territories, with a historical sketch of the territorial changes............ Bull 13

Gannett (H.), corundum and emery............................ME 1882, pp 476-477

Gannett (H.), dictionary of altitudes in the United States...................Bull 5

Gannett (.H.), dictionary of altitudes in the United States, second edition.. .Bull 76 

Garnet, spessartite, from Llano county, Texas, description and analysis of.. ....Bull

' 90, pp 39-40 

Garnet. See, a,lso, Precious stones. 

Gas accumulation, conditions and modes of...............................Ann 8, li,

pp 507-519; Ann 11, i, pp 654-661 

Gas and oil production, geological factors in................... Ann 8, n, pp 581-589

Gas and petroleum, theories respecting the origin of............ Ann 8, li, pp 485-500

Gas and related, bitumens, the origin, constitution, future, etc., of........... Ann 11,

i, pp 589-616 

Gas, inflammable, and petroleum in Ohio and Indiana, the Trenton limestone

as a source of...........................................Ann 8, n, pp 475-662

Gas, natural, analyses of.....:....... Ann 8, n, pp 591,592, 646; MR 1888, pp 490,510

Gas, natural, history of the use of, in the United States........ .MR 1885, pp 169-173

Gas, natural, in Japan.........................................MR 1888, pp 511-512

Gas, natural, statistics of................................... MR 1883-84, pp 233-245;

MR 1885, pp 155-179; MR 1886, pp 488-516; MR 1887, pp 464-502;

MR 1888, pp 481-512; MR 1889-90, pp 366-372; MR 1891, pp 436-451

Gas, natural, storage and pumping of.......................... MR 1891, pp 441-443

Gas, natural, the Indiana field............s....................Ann 11, i, pp 579-742
378 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 100.

Gas, natural, total consumption of, in the United States.... ....MR 1888, pp 481-486;

ME 1889-90, p 366; MR 1891, p 438 *«. 

Gas, natural, transportation of ................................. MR 1886, pp 493-496

Gas pressure and measurement .......... Ann 8, n, pp 593-603; Ann 11, i, pp 662-675 ? ; 

Gas rocks, analyses of......................... Ann 8, n, pp 553-556, 641-643, 654, 662

Gas wells, care of............................................. Ann 11, i, pp 741-742 *,

Gas wells, pressure and production of.......................... MR 1886, pp 491-492

Gases, viscosity of ............................................... Bull 54, pp 239-306

Gasteropoda, description of species of the middle Cambrian of North Auier- ^ 

ica....................................................... Bull 30, pp 125-131

Gasteropoda, nonmarine fossil, of North America................. Ann 3, pp 443-471

Gasteropoda of the Carboniferous of the Eureka district, Nev ..Mon vui, pp 254-263 i 

Gasteropoda of the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada. ..Mon vin, pp 182-196 ^ 

Gasteropoda of the Eocene..................................................Bull 83

Gasteropoda of the Great basin ................................... Bull 11, pp 16-22

Gasteropoda of the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York.......... Bull 16,

pp 22-23,52-55 "-,

Gasteropoda of the lower Silurian of the Eureka district, Nevada..Mon vm, pp 78-84 

Gasteropoda of the Oleuellns zone............................. Ann 10, i, pp 616-619 v

Gasteropoda, table showing number of, occurring in the several marl' beds of

New Jersey, genera and species under each family.........:.. Mon xvm, p 26

Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and greensaud marls of

New Jersey....................................................... Mon xvm

Gasteropods and cephalopods from the New Jersey Cretaceous recognized at

other localities, table showing................................Mon xvnr, p 30

Gaylussite, analysis of.................................................Mon xi,p 76

G aylussite, occurrence of, in soda lakes ......................., ^..:.... Mon xi, p 76

Gaylussite pseudoinorphs, relation of the Lahontan thinolite to.... Bull 12, pp 25-28 r

Gearksutite from near Pike's peak, Colorado, general description and chemical

investigation of............................................Bull 20,pp 58-62

Geinitz (Hans Bruno), biographical sketch of.......................... Ann 5, p 374

Gems and precious stones, American......................... MR 1882, pp 4; 483-499

Gems, statistics of.................... MR 1882, pp 482-503; MR 1883-84, pp 723-782;

MR 1885, pp 437-444; MR 1886, pp 595-605; MR 1887, pp 555-579;

MR 1888, pp 580-585; MR 1889-90, pp 445-448; MR 1891, pp 539-551

Genesee section, New York, fossil faunas of the upper Devonian............. Bull 41

Genth (F. A.), the minerals of North Carolina.......................... ..-.Bull 74

Geographic distribution of fossil plants........................Ann 8, n, pp 663-960

Geographic work. See Topographic work.

Geoid, form and position of the..........................Mon i, pp 421-424; Bull 48

Geologic folios prepared by the Geological Survey. See pp. 305-306 of this y"

bulletin. 

Geologic investigations in the various states and territories. See each state '

and territory. 

Geologic map of the United States, plan for the...................Ann 8,1, pp 74-76

Geologic maps of portions of the United States and of the world. See entries under " Map, geologic," in this index, pp. 410-416. |v 

Geologic nomenclature and map notation, conference of geologists and lithol- y 

ogists on, in January, 1889..................................Ann 10, i, pp 56-67

Geological survey, laws establishing and extending the.. Ann 1, pp 3-4; Ann 4, p xiii A £ 

Geological survey, plan and organization of the .................... Ann 1, pp 6-14 ;

Ann 7, pp 3-17; Ann 8,1, pp 3-69 ,. 

Geology and topography of India............................. Ann 12, n, pp 399-403

Geomorphic geology, domain and processes of.................. Ann 11,1, pp 244-273

Georgia, altitudes in....................^................. Bull 5, pp 79-83; Bull 76

Georgia, boundary lines of, and cession by, of territory to general government ................. I.........:....................... Bull 13, pp 27, 97-100
WAKMAN.] INDEX. 379

Georgia, brick industry of...................... MR 1887, pp 535,537; MR 1888, p 558

Georgia, building stone from, statistics of.....................MR 1882, pp 451,452;

MR 1886, p 542; MR 1887, pp 514, 518; MR 1888, pp 536,538,

541, 543; MR 1889-90, pp 374, 386-388; MR 1891, pp 457,458

Georgia, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the............................. Bull 81,

pp 144-146,155,303-305, 383-384

Georgia, coal area and statistics of.. Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1883-84, pp 12,39; MR 1885,

pp 11, 26; MR 1886, pp 225, 230, 252; MR 1887, pp 169, 223; MR

1888, pp 169,171,240-241; MR 1889-90, pp 146, 194; MR 1891, p 218

Georgia, coke in, manufacture of..MR 1883-84, p 160; MR 1885, pp 80,89; MR 1886,

pp 378,384, 393-394; MR 1887, pp 383, 389,397-398;

MR 1888, pp 395,400,408; MR 1891, pp 360,366,378

Georgia, copper mines and statistics of...............Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, p 231

Georgia, corundum deposits and statistics of............ MR 1883-84, pp 715,716-717;

MR 1885, p 429; MR 1886, p 585; MR 1887, p 553;

MR 1888, p 577; MR 1889-90, p 457; MR 1891, p 555

Georgia, Eocene deposits in .............'............... ......Bull 83,p 54-55,82,87

Georgia; feldspar, altered, from Laurel creek, analysis of.............Ball 42, p 138

Georgia, fossils from.........................Ann 4, pp 296, 297,311; Aim8,n,p878

Georgia, geologic investigations in.......................Ann 6, p 24; Ann 7, p 114;

Ann 9, pp 78,122; Ann 10,1, p 120; Ann 12, i, p 54,71,79,117 

Georgia, geologic maps of, listed ................................. Bull 7, pp 102,103

Georgia, gold from, statistics of......................... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp

172,176,177,178; MR 1883--84, pp 312,313; MR 1885, p

201; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58,59; MR 1888,

pp 36,37; ME 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,77,78,79

Georgia, iron and steel from, statistics of................ Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

pp 120,129,130,131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, pp 252,278; MR

1885, pp 182,184; MR 1886, pp 18, 33,84-85,98; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888,

pp 14,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17,24,32,35; MR 1891, pp 12,26,54,55,61

Georgia, manganese deposits in.................. MR 1882, pp 424,425; MR 1883-84,

p 552; MR 1885, pp 305, 328-332; MR 1886, pp 181,185-188;

MR 1887, pp 145,146,150-151; MR 1888, pp 124,125,127;

MR 1889-90, pp 127,133-134; MR 1891, pp 127,128,133-134

Georgia, manganese ore from, analy sis of............................ MR 1891, p 134

Georgia; marble from Pickeus county, analysis of................ MR 1889-90, p 387

Georgia, marble production of................................. MR 1891, pp 468,469

Georgia; margarite from near Gainesville, description and analysis of.... Bull 9, p 11

Georgia, mineral springs of..... ...I........... Bull 32, pp 81-85; MR 1883-84, p 981;

MR 1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887, p 683; MR

1888, p 626; MR 1889-90, p 526; MR 1891, pp 603,604

Georgia, minerals of, the useful........... MR 1882, pp 675-677; MR 1887, pp 720-722

Georgia, Neocene beds of..........................................Bull 84, pp 81-85

Georgia, ochre production of........................................ MR 1891, p 595

Georgia, pyrites from............................ MR 1883-84, p 880; MR 1885, p 506

Georgia; pyrolusite from the Etowah region, analyses of------ ---.MR 1883-84, p 552

Georgia, slate production of.........................................MR 1891, p 472

Georgia, topographic work in............... Ann 6, p 9; Ann 7, p 52; Ann 8, i, p 102;

Ann 9, p 53; Ann 10, i, pp 91, 92; Ann 11,1, p 37; Ann 12, i, p 24 

Georgia; waters from Savannah, analyses of.............Bull 55, p 91; Bull 64, p 59

Georgia and Alabama, waters from artesian wells in, analyses of.... ....Bull 55, p 91

Germany, antimony production of........................... MR 1883-84, pp 645-646

Germany, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries.. MR 1882,

p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, 

p 235; MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73
380 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Germany, copper production of............................... MR 1882, pp 255-256;

ME 1883-84, pp 356, 368-370; MR 1885, pp 228, 238-240; MR 1886, pp 128,

135-138; MR 1887, p 87; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 100

Germany, fossil plants of, literature of the..................... Ann 8, n, pp 741-775

Germany, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries...... ..........................MU 1883-84, pp 319, 320; MR 1889-90, p 49

Germany, iron and steel production of, compared with -that of other countries.........................................................MR 1882, p 109;

MR 1883-84, p 257; MR 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, p 18;

MR 1888, pp 28,29, 30,31; MR 1889-90, pp 20,21, 22; MR 1891, pp 46, 73

Germany, lead production of..................... MR 1882, pp 322-323; MR 1883-84,

pp 434, 436-438; MR 1885, pp 264, 267-268 

Germany, manganese production of.................. MR 1886, p 201; MR 1887, p 161

G ermauy, mining law of............................... MR 1883-84, pp 992-996,1001

Germany, nickel produc lion of.............. MR 1882, pp 406,410; MR 1883-84, p 540

Germany, pyrites mines of ... i .................................... MR 1883-84, p 885

Germany, quicksilver deposits of................................ Mon xur, pp 36-37

Germany, salt production of...................................... MR 1883-84, p 849

Germany, tin production of....................................... MR 1883-84, p 618

Germany, zinc production of..... .MR 1882, pp 356-357; MR 1883-84, pp 480,481-486;

MR 1885, pp 277-280; MR 1886, p 159; MR 1887, p 117; MR 1888, pp 95, 96 

Geyser basin, upper, of the Firehole river, Yellowstorie national park .......Ann 9,

pp 651-669 

Geyser waters, analyses of.................................:........... An n 9, p 655

Geyserites from Rotorua, New Zealand, analyses of................ -.... Bull 64, p 45

Geysers of the Yellowstone national park .............................. Ann 9, p- 628

Giguoux (J. E.), the manufacture of hluestoue at the Lyoii mill, Dayton,

Nevada.................................................. MR 1882, pp 297-305

Gila river basin, Arizona, hydrography of the............................ Ann 11, n,

pp 58-63,100,108; Ann 12, n, pp 292-316

Gila river basin, Arizona, irrigation problems relating to the.. Ann 11, n, pp 227-229 

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1879-80................... Ann 1, pp 23-28

G ilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1880-81................... Ann 2, pp 10-17

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1881-82................... Ami 3; pp 14-16

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1882-83................... Ann 4> pp 19-21

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1883-84...................Ann 5, pp 30-34

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1884-85...................Ann 6, pp 22-25

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1885-86................... Arm 7, pp 65-68

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1886-8? ............... Ann 8,1, pp 128-132

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1887-88................... Ann 9, pp 76-78

G ilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1888-89 ..............Ann 10,1, pp 108-113

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1889-90 ................ Ann 11, i, pp 49-62

Gilbert (G. K.), administrative report for 1890-91................Ann 12, i, pp 52-65

Gilbert (G. K.), lake Bouneville, geological history of. ....Ann 2, pp 167-200; Mon i

Gilbert (G-. K.), new method of barometric hypsometry........... Ann 2, pp 403-566

Gilbert (G. K.), sketch of the Quaternary lakes of the Great basin .. Bull 11, pp 9-12 

Gilbert (G. K.), topographic features of lake shores................Ann 5, pp 69-123

Gill (D. W.), administrative report for 1889-90................. Ann 11, i,pp 133-134

Gill (D. WO, administrative report for 1890-91................. Ann 12, i, pp 136-138

Glacial action in New England, the effects of, in the development of shore

swamps ................................................... Ann 6, pp 362-363

Glacial action in perturbing drainage so as to produce swamps......... ....Ann 10,

i, pp 295-303 

Glacial action, land forms produced by ........................ Ann 11, i, pp 249-256

Glacial action on mount Desert, Maine ....................... Ann 8, n, pp 1002-1009
WARMAN.] INDEX. ' 381

Glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and lllinois ........................................................... ......Bull 58

Glacial clays from Milwaukee, Wisconsin, analyses of.................. Ann 6, p 250

Glacial dfttn at Cincinnati, hypothesis of a ....................... Bull 58, pp 76-101

Glacial deposits of Martha's vineyard ............................ An n 7, p p 308-325

Glacial deposits of the middle Atlantic slope .......................... Ann 7, p 611

Glacial epoch; driftless area of the upper Mississippi valley ......Ann 6, pp 199-322

Glacial epoch, second, terminal moral ue of the.................... A nn 3, pp 291-402

Glacial epoch, the Quaternary lakes of the Great basin regarded as the contemporaries of the .........................................Ann 2, pp 187,189

Glacial epochs, rock-scorings of the................................Ann 7, pp 147-248

Glacial epochs. See, also, Pleistocene.

Glacial history and phenomena of northeastern Iowa........... Ann 11, r, pp 472-577

Glacial history of the Mono basin, California.................... Ann 8, i, pp 321-371

Glacial lake Agassiz, upper beaches and deltas of the........................ Bull 39

Glacial masses, modification of sea level by the attraction of.......Hull 48, pp 60-79

Gl acial movement, changes of, and cross-stri ation................. An u 7, p p 200-207

Glacial movement, temperature and saturation as affecting .......Ann 7, pp 186-187

G lacial period, character and effect of the, in the Grand canyon district.... .Mon n,

pp 228-229

Glacial phenomena in Colo.. .Ann 2, pp 228-230; Mon xir, p,p 29-30,41-42,92,126-128 

Glacial phenomena on cape Ann, Massachusetts............... ....Ann 9,pp 546-559

GI ac i al pi i en omen a on Nan tucket ........................... B nil 53, p p 15-28, 42-47

Glacial phenomena. See, also,Drift; Loess.

Glacial stria} of the eastern United States, map of the............Ann 17, pp 151-155

Glacial theory as to the Newark system........................... Bull 85, pp 47-53

Glacial theory, origin and history of the.......................Ann 11, i, pp 280-291.

Glaciation, changes in river courses in Washington territory due to ......... Bull 4t)

Glaciation, correlation of lake maxima with ...................... Mon r, pp 265-283

Glaciatiou, evidence of, in the Yosemite valley .................Ann 10, i, pp 142-143

Glaciation, how affected by change in soJar energy............... .Mon i, pp 283-297

Glaciation in relation, to soils................................. Ann 12, i, 235-239, 268

Glacier, what is a ?............................................... An n 5, pp 309-313

Glaciers, almost total absence of, in the northern half of the Great basin during Quaternary time ....................................... Ann 4, pp 463-464

Glaciers, ancient, of the Sierra nevada ............................Ann 5, pp 327-328

Glaciers, existing and Quaternary, of the high sierra in Cal...... Ann 8, i, pp 324-34.6

Glaciers, existing, of the United States...........................Ann 5, pp 303-355

Glaciers, former and existing, of the Sierra nevada, topographical sketch

of........................................................... Ann 5, pp 310-311

Glaciers of Alaska................................................Ann 5, pp 348-355

Glaciers, testimony of, regarding the Quaternary climate of the Great"

basin.....................................................Mon xi, pp 265-268

Glass and steel, the effect of sudden cooling exhibited by......... Bull 42, pp 98-131

Glass materials, statistics of........... MR 1883-84, pp 958-977; MR 1885, pp 544-557

Glass sa-nds, analyses of..........................................MR 1883-84, p 962

Glass, stressed, the electrical resistance of........................ Bull 94, pp 85-100

Glass, the viscosity of electrolysing............................... Bull 94, pp 80-84

Glass, thermal expansion and compressibility of................... Bull 96, pp 54-55

Glaucophane in uietamorphic rocks of the Coast ranges of California. .Mon xm, p 76 

Glaucophane schists of the Coast ranges of California.......... Mon xiit, pp 102-104

Gneiss, Arohean, of northern Wiscons i n......'.................. Ann 10, i, pp 358-362

Gneiss dunyte contacts of Corundum hill, North Carolina, in relation to the

origin of corundum......................................... Bull 42, pp 45-63
382 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO >-

Gneiss of the Mosqui to range, Colorado, description of the........ Mon xn, pp 48-50

Gneisses of the lake Superior district, character of the.......... Ann 10, i, pp 358-360 .

Gogebic series. See Penokee series.

Gold; auriferous gravels of California .......................... Bnll 84, pp 219-222

Gold; auriferous slate series of Lassen peak district, Cal.......Ann 8,1,pp 404-407

Gold, colloidal sulphides of.......................................Bull 90, pp 56-61 ^

Gold deposits in the Leadville district, Colo.... Mon xn, pp 376,513-518,545,579,594

Gold, discovery of, in California and Nevada....................... Mon iv, pp 1-14

Gold in the deposits of Eureka, Nevada.... ..Mon vn, pp 120,131-132,163,167,184,187

Gold, native, from Persia, analysis of.................................Bull 60, p 137

Gold, solubility of............................................ Mon xin, pp 433,474

Gold and silver con version tables..........:............................. ....Bull 2

Gold and silver determinations in rocks of the Leadville region......Mou xu, p 594

Gold and silver, discovery of, in Colorado............................. Mon xu, 7-10 ',

Gold and silver in the United States, production of, since 1804.... ....MR 1888, p 38 x'

Gold and silver in the United States since 1792, product of........ MR 1891, pp 74-75

Gold and silver of the Comstock lode, Nevada...... Mon in, pp 6-7,9,18,224-225, 268

Gold and silver, statistics of.....Ann l,p 73; Ann 2,pp 331-401 ; MR 1882, pp 172-

185; MR 1883-84, pp 312-321; MR 1885, pp 200-207; MR 1886, pp 104-108;

MR 1887, pp 58-65; MR 1888, 36-42; MR 1889-90, pp 48-55; MR 1891, pp 74-80

Gold and silver, the world's production of................ MR 1883-84, pp 319-321;

MR 1888, p 40; MR 1889-90, pp 52-55

Gooch (F. A.), a method for the separation and estimation of boric acid, with " 

an account of a convenient form of apparatus for quantitative distillations ................................................... Bull 42, pp 64-72

Gooch (F. A.), a method for the separation of sodium and potassium from ^ 

lithium by the action of arnyl alcohol on the chlorides, with some 

reference to a similar separation of the same from magnesium and 

calcium ....................................................Bull 42, pp 73-88 "^

Gooch (F. A.), nitration by means of easily soluble and easily volatile

filters .................................................. ....B till 27, pp 27-29

Gooch (F. A.), separation of titanium and aluminum, and of titanium and

iron ........................................................ Bnll 27, pp 16-26 '

Gooch (F. A.) and Whitfield (J. E.), analyses of waters of the Yellowstone

national park, with an account of the methods of analysis employed.. .Bull 47 

Goppert (Heiuri oh Robert), biographical sketch of............... Ann 5, pp 373-374 > 

Gore (J. H.), admi nistrative report for 1881-82...................... Ann 3, pp 30-32

Gossan and mundic ores of Virginia, analyses of...................... MR 1891, p 24 *

Gould (E. R. L.), mining law of states east of the Mississippi.... MR 1886, pf> 722-790

Gradient, barometric..................................... Ann 2, pp 412^20,536-540

Grand canyon group of rocks in Arizona, literature of the........Bull 86, pp 327-332 H

Grand canyon sections............................................. Ann 10,1, p 551;

Bull 30, pp 42-43; Bull 81, pp 356,357; Mon xx, p 207 A 

Grand canyon district, brief description of the..........'............ Ann 1, pp 28-31

Grand canyon district, physical geology of the..................... Ann 2, pp 47-166

Grand canyon district, Tertiary history of the ............ Ann 2, pp xii-xvi; Mon n

Grand canyon district. See, also, Arizona; Utah. . , 

Grand gulf formation of Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas ................ Ann 12, i, "- 

pp 408-410; Bull 84, pp 161-165,167-170,172-175 !> 

Grand gulf group, physical history of the ........................ Bull 84, pp 187-189

Granite, alteration of, to biotite-quartz schist ....................... Ann 10,1, p 355 M

Granite and allied rocks, statistics of............ MR 1882, p 455; MR 1883-84, p 663;

MR 1885, p 397; MR 1886, pp 537-538; MR 1887, pp 512-515; MR

1888, pp 536-544; MRxl889-90, pp 373-440; MR 1891, pp 456-460

Granite from Bradford and Worcester, Massachusetts, analyses of.»MR 1889-90, p 401
WARMAN.] INDEX. 383

Granite from northern Wisconsin described .................... Ann 10, i, pp 354-358

Granite from Steamboat springs, Nevada, described............. Mon xru, pp 141-143

Granite from the Coast ranges of California described...............Mon xm, p 144

Granite from the Marquctte region, Michigan, described..........Bull 62, pp 147-148

Granite from the Mosquito range, Colorado, described ............. Mou xn, pp 46-48

Granite from the Washoe district, Nevada, described........ Mon m, pp 34,91-92,190

Granite of California, origin of the ............................ Mon xm, pp 174-175

Granite of Little Cottonwood canyon, Utah, age of the...... ....Mon xn, pp 309-313

Granite of Sierra nevada older than all sedimentary ...........Mon xm, pp 164-175

Granite of the Eureka district, Nevada .................Mon xx,pp 218-220,337-338

Grani tell of the Kcweeuaw series, description of the.............. Mon v, pp 112-124

Granite-porphyry of the Eureka district, Nevada........ Mon xx, pp 221-229, 339-345

Granites of the Penokee iron-bearing series .................... Mon xix, pp 106, 111

Granophyre groups, relation of, to spherul i tes..................... Ann 7, pp 274-276

Graphite, analyses of.................................................MR 1882, p 593

Graphite, foreign sources of.....................................MR 1886, pp 688-689

Graphite, statistics of.........................................MR 1882, pp 590-594;

MR 1883-84, pp 915-919; MR 1885, p 533; MR 1886, pp 686-689; MR 1887,

pp 672-673; MR 1888, pp 152,361; MR 1889-90; p507; MR 1891, pp 589-590

Gravity, specific, of lampblack.................................. Bull 42, pp 132-135

Great basin, climatic changes in the.............................. A.nn 4, pp 456-457

Great basin, description of the.................................. Ann 3, pp 196-202;

Mon i, pp 5-12; Mon XI, pp 7-15 

Great basin, map of the northwestern part of the ................. Ann 4, pp 438-439

Great basin, map showing limits of the............................. Ann 3, pp 16-17

Great basin, Paleozoic rocks of the ............................. Mon xx, pp 185-209

Great basin, Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the .............. .Bull 11, pp 13-66

Great basin, Quaternary lakes of the. sketch of the .................Bull 11, pp 9-12

Great basin, structure of the mountain ranges of the.............Mon xx, pp 10, 211

Great basin. See, also, California; Nevada; Oregon; Utah.

Great Britain, Cambrian rocks of............................ Bull 81, pp 373-374,377

Great Britain; lower Cambrian strata and fauna o f Wales........... Ann 10, i, p 580

Great Britain, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries..........................MR 1882, p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11;

' MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73 

Great Britain, copper production of........................... MR 1882, pp 245-252;

MR 1883-84, pp 356-363; MR 1885, pp 228, 230-234; MR 1886, pp 128, 129-132;

MR 1887, pp 87,88-92; MR 1888, pp 73,74-77; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 100

Great Britain, fossil plants of, literature of the................. Ann 8, n, pp 672-689

Great Britain; iodine production of Scotland...................... A ..MR 1883-84,

pp 854-855; MR 1885, pp 489-490 

Great Britain, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other

countries .................................................... MR 1882, p 109;

MR 1883-84, p 257; MR 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, p 18;

MR 1888, pp28,29, 30, 31; MR 1889-90, pp 11,18,22,35; MTt 1891, pp58, 59,73

Great Britain, lead production of.................................. .MR 1882, p 321;

MR 1883-84, pp 434,435; MR 1885, pp 264, 268-269 

Great Britain, mining law of........................... MR 1883-84, pp 996-997,1002

Great Britain, manganese production of....................... MR 1886, pp 199-200;

MR 1887, pp 154-159; MR 1888, p 140; MR 1889-90, p 130; MR 1891, pp 143-145 

Great Britain, nickel production of............... MR 1882, p 410; MR 1883-84, p 539

Great Britain; paraffin oil of Scotland.......................... MR 1886, pp 484-486

Great Britain, phosphate deposits of............................. Bull 46, pp 80-102

Groat Britain, phosphorus production of........................ MR 1886, pp 676-677

Great Britain, salt production of.............. *... i..... t .,...... MR 1883-84, p 848
384 PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO. ^

i 

Great Britain, tin production and industry of..........................MR 1883-84,

pp 615-617; MR 1885, pp 376, 377 v 

Great Britain, zinc production of....... MR 1882, p 358; MR 1883-84, pp 480, 486-488;

MR 1885, pp 277, 281-282; MR 1886, p 159; MR 1887, p 117; . 

MR 1888, pp 95, 96; MR 1889-90, p 92; MR 1891, pp 113-114 

Great salt lake, ,analysis of the Avater of...................... Mon i, pp 253,254, 255 %

Great salt lake, saline deposits of ............................... Mon xi, pp 185-186

Great salt lake, surveys, oscillations, fauna, etc., of ..............Mon r, pp 230-259

Great salt lake basin, fresh waters in, analyses of...................... Mon i, p 207

Great salt lake basin, hydrography of....................... Ann 11, n, pp 66-77,109

Greece, fossil plants of, literature of the ....................... Ann 8, u, pp 716-717

Greece, lead production of.................. ME 1883-84, p 434; MR .1885, pp 264, 270

Greece, manganese production 'of................ .MR 1886, p 203; MR 1889-90, p 130

Greece, mining law of..........'............................ .......MR 1883-84, p 999

Greece, zinc production of .......................... MR 1882, p 358; MR 1885, p 283 i

Green mountains, literature of the geology of the ......'.... Bull 86, 355-356, 360, 371

Green moun talus of Vermont, structure of the............ Ann 10, i, pp 13-14,114-115

Green river group, correlation of the................ Bull 83, pp 119,123,140,145-146

Greenland, cryolite production of ............'... ME 1882, p 608; MR 1883-84, p 954;

MR 1886, p 692; MR 1887, p 659; MR 1889-90, p 473 

Greenland, fossil plants of, literature of the .................... Ann 8, n, pp 830-834

Greenstone conglomerates of the Penokee iron-bearing series.... Mon xix, pp 374-387

Greenstone, lower Quinnesec, analyses of....................... i... Bull 62, pp 89-91

Greenstone-schist areas of the Menominee and Marquette regions of Michigan, 

a contribution to the subject of dynamic uietamorphism in eruptive 

rocks..................'.............................................. Bull 62 >

Greenstone schist,relation to diabase agglomerate, Marquette region, Michigan ...................................................... Bull 62, pp 185-191

Greenstone schists, banded, descri bed........................ B all 62, pp 154-162,184

Greenstones, aphanitic, described........................ Bul1 62, pp 163-168,171-173

Grenville scries of rocks of Canada. ............................._ ___. Bull 86, 27-35

Greylock, mount, succession and correlation of the lithological horizons in ..Bull 86,

pp 375-376 

Greywackes of the lake Superior region........................Ann 10, i, pp 426-431 *

Grindstones, statistics of................... M R 1882, p 479; MR 1883-84, pp 713-714;

MR 1885, pp 428-429; MR 1886, pp 582-585; MR 1887, pp 552-553; * 

MR 1888, pp 576-577; MR 1889-90, p 458; MR 1891, pp 552-553 

Gros ventre and Wyoming ranges, Archean and Algonkian rocks of ... .Bull 86, p 280 ' : Guanos, analyses of..................................... Bu]l 46, pp 119-122,125. 126

Guanos, deposits and statistics of................................ Bull 46, pp 117-125

Guitermanite from San Juan county, California., description of.. .Bull 20,pp 105-107 ^. 

Guts, the, of Mississippi........................................ Ann 12, i, pp 434-436

Guyard (A.), metallurgy of the Leadville, Colorado, region........ Ann 2, pp 285-290;

Mon xii, pp 609-751 

Gymnosperms, fossil fruits of, from the Potornac or younger Mesozoic....... Mon xv,

pp 262-273 

Gymnosperms from the.Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri...... Bull 98, I

pp 105-109 *-

Gymnosperms. See, also, Coniferaj; Cycadere; Zamieaj. 

Gypsum, analyses of ...... ...^................................. MR 1887, pp 598-600

Gypsum deposits in Kansas .................................... Bull 57, pp 22-24, 48 -*4.

Gypsum or land plaster in Ohio.............'................... MR 1887, pp 596-600

Gypsum playa and dunes in the Boiiueville basin .....'................. Mon i, p 223

Gypsum, statistics of................. MR 1882, pp 526-531; MR 1883-84, pp 809-815;

MR 1885, pp 458-464; MR 1886, pp 620-623; MR 1887, pp 595-603; MR

1888, pp 6,8,10,11; MR 1880-90, pp 465-467 j MR 1891, pp 680-683 ,
* WARMAN.] INDEX. 385

1 Gypsnm plains district, N. M., irrigation possibilities in the .... Ann 12, IT, pp 281-282

^ Gyrolite, a new occurrence of...................................... Bull 64, pp 22-23

Habitus, valce of, in rock determinations.............................. Mon m, p 85

Hade, fault, strike, etc., denned ........................................ Ann 4, p 442

Hague (A.), administrative report for 1879-80...................... Ann 1, pp 32-35

v Hague (A.); administrative report for 1880-81......................Ann 2,pp 21-35

Hague (A.), administrative report for 1881-82.. I................... Ann ?>, pp 10-14

Hague (A.), administrative report for 1882-83.................. ....Ami 4, pp 10-18

; Hagn e (A.), administrative report for 1883-84...................... Ann 5, pp 15-19

Hague (A.), administrative report Cor 1884-85......................Ann 6, pp 54-59

Hague (A.), administrative rcp:>rt for 1885-86......................Ann 7, pp 87-91

Hague (A.), administrative repoii lor 1886-87.... .............. Ann 8, r, pp 149-153

Hague (A.), administrative report for 1887-88......................Ann 9, pp 91-96

Hague (A.), admi n istrative report for 1888-89................. Ann 10, i, pp 132-137

Hague ^A.), administrative report for 1889-90........:...,....... Ann 11, r, pp 83-87

Hague (A.), administrative report for 1830-91................... Ann 12, i, pp 92-96

Ha-jjfiio (A.), geology of: Eureka district,",' ;v ... Aim 3, pp 237-290; Mon xx and atlas

Hague (A.), ([noted on the glaciers of mount Hood................Ann 5, pp 339-340

i Hague (A..) and Iddings (J. P.), development of crystallization, in the igneous

rocks of Washoe, Nevada, with notes on the geology of the district....Bull 17

Hahu (0. H.), the smelting of argentiferous lead in the West. ..MR 1882, pp 324-345 

Hal lock (W.), chemical action between solids ..................... Bull 61, pp 34-37

Hallock (W.), now method of making alloys.....................Bull 60, pp 147-148

Hallork (W.), preliminary note on the coefficients of thermal expansion of 

^ certain rocks .............................................Bull 78, pp 109-118

\ Hallock (W.), specific gravity of lampblack..................... Bull 42, pp 132-135

Ha-llock (W.), the flow of solids, or the behavior of solids under high pressure.......................... ............Bull 55, pp 67-75; Bull 64, pp 38-39

Halloysite from California-, analysis of..................................Bull 9,p 12

Hamburg limestone and shale at ICureka, Nevada................. Mon xx, pp 39-41

Hampsou (T.), death and biographic sketch of...................... Ann 9, pp 44-46

Hampson (T.'); rules for the preparation of manuscript.... See p 323 of this bulletin

Harris (G-. D,,) and Dall (W. H.), Neocene of North America, a correlation

essay...... ......'.................................................... Bull 84

Hassayampa disaster in Ari/ona. causes of ....................Ann 11, ir, pp 228-229

 Hastings series of rocks of Canada ....................T............Bull 86, pp 27-35

Hawaiian islands, climate aud vegetation of the .................... Ann 4, pp 88-90

Hawaiian islands, coral rocks and a soil from, analyses of............ Bull 60, p 164

Hawaiiaii islands, general map of the .............................. Ann 4, pp 80-81

Hawaiian islands, geography of the................................Ann 4, pp 81-91

^ Hawaiian race, growth of the, to full civilization ................ Ann 4, pp 148-149

Hawaiian volcanoes...............................................Ann 4, pp 75-219

Hawthorne beds of Florida..................................... Bull 84, pp 107-111

Hay (R.), a geological reconnaissance in southwestern Kansas.......... ....Bull 57

Jlayden (F. V.), administrative report for 1879-80...................... Ann 1, p 50

Hayden (F. V.), administrative report for 1880-81.................. Ann 2, pp'42-44

j Hayden (F. V.), administrative report for 1883-84.................. Ann 5, pp 28-30

^ Hayden (F. V.), administrative report for 1884-85.................. Ann 6, pp 48-53

Hayden (F. V.), administrative report for 1885-86.................. Ann 7, pp 85-87

Hayden (F. V.), death aud biographic sketch of.................... Ann 9, pp 31-38

~ Hayes (C. W.) accompanies Schwatka to the Yukon valley ....:..... Ann 12, i, p 62

Health as affected by soils....................................Ann 12, i, pp 340-344

Heat, conduction of, within the earth, theory and solution of the problem of

the.................................................. .j.... Ann 4, pp 190-191

Heat conductivity of steel........^...............................Bull 14, pp 25-27

Bull. 100 25
386 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.. [BULL.IOO.

Heat, effect of, on solubility of sulphate of lime .............. ....Ann 7, pp 502-503

Heat expansion, literature of...................................... 13 till 92, pp 17-18

Heat of lava, etc., source of the.................................... Mon xm, p 411

Heat of the Comstock lode, Nevada.............................. Ann 2, pp 310-314;

Mon in, pp 228-265, 387-392; Mon iv, pp 389-400 

Heat. See, also, Temperature; Thermal. 

Heer (Oswald), biographical sketch of........................... Ann 5, pp 378-379

Heights between lake Superior and the Rocky mou n tains................... Bull 72

H eights in the Bonneville basin.................................. Mou i, pp 405-419

Heights in the Dominion of Canada......................................... Bull 6

Heights in the United States, dictionary of ......................... Bull 5; Bull 76

Heights, a new method of measuring, with the barometer.................... Ann 2,

pp xxxviii-xl, 403-566 

Heilprin (A.), North American Tertiary Ostreidte.................Ann 4, pp 309-316

Henry mountain rocks, notes on the............................ Mon xn, pp 359-362

Hesperornis, description and restoration of......................... Ann 3, pp 52-69

Hickman group of rocks of Kentucky............................. Bull 83, pp 71-72

Hidden (W. E.), hiddenite, the new emerald-green gem........MR 1882, pp 502-503

Hidden (W. E.), the discovery of emeralds in North Carolina. ..MR 1882, pp 500-502

Highlands of New Jersey and New York, literature of the geology of the. ..Bull 86,

pp 386, 387, 390,391, 392, 396, 399,400, 401, 402, 413, 414,415

Hilgard (E. W.), the asphaltum deposits of California... ....MR 1883-84, pp 938-948

Ililgard (E. W.), the salines of Louisiana......................MR 1882, pp 554-565

Hill (R. T.), clay materials of the United States................ MR 1891, pp 474-528

Hill (R. T.)j present condition of knowledge o f the geology of Texas........ Bull 45

Hill (R. T.), the coal fields of Texas........................... MR 1891, pp 326-328

Hillebrand (W. F.), analyses of three descloizites from new localities..... ..Bull 64,

pp 24-28 

Hillebrand (W. F.), associated rare minerals from Utah...........Bull 20, pp 83-88

Hillebrand (W. F.), chemistry of the rocks and ores of Leadville, Colorado.. ..Mon

xn, pp 585-608 

Hillebrand (W. F.), descloizite (?) from Beaverhead county, Montana...... Bull 60,

pp 130-131 

Hillebrand (W. F.), mineralogical notes............................Bull 55, pp 48-55

Hillebraud (W. F.), miscellaneous mineral notes................... Bull 20, pp 89-99

Hillebrand (W. F.), new analyses of uraniuite.....................Bull 90, pp 22-25

Hillebrand (W. F.), new mineral species from Colorado.......... Bull 20, pp 100-109

Hillebrand (W. F.), the occurrence of nitrogen in uraninite, and the composition of uraninite in general................................. Bull 78, pp 43-79

Hillebrand (W. F.), uraninites, North American, preliminary remarks on.... Bull 60,

pp 131-133 

Hillebraud (W. F.) and Cross (W.), contributions to the mineralogy of the

Rocky mountains .................................................... Bull 20

Hillebrand (W. F.) and Cross (W.), minerals from the basalt of Table mountain,

Golden, Colorado ........................................... Bull 20, pp 13-39

Ililkbrand (W. F.) and Cross (W.), minerals from the neighborhood of Pike's

peak....................................................... Bull 20, pp 40-73

Hillebrand (W. F.) and Melville (W. H.), on the isomorphism and composition

of thorium and nranous sulphates........................... Bull 90, pp 26-33

Uillebrand (W. F.) and Washington (H. S.)> notes on certain rare copper miuerals from Utah............................................. Bull 55, pp 38-47

Hoffman (H. 0.), recent improvements in desilverizing lead in the United

Statcs................................................ MR 1883-84, pp 462-473

Holden (E. S.), earthquakes in California in 1890 and 1891 ..................Bull 95

Holmes (W. H.), administrative report for 1884-85 ..................Ann 6, pp 94-97

Holmes (W. H.), administrative report for 1885-86 ................A».n 7, pp 136-137
WAHMAN.] INDEX. 387

Holmes (W. H.), administrati ve report for 1886-87............... Ann 8,1, pp 202-203

* Holmes (W.H.), administrative report for 1887-88 ................Ann 9, pp 143-144

Holmes (W. H.), administrative report for 1888-89.............. Ann 10, i, pp 189-190

 < Holmes (W. H.), quoted on glaciers in the Rocky mountains...... Ann 5, pp 344-347

Honduras, fossil plants of, literature of this.......................... Ann 8, n, p 824

^ Hoosac mountain, literature of the geology of....... ....Bull 86, pp 361, 363, 371-373

Hope valley, California, irrigation surveys in................. Ann 11, i \, pp 180-181

Hornblende a product of mincralogical ruetamorphism................ Bull 62, p 210

 ' Hornblende, brown, from Pierrepont, New York, analysis of ..........Bull 78, p 119

Hornblende, progress of alteration of, during metamorpliisiu of massive rocks.. Bull

62, p 216 

Hornblende rocks, gabbros and associated, near Baltimore, Maryland.......Bull 28

Hornblende, speculation on the "black border" of, in igneous rocks.... ..Mon m,

pp 59-61

Hornblende-andesite from Hague volcano, Bogusloft' island, Bering sea, Alaska, analysis of.............................................. Bull 27, pp 63-64

Hornblende-audesite in Washoe district, Nevada, description and occurrence

of.................... Mon in, pp 53-62, 66-70,116-125,130-134,199-201,203-205

Horublende-andesite of E ureka district, Nevada...................... Mon xx, p 233

Hornbleude-andesite of Washoe district, Nevada, its relation to diorite.... Bull 17,

pp 23-26 

Hornblende-andesite, relation of, to pyroxene-audesite ................ Bull 17, p 34

Hornblende-gneiss, probable derivation of, from eruptive rocks. .Ann 10, i, pp 360-362 

Hornblende-mi ca-andesite of Eureka district, Nevada...........Mon xx, pp 364-368

Hornblende and pyroxene, intergrowth of, in glassy rocks . ....Ann 12, i, pp 610-617

\ Hornblende and quartz, alteration products of feldspar.............. Mon xix, p 110

Hot-spring waters, analyses of........................... Bull 9, pp 24, 27,28,30-35;

* Bull 42, p 148; Bull 60, p 174 

Hot-spring waters of Yellowstone national park, character of the. .Ann 9, pp 638-640

"*' Hot springs, association of, with cinnabar .......................... Mon x u i, p 403

Hot springs in Colusa county, California............................Mon MII, p 367

Hot springs in the Lahontau basin....................... Mon xi, pp 48,49,51-54, 60

M Hot springs of Fumarole bntte, Utah .................................. Mon i, p 333

Hot springs of Mono lake, California ........................... Ann 8,1, pp 278, 288

,, Hot springs of Sulphur bank, California, origin and age of the...... .Mon xiii, p 254

Hot springs of the Yellowstone national p:irk.......................... Ann 9, p 628

Hot springs, travertine and siliceous sinter of ..................... Ann 9, pp 613-676

Hot water, deposits from....................................... Mon xiii, pp 260-261

Hot waters of Comstock lode, Nevada ............. Ann 2, p 313; Mon m, pp 286-287

Hot waters, vegetation of ..................................... Ann 9, pp 620-628,657

, Howe (H. M.), copper smelting ............................................. Bull 26

. Hiibncrito from Ouray connty, Colorado................................ Bull. 20, p 96

Hudson bay, pre-Caiubrian rocks of the region about .......... .Bull 86, pp 209, 500

Huerfano beds, correlation of the ................................Bull 83, pp 142-146

' Human.remains in the auriferous gravels of California .......... Bull 84, pp 221-222

Humboldt and other mountains of Nevada, literature of the geology of the.... .Bull

H 86, pp 299-308

-, Humboldt group of rocks of Utah and Nevada........... Bull 84, pp 312-313,315-316

Humboldt lake and river, Nevada, analyses of the water of........ .Mon xi, pp 41,67

Humidity as a disturbing factor in barometri c hypsometry........ Ann 2, pp 425^27

Humidity, is it increased by irrigation? ............................ Ann 12, u, p 234

Hunt (T. S.), system of classification for the pre-Paleozoic groups.. Ann 7, pp 381-389;

Bull 86, pp 462-466 

Huntley (D. B.), list of ores, minerals, and mineral substances of industrial

importance in Arizona and Utah..................MR 1882, pp 760-764,773-775
388 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Hnntley (D.B.), mining districts of Arizona....................MR 1882, pp 765-766

Huronian areas, investigations in ................................ Ann 5, pp 187-208 vHuronian defined .................................................... Bnll 86, p 463

Huronian of the northwestern states, metainorphism in the........ Ann 5, pp 241-242 .

Hnronian quartzites, genesis of and metainorphism in .............. Bull 8, pp 48-52

Huronian rocks, enlargements in ...................................Bull 8, pp 23-37 y

Huronian rocks of the lake Superior region................................. Mon v,

pp 386-394,402-409; Mon xix, pp 31-40,42-59, 61-66, 75-77 

Huronian system, history of the term............................ Bull 86, pp 470-474 v.

Huronian, the original.................................... Bull 86, pp 23-50,498-499

Huronian and Laurentian, relations of the Keweenawan rocks to the .... ....Ann 3,

pp 156-173 

Huronian and Laurentian, relations of the Penokee iron-bearing series of

Michigan and Wisconsin to the.......................... Ann 10, i, pp 458-464

Huronian. See, also, Algonkian.

Hyatt (A.), administrative report for 1889-90.................... Ann 11, i, pp 97-100

Hyatt (A.), administrate report for 1890-91 ..................Ann 12, i, pp 111-112 *

Hydrography of the arid regions of the United States.!..........-........ An n 10,11,

pp 36,78-90; Ann 11, u, pp 1-110; Ann 12, n, pp 213-361 i 

Hydrography the basis for a classification of topographic forms.. .Ann 7, pp 558-564 

Hydrography. See, also, Drainage. 

Hydronephelite from Litchiield, Maine, description of.............. Bull 42, pp 31-34

Hydrozoa, description of species of, from the middle Cambrian of North

America..................................................... Bull 30, pp 91-94

Hydrozoa of the Olenellus zone................................ Ann 10, i, pp 604-606

Hypersthene, analyses of............................................... Bull 1, p 29 >

Hypersthene in basalt..............................................Mon xm, p 157

Hypersthene in dacite..................:............................. Mon xx, p 369

Hypersthene in pyroxene-anuesifce................................... Mon xx, p 356

Hypersthene in rhyolitic pumice .................................... Mon xx, p 381 y.

Hypersthene, methods of isolation of ................................... Bull 1, p 27

Hypersthene-andcsite and triclinic pyroxene in angitic rocks .......Bull 1, pp 19-38

Hypersthene-andesite from Buffalo peaks, Colorado .................. Mon xn, p 354

Hypersthene-andesite from, San Francisco mountains, analysis of...... Bull 42, p 139 >*

Hypersthene-gabbro in Delaware, description of................... Bull 59, pp 10-15

Hypersthene-gabbro near Baltimore, Maryland, description of...... Bull 28, pp 18-26 , 

Hypozoic. See Archean. .

Hypsometry, barometric, a new method of..............Ann 2, pp xxxviii-xl, 403-566

Ice age. See Glacial; Pleistocene.

Ice-dam, Pleistocene, of the Ohio.........................1.. Bull 58, pp 17-38, 76-101

Ice invasions, the great, rock-scorings of.......................... Ann 7, pp 147-248 -A

Iceland, fossil plants of, literature of the ............................ Ann 8, n, p 830

Iceland, quicksilver deposits in.................................. Mon xiu, pp 24-26 .

Ichlhyornis, description and restoration of.......................... Ann 3, pp 69-83

Idaho, altitudes in.........................Bull 5, pp 84-86; Bull72,p225; Bull 76

Idaho, boundary lines of, and formation of territory................ Bull 13, pp 32,127

Idaho, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the............. Bull 81, pp 161,162,320-323 i ,

Idaho, coal area and statistics of.............. MR 1882, p 49; MR 1883-84, pp 12, 39; AMR 1885, pp 11, 26; MR 1886, pp 225, 230,252; MR 1887, pp f 

169, 223; MR 1888, pp 169,171,241; MR 1889-90, pp 147,195 

Idaho, copper from, statistics of ..................... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, p 229; ^

MR 1883-84, pp 329,342; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR 

1887, p 69; MR 1888, p 54; M R1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83, 84 ^ 

Idaho, geologic investigations in........................................Ann 7, p 78

Idaho, geologic maps of, listed ............................'........... ..Bnll 7,p 170

Idaho, glacial investigations in...............................Ann 7, pp 178-179,180 w.
WAHMAX.] INDEX. 389

Idaho, gold and silver from, statistics of...................... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882,

pp 172,174,176,177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312,313, 314, 315 ;

MR 1885, pp 201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58,59;

MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75, 76,77

Idaho; irrigation problems along the Bear and Snake rivers.... Ann 11, n, pp 238-239

Idaho; irrigation; Snake river drainage.......................... i. Ann 12, n, p 344

Idaho, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc., in.......Ann

10, u, pp viii, 58,88-89,106-108; Ann 11, n, pp 79-86,102,105,106,110 

Idaho; latitude and longitude of Boise, determined..... ....Ann 11,1, p 129; Bull 70

Idaho, lead From, statistics of....................................... MR 1882, p 311;

MR 1883-84, pp 416, 424,425; MR 1885, pp 248, 258; ME 1886,

p 146; MR 1887, pp 107-108; MR 1888, p 88; MR 1889-90, p 80

Idaho, mineral springs of........................ Bull 32, pp 181-182; MR 1891, p 604

Idaho, minerals of, the useful ............. MR 1882, pp 770-771; MR 1887, pp 722-724

Id aho, Neocene beds of.......................................... Bull 84, pp 285-287

Idaho; Snake river; reservoirs and canal lines surveyed for irrigation purposes .................................................. Ann 11, H, pp 190-203

Idaho, tin ore in ................................................. MR 18813-84, p 613

Idaho, topographic work in ............... Ann 11, n, pp 303-304,309; Ann 12, i, p 47

Iddiugs (J. P.), a group of volcanic rocks from the Tewau mountains, New

Mexico, and the occurreuce of primary quartz in certain basalts.......Bull 66

Iddiugs (J. P.), microscopical petrography of the eruptive rocks of the Eureka

district, Nevada ...................................^. ....Mon xx, pp 335-406

Iddings (J. P.), Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone national park.......... Ann 7, pp 249-295

Iddings (J. P.), the eruptive rocks of Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain,

Yellowstoiie national park ..............................Ann 12, i, pp 569-664

Iddiugs (J. P.) aud Hague (A.), development of crystallization in the igneous

rocks of Washoe, Nevada, Avith notes ou the geology of the district. ..Bull 17 

Igneous rocks, assimilation of sedimentary masses by, discussion of the... .Mon xir,

pp 308-313 

Igneous rocks, associated, of the Newark system ................... Bull 85, pp 66-77

Igneous rocks, classification of, discussion of the ................Mou xii, pp 319-321

Igneous rocks, classification of, facts bearing on the, derived from the study of

the rocks of Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain,Yellowstone national

park.................................................... Ann 12, J,pp 660-663

Igneous rocks; comparison of Tertiary and Keweeuawaii erupti ves.... .Mon v, p 436

Igneous rocks, crystallization in the, of Washoe, Nevada, development of.. .Bull 17 

Igneous rocks, crystallization of, physical conditions in relation to.. Bull 66, pp 23-29 

Igneous rocks; crystallization, unusual course of, in granitic magina.. Ann 10^ i, p 357 

Igneous rocks, decomposition of constituents of, by weathering..Bull 62, pp 213-214 

Igneous rocks, decomposition of, in the Mosquito range, Colorado. ....Mon xn, p 356

Igneous rocks, decomposition of, in the Washoe district, character of the ..Mon in,

pp 72-80, 209-218, 369-372 

Igneous rocks; fluid inclusions, secondary origin of..........Mon in, pp 79,119, 371

Igneous rocks; intrusive masses, contact metamorphism not marked about. ....Mon

xir, p 307

Igneous rocks; intrusive masses, distribution of, in the Rocky nits.. .Mon xn, p 305 

Igneous rocks; intrusive masses; force of intrusion discussed....Mon xu,p 298-300

Igneous rocks; intrusive masses of the Mosquito range and Leadville district,

Colorado...................................Ann 2,p226; Mou xn, pp 295-306

Igneous rocks; intrusive masses; traps of New Jersey......................Bull 67

Igneous rocks; intrusive masses. See, also, Laccolites.

Igneous rocks; magmas considered as solutions................... Bull 66, pp 26-29

Igneous rocks, metamorphism of, general discussion of the.........Bull 62, pp 34-63

Igneous rocks, mineral composition, gradations in, betweeen members of'a

group of.....................................................Bull 66, pp 17-19
390 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Igneous rocks, nomenclature of; name asperite proposed... ....Mon xm, pp 151, 459

Igneous rocks of the Henry mountains, correspondence of the, to rocks of Colorado. ............................................Mon xn, pp 305-306, 359-363 y

Igneous rocks of the lake Superior district...................... Bull 86, pp 173-174

Igneous rocks, origiii of........................................ Mon xx, pp 267-289 *

Igneous rocks; origin of massive rocks of California..........Mon xiu, pp 164-175

Igneous rocks, petrographical description ofj from near Baltimore, Maryland.. Bull 28 

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Coast ranges of California ...................................................:.. Mon xui, pp 140-164

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Delaware................. Bull 59 '

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Eureka district, Nevada. ....Ann

3, pp 273-280; Mon xx, pp 218, 335-394

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Henry nits.. .Mon xn, pp 359-363 

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Keweenaw series.......... Ann 3; '

pp 101-115; Mon v, pp 34-133

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from -Leadville district, Colorado....................................................... Ann 2, pp 221-224

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Menominee and Marquette

regions of Michigan.................................................. Bull 62

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Mosquito range, Colorado.. .Mou

xn, pp 74-89, 319-362

Igneous rocks, petrographical description of, from Washoe district, Nevada.. .Ann 2,

pp 297-300 

Igneous rocks; relations between gabbro and diorite in Baltimore region.. ....Bull

28, pp 34-49 

Igneous rocks; relations of gneiss to granite, in northern Wisconsin ........ Ann 10,

i, pp 362-364 

Igneous rocks; relations of the igneous rocks of Washoe, Nevada........... Bull 17

Igneous rocks; relations of the traps of the Newark system, New Jersey.... .Bull 67 ^

Igneous rocks, relations of, to ore deposits............................. Mon in, p 32

Igneous rocks, review of work of Geological Survey upon the.... Ann 10, i, pp 45-49

Igneous rocks, soils derived from.............................. Ann 12, i, pp 239-245

Igneous rocks, succession of, in the Coast ranges of California.. .Mon xm, pp 221-225 

Igneous rocks, succession of, in the Eureka district, Nev..Auu 3, pp 273-276, 281-285 

Igneous rocks, succession of, i n the Ke weena w series............. Mon v, pp 432-436

Igneous rocks, succession of, in the Washoe district, Nev.-Mon in, pp 188-208, 380-338 b 

Igneous rocks, succession of, means of determining the................ Mon ni, p 188

Igneous rocks; structural features of the KeweeuaAv series.................. Ann 3,

pp 116-131; Mon v, pp 134-151 

Igneous rocks, structures of, amygdaloidal..............i........ Mon v, pp 134-139

Igneous rocks, structures of, columnar, in basalt of volcanic necks.. Ann 6, pp 172-174 A 

Igneous rocks, structures of, columnar, in obsidian..................... Ann 7, p 257

Igneous rocks, structures of, defined............................... Bull 17, pp 14-15

Igneous rocks, structures of, discussion on the.......... Mou xn, pp 302-304, 319-321 ^

Igneous rocks, structures of, distinct from those of clastic rocks....... Bull 62, p 196

Igneous rocks, structures of, granitoid and porphyritic.........Mou xm, pp 162-164

Igneous rocks, structures of, importance of understanding the.........Bull 62, p 196 (

Igneous rocks, structures of; lamination of acid lavas, cause of.... Ann 7, pp 260,286

Igneous rocks, structures of; lithophysse, origin of................ Ann 7, pp 279-290

Igneous rocks, structures of; micropegmatite (granophyre) in relation to

spherulites .............................'................... Ann 7, pp 274-276 t

Igneous rocks, structures of, poicilitic..................... Bull 62, pp 78, 79,183,196

Igneous rocks, structures of; spherulites, character and origin of............Ann 7,

pp 262-264,276-278 

Igneous rocks, structures of, transitions in the.............................. Bull 17
WABMAN.] INDEX. 391

Igneous rocks; traps in the Triassic formation of tlie Connecticut valley. ....Ann 7,

pp 462-408

Igneous rocks. See, also, Eruptive rocks; Lava; Rocks. 

Iles(M. W.), lead slags.....................................MR 1883-84, pp 440-462

Illinois, altitudes in........................ Bull 5, pp 87-94; Bull 72, p 205; Bull 76

Illinois; artesian wells at Rockford................................ Ann 11, IT, p 262

Illinois, boundary lines of, and formation of from territory northwest of Ohio 1

river ...................................................Bull 13, pp 28, 29,113

Illinois, building stone from, statistics of....................... MR 1882, p 451; MR

1886, pp 540,542; MR 1887, p 515; MR 1888, p 540; MR

1889-90, pp 374, 388-390; MR 1891, pp 461,462,464,465

Illinois, clay, brick, and pottery industry in................... MR 3882, pp 467, 471;

MR 1883-84, p 700; MR 1886, p 568; MR 1887, pp 535,

. 537, 546; MR 1888, pp 558-559,566; MR 1891, p 510

Illinois; clays from Henry county, analyses of..................... Bull 27, pp 66-67

Illinois; coal area and statistics of................. Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 49-

51; MR 1883-84, pp 12,39-43 j MR 1885, pp 11,27-28; MR 1886,

pp 225, 230, 253-261; MR 1887, pp 169,171, 224-237; ME 1888, pp 109,

171,242-256; MR 1889-90, pp 195-205; MR 1891, pp 179,219-226

Illinois, coko in, manufacture of........ MR 1883-84, pp 160-163; MR 1885, pp 80,89-

90; MR 1886, pp 378, 384,394-395; MR 1887, pp 383, 389, 398;

MR 1888, pp 395,400,408-409; MR 1891, pp 360,361,378-379

Illinois, fossils from.......Ann 8, n, pp 892-893; Mou xvi, pp 62, 63,185,187,191,193,

198, 203,208, 211,213,215, 218,226; Bull 22, pp 23,24, 25, 26, 29 

Illinois; fulgurite from Whitesi.de county, analysis of................. Bull 42, p 140

Illinois, geologic and paleoutologic investigations in....... Ann 5, pp 21, 23; Ann 6,

p 35; Ann 7, p 84; Ann 8, i, p 142; Ann 10, i, p 129; Ann 11, i, p 75; Ann 12, i, p 88 

Illinois, geologic maps of, listed..............................Bull 7, pp 89,90, 91,94

Illinois, glacial investigations in................Ann 3, pp 322-323,331; Ann 7, p 157

Illinois, iron and steel from, statistics of...................... MR 1882, pp 120,125,

129,130,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR 1885,

pp!82,184,186; MR 1886, p 18; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888,

pp 14,23,-25; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17; MR 1891, pp 54, 55, 61

Illinois, lead from, statistics of.................... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, p 312;

MR 1883-84, pp 416,426; MR 1885, p 248 

Illinois, lime production of.......................................... MR 1888, p 555

Illinois; limestone from Cook county, analysis of................MR 1889-90, p 390

Illinois, limestone production of...............................MR 1891, pp 464,465

Illinois, mineral springs of.................................... Bull 32, pp 142-144;

MR 1883-84, p 981; MR 1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887,

p 683; MR 1888, p 626; MR 1889-90, p 526; MR 1891, pp 603, 605

Illinois, minerals of, the useful........ ...MR 1882, pp 677-679; MR 1887,pp 725-727

111 iuois, mining laws of........................................ MR 1886, pp 750-759

Illinois, natural gas localities and statistics of..... ..MR 1885, pp 167-168; MR 1886,

pp 511-513; MR 1887, pp 466,494; MR 1889-90, p 367; MR 1891, p 438 

Illinois, rocks in, classification of............................... Bull 80, pp 159-163

Illinois, Tertiary deposits in....................................... Bull 83, pp 73,83

Illinois, topographic work in.........................Ann 11,1, p 39; Ann 12, i, p 29

Illinois; the driftless area of the upper Mississippi valley ........ Ann 6, pp 199-322

Illinois; the glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiaiia, and Illinois ................................................... Bull 58

Illinois; water from a spring at M'Leausborough, analysis of.... ....Bull 60, p 172

Illinois, zinc and zinc works in ......................... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp

346, 347, 365-367,378-381; MR 1883-84, p 475; MR 1885, p 273; MR 

1886, pp 154,155; MR 1887, p 113; MR 1888, p 92; MR 1889-90, p 89
392 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Inclusion in diorite from near Peekskill, New York, analysis of.......Bull 60, p 158

Incrustations from Nevada, analyses of............................ Bull 27, pp 69-70

Independence lake, California, surveyed as a reservoir site.. Ann 11, n, pp 174-175,181 

India, Cambrian rocks of ............................................ Bull 81, p 378

India, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries....MR 1882,

p 5; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235 j MR 1887, p 189 

India, diamond mines of............................................MR 1887, p 569

India, fossil plants, of, literature of the.................:...... Anu 8, ir, pp 793-796

India, irrigation in.......................... Ann 11, n, p 276; Ann 12, li, pp 363-561

India, map of (folding) .......................................... Ann 12, ir, pocket

India, topography, geology, meteorology, and forestry of ..........Ann 12,11, p 399

India rubber, vulcanized, the solution of.......................... Bull 92, pp 85-94

Indian territory, altitudes in................................. Bull 5, p 104; Bull 76

Indian territory; Choctaw coal fields, description of the.... MR 1889-90, pp 207-214

Indian territory, coal area and statistics of.. MR 1882, pp 51-52; MR 1883-84, pp 12,45; 

MR 1885, pp 11,29; MR 1886, pp 225,330, 265-266; MR 1887, pp 169,171,244-245; 

MR 1888, pp 169,171,260-261; MR 1889-90, pp 207-214; MR 1891, pp 180,232-233 

Indian territory, Coal measures of, columnar sectiou of the......MR 1889-90,p 212

Indian territory, coke iii the, manufacture of.................... MR 1883-84, p 164;

MR 1885, pp 80, 90-91; MR.1886, pp 378, 384, 397; MR 1887, pp 383, 

389,400; MR 1888, pp 395, 400, 409-410; MR 1891, pp 360,366,380 

Indian territory, Cretaceous rocks of....................................... Bull 82

Indian territory, fossils from .......................................Ann 8, n, p 898

Indian territory, manganese ore from, analysis of.................... MR 1891, p 135

Indian territory, manganese production of................. MR 1891, pp 127,134-135

Indian territory, mineral springs of....'.............................. Bull 32, p 123

Indian territory, minerals of, the useful.............MR 1882, p 681; MR 1887, p 730

Indian territory, Neocene beds of .................................... Bull 84, p 301

Indiana, altitudes in..................................... Bull 5, pp 95-103; Bull 7P

Indiana, boundary lines of, and formation of from territory northwest of Ohio

river...............................................Bull 13, pp 28,29, 111, 112

Indiana, building stone from, statistics of......MR 1882,p 451; MR 1887,p 516; MR

1888, p 540; MR 1889-90, pp 374, 390-393; MR 1891, pp 461,462,461,465 

Indiana, clay, brick, and pottery industry of............. MR 1882, pp 467,471; MR

1883-84, pp 696,701; MR 1885, pp 416,421; MR 1886, pp 568,575; 

MR 1887, pp 535, 537,547; MR 1888, pp 559, 566; MR 1891, p 510 

Indiana, coal area and statistics of................................ Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 52-55; MR 1883-84, pp 12,43-45; MR 1885, pp 11,29; MR 

1886, pp 225, 230, 261-265; MR 1887, pp 169,171,237-243; MR 1888, pp 

. 169, 171,256-260; MR 1889-90, pp 146,205-207; MR 1891, pp 180,226-232 

Indiana, coke in, manufacture of................................... MR 1883-84, pp

163-164; MR 1885, pp 378,384, 395-397; MR 1887, pp 383,389, 

398-400; MR 1888, pp 395,400,409; MR 1891, pp 360, 366, 379 

Indiana, fossils from.................................... Ann 8, n, pp 891-892; Moil

xvi, pp 27,31, 37,60, 87,193, 200,206,209,210,217,218,223 

Indiana, geologic and paleontologic investigations in ............... ......Ann 5, pp

21, 23; Ann 6, p 35; Ann 8, r, p 1*42; Ann 9, pp 85,86 

105; Ann 10, i, p 149; Ann 11, i, p 74; Ann 12, i, p 88 

Indiana, geologic section of northern ...............................MR 1888,p 505

Indiana, geologic structure of................................. Ann 11, i, pp 623-653

Indiana, geologic maps of, listed............................. Bull 7, pp 80, 82,87, 88

Indiana, glacial investigations in......Ann 3, pp 322, 328, 330-333; Ann 7, pp 157,207

Indiana, iron and steel from, statistics of.............. MR 1882, pp 120,125,129,130,

131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR 1885, pp 

182,184,186; MR 1886, p 18; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888, pp 

14,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17; MR 1891, pp 54,55,61
WABMAN.] INDEX. 393

Indiana, lime production of...... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555; MR 1889-90, p 392

^ Indiana; limestone from Adams, Howard, and Lawrence counties, analyses of..MR

1889-90, pp 392-393 

Indiana; limestone from Bedford, analysis of.......................... Bull 42, p 140

Indiana, limestone production of............................... MR 1891, pp 464,465

Indiana, mineral springs of............ Bull 32, pp 134-141; MR 1883-84, p 981; MR

1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887, p 683; MR

1888, p '626; MR 1889-90, p 526; MR 1891, pp 603,605

j Indiana, minerals of, tlie useful...........MR 1882, pp 679-681; MR 1887, pp 727-730

Indiana, mining laws of....................................... MR 1886, pp 746-750

Indiana, natural gas field of................................... Ann 11, i, pp 579-742

Indiana, natural gas localities, and statistics of...........MR 1886, pp 508-511; MR

1887, pp 466,485-489; MR 1888, pp 485-486,499-

506; MR 1889-90, pp 367-372; MR 1891, p 438

Indiana, petroleum production of...................... MR 1891, pp 405,407,433-434

Indiana, rock formations of.......................................... Bull 80, p 139

Indiana, sandstone production of............................... MR 1891, pp 461,462

Indiana; the glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois................................................... Bull 58

Indiana; the Trenton limestone as a source of petroleum and inflammable gas

in Ohio and Indiana.....................................Ann 8, u, pp 475-662

Indiana, whetstone quarries in ................................ MR 1886, pp 592-593

Indiana and Ohio, limestones from, analyses of.................. Bull 60, pp 160-162

Induration of sandstones by enlargement of quartz fragments ...... Bull 8, pp 13-17

Induration of sandstones by weathering...................... Bull 8, pp 12,16,42,49

Infusorial earth, analyses of...... MR 1882, p 479; MR 1883-84, p 721; MR 1886, p 587

Infusorial earth, statistics of............. MR 1882, pp 479-iSO; MR 1883-84, pp 720-

721; MR 1885, p 433; MR 1886, pp 587-588; MR 1887,

p 554; MR 1888, pp 578-579; MR 1889-90, p 459

, Infusorial earth and bog iron ore in swamps.................... Ann 10, i, pp 305-307

Inheritance by soils from rocks................................Ann 12, i, pp 300-306

Insects, fossil, a classed and annotated bibliography of...................... Bull 69

Insects, fossil, geological distribution of ........................ Bull 31, pp 110-111

Insects, fossil, history and distribution of....................... Bull 31, pp 102-113

Insects, fossil, including myriapods and arachnids, systematic review of our

present knowledge of ................................................ Bull 31

Insects, fossil, index to the known Cenozoic, of the world.......Bull 71, pp 237-734

Insects, fossil, index to the known Mesozoic, of the world .... ....Bull 71, pp 98-237

Insects, fossil, index to the known Paleozoic, of the world.......... Bull 71, pp 9-98

insects, fossil, systematic review of our present knowledge of. ....Bull 31, pp 32-101

Insects of special interest from Florissant, Colorado, and other points in the

Tertiari.es of Colorado and Utah ......^............................... Bull 93

Intel-growth of hornblende and pyroxene in glassy rocks .......Ann 12, i, pp 610-617

Intrusive igneous rocks, distribution of, in the Rocky mountains.....Mou xn, p 305*

Intrusive igneous rocks; force of intrusion .....................Mon xu, pp 298-300

Intrusive igneous rocks of Electric peak, Yellowstoue nat. park.. Ann 12, i, pp 582-632 

i Intrusive igneous rocks of the Mosquito range and Leadville district, Colorado ........................................ Ann 2, p.226; Mon xn, pp 295-306

Intrusive igneous rocks; traps of New Jersey............................... Bull 67

Inundated lauds in the several states, approximate areas of..........Ann 10, i, p 311

^ Invertebrate paleontology of the Eocene....................................Bull 83

Invertebrate paleontology of the Neocene................................... Bull 84

Invertebrate paleontology of the Newark system............................ Bull 85

Invertebrates, fossil; a bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to

1889.... ................................*............................Bull 63
<594 PUBLICATIONS OP THE U. 8. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Invertebrates, fossil; a classed and annotated bibliography of fossil insects.. Biill 69 

Invertebrates, fossil; a review of the fossil Ostreidae of N. A.. ....Ann 4,pp 273-430

Invertebrates, fossil; a review of the nonmarine fossil Mollusca of North

America ...................................................Ann 3, pp 403-550

Invertebrates, fossil; Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Raritan clays r

and greensand marls of New Jersey...................................Mon ix

Invertebrates, fossil; classified list of the species in the Earitan clays and

greensand marls of New Jersey............................Mon ix, pp 253-264

Invertebrates, fossil; Cretaceous Mollusca from Vancouver id ...... Bull 51, pp 33-48

Invertebrates, fossil; fauna of the Braintree, Mass., argillites.....Bull 10, pp 43-49 l

Invertebrates, fossil, from the Pacific coast................................. Bull 51

Invertebrates, fossil; Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and

greensand marls of New Jersey.................................... Moil xvm

Invertebrates, fossil; historical geology of the quicksilver belt of California; v

lists of fossils ........................................... Mon xni, pp 176-225

Invertebrates, fossil; index to the known fossil insects of the world, including

myriapods and arachnids............... .............. ........... ......Bull 71

Invertebrates, fossil, list of Cambrian, for the Eureka district..Mon vm, pp 268-269 

Invertebrates, fossil, list of Carboniferous, for the Eureka district.... ....Mon vm,

pp 279-281

Invertebrates, fossil, list of Devonian, for the Eureka district.. Mon vm, pp 274-278 

Invertebrates, fossil, list of lower Silurian, for the Eureka district.... ....Mon vm,

pp 270-273 

Invertebrates, fossil; lists of species of the upper Devonian, from Tompkins

county, New York, to Bradford county, Pennsylvania..........Bull 3,pp 9-29

Invertebrates, fossil; lists of species of the upper Devonian, of the Genesee

section, New York .........................................Bull 41, pp 31-102

Invertebrates, fossil; marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil

Mollusca of western North America..................................'. Bull 18 " *""

Invertebrates, fossil; Mesozoic Mollusca from the southern coast of Alaska..Bull 51,

pp 64-70 :" 

Invertebrates, fossil; new Cretaceous fossils from California................ Bull 22

Invertebrates, fossil; new Mollusca from the Chico-tejon series of California...................................................... Bull 51, pp 11-27

Invertebrates, fossil; notes on the Mesozoic and Cenozoic paleontology of

California...........-.......-.....-............................_...... Bull 15.

Invertebrates, fossil, of California, which have been identified with eastern

species.....................................................Bull 15, pp 27-29

Invertebrates, fossil, of the St. John formation contained in the Hartt collection at Cornell University....................................Bull 10, pp 9-42

Invertebrates, fossil, of the Shasta group.......................... Bull 15, pp 18-22

Invertebrates, fossil; on Mesozoic fossils .................................... Bull 4

Invertebrates, fossil; on the Cambrian faunas of North America.... Bull 10; Bull 30 /

^Invertebrates, fossil, on the fresh-water, of the North American Jurassic.... Bull 29 V

Invertebrates, fossil; on the higher Devonian faunas of Ontario county, New

York.................................................................BulllG '

Invertebrates, fossil; on the relation of the Laramie Molluscau fauna to that

of the succeeding fresh-water Eocene................................. Bull 34

Invertebrates, fossil; remarks on the genus Aucella of California..............Mou ! 

xni, pp 226-232 

Invertebrates, fossil; stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, -V

Ohio, and West Virginia............................................. Bull 65

Invertebrates, fossil; systematic review of our present knowledge of fossil in- J

sects, including myriapods and arachnids............................ Bull 31

Invertebrates, fossil; table of distribution of the middle Cambrian fauna... Bull 30,

pp 45-48
INDEX. 395

Invertebrates, fossil; Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers; species mentioned.......................Bull 43

Invertebrates, fossil; the butterflies of Florissaut, Colorado.. ..Ann 8, i, pp 433-474

* Invertebrates, fossil; the fauna of the lower Cambrian or Olenellus zone.. Ann 10, i,

* pp 509-763 

Invertebrates, fossil; the geology of Nantucket; lists of species....Bull 53, pp 34-38

Invertebrates, fossil-; the Mollnscan fauna of the Puget group...... Bull 51, pp 49-63

Invertebrates, fossil; the present condition of knowledge of the geology of

Texas; species mentioned............................................ Bull 45

' Invertebrates, fossil; the Texan Permian and its Mezozoic types of fossils,

with description of species........................................... Bull 77

Invertebrates, fossil and recent; list of marine Mollusca between cape Hatteras and cape Roque.................................................Bull 24

J Invertebrates, fossil and recent; on the Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the

Great basin ................................................Bull 11, pp 13-49

Iodine, statistics of................... MR 1883-84, pp .854-858; MR 1885, pp 488-4 90

Iodine, bromine, and chlorine, the indirect estimation of, by the electrolysis 

of their silver salts, with experiments on the convertibility of the silver 

salts by the action of alkaline haloids....................... Bull 42, pp 89-93

Iowa, altitudes in.........Bull 5, pp 105-112; Bull 72, pp 195, 201, 214-217; Bull 76

Iowa; artesian wells at Dubuque..................................Ann 11, 11, p 2G2

Iowa, boundary lines of, and'formation of state .............. Bull 13, pp 31,117-118

loAva, brick industry of ................. MR 1887, pp 535, 538; MR 1888, pp 559-560

' Iowa, building stone from, statistics of.. .MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, p 516; MR 1888,

pp 540,544; MR 1889-90, pp 373, 393-394; MR 1891, pp 461, 462, 464, 466

Iowa, Cambrian rocks of ....................................... Bull 81, pp 187-188

Iowa, clay industry of.............................................. MR 1891, p 514

Iowa, coal area and statistics of. ..Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 55-56; MR 1883-84, 

^ pp 12, 45-46; MR 1885, pp 11, 30; MR 1886, pp 225, 230, 266-

268; MR 1887, pp 169,171, 245-253; MR 1888, pp 169,171, 262-

269; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 215-217; MR 1891, pp 180, 233-243

lov j>, Cretaceous rocks in ......................................Bull 82, pp 142,165

Iowa; dri ftless area of the upper Mississippi valley............... Ann 6, pp 199-322

Iowa, formations of northeastern...................................Ann 11, i, p 234

Iowa, fossils from ................... .'Aim 8, n, p 895; Mon xvi, pp 62-63, 68,174,208

Iowa, geologic and paleontologic investigations in ..................... Ann 5, p 20;

Ann 6, p 31; Ann 7, pp 80,157; Aun 8, i, p 143; Ann 9,

pp 106, 108-109; Ann 10, i, pp 148-149; Ann 11,1, p 104

Iowa, geologic maps of, listed ................................ Bull 7, pp 89, 90,91,92

Iowa, gypsum production of...................................MR 1891, pp 580, 581

Iowa, iron and steel from, statistics of ...............................MR 1886, p 18;

MR 1887, pp 11,47-48; MR 1888, p 14 

Iowa, lime production of............................ MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555

'1 Iowa, limestone production of.................................. MR 1891, pp 464,466

Iowa, meteorite from, description and analysis of .................. Bull 78, pp 95-97

Iowa, mineral springs of........................................ Bull 32, pp 161-163;

MR 1883-84, p 982; MR 1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887, p

684; MR 1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, p 527; MR 1891, pp 603,605

1 Iowa, minerals of, the useful.............. MR 1882, pp 681-682; M R 1887, pp 731-732

Iowa, Pleistocene history of northeastern...................... Ann fl, i, pp 189-577

^ Iowa, rocks in, cl assiflcation of the.................. Bull 80, pp 139-140,146,153,166

Iowa, sandstone production of ................................. MR 1891, pp 461-462

Iowa, topographic work in............................................. Ann 9, p 57;

Ann 10, i, pp 93-94; Ann 11,1, p 38; Ann 12, i, p 29 

Iowa; water from artesian wells at Story city, analyses of........ ....Bull 42, p 148
396 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Ireland, Cambrian rocks of...........................................Bull 81, p 377

Ireland, fossil plants of, literature of the .........-.......'...... Ann 8,. II, pp 687-689 ^

Ireland oolite compared with Kentucky limestone ............... MR 1880-90, p 395

Ireland. See, also, Great Britain. f , 

Indium, bibl iography of.................................... MR 1883-84, pp 588-591

Iridium and platinum, statistics of............................ MR 1882, pp 442-444;

MR 1883-84, pp 576-591; MR 1885, pp 367-369; MR 1886, pp 222-223;

MR 1887, pp 142-143; MR 1888, pp 165-167; MR 1889-90, pp 143-144

Iron and manganese ores, analyses of............................. Bull 55, pp 85-87;

.Bull 60, pp 164-169; Bull 64, pp 51-53 

Iron and steel, analyses of............................................. Bull 55, p 88

Iron and steel from Gruspn armor plate and Krupp shell, analyses of........Bull 55,

pp 87-88 ^ 

Iron and steel in the United States, the manufacture of................ MR 1883-84,

; pp 246-257; MR 1885, pp 180-195

Iron and steel in the United States, twenty years of progress in the manufacture of....................................................MR 1891, pp 47-73

Iron and steel industries of the United States in 1887 and 1888. - - -MR 1887, pp 10-27 

Iron and steel industries of the United States in 1888 and 1889... .MR 1888, pp 12-32

Iron and steel industries of the U. S. in 1889,1890, and 1891....MR 1889-90, pp 10-22

Iron and steel, prices ef, for twenty years ........................ MR 1891, pp 71-72

Iron and titanium, a note on the separation of..................... Bull 27, pp 16-26

Iron-bearing carbonates of the Peuokee district, analyses of ......... Mou xix, p 192 /

Iron-bearing member of the Peuokee series, origin of the.................. Ann 10, i, v

pp 393-402; Mon xix, pp 245-260 

Iron-bearing member of the Peuokee series, petrographical character of the.... Auu *

10,1, pp 380-393; Mon xix, pp 190-198, 200-245 

Iron bisulphite, typical composition of.............................. MR 1885, p 515

Iron carbonates, cherty, origin of..................................... Ann 10, i, p 395

Iron-carburets, electrical aud magnetic proper ties of the.. Bull 14; Bull 27, pp 30-50 , 

Iron-carburets, physical characteristics of the.............. Auu 4, pp 53-59; Bull 35

Iron, coal, etc., statistics of ................... Ann 1, pp 72-73; Ann 2, pp xxvi-xxxi

Iron industry, the Americau, from its beginning in 1619 to 1886....MR 1886, pp 23-38

Irou mica from Pike's peak ....................................... Bull 55, pp 17-18 **

Iron ore aud its prod nets ......................................ME 1882, pp 108-144

Iron ore, brown, from near Tiuionitim, Maryland, analysis of ............ Bull 27, p 72 - -

Iron ore, brown, from Randolph county, W. Va., analysed of........ Bull 27, pp 72-73

Iron ore from Iron mountain, Missouri, composition of............ .MR 1889-90, p 47

Iron ore, magnetic, from near Bozemau, Montana, analysis of............. Bull 9, p 17

Iron-ore mining in 1887 ..........................................MR 1887, pp 30-57

Iron-ore supply for twenty years, outputs of prominent sources of.... .MR 1891, p 41 .y

Iron ore, pig iron, steel, and coal, the world's production of, by countries.... .MR 1882,

p 109; MR 1883-84, pp 256-257; MR 1885, pp 193-194; MR 1886, pp 21-22, 98-103; .; 

MR 1887, pp 18-20; MR 1888, pp 28-31; MR 1889-90,-pp 21-22; MR 1891, p 73 T 

Iron ores, action of water in the formation' of.................. Ann 10, i, pp 415-417

Iron ores from Louisiana, analyses of..:......................... Bull 42, pp 144-145

Irou ores from AVest Virginia, analyses of.............................. Bull 90, p 74 \

Iron ores, Gogebic, analyses of................................... Mon xtx, pp 90-91

Iron ores in the United States............................... MR 1883-84, pp 257-281 V'

Iron ores of Alabama in their geological relations ..............MR 1882, pp 149-161

Iron, ores of, from various localities, analyses of.................. Bull 78, pp 125-127 ^

Iron ores of the lake Superior region, origin of the.............. Bull 86, pp 170-173

Iron ores of Wisconsin and Mich igan .......................... Ann 10,1, pp 409-422 "

Iron, separation of, in rock analyses .............................. Bull 78, pp 87-90

Iron sows or salamanders, analyses of ................................ Mon xn, p 723
WARMAN.] INDEX. 397

Iron, statistics of..................... MR 1882, pp 108-171; MR 1883-81, pp 246-311;

^ MR 1885, pp 180-199; MR 1886, pp 11-103; MR 1.887, pp 1.0-57;

MR 1888, pp 12-35; MR 1889-90, pp 10-47; MR 1891, pp 10-73 

Iron trade, the American, in 1886 .................................MR 1886, pp 11-22

Iron. See, also, Steel.

Irons, two new meteoric, and an iron of doubtful nature..........Bull 42, pp 94-97

Irrigated areas in the arid region of the United States, map showing............ Ann

11, H, pp ii-iii 

Irrigated areas in the United States, table of, by states........ ....Ann 11, n, p 205

1 Irrigation; arid region of United States, location of, and cause of aridity.... ..Ann

12, ii, pp 219-220 

Irrigation as affecting humidity............ ........................ Arui 12; n, p 234

Irrigation by means of artesian wells...... Ann 5, pp 148-150; Ann 11,11, pp 257-278

v Irrigation; canal lines to divert water from Snake ri ver in Idaho ............ Ann II,

IT, pp 190-200 

Irrigation; drainage basins, classification of .................. Ann 12,11, pp 232-234

Irrigation; floods, relative amount, time, and intensity of.... .Aim 12, IT, pp 227-230

Irrigation; hydrography of the arid regions of the United States... ......Aim 10, H,

pp 36,78-90; Ann 11, IT, pp 1-110; Ann 12, n, pp 213-301 

Irrigation in arid region of United States, amount of land redeemable by.... Ann 11,

n, pp 203-205 

Irrigation in India............................................ Ann 12, n, pp 363-561

Irrigation in India, list of authors of works on................Ann 12,ii, pp 371-373

, Irrigation, increase of land values by.............................. Ann 11,11, p 252

Irrigation; interdistrict, interstate, and international problems and their so- 

\ lution........................................... ......Ann 11, u, pp 252-257

Irrigation literature; a list of books, pamphlets, and articles on irrigation and

allied subjects.......................................... Ann 11,11, pp 315-388

Irrigation of the arid lands, considerations touching the problem of the....Ann 10,

{ Ii, pp 1-16, 29-33 

Irrigation; rain fall and river flow, rel ation of................. Ann 12, u, pp 230-231

Irrigation; reservoir sites and irrigable lands in California, Nevada, Colorado,

Idaho, Montana, ami NOAV Mexico reported by topographers.. Ann 10, n, pp 58-

65; Ami 11, n, pp 297-298,299-301, 303-304,305, 306-308, 310; Ann 12, n, p p 10-212

Irrigation; river measurements, index map of................. Ann 12, u, pp 222-223

Irrigation; selection and segregation of lands, importance of, to the settlement of the best lands............................... Ann 11, IT, pp 251, 287-289

Irrigation, storage of water for purposes of................... Ann 12, IT, pp £24-226

Irrigation survey, (first) annual report of director on, for 1888*89. .Ann 10,11, pp 1-65 

Irrigation survey, (second) annual report of director on, for 1889-90..........Ann 11,

ii, pp 1-388

Irrigation survey, (third) annual report of director on, for 1890-91.. Ann 12, ii, pp 1-576 

* Irrigation survey, 1 aw establishing the .............................. Ann 10,11, p 38

Irrigation survey, plans, methods, underlying principles, and operations of

the .................... Ann 10, n, pp 33-48; Ann 11, IT, pp 278-287; An n 12, n

Irrigation survey, preliminary report on the-(reprint of) ........Ann 10, n, pp 15-29

Irving (R. D.), administrative report for 1882-83.................... Ann 4, pp 28-34

Irving (R. D.), administrative report for 1883-84....................Ann 5, pp 24-28

Irving (R. D.), administrative report for 1884-85.................... Ann 6, pp 40-48

Irving (R. D.), administrative report for 1885-86.................... Ann 7, pp 68-76

^ Irving (R. D.), administrative report for 1886-87................ Ann 8, I, pp 132-141

Irving (R. D.), Archean formations of the northwestern states .... Ann 5, pp 175-242

Irving (R. D.), classification of early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian..'Ann 7, pp 365-454 

Irving (R. D.), copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior.. ....Ann 3, pp 89-188; Mon v

Irvlug (R. D.), death and biographic sketch of................... Ann 9, pp 38-42,79
398 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S."GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Irving (R.D.). introduction to Williams's " Greenstone-schist areas of the

Menomince and Marquette regions of Michigan " ............ Bull 62, pp 11-30 **

Irving (R. D.) and Chaniberlin (T. C.)> observations on the junction between

the Eastern sandstone and the Keween^w series on Keweenaw'point, '" 

lake Superior........................................................Bull 23

Irving (R. D.) and Van Hise (C. R.), secondary enlargements of mineral frag- » ments in certain rocks ................................................ Bull 8

Irving (R. D.) and Van Hise (C. R.), the Penokee iron-bearing series of

Michigan and Wisconsin......................Ann 10,i,pp 341-507; Mon xix }

Isometrics of liquids..............................................Brill 96, pp 33-62

Italy, antimony*production of.................................... MR 1883-84, p 646

Italy, coal output of, compared with that of other countries.......... .MR 1882, p 5;

MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; p 

. MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73 

Italy, copper production of .... .MR 1883-84, p 356; MR 1885, p 228; MR 1886, p 128;

MR 1887, p 87; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, pp 100,102 

Italy, fossil plants of, literature of the.............. 1.......... Ann 8, n, pp 707-716

Italy, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries .................................................MR 1883-84, pp 319-320

Italy, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other cotintries....................... MR 1882, p 109; MR 1883-84, p 257; MR 1886, p 21;"

MR 1887, p 18; MR 1888, pp 28,23, 30, 31; MR 1889-90, p 21: MR 1891, p 73 

Italy, lead prod notion of................ MR 1883-84, p 434; MR 1885, pp 264, 269-270

Italy, manganese production of.........»................................MR 1886, '_

pp 202-203; MR 1887, p 161; MR 1889-90, p 130 

Italy, mining law of............................................. MR 1883-84, p 999 , r

Italy, quicksilver mines and production of......Mon xm, pp 5-6,14, 33-36; MR 1888,

p 106; MR 1891, pp 123-124 ** 

Italy, sulphur production of......................................... MR 1882, p 578;

MR 1883-84, p 868; MR 1885, p 500; MR 1889-90, pp 515-517 > 

Italy, tin production of..........................................MR 1883-84, p 618

Italy, zinc production of............................................ MR 1882, p 358

Jackson beds of Mississippi and Louisiana .....................Bull 83, pp 68-69,70 A.

Jackson-Vicksburg limestone.................................. Ann 12; i, pp 412-413

Jacksonboro limestone of Georgia.................................Bull 84, pp 83-84

Jade, analyses of................................................Bull 60, pp 123-127

Jade and pectolito from Alaska, an alyses of.......................... Bull 9, pp 9-10

Japan, antimony mines of........................................ MR 1883-84, p 649

Japan, coal output of, compared with that of other countries.......... MR 1882, p 5;

MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887, p 189 

Japan, copper production of .......... MR 1883-84, p 356; MR 1885, p 229; MR 1886, V

p 128; MR 1887, p 88; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 74; MR 1891, pp 101,102 

Japan, fossil plants of, literature of the ........................ Ann 8, n, pp 788-790t >"

Japan, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries .................................................MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Japan, natural gas in.......................................... MR 1888, pp 511-512

Japan, petroleum fields in .....................................MR 1888, pp 474-478

Japan, quicksilver deposits in ................................... ....Mon xni,p 47

Japan, tin production of.........................................MR 1883-84, p 623

Jarosite from Tintic mining district, Utah......................... Bull 20, pp 86-88 y.

Java, fossil plants of, literature of the.......................... Ann 8, n, pp 803-805

Jeiferson river bas.in, hydrography of........................... Ann 11, n, pp 40-41

Jemez river, New Mexico, irrigation possibilities along the... ..Ann 12,11, pp 274-275

Jenney (W. P.), administrative report for 1889-90 ................ Ann 11, i, pp 80-81

Jonney (W. P.), administrative report for 1890-91..................... Ann 1?, I, p 9(>

John Day group of rocks of Oregon.......,,,,,,,.....,...,,,,,,,. Bull 84, pp 281-282
WARMAW.] INDEX. 399

Johnson. (L. C.), administrative report for 1882-83...................Ann 4, pp 48-50

Johnson (L. C.), ad mi uistrative report for 1885-86................. Ann 7, pp 103-104

Johnson (L. C.), administrative report for 1886-87............... Ann 8, i, pp 165-166

Johnson (L. C.), administrative report for 1887-88.................Ann 9, pp 110-111

Johnson (L. C.), the iron regions of northern Louisiana and eastern Texas.

See p 323 of this bulletin. 

Johnson (L. C.) and Smith (E. A.), Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tomhigbee, and Alabama rivers.............................. Bull 43

Joint planes of cape Ann district, Massachusetts .......... Ann 9, pp 583-588,597-602

Joints and jointing in the Lahontan beds.................... Mon xi, pp 132,162-163

Joints in the Bonueville beds ....................................Mon I, pp 211-213

Jones (J. H.), anthracite coal, statistics of............................. MR 1889-90,

pp 242-252; ME 1891, pp 288-304 

Jurassic. See Jura-trias. 

Jura-trias and associated traps of the New Jersey region ..... ..............Bull 67

Jura-fcrias area of Virginia, the geology of the ...................... Mon VI, pp 1-9

Jura-trias; Aucella in California .............................. Mon x.u r, pp 226-232

Jura-trias; auriferous slates of the Lassen peak district, Cal .... Ann 8,I, pp 404-407

Jura-trias bitumen deposits ...... .................................. Ann 11, i, p 598

Jura-trias flora of North Carolina ................................ Mon vi, pp 97-128

Jura-trias; fossil insects of Triassic age found in the Leaclville clist .. .Mon xir, p 71 

Jnra-trias: fossil Mollusca of North America, noumari ne ..... .... Ann 3, pp 411-486

Jura-trias fossils from Alaska ...................................... Bull 4, pp 10-15 °

Jura-trias fossils from the Texan Permian, types of......................... Bull 77

Jura-trias in California ...... ........................ Ann 8, n, pp 972-982; Bull. 19

Jura-trias in the region of the Uinta mountains ...... ............ Ann 9, pp 688-689

Jura-trias; Jurassic flora in the older Meso/oic of Virginia and North Carolina.................................. Mon vi, pp 92-93,94,95,122-123,127,128

Jura-trias; Jurassic, fresh-water invertebrates of the North American ......Bull 29

Jura-trias; Jurassic nonconformity in the Gnnnison region of Col.. ..Ann 6, pp 64-65

Jura-trias; Jurassic Ostreidto of North America ...... ............ Ann 4, pp 289-290

Jura-trias Mollusca from the southern coast of Alaska .............Bull 51, pp 64-70

Jura-trias; Newark system, a correlation essay on the ...................... Bull 85

Jura-trias; Newark system in the New Jersey region, the relations of the

traps of the..........................................................Bull 67

Jnra-trias of Texas ............................................... Bull 45, pp 69-70

Jnra-trias of the Grand canyon dist .... .Ann 2, pp 64, 77-83; Mon 11, pp 16, 34-43,199

Jnra-trias, red color of the, origin of the ..... .............................. Bull 52

Jura-trias; Rhaitic formation in A'irginia ......................... Mon xv, pp 34, 58

Jura-trias; Rhaitic of Germany and France and the Triassic of the United

States, parallelism of the............................... Mon xiv, pp 10-11,13

Juras-trias; Rhajtic plants, or those nearly allied to such, from the Mesozoic

of Virginia and North Carolina....................................... Mon vi

Jnra-trias; Trias in southwestern Kansas ......................... Bull 57, pp 20-27

Jura-trias; Trias of the Atlantic slope, 11 ora of the ........................ Mon xv

ura-trias; Trias of Virginia and North Carolina and flora therefrom ......Mon vr,

pp 2, 92-93,95,100-101,125-126 

Jura-trias; Triassic of the Connecticut valley, structure of the. ...Ann 7, pp 455-490

Jura-trias; Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley, fossil

fishes and plants of the ............................................. Mon xiv

Jura-trias; Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley, geological relations and equivalents of the......................... Mon xiv, pp 1-15

Jura-trias system of New Mexico ......................... Ann 6, pp 135-136,184-185

Jura-trias. See, also, Mesozoic.

Kaibab plateau, Grand canyon district, description, structural geology, and

evolution of the .................. Ann 2, pp 72,127-141; Mon n, pp 10,183-198
400 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S.«GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Kaiuite, analyses of........................................MR 18~83-84, pp 816, 817

Kanab plateau, Grand canyon district, description of the.................... Ann 2,

pp 70,72, 217; Mon n, pp 10,13,23 

Kanab section, Colorado river........................... Ann 2, p 217; Mon xn, p 57

Kansas, a geological reconnaissance in southwestern........................ Bull 57

Kansas, altitudes in..................................... Bull 5, pp 113-119; Bull 76

Kansas, artesian wells of, list of the .......... Ann 11, n, p 271; Bull 57, pp 13, 30,48

Kansas, boundary lines of, and formation of territory............. Boll 13, pp 31,119

Kansas, building stone from, statistics of........... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, p 516;

MR 1888, pp 540,544.; MR 1889-90, pp 374, 394; MR 1891, pp 461,462, 464,466 

Kansas, coal area and statistics of.................................. Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1883-84, pp 12, 46-47; MR 1885, pp 11, 30-32; MR 1886, pp 225,

230, 268-270; MR 1887, pp 169, 171, 253-256; MR 1888, pp 169,

171,269-276; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 217-218; MR 1891, pp 180, 243-247

Kansas, coke in, the manufacture of............................. MR 1883-84, p 165;

MR 1885, pp 80,91; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 398; MR 1887, pp 383,389,

401; MR 1888, pp 395, 400, 410; MR 1891, pp 360-361, 366, 380-381

Kansas, Cretaceous rocks of............................. Bull 82, pp 154,159,160,163

Kansas, fossils from ........ Ann 8, n, pp 899-901; Mon xvn; Bull 77, pp 26, 27, 28, 29

Kansas, geologic and paleontologic investigations in.................... Ann 3, p 50;

Ann 5, p 49; Ann 6, pp 32, 72; Ann 7, pp 110-111;

Ann 8, i, pp 169-170; Ann 9, p 104; Ann 10,1, pp 154-155

Kansas, geologic map of, listed........................................ Bull 7, p 137

Kansas, gypsum production of................................. MR 1891, pp 580, 581

Kansas, iron and steel from, statistics of.................................. MR 1882,

pp 120,125,133,135,136,137; MR 1885, pp 184,185

Kansas; latitude and longitude of Spearville, determined.. .Ann 11, i, p 129; Bull 70 

Kansas; latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and

New Mexico ......................................................... Bull 49

Kansas, lead from, statistics of...................... Ann 2, xx vm; MR 1882, p 312;

MR 1883-84, pp 416,426-427; MR 1885, p 248; MR 1886, p 147; MR 1887, p 110 

Kansas; limestone from Cowley county, analysis of............... MR 1889-90, p 394

Kansas; limestone from lola, analysis of.............................. Bull 78, p 124

Kansas; limestone production of............................... MR 1891, pp 464,466

Kansas; marl from Trego county, analysis of .......................... Bull 27, p 71

Kansas; meteoric stoue from Washington county, description and analysis

of ..........................................................Bull 90, pp 45-46

Kansas, meteorite fi om, description and analysis of.................... Bull 78, p 94

Kansas, mineral springe of............ Bull 32, pp 171-175; MR 1883-84, p 982; MR

1885, p 537; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887, p 684; MR

1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, p 527; MR 1891, pp 603, 605

Kansas, minerals of, the useful............. MR 1882, pp 682-684; MR 1887, p 732-733

Kansas, natural-gas localities and statistics of............ MR 1885, p 168; MR 1886,

pp 514-515; MR 1887, pp 466, 496-498; MR 1889-90, p 367; MR 1891, p 438 

Kansas, Neocene beds of........................................Bull 84, pp 299-301

Kansas; salt from Hutchinson, analysis of............................ Bull 60, p 171

Kansas, salt from, statistics of................ MR 1882, pp 532-534; MR 1887, p 622;

MR 1888, pp 597-598, 607-609; MR 1889-90, pp 482,488; MR 1891, p 572 

Kansas, sandstone production of............................... MR 1891, pp 461,462

Kansas, topographic work in............Ann 6, p 11; Ann 7, pp 53-54,112; Ann 8, i,

p 103; Ann 9, p 56; Ann 10, i, p 93; Ann 11, i, p 39; Ann 12,1, pp 29-30,47 

Kansas, zinc and zinc works in, statistics of........Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 347,

382; MR 1883-84, p 475; MR 1885, p 273; MR 1886, pp 154, 

156; MR 1887, p 113; MR 1888, p 92; MR 1889-90, p 88 

Kansas and Colorado, Arkansas river basin in, irrigation problems relating to

the .....................................................Ann 11,II,pp 210-214
WARMAN.] I^DEX. 401

Kansas and Nebraska., the Permian problem in..................Bull 80, pp 193-212

Kaolin from Aiken, South Carolina, analysis of........................ Bull 27, p 63

Kaolin from Arkansas, Alabama, and Georgia, analyses of........ ....Bull 78, p 120;

,- MR 1891, p 517 

Kaolin from the Waterfall mine, Gunnison county, Colorado, description and

analysis of.....................................................Bull 60, p 136

Kaolin, residual or rock ....................................... MR 1891, pp 484-486

Kaolinite from San Juan county, Colorado, description and chemical composition of....................................................Bull 20, pp 97-99

Kaolinite in the Eureka vein...................................... Bull 20, p]) 67-68

Kaolinization, experiments on.......................... Mou in, pp 290-308, 397-400

Kaolinization hypothesis to account for the heat of the Comstock lode....... Ann 2,

pp 312-313,325-330; Mon in, pp 216, 231-237, 388-389 

Kaolinization, thermal effect of.................................. Ann 2, pp 325-330

Kaweah river, California, hydrography of.......................... Ann 12, n, p 320

Kearsarge group of rocks of New Hampshire ................... Bull 86, pp 353-355

Keeler (J. E.), earthquakes in California in 1869............................ Bull 68

Keewatin series of rocks of the Rainy lake region......... Bull 86, pp 65-67,162-167

Kent (W.), gold and silver, statistics of....................... MR 1889-90, pp 48-55

Kentucky, altitudes in..................................Bull 5, pp 120-124; Bull 76

Kentucky, asphaltum or bituminous rock production of............ .MR 1891, p 452

Kentucky, boundary lines of, and admission of state.......... Bull 13, pp 30,109-110

Kentucky, brick industry of.............. MR 1887, pp 535, 538; MR 1888, pp 560,569

Kentucky, building stone from, statistics of........ MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, p 516;

MR 1888, p 540; MR 1889-90, pp 373,395-396; MR 1891, pp 461,462,464,466 

^ x Kentucky, cement manufacture in................. MR 1887, p 527; MR 1888, p 551;

MR 1889-90, p 461; MR 1891, p 532

- V Kentucky, coal area and statistics of ..............................Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 56-58; MR 1883-84, pp 12,47-49; MR 1885, pp 11,32; MR 1886, 

X pp 225,230,270-272; MR 1887, pp 169, 171, 256-263; MR 1888, pp 169,

171,276-280; MR 1889-90, pp 146, 219-221; MR 1891, pp 180, 247-255. 

Kentucky, coke in, the manufacture of..................... MR 1883-84, pp 166-168;

MR 1885, pp 80,91-92; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 398-401; MR 1887, pp 383,

389,401-405; MR 1888, pp 395,400,410-411; MR 1891, pp 360-361, 366, 381

Kentucky, Eocene deposits in..................................Bull 83, pp 71-73, 83

. Kentucky, fossils from........................................Ann 8, li, pp 882-884;

Mon xvi, pp 59,65,121,122,129,171,197,202 

Kentucky, geologic and paleontologic investigations in............ Ann 6, pp 35,36;

Ann 11, i, pp 75,104; Ann 12, i, pp 88,107 

Kentucky, geologic maps of, listed................ Bull 7, pp 107,108,109,110,112,168

- Kentucky; glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois ................................................. ..-..Bull 58

"S Kentucky, iron and steel from, statistics of........................ Ann 2, p xxvi ii;

MR 1882, pp 120,125,129,130,131,133,134, 135, 136, 137; MR 1883-84, pp

252,278,279; MR 1885, pp 182,184,186; MR 1886, pp. 18,33, 96; MR 1887,

( p 11; MR 1888, pp 14,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17; MR 1891, pp 12,27,61

Kentucky, lime production of....................................... MR 1887, p 533

Kentucky; limestone froui Bowling Green, compared with oolite from Ireland ......................................................MR 1889-90,p 395

^- Kentucky, limestone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 464,466

Kentucky, marl deposits in..........................................MR 1886, p 620

Kentucky, mineral springs of................................... Bull 32, pp 106-118;

MR 1883-84, p 982; MR 1885, p 538; MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887,

p 684; MR 1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, p 527; MR 1891, pp 603, 605

Kentucky, minerals, of, the useful......... MR 1882, pp 684-686; MR 7.887, pp 733-735

Bull. 100 26
402 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. 6. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Kentucky, natural-gas localities and statistics of..............MR 1887, pp 489-492;

MR 1888, pp 506-509; MR 1891, p 438 

Kentucky; peridotite of Elliott county................. Bull 38; Bull 42, pp 136-137

Kentucky, petroleum in, localities and statistics of ............ MR 1882, pp 189,216;

MR 1883-84, p 216; MR 1885, p 147; MR 1888, p 463; MR

1889-90, pp 292, 350-353; MR 1891, pp 405,407,434-435

Kentucky; phosphatic limestones of............................ Bull 46, pp 116-117

Kentucky, salt from, statistics of............... MR 1882, pp 532-534; MR 1891, p 572

Kentucky, sandstone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 461,462

Kentucky, topographic work in.................................... Ann 4, pp 13-15;

Ann 6, p 9; Ann 7, p 51; Ann 8, i, p 102; Ann 9, pp 54,

55; Ann 10, i, p 91; Ann 11, i, p 37; Ann 12, i,p 27

Kentucky; water from near Frankfort, analysis of..................... Bull 64, p 57

Keratophyr from Marblehead neck, Massachusetts, analysis of........ Bull 78, p 121

Kerguelen land, silicitied wood from................................ Ann 8, n, p 817

Kern river, California, hydrography of.............................. Ann 12/u, p 319

Kerr (W. C.), the minor metals of North Carolina..........'.....MR 1882, pp 659-661

Keweeuaw series on Keweenaw point, lake Superior, the junction between

the Eastern sandstone and the........................................ Bull 23

Keweenawan rocks of lake Superior, chronologic list of works that embrace

references to the ........................ ............Mon v,pp 14-23,431-432

Keweenawan rocks of the lake Superior basin, extent and general nature of

the .................. Ann 3, pp 93-188; Mon v, pp 24-409; Bull 86, pp 160-162

Keweenawan. See, also, Algonkian. , f 

King (C.), administrative report for 1880-81........................ Ann 2, pp 44-46

King (C.), administrative report for 1881-82.......................... Ann 3, pp 3-9 s~

King (C.), quoted, on glacers of mount Shasta.................... Ann 5, pp 329-331

King (C.), quoted, on the Comstock lode..........................Mon m,pp 24-26 "t1

King (C.),production of precious metals in the United States. ....Ann 2,pp 331-401

King (C.), report as director for 1879-80.............................Ann 1, pp 3-79

, King (C.), resignation of, from directorship.............................. Ann 2, p xi

Kings river, California, hydrography of............................ Ann 12, n, p 320

Kingston group of rocks of New Brunswick.................... Bull 86, pp 232-238

Kirchhoff (C.), jr., copper, statistics of..... MR 1886, pp 109-139; MR 1887, pp 66-97;

MR 1888, pp 43-77; ME 1889-90, pp 56-77; ME 1891, pp 81-102 

Kirchhoff (C.), jr., lead, statistics of..... .MR 1886, pp 140-153; MR 1887, pp 98-112; . MR 1888, pp 79-91; MR 1889-90, pp 78-87; MR 1891, pp 103-110 

KirchhoiT (C.) Jr., the copper industry of the United States.... MR 1882, pp 213-257;

MR 1883-84, pp 322-374; MR 1885, pp 208-243 

Kirchhoff (C.),jr.,the load industry of the United States.. ....MR 1882, pp 306-323;

MR 1883-84, pp 411-4.40; MR 1885, pp 244-271 

Kirchhoff (C.),jr, the zinc industry of the United States........ MR 1882, pp 346-358;

MR 1883-84:, pp 474-491; MR 1885, pp 272-283 ^ 

Kirchhoff (C.),jr., zinc, statistics of.....MR 1886,pp 154-159; MR 1887, pp 113-117;

MR 1888, pp 92-96; MR 1889-90, pp 88-93; MR 1891, pp 111-116 

Kuowlton (F. H.), fossil Avood and lignite of the Potornac formation......... Bull 56 "

Knowlton (F. H.), Lesquereux's "Flora of the Dakota group," edited by. ..Monxvn 

Kotschnbeite from California ...................................... Bull 61, pp 27-30

Kowak clays of Alaska...:..................................... Bull 84, pp 265-268

Kiibel (S. J.), administrative report for 1889-90................. Ann 11, i, pp 134-136 ^

Kiibel (S. J.), administrative report for 1890-91................. Ann 12,1, pp 138-140

Kunz (G. F.), American gems and precious stones, statistics of............. MR 1882,

pp 483-499; MR 1883-84, pp 723-782; MR 1885, pp 437-44,4;

MR 1886, pp 595-605; MR 1887, pp 535-579; MR 1888, pp

580-585; MR 1889-90,-pp 445-448; MR 1891, pp 539-551

Kyauite from Clip, Arizona, analysis of ............................... Bull 78, p 120
WARMAN.) INDEX. 403

Labradorian system of rocks in New Hampshi re ................. Bull 86, pp 351-355

Laccolites and intrusive sheets, discussion on................... Mon xn, pp 295-304

Laccolites in the Mosquito range, Colorado, occurrence of................. Mou xir,

pp 149,155,164,190,193, 296, 301,305, 306 

Lacustral history of Mono basin, California ......'............... Ann 8, i, pp 287-319

Lacustral sediments, color of......................................... Mon xi, p 169

Lafayette formation of Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas, the features, history, etc., of 

the..................................................... Ann 12,i, pp347-521;

Bull 84, pp 66-67, 74,80-81, 84-85,159-160,166-167,170,175,189-191 

Lagrange group of Tennessee and Kentucky.................. Ann 12, i, pp 499-500;

Bull 84, pp 170-172 

Lahontan basin, analyses of clays from the ........................... Mon xi, p 128

Lahontan basin, analyses of waters of lakes and rivers of the......... .Mon xi, p 225

Lahontan beds, volcanic dust from the, analysis of ...................... Bull 9, p 14

Lahontan, lake, chemical deposits of...........Ann 3, pp 211-215; Mon XT, pp 188-222

Lahontan, lake, crystallographic study of tho thinolite of.................... Bull 12

Lahoutau, lake, geological history of........................ Ann 3,189-235; Mon xi

Lake basins in relation to climate ................................ Ann 2, pp 173-174

Lake basins, the formation of ...................... Mon i, pp 2-5; Mon xi, pp 23-24

Lake Bonneville, contributions to the history of .............. Ann 1, pp 23-25,'74-75

. Ann 2, pp xvi-xvii, 167-200; Mon i 

Lake Bonneville, Mollnscan fauna of........................................ Bull 11

Lake Bonneville, sediments of, analysis of the....... Ann 2, p 177; Mon i, pp 201-202

Lake Lahoutan, chemical deposits of......... Ann 3, pp 211-215; Mon xi, pp 188-222

Lake Lahontan, erystallographic study of the thinolite of................... Bull 12

Lake Lahontan, geological history of.................... Ann 3, pp 195-233; Mon xi

Lake Mono, California, analysis of water of .*........... Ann 8, i, p 293; Bull 42, p 149

Lake Mono, California, deposits of............................... Mon xi, pp 221-222

Lake Mono, California, description and history of ............... Ann 8, r, pp 269-320

Lake Mono, California, obsidian of..................................... Ann 7, p 292

Lake Mono, California, old shorelines of................................. Mon i, p 16

Lake shores, topographic features of...................... Ann 2, pp 171-174; Ann 3,

pp 204-208; Ann 5, pp 69-123; Mou i, pp 23-89; Mon xi, pp 87-99 

Lake Superior basin, geological maps of the................. Ann 3, pp 92-93,172-173

Lake Superior, copper-bearing rocks of ............................ Ann 1, pp 70-71;

Ann 2, pp xxxi, xxxiv; Ann 3, pp 89-188; Mon v 

Lake Superior, fluctuations of, from 1870 to 1888........................ Bull 72, p 18

Lake Superior sandstone.................................. ....^.. Bull 86, pp 157-160

Lake Superior synclinal.........................................Mon v, pp 410-118

Lake Superior. See, also, Michigan; Minnesota; Wisconsin.

Lake Tahoe as a reservoir site for irrigation purposes ......... Ann 11, n, pp 169-172

Lake Tahoe, water of, analysis of the....................^............. Mon xi, p 42

Lake water, composition of....................................... Mon i, pp 204-208

Lakes, Eocene, of Wyoming and Utah ................................ Mon x, pp 1-8

.Lakes, freshening of, by desiccation .......'............... Ann 2, pp 177-180; Ann 3,

pp 224-230; Mou i, pp 208-209, 229, 258; Mon xi, pp 224-230 

Lakes in the Great basin, chemistry of ........................... Ann 4, pp 454-455

Lakes, inclosed, analyses of tho waters of............................. Mou xr, p 176

Lakes, Quaternary, of the Great basin, sketch of the................. Bull 11, pp 9-12

Lakes, soda, in Nevada....................'.......................Mon xi, pp 73-80

Lamollibrauchiata; description of certain aberrant forms of the Chamidie

from the Cretaceous rocks of Texas............................. Bull 4, pp 5-9

Lamellibrauchiata, description of species of, from the middle Cambrian of

North America............................................Bull 30, pp 123-125
404 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Lamellibranchiata, fossil, of the Raritan clays and greensand niarls of New

Jersey ....................................................Mon ix, pp 17-252

Lamellibrauchiata from the Carboniferous of the Eureka district, Nevada.. ....Mou

vm, pp 225-254 

Lamellibranchiata from the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada..... .Mon vm,

pp 164-182 

Lamellibranchiata from the lower Silurian of the Eureka district, Nevada...... Mon

vm, pp 76-78 

Lamellibranchiata of the Eocene............................................ Bull 83

Lamellibranchiata of the Great basin ............................. Bull 11, pp 14-16

Lamellibranchiata of the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York....... Butt

16, pp 23,24,58-62 

Lamellibranchiata of the Olenollns zone....................... Ann 10,1, pp 614-615

Larnellibranchiates of New Jersey formations recognized in other localities,

table showing........................................... Mon xvm, pp 28-29

Lamellibranchiates, table showing the number of genera and species of, under

each family occurring in each of the several marl-beds of New Jersey..... .Mon

xvm, pp 24-25 

Lamination of acid lavas, cause of................................ Ann 7, pp 260, 286

Lampblack, specific gravity of.................................. Bull 42, pp 132-135

Landslides, classification of.............................. .v ........... Ann 7, p 631

Landslides, theory of................................................ Mon m, p 18y

Lapidary work, aboriginal, in Oregon............................... MR 1891, p 551

La Plata mountains, literature of the geology of the............. Bull 86, pp 323-324

Laramie flora, types of the.................................................Bull 37

Laramie formation, discussion of the............................ Bull 82, pp 145-15;3

Laramio group, historical review of opinion concerning tho,r .......... Ann 6,406-433

Laramie group, nature and extent of the,.......................... Ann 6, pp 433-436

Laramie group, recent collections of fossil plants from the. .\..... Ann 6, pp 536-557

Laramie group, stratigraphy and correlation of the............. Bull 82, pp 127,1-18;

Bull 83, pp 111-134,145-146 

Laramie group, synopsis of the flora of the.................... t ... Ann 6, pp 399-557

Laramie hills, literature of the geology of the........... Bull 86, pp 272, 273, 275, 276

Laramie hills. See, also, Black hills.

Laramie Molluscan fauna, the relation of the, to that of the succeeding freshwater Eocene and other groiips........................................ Bull 34

Laramie Ostreidso................................................ Ann 4, pp 307-308

Laramie, Senonian, and Eocene plants, table of distribution of, and discussion thereof................................................ Ann 6, pp 443-536

Laramie. See, also, Cretaceous.

Lasseu peak district, California, geology of the........Ann 8, i, pp 395-432; Bull 33

Latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and New

Mexico ..............................................................Bull 49

Laumontite from Table mountain, Colorado, description and chemical composition of..................................................Bull 20, pp 16-17

Laurentian system, history of the term....................... Bull 86, pp 462,470-474

Laurentian, the original................................... Bull 86, pp 23-50,497-498

Laurentian and Huronian, relations of the Keweenawan rocks to the........... Ann

3, pp-156-173

Laurentian and Huronian, relations of the Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and Wisconsin to the...................................... Ann 10, T, pp

458-464; Mon xix, pp 45-46, 58, 59-61, 76-77 

Laurentian. See, also, Algonkian; Archean. 

Lava, aa type of, characteristics of the..'...............................Ann 4, p 95

Lava cascades in the Grand canyon of the Colorado... ....Mon n, pp 85, 92, 106, 116
WARMAN.J INDEX. , 405

Lava flows, modern, of Mono valley, Californ ia ................ Ann 8, I, pp 372-377

Lava, pahoehoe type of, characteristics of the .......................... Ann 4, p 95

Lava, peculiar, from a late volcanic eruption in northern California .... ....Bull 79

Lavas, basaltic, of the Bouiieville basin..........................Mon i, pp 319-336

Lavas, common source of.............................................. Mon XX, 267

Lavas from near Lassen peak, California, analyses of............ Bull 60, pp 155-157

Lavas of California not fused sediments ............................ Mon xm, p 174

Lavas of the Coast ranges of Califoru ia........................ Mon xui, pp 145-164

Lavas of the Eureka district, Nevada, chemical composition of.. Mon xx, pp 264-267 

Lavas of the Eureka district, Nevada^ manner of occurrence of. .Mon XX, pp 243-249 

Lavas of the volcanoes of the Hawaiian islands................ Ann 4, pp 84-98, etc.

Lavas, recent, of the San Jose valley, New Mexico ............... Ann 6, pp 179-182

Law establishing and extending the United States Geological Survey...-.. Ann 1, pp

3-4; Ann 4, p xiii 

LaV establishing the Irrigation Survey............................. Ann 10, II, p 38

Law, mining, historical sketch of.......................... ME 1883-84, pp 988-1004

Law, mining, of the states east of the Mississippi .............. MR 1886, pp 722-790

Law; tariff' of March 3,1883, schedules from the ................ MR 1882, pp 777-787

Laws governing the printing and distribution of the publications of the Geological Survey. See pp 11-14 of this bulletin. 

Lead, argentiferous, the smelting of, in the far West.......... .MR 1882, pp 324-345

Lead deposits of Cumberland and Derbyshire, England .......... Mon vn, pp 67-68

Lead deposits of Leadville, Colorado................................. Mon vii, p 66

Lead deposits of Missouri............................................ MOJI vii, p 66

Lead deposits of Raibl, Corinthia..............................Mon vii, pp 68, 102

Lead deposits of the Great basin. ................................ Mon vii, pp 64-65

Lead deposits of the upper Mississippi ............................... Mon vii, p 65

Lead deposits of upper .Silesia ........................................ Mon vii, p 68

Lead deposits of Westphalia .............:..................'....... ..Mon vii, p 68

Lead, desilverizing, in the U. S., recent improvements in .. .MR 1883-84, pp 462-473 

Lead in eruptive rocks.............................................. Mon xn, p 578

Load industry of the United States.......................MR 1882, pp 306-323; MR

1883-84, pp 411-434; MR .1885, pp 244-262 

Lead of foreign countries, statistics of.................... MR 1882, pp 321-323; MR

1883-84, pp 434-440; MR 1885, pp 262-271 

Lead-producing regions of the U. S ........ MR 1887, 'pp 103-110; MR 1888, pp 85-89

Lead, production of, in the United States since 1825............ MR 1891, pp 103-104

Lead-silver deposits of Eureka, Nevada.................................... Mou vii

Lead-silver deposits of the Leadville district, Colorado..... ....Mon xn, pp 367-584

Lead slags, analyses and chemical properties of.............MR 1883-S4,pp 447-460

Lead, statistics of ............................................MR 1882, pp 306-345;

MR 1883-84, pp 41.1-473; MR 1885, pp 244-271; MR 188G, pp 140-153; MR 1887,

pp 98-112; MR 1888, pp 78-91; MR 1889-90, pp 78-87; MR 1891, pp 103-110

Leadville, Colorado, and vicinity, geological map of..............Ann 2, pp 240-241

Leadville, Colorado, chemistry of the rocks and ores of..........Mon xn,pp 585-608

Leadville, Colorado, geology and mining industry of............... Ann 1, pp 69-70;

Ann 2, pp xx-xxiii, 201-290; Mon xn 

Leadvillo, Colorado, metallurgy of............................. Mon xn, pp 609-751

Leadville, Colorado, petrography of............................ Mon xn, pp 315-362

Leadville, Colorado, mini ug district, brief description of the........ Ann 1, pp 17-22

Le Ch atelier's researches on cements........................... MR 1891, pp 537-538

Lepidolites of Maine, analyses and discussion of the............... Bull 42, pp 11-21

Lepidomelaue from Baltimore, analysis and description of.........Bull 55, pp 14-15

Lepidomelane from Maine, analysis and description of............Bull 42, pp 34-35;

Bull 55, pp 15-16
406 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Lesguereux (Leo), biographic sketch of .......................... Ann 5, pp 370-377

Lcsquereux (Leo), death and biographic sketch of .............. Mon xv 11, pp 15-18

Lesqnereux (Leo), the flora of the Dakota group.......................... Mon xvn

Lettering and conventional signs adopted for the topographic maps of the

United States ............................................ Ann 6, pp xviii-xix

Levynite from Table mountain, Colorado, general description and chemical

composition of.............................................. Bull 20, pp 37-38

Lherzolite from near Baltimore, Maryland, description of.......... Bull 28, pp 54-59

Liebenerite from Rapid city, South Dakota, analysis of............... Bull 78, p 120

Library of the Geological. Survey, contents of, June 30, 1891......... Ann 12, i, p 143

Life history of lake Lahontau................................... Mon xi, pp 238-249

Life, plant, past and present, of the earth, table and diagrams of, by types

and geologic formations, with discussions thereof........... Ann 5, pp 439-452

Life, vertebrate, in America, section to illustrate........................ Mon x, p 7

Lignite from the Turtle mountains, Dakota, analysis of................ Bull 27, p 74

Lignite and fossil wood of the Potomac formation.......................... Bull 56

Lignites of the great Sionx reservation ..................................... Bull 21

Lignites. See, also, Coal.

Lignitic beds of the Aleutian islands............................ Bull 84, pp 242-249

Liguitic deposits, the ......................................... Ann 12, i, pp 415-418

Lignitic group of Alabama, Mississippi, and Kentucky.. Bull 83, pp 58-61, 67-68,72-7-73 

Lime, phosphate of, nature and origin of deposits of........................ Bull 46

Lime, statistics of.......... MR 1882, pp 458-459; MR 1883-84, pp 668-670; MR 1885,

pp 410-413; MR 1886, pp 565-566; MR 1887, pp 532-534; MR 1888, pp 554-557 

Limestone, analysis of, from Alabama, Chewacla, Lee county. ....MR 1889-90, p 377

Limestone, analysis of, from California, San Benito county....... .MR 1889-90, p 383

Limestone, analysis of, from Connecticut, Fairfield county........MR 1889-90,p 386

Limestone, analysis of, from Illinois, Cook county................ MR 1889-90, p 390

Limestone, analysis of, from Indiana, various localities .............. Bull 42, p 140;

Bull 60, pp 160-162; MR 1889-90, pp 392, 393 

Limestone, analysis of, from Kansas, Cowley county and lola.... ....Bull 78,p 124;

MR 1889-90, p 394 

Limestone, analysis of, from Massachusetts, Berkshire county.... .MR 1889-90, p 403

Limestone, analysis of, from Michigan and Wisconsin, Penokee district........Mon

xix, p 131 

Limestone, analysis of, from Missouri, various localities ............. Bull 78, p 125;

MR 1889-90, pp 406-407 

Limestone, analysis of, from New Jersey, Hunterdon county...... MR 1889-90, p 410

Limestone, analysis of, from Ohio, various localities.................. Bull 55, p 80;

Bull 60, pp 160-162; MR 1889-90, p 417 

Limestone, analysis of, from Pennsylvania, twelve localities in......... MR 1889-90,

pp 421-424 

Limestone, analysis of, from Texas, El Paso county.............. .MR 1889-90, p 432

Limestone, analysis of, from Virginia, Lexington.................... .Bull 42, p 137

Limestone, analysis of, from West Virginia, below Wheeling...... ...... Bull 9, p 17

Limestone, analysis of, from Wisconsin, Calumet and Winnebago conn ties...... MR

1889-90, p 439 

Limestone, Carboniferous, of the Mosquito range, Colorado, description and

analyses of ........................................ Mon xn, pp 63-66, 596-598

Limestone, cherty, of the Penokee iron-bearing series, petrographical.character, origin, etc., of the.............Ann 10,1, pp 365-369; Mon xix, pp 127-142

Limestone, decay of .............................................. Bull 52, pp 20-25

Limestone from Bowling Green,,Kentucky, compared with oolite from Portland, Ireland............................................... MR 1889-90, p 395

Limestone, production of, in the United States in 1891......... .MR 1891, pp 464-468
WAftMAN.l INDEX. 407

Limestone, white, of Alabama.................................... :Bull 83, pp 64-66

Limestone:^ hydraulic, analyses of, from various localities.............MR 1891, p 531

Limonite from Canaan int., West Virginia, analysis of.................. Bull 9, p 18

Lindgren (W.) and Melville (W. H.), contributions to the mineralogy of the

Pacific coast......................................................... Bull 61

Liquid and solid, the continuity of................................. Bull 90, pp 71-97

Liquids, subsidence of fine solid particles in............Bull 36; Bull 60,pp 139-145

Liquids, the compressibility of............................................. Bull 92

Liq uids, the volume thermodynamics of .................................... Bull 96

Lists. See Table.

Litchfield, Maine, minerals of...................................... Bull 42, pp 28-38

Literature of various branches of geology, paleontology, etc. See Bibliography. 

Litharge, statistics of...............................................MR 1891,p 598

Lithia micas, researches on the.................................... Bull 42, pp 11-27

Lithium, a method for the separation of sodium and potassium from, by the action of amyl alcohol on the chlorides, with some reference to a similar 

separation of the same from magnesium and calcium........ Bull 42, pp 73-88

Lithographic stone, analyses of..................................... MR 1882, p 596

Lithographic stone from foreign countries.. '. ........................ MR 1882, p 596

Lithographic stone, statistics of.............................. MR 1882, pp 595-596;

MR 1883-84, pp 935-936; MR 1886, pp 690-691; MR 1889-90, pp 519-520 

-Lithoid tufa of Mono valley, California ......................... Ann 8,1, pp 311-315

Lithoidite of Obsidia.n cliff, Yellowstoue national park ...............:. Ann 7, p 264

Lithological characters of Azoic, Laurentiau, Hurouiau, etc...... Bull 86, pp 167-170

Lithological. characters of the strata in the Grand canyon ....... .Mon n, pp 209-210

Lithological geology of the quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope..........Ann 8,

n, pp 967-972 

Lithological. structure of Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone nat. park ....Ann 7,pp 257-260

Lithological studies in the Archean of the northwestern states.... Ann 5, pp 209-242

Lithology and stratigraphy of the Newark system................. Bull 85, pp 32-44

Li thology, importance of, to theory of ore-deposits..................... Mon in, p 32

Lithology of the Keweenaw series............. Ann 3, pp 101-115; Mon v, pp 34-133

Lithology of the Pacific slope.......................... Mon xm, pp 56-175,453-460

Lithology of the Washoe district, Nevada...... .......... Mon in, pp 32-155, 369-376

Lithology, use of, in establishing correlations..................... Ann 7, pp 378-390

Lithology, use of, in marking off the grander groups of strata...........Ann 7,p 377

Lithology. See, also, Petrography.

LithophysiB in obsidian of Yellowstone national park ............. Ann 7, pp 265-272

Lithophysse, origin of............................................ Ann 7, pp 279-290

Littoral erosion, transportation, and deposition.................... Ann 5, pp 80-99;

Mon i, pp 29-60; Mon xi, pp 87-99 

Lode, horse, etc., discussion of the meaning of............'......Mon vn, pp 115-117

Loess as a brick material............................................ MR 1891, p 496

Loess, chemical and miner alogical constitution of................. Ann 6, pp 281-283

Loess, especially that of the Mississippi valley .....t.............. Ann 6, pp 278-307

Loess in Kansas .................................................. Bull 57, pp 41-42

Loess in northeastern Iowa and contiguous territory........... Ann 11,1, pp 435-471

Loess of the lower Mississippi................................. Ann 12, i, pp 392-393

Loess, origin, features, composition, and distribution of the .................. Ann 6,

pp 286-307; Ann 11, i, pp 291-303 

Loess, the, and its relation to the glacial drift .................. .Bull 58, pp 101-104

Loess and clays, analyses of..................................... Bull 42, pp 142-144

Loess. See, also; Glacial.

Lolliugite of Gunnison county, Colorado, occurrence, description, and chemical

composition of..............................................Bull 20, pp 89-93
408 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Lone mountain limestone at Eureka, Nevada ..................... Mon xx, pp 57-62

Long valley reservoir and irrigation-canal lines, Nev..Aun 11, II, pp 177-178,179,.182 

Longitudes and latitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and N. M....Bull 49

Lord (E.), Comstock mining and miners....................................Mon iv

Lord (E.), report of Tenth Census work ............................ Ann 1, pp 48-50

Lord (J. S.), Illinois, coal....................................... MR 1888, pp 242-256

Louisiana, altitudes in........................................ Bull 5, p 125; Bull 76

Louisiana, boundary lines of, and admission of state.......... Bull 13, pp 30,104-105

Louisiana, brick industry of................... ME 1887, pp 536, 538; ME 1888, p 560

Louisiana, clay production of....................................... ME 1891, p 507

Louisiana, Eocene deposits of,................................. Bull 83, pp 75-76,84

Louisiana, fossils from......................................... Ann 8, n, pp 880-881

Louisiana, geologic investigations in.............. Ann 7, pp 103-104; Ann 12,I, p 75

Louisiana, geological maps of, listed................................... Bull 7, p 140

Louisiana, iron-ore deposits of................................... .MR 1887, pp 50-51

Louisiana, iron ores from, analyses of............................ Bull 42, pp 144-145

Louisiana; iron regions of northern La. and eastern Texas. See p 323 of this Bull. 

Louisiana, marble from, analysis of...................................Bull 60, p 160

Louisiana, mineral springs of.................................... Bull 32, pp 123-124

Louisiana, minerals of, the useful.............. MR 1882, pp 686-687; MR 1887, p 736

Louisiana, Neocene beds of...................................... Bull 84, pp 167-170

Louisiana, purchase of, from France......................... Bull 13, pp 19-21,30-31

Louisiana, salines of................................... 1 <. ....... MR 1882, pp 554-565

Louisiana, salt formations and statistics of..MR 1882, pp 532-534, 554-565; MR 1883-

84, pp 827, 841-842; MR 1885, pp 474, 480; MR 1886, pp 628,636; MR 1887, pp

611,620-621; MR 1888, pp 597-598, 604; MR 1889-90, pp 482,488; MR 1891, p 577

Louisiana, sulphur deposits in ...................................... MR 1885, p 496

Louisiana, topographic work in ............... Ann 11, r, p 40; Ann 12,1, pp 24,28,31

Loup fork group of S. Dak., Neb., and Colo... ...Bull 84, pp 292-293,296-298,304-305

Lustre exhibited by sanidine in certain rhyolites .................. Bull 20, pp 75-80

Lustre-mottling structure in gabbro (see, also, Poicilitic) .............. Mon v, p 42

Lycopodinete from the Carboniferous basins of southwestern Mo. .Bull 98pp 103-104 

McChcsney (J. D.), report of office work for 1879-80.................. Ann 1, pp 9-13

McChesney (J. D.), disbursements made during 1886-87.......... Ann 8,1, pp 210-257

McChesney (J. D.), disbursements made during 1887-88............ Ann 9, pp 152-199

McChesney (J. D.), disbursements made during 1888-89. ........ Ann 10,1, pp 199-252

McChesuey (J. D.), disbursements made during 1889-90.........Ann 11,1, pp 140-185

McChesney (J. D.), disbursements made during 1890-91......... Ann 12, i, pp 146-210

McGeo (W. J.), administrative report for 1883-84....................Ann 5, pp 34-41

McGee (W. J.), administrative report for 1884-85.................... Ann 6, pp 25-32

McGee (VV. J.), administrative report for 1885-86..................Ann 7, pp 104-111

McGee (W. J.), administrative report for 1886-87................ Ann 8, i, pp 166-173

McGee (W. J.), administrative report for 1887-88.................. Ann 9, pp 102-ttO

McGee (W. J.), administrative report for 1888-89............... Ann 10,1, pp 148-158

McGee (W. J.), administrative report for 1889-90................. Ann 11,1, pp 65-70

McGee (W. J.), administrative report for 1890-91................. Ann 12, i, pp 70-77

McGee (VV. J.), geology of the head of Chesapeake bay...........Ann 7, pp 537-646

McGee (W. J.), investigations relating to the Charleston earthquake.........Ann 9,

pp 209,298-299

McGee (W. J.), map showing the area! geology of the United States (preliminary compilation).............. Ann 5, cover pocket, and pp xxviii-xxx, 36-38

McGee (W. J.), rock gas and related bitumens.................. Ann 11,1, pp 589-616

McGee (W. J.), the Lafayette formation........................ Ann 12,1, pp 347-521

McGee (W. J.), the Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa. ..Ann 11, i,pp 189-577 

MeKinley (C.), account of tlie Charleston earthquake ............Ann 9, pp 212-225

Macrostructural metamorphism of massive rocks..........Bull 62, pp 43-46,201-204
WAHMAK.] INDEX. 409

Madeira, fossil plants of, literature of the.......................... '.. Ann 8, IT, p 818

Madison river basin, hydrography of the..................... Ann 11, 11, pp 39-40, 94

Magmas, inolteu, considered as solutions.......................... Bull 66, pp 26-29

Magmas of eruption, two, in the Eureka district, Nevada........Mou xx, pp 253-257

Magnesia, analyses of .......................................... MR 1886, pp 695,697

Magnesium aud calcium, separation of sodium and potassium from, by the

action of ainyl alcohol on the chlorides...................... Bull 42, pp 73-88

Magnesium, statistics of...................................... .ME 1886, pp 694-698

Magnetic and electrical properties of the iron carburets .................... Bull 14

Magnetic iron ore from near Bozemau, Montana, analysis of............. Bull 9, p 17

Magnetite and hematite, occurrence of, in the Penokee iron-bearing rocks...... .Ann

10, i, p 391

Magnetization, effect of, on the viscosity and the rigidity of iron aud of steel.. Bull 73,

. p]) 105-119 

Magnetization, influence of hardness on.......................'..Bull 14, pp 111-150

Magnetization, thermoelectric effect of........................... Bnll 14, pp 104-110

Maillonx (C. 0.), electrolysis in the metallurgy of copper, lead, zinc, and other

metals...................................................ME 1882,pp 627-658

Maine; allanite from Topshain, description and analysis of.......... Bnll 9, pp 10-11

Maine, altitudes in...................................... Bnll 5, pp 126-128; Bull 76

Maine, boundary lines of.......................................... Bull 13, pp 32-40

Maine, brick industry of....................... MR 1887, p 536; MR 1888, pp 560, 566

Maine, building stone from, statistics of.. ....MR 1882, pp 451,452; MR 1887, p 513;

MR 1888, pp 536, 538; MR 1889-90, pp 373,396-398; MR 1891, pp 457, 458,464, 466 

Maine, Cambrian rocks of..................................... Bull 81, pp 68-69, 267

Maine; chuolite from Norway, analysis of .............................. Bnll 9, p 12

Maine, copper from, statistics of............... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 216, 230;

MR 1883-84, p 329; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR 1887,

p69; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83-84

Maine; damonrite from Stoneham, description and analysis of........... Bull 9, p 11

Maine, fossils from..................................................Ann 8, n, p 849

Maine, geologic and paleontologic investigations in................ Ann 6, pp 19,36;

' Ann 7, pp 62,82,157; Ann 8, i, pp 126,143; Ann

9, pp 71,77; Ann 10,T,p 160; Ann 12, i, p 66

Maine, geological maps of, listed................................. Bull 7, pp 55, 56, 57

Maine, gold and silver 'from, statistics of.......... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,176,

177,178; MR 1883-84, p 312; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, p 58; MR 1888, p 36 

Maine, granite production of................................... MR 1891, pp 457,458

Maine, irou and steel from, statistics of ........... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 120,

125,129,131,133,134, 135, 136, 137; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR

1885, pp 182,184,186; MR 1886, pp 17,41-42; MR 1887, pp 11,

42; MR 1888, p 14; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17; MR 1891, pp 27,61

Maine, lepidolites of.............................................. Bull 42, pp 11-21

Maine, lime production of........................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555

Maine; Litchfield, the minerals of ..................................... Bull 42, p 28

Maine, mineral springs of............Bull 32, pp 13-16; MR 1883-84,p 982; MR 1885,

p 538: MR 1886, p 716; MR 1887, p 684; MR 1888,

p 627; MR 1889-90, p 528; MR 1891, pp 603,605

Maine, minerals of, the useful............ MR 1882, pp 687-690; MR 1887, pp 736-739

Maine; mount Desert, geology of the island of................ Ann 8, n, pp 987-1061

Maine; potalite from Peru, description and analysis of................ Bull 60, p 129

Maine, precious stones mined for in.................... MR 1882, p 483; MR 1883-84,

pp 723-724, 744; MR 1885, p 437; MR 1886, p 595 

Maine, rocks of.............................................Bull 80, pp 240,247,256

Maine; sea-coast swamps of eastern Un i tod States................ Ann 6, pp 353-398
410 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. 3. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Maine, slate production of.....................................MR-1891, pp 472,473

Maine, tin ore in............................................MR 1883-84, pp 598-599

Maine; topaz from Stonenam, analysis of........................... Bull 27, pp 9-15

Maine, topographic work in...... Ann 10, J, pp 85, 88; Ann 11,1, p 35; Ann 12,1, p 25

Maine; ivater from Paris, analysis of................................... Bull 55, p 91

Malheur river basin, Oregon, hydrography of............... Ann 11, n, pp 87-88,106

Mammals, fossil, extinction of large............................. Mon x, pp 189-190

Mammals, gigantic, an extinct order of (Diuocerata). ....Ann 5,pp 243-302; Mou x

Mammals of the Eocene in the Rocky mountain region...... ...... Ann 5, pp 249-254

Mammoth hot springs. Yellowstone national park, analysis of water from.. Ann9, p 639 

Mammoth hot springs, Yellowstone national park, geological relations, deposits, etc., of ............................... °. ............ Ann 9, pp 628-650

Mammoth hot springs. See, also, Yellowstone national park.

Man and the soil, action and reaction of....................... Ann 12, i, pp 329-345

Man; human remains in the auriferous gravels of California. ....Bull 84, pp 221-222

Man, influence of physiography on.................................. Ann 12, i, p 357

Man, interglacial, in Ohio ....................................... Bull 58, pp 105-108

Manganese, foreign sources of................. MR 1883-84, pp 554-555; MR 1885, pp

350-356; MR 1886, pp 198-207; MR 1887, pp 153-161; MR

1888, pp 133-143; MR 1889-90, p 130; MR 1891, pp 138-146

Manganese in steel....................................................Bull 25, p 13

Manganese in the manufacture of iron and steel................ MR 1886, pp 209-213

Manganese silver ore, analyses of ........................... MR 1883-84, pp 330-381

Manganese, statistics of.............. MR 1882, pp 424-427; MR 1883-84, pp 550-566;

MR 1885, pp 303-356; MR 1886, pp 180-213; MR 1887, pp 144-167;

MR 1888, pp 123-143; MR 1889-90, pp 127-136; MR 1891, pp 126-146 

Manganese find iron, ores of, analyses of ......................... Bull 55, pp 85-87;

Bull 60, pp 164-169; Bull 64, pp 51-53; Bull 78,

pp. 127-128; MR 1891, pp 134,135, 137, 140, 144

Mauganiferous iron ore of lake Superior, analyses of ........... MR 1891, pp 128-129

Mangrove swamps ............................................ Ann 10,1, pp 291-295

Manhattan group of rocks in New York............................... Bull 86, p 397

Manigault (G. E.), account of the Charleston earthquake .......... Ann 9, pp 226-241

Manitounuck group of rocks of Hudson bay ....................: Bull 86, pp 212-213

Mantibeds ..........................................................Bull83,p 141

Map, geologic, of the United States, plan for the................... Ann 8, i, pp 74-76

Map notation and geologic nomenclature, conference of geologists and lithologists on, in January, 1889................................ Ann 10, i, pp 56-67

Map. the topographic, of the United States, plan and description of the ......Ann 4,

pp xiii-xxiv; Ann 6, ppxvi-xix; Ann 7, pp 3-8 

Map work in the United States done by national and state organizations and

by corporate and private enterprise, a sketch of the......... Ann 4, pp xiv-xx

Map'work, topographic, reports on.......... Ann 3, pp xv-xvi; Ann 4, pp xiii-xxiv,

3-16; Ann 5, pp xvii-xx, 3-14; Ann 6, pp xv-xix, 3-17; Ann 7, pp 3-8,45-60; 

Ann 8, i, pp 70-74, 97-122; Ann 9, pp 3-7, 49-69; Ann 10,1, pp 5-9,83-108 

Maps; atlas sheets of the United States prepared by the Geological Survey 

and engraved to May 20,1893, list of, by states. See pp 307-320 of this 

bulletin. 

Maps, formulas and tables to facilitate the construction and use of..........Bull 50

Maps; geologic folios and sheets. See pp 305-306 of this bulletin.

Maps, geological, of America, a catalogue of the............................... Bull 7

Maps, geological (arranged geographically):

Map showing distribution of quicksilver deposits throughout the world.... Ann

8, n, pp 968-969

Map, outline, of Europe, showing the comparative thickness and depth of 

deposition of the Cambrian and lower Silurian rocks in different areas. ..Ann

8, n, pp 566-567
INDEX. 411

Maps, geological (arranged geographically) continued.

Map of European liussia, showing the phosphate hed.s..............Bull 46, p 112

Map. hypothetical, of the North American continent at the beginning of 

lower Cambrian time............... Ann 12, i, pp 546-547; Bull 81, pp 368-369

Map, hypothetical, of the North American continent at the beginning of 

lower Silurian (Ordovician) ti me ........................ Ann 12,. i, pp 566-567

Map, outline, of North America, with sections illustrating the comparative thickness of the Cambrian in different provinces.... .Ann 8, n, pp 558-559

Map showing the distribution by geological provinces of the Cambrian 

strata as shown by surface outcrops in North America .............. Ann 10, i,

pp 510-511; Bull 81, pp 358-359

Map to illustrate the relative amount of sedimentation Avithin the typical 

geologic.provinces of North America during Cambrian time......... Ann 12,I,

pp 532-533; Bull 81, pp 364-365

Map showing the distribution of Cretaceous formations of North America ....................................................... Bull 82, pp 268-269

Map showing the outlines of the known Cretaceous regions of North 

America....................................................Bull 82, pp 72-73

Map, geological, of northern Canada......................... Bull 86; pp 210-211

Map, geological, of a portion of southern Canada.............. Bull 86, pp 24-25

Map, geological, of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and part of Quebec........ Bull

86, pp 224-225

Map, geological, of NcAvfoundland ...........................Bull 86, pp 248-249

Map of the Acadian area of the Newark system............ ....Bull 85, pp 18-19

Map of the United States exhibiting the present status of knowledge relating to the area! distribution of geologic groups (preliminary compilation) ........................ Ann 5, cover pocket and pp xxviii-xxx, 36-38

Map showing the-distribution of the Eocene in the United States...... .Bull 83,

pp 146-147

Map showing the known distribution of the Neocene formations in the 

United States .................. 1........................ Bull 84, pp 178-179

Map showing geographic distribution of fossil plants in the United 

States.................................................... Ann 8, i r, pp 848-849

Map, general, of the terminal moraine of the second glacial epoch........ Ann 3,

pp 314-315

Map of a portion of the terminal moraine of the second glacial epoch.... Ann 3,

pp 322-323, 346-347, 382-383

Map showing areas occupied by the Newark system ............. Bull 85, pp 2-3

Map showing areal distribution of Columbia and Lafayette formations.... .Ann

12, i, pocket

Map of the glacial striae of eastern United States..............Ann 7, pp 154-155

Map, general, of the drift of northeastern United States, showing the relations of the driftless area...................................Ann 6, pp 204-205

Map, geological, of the northeastern states................... Bull 86, pp 348-349

Ma.p showing glaciated region and Pleistocene water bodies of northern 

and eastern half of United States........................ Ann 11, T, pp 188-189

Map, geological, of mount Desert island, Maine........... Ann 8, n, pp 1060-1061

Map showing the Quaternary deposits of mount Desert island, Maine .... Ann 8,

ii, pp 994-995

Map, geological, of cape Ann, Massachusetts, showing distribution of 

dikes, etc ..................................................Ann 9, pp 610-611

Map, geological, of cape Ann, Massachusetts, showing distribution of 

glacial scratches, etc....................................... Ann 9, pp 606-607

Map, geological, of cape Ann, Massachusetts,'showing superficial deposits ..................................................... Ann 9, pp 608-609

Map, geological, of Martha's vineyard, showing substructure..Ann 7, pp 308-309
412 .PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBULL.IOO.

Maps, geological (arranged geographically) continued.

Map of Martha's vineyard, showing the surface geology....... Ann 7, pp 308-309

Map of the island of Nautucket, showing the distribution of glacial and 

post-glacial deposits.......................................;.. Bull 53, pp 2-3

Map of Connecticut valley and Southbury areas of the Newark system.... .Bull

85, pp 20-21 

Map and section of Southbury area, Connecticut valley............ Bull 85, p 82

Map, geological, of Connecticut, Percival's (1842), modification of a portion of.................................................... Ann 7, pp 462-463

Map of Rockland county, N. Y., showing geologic formations......Bull 67, p 40

Map of the Ne\v York-Virginia and other Newark areas ........ Bull 85, pp 20-21

Map, geological, of the greater part of New Jersey ............. Mon ix, pocket

Map and sections showing relations of Grauton trap to Palisade trap, 

New Jersey.........................i............................ Bull 67, p 54

Map of a portion of northeastern New Jersey, showing the relations of the

' Watchnng traps............................................Bull 67, pp 16-17

Map of Flemington. New Jersey, and vicinity, showing the extent and 

position of the three trap masses ................................ Bull 67, p 66

Map of Rocky hill, Ten mile run mountain, Lawrence brook trap and 

vicinity, New Jersey............................................Bull 67, p 60

Map of the New Germantown trap region, New Jersey.............Bull 67, p 36

Map of the region adjacent to the New Vernon trap, Long hill, and the 

inner side of the terminal hook of the second Watchuug mountain, New 

Jersey......................................................Bull 67, pp 34-35

Map of the region near Arlington and the Schuyler copper mine, north of 

Newark, New Jersey, showing traps............................. Bull 67, p 57

Map showing the relations of the Palisade trap north and northeast of 

Hobokeu, New Jersey...........................................Bull 67, p 45

Map, stereogrammic, and sections of Cushetunk and Round mountains 

and vicinity, New Jersey, showing trap......................... Bull 67, p 63

Map, stereograniinic, and sections of Snake hill, New Jersey.......Bull 67, p 55

Map, geological, of part of northern New Jersey and adjacent portions of 

New York and Pennsylvania................ Bull 67, pp 2-3; Bull 85, pp 24-25

Map of the Delaware river region, New Jersey and Pennsylvania, showing trap, etc.........'....................................... Bull 67, pp 62-63

Map of ga"bl)ro area in Delaware ................................ Bull 59, pp 6-7

Map, geological, of the Baltimore gabbro-area ................ Bull 28,' pp 73-74

Map of the head of Chesapeake bay, showing the distribution of the Columbia formation .......................................... Ann 7, pp 552-553

Map of the Richmond area of the Newark system .............. Bull 85, pp 22-23

Map of the Newark areas in southwestern Va. and N. C........ Bull 85, pp 22-23

Map, geological, of the southeastern states, .................. Bull 86, pp 416-417

Map of a portion of North Carolina, showing phosphate beds.. .Bull 46, pp 70-71 

Map of a portion of South Carolina, showing phosphate beds.. .Bull 46, pp 60-61 

Map, geologic, of Florida .................................... Bull 84, pp 156-157

Map of Alabama, showing the distribution of Ceuozoic and Mesozoic strata. .Bull

43, pp 134-135 

Map of Alabama, showing the distribution of Eocene strata ... .Bull 83, pp 60-61

Map showing the general distribution of the upper and middle Carboniferous formations in the bituminous coal regions of Pennsylvania, West 

Virginia, and Ohio .......................................... Bull 65, pp 2-3

Map of Hamilton county, Ohio, showing situation of glacial terrace in 

which paleolith was formed.................................... Bull 58, p 106

Map showing glacial boundary in Ohio............................ Bull 58, p 46

Map, geological, of portions of Ohio and Indiana ..........Ann 8, n, pp 520-521

Map, geologic, of Indiana, showing gas and oil fields v .. ..Ann 11, I, pp 620-621
WABMAN.l INDEX. 413

Maps, geological (arranged geographically) continued.

Map showing approximate topography of the Trenton limestone in western Ohio and eastern Indiana ........................... Ann 8, n, pp 548-549

Map, hypsographic, of the Trenton formation in Indiana ..Ann 11, I, pp 648-649 

Map of southern Indiana, showing glacial boundary............... Bull 58, p 65

Map of southern Illinois, showing glacial boundary ........... Bull 58, pp 70-71

Map, preliminary geological, of the Northwest.............. Ann 5, pp 180-181;

Mon xix, pp xx-1 

Map, preliminary geological, of the Northwest (smaller area).............. An n

10, I, pp 348, 349 

Map, geological, of the original Huronian rocks............... Bull 86, pp 34-35

Map, geological, of the lake Superior basin.................... Ann 3) pp 92-93;

Mon v, pp 24-25; Bull 86, pp 52-53

Map of the lake Superior basin, designed to show the structure and extent 

of the Keweenawan trough............. Ann 3, pp 172-173; Mon v, pp 410-4:11

Map, geological, of the northwestern coast of lake Superior.......... Ann 3, pp

140-141; Mon v, pp 262-263 

Map, geological, of Keweenaw point, Michigan ...................... Ann 3, pp

116-117; Mon v, pp 162-163 

Map, outline geological, of the Marquette region .............. Bull 62, pp 14-15

Map, geological, of the Porcupine mountains, Michigan.............. Ann 3, pp

132-133; Mon v, pp 208-209

Map, geological, Brooks and Puinpolly's, of the upper peninsula of Michigan, reproduction of a portion of.......................... Mon xix, pp 31-32

Map, geological, of the region between the Ontonagon river, Michigan, 

and Numakagon lake, Wisconsin....... Ann 3, pp 138-139; Mon v, pp 224-225

Map, diagrammatic, of drift currents adjacent to the driftless area.... ....Ann

6, pp 312-313

Map, geological, of central Wisconsin, designed to indicate the character 

of the ante-Potsdam land surface .......................... Ann 7, pp 404-405

Map, geological, of the driftloss region of the upper Mississippi and environs ....................................................... Ann 6, pp 220-221

Map, Quaternary, of the driftless area of the upper Mississippi and environs ..................................................... Ann 6, pp 258-259

Map of the Green bay loop (Wisconsin) of the terminal moraine of the 

second glacial epoch ....................................... Ann 3, pp 316-317

Map showing positions of exposures of Keweenawan rocks in the upper

St. Croix valley, Wisconsin ................................ Mon v, pp 246-247.

Map showing glacial flood plain of the Chippewa river....... Ann 6, pp 308-309

Map, general geological, of the Penokee region............ Ann 10, i, pp 350-351;

Mon xix, pp 2-3 

Map, geological, of the Penokee-Gogebic iron region........... Ann 7, pp 422-423

Map of exposures at West branch of Montreal river, Wis.. .Mou xix, pp 178-179 

Ma.p, geological, Whittlesey's, of the Penokee range, reproduction of........ Mon

. xix, pp 20-21 

Map showing detailed geology in the vicinity of Penokee ga.p............. Mon

xix, pp 520-521

Map, geological, Barnes and Whitney's, of region between Agogebic lake 

and Montreal river, Wis., reproduction of ............. .i...Mon xix, pp 13-L4

Map, geological, of Gunflint lake and vicinity, Animikic series............. Mon.

xix, pp 522-523 

Map of exposures at Potato river, Wisconsin...............Mon xix, pp 172-173

Map and section showing position of rock exposures at Tyler's fork, Wis.. .Mon

xix, pp 177-178 

M'ap, outline geological, of the Menominee iron region......... Bull 62, pp 24-25

Map, geological, of Gunflint lake and vicinity, Minnesota.. .Ann 10, J, pp 508-509
414 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Maps, geological (arranged geographically) continued.

Map, geological, of northeastern Minnesota................... Ann 7, pp 418-419

Map of the upper beaches and deltas of the glacial lake Agassiz.. Bull 39, pp 2-3 

Map showing position of the exposures of Kewe'euawan rocks and Potsdani sandstone along the lower portions of Snake and Kettle rivers, Minnesota .......................................^...........Mon v, pp 240-241

Map, geological, of isle Royal and neighboring mainland................... Ann

3, pp 156-157; Mon v,pp 328-329

Map showing regular deformations of northeastern Iowa and contiguous 

territory..................................... ^.......... Ann 11,1, pp 346-347

Map of topographic areas of northeastern Iowa, showing drift, loess, and 

other topography .......................................Ann 11, i, pp 360-361

Map showing representative paha in northeastern Iowa....Ann 11, i, pp 404-405

Map, tectonic, of northeastern Iowa, sho wing distribution, of ice and water 

in glacial times................. Ann 11, i, pp 564-565, 566-567, 568-569,570-571

Map showing principal lakes and rivers of northeastern loAva during the 

second ice invasion...................................... Ann 11, i, pp 576-577

Map showing primeval forests and swamps of northeast Iowa.. Ann 11,1, pocket 

Map showing indurated formations of northeastern Iowa......Ann 11, i, pocket

Map showing Pleistocene deposits of northeastern Iowa........ Ann 11,1, pocket

Map, geological, of part of the great Sioux reservation, Dakota.. .Bull 21, at end 

Map, geological, of southwest Kansas............................ Bull 57, pp 2-3

Map, geological, of Leadville and vicinity, Lake county, Colorado....... Ann 2,

pp 240-241; Mon xn, atlas sheets xiii, xiv 

Map, geological, of Mosquito range ................. Mou xn, atlas sheets vi, vii

Map, geological, of a portion of northwestern Colorado and adjacent parts 

of Utah and Wyoming..................................... Ann 9, pp 684-685

Map, geological, of the region of Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstone national 

park.................................................... Ann 12, i, pp 664-665

Map, geological, of portions of Colorado and New Mexico.... Bull 86, pp 308-309

Map, geological, of portions of Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, and Dakota.. .Bull 86,

pp 258-259 

Map, geological, of nortlnvestern New Mexico................. Ann 6, pp 128-129

Map, geological, of a portion of the Old river bed, Utah.......Mon i,pp 194-195

Map of a volcanic district near Fillmore, Utah................... Mon i, 320-321

Map of the mouths of Little and Dry Cotton wood canyons, Utah, showing 

glacial moraines and faults................................. Mon i, pp 346-347

Map of the Old river bed, showing former connection of Great salt lake 

Avith Sevier lake ........................................... Mon I, pp 182-183

Map of lake Bouheville, showing its extent at the dafce of the Provo shoreline........................................................Mon i,pp 128-129

Map of lake Bonueville, showing lines of recent faulting.... ..Mou i, pp 352-353

Map of lake Bounoville, showing local variations of the vertical interval 

between the Bonneville and Provo shorelines...............Mon I, pp 372-373

Map of lake Bonneville, showing the deformation of the Bonueville shoreline.. ...................................................... .Mou i, pp 368-369

Map of lake Bonneville, shoAving the deformation of the Provo shoreline 

and the position of.Great salt lake on its plain ............ .Mon i, pp 372-373

Map of lake Bonneville, shoAving the distribution of basalt..Mon i, pp 334-335 

Map of lake Bonueville, shoAving the glaciated districts of the Bonneville basin..................................................Mon i, pp 374-375

Map of lake Bonneville, showing the present bydrographic divisions of 

the Bonneville basin ....................................... Mon i, pp 122-123

Map of the outlet of lake Bouneville in Idaho ................ Mon i, -pp 174-175

Map of the Great basin and its Quaternary lakes ...................Ann 8, i, pp

268-269; Mon i, pp 6-7; Mon XI, pp xiv-1
WABMAN.] INDEX. 415

Maps, geological (arranged geographically) continued.

Map of the northwestern part of the Great bnsin, showing fault lines, 

etc ........................................................ Ann 4, pp 442-443

Map of the northwestern part of the Great basin, showing Quaternary 

lakes, etc.................................................. Ann 4, pp 438-439

Map, geological, of Utah and Nevada........................Bull 86, pp 286-287

Map of Carson desert, Nevada, showing lake Lahontau beach.. .Monxi,pp 44-45 

Map of lake Lahontau, a Quaternary lake of northwestern Nevada .... ..Ann 3,

pp 204-205; Mon xi, pocket

Map of lake Lahoutan, showing \vater area and boundary of hydrographic basin ........................................ ^..... Mon xi, pp 30-31

Map showing depth of lake Lahoutan at highest water stage ..Mon xi, pp 32-33 

Map showing post-Quaternary fault lines 'in the Lahontan basin........... Mon

xi, pp 274-275

Map showing pro-Quaternary fault lines in the Lahontan basin.. Mon xi, pp 28-29 

Map showing water surface of lake Lahontan at the thinolite stage.......Mon

xi, pp 192-193

Map of Walker lake, Nevada, showing Lahoutan beach, etc .. .Mon xi, pp 70-71 

Map showing the Mono basin in Quaternary time....... j... Ann 8, i, pp 328-329

Map, geological, of the western part of the Plateau province................ Mon

11, atlas sheet n

Map showing the distribution of volcanic areas around the borders of the 

Plateau country............................................ Ann 6, pp 118-119

Map, sketch, of the western part of the Plateau province, showing the faults 

of the Grand canyon district and high plateaus.......... Mon it, atlas sheet in

Map, sketch, showing the distribution of the strata and the eruptive rocks 

in the western part of the Plateau, province.................... Ann 2, pocket

Map, geological, of the Colorado plateau and San Francisco mountains ................................................Mon n, atlas sheet xxm

Map, geological, of Arizona and part of Now Mexico ........ Bull 86, pp 326-327

Map of the Uinkaret plateau....................... Mon TI, artlas sheets vi r, vm

Map, geological, of the Grand canyon in the Kaibab plateau............ Mon u,

atlas sheet xm

Map, geological, of the Mesozoic terraces of the Grand canyon district and 

the southern portions of the high plateaus............ .Mon n, atlas sheet xxi

Map, geological, of the southern part of the Kaibab plateau............ Mon n,

atlas sheets xr, xu, xiv

Map, geological, showing the Kanab, Kaibab, Paria, and Marble canyon 

platforms............................................ Mon n, atlas sheet xxn

Map, geological, showing the southwestern portion of the Mesozoic terraces and the vicinity of the Hurricane fault...........Mon n, atlas sheet xx

Map of the Grand canyon platform and the surrounding Mesozoic formations ....................................................... .Mon u, pp 28-29

Map, geological, of the Eureka district, Nevada.............Ann 3, pp 240-211;

Mon xx, atlas sheet rv 

Map, geological, of Kuby hill, Eureka mining district, Nevada .......... Ann 2,

pp 22-23; Mon vn, pp 4-5; Mon xx, pp 116-117 

Map, geological, of the Steamboat springs district, Nevada............ Mon xui,

atlas sheet xiv 

Map, geological, of the Washoo district, NeArada ......... Mon in, atlas sheet I v

Map, geological,, of Virginia, Nevada, and immediate vicinity.. .Ann2, pp 292-293 

Map, geological, of a- cinder-cone region in northern California.. Bull 79, pp 22-23 

Map, geological, of Lassen peak district, California..... ....Ann 8, i, pp 406-407

Map, geological, of the Clear lake district, Cal........Mon xm, atlas sheet in

. Map, geological, of the Knoxville district, Cal...........Mon xm, atlas sheet v

Map, geological, of th.QNe.w A.linadeu, district, Cal.. ^.,,,Mcm xm, atlas sheet vn
41fi PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Maps, geological (arranged geographically) continued.

Map, geological, of the New Idria district, Gal.......... Mon xni, atlas sheet VI

Map, geological, of the Sulphur hank district, Cal.. ....Mon xnr, atlas sheet iv

Map showing morainal embankments of Parker and Bloody canyons, California. ................................................... Ann 8, i, pp 340-341

Map showing the rock formations in the neighborhood of the Great western quicksilver mine, California......................... Mon xm, pp 358-359

Map showing the rock formations in the neighborhood of the Oathill 

quicksilver mine, California............................ .Mon xm, pp 354-355

Map, sketch, showing distribution of quicksilver mines in California..Ann 8, ir,

pp 966-967 

Map of eastern Washington, showing geologic formations .......Bull 40, at end

Map showing the known distribution of the Neocene formations in 

Alaska....................................................Boll 84, pp 268-269

Marble from Georgia, Pickens county, analysis of ................ MR 1889-90, p 387

Marble from Louisiana, analysis of...................................Bull 60, p 160*

Marble, statistics of ..........................................MR i882; pp 450-457;

MR 1883-84, pp 665-667; MR 1885, pp 398,402-404; MR 1886, pp 539,

541-546,554-556; MR 1887, pp 517-520, 525-527; MR 1888, pp 541-543,

550-551; MR 1889-90, pp 375-376; MR 1891, pp 456, 468-471

Marble canyon, Grand canyon district, description of the ..Ann 2, p 71; Mon n, p 10

Marcou (J.) and Marcon (J. B.), catalogue of geological maps of America. ....Bull 7

Margarite from near Gainesville, Georgia, description and analysis of.... Bull 9, p 11

Marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of western

North America....................................................... Bull 18

Marine marshes.....;.......................................... Ann 12,1, pp 317-320

Marine Mollusca ........................................................... Bull 24

Marl, Arcadia, of Florida........................................ Bull 84, pp 131-132

Marl from Pyramid lake, Nevada, analysis of........................... Bull 9, p 14

Marl from Trego county, Kansas, analysis of........................... Bull 27, p 71

Marl of lake Bonneville, composition of........................... Mon I, pp 200-203

Marl, white, of lake Lahontan................................... Mon xi, pp 149-153

Marls, analyses of ............................. MR 1882, pp 525-526; MR 1886, p 620

Marls, greensand, and Raritan clays of New Jersey, Brachiopoda and Lainellibranchiata of the................................................... Mon ix

Marls, greensand, and Raritan clays of New Jersey, Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the ....................................................... Mon xvm

Marls, greensand, of N. J., paleontological equivalents of the... .Mon xvm. pp 31, 32

Marls, statistics of............................................MR 1882, pp 522-526;

MR 1883-84, p 808; MR 1885, p 464; MR 1886, pp 619-620; MR 1887, 

p 592; MR 1888, pp 595-596; MR 1889-90, p 454; MR 1891, p 4 

Marquette and Meuominee regions of Michigan, the greenstone-schist areas of

the..................................................................Bull 62

Marquette series of lake Superior .......... Mon xix, pp 470-172; Bull 86, pp 189-190

Marsh (0. C.), administrative report for 1882-83 .................... Ann 4, pp 41-42

Marsh (0. C.), administrative report for 1883-84 .................... Ann 5, pp 49-50

Marsh (0. C.), administrative report for 1884-85 .................... Ann 6, pp 71-72

Marsh (0. C.)> administrative report for 1885-86 .................. Aun% pp 111-113

Marsh (0. C.), administrative report for 1886-87 ................ Ann 8, i, pp 173-174

Marsh (0. C.), administrative report for 1887-88 .................. Ann 9, pp 114-115

Marsh (0. C.), administrative report for 1888-89 ............... Ann 10, i, pp 158-159

Marsh (O., C.), administrative report for 1889-90 ............... Ann 11, i, pp 101-102

Marsh (O. C.), administrative report for 1890-91 ............... Aim 12, i, pp 118-119

Marsh (O. C.), birds with teeth ..................................... Ann 3r pp 45-88

Marsh (O. C.), Dinocerata, a monograph of an extinct order of gigantw

mammals................................. _ ,,,...... -.,.....,..,.,,,,,,, Mon x.
WAKMAN.] INDEX. 417

Marsh (0. C.), gigantic mammals of the Dinocerata...............Ann 5, pp 243-302

Marshall (W. L.), hypsometric method of......................... Ann 2, pp 5-19-550

Marshes, marine, formation and fertility of....................... Ann 12, i, 317-320

Marshes, salt, catalogue of the larger, of New Eug. and Long id.. Ann 6, pp 390-398 

Marshes, salt-water, process of development of.................... Ann 6, pp 363-373

Marshes. See, also, Swamps.

Martha's vineyard, classification of the strata of................... Bull 84, pp 35-38

Martha's vineyard, Cretaceous deposits of......................... Bull 82, pp 86-87

Martha's vineyard, geology of..................................... Ann 7, pp 297-360

Martha's vineyard, phosphates of...................................... Bull 46, p 78

Martha's vineyard, surveys of, by H. L. Whiting................. Ann 7, pp 361-363

Martyn (W.), pyrites, statistics of........................... MR 1883-84, pp 877-905

Maryland, altitudes in ..................................Bull 5, pp 129-132; Bull 76

Maryland, boundary lines of...................................... Bull 13, pp 82-85

Maryland, brick industry of.............. ME 1887, pp 536, 538; MR 1888, pp 560, 566

Maryland, building stone from, statistics of................... MR 1882, pp 451-452;

MR 1887, p 518; MR 1888, pp 536,538,541; MR 1889-90,

pp 373, 398-400; MR 1891, pp 457, 459,461,462, 464, 4.0i6 

Maryland, Cambrian rocks of................................ Bull 81, pp 133,289-290

Maryland, chromium industry of..MR 1882, p 428; MR 1883-84, p 567; MR 1885, p 358 

Maryland, clay production of........................................ MR 1891, p 504

Maryland, coal area and statistics of ............ Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 58-60;

MR 1883-84, pp 12,49-50; MR 1885, pp 11, 33-34; MR 1886, pp 225,

230,272-279; MR 1887, pp 169,171,263-270; MR 1888, pp 169,171,

280-283; MR 1889-90, pp 146, 221-225; MR 1891, pp 180, 255-259

Maryland, Cretaceous deposits of.................................. Bull 82, pp 88-89

Maryland; dolomite marble from Cockeysville, analysis of............ Bull 60, p 159

Maryland, Eocene formations in............................. Bull 83, pp 43-45, 80, 86

Maryland, fossils from ..................Ann 4, pp 309-310, 314; Ann 8, n, pp 870-872

Maryland; gabbros and associated hornblende rocks occurring in the neighborhood of Baltimore..... ^.............................................. Bull 28

Maryland; gahnite from Montgomery county, analysis of.................. Bull 9, p 9

Maryland, geologic and paleontologic investigations in........ Ann 7, pp 67,110,123;

Ann 8,1, pp 167,184,185,188; Ann 9, pp 115,122; Ann 10, pp 152-

154; Ann 11, I, pp 66, 68, 116;'Ann 12, I, pp 72,76, 117, 120, 122

Maryland; geology of the head of Chesapeake bay... '. ............. Ann 7, pp 537-646

Maryland, granite production of................................ MR 1891, pp 457,459

Maryland, iron and steel from, statistics of..... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 120,125,

129,130,131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR 1885,

pp 182, 184; MR 1886, pp 18, 33, 77; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1.888,

pp 14,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10, .17; MR .1891, pp 12,27,54,55,61

. Maryland; iron ore, brown, from near Tiinonium, analysis of............ Bull 27, p 72

Maryland, lime production of........................ MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555

Maryland, limestone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 464, 466

Maryland, marble production of................................ MR 1891, pp 468-4 69

Maryland, mineral-springs of.....................................Bull 32, pp 51-53;

MR 1889-90, p 528; MR 1891, pp 603, 605 

Maryland, minerals and rocks from, analyses of.................... Bull 64, pp 41-4:3

Maryland, minerals of, the useful.......... MR 1882, pp 690-693; MR 1887, pp 739-742

Maryland, Neocene beds of......................................... Bull 84, pp 49-55

Maryland) Newark system in...................................... Bull 85, pp 20, X5

Maryland, ocher production of ......................................MR 1891, p 595

Maryland; Potomac or younger Mesozoic flora ............................. Mon x v

Maryland, sandstone production of.............................MR 1891, pp 461-162

Maryland; sandstone, Triassic, from near Hancock, analysis "of.......... Bull 55, p 80

Bull. 100 27
418 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BUM,.IOO.

Maryland; serpentine from Harl'ord connty, analysis of...........MR 1889-90,p '100

Maryland, slate production of.................................. MR 1891, pp 472-473

Maryland, topographic work in.............................. Ann 5, p 7; Ann 6, p 8;

Ann 9, pp 52,55; Ann 12,1, p 26 

Maryland, websterite from, analysis of................................ Bull 78, p 122

Massachusetts, altitudes in.............................. Bull 5, pp 133-137; Bull 76

Massachusetts; Braintree argillites, fanna of the...................Bull 10, pp 43-49

Massachusetts, boundary lines,of, and cession of territory to general government ................................................. Bull 13, pp 25-26, 47-64

Massachusetts, brick industry of.......... MR 1887, pp 536, 538; MR 1888, pp 560, 566

Massachusetts, building stone from, statistics of .............. .MR 1882, pp 451-452;

MR 1887, pp 513,521; MR 1888, pp 536, 538; MR 1889-90,

pp 373, 400-4.03; MR 1891, pp 457, 459, 461,462, 464, 466

Massachusetts; Cambrian, literature of the lower..........Ann 10, i, pp 534-537,543

Massachusetts, Cambrian rocks in, correlation of the.............. Bull 81, pp 72-78,

88-90,93-94, 268-274, 381 

Massachusetts; cape Ann, the geology of.......................... Ann 9, pp 529-611

Massachusetts; cape Ann, the iron lithia micas of.................. Bull 42, pp 21-27

Massachusetts, clay production of................................... MR 1891, p 502

Massachusetts, copper production of.........:....................... MR 1882, p 231

Massachusetts; feldspar from Hoosac tunnel, analysis of................ Bull 55, p 79

Massachusetts; feldspars from. Greylock mountain, analyses of.......... Bull 55, p 79

Massachusetts; fossil fishes and fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley..................................... Mon xiv

Massachusetts, fossils from.......................... Ann 8, n, pp 851-852; Ann 10, i,

pp 572-575,612, 615,617-622,624, 631,637, 650; B nil 10, pp 43-49 

Massachusetts, geologic and paleontologic investigations in.........Ann 6, pp 19, 20,

21,22,24, 36; Ann 7, pp 60-61,63,84; Ann 8,1, pp 124-125,126,127;

Ann 9, pp 71,72, 75, 117, 122; Ann 10,1, pp 115,116,117,118, 170;

Ann 11, i, pp 62-63, 64, 115; Ann 12, i, pp 54,67, 69,120, 121, 126

Massachusetts, geological maps of, listed.............0..... Bull 7, pp 52,53,54,56,57

Massachusetts, glacial investigations in......... Ann 3, pp 377^ 379, 380; Ann 7, p 157

Massachusetts; granite from Bradford and Worcester, analyses of.. MR 1889-90, p 401 

Massachusetts, granite production of............................ MR 1891, pp 457-459

Massachusetts, iron and steel from, statistics of..................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 120,125,129,130,131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84,

p 252; MR 1885, pp 182, 184,186; ME 1886, pp 17, 42; MR 1887, pp

11, 42; MR 1888, p 14; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17; MR 1891, pp 12,27,61

Massachusetts; keratophyr from Marblehead neck, analysis of......... Bull 78, p 121

Massachusetts, lime production of................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555

Massachusetts; limestone from Berkshire connty, analysis of......MR 1889-90, p 403

Massachusetts, limestone production of......................... MR 1891, pp 464,466

Massachusetts, maritime soils from, analyses of..................... Bull 27, pp 68-69

Massachusetts, mineral springs of.............. Bull 32, pp 21-23; MR 1883-84, p 982;

MR 1885, p 538; MR 1886, p 717; MR 1887, p 684; MR

1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, p 528; MR 1891, pp 603, 605

Massachusetts, minerals of, the useful.... .MR 1882, pp 693-695; MR 1887, pp 742-745

Massachusetts; Martha's vineyard, clay, sand, etc., from, analyses of............ Bull

55, pp 89-90 

Massachusetts; Martha's vineyard, Cretaceous deposits of.......... Bull 82, pp 86-87

Massachusetts; Martha's vineyard, phosphates of ..".................... Bull 46, p 78

Massachusetts; Martha's vineyard, report on the geology of.......Ann 7, pp 297-363

Massachusetts; Nantncket, the geology of.................................. Bull 53

Massachusetts, ocher production of................................. .MR 1891, p 595

Massachusetts, pyrites from, statistics of.......................... MR 1883-84, p 878;

MR 1885, p 503; MR 1886, p 654
WAEMAN.] INDEX. 419

Massachusetts, rocks of..............-.......'......... ....... Bull 80, pp 35,253,255

Massachusetts, salt from, statistics of........................... MR 1882, pp 532-534

Massachusetts; sandstone from Maynard, Worcester, aud Kibbe, analyses of.... .MR

1889-90, p 402 

Massachusetts, sandstone production of......................... MR 1891, pp 461-462

Massachusetts; sea-coast swamps of eastern United States........Aim 6, pp 353-398

Massachusetts; serpentine from Newburyport, analysis of.............. Bull 27, p 63

Massachusetts surveyed topographically by cooperation of the state...........Ann

5, p xviii; Ann 6, p 4 

Massachusetts, topographic work in................................. Ann 5, pp 3-4;

Ann 6, pp 3-5; Ann 7, pp 46-48; Ann 8, i, pp 98-P9; Ann 9, pp 50-51 

Massachusetts; Triassic formation of the Connecticut valley, structure of

the........................................................ Ann 7, pp 455-490

Massalongo (Abramo), biographical sketch of............... ...... Ann 5, pp 379-380

Massive rooks, especially those of Cal., origin of the.... ..Mon xm, pp 164-175,459

Mattes of Leadville, Colorado, analyses and assays of the.-......Mon xii, pp 723-725

Maxwell's theory of viscosity, tensile, drawn, and other strains iu tlioir bearing on ...............;..........-,...---..... ^.............. Bull 94, pp 17-29

Measurements of evaporation................................... Ann 11,-n, pp 30-34

Measurements of rainfall............'..................... ......Ann 11,11, pp 23-30

Measurements of streams........................................ Ann 11, u, pp 2-22

Mechanism of solid viscosity..................... i^ ........................Bull 94

Medicine bow range, literature of the geology of the......... Bull 86; pp 272-277,504

M elaphyr of the Keweenaw series described....................... Mon v, pp 68-77

Melting-poi at and pressure of mercury, measurement of the........ Bull 92, pp 76-77

Melville (W. II.), metacinnabarite from New Almadeu, California.... Bull 78, pp 80-83

Melville (W. H.), mineralogical notes.............................. Bull 90, pp 38-40

Melville (W. H.), powellite, a new mineral species.................. Bull 90, pp 34-37

Melville (W. H.) and Hillebrand (W. F.), on the isomorphism aud composition

of thorium and nranous sulphates........................... Bull 90, pp 26-33

Melville (W. H.) aud Lindgren (W.), contributions to the mineralogy of the

Pacific coast.......................................................... Bull 61

Meuouiinee and Marquette regions of Michigan, the greenstone-schist areas of

the..................................................Bull 62; Bull 86, passim

Merced river, California, hydrography of the........................ Ann 12, n, p 322

Mercurial deposits of the Pacific slope and elsewhere...................... Mon xm

Mercuric sulphide, solution and precipitation of........ Mon xm, pp 269, 419-437,474

Mercury, electrical conductivity of, the effect of pressure on the....Bull 92,pp 68-77

Mercury. See, also, Quicksilver.

Meridian-Claiborne deposits................................... Ann 12, i, pp 413-415

Merriinack group of rocks in New Hampshire...................Bull 86, pp 353-355

Mesas in the Plateau country.......................................... Ann 6, p 127

Mesilla valley, N. M., irrigation possibilities and problems in.. .Ann 12, n, pp 279-281 

Mesolite from Table mountain, Colorado, general description and chemical

composition of.................................................. Bull 20, p 35

Mesozoic areas of Virginia, the geology of the ....................... Mon v.i, ] »p 1-9^

Mesozoic Echiuoderniata of the United States............................... Bull 97

Mesozoic flora, the older, of Virginia and North Carolina.................... Mon vi

Mesozoic flora, the Potoinac or younger .................................... Mon xv

Mesozoic fossils from Texas and Alaska...................................... Bill I 4

Mesozoic Mollusca from the southern coast of the Alaskan peninsula.. Bull 51, pp 64-70 

Mesozoic strata in California .............. Bull 19, pp 9-10,20-21; Bull 51., pp 1L-13

Mesozoic types of fossils from the Texan Permian........................... Bull 77

MesoKoic and Cenozoic paleontology of California........................... Bull 15

Mesozoic. See, also, Cretaceous; Jura-trias.
420 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Metacinnabarite from California .................................. Bull 61, pp 22-23

Metacinnabarite from New Almaden, California.................... Bull 78, pp 80-83

Metallic-paint production, statistics of......................... MR 1891, pp 596-598

Metallurgy and mining of zinc in the United States ........... .MR 1882, pp 358-386

Metallurgy of copper J................................Bull 26; MR 1882, pp 257-280

Metallurgy of copper, lead, zinc, etc., electrolysis in the........ .MR 1882, pp 627-658

Metallurgy of nickel........................................... MR 1882, pp 415-420

Metallurgy of the Eureka ores, Nevada ......................... Mon vn, pp 158-164

Metallurgy of the Leadville region, Colorado.. Ann'2, pp 285-290; Mon xn, pp 609-751 

Metals in ores, source of............................................. Mon xn, p 571

Metals, precious, discovery of the, in Colorado.............. ........ Mon xn, pp 7-10

Metals, precious, of Eureka, Nevada .......................................Mon vu

Metals, precious, statistics of the ....................................... Ann 1, p 73;

Ann 2, pp xxxiv-xxxvii, 331-401; MR 1882, pp 172-185; MR 1883-84,

pp 312-321; MR 1885, pp 200-207; MR 1886, pp 104-108; MR 1887, pp

58-65; MR 1888, pp 36-42; MR 1889-90, pp 48-55; MR 1891, pp 74-80

Metals, precious. See, also, Gold; Precious metal; Silver.

Metamorphic origin of schistose and massive rocks discussed ............. Ann 10, i,

pp 362-364; Mou'xix, pp 107-111,116-126 

Metamorphic rocks compared with the Archean................Mo,n xm, pp 138,458

Metamorphic rocks; crystalline schists, metasomatic origin of....... Ann 10,1, p 434

Metamorphic rocks; hornblende-gneiss ........................ Ann 10, i, pp 360-362

Metamorphic rocks; mica schists derived from grey wacke......Ann 10,I, pp 431-434

Metamorphic rocks of the Animikie series...................... Ann 10, i, pp 402-408

Metamorphic rocks of the Coast ranges of California ..................... Mon xui,

pp 56-59,63,74-87,181-182,455-458; Bull 19, pp 7-12 

Metamorphic rocks; phthanite in the Coast ranges of Cal...... Mon xui, pp 105-108

Metamorphic rocks; porphyroids of Michigan ................... Bull 62, pp 119-122

Metamorphic rocks; quartzite, Huronian, genesis of................. Bull 8, pp 48-52

Metamorphic rocks, review of work of Geological Survey upon the.. Ann 10, i, pp 49-51

Metamorphic rocks of the Penokee series derived from sedimentary rocks.. Ann 10, i,

pp 365-402,423-435,439-444; Mon xix, pp 107-111.116-126

Metamorphic rocks of the Washoe district, Nevada.............. Mon in, pp 190,380

Metamorphic rocks; schistose structure, pressure in relation to ........ Bull 59, p 43

Metamorphic rocks, structures in, produced by .dynamic action... Bull 62, pp 206-208 

Metamorphic, volcanic, and Cretaceous rocks of northern California, general

distribution of the.......................................... Bull 33, pp 18-19

Metamorphism; alteration of diorite to gabbro near Baltimore, Md.. Bull 28,pp 33-4:9 

Metamorphism; alteration of topaz to damourite at Stonehnm, Me..Bull 27,pp 9-15 

Metamorphism; contact phenomena of traps of N. J...... Bull 67, pp 25-31,34, 45-53

Metamorphism; derivation of serpentine and other rocks near Baltimore,

Maryland.............. .....................................Bull 28, pp 50-59

Metamorphism, dynamic, in eruptive rocks, a contribution to the subject of..Bull 62 

Metamorphism in relation to depth ............................ Ann 10, i, pp 457-458

Metamorphism in the Coast ranges of California ......................... Mon xui,

^ pp 56-59,63,74-87; Bull 19, pp 7-8 

Metamorphism in the Coast ranges of California, conditions attending..... Mon xnr,

pp 129-139 

Metamorphism in the Coast ranges of California, eras of.... Mon xm, pp 131,187, 210

Metamorphism in the Coast ranges of California, proofs of...........Mon xm, p 129

Metamorphism in the Huronian of the northwestern states...... ..Ann 5, pp 241-242

Metamorphism in the Penokee district...................... Mon xix, pp 65, 467-468

Metamorphism in the Sierra nevacla ........................... Mon xm, pp 208-213

Metamorphism, macrostructural, of massive rocks.......... Bull 62, pp 46-50,204-208

Metamorphism, rnicrostructural, of massive rocks ...........,. ..Bull 62, pp 43-46,201-204
WARMAN.] INDEX. 421

Metamorphism, mineralogical, of massive rocks ............ Bull 62, pp 50-63, 208-217

Metamorphisni; new structures produced by dynamic action .... Bull 62, pp 206-208

Metaiuorphism not marked about intrusive rocks of Mosquito range, Colorado ..........................................................Mou xii, p 307

Metamorphism of Arcliean igneous rocks in Delaware....................... Bull 59

Metamorphisin of conn try rock................................ Mon xiu, pp 392-394

Metamorpbism of eruptive rocks...................................Bull 28, pp 9-11

Metamorpliism of eruptive rocks, review of knowledge concern ing.. Bull 62, pp 34-63 

Metamorpliism of igueous rocks of Yellowstone park .......... Ann 12, r, pp 658-659

Metamorpbism of massive rocks, three types of ........................ Bull 62, p 43

Metamorphism, products of..................................... Bull 62, pp 209-213

Metamorpbism resulting in soils.................................Ann 12, pp 250-268

Metamorpbism; secondary enlargements of minerals in rocks ................ Bull 8

Metamorpbism; suba»:rial decay of rocks.................... Bull 52, pp 12-34, 39-42

Metamorpbism; tbe gneiss-dunyte contacts of Corundum bill, North Carolina,

in relation to tbe origin of corundum........................ Bull 42, pp 45-63

Metarnorphism; tbe greenstone-schist areas of the Menominee and Marqnette

regions of Michigan........................................ Bull 62, pp 64-217

Metamorphism, value of the microscope in the study of............ Bull 62, pp 34-40

Metasomatic origin of crystalline schists............................ Ann 10, i, p 434

Meteoric changes, diversity of.................................... Ann 2, pp 410-411

Meteoric irons, two new, and an iron of doubtful nature........... Bull 42, pp 94-97

Meteorite, a uew, from Mexico .................................... Bull 64, pp 29-30

Meteorites from Johnson county, Ark., and Alien county, Ky ......Bull 55, pp 63-64

Meteorites, seven new, descriptions and analyses of................ Bull 78, pp 91-97

Meteorites, six new, descriptions and analyses of................. Bull 60, pp 103-104

Meteorites, two new, descriptions and analyses of.................. Bull 90, pp 45-46

Meteorology of India.......................................... Ann 12, n, pp 403-404

Meters for stream measurement .:................................ Ann 11, u, pp 6-14

Mexican cement, ancient, analysis of................................... Bull 27, p 72

Mexico; bismuthinite from Siualoa, description and analysis of........ Bull 90, p 40

Mexico, copper production of.............. ME 1883-84, pp 356, 373; MR 1885, p 229;

MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 87; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1891, pp 101,102 

Mexico, Cretaceous deposits of .................................. Bull 82; pp 201-202

Mexico, fossil plants of, literature of the .......................Ann 8, n, pp 825-826

Mexico, geological maps of, list of................................ Bull 7, pp 144-145

Mexico, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries .... .MR

1883-84, pp 319-320 

Mexico, lead production of...................................... MR 1883-84, p 434;

MR 1885, p 264; MR 1887, pp 99-100; MR 1888, pp 79-81 

Mexico, mining law of........................................... MR 1883-84, p 999

Mexico, quicksilver ores in .............. ........................Mon xiu, pp 16-19

Mexico, tin deposits of...............;.................. ....MR 1883-84,pp 623-624

Mica audesite irom a canyon on the east side of San Mateo mountain, New

Mexico, analysis of............................................. Bull 42, p 139

Mica group, a theory of tbe ..................................*..... Bull 64, pp 9-19

Mica group, studies in tbe........................................ Bull 55, pp 13-18

Mica mining in North Carolina.................................MR 1887, pp 661-671

Mica schist derived from greywackc, Penokee series........ ....Ann 10, r,pp 431-434

Mica, statistics of .................... MR 1882, pp 583-584; MR 1883-84, pp 906-912;

MR 1885, pp 518-520; MR 1886, pp 5,7,9; MR 1887, pp

660-671; MR 1888, pp 614-615; MR 1889-90, pp 474-475

Micas of cape Ann, Massachusetts ................................ Bull 42, pp 21-27

Micas, the litb ia, researches on.................................... Bull 42, pp 11-27

Micas, vermiculites, and cblorites, on tbe constitution of certain... Bull 90, pp 11-21
422 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY [BULL. 100.

Michigan, altititcles hi....................Bull 5, pp 138-146; Bull 72, p 204; Ball 76

Michigan; Archean formations of the northwestern states.... ....Ann 5, pp 175-242

Michigan, boundary lines of, and formation of, from territory northwest of

Ohio river......................................... Bull 13t pp 28-29,113-114

Michigan, brick industry of .......... MR 1887, pp 536,538; MR 1888, pp 560-561, 566

Michigan, bromine industry of..................... MR 1885, p 487; MR 1886, p 642;

MR 1887, p 626; MR 1888, p 613; MR 1889-90, p 493; MR 191, p 579 

Michigan, building stone from, statistics of.... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1888, pp 540,544;

MR 1889-90, pp 373, 403; MR 1891, pp 461,462,464, 466 

Michigan, coal area and statistics of...... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1883-84, pp 12,50-51;

MR 1885, pp 11, 34-35; MR 1886, pp 225,230, 279-280; MR 1887, pp 169, 270-271; 

MR 1888, pp 169, 171, 284-285; MR 1889-90, pp 146, 226; MR 1891, pp 180, 260 

Michigan; copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior, nature, structure, and extent of the...........................:.............Ann 3, pp 93-188; Mon V

Michigan, copper from, statistics of....Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 215,216,218-220;

MR 1883-84, pp 327,329, 331-334; MR 1885, pp 210,211-214;

MR 1886, pp 112, 113-116; MR 1887, pp 69,70-74; MR 1888,

pp 53, 54-57; MR 1889-90, pp 59-64; MR 1891, pp 83,85, 86

Michigan, fossils from....... Ann 8, u, pp 893-894; Mon xvi, pp 121,126,177,178, 206.

Michigan, geologic and paleontologic work in......... Ann 3, p 20; Ann 4, pp 24-25;

Ann 5, pp 24-25; Ann 6, p 44; Ann 7, p 71; Ann 8,1, pp 135,137-138; Ann 9,

pp 72,80-81,85; AnnlO,i,pp 123-124; Ann 11, i,p 78; Ann 12,i,pp 85-86

Michigan, geologic maps of, listed ......... Bull 7, pp 77,78,79,80, 81,82,83,85, 87,88

Michigan, glacial investigations in.................Ann 3,pp 322-337; Ann7,p 157

Michigan, gold and silver statistics of............ Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 176,177,

178; MR 1887, p 59; MR 1888, p 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,76 

Michigan, gypsum deposits and industry of............ MR 1882, p 527; MR 1883-84,

pp 810-811; MR 1885, p 462; MR 1886, p 621; MR 1887,

pp 595,601; MR 1889-90, p 465; MR 1891, pp 580,581

Michigan, iron and steel from, statistics of............... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

pp 120, 125, 129,130, 131, 133,134, 135, 136, 137^ MR 1883-84, pp 252,264-266,

267-268; MR 1885, pp 182,188; MR 1886, pp 14/18,62-72; MR 1887, pp 11,16,

34-39; MR 1888, pp 14,17,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17; MR 1891, pp 12,16,54, 55,61

Michigan, iron-ore mines of, total production to date of the larger....MR 1891, p 16

Michigan, lime production of........................MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555

Michigan, limestone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 464,466

Michigan, manganese ore in..............................MR 1885, p 346; MR 1886.

pp 188-190; MR 1887, p 151; MR^1888, pp 124,128; MR 1891, p 135 

Michigan^ Menominee and Marquette regions of, the greenstone-schist areas of

the..................................................................Bull 62

Michigan, mineral springs of................ Bull 32, pp 145-150; MR 1883-84, p 982;

MR 1885, p 538; MR 1886, p 717; MR 1887, p 684; MR

1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, p 529; MR 1891, pp 603, 606

Michigan, minerals of, the useful......... MR 1882, pp 695-697; MR 1887, pp 745-747

Michigan, natural gas consumption in...............................MR 1891, p 438

Michigan; novaculite*from Marquette, analysis of .................... Bull 60, p 151

Michigan; observations on the junction between the Eastern sandstone and the

Keweenaw series on Keweenaw point, lake Superior..................Bull 23

Michigan; on secondary enlargements of mineral fragments in certain rocks,

mostly from Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota...................... Bull 8

Michigan; on the classification of the early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian formations : a brief discussion of principles, illustrated by exumples drawn 

mainly from the lake Superior region....................... Ann 7, pp 365-454

Michigan j Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and Wisconsin........ Ann 10, i,

pp 341-508; Monxix
WABMAN.] INDEX. 423

Michigan, salt from, statistics of......... .MR 1882, pp 532-534,535-537; MR 1883-84,

pp 827,828-830; MR 1885, pp 474-476; MR 1886, pp 629-632; MR 1887, pp

611-614; MR 1888, pp 597-600; MR 1889-90, pp 483-484; MR 1891, pp 574-575

Michigan, salt-making in............................ Ann 7, pp 504,505,507, 519-521

Michigan, sandstone from, analysis of................................. Bull 27, p 66

Michigan, sandstone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 461-462

Michigan, strata in, succession of........................ Bull 80, pp 41,175,177-178

Michigan, topographic work in....................... Ann 11, i, p 38; Ann 12, i, p 29

Michigan and Wisconsin, rocks from Menoininee river, analyses of.... .Bull 55, p 81

Micropegmatitic structure in granite-porphyry...................... Mon xx, p 344

Micropegmatitic structure in rhyolite............................... Mon xx, p 377

Microscope, quantitative determination of silver by means of the.. Ann 6, pp 323-352 

Microscope, value of the, in the study of metamorphism........... Bull 62, pp 34-36

Microscopic investigation of rocks............................... Ann 10, I, pp 45-52

Microscopic petrography. See Petrography.

Microscopic studies in the Archean formations of the northwestern states...... Ann 5,

pp 209-242

Microscopical characters of the rock forming Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone national park ................................................ Ann 7, pp 273-279

Microstructural metamorphism of massive rocks........... Bull 62, pp 46-50,204-208

Middle park beds, Colorado..........................................Bull 83, p 137

Miliolite limestone of Florida................................... Bull 84, pp 104-105

Mineral, a probably new, from Colorado, description of........ ..Bull 20, pp 107-109

Mineral and economic resources of Martha's vineyard ............. Ann 7, pp 353-360

Mineral association of fayalite and lithophystc.................... Ann 7, pp 279-282

Mineral enlargements in rock alteration............................ Bull 8, pp 37-52

Mineral fragments of certain rocks, secondary enlargement of................ Bull 8

Mineral notes, miscellaneous...................................... Bull 20, pp 89-99

Mineral paints, analyses of................................ MR 1885, pp 528,530,531

Mineral paints, statistics of.................................... MR 1891, pp 595-598

Mineral phosphates; a,patites and phosphorites, descriptions of....Bull 46,pp 22-59

"Mineral resources, general, and lesser metals............................ Ann 1, p 74

Mineral resources of the West...................................... Ann 11, ir, p 210

Mineral, rock, and ore analyses ..................................... Bull 9, pp 9-18

Mineral species, new, from Colorado............................. Bull 20, pp 100-109

Mineral springs of the United States, lists and analyses of the............... Bull 32

Mineral springs of Knoxville district, California.................... Mon xm, p 281

Mineral springs of Lahontan basin.............................Mon xi, pp 47-54,60

Mineral springs, salinity of, in connection with Mollnscan life...... Bull 11, pp 30-38

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1882............. Ann 4, pp 63-68; MR 1882

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1883-84 ....... Ami 6, pp 89-92; MR 1883-84

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1885 ....Ann 7, pp 38-39,131-134; MR 1885

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1886.. .Ann 8,1, pp 85-87, 195-200; MR 1886 

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1887....Ann 9,pp 27-28,134-140; MR 1887

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1888. .Ann 10, i, pp 52-53,182-188; MR 1888 

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1889-90. .Ann 11, i, pp 130-131; MR 1889-90 

Mineral statistics of the United States in 1891........ Ann 12, i, pp 129-134; MR 1891

Mineral waters, action of, in formation of ores ...................... Mon xu, p 563

Mineral waters, action of, in silicification .......................... Mon xm, p 137

Mineral waters, analyses of.................... Ann 8, n, p 621; Ann 9, pp 639,673;

Bull 27, pp 75-76; Bull 42, pp 147-149; Bull 55, p 92; Bull 60, pp 171-174 

Mineral waters, chemical action of............................ Mon xm, pp 134-138

Mineral waters, concentrated, treatment of, in analysis........ ....Bull 47, pp 25-28

Mineral waters, statistics of................................ MR 1883-84, pp 978-987;

MR 1885, pp 536-543; MR 1886, pp 715-721; MR 1887, pp 680-687; 

MR 1888, pp 623-630; MR 1889-90, pp 521-535; MR 1891, pp 601-610
424 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Mineralizing agents, effects of, upon crystallization of igneous magmas. ....Ann 12,

i, pp 658-659

Mineralogical composition and structure of pcridotite of Elliott county, Kentucky ......................... ............................Bull 38,pp 10-20

Mineralogical. constitution of the loess............................ Ann 6; pp 281-283

Mineralogical metamorphism of massive rocks ............ Bull 62, pp 50-63,208-217

Mineralogical metamorphism; progress of alteration of original minerals. ..Bull 62,

pp 214-217 

Mi neralogical notes........................... Bull 55, pp 48-55; Bull 60, pp 129-137

Miueralogical variations in volcanic rocks from Tewan mountains, New Mexico ......................................................... Bnll 66, pp 17-19

Mineralogy of the Pacific coast, contributions io the........................ Bull 61

Mineralogy of the Rocky mountains, contributions to the................... Bull 20

Minerals, alteration of, in Comstock lode ............................. Mon ill, p 20

Minerals, associated rare, from Utah.............................. Bull 20, pp 83-88

Minerals, certain rare copper, from Utah, notes on................ Bull 55, pp 38-47

Minerals composing lithophysse.................................. Ann 7, pp 266-272

Minerals, effects of dynamic action on .......................... Bull 62, pp 205-206

Minerals from the hasalt of Table mountain, Golden, Colorado. ....Bull 20, pp 13-39

Minerals from the neighborhood of Pike's peak ................... Bull 20, pp 40-73

Minerals, new, in Knoxville district, California ...............Mon xiu, pp 279-280

Minerals of Eureka district, Nevada ................................ Mon vn, p 184

Minerals of Litchfield, Maine ................'..................... Bull 42, pp 28-38

Minerals of North Carolina, analyses of............................ Bull 74, pp 1-85

Minerals of Redington mine, Knoxville district, California ... ..Mon xm, pp 284-286

Minerals of Ruby hill, Eureka district, Nevada .................. Mon vn, pp 52-59

Minerals of the crystalline metamorphics of the Coast ranges. ^.. .Mon xm, pp 74-87 

Minerals of the granite of Wisconsin and Michigan................. Ann 10, i, p 355

Minerals, origin of.............................................. Mon xu, pp 569-584

Minerals, secondary, and their origin............................ Bull 62, pp 209-214

Minerals and rocks from Maryland, analyses of.................... Bull 64, pp 41-43

Mines, classification of............................................... ...Ann 2, p 341

Mining and metallurgy of zinc in the United States.............MR 1882, pp 358-386

.Mining and milling on the Comstock lode, Nevada, mechanical appliances

used in ................................................... Ann 1, pp 50-52,72

Mining and miners, Comstock.............................................. Mon iv

Mining, coal-, industry, general view of the......................... MR 1882, pp 1-7

Mining geology of Eureka district, Nevada.............. Ann 4, pp 221-251; Mon vn

Mining industry, geology and, of Leadville, Colorado.... Ann 2, pp 201-290; Mon xu

Mining law, historical sketch of........MR 1883-84, pp 988-1004; MR 1886, pp 722-790

Minnesota, altitudes in ...... Bull 5, pp 147-154; Bull 72, pp 198-200,206-214; Bull 76

Minnesota; Archean formations of the northwestern states...... ..Ann 5, pp 175-242

Minnesota; artesian wells of the Red river valley............ Ann 11, n, pp 267-268

Minnesota, boundary lines of, and formation of state........ ....Bull 13, pp 118-119

Minnesota; brick clay from New Ulm, analysis of .................... Bull 60, p 151

Minnesota, brick industry of................... MR 1887, pp 536,538; MR 1888, p 561

Minnesota, building stone from, statistics of...... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, p 516; MR

1888, p 540; MR 1889-90, pp 373,403-405; MR 1891, pp 457, 459,461,462,461,466 

Minnesota, Cambrian rocks of............................... Bull 81, pp 181-187,334

Minnesota, Carboniferous rocks in, classification of the..........Bull 80, pp 167-168

Minnesota cement, hydraulic, product of............................. MR 1891, p 532

Minnesota, clay production of .......................................MR 1891, p 523

Minnesota, coal discovered in........................................MR 1891, p 260.

Minnesota; copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior, nature, structure, and extent of the..........................................Ann 3, pp 93-188; Mon v
WARMAN.] INDEX. 425

Minnesota, Cretaceous rocks in..................................Lull 82, pp 142,165

Minnesota; driftless urea of the upper Mississippi valley..... ....Ann 6, pp 199-322

Minnesota, feldspars from gabbros from, analyses of.................. Bull 78, p 122

Minnesota, fossils from............................................. Ann 8, n, p 895

Minnesota, geologic and paleontologic investigations in........ ....Ann 4, pp 30-31;

Ann 5, pp 21, 25-26; Ann 6, pp 40-44, 74, 75; Ann 7, pp 69-

71,72,80,81; Ann 8, i, pp 135-137,143; Ann 9, pp 72,81,82,

85; Ann 10, i, pp 133, 124,125,126; Ann 11,1, pp 75,78,104

Minnesota, geologic maps of, listed............. Bnll 7, pp 89, 91,92,93, 96, 97,98,101

Minnesota, glacial investigations in...................... Ann 3, pp 382-384, 388-393

Minnesota; glacial lake Agassi/, the upper beaches and deltas of the........ Bu 11 39

Minnesota, granite production of.............................. MR 1891, pp 457,459

Minnesota, iron and steel from,'statistics of....MR 1882, pp 120, 129,131; MR 1883-

84, pp 252, 266-267; MR 1885, pp 182, 188; MR 1886, pp 14, 18, 62. 73-77; MR

1887, pp 11,16, 39-42; MR 1888, p 17; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17; MR 1891, pp 12, 22

Minnesota, lime production of...................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 555

Minnesota, limestoue production of ............................ MR 1891, pp 464,466

Minnesota, mineral springs of.................. Bull 32, pp 158-159; MR 1891, p 606

Minnesota, minerals of, the useful. .^..... MR 1882, pp 697-698; MR 1887, pp 747-749

Minnesota; on secondary enlargements of mineral fragments in certain rocks,

mostly from Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota.....................Bnll 8

Minnesota; ou the classification of the early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian formatious: a brief discussion of principles, illustrated by examples drawn 

mainly from the lake Superior region ...................... Ann 7, pp 365-454

Minnesota pipestoue, red, analysis and tests of ..................MR 1889-90, p 404

Minnesota; Pigeon point, rocks from, analyses of.................. Bull 55, pp 81-83

Minnesota, sandstone production of............................ MR 1891, pp 461,462

Miocene, boundaries of the............................... 1........ Bull 84, pp 21-22

Miocene, fresh-water, marine Eocene, and other fossil Mollusca of western

North America.......................................................Bull 18

Miocene in California ....................................Mon xin, pp 218-219,461

Miocene time in the Grand canyon district, erosion in...................Ann 2, p 67

Miocene. See, also, Neocene.

Mississippi, altitudes in................................ Bnll 5, pp 155-156; Bull 76

Mississippi, boundary lines of, and formation of state .... ....Bull 13, pp 30,103-104

Mississippi, brick industry of....................... MR 1887, p 536; MR 1888, p 561

Mississippi, clay production of...................................... MR 1891, p 508

Mississippi, coal, discovery of, in ................................... MR 1891, p 260

Mississippi, Cretaceous rocks of......................... Bull 82, pp 105-106,218-219

Mississippi, Eocene deposits iu.............................. Bull 83, pp 66-70,83, 87

Mississippi, fossils from.... Ann 4, pp 293, 295, 298, 310, 311, 312; Ann 8, u, pp 879-880

Mississippi, geologic and paleontologic Avork in................. Ann 4, pp 43,48-49;

Ann 6, p 74; Ann 8, i, p 16y; Ann 9, pp 110-111,122;

Ann 10, i, p 157; Ann 11, \, pp 67,108; Ann 12, i, p 75

Mississippij geologic maps of, 1 isted.................. Bull 7, pp 103,104,105,106,140

Mississippi, iron-ore deposits of.................................. MR 1887, pp 48-49

Mississippi, marl deposits of........................MR 1885, p 453; MR 1886, p 618

Mississippi, mineral springs of................................... Bull 32, pp 94-97;

MR 1883-84, p 982; MR 1885, p 538; MR 1886, p 717; MR 1887, p 684;

MR 1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, pp 522, 529; MR 1891, pp 603, 606

Mississippi, minerals of, the useful....... MR 1882, pp 698-699; MR 1887, pp 749-750

Mississippi, Neocene beds of..................................... Bnll 84, pp ^60-167

Mississippi; water from a well near Clinton, analysis of................ Bull 64, p 60

Mississippi valley, upper, driftless area, of the .................... Ann 6, pp 199-322

Missouri,, altitudes in..................... Bull 5 pp 157-164; Bull 72, p 217; Bull 76
426 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL. 100.

Missouri, barytes industry in, statistics of the ......................... MR 1891, p "599

Missouri, boundary lines of, and formation of state ........... Bull 13, pp 30, 116-117

Missouri, building stone from, statistics of.......... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1886, p 541;

MR 1887, p 516; MR 1888, p 540; MR 1889-90, pp 373,405-408 

Missouri, Cambrian rocks of .................... Bull 81, pp 199-201, 229,339-341, 385

Missouri, classification of rocks in........... Bull 80, pp 144-145,147,151,157,168-170

Missouri, clay, brick, and pottery industry of ................. MR 1882, pp 466,470;

MR 1887, pp 536,538; MR 1888, p 561; MR 1891, pp 511-513 

Missouri, coal area and statistics of................................ Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 60-61; MR 1883-84, pp 12, 51-52; MR 1885, pp 11, 35-36;

MR 1886, pp 225, 230, 280-282; MR 1887, pp 1.69, 171, 272-275; MR 1888,

pp 169,171,285-289; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 226-228; MR 1891, pp 180, 261-268

Missouri, cobalt deposits in ........................................ MR 1882, p 421 >

MR 1883-84, p 545; MR 1885, pp 362, 364; MR 1889-90, p 124 

Missouri, coke in, the manufacture of...................... MR 1887, pp 383,389,405;

MR 1888, pp 395,400,411-412; MR 1891, pp 360, 366,382 

Missouri, copper from, statistics of .................................. Ann 2, p xxix;

MR 1882, pp 216, 230; MR 1883-84, pp 329, 342; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886,

p 112; MR 1887, p 69; MR 1888, p 54^ MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83,84

Missouri, fossils from ............................................... Ann 8, II, p 896

Missouri, flora of the outlying Carboniferous basins of southwestern ........ Bull 98

Missouri, geologic investigations in .......... Ann 5, p 2]; Ann 7, p 78; Ann 9, p 103;

Ann 10, i, pp 124-125; Aim 11, i, pp 59, 75, 80-81; Ann 12, i, pp 56, 62,88, 90 

Missouri, geologic maps of, 1 isfced ................................ Bull 7, pp 127-131

Missouri, granite production of ................................ MR 1891, pp 457,459

Missouri, iron and steel from, statistics of........................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

' MR 1882, pp 120, 125, 129, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137; MR 1883-84, pp 252,

268-270; MR 1885, pp 182,184; MR 1886, pp 14,18, 97-98; MR 1887, pp 11,16, 46-

47; MR 1888, pp 14,17,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17; MR 1891, pp 12,26, 54,55, 61

Missouri; iron ore from Iron mountain, composition of .... ....MR 1889-90,pp 46-47

Missouri; latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and

New Mexico ......................................................... Bull 49

Missouri, lead from, statistics of................................... Ann 2. p xxviii;

MR 1882, p 312; MR 1883-84, pp 416, 425; MR 1885, pp 248, 259;

MR 1886, p 147; ME 1887, p 110; MR 1889-90, p 80; MR 1891, p 105

Missouri, lime production of ....................'................... .MR 1888, p 555

Missouri, limestones from localities in, analyses of.................. .Bull 78, p 125;

MR 1889-90, pp 406-407 

Missouri, limestone production of.............................. MR 1891, pp 464,466

Missouri, manganese ore in .................................... MR 1885, pp 346-348

Missouri, mineral springs of.................................... Bull 32, pp 164-170;

MR 1883-84, p 982; MR 1885, p 538; MR 1886, p 717; MR 1887, p 684;

MR 1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, pp 522, 529; MR 1891, pp 603, 606

Missouri, minerals of, the useful.......... MR 1882, pp 699-702; MR 1887, pp 750-753

Missouri, natural-gas consumption in................................MR 1891,p 438

Missouri, nickel production oL....^................................ MR 1882, p 403;

MR 1883-84, p. 539; MR 1889-90, p 124 

Missouri, ochre production of....................................... MR 1891, p 595

Missouri, petroleum statistics of ........................ MR 1889-90, pp 292,361-362

Missouri, sandstone production of.............................. MR 1891, pp 461-462

Missouri, topographic work in ......................................... Ann 6, p 11;

Ann 7, pp 53-54; Ann 8,I, p 103; Ann 9, p 56; Ann 10,1, p 93 

Missouri; water from Lebanon, analysis of............................ Bull 60, p 172

Missouri; water from Webster grove, near St. Louis, analysis of.......Bull 78, p 129

Missouri, zinc deposits of, investigation of the ................ Ann 11, i, pp.54,80-81
WAEMAN.] INDEX. 427

Missouri, zinc and zinc works in, statistics of........................Aim 2, p xxix-,

MR 1882, pp 347, 368-373; MR 1883-84, p 475; MR 1885, p 273;

MR 1886, pp!54,155; MR 1887, p 113; MR 1888, p 92; MR 1889-90, p 88

Missouri, zinc region of, analyses of rocks and clays from the .... ..Bull 90, pp 63-64

Missouri river basin, hydrogra.pliy of.................................... Ann 11, IT,

pp 41-43,94,107; Ann 12, n, pp 236-238 

Mixite from Utah, description and analysis of..................... Bull 55, pp 45-46

Mokel nume river, California, hydrography of the................... Ann 12, ir, p 323

Mollusca, a review of the nonmarine fossil, of North America...... Ann 3, pp 403-550

Mollusca, doubtful species of noumarine fossil, of North America ... Ann 3, pp 478-479 

Mollusca, fossil, Cretaceous, from Vancouver island region......... Bull 51, pp 33-48

Mollusca, fossil, description of species of, from the Texan Permian.. .Bull 77, pp 19-29 

Mollusca, fossil, from the Chico-tejon series of California ........... Bull 51, pp 4-27

Mollusca, fossil; Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and greensand marls of New Jersey .........................................Mon xvui

Mollusca, fossil, Mesozoic, from the southern coast of Alaska.......Bull 51, pp 64-70

Mollusca, fossil, nonmariue, of North America, table of............ Ann 3, pp 472-477

Mollusca, fossil, of the Puget group ............................... Bull 51, pp 49-63

Mollusca, fossil and recent, of the Great basin, description and tables of....Bull 11,

pp 23-25, 44,49

Mollusca, list of marine, comprising the Quaternary and recent forms, from 

American localities between cape Hatteras and cape Roque, including 

the Bermudas ......................................................... Bull 24

Mollusca; marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of

Avestern North America............................................... Bull 18

Moll usca, Mesozoic, of Alaska...................................... Bull 4, pp 10-15

Mol I usca of the fresh-water North American Jurassi c .............. Bull 29, pp 15-23

Mollusca of the Wasatch group, description of species of the ...... .Bull 34, pp 20-32

Mollusca, Quaternary aud recent, of the Great basin, with descriptions of new

form's.......................................................Bull 11,. pp 13-49

Mollusca. See, also, Brachiopoda; Cephalopoda; Gasteropoda; Lamellibranchiata;

Pteropoda. 

Molybdenum, statistics of.............................;.............MR 1882, p 446

Mono lake, California, analysis of water of............ Ann 8,1, p 293; Bull 42, p 149

Mono lake, California, deposits of............................... Mon xi, pp 221-222

Mono lake, California, description and history of............... Ann 8, i, pp 269-320

Mono lake, California, obsidian of..................................... Ann 7, p 292

Mono lake, California, old shorelines of..................................Mou i, p 16

Mono valley, California, Quaternary or Pleistocene history of........... Ann 8, i, pp

261-394; Mon I, pp 306, 311, 337 

Monoclines in the Plateau country.....................................Ann 6jp 118

Monoclines. See, also, Faulting; Faults.

Monocotyledons of the Dakota group............................ Mon xvu, pp 37-41

Monocotyledons of the Laramle flora.............................. Bull 37, pp 16-18

Montalban group of rocks in New Hampshire and Massachusetts........... Bull 86,

pp 351-355, 368, 463-464 

Montana, altitudes in...........Bull 5, pp 165-168; Bull 72, pp 196,223-224; Bull 76

Montana, boundary lines of, and formation of the territory .......Bull 13, pp 32,122

Montana; Butte city, mines and reduction works of......... MR 1883-84, pp 374-396

Montana, Cambrian rocks of............................ Bull 81, pp 162,163,323-326

Montana, coal area and statistics of............. Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 61-62;

MR 1883-84, pp 12, 52-55; MR 1885, pp 11,36-39; MR 1886, pp 225, 

230,282-288; MR 1887, pp 169,275-276; MR 1888, pp 169,171, 

289-292; MR 1889-90, pp 147,2*28-231; MR 1891, pp 180,269-271
428 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Montana, coals and charcoals from, analyses of............. .MR 1889-90, pp 229, 230

Montana, coke in, the manufacture of............ MR 1883-84, pp 168-169; MR 1885,

' pp 80,92-93; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 402; .MR 1887, pp 383, 389,405-

406; MR 1888, pp 395,400,412; MR 1891, pp 360, 361,366,382-383

Montana, constitution of, extract from the, relating to irrigation....Ann 11, n, p241

Montana, copper from, statistics of......... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 216,224-225;

MR 1883-84, pp 329, 336-340; MR 1885, pp 210,215-217;

MR 1886, pp 112,117-118; MR 1887, pp 69, 74; MR 1888, pp

54,57-58; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 189.1, pp 83,84, 91-99

Montana, Cretaceous rocks of........................ Bull 82, pp 145,149,161,166-179

 Montana; descloizite from Beaverhead county, analysis of.......Bull 60, pp 130-131

Montana, Devonian rocks of .........................................Bull 80, p 224

Montana; eruptive rock from Bear creek, analysis of.................. Bull 78, p 123

Montana, fossils from.... Ann 6, pp 549-557; Ann 8, ri, pp 904-906; Bull 34, pp 25,28, 31

Montana, geologic and paleoutologic investigations in.............. Ann 4, pp 42-43;

Ann 5, pp 28-30,50,55-56; Ann 6, pp 48-53; Ann 7, pp 77-78,

85-87; Ann 8, i, pp 146-148; Ann 9, pp 111-113,128; Ann 10, i, pp

22-23,130-131,139,144; Ann 11, i, p82; Ann 12, i, pp 56, 91,92-94

Montana, geologi c maps of, listed............................ Bull 7, pp 114,115,116

Montana; glaciers, existing, of the United States................. Ann 5, pp 303-355

Montana, gold and silver from, statistics of............... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp

172,174,176,177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, 315; MR

1885, pp 201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104, 105; MR 1887, pp 58, 59;

MR 1888, pp 36-37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,77,78,79

Montana, iron in, statistics of................................. MR 1882, p 147: MR

1883-84, p 285; MR 1888, pp 34-35; MR 1891, pp 12,27 

Montana; iron ore, magnetic, from near Bozeman, analysis of...........Bull 9, p 17

Montana, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc., in.... Ann

10,11, pp viii, 17-18, 58, 59, 60, 61, 71-72, 89, 91-

93; Ann ll,n,pp 113-133; Ann 12, n,pp 127-165

Montana, Laramie flora, types of the, largely from.......................... Bull 37

Montana, lead from, statistics of...............................MR 1882, p 311; MR

1883-84, pp 416,422-424; MR 1885, pp 248,257-258;

MR 1887, pp 109-110; MR 1888, p 89; MR 1889-90, p 80

Montana, lime production of........................................ MR 1888, p 555

Montana, manganese ore in......................................... MR 1885, p 349

Montana; mineral resin from Livingstou, a supposed............ Bull 78, pp 105-108

Montana, mineral springs of.................... Bull 32, pp 177-180; MR 1891, p 606

Montana, minerals of, the useful.........MI£ 1882, pp 754-756; MR 1887, pp 753-755

Montana, Neocene bed* of...................................... Bull 84, pp 287-288

Montana, reservoir sites and irrigable lands in ...............Ann 11, n, pp 306, 310

Montana, rocks from, analyses of. ............ Bull 55, pp 83-84; Bull 60, pp 152-154

Montana, sandstone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 461,462

Montana, tin ore in.................................. t...........MR 1883-84, p 614

Montana, topographic work in .. ....Ann 4, pp.9-11; Ann 8, I, pp 105-106; Anil 9, p

59; Ann'10, I, p 97; n, pp 17, 71-72; Ann 11, n, p 305; Ann 12, i, p 48 

Montana; water from near Bo/eman, analysis of....................... Bull 27, p 75

Montana; water from White sulphur springs, analysis of.............. Bull 27, p 75

Montana, waters from four localities in, analyses of................. Bull 9, pp 31-32

Moraine, terminal, of the second glacial epoch.................... Ann 3, pp 291-402

Moraine. See, also, Glacial; Glacier.

Morasses, economic uses of............ ........................Ann 10,% pp 303-310

Morasses, effect of certain plants on the formation of..........Ann 10, I, pp 285-295

Morasses, fresh-water, of United States, with description of Dismal swamp. ....Ann

 10, i, pp 255-339
WABMAN.] INDEX. 429

Morasses. See, also, Swamps.

Morsel! (W. F.), administrative report for 1890-91..................Ann 12, i,, p 145

Moses (0. A.), the phosphate deposits of South Carolina....... .MR 1882, pp 504-521

Mosquito range, Colorado, general geology, rock formations, and descriptive

geology of the.........................Ann 2, pp 211-214; Mon xir, pp 19-201

Mount Desert, Maine, geology of................................ Ann 8, II, 987-1061

Mountain building in the Great basin, evidence of, in the Lahoutan basin......Ann

3. pp 232-233 

Mountain building, nature of the process of...................... Ann 6, pp 195-197

Mountain building. See, also, Diastrophisin.

Mountain growth, especially in the Bomieville basin ............. Mon i, pp 359-360

Mountain structure and the Rocky mountain structure...........Mon xn, pp 24-27

Mountain structure, diverse, in western United States............Ann 6, pp 191-195

Mundic and gossan ores of Virginia, analyses of...................... MR 1891, p 24

Muscovite, a product of miueralogical metamorphism................. Bull 62, p 212

Muscovite from Alexander county, North Carolina, description and analysis

1 of..........................................................EullSSiWlS-U

Myriapods, index to the known fossil, of the world......................... Bull 71

Myriapods, systematic review of our present knowledge of........ .Bull 31, pp 9-18

Nails, twenty years of progress in the manufacture of........... .MR 189.1, pp 65-66

Nan tucket, age of the beds of......................................... Bull 84, p 35

Nautucket, tho geology of.................................................. Bull 53

Napalite, a new mineral from California, description of.... ....Mon A'lir, pp 372-373

Naphthal itie, compressibil ity of................................... Bul I 92, pp 40-41

Nntrolite from Arkansas, Magnet cove, description and analysis of. ....Bull 90, p 38

Natrolite from Colorado, Table mountain, description and analysis of..Bull 20, p 36

Natural gas. See Gas.

Nangns head group of rocks in Massachusetts................... Bull 86, pp 367-368

Naushon, island of, age of the sands of tho............................ Bull 84, p 38

Navy, the new United States....................................... .'.MR 1891, p 69

Nebraska, altitudes in................... Bull 5, pp 169-172; Bull 72, p 225; Bull 76

Nebraska, artesian wells of........................................ Ann 11, IT, p 270

Nebraska, boundary lines of, and formation of territory...... Bull 13, pp 31, 120-121

Nebraska, brick industry of.................. MR 1887, pp 536, 538; MR 1888, p 561

Nebraska, building stone from, statistics of.................... MR 1882, p 451; MR

1888, p 540; MR 1889-90, pp 373, 408-409 

Nebraska, coal area and statistics of....Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1883-84, pp 55-56; MR

1886, p 225; MR 1887, pp 169, 276-277; MR 1888, pp 169,

 171, 292; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 231; MR 1891, pp 180, 271

Nebraska, Cretaceous rocks of.................................. Bull 82, pp 154,159

Nebraska, fossils from ........................................ Ann 8, ir, pp 901-902

Nebraska, geologic and paleontologic investigations in......Ann 5, p 49; Aim 6, pp

34, 72; Ann 7, pp 80-81, 112, 157; Ann 8, i, p 143; Ann 11, i, p 101 

Nebraska, geologic maps of, listed............................ Bull 7, pp 113,114,115

Nebraska, iron and steel from, statistics of............ MR 1882, pp 120,125,133,134;

MR 1885, p 186; MR 1886, p 18 

Nebraska, limestone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 464,466

Nebraska, mineral springs of..Bull 32, p 171; MR 1889-90, pp 522,529; MR 1891, p 606 

Nebraska, minerals of, the useful..........MR 1882, pp 702-703; MR 1887, pp 755-756

Nebraska, Neocene beds of...................................... Bull 84, pp 293-299

Nebraska and Kansas, the Permian problem of .................. Bull 80, pp 193-212

Necks, volcanic, in northwestern New Mexico..................... Ann 6, pp 167-178

Neocene ago of the Equus fauna ...............-..........:...... .Mon t, pp 393-402

Neocene, American and exotic, correlation of.......................... Bull 84, p 178
430 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Neocene, Dinocerata from the........... .......... Ann 5, pp 252-254; Mon x, pp 6-7

Neocene formations of America, correlation of tlie .......................... Bull 84

Neocene formations of the Atlantic coast, table showing the vertical range of

the ............................................................Bull 84, p 193

Neocene in Alabamaj Georgia, etc ...........................................Bull 43

Neocene in Kansas ......................................................... Bull 57

Neocene in northwestern Colorado................................ Ann 9, pp 690-691

Neocene in the Lassen peak district, California................. Ann 8, i, pp 422-424

Neocene; Lafayette formation, the area, features, history, etc., of the.......Ann 12,

i, pp 347-521 

Neocene; marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of

western North America............................................... Bull 18

Neocene; Miocene, boundaries of the.............................. Bull 84, pp 21-22

Neocene; Miocene in California............................ Mou xni, pp 218-219,461

Neocene; Miocene time in the Grand canyon di strict, erosion in......... Ann 2, p 67

Neocene, nonmarine fossil Mollusca of the, in North America...... Ann 3, pp 411-486

Neocene of the Coastal plain, stratigraphic characters of the.... ..Bull 83, pp 39-40

Neocene, Ostreidre of the, in North America ...................... Ann 4, pp 312-314

Neocene; Pliocene and post-Pliocene in California........ .Mon xnr, pp 219-221, 461

Neocene; Pliocene, boundaries of the..................................Bull 84, p 22

Neocene. See, also, Tertiary.

Netherlands, fossil plants of the, literature of the............. Ann 8, n, pp 777-778

Nevada, altitudes in ....................................Bull 5, pp 173-181; Bull 76

Nevada, antimony deposits in...................................... MR 1882, p 438;

MR 1883-84, pp 642-643; MR 1889-90, p 141; MR 1891, p 174

Nevada; bluestone, the manufacture of, at Lyon mill, Dayton.. .MR 1882, pp 297-305 

Nevada, borate fields of, the principal ......................... MR 1882, pp 567-570

Nevada, borax deposits and statistics of............... MR 1882, pp 567-570,571-576;

MR 1883-84, pp 860, 861-862; MR 1885, pp 491-492; MR

1886, pp 678-680; MR 1889-90, p 494; MR 1891, p 587

Nevada, boundary lines of, and organization of territory. ....Bull 13, pp 31, 125-127

Nevada; Cambrian faunas of North America (fossils largely from Nevada),

studies on the ........................................................ Bull 30

Nevada, Cambrian rocks of.............................. Bull 81, pp 156,158,159,160

Nevcida; clays from Mill city, analyses of............................... Bull 9, p 15

Nevada, cobalt deposits in ................................ MR 1885, pp 361-362,364

Nevada; Conistock lode and the Washoe district, geology of the.......... Ann 2, pp

293-330; Mou m and atlas 

Nevada; Conistock mining and miners...'...................................Mou iv

Nevada, copper from, statistics of ............. Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 216,230;

MR 1883-84, pp 329, 342; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR

1887, p 69; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83,84

Nevada; dacite from Washoe, analysis of..............................Bull 27, p65

Nevada; Eureka, silver-lead deposits of................................... Mon vn

Nevada; Eureka district, geology of the...... Ann 3, pp 241-290; Mon xx and atlas

Nevada; Eureka district, mining geology of the.................. Ann 4, pp 221-251

Nevada; Eureka district, paleontology of the ............................. Mon vm

Nevada; Eureka district, rocks of the .......................... Bull 80, pp 222-223

Nevada, fossils from ........................................ Ann 3, pp 440,448,451;

Ann 8, n, p 919; Ann 10, i, pp 572-575,598-602, 607,609. 

Nevada, geologic and paleonfcologic investigations in...... Ann 1, pp 32-35, 38, 39-46;

Ann2,pp 15-16,23-25; Ann 3,pp 19-20,25-26; Ann 4,

pp 16-18, 40, 44-45; Ann 5, pp 31, 32; Ann 7, pp 93, 94,115

Nevada, geologic maps of, listed..........................Bull 7, pp 133,134,137,138

Nevada; glaciers, existing, of the United States.................. Ann 5, pp 303-355
WAKMAN.] INDEX. 431

Nevada, gold and silver from, statistics of........................... Ann 2, p 385;

MR 1882, pp 172,174,176,177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312,313, 314,

315; MR 1885, pp 201,203; MR 1886, pp 104-105; MR 1887, pp 58,59;

MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75, 77, 78, 79

Nevada, incrustations from, analysis of........................... Bull 27, pp 69-70

Nevada, irrigation needs and problems in.......................... Ann 11, n, p 235

Nevada, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc.,

in .....................:..... Ann 10, II, pp viii, 18,58,59,66-67,87-88,104-106;

Ann 11, u, pp 65-66,168-183; Ann 12, H, pp 45,209-212,325 

Nevada; lake Lahontau, a Quaternary lake of northwestern Nevada, geological history of. ....................................Ann 3, pp 195-235; Mon xi

Nevada, lead from, statistics of................................ MR 1882, p 309; MR

' 1883-84, pp 412,416,418-419; MR 1885, pp 248,250; MR 1886,

p 143; MR 1887, p 104; MR 1888, p 86; MR 1889-90, p 80

Nevada, manganese ore in.......... MR 1885, p 349; MR 1886, pp 181, 197; M:R 1888,

pp 124,128; MR 1889-90, pp 127,134; MR 1891, pp 127,136 

Nevada; marl from Pyramid lake, analysis of........................... Bull 9, p 14

Nevada, mineral springs of.................. Brill 32, pp 197-202; MR 1883-84, p 983

Nevada, minerals of, the useful................ MR 1882, p 772; MR 1887, pp 756-757

Nevada, natural soda in........................................... Bull 60, pp 46-53

Nevada, Neocene beds of........................................ Bull 84, pp 313-316

Nevada; Nevada limestone at Eureka ............................ Mon xx, pp 63-68

Nevada, nickel ore in.................... MR 1883-84, pp 537,539; MR 1889-90, p 124

Nevada; on the development of crystallization in the igneous rocks of Washoe,

Nevada, with notes on the geology of the district..................... Bull 17

Nevada; on the Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the Great basin, with descriptions of new forms, introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary lakes 

of the Great basin.................................................... Bull 11

Nevada; rhyolite from Washoe, analysis of............................ Bull 27, p 66

Nevada, salt from, statistics of.............MR 1882, pp 532-534, 543-547; MR 18.83-

84, pp 827,847-848; MR 1885, pp 474, 483; MR 1886, pp 628, 638; MR

1887, p611; MR 1888, pp 597,598; MR 1889-90, p 182; MR 1891, p 572

Nevada, soda, carbonate and nitrate of, from................... MR 1882, pp 599, 601

Nevada, sulphur production of.....................................MR 1882,p 578;

MR 1883-84, pp 865-866; MR 1885, p 496; MR 1886, p 644 

Nevada; thinolite of lake Lahontan, a Quaternary lake, crystallographic study

of the................................................................Bull 12

Nevada, topographic work in......... Ann 1, p 36; Ann 2, p 21; Ann 4, pp 16, 20-21;

Ann 10,. n, pp 18, 66-67; Ann 11, n, pp 294-296; Ann 12, i, p 45 

Nevada, waters from localities in, analyses of ....... .Mon xi, p 225; Bull 9, pp 19-26

Nevada-California, reservoir sites and irrigable lands in, reported by topographers ............................................ Ann-11, n, pp 297-298,310

Nevadite from Chalk mountain, Colorado, description of ........ Mon xn, pp 345-349

New Brunswick, literature of the lower Cambrian in .......Ann 10, i, pp 529-531,544

New Brunswick; review of the fauna of the St. John formation contained in

the Hartt collection at Cornell university .................... Bull 10, pp 9-42

New Caledonia, nickel production of.. ....MR 1882, pp 406-407; MR 1885, pp 299-301

New Hampshire, altitudes in ............................ Bull 5, pp 182-186; Bull 76

New Hampshire, boundary lines of................................ Bull 13, pp 40-44

New Hampshire, brick industry of .MR 1887, pp 536,538; MR 1888, p 561; MR 1891,502 

New Hampshire, building stone from, statistics of......... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887,

p 514; MR 1888, pp 536,539; MR 1889-90, pp 374,409; MR 1891, pp 457,459 

New, Hampshire, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the .... .Bull 81, pp 70-72, 267, 268

New Hampshire, copper mining and statistics of...................... Ann 2, p xxix;

MR 1882, p 230; MR 1883-84, p 329; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; 

MR 1887, p 69; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp83,84
432 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

New Hampshire, corals in ............................................ Bull 80, p 243

New Hampshire, geologic investigations in ...............Ann 6, p 24; Ann 7, p 157;

Ann 8, i, p 126; Ann 12, i, pp 66-67 

New Hampshire, geologic maps of, listed......................... Bull 7, pp 54,56,57

New Hampshire, gold and silver from, statistics of...................'.. Ann 2, p 385;

MR 1882, pp 176,177,178 

New Hampshire, iron and steel from, statistics of......... .MR 1882, pp 120,125,133,

134,135; MR 1886, p 17; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888, p 14; MR 1891, p 61 

New Hampshire, mica production of................................. MR 1888, p 614

New Hampshire, mineral springs of............ Bull 32, pp 17-18; MR 1883-84, p 983;

MR 1885, p 539; MR 1886, p 717; MR 1887, p 684; MR 1888,

p 627; MR 1889-90, pp 522, 529; MR 1891, pp 603, 606

New Hampshire, minerals of, the useful... .MR 1882, pp 703-706; MR 1887, pp 757-760

New Hampshire, pyrites from, statistics of ................. MR 1883-84, pp 877-878 ;

MR 1885, pp 501-502; MR 1886, pp 652-653 

New Hampshire, topographic work in ................... Ann 9, p 76; Ann 10, i, p 85

New Iclria mine, California, age of ore deposits of the............... .Mon xm, p 307

New Jersey, altitudes in.................................Bull 5, pp 187-191; Bull 76

New Jersey, boundary lines of.....................................Bull 13, pp 76-78

New Jersey, building stone from, statistics of........ MR 1882, pp 451,452; MR 1888,

pp 536,544; MR 1889-90, pp 373,410; MR 1891, pp 457,459,461,463,464,466 

New Jersey, Cambrian rocks of...................... Bull 81, pp 122-123,154,287,382

New Jersey, clay, brick, and pottory industry of ............... MR 1882, pp 465, 469,

471-472; MR 1883-84, pp 686-687,696,699,700; MR 

1885, pp 416,418; MR 1886, p 569; MR 1887, pp 536, 

538, 540; MR 1888, pp 561-562,566; MR 1891, p 503 

New Jersey, Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of, sketch of the geology of

the........................................................ Moil ix, pp ix-xiii

New Jersey, Cretaceous rocks of, correlation of the......... Bull 82, pp 78-84,214-215

New Jersey, Eocene formations in ........................... Bull 83, pp 40-43, 80, 85

New Jersey; fossil fishes and fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey

and the Connecticut valley.....-..".................................. Mon xiv

New Jersey, fossils from. Ann 4, pp 293,296,299, 301, 303, 313, 314; Ann 8, n, pp 860-862 

New Jersey, geologic and paleontologic investigations in...............Ann 6,p 24;

Ann 8, i, p 130; Ann 9, pp 122,124,126,131; Aim 12, i, pp 53,54,69-70 

New Jersey, geologic maps of, listed....................... Bull 7, pp 58,60, 61, 62,63

New Jersey, glacial investigations in...... Ann 3, pp 346, 368-369; Ann 7, pp 157,161

New Jersey, granite production of ............................. MR 1891, pp 457,459

New Jersey, iron and steel from, statistics of..Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 117,120,

125,129,130,133,134,135, 136,137; MR 1883-84, pp 252, 274-275; MR 1885,

pp 182,184,186,188; MR 1886, pp 14,18,50-52; MR 1887, pp 11,16,44; MR

1888, pp 14, 17, 23; MR 1889-90, pplO, 12,17; MR 1891, pp 12, 26, 54,55, 61

New Jersey, lime production of..................................... MR 1888, p 556

New Jersey; limestone fromHunterdon county, analysis of.......MR 1889-90, p 410

New Jersey, limestone production of........................... MR 1891, pp 464,466

New Jersey, manganese in zinc ores of.......................... MR 1885, pp 336-341

New Jersey, marl deposits of...... MR 1882, pp 522, 525,526; MR 1883-84, p 808; MR

1885, p 464; MR 1886, p 619; MR 1887, p 592; MR 1888, p 595; MR 1889-90, p 454 

New Jersey, metallic paint production of............................ MR 1891, p 597

New Jersey, mineral springs of................. Bull 32, pp 42-43; MR 1889-90, p 530

NeAv Jersey, minerals of, the useful........ MR 1882, pp 706-708; MR 1887, pp 760-762

New Jersey, Neocene beds in...................................... Bull 84, pp 39-44

New Jersey, Newark system in..............................Bull 85, pp 20-21,83-84

New Jersey, Newark system in, the relations of the traps "of the.............Bull 67

New Jersey; nickel works at Canulen............ MR 1883-84, p 537; MR 1885, p 297
WABMAS.] INDEX. 433

New Jersey, ocher production in.................................... MR 1891, p 595

 New Jersey; pyroxene and serpentine from Montville, description and analyses

of ........................................ ..................... Bull 60, p 137

New Jersey, Raritan clays and grcens.'uid marls of, Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the....................................................Mon ix

New Jersey, Raritan clays and greensaud marls of, Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the ................................................... ....Mon xviu

New Jersey, sandstone production of........................... MR 1891, pp 461,463

New Jersey, slate production of..................................... MR 1891, p 472

New Jersey surveyed hy cooperation of the state ..................... Ann 6, pp 5-7

New Jersey, topographic work in.................................... Ann 6, pp !3-7;

Ann 7, pp 48-49; Ann 8, i, pp 99-100; Ann 9, p 52

New Jersey; willeinite from the Trotter mine, Franklin, description and analysis of.......:....................-..............-............. Bnll 60, p 130

New Jersey, zinc and zinc works in..'..... ^.......................... Ann 2, p xxix;

MR 1882, pp 360-361, 373; MR 1883-84, p 476 

New Mexico, altitudes in................................ Bull 5, pp 192-202; Bull 76

NCAV Mexico; alum rock, so-called, from Grant county, analyses of.. ....Bull 9, p 13

New Mexico; basalt from six miles northeast of Grant, analysis of .... Bull 42, p 140

New Mexico, boundary lines of, and formation of territory.... Bull 13, pp 31,123-124

New Mexico, cement, hydraulic, statistics of the production of, in.... MR 1891, p 532

New Mexico, clay, brick, and pottery industry of.................... MR 1891, p 525

New Mexico, coal area and statistics of.......................... MR 1882, pp 62-65;

MR 1883-84, pp 12,56-59; MR 1885, pp 11, 40-41; MR 1886, pp

225,230,288-289; MR 1887, pp 169,278-279; MR 1888, pp 169,171,

292-294; MR 1889-90, pp 147,231-233; MR 1891, pp 180,271-274

New Mexico coals, analyses of.............................. MR 1889-90, pp 232,233

New Mexico, coke in, the manufacture of........................ MR 1883-84, p 170;

MR 1885, pp 80, 93; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 402; MR 1887, pp 383,389,

406; MR 1888, pp 395,400, 412-413; MR 1891, pp 360,361, 366, 383

New Mexico, copper from, statistics of.............. Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 216,

225-226; MR 1883-84, pp 329, 340; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR

1887, pp 69, 76; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83-84

New Mexico, Cretaceous rocks of........ Bull 82, pp 149,154-155,157,161,164,226-227

New Mexico, eruptive rocks from, analyses of...................... Bull 27, pp 64-65

New Mexico, fossils from................................ Ann 4, pp 297, 302, 304,306;

Ann 8, n, pp 914-916; Bull 34, pp 21,26, 27 

New Mexico, geologic and paleologic i investigations in.................. Ann 6, p 61;

Ann 11, i, pp 97-98,107,114,126 

New Mexico, geologic maps of, listed .................... Bull 7, pp 140,141,142,143

New Mexico, gold and silver from, statistics of......................... Ann 2, p 385;

MR 1882, pp 172,174,176,177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314,

315; MR 1885, pp 201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104-105; MR 1887, pp 58-

59; MR 1888, pp 36-37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75, 76, 77, 78, 79

New Mexico, iron in.......................................... .MR 1882, pp 147-148;

MR 1883-84, pp 285-286; MR 1889-90, pp 24,40; MR 1891, pp 12, 27 

New Mexico, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc.,

in............................ Ann 10, n, pp viii, 19, 58, 63-64, 72-74, 87,98-102;

Ann 11, n, pp 145-150; Ann 12, n, pp 165-209, 251-290 

New Mexico; latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas,

and New Mexico ..................................................... Bull 49

New Mexico, lead deposits in.......................................MR 1882, p 313;

MR 1883-84, pp 416, 425; MR 1885, pp 24:8, 258; MR 1886,

p 146; MR 1887, p 110; MR 1888, p 89; MR 1889-90, p 80

New Mexico, limestone production of........................... MR 1891, pp 464,466

Bull. 100 28
434 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.IOO.

New Mexico; mica andesite from a canyon on the east side of San Mateo mountain, analysis of................................................ Bull 42, p 139

New Mexico, mineral springs of................................. Bull 32, pp 193-195;

MR 1889-90, p 530; MR 1891, pp 603,606 

New Mexico, minerals of, the useful....... MR 1882, pp 756-758; MR 1887, pp 762-765

New Mexico; mount Taylor and the Zuiii plateau................ Ann 6, pp 105-198

New Mexico, Neocene beds of.................................... Bull 84, pp 301-303

New Mexico; on a group of volcanic rocks from the Tewan mountains, and on

the occurrence of primary quartz in certain basalts................... Bull 66

New Mexico, Permian rocks in................................... Bull 80, pp 199-200

New Mexico, petroleum found in.................. MR 1882, p 212; MR 1889-90, p 365

New Mexico; picrallumogene from vicinity of Las Vegas, analysis of... Bull 78, p 121 

New Mexico, reservoir sites and irrigable lands in, reported by topographers... .Ann

11, n, pp 308,310 

New Mexico; rocks from tlie Tewan mountains, analyses of .......... .Bull 60, p 155

New Mexico, topographic work in................................. Ann 3, pp 30-40;

Ann 4, pp 11-12; Ann 5, pp 11-12; Ann 7, p 57; Ann 9, p 58; Ann

10. i, p 97; n, pp 19,72-74; Ann 11, n, pp 306-308; Ann 12, i,p48

New Mexico, turquoise from................. Bull 42, pp 39-44; MR 1882, pp 493-495

New Mexico; water from a spring near Fort Wingate, analysis of....... Bull 55, p 92

New Mexico; water from mineral spring one mile west of Santa F<5, analysis

of.............................................................. Bull 27, p 76

New Mexico and Colorado, Rio Grande basin in, irrigation problems relating

to the ................................................. Ann 11, n, pp 215-227

New South Wales, antimony production of....................... MR 1883-84, p 648

New South Wales, manganese production of ....................... .MR 1886, p 207

New South Wales, tin production of........................ MR 1883-84, pp 619-620

New York, altitudes in ...... ...........................Bull 5, pp 203-222; Bull 76

New York, boundary lines of, and cession of territory to general government

by ...................................................... Bull 13, pp 25, 71-76

New York, building stone from, statistics of .................. MR 1882, pp 451,452;

MR 1883-84, pp 171,518; MR 1888, pp 536, 540,541, 544; MR 1889-90, 

pp 373, 411-414; MR 1891, pp 457, 459, 461, 463,464, 466, 468,469 

New York; Cambrian faunas of North America, studies on the (fossils, largely

from New York) ..................................................... Bull 30

New York, Cambrian, lower, in, literature and fauna of the.............. Ann 10, i,

pp 534-536,541-542,570, 583-584 

New York, Cambrian rocks of ..............................Bull 81, pp 109,311,381

New York, cement manufacture in................................. MR 1882, p 460;

MR 1883-84, p 671; MR 1886, p 556; MR 1887, p 527;

MR 1888, p 551; MR 1889-90, p 461; MR 1891, pp 532, 536

New York, clay, brick, and pottery industry of............ MR 1883-84, pp 695,709;

MR 1885, p 416; MR 1886, p 568; MR 1887, pp 536,539; MR 1888, pp 562, 566 

New York; Cretaceous deposits of Staten island and Long island. ..Bull 82, pp 84-86 

New York, Devonian, upper, in, fossil faunas of the ................. Bull 3; Bull 41

New York; dolomite from Tuckahoe, analyses of ..................... Bull 60, p 159

New York, dumortierite from ................................... Bull 60, pp 133-135

New York; faunas, the fossil, of the tipper Devonian along the meridian of 76° 

 30' from Tompkins county, New York, to Bradford county, Pennsylvania.... ......................................................... ....Bull 3

New York; faunas, the fossil, of the upper Devonian, the Genesee section,

New York ................!.................................... ......Bull 41

New York; faunas, the higher Devonian, of Ontario county, New York...... Bull 16

New York, fossils from ............................. Ann 8, n, pp 854-859; Ann 10, i,

pp 572-575, 601-658; Mon xvi, pp 20-115
WAHHAN.] INDEX. 435

Now York, geologic and paleoutologic in vestigations in................ Ann 3, p 20;

Ann 4, p 25; Ann 5, pp 52,54; Ann 6, pp 24, 28, 32, 74, 75; Anu 7, pp 65,83, 85,

113,114-115; Ann 8,I, pp 128,133,174,175,176; Ann 9, pp 71, 77,105,115,116,

117, 122; Ann 10, i, p 160; Ann 11, I, pp 103,104, 114; Ann 12, i, pp 107,121

New York, geologic maps of, listed .......................Bull 7, pp 58, 50, 60, 62, 63

New York, glacial investigations in .................... Ann 3, pp 344, 346, 348-350,

353-377; Ann 7, pp 157,166,171 

New York, granite production of.............................. .MR 1801, pp 457,459

New York, graphite mined in .................................MR 1882, pp 591-592;

MR 1883-84, pp 915,916; MR 1887, p G72; MR 1889-90, p 507 

New York, gypsum production of............................... MR 1801, pp 580,581

New York; hornblende from Pierrepont, analyses of .................. Bull 78, p 119

New York; inclusion in diorito from near Pockskill, analysis of...... .Bull GO, p 158

New York, iron and steel from, statistics of.......... ....Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

pp 120,125,129,130,131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, pp 252, 271-274; MR

1885, pp 182,184,186,188; MR 1886, pp 14,18,43-50; MR 1887, pp 11,10,43-44;

MR 1888, pp 14, 17, 23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17; MR 1891, pp 12, 21,54,55,61

New York, lime production of ...................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

New York, limestone production of ............................ MR 1891, pp 461,466

New York, marble production of............................... MR 1891, pp 468, 469

NOAY York, metallic paint production of............................. MR 1891, p 597

New York, mineral springs of.................................... Bull 32, pp 26-41;

MR 1883-84, p 983; MR 1885, p 539; MR 1886, p 717; MR 1887,

p 685; MR 1888, p 627; MR 1889-90, p 530; M R 1891, pp 603, 606

New York, minerals of, the useful ........ MR 1882, pp 708-713; MR 1887, pp 765-769

New York, mining laws of..................................... MR 1886, pp 732-734

New York, natural gas localities and statistics of...........MR 1883-84, pp 236, 243;

MR 1885, pp 169, 174; MR 1886, p 490; MR 1887, pp 466, 474-479;

MR 1888, p 489; MR 1889-90, p 367; MR 1891, pp 438, 439, 440

New York, petroleum localities and statistics of ..................MR 1882, pp 190,

199-202; MR 1883-84, pp 214-215, 221-224; MR 1885, pp 131-145;

MR 1886, pp 441, 442-457; MR 1887, pp 438, 439-450; MR 1888, pp

444; 445-459; MR 1889-90, pp 292,297-318; MR 1891, pp 412-426

New York, pyrites from, statistics of................................ MR 1885, p 504

New York, rocks of, their classiiication, etc................................ Bull 80,

pp 32-3-1, 38-40, 42-43, 45-46, 48-74, 260, 266 

New York; salt from WarsaA\T , analysis of............................. Bull 55, p 88

New York, salt-making in ................... 1....... Ann 7, pp 504,505, 506, 507,510

New York, salt from, statistics of......................................... MR 1882,

pp 532-534, 537-539; MR 1883-84, pp 827, 830-835; MR 1885, pp474,4.76-

479; MR 1886, pp 628, 632-636; MR 1887, pp 611, 614-617; MR 1888,

pp 597-598, 600-G03; MR 1889-90, pp 482,484-487; MR 1891, pp 575-576

New York, sandstone production of............................MR 1891, pp 461,4G3

New York; sea-coast swamps of eastern United States.. .......... Ann 6, pp 353-398

New York, slate production of................................. MR 1891, pp 472-473

New York, talc production and industry of..MR 1885, pp 534-535; MR 1889-90, p 476 

New York, topographic work in.......................................... Ann 10, i,

pp 85, 86, 87, 80; Ann 11, i, p 36;. Ann 12, i, p 26 

New York; warwickite from Edenville, Orange county, analysis of ....Bull 64, p 41

New York-Virginia area of the Newark system............... Bull 85, pp 20-21, 83-85

New Zealand, fossil plants of, literature of the ... r ............. Ann 8, n, pp 815-817

New Zealand, geyseritcs from, analyses of.............................. Bull 64, p 45

New Zealand, manganese production of.................................. .MR 1886,

p 207; MR 1888, p 142; MR 1889-90, p 130; MR 1801,p 145 

New Zealand, petroleum production of.............................. MR 1888, p 473
436 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BOLL. 100.

New Zealand, quicksilver deposits in ................................ Mon xm, p 49

New Zealand sinters and spring waters........................... Ann 9. pp 672-676

New Zealand; waters from springs of, analyses of ...................... Ann 9, p 673

Newark system, a correlation essay on the, by I. C. Russell................. Bull 85

Newark system, areas occupied by the ............................ Brill 85, pp 19-24

Newark system in the New Jersey region, the relations of the traps of the... Bull 67 

Newark system, lithology and stratigraphy of the................. Bull 85, pp 32-44

Newark system. See, also, Jura-trias.

Newberry (J. S.), administrative report for 1887-88................ Ann 9, pp 131-132

Newberry (J. S.), administrative report for 1888-89............. Ann 10, i, pp 174-175

Newberry (J. S.), biographic sketch of........................... Ann 5, pp 381-382

Newberry (J. S.), fossil fishes and fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New

Jersey and the Connecticut valley .................................. Mon xiv

Newberry (J. S.), Paleozoic fishes of North America....................... .Mon xvi

Newberry (S. B.), natural and artificial cements .......... ...... MR 1891, pp 529-538

Newberry (S. B.), product of hydraulic and Portland cement in the United

States in 1890 and 1891............ ^.................MR 1889-90, pp 461-462

Newell (F. H.), administrative report for 1890-91............... Ann 12, i, pp 134-136

Newell (F.H.J, hydrography of the arid regions of the U. S-.-.Ann 12, n, pp 213-361 

Newfoundland, Cambrian, lower, iu, literature and fauna of the........... Ann 10, i,

pp 528-529, 586 

Newfoundland, Cambrian rocks of, investigations of the.................... Bull 81,

pp 50-55, 78-80, 253-262, 380, 406-407 

Newfoundland, copper production of ............. MR 1883-84, pp 356, 373; MR 1885,

p 229; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 87; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1891, pp 101,102 

Newfoundland; geologic section on Manuel's brook, Conception bay.. Ann 10, i, p 554 

Newfoundland, geologic maps of, list of the ........................ Bull 7, pp 36-38

Newfoundland, pre-Cambrian rocks of...................... Bull 86, pp 247-252,503

Newfoundland, pyrites deposits in................................ MR 1883-84, p 507

Newfoundland, submarine strata off..................................... Bull 84, p 32

Newfoundland. See, also, Canada.

Niagara falls, survey of, by R. S. Woodward, in 1886.................. Ann 8,1, p 122

Nickel from foreign localities ... .v ....................MR 1882, pp 405-407,410-411;

MR 1883-84, pp 539-540; MR 1885, pp 299-301; MR 1889-90, p 125 

Nickel ore, platiniferous, from mines at Sudbury, Canada.......... Bull 64, pp 20-21

Nickel ores, analyses of...................... Bull 64, pp 20, 21; MR 1882, pp 404,406

Nickel ores at Sudbury, Can., mode of occurrence, treatment, etc.MR 1888, pp 110-117 

Nickel ores from Oregon, descriptions and analyses of.............. Bull 6^, pp 21-26

Nickel, statistics of............................................ MR 1882, pp 399-420;

MR 1883-84, pp 537-543; MR 1885, pp 297-302; MR 1886, pp 169-173; MR 1887,

pp 126-129; MR 1888, pp 108-118; MR 1889-90, pp 124-126; MR 1891, pp 167-169 

Niobrara group of rocks o f Nebraska ........................... Bull 84, pp 293-290

Niter from Utah, analysis of........................................... Bull 55, p 88

Niter, statistics of............................................. MR 1882, pp 597-598

Nitrogen in uraniuite, the occurrence of, and the composition of uraninite in

general..................................................... Bull 78, pp 43-79

Nodules resulting from external attack .......................... Mon xui, pp 68-72

Nomenclature and classification of fossil plants ................... Ann 5, pp 425-439

Nomenclature and taxonomy, geologic, conference of geologists and lithologists on, in January, 1889 ................................ Ann 10, i, pp 56-67

Nomenclature, general geologic ................................. Ann 2, pp xli-xlvii

Nomenclature of pre-Cambrian ...................................... Bull 86, p 191

Nomenclature. Sec, also, Correlation.

Nonabsorption of sedimentary rocks by eruptive masses........ Mon xn, pp 308-313

Nonconformity. See Unconformity.
WARMAN.] INDEX. 437

Norian terrane defined ............................................... Bull 86, p 462

Norite from Delaware described....................................... Bull 59, p 21

North America, fossil plants of, literature of the................ Ann 8, n, pp 835-926

North America, geological maps of, a list of the ............. Bull 7, pp 23-32,159-160

North Carolina, altitudes in............................. Bull 5, pp 223-226; Bull 76

North Carolina, barytes production of............................... MR 1891, p 599

North Carolina, boundary lines of, and cession of territory to general government ....................................................... Bull 13, pp 92-96

North Carolina, brick industry of.............................. MR 1888*, pp 562,566

North Carolina, building stone from, statistics of....... MR 1889-90, pp 374, 414-415;

MR 1891, pp 457, 459, 461, 463,470 

North Carolina, Cambrian rocks of...................... Bull 8t, pp 138-139, 299,383

North Carolina, clay production of.................................. MR 1891, p 505

North Carolina, coal areas and statistics of......................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1883-84, p 59; MR 1885, pp 41-43; MR 1887, pp 169, 279-281;

MR 1888, p 169; MR 1889-90, pp 146, 234; MR 1891, pp 180, 274

North Carolina, coals from, analyses of............................... Bull 42, p 146

North Carolina, copper mines and statistics of ........ Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, p 231

North Carolina, corundum deposits and statistics of................. MR 1882, p 477 ;

MR 1883-84, pp 715-716; MR 1885, p 429; MR 

1886, pp 585-586; MR 1887, p 553; -MR 1888, p 577 

North Carolina; Corundum hill, the gneiss duuyte contacts of, in relation to

the origin of corundum ..................................... Bull 42, pp 45-63

North Carolina, Cretaceous deposits of.....................t....... Bull 82, pp 91-92

North Carolina; Dismal swamp district of Virginia and North Carolina, geology of the...............................................Ann 10, r, pp 313-339

North Carolina, Eocene deposits in.......................... Bull 83, pp 48-50, 81, 87

North Carolina, emeralds in, the discovery of.................. MR 1882, pp 500-503

North Carolina, fertilizer trade in, in 1886......................MR 1886, pp 611-617

North Carolina, fossils from ................................... Ann 8, u, pp 877-878

North Carolina, geologic and paleontologic investigations in........... Ann 6, p 24;

Ann 7, p 66; Ann 8, i, p 129; Ann 10, i, pp 118,120,

155,174; Ann 11,1, p 69; Ann 12,1, pp 75,114,117

North Carolina-, geologic maps of, listed ................. Bull 7, pp 102,103,109,167

North Carolina, gold and silver from, statistics of........... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882,

pp 172,176,177,178; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313; MR 1885,

 p 201; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58, 59; MR 1888,

pp 36,37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,77.78,79

North Carolina, granite production of.......... MR 1888, p 539; MR 1891, pp 457,459

North Carolina, graphite deposits of................................. MR 1887, p 672

North Carolina, iron and steel from, statistics of............... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR

1882, pp 120,129,131; M:R 1883-84, pp 252, 277-278; MR 1885, p 182,

188; M R 1886, pp 14,18,33,82-83; MR 1887, pp 11,16; MR 1888,

pp 14,17,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17; MR 1891, pp 12,27,54,55

North Carolina, manganese ore in.............. MR 1885, p 344; MR 1886, p 181; MR

1886, pp 190-193; MR 1887, pp 145,151; MR 1888, r.p 124,

129-130; MR 1889-90, pp 127,134; MR 1891, pp 127,136

North Carolina, marl deposi ts of.................... MR 1886, p 619; MR 1888, p 595

North Carolina, Mesozoic ilora of, the older ......................Mon vi, pp 97-128

North Carolina, meteoric iron from, description and analysis of.... .Bull 78, pp 93-94

North Carolina, mica- mining in................................ MR 1887, pp 661-671

North Carolina, mica production of.................... MR 1882, p 583; MR 1883-84,

pp 908-909; MR 1885, pp 518,519; MR 1887, 

p660; MR 1888, p 614; MR 1889-90, p 474
438 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. loo.

 North Carolina, mineral springs of.................. Bull 32, pp 74-78; MR 1883-84,

p 984; MR 1885,.p 539; MR 1886, p 718; MR 1887, p 685 5 MR

1888, p 628; MR 1889-90, pp 530-531; MR 1891, pp 603, 607

North Carolina, minerals of ................................................ Bull 74

North Carolina, minerals of, the minor.........................MR 1882, pp 659-661

North Carolina, minerals of, the useful... .MR 1882, pp 713-718; MR 1887, pp 769-774

North Carolina, Neocene beds of................................... Bull 84, pp 68-74

North Carol ina, Newark system in.......................... Bull 85, pp 23-24, 95-97

North Carolina, nickel deposits in.................................. MR 1886, p 170;

MR 1889-90, p 125; MR 1891, p 168 

North Carolina; oligoclase from Bakersville, description and analysis of......Bull

* 60, pp 129-130 

North Carolina, phosphate deposits of........ Bull 46, pp 70-75; MR 1883-84, pp 788-

793; MR 1885, pp 449-450; MR 1888, p 592 

North Carolina, precious stones mined for in........... MR 1882, p 483; MR 1883-84,

pp 724,729, 733-734, 739; MR 1885, p 437; MR 1886, p 595 

North Carolina, pyrites from, statistics of......................... - .MR 1885, p 505

North Carolina; residual deposit from subaiirial decay of chloritic schist from

eight miles Avest of Gary, analysis of............................ Bull 42, p 137

North Carolina, slate found in...................................... MR 1891, p 473

North Carolina, topographic Avorlt in..... Ann 4, pp 13-15; Ann 5, pp 4-5; Ann 6, pp 8,

9; Ann 7, p 52; Ann 8, r, p 102; Ann 9, pp 54,55; Aim 10,1, p 90; Ann 11, i, p 38 

North Carolina; trap, decomposed, from near Sanford, analysis of ....Bull 42, p 138

North Carolina; water from Lincoln county, analysis of.............. Bull 60, p 171

North Carolina; Avebsterite from Webster, analyses of................ Bull 78, p 122

North Carolina; xauthitane from Green river ........................ Bull 60, p 135

North Carolina, zirconium deposits in............................... MR 1885, p 393

North Dakota. See Dakotas.

Northwest territories, geological maps of the, list of the..... ....Bull 7, pp 117-121

Northwest territory, fossil plants of the, literature of the...... Ann 8, u, pp 838-842

Northwest territory. See, also, Canada.

Norway, copper production of. ...MR 1883-84, p 356; MR 1885, p 228; MR 1886, p 128;

MR 1887, p 87; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, pp 100,102 

Norway, fauna of the Olenellus zone iu ............................. Ann 10, i, p 579

Norway, fossil plants of, literature of the...................... Ann 8, II, pp 778-779

Norway, phosphate deposits of.................................... Bull 46, pp 42-45

Norway, silver production of, compared with that of other countries. .r .MR 1883-84,

pp 319,320

NoAra Scotia, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries ............. MR 1882, p 5; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; Mli 1887, p 189

Nova Scotia, gypsum deposits of ...........................f.... MR 1883-84, p 809;

MR 1885, pp 459-460; MR 1887, pp 602,603 

Nova Scotia. See, also, Canada. 

Novaculite from Marquette, Michigan, analysis of....... ^............. Bull 60, p 151

Novaculite, statistics of....................... MR 1882, p 492; MR 1885, pp 433-436;

MR 1886, pp 589-594; MR 1887, p 553; MR 1889-90, p 460 

Obsidian, 'analyses of.................................. '. .......... Ann 7, pp 282, 291

Obsidian, andesitic, described................................ .Mon xni, pp 153-154

Obsidian, basaltic, described .................................. Mon xui, pp 158-161

Obsidian, columnar structure in ....................................... Ann 7, p 257

Obsidian, scoriaceous, from Mono valley, California, analysis of...... ...Bull 9, p 14

Obsidian cliff, Yellowstoue national park......................... Ann 7, pp 249-295

Ocala limestone of Florida ..!................................... Bull 84, pp 103-104

Ocean waters, general chemistry of ............................. Mon xi, pp 178-181

Ocher, statistics of.................... MR 1889-90, pp 508-509; MR 1891, pp 595-596

Odoutoruithes, classification of the subclass ............................ Ann 3, p 86
WARMAN.] INDEX. 439

Ogden and Weber rivers, Utah, hydrography of .................... Ann 12, u, p 334

Ohio, altitudes in....................................... Bull 5, pp 227-240; Bull 76

Ohio, artesian wells in........................... 1................. Ann 11, i r, p 263

Ohio, P.erea grit or sandstone from, analysis of ....................... Bull 60, p 158

Ohio, Korea grit or sandstone from, statistics of. ....MR 1882, p 478; MR 1886, p 583

Ohio blue sandstone, analysis of.......................................Bull 27, p 66

Ohio, boundary linos of, and formation of, from territory northwest of Ohio

river .................. ................................Bull 13, pp 28,110-111

Ohio, bromine industry of.................................. MR .1883-84, pp 851-852;

MR 1885, p 487; MR 1886, p 642; MR 1887, pp 626, 627;

MR 1888, p 613; MR 1889-90, p 493; MR 1891, p 579

Ohio, building stone from, statistics of.............................. MR 1882, p 451;

MR 1886, p 540; MR 1887, pp 516-517, 521; MR 1888, pp 540,545;

MR 1889-90, pp 373, 415^=17; MR 1891, pp 461, 463, 464, 467

Ohio, cement production of................. MR 1889-90, p 461; MR 1891, pp 532,536

Ohio, clay, brick, and pottery industry of.................... :MR 1882, pp 466,470;

ME 1883-84, pp 681,684,685-686,693; MR 1885, pp 416,418; MR 1886, pp 568-

569; MR 1887, pp 536, 539, 540; MR 1888, pp 562-563, 566; MR 1891, p 509 

Ohio, coal area and statistics of.................................... Aim 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 65-66; MR 1883-84, pp 12, 59, 66; MR 1885, pp 11, 43-45;

MR 1886, pp 224, 230,289-294; MR 1887, pp 169,171,281-288; MR 1888, pp

169,171, 294-301; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 235-240; MR 1891, pp 180, 275, 287

Ohio, coke in, the manufacture of......................... .MR 1883-84, pp 171-175;

MR 1885, pp 80,93-96; MR 1886, pp 378, 384,403-408; MR 1887, pp 383, 389,

407-409; MR 1888, pp 395,400,413-414; MR 1891, pp 360, 361, 366, 384-386

Ohio, fossils from ......................... Ann 8, n, pp 884-891; Mon xvr, pp 27-228

Ohio, geologic and paleontologic investigations in................. Ann 3, pp 20-21;

Ann 4, p 25; Ann 5, p 23; Ann 6, pp 35, 36, 74, 75; Ann 7,

p 67; Ann 9, p 77; Ann 11, i, p 74;.. Ann 12, I, p 89

Ohio, geologic maps of, listed ..... ........ Bull 7, pp 77, 78,80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87

Ohio; glacial boundary in western Pa., Ohio, Ky, lud., and 111........ ....Bull58

Ohio, glacial investigations in..... Ann 3, pp 334,337,339-342; Ann 7, pp 157,227-228

Ohio, gypsum deposits and industry of............................. MR 1882, p 527;

MR 1883-84, p 811; MR 1885, p 462; MR 1886, p 620; MR

1887, pp 596-599; MR 1889-90, p 465; MR 1891, pp 580,582

Ohio, iron and steel from, statistics of.............................. Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 120,125,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, pp 252,

275-276; MR 1885, pp 182,184,186; MR 1886, pp 18, 56-61; MR 1887, pp 11,16,46;

MR 1888, pp 14, 17, 23; MR 1889-90, pp 10, 12, 17; MR 1891, pp 12, 26, 54,55,61

Ohio, lime production of............................ MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

Ohio, limestones, analyses of....................... Bull 55, p 80; MR 1889-90, p 417

Ohio, limestone production of.................................. MR 1891, pp 464,467

Ohio, mineral springs of........................................ Bull 32, pp 130-134;

MR 1883-84, p 984; MR 1885, p 539; MR 1886, p 718;

MR 1887, p 685; MR 1888, p 628: MR 1891, pp 603,607

Ohio, minerals of, the useful..............MR 1882, pp 718-721; MR 1887, pp 775-778

Ohio, mining laws of........................................... MR 1886, pp 734-740

Ohio, natural gas localities and statistics of............ MR 1883-84, pp 236,237, 243;

MR 1885, pp 166-167; MR 1886, pp 504-508; MR 1887, pp 466, 479-484; 

MR 1888, pp 483-485, 489-499; MR 1889-90, p 367; MR 1891, p 438 

Ohio; petroleum and inflammable gas in Ohio and Indiana, the Trenton limestone as a source of...................................... Ann 8, n, pp 475-662

Ohio, petroleum localities and statistics of.......................... MR 1882, p 189;

MR 1883-84, pp 215-216; MR 1885, p 146; MR 1886, pp 441, 

458-161; MR 1887, pp 438, 451; MR 1888, pp 444, 459-462; 

MR 1889-90, pp 292, 318-329; MR 1891, pp 405,407,426-431
440 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO. ;

Ohio, rocks of, their classification, etc ..................................... Bull 80, ;

pp 41,43,87, 94,101-102,140,177,183,184-189 ) 

Ohio, salt-niakiug iu.................................Ann 1, pp 504, 508,509,522,525 (

Ohio, salt from, statistics of .............................. MR 1882, pp 532-534,541; j

MB 1883-84, pp 827, 836-839; MB 1885, pp 474, 479; MR , 

1886, pp628, 637; MR 1887, pp 611, 618-619; MR 1888, 

pp 597-598,604; MR 1889-90, pp 482,488; MR 1891, p 572 

Ohio sandstone, analyses of ...................................... MR 1889-90, p 416 ;

Ohio, sandstone production of................................. MR 1891, pp 461,463 j

Ohio; stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and

West Virginia,........................................................ Bull 65 ;

Ohio aud Indiana, limestones from, analyses of.................. Bull 60, pp 160-162 ' 

Oil fields of the United States............................... MR 1883-84, pp 214-220 j

Oil. See, also, Petroleum. ' 

Oilstones and whetstones, statistics of......................... MR 1891, pp 553-555 '

Olenellus Howelli, from the Eureka dist., Nev., observations on..Mon AIII, pp 30-39 

Olenellus shale of Nevada........................................ Mon xx, pp 45-47 f

Oleiiellus zone, bibliography of the rocks and fossils of the.... Ann 10, i, pp 516-524 j

Oleuellus zone, geographic distribution of the fauna of the, in Europe......... Ann '

10; i, pp 577-581 

Oleuellus zone, geographic distribution of the fauna of the, in North America.. Ann

10, i, pp 564-577 ,' 

Oleuellus zone, geologic description of the .................... Ann 10, i, pp 547-564

Oleuellus zone, historical review of the, for Europe............ Ann 10, i, pp 545-547

Oleuelins zone, historical review of the, for North America.... Aim 10, i, pp 524-544

Olenellus zone, notes on the genera and species of the......... Ann 10, i, pp 597-760 -

Olenellus zone, table of the geographic distribution of the fauna of the, in ?

North America............. ...................... ...... Ann 10, i, pp 572-575 ';

Olenellus zone, the lower Cambrian, fauna of the.............. Ann 10, i, pp 509-763 t

Oligoceue insects from. Colorado and Utah.................................. Bull 93 i

Oligoclase from Bakersville, N. C., description and analysis of... .Bull 60, pp 129-130 \

Olivenite from the Tintic mining district, Utah, descriptions and analyses of.. .Bull <'

20, pp 83-84; Bull 55, pp 39-40 i 

Oliviiie iu basalta of the Eureka district; Nevada...............Mou xx, pp 258-259 )

Ontario. See Canada.

Oolite from Ireland compared with Kentucky limestone .... ......ME 1889-90, p 395

Oolitic sand from shore of Great salt lake, analysis of.... .-s........... Bull 27, p 69 ;

Oolitic sand of lake Bonneville and of Great salt lake.................. Mon i, p 169

Opal. See Precious stones.

Optical properties of plagioclase in pyroxeue-audesite ......... .Mou xx, pp 350-354

Oquirrh mountains, Utah, Archeau aud Algonkiau rocks o f the........ Bull 86, p 295

Orange sand................................................... Ann 12, i, pp 498-501

Ore bodies and fissures, connection between.......................... Mon vii, p 75

Ore bodies and fissures, relative ages of..... ^........................ Mon vii, p 76

Ore bodies, caves in connection with............................. Mon vir, pp 73, 95

Ore bodies, effects of oxidation on the bulk of........................ Mou vn, p 100

Ore bodies, electrical activity of.... Ann 2, pp 320-324; Mou in, pp 309-367, 400-404

Ore bodies of New Almaden, Californ ia, form of the............ Mon xm, pp 316-317

Ore bodies of Virginia group of bonanzas iu Nevada............ Mon in. pp 275-276 _

Ore bodies; vein formatign, theories of.... Mon in, pp 18-21, 30; Mou vii, pp 80-106,

187-190; Mon xn, p 378; M:OU xi.n, pp 407-450,-473-475; Mon xx, pp 310-311 

Ore deposits, age of............................................ .Mon vn, pp 69, 76

Ore deposits, classification of, according to different authors....Mon vn, pp 117-119

Ore deposits, fallacies regarding.................................. Ann 4, pp 257-271

Ore deposits in general, classification of.....Ann 2, pp 231-233; Mon xn, pp 367-375
WARMAN.] INDEX. 441

Ore deposits of Adams hill, Eureka district, Nevada ............ Mon vn, pp .166-167

Ore deposits of Carbonate hill, Leadville, Colorado ..................Mon xii, p 411

Ore deposits of Eureka district, Nov., classification of the ....Mon vu, pp 68-69, 184

Ore deposits of Eureka district, Nevada, geology of the........ .Mon xx, pp 292-316

Ore deposits of Eureka district, Nevada, theory in regard to the formation of

the ............................................................Mon vn, p 80

Ore deposits of Fryer hill, Leadville, Colorado ...................... Mon xn, p 451

Ore deposits of the Great eastern district, Sonoiua co., Cal ..... Mon xin, pp 363-364

Ore deposits of Leadville, Colorado .............................. Ann 2, pp 234-239

Ore deposits of New Idria mine, California, age of, etc....Mon xm, pp 302-304, 307

Ore deposits of Ten mile district, Colorado ...........:......... Mon xir, pp 537-538

Ore deposits; quicksilver ores of California, origin of the................. Mon xui,

pp 261-263, 289-290, 308-309, 327-330, 394-450, 471-475 

Ore genesis, theories of................................... Mon xiu, pp 442-445, 475

Ore in Prospect mountain, Eureka district, Nevada, source of the. ....Mon vu, p 91

Ore of Comstock vein, Nevada, source of the.......................... Mon ur, p 18

Ore of Eureka district, Nevada, age of the........................... Mou vn, p 105

One of Eureka district, Nevada, rhyolite as a source of the............ Mon vu, p 90

Ore roasting............................................ Bull 26, pp 16-18, 22-24, 76

Ore smelting in shaft-furnace process ............................. Bull 26, pp 76-77

Ores and slags, classification of................................... Bull 26, pp 70-73

Ores, chloride, in the Leadville district, Nevada.......... ...... Mon xii, pp 548-549

Ores deposited as sulphides................................... Mon xu, pp 562-565;

Mon xiu, pp 397, 438; Mon xx, pp 310-31J 

Ores, iron, analyses of .....................Bull 42, pp 144-145; Bull 78, pp 125-127

Ores, iron, mode of concentration of................................ Arm 10, I, p 417

Ores, iron, of Wisconsin and Michigan ........................ Ann 10, i, pp 409-422

Ores, mode of formation of..................................... Mon xu, pp 565-569

Ores of the Comstock mines, Nevada............................ Mon in, pp 218-222

Ores of Eureka district, Nevada; arrangement in chambers ........... Mou vil, p 97

Ores of Eureka district, Nevada, comparison of, with deposits of Eaibl, Cariuthia ..........................................................Mou vu, p 103

Ores of Eureka district, Nevada, manner of deposition of the.................. Mou

vii, pp 93-106, 188 

Ores of Eureka district, Nevada, miner's classification of the . ....Mou vu, pp 59-60

Ores of Eureka district, Nevada, occurrence of the. ^.............. An 11 4, pp 244-247

Ores of Eui'eka district, Nevada, reduction of the ................... Mon vu, p 158

Ores of Eureka district, Nevada, segregation of the............... Mon vu, pp 87-89

Ores of Eureka dist., Nev., source of the ..Ann 4, pp 247-249; Mon vn, pp 80-92,187 

Ores of Leadville district, Colorado, description and composition of the. ....Ann 2,

p 235; Mon xn, pp 376-377, 543-548, 616-619 

Ores of Leadville (list., Colo., manner of occurrence of.... .Mou xn, pp 375, 540-543

Ores of manganese, analyses of................................. Bull 78, pp 127-128

Ores of Mosquito range, Colorado, analyses of.................. Mon xu, pp 536,537

Ores of Prospect mountain and Ruby hill, Eureka district, Nevada..........Ann 4,

p 250; Mon vu, pp 50-63 

Ores of Steamboat springs, California......................... Mon xiu, pp 342-343

Ores, pseudomorphism after limestone, evidences of, in .............. .Mou vu, p 98

Ores, secondary alteration of................................... Mon xu, pp 550, 553

Oregon, aboriginal lapidary work in ................................ MR 1891, p 551

Oregon, altitudes in ..................... Bull 5, pp 241-244; Bull 72, p 226; Bull 76

Oregon ; basalt from mount Thielsou, analysis of....................... Bull 9, p 15

Oregon; borax deposits at Chetco .......................... MR 1889-90, pp 504-505

Oregon, boundary ]ines of, territory formed, state admitted...... Bull 13, pp 31,128

Oregon; Chico-tejou series in Oregon and Washington territory, the occurrence of equivalents of the................................ .Bull 51, pp 28-32
442 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Oregon, coal area and statistics of.................................. Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 94-95; MR 1883-84, pp 12,66; MR 1885, pp 11,45; MR

1886, pp 225, 230, 294-295; MR 1887, pp 169, 288-290; MR 1888, pp

170,171, 301; MR 1888-90, pp 147, 240-241; MR 1891, pp 180,287

Oregon, Cretaceous rocks of......................... Bull 82, pp 181,183,184,187,194

Oregon, fossils from...........................................Anu 8, n, pp 922-923

Oregon, geologic and paleoutologic investigations in.................. Ann 4, p 41;

Aim 5, p 49; Ann 6, pp 60, 73; Ann 7, p 102; Ann 8, i,

pp 156-164; Anu 10,1, p 145; Ann 12, i, pp 57,100,116

Oregon, geologic reconnaissance in southern ..................... Ann 4, pp 431-464

Oregon; glaciers, existing, of the United States.................. Ann 5, pp 303-355

Oregon, gold and silver from, statistics of........................ Ann 2, p 385; MR

1882, pp 172,174,176,177, 178, 182; MR 1883-84, pp 312,313, 314,315;

MR 1885, pp 201,203; MR 1886,pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58,59; MR

1888, pp 36,37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75, 76, 77, 78, 79

Oregon, iron and steel from, statistics of........................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 120,129,131; MR 1883-84, pp 252, 287; MR 1885, p 182; MR

1886, p 18; MR 1888, p 15; MR 1889-90, pp 10, 17; MR 1891, pp 12,27

Oregon, mineral springs of ...... Bull 32, pp 215-217; MR 1883-84, p 984; MR 1885, p

540; MR 1886, p 718; MR 1887, p 685; MR 1888, p 628; MR 1889-90, p 531 

Oregon, minerals of, the useful................ MR 1882, p 773; MR 1887, pp 778-779 . Oregon, Neocene deposits of............................ Bull 84, pp 223-227,280-285

Oregon, nickel ores from................... Bull 60, pp 21-26; MR 1882, pp 403-404;

MR 1883-84, pp 537, 539; MR 1887, pp 127-128; MR 1891, p 168 

Oregon; on marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of

western North America .............................................. Bull 18

Oregon; on the Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the Great basin, with descriptions of new forms; introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary lakes 

of the Great basin ................................................... Bull 11

Oregon, California, and Washington, Cenozoic epoch in, general considerations on the .............................................. Bull 84, pp 269-273

Oregon, quicksilver production of........... MR 1887, pp 118,125; MR 1889-90, p 94

Oregon, soda, natural, of Abert and Summer lakes................ Bull 60, pp 53-55

Oregon, Tejon strata of.............................................. Bull 83, p 103

Oregon, topographic work in.. Ann 7, p 57; Ann 8,i,pl05; Ann9,p59; AnulO,i,p97 

Oregon; water from Abert lake,, analysis of ............................ Bull 9, p 28

Organic matter an agent in formation of concretions in sandstones....... .Mon xui,

' . - pp 64-68 

Organic processes of soil formation...... ...... ................ Ann 12, i, pp 268-287

Organization, the business, of the United States Geological Survey. .Ann 8, i; pp 3-69

Orogeny. See Diastrophisin.

Orthoclase, analyses of............................................... Mou xn, p 333

Orton (E.), gypsum or hind plaster in Ohio .................... MR 1887, pp 596-601

Orton (E.), quoted on natural gas in Ohio......................MR 1887, pp 479-484

Orton (E.), the Trenton limestone as a source of petroleum and inflammable

gas in Ohio and Indiana................................. Ann 8, u, pp 475-662

Osmiridium, analyses of..........................................MR 1883-84, p 581

Ostreidaj, a review of the fossil, of North America................ Ann 4, pp 273-430

Ostreidae, Carboniferous, of North America ........................... Ann 4, p 288

Ostreidas, Cretaceous, of -North America.......................... Ann 4, j>p 290-308

Ostreidaj, Jurassic, of North America ............................ Ann 4, pp 289, 290

OstreidlB; life-history of the oyster............................... Ann 4, pp 317-333

Ostreidte, Miocene, of Nor/th America ............................ Ann 4, pp 312-314

Ostreidic, North American Tertiary............................... Anu 4, pp 309-316

Ostreidie, Oligocene, of North A merica........................... Ann 4, pp 311, 312
WAHMAN.] INDEX. 443

Ostreidse, Pliocene and post-Pliocene, of North America ..........Ann 4, pp 314-316

Overplacement................................................ Ann 12, i, pp 296-300

Owen's lake, California, analysis of water from......... Ann 8, i, p 295; Bull 55, p 93

Owyhee river basin, Oregon, hydrography of ............... Aim 11, ir, pp 85-86,106

Oxide films on steel, relation between time of exposure, temper-value, and

color in .....................................................Bull 27, pp 51-61

Oyster, life-history of the........................................ Ann 4, pp 317-333

Ozocerite, statistics of................................ MR 1882, p 609; M It 1883-84,

pp 955-957; MR 1888, p 515; MR 1889-90, p 481 

Pachnolite from near Pike's peak, Colo., description, etc., of... ....Bull20, pp -19-55

Pacific coast, invertebrate fossils from the.................................. Bull 51

Pacific coast, mineralogy o f the, contributions to* the....................... Bull 61

Pacific coast. See, also, California; Oregon; Washington.

Pacific slope, quicksilver deposits of the.......................Ann 8, n, pp 961-985

Packard (R.L.), aluminum, statistics of ...........MR 1882,p 445; MR 1883-84,pp

658-660; MR 1885, pp 390-392; MR 1886, pp 220-221; MR 1887, pp 138-

141; MR 1888, pp 160-164; MR 1889-90, pp 110-118; MR 1891, pp 147-163

Pahoehoe lava, character of............................................ Ann 4, p 95

Paints, mineral, analyses of............................... MR 1885, pp 528,530,531

Paints, mineral, statistics of.......... MR 1883-84, pp 920-929; MR 1885, pp 524-533; 

MR 1886, pp 702-714; MR 1887, pp 674-679; MR 1888, pp

616-622; MR 1889-90, pp 508-512; MR 1891, pp 595-598

Paleobotanists, biographical sketches of.......................... Ann 5, pp 369-385

Paleobotany, classification in, the natural method of ............. Ami 5, pp 431-452

Paleobotany, definition of............................................. Ann 5, p 363

Paleobotany; flora of the Laramie group, synopsis of the......... Ann 6, pp 399-557

Paleobotany; flora, the older Mesozoic, of Virginia. ........................ Mon vr

Paleobotauy; flora, the Potoinac or younger Meso/oic ...................... Mou xv

Paleobotany; flora, types of the Laramie................................... Bull 37

Paleobotauy, future prospects of................................. Aim 5, pp 365-366

Paleobotany; lignite and fossil wood of the Potomac formation.............. Bull 56

Paleobotauy of the Dakota group........................................ Mon xvn

Paleobotany of the Eocene ................................................. Bull 83

Paleobotany of the Newark system................................ Bull 85, pp 62-65

Paleobotany; plants, fossil, internal structure of, value of the study of the.. Bull 56,

pp 11-38

Paleobotany; plants, fossil, of the Triassic rocks of NOAV Jersey and the Connecticut valley ........................................:; ... Mon xi v, pp 77-95

Paleobotany; plants, fossil, the geographical distribution of....Ann 8, n, pp 663-960

Paleobotany, sketch of........................................... Ann 5, pp 357-452

Paleobotauy; stratigraphy of the bituminous coal fields of Pennsylvania, Ohio,

and West Virginia (fossil plants mentioned) .......................... Bull 65

Paleobotany; travertine and siliceous sinter, the formation of, by the vegetation of hot springs.......................................... Ann 9, pp 613-676

Paleobotauy and botany, interdependence* of...................... Ann 5, pp 366-367

Paleobotany. See, also, Paleontology.

Paleontology;, Aucella of California, remarks on the genus. ....Mon xm,pp 226-232

Paleontology; birds with teeth..................................... Ann 3, pp 45-88

Paleontology; Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Railtan clays and

greensand marls of New .Jersey.......................................Mon ix

Paleontology; butterflies, the fossil, of Florissant, Colorado....Ann 8, i, pp 433-474

Ptileoutology; classification, paleoutologic characters as a basis for..........Ann 7,

pp 372-377 

Paleontology; correlation papers: Archean and Algonkian ................. Bull 86

Paleontology; correlation papers: Cambrian ............................... Bull 81
444 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Paleontology; correlation papers: Cretaceous .............................. Bull 82

Paleontology; correlation papers: Devonian and Carboniferous............. Bull 80

Paleontology; correlation papers: Eocene.................................. Bull 83

Paleontology; correlation papers: Neocene.................................Bull 84

Paleontology; correlation papers: Newark ................................. Bull 85

Paleontology; Crustacea, Paleozoic, a bibliography of, from 1698 to 1889. ....Bull 63

Paleontology; Dinocerata, an extinct order of gigantic mammals............ Ann 5,

pp 243-302; Mon x 

Paleontology; Eureka district, Nevada, paleoutologic divisions of strata in

the ...................................................... Mon xx, pp 182-184

Paleontology; fauna of the lower Cambrian or Olenellus zone.. .Ann 10, i, pp 509-763 

Paleontology; faunas, Cambrian, of North America................ Bull 10; Bull 30

Paleontology; faunas, fossil, of the upper Devonian, from Tompkins county,

New York, to Bradford county, Pennsylvania .......................... Bull 3

Paleontology; faunas, fossil, of the upper Devonian, the Genesee section,

New York............................................................ Bull 41

Paleontology; faunas, the higher Devonian, of Ontario county, New York. '..Bull 16 

Paleontology; fishes, fossil, of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley............................................. Mon xiv, pp 17-76

Paleontology; fishes, the Paleozoic, of North America.....................Mou xvi

Paleontology; fossils, new Cretaceous, from California...................... Bull 22 

Paleontology; Gasteropoda aud Cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and greensand marls of New Jersey......................................... Mou x vin

Paleontology; insects, fossil, a classed and annotated bibliography of....... Bull 69

Paleontology; insects, fossil, including myriapods and arachnids, systematic

review of onr present knowledge of .................................. Bull 31

Paleontology; insects, known fossil, of the world, including myriapods and

arachnids, index to the............................................... Bull 71

Paleontology; invertebrate fossils from the Pacific coast.................... Bull 51

Paleontology, invertebrate, of the Eocene ............:..................... Bull 83

Paleontology, invertebrate, of the Neocene ................................. Bull 84

Paleontology, invertebrate, of the Newark system................. Bull 85, pp 58-61

Paleontology; invertebrates, the fresh-water, of the N. A. Jurassic .........Bull 29

Paleontology; Lahontan basin, Nevada, paleontologic contributions from

the.......................................................Mon xi, pp 238-249

Paleontology, Mesozoic aud Cenozoic, of California......................... Bull 15

Paleontology; Mesozoic fossils .............................................. Bull 4

Paleontology; Mollitsca, fossil, _ of western North America, marine Eocene,

fresh-water Miocene, and other ....................................... Bull 18

Paleontology; Mollnsca, marine, list of, comprising the Quaternary fossils and 

recent forms from American localities between cape Hatteras and cape 

Roque, including the Bermudas ...................................... Bull 24

Paleontology; Mollusca, nonmariue fossil, of North America, a review of

the.......................r................................ Ann 3, pp 403-550

Paleontology; Mollusca, the Quaternary and recent, of the.Great basin, with

descriptions of new forms................................... Bull 11, pp 13-49

Paleontology; Molluscan fauna, the relation of the Laramie, to that of the

succeeding fresh-water Eocene and other groups...................... Bull 34

Paleontology; Nantucket, the geology of, with lists of invertebrates.. Bull 53, pp 34-38 

Paleontology, objects of.......................................... Ann 5, pp 363-364

Paleontology of the Eureka district, Nevada..................... Ann 3, pp 256-259,

261,262,265-267,269, 270-271; Mon vm; Mon xx, pp 319-333.

Paleontology; Ostreidse, fossil, of North America, a review of the.. Ann 4, pp 27-430 

Paleontology; quicksilver belt of California, historical geology of tne, with

lists of fossils........................................... Mon xm, pp 176-225

Paleontology, tendency to specialize in................................. Ann 9, p 22
WAHMAN.] INDEX. 445

Paleontology; Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee,

and Alabama rivers, with mention of invertebrates................... Bull 43

Paleontology; Texan Permian and its Mesozoic types of fossils.............. Bull 77

Paleontology; Texas, the present condition of knowledge of the geology of,

with mention of invertebrates........................................ Bull 45

Paleontology, value of, to stratigraphy ........................... Bull 56, pp 11-12

Paleontology, vertebrate, of the Newark system................... Bull 85, pp 54-58

Paleontology. See, also, Paleobotany.

Paleozoic Crustacea, bibliography of, from 1698 to 1889, including a list of

North American species and a systematic arrangement of genera......Bull 63

Paleozoic fishes of North America........................................ .Mon xvi

Paleozoic formations in the Acadian province, correlations and classifications of.. Bull

80, pp 226-257 

Paleozoic formations in the Eureka district, Nevada......................... Ann 3,

pp 248-272; Mon xx, pp 11-13, 34-185 

Paleozoic formations of the Leadville district, Colorado ..................... Ann 2,

pp 216-220; Mon xn, pp 53-70, 277-278

Paleozoic history of the Mississippi valley and of the Eocky mountain region.. Bull

57, pp 11,12 

Paleozoic rocks and history of northeastern Iowa and contiguous territory. ....Ann

11, i, pp 308-334, 347-353 

Paleozoic rocks of California...................................... Bull 19, pp 21-23

Paleozoic rocks of Texas.......................................... Bull 45, pp 56-57

Paleozoic rocks of the Great basin............................. Mon xx, pp 185-209

Paleozoic section of Nevada, with vertical range of genera. ....Mon vm, pp 284-285

Paleozoic shoreline of the Great basin.......................... Mon xx, pp 175-177

Paleozoic. See, also, Cambrian; Carboniferous; Devonian; Silurian.

Pallasite from Kansas, description and analysis of.....................Bull 78, p 94

Palmitic acid, compressibility and thermal expansion of........... Bull 92, pp 32-33

Pamunkey formation ......................................... Ann 12, i, pp 418-419

Paraffin, compressibility and thermal expansion of................ Bull 92, pp 36-37

Paramorphism, general discussion of.............................. Bull 28, pp 45-49

Paramorphisni in relation to uralitization ......................... Bull 62, pp 52-54

Paramorphism of pyroxene to hornblende ........... Bull 28, p 46; Bull 59, pp 25-27

Para-toluidine, compressibility and thermal expansion of.......... Bull 92, pp 33-34

Paria plateau, Grand canon district, description of the................. Ann 2, p 70;

Mon n, pp 10,199-202 

Park range, Wyo., literature of the geology of the .. ....Bull 86, pp 272, 274, 275, 316

Parker (E. W.), antimony, statistics of......°................... MR 1891, pp 174-176

Parker (E. W.), asbestos, statistics of......................... _MK 1891, pp 591-592

Parker (E. W.), asphaltnm, statistics of............................... MR 1889-90,

pp 477-481; MR 1891, pp 452-455 

Parker (E. W.), barytes, statistics of........................... MR 1891, pp 599-600

Parker (E. W.), buhrstones, statistics of............................. MR 1891, p 552

Parker (E. W.), coal, statistics of .....MR 1889-90, pp 145-286; MR 1891, pp 177-356

Parker (E. AV.), emery and corundum, statistics of.................. .MR 1891, p 556

Parker (E. W.), fluorspar, statistics of ..............................MR 1891, p 586

Parker (E. W.), graphite, statistics of ......................... MR 1891, pp 589-590

Parker (E. W.), gypsum, statistics of.......................... MR 1891, pp 580-583

Parker (E. W.), mineral paints, statistics of.................... MR 1891, pp 595-598

Parker (E. W.), oilstones and whetstones, statistics of .........MR 1891, pp 554-555

Parker (E. W.), soapstone, statistics of ........................ MR 1891, pp 593-594.

Parker (E. W.), sulphur, statistics of .......................... MR 1891, pp 564-571

Pasturage lands of the West ....................................... Ann 11, j r, p 209

Peace cieek bone bed ........................................... Bull 84, pp 130-131

Peale (A. C.), administrative report for 1886-87 ...........,,,,., Ann 8,1, pp 146-148
446 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Peale (A. C.)> administrative report for 1887-88................... Ann 9, pp 111-114

Peale (A. C.), administrative report for 1888-89 ................ Ann 10,1, pp 130-132

Peale (A. C.), administrative report for 1889-90 ...................... Ann 11, i, p 82

Peale (A. C.), administrative report for 1890-91.................. Ann 12, i, pp 91-92

Peale (A. C.)> lists and analyses of the mineral springs of the U. S......... Bull 32

Peale (A. C.), mineral Avaters, statistics of ................. MR 1883-84, pp 978-987;

MR 1885, pp 536-543; MR 1886, pp 715-721; MR 1887, pp 680-687;

MR 1888, pp 623-630; MR 1889-90, pp 521-535; MR 1891, pp 601-610

Peat of American bogs ........................................ Ann 10, i, pp 303-304

Pecos valley, New Mexico, irrigation in the ................... Ann 12, II, pp 282-290

Pele's hair in Hawaii...............................................;..Ann 4, p 108

Pennsylvania, altitudes in............................... Bull 5, pp 245-274; Bull 76

Pennsylvania, anthracite coal fields of, description and production of

the......................................................... MR 1882, pp 7-24

Pennsylvania; bituminous coal field in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, stratigraphy of the ............................................ Bull 65

Pennsylvania,, boundary lines of .................................. Bull 13, pp 78-80

Pennsylvania, bromine industry of ................. MR 1885, p 487; MR 1886, p 642;

MR 1887, pp 626, 627; MR 1888, p 613; MR 1889-90, p 493; MR 1891, p 579 

Pennsylvania, building stone from, statistics of ............... .MR 1882, pp 451, 452;

MR 1887, pp 514,516; MR 1888, pp 536, 541, 545; MR 1889-90,

pp 373, 418-427; MR 1891, pp 457, 460,461, 463,464, 467

Pennsylvania, Cambrian rocks of ............... Bull 81, pp 124-132, 288-289, 382-383

Pennsylvania, cement manufacture in .............................. MR 1887, p 527;

MR 1888, p 551; MR 1889-90, p 461; MR 1891, pp 532,536 

Pennsylvania, Cenozoic gravels of.................................. Bull 84, pp 44-45

Pennsylvania, clay, brick, and pottery industry of............. MR 1882, pp 465,469;

MR 1883-84, pp 696, 698; MR 1885, pp 416, 418; MR 1886, p 569;

MR 1887, pp 536,539.540; MR 1888, pp 563,566; MR 1891, pp 503-504

Pennsylvania, coal area and statistics of........................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 7-32, 67-72; MR 1883-84, pp 12,66-87; MR 1885, pp 11,45-64;

MR 1886, pp 224,230, 295-340; MR 1887, pp 169,171,290-350; MR 1888, pp

169,171, 301-360; MR 1889-90, pp 241, 252-269; MR 1891, pp 180, 288-320

Pennsylvania, cobalt deposit in ..MR 1882, p 421; MR 1883-84, p 546; MR 1885, p 363

Pennsylvania, coke in, the manufacture of.................. MR 1883-84, pp 175-196;

MR 1885, pp 80, 96-111; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 408-417; MR 1887, pp 383,

389,409-420; MR 1888, pp 395,400,414-425; MR 1891, pp 360, 366, 386-394

Pennsylvania, Cretaceous deposits of.................................. Bull 82, p 87

Pennsylvania; fossil faunas of the upper Devonian along the meridian of 76°

30', from Toinpkins county, N Y., to Bradford county, Penn............Bull 3

Pennsylvania, fossils from................. Ann 8, n, pp 862-870; Mon xvi, pp 85-123

Pennsylvania, geologic and paleontologic investigations in............. Ann 5, p 52;

Ann 6, pp 25, 31, 35, 74,75: Ann 7, pp 67, 83; Ann 8, i, p 168; Ann 9, pp 77,122 

Pennsylvania, geologic maps of, listed ..................... Bull 7, pp 64-76,162,163

Pennsylvania; glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky,

Indiana, and Illinois ................................................. Bull 58

Pennsylvania, glacial investigations in... Ann 3, pp 341-343, 346, 348, 351; Ann 7, p 157 

Pennsylvania,, granite production of........................... MR 1891, pp 457,460

Pennsylvania, graphite mines in .................................... MR 1886, p 686

Pennsylvania, iron and steel from, statistics of ..................... Ann 2, p xxviii,

MR 1882, pp 120, 125, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137; 

MR 1883-84, pp 252, 270; MR 1885, pp 1827 184,186,188; MR 1886, 

pp 14,18, 52-56; MR 1887, pp 11, 16, 44-46; MR 1888, pp 14, 17, 

23, 25; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12, 17; MR 1891, pp 12, 20, 54,55, 61 

Pennsylvania, lime production of.................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

Pennsylvania, limestone from localities, iu ? analyses of ......MR 1889-90, pp 421-124
.., WARMAN.] INDEX. 447

v Pennsylvania, limestone production of......................... MR 1891, pp 464,467

 Pennsylvania, manganese ore in................ ME 1885, pp 342-343; MR 1888, p 124

Pennsylvania, marble production of............................ MR 1891, pp 468-469

Pennsylvania, metallic paint pro duction of.......................... MR 1891, p 597

Pennsylvania, mineral springs of................................. Bull 32, pp 44-49;

MR 1883-84, p 984; MR 1885, p 540; MR 1886, p 718; MR 1887,

* p 685; MR 1888, p 628; MR 1889-90, pp 531-532; MR 1891, pp 603,607 

Pennsylvania, minerals of, the useful.... .MR 1882, pp 721-726; MR 1887, pp 779-785

Pennsylvania, mining laws of.................................. MR 1886, pp 759-790

* Pennsylvania, natural gas localities and statistics of ....... MR 1883-84, pp 236, 243;

MR 1885, pp 162-165; MR 1886, pp 490,502-504; MR 1887, pp 466, 

467-474; MR 1888, p 489; MR 1889-90, p 367; MR 1891, p 438

 , Pennsylvania, Newark system in............................ Bull 85, pp 20, 21,83,84

» Pennsylvania, nickel ore in ...................................MR 1882, pp 404-405;

MR 1883-84, p 537; MR 1889-90, p 124 

Pennsylvania, ocher production of................................... MR 1891, p 595

4 Pennsylvania; petroleum, localities and statistics of..... .ME 1882, pp 190,199-202;

MR 1883-84, pp 214-215,221-224; MR 1885, pp 131-145;

MR 1886, pp 441, 442-457; MR 1887, pp 438, 439-450;

MR 1888, pp 444, 445-459; MR 1889-90, pp 292, 295-318

', Pennsylvania, rocks of, their classification, etc ............................. Bull 80,

pp 42,83-112,124-125,131,260-261 

Pennsylvania, salt from, statistics of................... MR 1882, pp 532-534,835-836

Pennsylvania, sandstone from Luzerne, Blair, and Fayette counties, analyses

of....................................................MR 1889-90,pp 419,420

^ Pennsylvania, sandstone production of......................... MR 1891, pp 461,463

Pennsylvania, slate production of.............................. MR 1891, pp 472,473

Pennsylvania, topographic work in............................. Ann 10, i, pp 87, 89;

Ann 11, i, p 36; Ann 12, i, p 26 

Pennsylvania, zinc and zinc works in................................ Ann 2, p xxix,

" MR 1882, pp 361-365, 373; MR 1883-84, p 476 

Penokee iron-bearing series of Mich. and Wis........ Ann 10, i, pp 341-507; Mon xix

Penokee series of rocks of lake Superior.........................Bull 86, pp 187-189

Penrose (R. A. F.), jr., nature and origin of deposits of phosphate of lime, with

a.n introduction by N. S. Shaler....................................... Bull 46

' Penrose (R. A. F.), jr., quoted, on the lignite beds of Texas.... .MR 1891, pp 327-328

Perezonal formations ..............................:.............. Bull 84, pp 98-99

Peridotite of Elliott co., Ky., composition, origin, etc., of.. Bull 38; Bull 42, pp 136-137 

Peridotites and associated serpentines near Baltimore, Maryland...... .Bull 28, p 50

A Perkins (J.), lists of ores, minerals, and mineral substances of industrial imjft portauce in Alaska, California, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington..... MR 1882,

pp 760, 767-769, 772, 773, 775

Permian in Kansas and Nebraska and other parts of the United States, discussions relative to the correlation of the. .................... Bull 80, pp 193-212

Permian of the Grand canyon district .......................... Ann 2, pp 64,91-94;

Mon ii, pp 16,43-46,117-121 

Permian strata of the Plateau country.................... Ann 6, pp 134-135,184-185

Permian, the Texan, and its Mesozoic types of fossils ........................ Bull 77

Permian. See, also, Carboniferous.

Perrenoud (G. F.), talc, statistics of ............................ MR 1885, pp 534-535

Persia, fossil plants of, literature of the.............................. Ann 8,11, p 797

' Persia, gold from, analysis of ......................................... Bull 60, p 137

Peru, copper production of...................................... MR 1883-84, p 356;

MR 1885, p 229; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 88; MR

1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, pp 101,102

' . Peru, iodine production of.................. MR 1883-84, pp 856-857; MR 1885, p 488
448 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Peru, quicksilver mines of ........ Ann 8; u, pp 965-966; Mon xm, pp 4, 6, 1, 14,20-23

Petalite from Peru, Maine, description and analysis of................. Bull 60, p 129

Peters (E. D.), jr., the mines and reduction works of Butte city, Montana .......MR

1883-84, pp 374-396 

Peters (E. D.), jr., the roasting of copper ores and furnace products...... .MR 1882,

pp 280-297

Petrographic and paleontologic characters of Devonian beds in New York.. .Bull 16,

pp 13-17,35-39,67-68

Petrographic character as a basis for classification of formations ..Ann 7, pp 377-390 

Petrographic character of Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone park........ Ann 7, pp 261-272

Petrographic description of rocks from the Tewan mts., N. M....... Bull 66, pp 10-17

Petrographic descriptions; ferruginous slates, cherts, etc., of the Penokee

series ...................................................Ann 10, i, pp 383-392

Petrographic descriptions; general or miscellaneous schists of the Penokee

series................................... Ann 10, i, pp 354-362,372-375, '426-434

Petrographic descriptions; grey wackes, etc., of the Penokee series.......... Ann 10,

i, pp 427,429-432 

Petrographic laboratory of the Geological Survey.............Ann 10,1, pp 29,43-44

Petrographic studies in the Archean formations of the northwestern states . ....Ami

5, pp 209-242 

Petrographic work of the Geological Survey, review of the ....... Ann 10, i, pp 42-52

Petrography, bibliography of American, 1886........................... Bull 44, p 27

Petrography, bibliography of American, 1887-89 ...................... Bull 75, p 128

Petrography; description and analyses of the yelloAv clay and white marl of

the Bonneville beds....................................Moii i, pp 190,200-203

Petrography, microscopic, development of.............................. Bull 62, p 35

Petrography, microscopic, of the eruptive rocks of the Eureka district,

Nevada ..................................................Mon xx, pp 335-394

Petrography, microscopic, of the Great basin and mounts Rainier, Hood, Shasta,

and Lassen's peak............................................ Ann 3, pp 11-14

Petrography of cape Ann, Massachusetts..........................Ann 9, pp 605-610

Petrography of rocks of the basement series in northern Wisconsin ......... Ann 10,

i, pp 354-362 

Petrography of the Delaware traps......................................... Bull 59

Petrography of the Mosquito range, Colorado................... Mon xn, pp 319-362

Petrography of the Newark system................................ Bull 85, pp 32-36

Petrography of the Penokeo iron-bearing series .................... Mon xix, passim

Petrography of the rocks of the Keweenaw series ............ ....^.......... Ann 3,

pp 101-115; Mon v, pp 34-133 

Petrography; thinolite from lake Lahontan and the Mono basin ............ Bull 12

Petrography; transitions in mineralogical composition of igneous rocks........ Bull

66, pp 17-20

Petrography. See, also, Lithology. 

Petroleum, accumulation of, modes of .......................... Ann 8, n, pp 507-519

Petroleum, American, character and composition of.......... MR 1889-90, pp 288-290

Petroleum, foreign sources of..................... MR.1883-84, pp 231-232; MR 1886,

pp 463-487; MR 1887, pp 456-463; MR 1888, pp 467-480 

Petroleum from Cuba............................................ Bull 78, pp 98-104

Petroleum; geological factors in gas and oil production........ Ann 8, u, pp 581-589

Petroleum; oil fields of the United States .................. MR 1883-84, pp 214-220

Petroleum, statistics of ..............MR 1882, pp 186-212; MR 1883-84, pp 214-232;

MR 1885, pp 130-154; MR 1886, pp 439-487; MR 1887, pp 436-463; MR

1888, pp 442-480; MR 1^89-90, pp 287-365; MR 1891, pp 403-435

Petroleum, total product of, in the United States and Canada since 1859........ MR

1888, pp 443-444; MR 1891, pp 408-409
WARMAN.] INDEX. 449

Petroleum and inflammable gas in Ohio and Indiana, the Trenton limestone

as a source of ........................................... Ann 8, n, pp 475-662

Petroleum and natural gas, theories respecting the origin of.... Ann 8, n, pp 485-506

Petroleum; gas and related bitumens, the origin, constitution, future, etc.,

of...... ................................................. Ann 11, i, pp 589-616

Phanerogams from the Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri.........Bull

' . 98, pp 105-109

^ Phonacite from Crystal park and Florissant, Colorado............. Mull 20, pp 68-70

Phillips (W. B.), mica mining in North Carolina...............MR 1887, pp 661-671

, Phillips (W. B.), the fertilizer trade in North Carolina in 1886..MR 1886, pp 611-617 

Phinnoy (A. J.), the natural-gas field yf Indiana ............... Ann 11, i, pp 579-742

Phosphate "of lime, nature and origin of deposits of ........................Bull 46

Phosphate rock, statistics and analyses of ............... MR 1882, pp 504-521; M R

1883-84, pp 783-805; MR 1885, pp 445-455; MR 1886; pp 607-610; MR

1887, pp 580-590; MR 1888, pp 586-593; MR 1889-90, pp 450-455

Phosphates, bibliography of.................................... Bull 46, pp 129-110

Phosphates, foreign sources of........ ME 1883-84, pp 803-801-1 MR 1885, pp 454-455

Phosphates of Alabama........................................... Bull 46, pp 75-78

Phosphates of Florida ...................... Bull 46, pp 78-79; MR 1891, pp 562-563

Phosphates of Martha's vineyard.....................................Bull 46; p 78

Phosphates of North Carolina ....................................Bull 46, pp 70-75

Phosphates of South Carolina................................ MR 1882, pp 504-521;

MR 1887, pp 580-584; MR 1891, pp 557-562 

Phosphatic deposits of Florida, character and correlation of the...........Bull 84,

pp 111-112, 130-131, 134-140 

Phosphatic limestone beds of Kentucky r ... *. ..........:.......Bull 46, pp 116-117

Phosphatic matter, accumulation of, in morrasses.............. Ann 10, r, pp 307-308

Phosphoric acid, separation of, in rock analyses....'...............Bull 78, pp 87-90

Phosphorites, foreign ............................................ Bull 46, pp 46-59

Phosphorus from iron slag ...................................... MR 1883-84, p 805

* Phosphorus in other conn tries, production ,of.................. MR 1886, pp 676-677

Phosphorus in steel................................................... Bull 25, p 14

Phosphorus oxychloride, the action of, on the ethers and chlorhydrines of

, silicic acid ................................................. Bull 90, pp 47-55

Phosphorus, statistics of...................................... MR 1886, pp 676-677

Phthanite of the Coast ranges of California described......... .Mon xm, pp 105-108

Physical and chemical effect of sudden cooling of glass..........Bull 42, pp 98-131

Physical effect of procipitants.. .................................. Bull 36, pp 24-26

Physical effect of temperature in subsidence of fine solid particles in liquids... Bull

36, pp 21-51

! Physical geology of the Grand canyon district.................... Ann 2, pp 47-166

Physical properties of the iron-carburets.................Bull 14; Bull 27; Bull 35

Physics and chemistry, work in, during 1884-85...........Ann 6, pp 86-88; Bull 27

Physics and chemistry, work in, during 1885-86..... ....Ann 7, pp 127-130; Bull 42

Physics and chemistry, work in, during 1.886-87.......Ann 8, I, pp 189-493; Bull 55

Physics and chemistry, work in, during 1887-88......... Aun 9, pp 141-143; Bull 60

Physics and chemistry, work in, during 1888-89...... Aun 10, r, pp 177-181; Bull 64

! , Physics and chemistry, work'in, during 1889-90...... Ann 11, i, pp 125-127; Bull 78

Physics and chemistry, work in, during 1890-91......Ann 12, i, pp 127-129; Bull 90

Physiography; beach ridges and deltas of lake Agassiz .................... Bull 39

Physiography; cliffs of Toroweap valley, Arizona.................Mon u, pp 84-88

Physiography; drainage of the Paria plateau ................... Mon IT, pp 200-203

Physiography; interior basins, origin of............................. Mou i, pp 2-5

Physiography of copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior, in relation to structure................ .......................................Mon v, pp 165-166

Bull. 100 29
450 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S.' GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Physiography of Martha's vineyard.............................. Ann 7, pp 306-307

Physiography of Texas........................................... Bull 45, pp 45-54

Physiography of the Grand canyon district......................... Ann 2, pp 69-73

Physiography of the Hawaiian islands..................... Ann 4, pp 81-89,212-219

Physiography of the region about Chesapeake bay ............... Ann 7, pp 548-564

physiography; plateaus of the Grand canyon district... .^..........Mon n, pp 9-19

Physiography; play a lakes and playas........................ .^.. Mon xi, pp 81-86

Physiography; river courses in Washington territory, changes in, due to glaciation .............................................................. Bull 40

Physiography; surface of the Kaibab plateau........... Mon u, pp 135-139,192-198 f

Physiography; terraces of the Grand canyon dist ..Mon 11, pp 32,35-37,40,42,46-47 

Physiography; terraces of the upper Ohio river district.... .Bull 58,'pp 22-38, 80-96

Physiography; topographic features of shorelines................. Anu 5, pp 75-123;

Mon I, pp 23-170; Mon XT, pp 87-124 

Physiography; topography near Comstock lode due to faulting ........... .M/>u in, *

pp 156,181-182 

Physiography; Vermiliou cliffs of southern Utah................... Mon u, pp 51-60

Physiography; walls of the Grand canyon of the Colo.. .Mon 'i, pp 140-170, 173-178 

Physiography and geology of portions of Colo., Utah, and Wyo.-Anu 9, pp 677-712 

Picrallnmogene from vicinity of Las Vegas, Njew Mexico, analysis of. .Bull 78, p 121 

Piedmont region of the middle Atlantic slope..................... Ann 7, pp 548-550 i

Pig iron. See iron.

Pike's peak, minerals from the neighborhood of.................... Bull 20, pp 40-73

Pilling (J. C.), resignation of, from office of chief clerk...............Ann 12, i, p 19

Pipestone, red, from Minnesota, analysis and tests of............. MR 1889-90, p 404 

Plantamonr (E.), h\psometric method>of.................Ann 2, pp 480-488,548-549

Plant life, past and present, of the earth, table and diagrams of, by types and

geologic formations, with discussions thereof............... Ann 5, pp 439-452

Plants and animals in relation to soil formation......... ; ...... Ann 12 i, pp 268-287

Plants as rock-builders .......................................... Ann 9, pp 619-620 \

Plants, descent of..................................................... Ann 5, p 452

Plants, fossil, description of silicified species of, from the Potomac formation .........:.............................................. Bull 56, pp 43-52

Plants, fossil, description of species of the Larauii o.............. Bull 37, pp 13-115 ,

Plants, fossil, description of the species of the Potomac or younger Mesozoic................................ ........................ Mon xv, pp 63-325

Plants, fossil, descriptions of genera and species of, from the Trias of New

Jersey and the Connecticut valley......................... Mon xiv, pp 82-95

Plants, fossil, discussion of table of distribution of the Laramie.. Ann 6, pp 515-536 ', 

Plants, fossil, geological affinities of the Potomac or .younger Mesozoic ....Mon xv,

pp 333-348 ; 

Plants, fossil; list of species of the Potomac formation identical with or allied

to species described from other localities and formations..Mon xv, pp 358-367 

Plants, fossil; list of species of the Potomac formation, with the localities

at which they Avere collected............................. Mon xv, pp 350-357

Plants, fossil, list of the Potomac or younger Mcsozoic. A...... .Mon xv, pp 326-331

Plants, fossil, localities for the Potomac or younger Mesozoic. ....Mon xv, pp 10-33

Plants, fossil; localities other than those of the Potomac formation at which ,

Potomac species or their allies have been found...........Mon xv, pp 368-372

Plants, fossil, nomenclature and classification of...................Ann 5, pp 425-43 L "

Plants, fossil, of the Dakota group ...................................!..Mon xvil

Plants, fossil, of the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada....Mon xx, pp 69-70

Plants, fossil, of the higher Devonian of Ontario co., N. Y..Bull 16, pp 25-28, 63-65 

Plants, fossil, of the Laramie age ................................ Ann 6, pp 436-440

Plants, fossil, of the Newark system ...................... Bull 85, pp 62-65,126-129
WABMAN.] INDEX. 451

Plants, fossil; sketch of palcobota.ny.............................Ann 5, pp 357-452

Plants, fossil; stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania,

Ohio, and West Virginia, with mention of species....................Bull. 65

Plants, fossil, synopsis of the flora of the Larainie group of.......Ann 6, pp 399-557

Plants, fossil, table of distribution of the Laramie .............. .'Ann 6, pp 440-514

Plants, fossil, table of number of species of, from each geological formation..Ann5,

pp 440-441 

Plants, fossil, table of the, from the older Mesozoio of N. C.... .Mon vj, pp 122-123

Plants, fossil, table of the, from the older Mesozoic of Virginia....Mon AT, pp 92-93

Plants, fossil, the geographical distribution of................. Ann 8, n, pp 663-960

Plants, fossil; the older Mesozoic flora of North Carolina, with description of

species.................................................... Mon vi, pp 97-128

Plants,,fossil; the older* ^lesozoic flora of Virginia, with description of,species. .Mon

vi, pp 1-96 

Plants, fossil, value of the study of the internal structure of, with review of

its progress..............'...................................Bull 56, pp 11-38

Plants. Tonsil; wood and lignite of the Potomao formation................. /Bull 56

Plants ;-travertine and siliceous sinter, the formation of, by the vegetation, of

hot spri ugs ................................................ Ann 9, pp 6.13-676

Plants, types of..................................................Ann 5, pp 432-433

Plateau country of the western part of the United States/map showing the.. Ann 6,

pp 114-415 

Plateau province of 'western United tStxites ........................ Ann 2, pp 49-68;

Ann 6, 113-124; Mon n, pp 9-15, 217-218

Plateau province. See, also, Arizona; Colorado; New Mexico; Utah; Wyoming. 

Platiniferous nickel ore from Canada............................... Bull 64, pp 20-21

Platiniridii^Q, analyses of.......................................MR 1883-84, p 581

Platinnm, foreign sources of..........MR 1883-84, pp 576-577; MR 1885, pp 367-368

Platinum ores, analyses of....................... MR 1883-84, p 577; MR 1885, p 367

Platinnm, pyro-electric qualities of alloys of.....................Bull 54, pp 126-164

Platinum, statistics of........................................ MR 1882, pp 442-4 43;

MR 1883-84, pp 576-580; MR 1885, pp 367-369; MR 1886, pp 222-223; 

MR 1887, pp 142-143; MR 1888, pp 165-167; MR 1889-90, pp 143-144" 

Platte river basin, hydrography of the.. ......................Ann 12, u, pp 238-210

Playa mud from Carson desert, Nevada, analysis of.................... Mon xi, p 83

Playa lakes and playas, especially those in the Lahoutan basin....Mon xi, pp 81-85

Pleistocene; beaches and deltas of lake Agassiz.............................. Bull 39

Pleistocene bitumen deposits.................j»................Ann 11, i,' pp 595-596

I'leistocene climate as revealed by the lake Lahontan rccortls....Mon xi, pp 255-268

Pleistocene climate, especially of the Great basin............................ Ann 4,

pp 463-464; Mon j, pp 265-318 

Pleistocene; Columbia formation, description of the....................... Ann vn,

pp 594-612, 635; Ann 12, i, pp 384-407

Pleistocene; Columbia formation in relation to the Lafayette..Ann 12, i, pp 430-496 

Pleistocene, denudation in the Grand canyon of the Colorado during the. ....Ann 2,

pp95-lbl" 

Pleistocene; deposits of hot springs.............................. Ann 9, pp 619-676

Pleistocene drainage in the Great basin...........................Mon xi, pp 28-32

Pleistocene; driftless area of the upper Mississippi...............Ann 6, pp 205-322

Pleistocene; earthquake, the Charleston .........................Ann 9, pp 209-528

Pleistocene; earthquakes in California in 1889.............................. Bull 68

Pleistocene epochs, provisional classilication of the, with attendant or characteristic phenomena................................Ann 6, p 212; Mon i, p273\

I'leistocene; Equus fauna, age of the............................. Mon i, pp 393-402
452 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Pleistocene formations of the Leadyille district, Colorado.................Jk .. Ann 2,

pp. 220-221, 256; Mon xii, pp 40-42, 71-72 

Pleistocene fossils and recent forms from American localities between cape

Hatteras and cape Roque, including the Bermudas................... Bull 24

Pleistocene; glacial boundary in Penn., Ohio, Ky., Ind., and 111 ............Bull 58

Pleistocene; glacial phenomena about Loadville, Colorado.... ....Ann 2, pp 228-230

Pleistocene: glaciation; terminal moraine of the second glacial epoch... ....Ann 3,

pp 295-402 

Pleistocene; glaciers of the Sierra nevada........................ Ann 5, pp 309-355

Pleistocene history of Mono valley, California.................. Ann 8, i, pp 261-394

Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa.... .................. Ann 11, i, pp 189-577

Pleistocene history recorded in the Columbia formation........... Ann 7, pp 637-639

Pleistocene lacustrine formations in Mexico..................v .......... Mon 1, p 402

Pleistocene; lake Bonneville, geological history of........Ann 2, pp 167-200; Mon i "

Pleistocene: lake Lahontau, northwestern Nevada, geological history of. ....Ann 3,

% pp 195-235; Mon xi 

Pleistocene; lake shores, topographic features of.................. Ann 5, pp 75-123

Pleistocene lakes of the Great basin, map showing the.......................Ann 8,

i, pp 268-269; Mon i, pp 6-7 

Pleistocene lakes of the Great basin, sketch of the..................Bull 11, pp 9-12

Pleistocene mammalian fauna of Great Britain .............. Mon i, pp 399, 400, '101

Pleistocene Mollusca of the Great basin........Bull 11, pp 13-6p; Mon i, pp 298-299

Pleistocene; morasses, fresh-water, of the United States...... .Ann 10, i, pp 261-339

Pleistocene of cape Ann, Massachusetts .......................... Ann 9, pp 546-576

Pleistocene of central Oregon .................................... Ann 4, pp 435-464

Pleistocene of Florida ..........................................Bull 84, pp 149-156 rPleistocene of Martha's vineyard......................... Ann 7, pp 306-325, 347-353

Pleistocene of mount Desert, Maine........................ ...Ann 8, n, pp 994-1034

Pleistocene of southwestern Kansas...............................Bull 57, pp 38^5

Pleistocene of Texas .............................................. Bnll 45, pp 86^87

Pleistocene of the vicinity of Chcsapeaike bay ..................... Ann 7, pp 515-646

Pleistocene of the Eureka district, Nevada .................... ....Mon xx,pp 31-33

Pleistocene on Nautuckot island............................................ Bflll 53 *

Pleistocene, Ostreiche of the.................................... r .. Ann 4, pp 314-316 '

Pleistocene, Quaternary, and Glacial, remarks on the use of the names...... .Mon i,

pp 22,395-396 » 

Pleistocene; river courses in the state of Washington, changes in, due to ghaciation...........1................................................... Bull.40

Pleistocene; rock-scorings of the great ice invasions..............Ann 7,pp 155-248

Pleistocene; snbaerial decay of rocks and origin of tho red color of certain >

formations ...........................................................Bull 52 jj

Pleistocene; swamps, sea-coast, of eastern United States..... ....Ann 6, pp 359-398

Pleistocene; thinolite, crystallographic study of............................ Bnll 12 ;

Pleistocene; volcanic eruption, a late, in northern California and its peculiar '

lava......'........................................................... Bull 79

^Pleistocene volcanic eruptions in western U. S... -.. .Mon i, pp 323, 326, 330,336-338 

Pleistocene volcanic eruptions of the lliukaret plateau........... Mon n, pp 111-112 (>

Pleistocene winds in the lake Bonneville basin......................... Mon j, p 332

Pliocene, boundaries of the,........................................... Bull 84, p 22

Pliocene and post-Pliocene in California ...................Mon xm,pp 219-221,461

Pliocene. See, also, Neocene. > 

Pogonip 1 imestone at Eureka, Nevada............................ Mon xx, pp 48-54

Poicilitic structure of igneous rocks....................... Bnll 62, pp 78,79,183,196

Pollock (W. C.), digest of decisions relating to the nse and control of water

in the arid region. See p. 324 of this bulletin. 

Porcelain clays from Chin a, an aly ses of........................... Bull 27, pp 71-72 s
WA-RMAN.] INDEX. 453

Porpliyrito and porphyry, uso of tlie terras.......................... Ann 12, i, p 582

Porphyrites of the Henry mountains............................ Mon xir, pp 359-363

Porphyrites of the Mosquito range, Colorado ...............Mou xn, pp 85, 334-344

Porphyroids, schistose porphyries or, of Michigan ............... Bull 62, pp 119-122

Porphyry, alteration products of, analyses of........................ Mon xn, p 603

Porphyry, quart/less, of the Keweeuaw series...................... Mon v, pp 91-95

Portland cement in America, hisiory of........................ MR 1891, pp 535-537

Portland group of rocks of New Bruuswick..................... Bull 86, pp 230-238

Portugal, an timony prodnctioil of................................. MR 1883-84, p__645

Portugal, copper production of........ MR 1882, p 254; MR 1883-84, pp 356, 367-368;'

MR 1885, pp 228,237-238; MR 1886, pp 128, 133-135; MR 1887,

pp 87, 95-96; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 100

Portugal, fossil plants of, literature of the .................... Ann 8, n, pp 705-707

Portugal, manganese production of .............. MR 1886, p 201; MR 1889-90, p 130

Portugal, pyrites production of ............................ MR 1883-84, pp 882-884;

MR 1885, pp 507-508; MR 1886, pp 6f)<l-65G 

Portugal, tin production of ......................................MR 1883-84, p 618

Potassium and sodium, a method for the separation of, from lithium by the 

'action of amyl alcohol on the clorides, with some reference to a similar 

separation of the same from magnesium and calcium ........Bull 42, pp 73-88

Potassium sal ts, analyses of ................................... MR 1887, pp 632-639

Potassium salts, statistics of................................... MR 1887, pp 628-650

Potomac and Tuscaloosa formations . .......................... A nn 12, i, pp 421-424

Potomac beds, location and geology of the .......:.. Ann 7, pp 546-547,"613-616,636;

Mon xv, pp 33-62; Bull 56, pp 38-39 

Potomac clays, description of the................................... MR 1891, p 492

Potomac formation, fossil wood and lignite of the .......................... Bull 56

Potomac or younger Mesozoic flora ........................................ Mou xv

Potomac plants, geological affinities of the.....................Mou xv, pp 333-348

Potsdam sandstone of Wisconsin .................................... Mon xix, p 29

Pottery, statistics of..........................................MR 1882, pp 471-472;

MR 1883-84, pp 685-692, 698-700; MR 1885, pp 419-421; MR 1886, pp 571-

572; MR 1887, pp542-5J5; MR 1888, pp 571-575; MR 1889-90, pp 441-444

Pottery clays, analyses of........................ MR 1882, p 472; MR 1883-84, p 690

Powell (J. W.), appointment of, to directorship....................Ann 2, pp xi-xii

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1880-81 .......................Ann 2, pp xi-lv

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1^81-82.......,........./.. Ann 3, pp xv-xviii

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1882-C3 .............. ....Ann 4, pp xiii-xxxii

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1883-84.................. An n 5, p^xvii-xxxvi

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1884-85 .................... Ann 6, pp xv-xxix

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1885-86........................ Ann 7, pp 3-42

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1886^87.......................Ann 8, i,pp 3-93

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1887-88 ........................ Ann 9, pp 3-46

Powell (J. AV.), report of director for 1888-89 ..................... Ann 10, i, pp 3-80

Powell (J. W.), preliminary report of director on the irrigation'survey (reprint of).................................................. Ann IQpU^pp 15-29

Powell (J. W.), report of director on the. irrigation survey for 1888-89....... Ann. 10,

n, pp 1-65 

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1889-90..................... A nn 11, r, pp 3-30

Powell (J. W.), report of director on the irrigation survey for 1889-90.... Ann 11,

n, pp 1-200 

Powell (J. W.), report of director for 1890-91............... .......Ann 12, i, pp 3.-19

Powell (J. W.), report of director on the irrigation survey for 1890-91...... Ann 12, n

Powell (J. W.), statements before the committee on irrigation of the house

of representatives.............;.............'........... Ann 11, it, pp 203-289
454 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [IIULLIOO.

 * 

Powellite, a new mineral species, description and analysis of....... Bull 90, pp 34-37

Prairie soils.....................................................Ann 12, 1,323-326

Prc-Cambrian rocks of North America, review of present state of knowledge of

the ..............................1................................... Bull 86

Precious-metal ore deposits of the Comstock lode, Nevada, source of genesis

of the.............................................. Mon MI, pp 18-21, 285-288 v

Precious-metal ore deposits of the Leadville district, Colorado, source or

genesis of the.... . .................................. .Mon xn, pp 367-584, 594

Precious-metal ore deposi ts, popular fallacies regarding.......... Ann 4, pp 253-271 ^

Precious-metal statistics...................... Ann 1, p 73; Ann 2, pp xxxiv-xxxvii,

 331-401; MR 1882, pp 172-185; MR 1883-84, pp 312-321; MR 

1885, pp 200-207; MR 1886, pp 104-108; MR 1887, pp 58-65; 

MR 1888, pp 36-42; MR 1889-90, pp 48-55; MR 1891, pp 74-80 ^ 

Precious metals, discovery of the, in Colorado................'..... Mon xn, pp 7-10

Precious metals of Eureka, Nevada....................................... .Mon vn ^>

Precious metals. See, also, Gold; Silver.

Precious stones, American .....................................MR 1882, pp 483-4:99

Precious stones, foreign sources of.............................MR 1887, pp 563-579

Precious stones, local i ties of, in the Uiii ted States........... MR 1883-84, pp 728-781

Precious stones, statistics of...... MR 1882npp 482-503; MR 1883-84, pp 723-782; MR

1885, pp 437-444; MR 188\pp 595-605; MR 1887, pp 555-579; MR

1888, pp 580-585; MR 1889-90, pp 445-448; MR 1891, pp 539-551

Pressure and°temperature, dependence of fluid volume on.......... Bull 92, pp 17-67

Pressure, contractions due to cooling under....................... Bull 92, pp 56-61

Pressure, effect of, on the electrical conductivity of mercury.... ...Bull 92, pp 68-77

Pressure,,high, the behavior of solids under.......................Bull 55, pp 67-75 T

Pressure in relation to schistose structure .............................. Bull 59, p 43

Pressure, influence of, on crystallization of igneous magmas............ Bull 66, p 25

Pressure, very high, method of obtaining and of measuring........Bull 96, pp 17-32

Pre-Tertiary igneous rocks of Eureka district, Nevada........... Ann 3, pp 273-276;

Mon xx, pp 218-229 

Priceite from Chetco, Oregon, analysis of......................... MR 1889-90, p 505

Primeval rocks, possible character of.......................... Mon xm, pp 171-174

Primitive rocks, history of the term.................................. Bull 86, p 470

Prince Edward island, presence or absence of Newark rocks OU...... Bull 85, pp 25-31 

Principles and definitions iu geologic science. ................. Ami 11, i, pp 238-303

Prochloritc from Foundry run, Georgetown, D. C., analysis of..........Bull 9, p 13

Proctor (J. R.), list of oiv.s, minerals, and mineral substances of'lndustvial importance in Kentucky ................................... MR 1882, pp 684-686

Propylite, a decomposition product of various rocks.... .Ann 2, p 297; Mon in, pp 81- ]

90,135-144, 375; Bull 17,'p 30

Prosopite from near Pike's peak, Colorado, occurrence, chemical investigation, etc., of................................................. Bull 20, pp 62-66 < 

Prospect mountain limestone at Eureka, Nevada.................Mon xx, pp 36-38

Prospect mountain quartzite at Eureka, Nevada......................Mon xx, p 35

Prospecting, methods of, in the Eureka district, Nevada.......Mon vn, pp 139-149

Prospecting rules for Penokee district .........................Mon xix, pp 276-279 {'

Paeudodiabase of the Coast ranges of California .... ....Mon xm, pp 94-99,101-102 L

Pseudodiorite of the Coast ranges of California................Mon xm, pp 93-101

Pseudomorphism after limestone, evidences of, in ores................Mon yif, p 98

Pteropoda; Matthevia from the upper Cambrian of New York, description

of .............. ..............................._......_... Bull 30, pp 223-2'25

Pteropoda of the Cambrian of the Eureka district, Nevada . ....Mon viiJ, pp 23-24 K

Pteropoda of the Carboniferous of the Eureka district, Nevada ....Mon vm, p 264

Pteropoda of the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada....Mon vm, pp 196-200
WA1JMAN.] INDEX. 455

Ptcropxxla of tlao higher Devonian of Ontario comity, Now York.. Bull 16, pp 22, 56-57 

Pteropoiln of the lower Silurian of the Eureka district, Nevada..Mon vnr, pp 85-80 

Ptcropoda of the middle Cambrian of North America...........Bull 30, pp 131-146

Pteropoda of the Olenellus zone.............................. Aun 10, I, pp 620-625

Puerco beds, literature and correlation of the.... Bull 83, pp 119-129,137-138,145-146

Puerco river, Now Mexico, irrigation possibilities along the....Ann 12, u, pp 275-277

Puget group, digest of the literature pertaining to the ..........Bull 83,pp 107-110

Puget group of Washington ...................................Bull 84, pp 229-230

Puget sound region, Molluscan fauna from the.................... Bull 51, pp 49-03

s Pumice refused by basalt......................................Mon xx; pp 321-385

^Pumice, rhyolitic, of the Eureka district, Nevada..............Mon XX, pp 380-385

Pumice-stone, statistics of.... .MR. 1882, pp 480; MR 1883-84, p 721; MR 1885, p 433

Pumpelly (R.), administrative report for 1879-80................... Ann 1, pp 57-60

I Pumpelly (R.,),, administrative report for 1880-81................... Ann 2, pp 35-40

Pumpelly (R.)> administrative report for 1884-85 ................... ....Ann 6, p 18

Pumpelly (R.)> administrative report for 1885-86...................Ann 7, pp 60-61

Pumpelly (R.), administrative report for 1886-87............ ....Ann 8, i, pp 124-125

Pumpelly (R.)> administrative report for 1887-88...................Ann 9, pp 75-76

Pnmpelly (R.), administrative report for 1888-89..............Ann 10, I, pp 114-116

Pumpolly (R.), administrative report for 1889-90................Ann 11, i, pp 64-05

Pumpelly (R.)> administrative report for 1890-91................Ann 12, I, pp 67-70

Pumpelly (R.); report on chemical work in 1879-80................. Ann 1, pp 47-48

Pyramid lake, analysis of the water of........................... Mon xi, pp 57-58

* Pyrite, formation of, in (Jomstock lode...............................Mon in, p 210

Pyrite, solubility of...................................... Mon xni, pp 432-433, 474

>, Pyrites, analyses ot .................. MR 1883-84, pp 877, 878, 879,880,881,884, 885;

MR 1885, pp 501-508, 514; MR 1886, pp 652, 712 

Pyrites, foreign deposits of................................. MR 1883-84, pp 881-886;

MR 1885, pp 506-508; MR 1886, pp 651-656 

Pyrites, statistics of......................................MR 1883-84, pp 877-905;

MR 1885, pp 501-517> MR 1886, pp 650-675; MR 1887, pp 95,556, 609-

; 610; MR 1888, pp 5, 584; MR 1889-90, p 518; MR 189.1, pp 570-571

Pyrites residue, ordinary, analysis of ............................ ....MR 1885, p 514

* Pyro-electric qualities of alloys of platinum................... .Bull 54, pp 120-164

Pyrolnsite from the Crimora mine, Virginia, analysis of..........MR 1883-84, p 551

Pyrolusite from the Etowah region, Georgia, analyses of..... ....MR 1883-84, p 552/>

Pyrometric use of viscosity ....................................Bull 54, pp 239-306

Pyrometry, general account of metho'ds of......................... Bull 54, pp 23-55

Pyroxene and serpentine from Moutville, New Jersey, description and analyses of ......................................./................. Bull 60, p 137

., Pyroxene magma in the Eureka district, Nevada .............. ."Mon xx, pp 255-257

Pyroxene, rhombic, in audesites............................... '... .Bull 1, pp 31-36

Pyroxene, rhombic, in diabasic rocks...................................Bull 1, p 35

Pyroxene rocks free from feldspar and olivine.........................Bull 28, p 55

Pyroxeue-audesite of the Eureka district, Nevada.. ....Mon xx, pp 239-242, 348-364

Pyrrhotite, typical composition of.................................. MR 1885, p 516

^ Quantitative determination of silver by means of the microscope. .Ann 6, pp 323-352 

Qunrtz as a product of mineralogical metamorphiam.................Bull 62, p 210

Quartz, conversion of, to serpentine................................. Mon xm, p 123

Quartz fragments, enlargements of, and genesis of quartzites....Bull 8, l, pp 11-43

Quartz in basalt..................................................... Mon xx, p 339

Quartz, primary, the occurrence of, in certain basalts....................... Bull 66

 < Quartz, secondary enlargement of, in sandstones ............................Ann 5,

pp. 218-237 j Bull 8, pp 11-43
456 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Quartz, statistics of............."........ . o......................... .MR 1882, p 586;

MR 1883-84, pp 748-756,763-765; MR 1885, pp 438,440,441,

443; MR 1886, pp 595,596, 604; MR 1887, pp 556,557; MR

1888, pp 584-585; MR 1889-90, p 446; MR 1891; pp 539,547

Quartz-bearing basalt, distri bu tion of............................. Bull 79, pp 30-33

Quartz-bearing basalt from Arizona ..................................... Bull 66, p 21

Quartz-bearing basalt from Colorado .................................. Bull 66, p 22

Quartz-bearing basalt from northern California............................. Bull 79

Quartz-bearing basalt from the Tewan mountains, New Mexico ... .Bull 66, pp 16, 20

Quartzite; Cambrian, of the Mosquito range, Colorado ............ Mon xu, pp 58-60

Quartzite of the Peuokee series.....................................Ann 10, r, p 375

Quartzite, the Eureka............................................ Mon xx, pp 54-57

Quartzit.es, genesis of........................................ Bull 8, pp 11-43,48-52

Quartzite mountains, Colo., literature of the geology of the. .Bull 86> pp 319-323,507 

Quartz-porphyry of the Eureka district, Nevada............ Mon xx, pp 220-221, 345

Quartz-porphyry of the Keweenaw series ......................... Mon v, pp 95-112

Quartz-porphyry of the Marquette region, Michigan............. Bull 62, pp 148-151

Quartz-porphyry of the Mosquito range, Colorado ....... .Mon xu, pp 76-81, 323-332

Quartz-porphyry of the Washoe district, Nevada ..Mon m, pp 45-48,108-112,150,196 

Quartz-slate member of the Peuokee series................................: Ann 10, i,

pp 370-379; Mon xix, pp 146-171 

Quaternary. See Pleistocene. 

Quicksilver, African localities of ................................Mou xni, pp 43-44

Quicksilver, Asian localities of .................................. Mon x J u, pp 44-48

Quicksilver, Australian, localities of.............................. Mon xni, pp 48-50

Quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope .............Ann 8, IT, pp 961-985; Mon xni

Quicksilver deposits, similarity of............................. Mou xni, pp 401-407

Quicksilver, European localities of........................°...... Mon xni, pp 27-43

Quicksilver, foreign occurrences of, notes on............. Mou xni, pp 14-55,452-453

Quicksilver, foreign production of, statistics of the ............ MR 1882, pp 392-393;

MR 1883-84, pp 496-49f; MR 1885, pp 290-293; MR 1887, p 125; 

MR 1888, pp 105-107; MR 1889-90, p 102; MR 1891, p 123 

Quicksilver mines in California and throughout the world, maps sho.wing the

distribution of the.......... Ann 8, u, pp 966-967,968-969; Mou xni, plates i, n

Quicksilver, North American localities of ........................ Mon XIII, pp 15-19

^Quicksilver-ore deposits of the Coast ranges, age of the.............. Mon xni, p 225

Quicksilver-ore deposits of Huancavelica, Peru........................ Mon xni, p 6

Quicksilver ore, genesis and source of...... Ann 8, it, p 985; Mou xni, pp 55, 438-450

Quicksilver ores of the Pacific slope, mineralogical character of the-. ......Mon xni,

pp 388-394

Quicksilver ores, solution and precipitation of.. Mon xni, pp 269-270,419-437,473-474 

Quicksilver reduction at New Almaden, California ......... .MR 1883-84, pp 503-536

Quicksilver, South American locali ties of........................ Mon xni, pp 19-24

Quicksilver, statistics of............ .........................MR 1882, pp 387-398;

MR 1883-84, pp 492-536; MR 1885, pp 284-295; MR 1886, pp 160-168; MR 1887, 

pp 118-125; MR 1888, pp 97-107; MR 1889-90, pp 94-109; MR 1891, pp 117-125 

Quicksilver, uses, relative value, principal districts, total product, etc.,

of.................................................. Mon XI11, pp 1-13, 451-452

Raborg (W. A.), buhrstones, statistics of....................... MR 1886, pp 581-582

Raborg (W. A.), corundum, statistics of................I... ....MR 1886, pp 585-586

Raborg (W. A.), graphite, statistics of.........................MR 1886, pp 686-689

Raborg (W. A.), grindstones, statistics of...................... MR 1886, pp 582-585

Raborg (W. A.), salt, statistics of.............................MR 1886, pp 628-641;

MR 1887, pp 611-625; MR f888, pp 597-612; MR 1889-90, pp 482-492 

Rails, iron and steel, twenty years of changes in the manufacture of .,..__MR 1891,

pp 62-65
' ' INDEX. 457

! Rainfall measurements.......................1.................. Ann 11,11, pp 23-30

- * Rainfall of -western United States............................. Ann 11, wi, pp 214-215

Rainfall. See, also, Hydrography. 

, Ralstonite from near Pike's peak, Colorado ............................Bull 20, p 56

Raritan clays and greensaud marls of New Jersey, Brachiopoda and Lainelli-

 V braiichiata of the ................................................... .Mon ix

> Raritan clays and greensand marls of New Jersey, Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the .....................................................Mon xvni

Rattlesnake mountains, Wyo., literature of the geology of the..........Bull 86, 278

Raymond (R. W.), historical sketch of mining law ........ .MR 1883-84, pp 988-1004

Raymond (R. W.), the divining rod............................ MR 1882, pp 610-026

Read(M. C.), Berea grit.......................................MR 1882, pp478-479

i Recession of cliffs................................... Ann 2, p 58; Mon n, pp 250-260

/ Reconnaissance, a geological, in southern Oregon......"....... ....Ann 4, pp 431-464

Record of North American geology. See Bibliography.

Reconnaissance, a geological, in southwestern Kansas ...................... Bull 57

Red color of certain formation^ origin, of the, and subiterial decay of rocks.. Bull 52 

Red Creed quartzite of Wyoming................................ Bull 86, pp 287-289

i Requisite and qualifying conditions of artesian wells ............. Ann 5, pp 125-173

j Reservoir sites and canal lines of Snake river basin............ Ann 11, II, pp 190-200

Reservoir sites and canal lines in Montana surveyed for irrigation purposes ............................ Ann ll, n, pp 113-133; Ann 12, n, pp 127-165

^ Reservoir sites and canal linos in Nevada, surveyed for irrigation purposes ............................. Ann 11, IT, pp 168-183; Ann 12, pp 45, 209-212

; Reservoir sites, canals, and irrigable lands in New Mexico ............... Ann 11, n,

^V pp 145-150; Ann 12,ii, pp 165-209 

Reservoir sites in Colorado surveyed for irrigation purposes.............. Ann 11, i r,

pp 133-144; Ann 12, n, pp 55-127

Reservoir sites segregated in California... Ann 11, IT, pp 150-168; Ann 12, n, pp 10-54 

v> . Reservoir system of Utah lake ................................ Ann 11,11, pp 184-189

Reservoirs. See Irrigation. 

r Residual clays, characteristics of...................................... Bull 52, p 39

. R " / Residual deposit from anbau'rial decay of chloritic schist from eight miles west

of Gary, North Carolina, analysis of............................ Bull 42, p 137

Residual products from the decay of rocks........................ Bull 52, pp 12-43

Residuary products of erosion in the driftless area of the upper Mississippi,

character and constitution of............................... Ann 6, pp 239-258

Resin, a supposed mineral, from Livingstou, Montana, description and analysis of....................................................Bull 78, pp 105-108

Resorption of quartz crystals in basalt ................................ Bull 79, p 25

* Rhajtic formation in Virginia .................................... Mou xv, pp 34,58

Rhaetic of Germany and France and the Triassic of United States, parallelism

of the..................................................Mon xi v, pp 10-11,13

i Rhtetic plants, or those nearly allied to such, from the Mesozoic of Virginia

 ' and North Carolina ..................................................Mon vi

Rhtetic. See, also, Jnra-trias. 

^ Rhizopoda from the lower Silurian of the Eureka district........ Mon vm, pp 65-67

\ Rhode Island, altitudes in ...................................Bull 5, p 275; Bull 76

Rhode Island, boundary lines of...................................Bull 13, pp 65-60

Rhode Island, brick industry of ............................... MR 1887, pp 536,539

Rhode Island, building stone from, statistics of.... .MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, p 513;

MR 1888, p 536; MR 1889-90, pp 373,427-428; MR 1891, pp 457,460,464,467 

Rhode Island, clay production of.................................... MR 1891, p 502

Rhode Island, coal area and statistics of ........................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

. MR 1883-84, pp 12,87; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 224; 

MR 1887, pp»L69, 351-352; MR 1888, pp 169, 171, 361
458 PUBLICATIONS OF THE II. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULLJOO.

Ehode Island; coal from Cranston, analysis of.........''.................Bull 9, p 18

Rhode Island, fossils from ........................................... Ann 8, n, p 853

Rhode Island, geologic and paleontologic investigations in ......... Aun 6, pp 19-20;

Ann 9, pp 72, 76; Ann 10,1, p 118; Ann 11,1, p 63; Ann 12, i, p 66 

Ehode Island, geologic mapsn of, listed ....... ...................Bull 7, pp 53,54,55

Rhode Island, glacial investigations in ............. Ann 3, pp 377, 380; Ann 7, p 157

Rhode Island, granite production of ........................... MR 1891, pp 457,460

Rhode Island; graphitic carbon mine near Cranston................. MR 1886, p 686

Rhode Island, iron and steel from, statistics of.... MR 1882, pp 120,125,133,134,135;

1886, pp 17, 42-43; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888, p 14; MR 1891, p 61 

Rhode Island, limestone production of......................... MR 1891, pp 464,467

Rhode Island, mineral springs of..... Bull 32, p 24; MR 1885, p 510; MR 1886, p 718;

MR 1887, p 685; MR 1888, p 628; MR 1889-90, p 532; MR 1891, pp 603,607 

Rhode Island^, minerals of, the useful.......... MR 1882, p 727; MR 1887, pp 785-786

Rhode Island surveyed by cooperation of the state.. Ann 9, p 51; Ann 10, i, pp 7,85-S6 

Rhyolite, analyses of................................................Ann 8, i, p 380

Rhyolite from Washoe, Nevada, analysis of......'......................Bull 27, p C6

Rhyol ite from Yellowstoue national park, fayalite in .................. Ann 7, p 270

Rhyolite of the Bouneville basin, age of the............................ Mon i, p 337

Rhyol ite of the Eureka district, Nevada.................... Mon xx, pp 237, 374-385

Rhyolite of the Mosquito range, Colorado................... Mou xn, pp 87, 345-352

Rhyolite. puniiceons, analysis of......................................Mon xr, p 147

Rhyolite, topaz in.... ........................... .^.... Mou xn,p 347; Bull 20,p8l

Rhy elites, lustre exhibited by sauidine in certain................. Bull 20, pp 75-80

Rhy elites of the Tewan mountaius, New Mexico................... Bull 62, pp 10-12

Richthofeu (F.), quoted on the Coinstocklode.....................Mou in, pp 12-24

Rifting in the rocks of cape Ann, Massachusetts.................. Ann 9, pp 602-605

Riggs (R. B.). analysis and composition of tourmaline............. Bull 55, pp 19-37

Riggs (R. B.), two new meteoric irons and an iron of doubtful nature.. ....Bull

42, pp 94-97 

Rigidity of the earth, considerations concerning the, derived from a study of

lake Bouneville ...........................................Mon i, pp 387-392

Rio Grande, Pleistocene origin of the..........................Ann 12, i, pp 517-518

Rio Grande basin, hydrography of the...................... Ann 11, n, pp 52-57, 99,

107; Ann 12, ii, pp 240-290 

Eio Grande basin, irrigation problems relating to the.......... Ann 11, n, pp 215-227

Rio Grande basin, surveys for reservoir sites and canals in the. .Ann 11, n, pp 145-150 

Rio Grande valley, water s upply of the ....................... Ann 12, n, pp 277-278

River courses in Washington territory, changes in, due to glaciation........Bull 40

River courses. See, also, Drainage.

River water, general chemistry of............................... Mon xi, pp 172-174

River waters, analyses of............. Mon xi, p 176; Bull 52, p 38; Bull 55, pp 91-93

Rivers, origin and persistence of............. .... Ann 2, pp 60-61; Mon rr, pp 72, 219

Rizer (H. C.), appointment of, to office of chief clerk................ Ann 12, i, p 19

Rock builders, plants as................................................ Ann 9, p 619

 Rock constituents, decomposition of...................Mou in, pp 214-215, 369-372

Rock, eruptive, from Bear creek; Montana, analysis of............... Bull 78, p 123

Rock, eruptive, from New Mexico, analyses of...................... Bull 27, pp 64-65

Rock, eruptive, from the Henry mountains, Utah, analysis of..... ....Bull 60, p 154

Rock, ferruginous, from Peuokee iron range, Wisconsin, analysis of.. .Bull 42, p 138 

Rock formations of the Leadville district, Colorado, general description of

the.................... Ann 2, pp 215-224; Mon-xn, pp 45-89, 276-284, 292-362

Rock phosphates, classes, nature, and localities of................ Bull 46, pp 59-116

Rock phosphates. See, also, Phosphates.

Rock-scorings of the great ice-invasions...... .................... Ann 7, pp 147-248

Rock structures, importance of understanding the significance of...... Bull 62, p 196
WAHMAX.J INDEX. " 459

Rock structures produced l>y dynamic action.................... Bull 62, i>p 20G-208

Rock temperatures of Comstock lode, Nevada................... Mon in, pp 246-258

Rockingham group of rocks in New Hampshire.................. Bull 86, pp 353-355

Rocks as the source of soils........................... Ann 12, I, pp 293-296, 300-306

Rocks, chemical alteration of ......................................... Bull 52; p 37

Rocks, chemical analysis of, separation of titanium, chromium, aluminum,

iron, barium, and phosphoric acid..............1............Bull 78, pp 87-90

Rocks, educational series of, and bulletin to accompany the same, progress of

the preparation of the .................................. Ann 12, I, pp 102-103

Rocks, eruptive, from Electric peak and Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstono

park, mineral and chemical composition of the. .Ann 12,I, pp 619-632, 647-650 

Rocks from California, analyses of .^.............................. Bull 55, pp 8-1-85

Rocks from Kakabikka falls, Kamiuistiquia river, Ontario, Canada, analyses

of.............................................................Bull 42, p 139

Rocks from Menomiuee river, Michigan and Wisconsin, analyses of ....Bull 5E>, p 81

Rocks from Montana, analyses( of.............Bull 55, pp 83-84; Bull 60, pp 152-154

Rocks from Pigeon point, Minnesota, analyses of.................. Bull 55, pp 81-83

Rocks from sandstone dikes of northern California and from the Diablo, analyses of....................................................Bull 78, pp 123-124

Rocks from Tewan mountains, New Mexico, analyses of............... Bull 60, p 155

Rocks from Wisconsin, Michigan, and Minnesota, analyses of....Bull 60, pp 149-151

Rocks, miscellaneous, analyses of...........Bull 9, pp 9-18; Bull 27, pp 63-06; Bull

42, pp 136-144; Bull 52, pp 18, 24; Bull 55, pp 80-85; Bull 60, pp 149-

160; Bull 62, pp 89, 91, 103,104, 113, 119-121,152-153; Bull 64, pp 41-50;

Bull 66, p 30; Bull 78, pp 90,116-117,121-125; Bull 79, p 29; MR 1883-84,

* p 969; MR 1886, pp 542, 543, 547, 583; MR 1887, p 588; MR 1888, p 537

Rocks of the Washoe district, Nevada, nature and decomposition of the....Mon in,

pp 32-80, 372-376 

Rocks, physical constants of, investigations into the..................Ann 3, pp 3-9

Rocks, primeval, possible character of the............... ......Mou xin, pp 171-173

Rocks, sedimentary and massive, of the Pacific slope...Mon xiii, pp 56-175, 453-460 

Rocks, stratified, of mount Desert island, Maine.............Ann 8, n, pp 1037-1047

Rocks, subaerial decay of, and origin of the red color of certain formations.. Bull 52 

Rocks, the copper-bearing, of lake Superior................................. Mon v

Rocks. See, also, Igneous; Petrography; Sedimentary.

Rocky mountain, province, literature and fauna of the lower Cambrian in the.. .«\nn

10, i, pp 537-538, 542-543, 571, 584-586 

Rocky mountains, contributions to the mineralogy of the................... Bull 20

Rocky mountains i n Colorado, structure of the................... Mon XII, pp 19-27

Rofky mountains. See, also, Colorado; Montana; New Mexico; Wyoming. 

Rolling-mill development, twenty years of....................... MR 1891, pp 60-62

Roots as agents of soil formation.............................. Ann 12, i, pp 269-274

Roth well (R. P.), pyrites, "Statistics of.........................MR 1886, pp 650-675

Rottenstone, statistics of'.'. /......... .v:......................... MR 1883-84, p 722

Ruft'ner (W. H.), the coarMelds of Washington.................MR 1891, pp 334-341

Riihlmaiun (R.), hypsometric method of .......................... Ann 2, pp 550-552

Russell (I. C.) ? existing glaciers of'the United States ............. Ann 5, pp 303-355

Russell (I. C.), explorations in Alaska.......Ann 11, i, pp 57-58; Ann 12, i, pp 59-61

Russell (I. C.), geological hisl&nj^of lake Lahontan......Aun 3, pp 189-235; Mon xi

Russell (I.. C.), geological reconnaissance in southern Oregon.....Ann 4, pp 431-464

Russell (I. C.)/ Newark system, a correlation essay.......................... Bull 85

Russell (I. C.), Quaternary history of Mono valley, California..Ann 8, i, pp 261-394 

Russell (I. C.;, subaerial decay of rocks and origin of the red color of certain

fofniatious....?0;-. >......... ...j?....................................Bull 52
460 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Russia, coal are,a and output of, compared with"those o''other countries.. .MR 1882,

p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p

235; MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73

Russia, copper production of.................... MR 1882, p 257; MR 1883-84, p 356;

MR 1885, pp 228, 241-242; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887,

p 87; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 100

Russia, fauna of the Olencllus zone in......................... Ann 10, i, pp 579-580

Russia, fossil plants of, literature of the........................ Ann 8, u, pp 781-785

Russia, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries ............................... .....,,.....*.!...MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Russia, iron and-steel production of, compared with that of other countries.... MR

1882, p 109; MR 1883-84, p 257; Ml} 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887,

p 18; MR 1888. pp 28,29,30,31; MR 1889-90, pp 21,22; MR 1891, p 73

Russia, lead production of.................'.MR 1883-84, p 434; MR 1885, pp 264, 270

Russia, manganese production of.............................. MR 1886, pp 204-205;

MR 1887, p 161; MR 1888, p 141; MR 1891, p 146 

Russia, mining law of...............................'.........-.-.. MR 1883-84, p 1002

Russia, petroleum production of ................. MR 1883-81. pp 23l-23:7» JVI R 1886,

pp 463-478; MR 1887, pp 458-463; MR 1888, pp 478-480 

Russia, phosphates of........................................... Bull 46, pp 112-116

Russia, phosphorous production of............................. MR 1886, pp 676-677

Russia, platinum mines and production of.............MR 1882, p 443; MR 1883-84,

p 576; MR 1885, pp 3G7-368; MR 1888, p 165; MR 1889-90, p 143 

Russia, quicksilver deposits in....................................... Moii xm, p 43

Russia, quicksilver production of.............. MR 1888, p 105; MR 1891, pp 123,124

Russia, tin production of......................................... MR 1883-84, p 619

Russia, zinc production of ......................................MR, 1883-84, p 480;

MR 1885, pp 277, 283; MR 18S6, p 159; MR 1887, p 117; MR 1888, p 95 

Ryder (J. A.), life-history of the oyster...........................Ann 4, pp 317-333

Sacramento and San Joaquin basins, California, hydrography of the...... Ann 12, n,

pp 316-324 

Saline contents of Great salt lake ................................ Mon J, pp 251-258

Saline efflorescences of Lahontan basin ......................... Mon xi, pp 230-232

Salines and refineries in California.............................. MR 1882, pp 570-571

Salines of Louisiana.......................................--..MK 1882, pp 554-565

Salisbury (R. D.) and Chamberlin (T. C.); driftless area of the upper Mississippi valley.................................,'.............. Ann 6, pp 199-322

Salt, analyses of............. Bull 55, p 88; Bull 60, p 171'; MR 1882, pp 555, 557,564 ;

MR 1883-84, pp 834, 840, 841, 849; MR 1885, 479, 482; MR 1888, p 619 

Salt deposits of Se vier basin and Snake valley, Utah.............. Mon i, pp 223-228

Salt deposits of iuclosed basins................................... Moil xr, pp 84-86

Salt, foreign commerce in ............. MR 1882, pp 550-553; MR 1883-84, pp 848-849

Salt from Hutchinson, Kansas, analysis of ............................Bull 60, p 171

Salt from Warsaw, New York, analysis of.............................. Bull 55, p 88

Salt in Kansas................................................. B,ull 57, pp 25-26,48

Salt-making processes in the United States....................... Ann 7, pp 491-535

Salt; salines of Louisiana...................................... MR 1882, pp 554-565

Salt, statistics of ..............................................MR 1882, pp 532-565;

MR 1883-84, pp 827-850; MR 1885, pp 474-485; MR 1886, pp 628-641; MR 1887,

pp 611-625; MR 1888, pp 597-612; MR 1889-90, pp 482-492; MR 1891, pp 572-578

Salt-works in the Lahontau basin............ Ann 3, pp 226-227; Mon xi, pp 232-235

Salt lake basin, fresh waters in, analyses of ........................... Mon I, p 207

Salt lake basin, hydrography of............................ Ann 11, n, pp 66-77,109

Salt lake, Great, analysis of the water of...................... Mon i, pp 253,254, 255

Salt lake, Great, saline deposits of............................... Mon xi, pp 185-186
WARMAN.] INDEX.

Salt lake, Great, surveys, oscillations, fauna, etc., If..'........ ....Mon I, pp 230-250

Salt lake group of rocks ot Idaho............................... Bull 84, pp 286-287

Salt river basin, Arizona, hydrography of.'.................. Ann 11, n, pp 61-63,100

Salts deposited on evaporation..................................Mon xi, pp 182-187

Samarskite from Colorado ........................................ Bull 55, pp 48-51

San Francisco district, Utah, reconnaissance of the. ................Ann J, pp 37-38

San Joaquin aud Sacramento basins, California, hydrography of the.... .Ann 12,IT,

) pp 316-324 

San Luis valley, Colorado, hydrography and. irrigation in.........Ann 1.1, IT, p 1-16;

Ann 12, ir, pp 247-251 

San Pedro river basin, Arizona, hydrography of .1............ Ann 11, n, pp 59-61,99

Sand, building, statistics of.:......... MR 1883-84, pp 667-668; MR 1885, pp 404-405

Sand dunes, constitution of............................................. Mon I, p 59

Sand dunes in the Great basin ................................... Mon xi, pp 153-156

Sand dnncs of ca>pe Ann district, Massachusetts,..................Ann 9, pp 574-575

Sands, :<!olian, of lake Lahontan basin ..........................Mon xi,pp 153-156

'Sands, glass, analyses of..........................................M1U883-84, pfl62

Sands, green, analyses of......................................... MR 1883-.84, p 798

Sandstone, analysis of, from Arizona, Flagstaff....................... Bull 78, p 124

Sandstone, analysis of, from Colorado, Armejo quarry and Boulder county..Bull 42,

p!41; MR 1889-90, p 384 

Sandstone, analysis l of, from Massachusetts, Maynard, Worcester, and

Kibbo..................................................... MR 1889-90, p 402

Sandstone, analysis of, from M ichigau................................. Bull 27, p 66

Sandstone, analysis of, from Ohio, various localities .................. Bull 27, p 66;

Bull 60, p 158; MR 1889-90, p 416 

Sandstone,-analysis of, from Pennsylvania, Luzerne, Blair, and Fayetto coun-

- ties................................................... MR 1889-90, pp 419-420

Sandstone from South Dakota, tests of........................... MR 1889-90, p 429

Sandstone, induration of................................... Bull 8, i, pp 12-18,48-52,

Sandstone, origin of concretions in .............................. Mon xni, pp 64-68

Sandstone, secondary enlargement of mineral fragments in........ Ann 5, pp 218-241

Sandstone, secondary enlargement of quartz and feldspar grains in.. Bull 8, pp 11,44 

Sandstone, statistics of.................. MR 1882, pp 451,457; MR 1886, pp 546-549;

MR 1887, pp 520-521; MR 1888, pp 544-547; MR 

1889-90, pp 374-375; MR 1891, pp 456, 460-463 

Sandstone, the Eastern, junction "between the, and the Kewceuaw series on

Ketfeenaw point, lake Superior, observations on the .................. Bull 23

Sandstone, transformation of, to serpentine............ Mon xm, pp 121-126,277-278

Sandstone, Triassic, from near Hancock, Maryland, analysis of..... ....Bull 55, p 80

Sandstones, Cretaceous, of the Coast ranges of California, metaniorphism of.. ..Mon

xni, pp 63,87-93 

Sandstones, metamorphosed, of the Eureka district, Nevada.........Mon xx, p 346

Sandstones of the Coast ranges of California, petrography of the.. Mon xni, pp 59-63 

Sandstones of the Keweenaw series .............................. Mon v, pp 127-1 33

Sandstones, origin of the red color of.............................. Bull 52, pp 44-55

Sandwich islands. See Hawaiian.

Sangre de Cristo and Wet mouiitairis, Colo., geology of the .... ..Bull 86, pp 313-314

Sanidine, lustre of, in nevadite...................................... Mon xn, p 348

Sauidine in certain rhyolites, lustre exhibited by.................. Bull 20, pp 75-80

Sanitary conditions of soils....................................Ann 12, r, pp 340-344

Santa Fe° district, New Mexico, irrigation in the......................... Ann 11, ir,

pp 149, 219, 224; Ann 12, n, pp 260-270 

Santee beds of South Carolina ....................................Bull 83, ] > 52-53

Saporta (Marquis Gaston de), biographical sketch of.............. Ann 5, pp 383-384
462 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Sapphire. See Precious stones.,*

Sanssnrite from Shasta county, Cal i forma, analysis of....!.............. "Hull 9, p 10

Saussuritmition, a kind of mineralogical inetamorphism........... Bull 62, pp 58-60

Sawatch mountains, Colo., Archean and Algoukian rocks of the....... Bull 86, p 316

Schcnk (August), biographical sketch of ......................... Ann 5, pp 382-383

Scheuchzer (Johann Jacob), biographical sketch of.................... Ann 5, p 370

Schimper (Wilhelm Philipp), biographical sketch of..............Aniv,5, pp 375-376

Schist areas, the greenstone, of the Meuominee and Marqnette regions of

Michigan, a contribution to the subject of dynamic raetamorphism in

eruptive rocks ................................. ..................... Bull 62

Schistose rocks, relation of, to massive rocks in Wisconsin........... Ann 10, T, p 363

Schistose structure in relation to pressure............................. Bull 59, p 43

Schists, crystalline, of the lake Superior region................ Ann 10,I, pp 355-364

Schists, metamorphic, of the Penokee iron-bearing series, origin of the.-.-Mon xix,

pp 107-111,116-126

Scblotheim (Ernst Friederich, Baron von), biographical sketch of.. Ann 5, pp 370-371 

tSchneider (E. A.), on the colloidal sulphides of gold............... Bull 90, pp 56-61

Schneider (E. A.) and Clarke (F. W.), on the constitution of certain micas,

verniiculites, and chlorites .................................. Bull 90, pp 11-21

Schneider (E. A.) and Clarke (F. W.), experiments upon the constitution of

the natural silicates ........................................Bull 78, pp 11-33

Schwatka (F.), exploration of the Yukon valley, etc., by............. Ann 12,1, p 62

Scolecite from Table mountain, Colo., description and analyses of... Bull 20, pp 36-37 

Scorings, rock, of the great ice invasions.........................Ann 7, pp 147-248

Scorodite from Steamboat springs, Nevada............................. Bull 60, p 30

Scorodite from the Yellowstone national park..................... Bull 55, pp 65-66

Scotland, fossil plants of, literature of the ........ ...<......... Ann 8, iJj-pp 684-687

Scotland. <, See, also, Great Britain.

Scudder (S. H.), administrative report for 1885-86...................... Ann 7, p 127

Scndder (S. H.), administrative report for 1886-87............... Ann 8, i, pp 188-189

Scudder (S. H.), administrative reportfor 1887-88......................Ann 9, p 133

Scudder (S. 11.), administrative report for 1888-89 ................... Ann 10,1, p 176

Scudder (S. II.), administrative report for 1889-90..............Ann 11, i, pp 123-125

Scudder (S. H.), administrative report for 1890-91.............. Ann 12, \, pp 125-127

Scudder (S. H.), tlassed and annotated bibliography of fossil insects .... ....Bull 69

Scudder (S. H.), fossil butterflies of Florissant.................. Ann 8, i, pp 433-474

Scndder (S. H.), index to the known fossil insects of the world, including

myriapods and arachnids......................................... .z. .Bull 71

Scudder (S. H.), some insects of special interest from Florissaut, Colorado,

and other points in the Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah............... Bull 93

Scudder (S. H.), systematic review of our present knowledge of fossil insects.

including myriapods and arachnids...................................Bull 31

Sea-coast swamps of eastern United States......................... Ann 6, pp 353-398

Sea-level, the form and position of the ...................................... Bull 48

Secondary enlargements of anvphibole and pyroxene in diabase .......... .Mon xix,

pp 353,354,411-413 

Secondary enlargements of mineral fragments in certain rocks ............... Bull 8

Secret canyon shale at Eureka, Nevada................................Mon xx, p 39

Sedimentary rocks, assimilation of, by igneous magmas.......... Mon xu, pp 308-313

Sedimentary rocks; chemical deposits of lake Lahontan......... Mon xi, pp 188-222

Sedimentary rocks; chert in limestone, origin of...............Ann 10, i, pp 367-369

Sedimentary rocks; chlorine in dolomite............................. Mon xu, p 279

Sedimentary rocks; concretions in sandstone, origin of...........Mon xm,pp 64-68

Sedimentary rocks, dolomitic, discussion of...........................Mon xil, p 276

Sedimentary rocks, induration of, by enlargement of mineral fragments...... Bull 8,

, pp 13-17
WARMAN.] INDEX. 463

Sedimentary rocks; limestone, decay of ...........................Bull 52, pp 20-25

Seel i menfcary rocks of the Coast ranges of California ............ Mon xii r, pp 56-139

Sedimentary rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada................. Mon xx, pp 34-98

Sedimentary rocks of the Keweenaw series................... Mon v, pp 127-133,151

Sedimentary rocks of the Leadville district, Colorado............Ann 2, pp 225-226;

Mou xn, pp 45-73,276-281 

Sedimentary rocks of the Penokee series....... Ann 10, i, pp 365-402,423-435,439-444

Sedimentary rocks; origin of the red color of sandstones, ete....... Bull 52, pp 44-55

Sedimentary rocks; quartzites, genesis of .................... Ball 8, pp 11-43, 48-52

Sedimentary rocks; residual clays, characteristics of................... Bull 52; p 39

Sedimentary rocks. See, also, Limestone; Marl; Qnartzite; Sandstone; Tufa.

Sedimentation. See Deposition.

Sedirneuis, lacnstral, of Mono lake, California ................... Ann 8,1, pp 305-310

Sediments of lake Bouneville, chemical analyses of. ..Aim 2, p 177; Mon i, pp 201-202 

Sediments of lakeLahontan.... ..............1...................Mon XT, pp 124-156

Seismology. See Earthquakes.

Selkirk range, comparative table of formations met with in the, and the 

eastern border of the interior plateau of British Columbia and on the 

western side of the adjacent portion of the Rocky mountains.. ..Bull 86, p 340

Seuonian, Laramie, and Eocene plants, table of distribution of, and discussion

thereof.................................................... Ann 6, pp 443-536

Sepulchre mountain and Electric peak, Yellowstone national park, the eruptive rocks of............................................ Ann 12, i, pp 569-664

Sericitization, a kind of niineralogical nietaniorphism .............. Bull 62, j»p 60-62

Serpentine, analyses of.........................Mou xn, p 598; Mon xm, ppllO, 111

Serpentine and its associates, analyses of.......................... Bull 64, pp 43-44

Serpentine and pyroxene froinMoiitville, New Jersey, description and analyses

of.............................................................. Bull 60, p 137

Serpentine and serpentinization, especially in the Coast ranges of California....Mon

xm, pp 108-128, 251,276-278,293, 311, 359,457-458 

Serpentine, decomposition of...................................Mon xm, pp 127-128

Serpentine from Harford county, Maryland, analysis of.......... ~.. MR 1889-90, p 400

Serpentine from Newburyport, Massachusetts, analysis of............... Bull 27, <p 63

Serpentine, microstructure of..................................Mon xm, pp 114-117

Serpen tine of the Lassen peak district, California .................... Ann 8, i, p 405

Serpentine of the Mosquito range, Colorado..................... Mon xn, pp 281-284

Serpentine, origin of......................Mon xii, pp 282-284; Mon xm, pp 117-126

Serpentine near Baltimore, Maryland, origin of .................... Bull 28, pp 56-58

Serpentine, pseudomorphic.............. .^................... Mon x i ir, pp 123-126

Serpentinization, character of................................. Mon xm, pp 120-127

Severn formation................................................... Ann 12, i, p 421

Sevier lake, Utah, analyses of the products and brine of................ Mon i, p 227

Sovier river basin, Utah, hydrography of................................. Ann II, n,»

pp 74-77,105; Ann 12, n, pp 339-344 

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1884-85 ....................Ann 6, pp 18-22

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1885-86..................... Ann 7, pp 61-65

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1886-87................. Ann 8, i, pp 125-128

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1887-88.................... Ann 9, pp 71-74

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1888-89............t...Ami 10, i, pp 117-119

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1889-90................. Ann 11, T, pp 62-64

Shaler (N. S.), administrative report for 1890-91................. Ann 12, i, pp 66-67 

Shaler (N. S.), fresh-Avater morasses of the United States, with description of

the Dismal swamp .......................... 1...........Ann 10, i, pp 255-339

Shaler (N. S.), geology of cape Ann, Massachusetts...............Ann 9, pp 529-611

Shaler (N. S.); geology of Martha's vineyard...................... Ann 7, pp 297-360
464 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Staler (N. S.), geology of mount Desert, Maine................Ann 8. n, pp 987-1061

Shaler (N. S.), geology of Nantucket....................................... Bull 53 ^

Slialcr (N. S.), introduction to Penrose's "Nature and origin of deposits of phosphate of lime"...................:.--....---...--...... ......Bull 46, pp 9-20

Staler (N. S.), sea-coast swamps of eastern United States.........Ann. 6, pp 353-398

Shaler (N. S.), the origin an.l nature of soils...................Ann 12, i, pp 213-3<15

Shastn, mount, topographical sketch of................... ..^..... Ann 5, pp 330-340

Sheavwits plateau, Grand canyon district, description of the...... Ann 2, pp 72,126;

Mou n, pp 10,101 

Shiloh marls, stratigraphy and correlation of the.................. Bull 84r pp 40-43

Shipbuilding, iron and steel, twenty years of.................... .MR 1891, pp 68-69

Shore features, formations, and phenomena.... Ann 2, pp 171-172; Ann 3, pp 204-208;

Ann 5, pp 69-123; Mon I, pp 23-89; Mon XI, pp 87-99 

Shoreline of Martha's vineyard, recent changes in the............ Ann 7, pp 361-363

Shoreline, Paleozoic, of the Great basin...... ..................Mon xx, pp 175-177

Slforelinos of mount Desert, Maine...........................Ann 8, n, pp 1009-1034

Shutt (G. W.), admi n istrative report for 1883-84.................... Ann 5, pp 64-66

Shutt (G. W.), administrative report for 1884-85...................: ....Ann 6,p 93

Shutt (G. W.), administrative report for 1885-86..................Ann 7,pp 135-136

Shutt (G. W.), administrative report for 1886-87................Ann 8,1, pp 201-202

Siberia, fossil plants of, literature of the....................... Ann 8, n, pp 786-788

Sibei ia,«qnicksilver deposits of.................................. Mon xm, pp 44^16

Sicilian asphaltum, statistics of.....................................MR 1891, p 455

Sicilian»eulphnr industry...... .....................................MR 1891, p 570

Sierra iievada, Coast, and Cascade ranges, relation of the............. Bull 19, p 20;

Bull 33, pp 19-20 

Sierra nevada range, structure of the.... ....Ann 8, i, pp 426-428; Bull 33, pp 12-15

Sierra nevada. See, also, California; Nevada.

Sierra, the high, in California, description of *... .............. Ann 8, i, pp 321-324

Silesia, zinc production of.....................................MR 1891, pp 113-114

Silica and alkali determinations in eruptive rocks .................. .Mon xn, p 580

Silica, sourfco of, in ferruginous cherts......................... Ann 10, i, pp 398-399

Silicates, alkalies in, estimation of.............^...................Bull 9, pp 36-37

Silicates, fusibility of ............................................Bull 26, pp 50-52

Silicates, the natural, experiments upon the constitution of........ Bull 78, pp 11-33

Silicates, the natural, the chemical structure of ...................Bull 60, pp 13-20

Siliceous sinter, formation of, by the vegetation of hot springs..... ....Ann 9, p 613

Siliceous sinter, nature of........................................ Ann 9, pp 669-676

Siliceous sinter of New Zealand .............................. ....Ann 9, pp 672-676

Siliceous sinter of Yellowstone national park ..........................Ann 9, p 650

Siliceous sinter, origin of ..................................... Ann 9 pp 650, 655-657

Siliceous sinter, rate of deposition of.................................. Ann 9, p 666

Silicic acid, the action of phosphorus oxychloride on the ethers and chlorhydrines of ....................................................Bnll 90, pp 47-55

Silicification.................................Mon xni, pp 137,392-394; Bull 19, p8

Silicon in steel......................................................... Bull 25, p 13

Silicon, use of, in preventing blowholes in steel................... Bull 25, pp 67-68

Silurian fauna of the Epreka district, Nevada ......Mon xx, pp 49-54, 59-62,191-192

Silurian fossils of the Eureka district, Nevada............................ Mon vm,

pp 65-98, 270-273; Mon xx, pp 322-325 

" Silurian rocks con taining bitumen deposits ............... Ann 11, i, pp 600,625-634

.Silurian rocks, enlargements in ................................ ....Bull 8, pp 41-42

Silurian rocks 'in northeastern Iowa........................... Ann 11, i, pp 323-333

Silurian rocks in the Leadville district, Colorado......................Ann 2, p 218

Silurian rocks iu the upper Missouri region ........................ Ann 6. pp 50-51
WAHMAN.] INDEX. 465

Silurian rocks of Texas ........................................ Bull 45, pp 55-56,87

Silurian rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada.. .Ann 3, pp 260-263; Mon xx, pp 34-62 

Silurian rocks of the lake Superior region......................... Ann 3, pp 147-155

Silurian rocks of the Mosquito range, Colorado................... Mon xn, pp 60-63

Silurian; Trenton limestone as a source of petroleum and inflammable gas in '

Ohio and Indiana....................................... Ann 8, n, pp 475-662

Silurian; Uiiita sandstone in northwestern Colorado............. Ann 9, pp 687-688

Silurian, upper, fishes of the....................................Mon xvi, pp 19-20

Silurian. See, also, Paleozoic.

Silver, discovery of, in western United States .................... Mon in, pp 26-28

Silver in country rocks, determination of........................ Ann 6, pp 345-348

Silver, quantitative determination of, by means of the microscope.. Ann 6, pp 323-352 

Silver and gold conversion tables ................................... I....... Bull 2

Silver and gold, discovery of, in Colorado........................ .Mou xn, pp 7-10

Silver and gold in eruptive rocks....................................Mon xn,p 579

Silver and gold in the United States, production of, since 1804 ... ....MR 1888. p 38

Silver and gold in the United States since 1792, product of.......MR 1891, pp 74-75

Silver and gold of the Comstock lode, Nevada. ..Mon in, pp 6-7, 9, 18, 224-225, 268 

Silver and gold, statistics of.......... Ann 1, p 73; Ann 2, pp 331-401; ME 1882, pp

.172-185; MR 1883-84, pp 312-321; MR 1885, pp 200-207; MR 1886, pp 104-108; 

, MR 1887, pp 58-65; MJft. 1888, pp 36-42; MR 1889-90, pp 48-55; MR 1891, pp 74-80 

Silver and gold, the world's production of............................. MR 1883-84,

pp 319-321; MR 1888, p 40; MR 1889-90, p 54 

Silver-lead deposits of Eureka, ¥evada....................................Mon vn

Silver-lead deposits of the Leadville district, Colorado .... ....Mon xii, pp 367-584

Silver salts, the indirect estimation of chlorine, bromine, and iodine by the 

electrolysis of their, with experiments on the convertibility of the silver salts by the action of alkaline haloids................... Bull 42, pp 89-93

Sinter, algous ........................................................ Ann 9, p 665

Sinter at Steamboat springs, Nevada............................... Mon xni, p 341

Sinter, dendritic..............................................Mou xni, pp 266-268

Sinter from Queensland, analysis of................................... Bull 90, p 74

Sinter, moss.......................................................... Ann 9, p 667

Sinter, siliceous, formation of, by the vegetation of hot springs.... ....Ann 9, p 613

Sinter, siliceous, nature of....................................... Ann 9, pp 669-676

Sinter, .siliceous, of New Zealand................................ Ann 9, pp 672-676

Sinter, siliceous, of Yello wstoue national park........................ Ann 9, p 650

Sinter, siliceous, origin of................................... Ann 9, pp 650, 655-657

Sinter, siliceous, rate of deposition of..................................Arm 9, p 666

Sioux quartzites, relations of the, to the Huronian............... Bull 86, pp 186-187

Sioux reservation, lignites of the great..................................... Bull 21

Slag, blast-furnace, utilization of.............................. MR 1882, pp 161-164

Slags, lead, statistics of..................................... MR 1883-84, pp 440-4 62

Slags of Leadville, analyses and composition of the............ Mon xn, pp 698-709

Slate member of the Peuokee iron-bearing series, origin and petrographical

character of the.................. Ann 10, i, pp 370-379; Mon xix, pp 302-345

Slate series, auriferous, of the Lasseu peak district, California.. Ann 8, i, pp 404-407 

Slate, statistics of................. MR 1882, p 457; MR 1883-84, p 929; MR 1885, pp

398-401', 532-533; MR 1886, pp 549-553; MR 1887, pp 522-527; MR

1888, pp 547-551; MR 1889-90, p 376; MR 1891, pp 456, 472-473

Slates from the Ponokee district of Mich. and Wis., analyses of.... .Mon xix, p 306

Sloan (E.), investigations relating to the Charleston earthquake........ ....Ann 9,

pp 210, 294-295, 297, 305, 312 

Smelting, copper .......................... r............................... Bull 26

Smelting, materials used in..., ..,. , T7t ,, ,, , ,,, Tr ..,,....Mon XJi, PJ> 6,3(5-659,
466 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Smelting at Leadville, Colorado............................... Mon xu, pp 609-751

Smelting of argentiferous lead in the far West ................ MR 1882, pp 324-345

Smelting, products of......................................... Mon xu, pp 692, 731

Smith (E. A.), list of ores, minerals, and mineral substances'of industrial importance in Alabama................................... .MR 1882, pp 667-670

Smith (E. A.), the iron ores of Alabama in their geological relations . ....MR 1882,

pp 149-161 

Smith (E. A.) and Johnson (L. C.), Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of the

Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers.......................... Bull 43

Smith (W. B.)> notes upon the occurrence of topaz at Devil's head mountain,

Colorado....................... ....'..... ...................Bull 20, pp 73-74

Smithsonite from Arkansas, analysis of............................... Bull 90, p 62

Smock (J. C.)>* lists of ores, minerals, and mineral substances of industrial

importance in several of the states...................... MR 1882, pp 665-747

Smoky mountains, Tenn., literature of the geology of the........ Bull 86, pp 421,422

Snake River basin, hydrography of.... .Ann 11, u, pp 77-92,106,110; Ann 12, u, p 344

Snake River basin, reservoir sites and canal lines surveyed in, for irrigation

purposes............................................... Ann 11, n, pp 190-200

Snake River valley, irrigation problems in the...................... Ann 11, u, p 239

Soapstone, statistics of............................................. MR 1891, p 593

Soapstone and diabases from the Penokee district of Micl^. and Wis..Mou xix, p 357 

Soda, analyses of.................. Bull 60, pp 27-101; MR 1882, pp 601,602,603,604;

MR 1885, pp 546,551,553,554; MR 1887, p 655 

Soda ash, analyses of.......................................MR 1883-84, pp 965,966

Soda, carbonate of, statistics of................................ MR 1882, pp 601-602

Soda lakes near Ragtown, Nevada................................. Mon xi, pp 73-80

Soda, natural, its occurrence and utilization...................... Bull 60, pp 27-101

Soda, nitrate of, statistics of................................... MR 1882, pp 599-600

Soda, sulphate of, statistics of................................. MR 1882, pp 603-604

Sodalite from .Litchfield, Maine, description and analysis of........ Bull 42, pp 30-31

Sodium and potassium, a method for the separation of, from lithium by the 

action of amyl alcohol on the chlorides; with some reference to a similar separation of the same from magnesium and calcium..... Bull 42, pp 73-88

Sodium salts, statistics of..................................... .MR 1887, pp 651-658

Soil and man, action and reaction of the...................... Ann 12, i, pp 329-345

Soil formation, processes of.................................... Ann 12, i, pp 230-250

Soil movement................................................ Ann 12, i, pp 260-300

"Soil, red, from Bermuda, and the coral from which it was derived, analyses

of............ ..................................................Bull 52, p 29

Soils and clays from various localities, analyses of..................... Bull 64, p 51

Soils, effect of animals and plants on.......................... Ann 12, i, pp 268-287

Soils, effects of, on health.....................................Ann 12, i,pp 340-344

Soils, maritime, from Massachusetts, analyses of.................. Bull 27, pp 68-69

Soils, nature and origin of....................................Ann 12,1, pp 213-345

Solfataric action at Sulphur bank, California.............. Mon xiu, pp 253,258-259

Solfataric action in the Cornstock lode and the Washoe district, Nevada....Ann 2,

p 313; Mon in, pp 21,206,238,240, 389 

Solfataric action in the Eureka district, Nevada, cause of........Mon vn, pp 89,188

Solfataric action in the Leadville district, Colorado...... I.......... Mon xn, p 563

Solfataric emanations at Steamboat springs, Nevada...........Mou xiu, pp 342-343

Solfataric gases at Knoxville, California...................... .Mon xiu, pp 287-288

Solid and liquid, the continuity of................................ Bull 96, pp 71-97

Solid viscosity, the mechanism of...........................................Bull 94

Solids, chemical action between .................................. Bull 64, pp 34-37

Solids, the flow of, or. the behavior of solids under high pressure... Bull 55, pp 67-75;

BuU 64, pp 38-39
WABMAN.] INDEX. 467

r

Solids, the viscocity of.....................................................Bull 73

Solution as affecting topography..................................Bull 84, pp 88-89

Solutions, molten magmas considered as .......................... Bull 66, pp 26-29

South America, Cambrian rocks of ................................... Bull 81, p 379

South America, copper production of............................ MR 1883-84, p 356 ;

MR 1885, p 229; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 88;

MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 101

South America, fossil plants of, literature of the............... Ann 8, n, pp 820-823

South America, geological maps of, list of the.................... Bull 7, pp 150-157

> South America, lead production of................ MR 1883-84, p 434; MR 1885, p 264

South America, quicksilver deposits of .......................... Mon xui, pp 19-24

South America, tin production of ................................ MR 1883-84, p 625

South America. See, also, each country thereof.

South Carolina, altitudes in............................. Bull 5, pp 276-278; Ball 76

South Carolina, boundary lines of, and cession of territory to general government .................................................... Bull 13, pp 26,96-97

South Carolina, brick industry of...................................MR 1888,p563

South Carolina, building stone from, statistics of.................... MR 1889-90, pp

373,428; MR 1891, pp 464,467 

South Carolina; Charleston earthquake of August 31,1886.........Ann 9, pp 203-528

South Carolina, clay deposits of..................................... MR 1891, p 506

South Carolina, Cretaceous deposits of ................................ Bull 82, p.92

j. South Carolina, Eocene deposits of.......................... Bull 83, pp 50-54,81,87

South Carolina, fossils from...................... Ann 4, pp 309,310, 311, 312,314,315

South Carolina, geologic and paleontologic investigations in.......... Ann 7, p 121;

^ Ann 8,1, pp 168-169; Ann 10,1, p. 155; Ann 11,1, p 69; Ann 12,1, pp 75, 76,82 

"* South Carolina, geologic maps of, listed.............. Bull 7, pp 102,104,105,106,107

South Carolina, gold from, statistics of............Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882,pp 172,

176,177,178; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313; MR 1885, p 201; MR 1886, pp 104,105;

MR 1887, pp 58,59; MR 1888, pp 36,37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,77

South Carolina; kaolin from Aiken, analysis of......................... Bull 27, p 63

South Carolina, limestoue production of........................ MR 1891, pp 464,467

South Carolina, manganese ore in.................................. MR 1886, p 193;

MR 1888, pp 124,130; MR 1889-90, pp 127,134; MR 189.1, p 136 

South Carolina, mineral springs of............ Bull 32, pp 79-80; MR 1883-84, p 984;

MR 1885, p 540; MR 1886, p 718; MR 1887, p 685; MR

1888, p 628; MR 1889^90, pp 522,532; MR 1891, p 607

South Carolina, minerals of, the useful.... MR 1882, pp 728-729; MR 1887, pp 786-788

South Carolina, Neocene beds of .................................. Bull 84, pp 74-81

South Carolina, phosphate deposits -of....... Bull 46, pp 60-70; MR 1882, pp 504-5215

MR 1883-84, pp 783-788; MR 1885, pp 445-449; MR 1886, pp 607-610; MR 1887, pp

580-584; MR 1888, pp 586-590; MR 1889-90, pp 449-451; MR 1891, pp 557-562

South Carolina, topographic work in..................................Ann 7, p 52;

Ann 8,1, p 102; Ann 10,I, p 92; Ann 12,1, p 27 

i South Dakota. See Dakotas.

Southern complex of the Penokee dist., lake Superior..Mon xix, pp 103-126,441-451 

Spain, antimony production of................................... MR 1883-84, p 645

^ Spain, coal area and output of, compared with those of other countries....MR 1882,

-f p 5; MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p

235; MR 1887, p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1891, p 73 

Spain, copper production of .................................. MR 1882, pp 253-254;

" MR 1883-84, pp 356, 364-367; MR 1885, pp 228,234-237; MR 1886, pp 128,133-135;

-> MR 1887, pp 87, 93-95; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, pp 100,102 

Spain, fauna of the Olonellus zone from ............................Ann 10, i, p 580

Spain, fossil plants of, literature of the............ ........ Ann 8, u, pp 702-705
468 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Spain, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other countries...... MR

1882, p 109; MR 1883-84, p 257; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, p 18; MR

1888, pp 28,30,30, 31; MR 1889-90, pp 21,22; MR 1891, pp 46, 73

Spain, lead production of .......................................... MR 1882, p 322;

MR 1883-84, pp 434, 436; MR 1885, pp 264-267 

Spain; iron-ore product of Bilboa district, compared with that of Michigan. ....MR

1891, pp 18,38 

Spain, manganese production of....................................MR 1886f"p 201;

MR 1887, pp 159-160; MR 1889-90, p 130 

Spain, mining law of........................................ ....MR 1883-84, p 1000

Spain, phosphate deposits of...................................Bull 46, pp 45,53-59

Spain, pyrites production of...............................MR 1883-84, pp 882-884;

MR'1885, pp 507-508; MR 1886, pp 654-656 

Spain, quicksilver mines of.........Ann 8, n, pp 965,966; Mon xm, pp 4,7,14,27-32

Spain, quicksilver production of.'.......... MR 1882, pp 392,393; MR 1883-84, p 496;

MR 1885, pp 290-292; MR 1887, p 125; MR 1888, pp 105,106; MR 1891, pp 123,124 

Spain, silver production of, compared with that of other countries. ....MR 1883-84,

pp 319,320 

Spain, tin production of ......................................... MR 1883-84, p 618

Spain, zinc production of.............................. MR 1882,p 358; MR 1883-84,

pp 480,489-490; MR 1885, p 277; MR 1886, p 159;

MR 1887, p 117; MR 1888, p 95.; MR 1891, pp 113,114

Specific gravity of lampblack................................... Bull 42, pp 132-135

Speifis, analyses and assays of..................................Mon xn, pp 720,721

Spencer (J. W.), elevations in the Dominion of Canada.......................Bull 6

Spessartite from Amelia county, Virginia, description and analysis of..Bull 60, p 129 

Spessartite garnet from Llano county, Texas, description and analysis of.... Bull 90,

pp 39-40 

Spheroidal parting in greenstones..... ...................... Bull 62, pp 166-168,177

Spherulites of Obsidian cliff, Yellowstone national park.. Ann 7, pp 262-264, 276-278 

Spherulites, relation of granophyre groups to..................... Ann 7, pp 274-276

Spiegeleisen, production of ..........................................MR 1891, p 56

Spiegeliron, analyses of................................MR 1883-84, pp 561-562,565

SpongiiB from the Cambrian of the Eureka district, Nevada ...... Mon vnr, pp 11-12

Spongise from the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada ......... .Mon vm, p 99

Spongiis from the middle Cambrian of North America, description of species

of..........................................................Bull 30, pp 72-91

Spongise of the Olenellus zone.................................Ann 10, i, pp 597-599

Spring section, ideal .................................................. Ann 3, p 219

Spring water, general chemistry of.............................. Mon xi, pp 175-178

Spring waters from Maine, Arkansas, and New Mexico, analyses of. .Bull 55, pp 91-93 

Spring waters of New Zealand, analyses of ............................ Ann 9, p 673

Springs, classes of, and those in the Lahontan basin...............Mon xi, pp 47-55

Springs, extinct, in Lahontan basin..............................:.... Mon xi, p 54

Springs, hot, travertine and siliceous sinter of.................... Ann 9, pp 613-676

Springs, mineral, of the United States, lists and analyses of the ............Bull 32

Springs of the Kaibab plateau...................................Mon n, pp 129-130

Springs of Mono lake, California ............................... Ann 8,1, pp 287-292

Springs of Steamboat springs district, Nevada................. Mon xm, pp 338-340

Sproull (H. S.), gypsum, statistics of ..........................MR 1885, pp 458-464

Spronll (H. S.), structural materials, statistics of..............MR 1885, pp 395-427

Stahl (,E.) and Hnntley (D. B.), list of ores, minerals, and mineral substances

 of industrial importance in Arizona...................... MR 1882, pp 760-764

States surveyed by their cooperation:

Connecticut................................................... Ann 10, i, pp 7,88

MassachusettsttTTT .........rr . ?T? .,.... ? . T , 7T . T ,,,.,.Ann 5,p xviii; Ann 6,p 4
. INDEX. 469

States surveyed'by their cooperation continued.

New Jersey ......................................................Ann 6, pp 5-7

Rhode Island................................. Ann 9, p 51; Aim 10, i, pp 7,85-86

Statistics of the mineral production of the United States......Ann 2,pp xxvii-xxx,

xxxv-xxxvii, 331-401; Ann 4, pp 63-68; Ann 6, pp 88-92; Ann 

7, pp 38-39,131-134; Ann 8, i, pp 85-87,195-200; Ann 9, pp 27- 

28,134-140; Ann 10, I, pp 52-53,182-188; MR 1882; MR 1883-84; 

MR 1885; MR 1886; MR 1887; MR 1888; MR 1889-90; MR 1891 

v Steamboat springs, Nevada, scorodite from............................. Bull 61, p 30

Steamboat springs district, Nevada, springs of................. Mon xm, pp 338-340

Steel, analyses of ..................................................... Bull 55, p 88

Steel, carburatiou of, the effect of mechanical strain on............ Bull 94, pp 40-47

Steel industry of the United States.................. t »..................... Bull 25

Steel, oxide films on, relation between time of exposure, temper-value, and

color in..................................................... Bull 27, pp 51-61

Steel, physical definition of ..........................................Bull 14,p 173

~ Steel, solution of, the effect of strain on the rate of................ Bull 94, pp 48-62

Steel, temper of, relation between electrical resistance and density when varying with the................................................ Bull 27, pp 30-50

Steel, tempered, the internal structure of.......................... Bull 35, pp 11-50

j Steel, the galvanic, thermo-electric, and magnetic properties of, etc.......... Bull 14

^ Steel, the viscosity of, and its relations to temper and to temperature.. Bull 73, pp 1-73 

Steel and glass, the effect of sudden cooling exhibited by......... Bull 42, pp 98-131

Steel and iron from Krupp shell and Gruson armor plate, analyses of . ......Bull 55,

pp 87-88 

"N Steel and iron in the United States, the manufacture of...... MR 1883-84, pp 246-257

Sto*1 ! and iron in the United States, twenty-one years of progress in the manufacture of ..............................................MR 1885, pp 180-195

Steel and iron iu the United States, twenty years of progress in the manufacture of............................/........................ MR 1891, pp 47-73

Steel and iron industries of the United States in 1887 and 1888....MR 1887, pp 10-27

f Steel and iron industries of the United States in 1888 and 1889....MR 1888, pp 12-32

Steel and iron industries of the U. S. in 1889,1890, and 1891 .. .MR 1889-90, pp 10-22 

Steel and iron rails, miles of, in use each year since 1880 .............. MR 1891, p 64

Steel. See, also, Iron.

Steep rock series of rocks in Ontario.............................. Bull 86, pp 70-72

Sternberg (Kaspar Maria, Graf von), biographical sketch of........ ....Ann 5, p 371

1 Stevenson (Jarues), death and biographic sketch of................. Ann 9, pp 42-44

Stilbite from Table mountain, Colo., description, aualysis, etc., of. .Bull 20, pp 19-23 

Stokes (H. N.), a petroleum from Cuba ........................... Bull 78, pp 98-104

Stokes (H. N.), a supposed mineral resin, from Livingston, Mont. .Bull 78, pp 105-108 

Stokes (H. N.), on the action of phosphorus oxychloride on the ethers and

ehlorhydrines of silicic acid................................. Bull 90, pp 47-55

Stone, building, statisti cs of.......... MR 1882, pp 450-457; MR 1883-84, pp 662-667;

'' MR 1885, pp 396-404; MR 1886, pp 536-556; MR 1887, pp 511-527;

MR 1888, pp 521-547; MR 1889-90, pp 373-440; MR 1891, pp 456-473

^t Stones, precious, statistics of......... MR 1882, pp 482-503; MR 1883-84, pp 723-782 ;

. MR 1885, pp 437-444; MR 1886, pp 595-605; MR 1887, pp 555-579;

MR 1888, pp 580-585; MR 1889-90, pp 445-448; MR 1891, pp 539-551

Stowell (S. H.), petroleum, statistics of....................... MR 1882, pp 186-211;

MR 1883-84, pp 214-232; MR 1885, pp 130-154 

^ Strains, tensile, drawn, and other, in their bearing on Maxwell's theory of

viscosity....................................................Bull 94, pp 17-29

Stratic geology or stratigraphy, principles of .................. Ann 11,1, pp 273-275

Stratigraphy of California, notes on the .................................... Bull 19
470 PUBLICATIONS OF THE u. s. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. IBTOL. 100.

 *

Stratigraphy of Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of New Jersey. .'Mon ix, pp ix-xii 

Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Penu., Ohio, and W. Va .....Bull 65

Stratigraphy of the Coast ranges................................Bull 84, pp 200-217

Stratigraphy of the driftless area of the upper Mississippi valley. .Ann 6, pp 219-220 

Stratigraphy of the lake Superior region ........................ Bull 86, pp 173-174

Stratigraphy of the Plateau country ............................. Ann 6, pp 131-140

Stratigraphy and lithology of the Newark system................. Bull 85, pp 32-44

Stratigraphy. See, also, Pleistocene; Neocene; Eocene; Cretaceous; Juratrias; Carboniferous; Devonian; Silurian; Cambrian; Algonkian; ,^ 

Archean. 

Stream measurements in western U.S...... Ann 11, II, pp 2-22; Ann 12, n, pp 235-345

Stream work in relation to soils ............................... Ann 12, i, pp 288-293

Streams, migration of . ..^..................................... Ann 12, i, pp 303-304 v. Streams, terraces of construction and destruction formed by.... Ann 11, i, pp 256-273

Stride of the great ice invasions .................................. Ann 7, pp 155-248

Striae, the glacial, of eastern United States, map of the........... Ann 7, pp 154-155

Striation, cross-, and changes of glacier movement ............... Ann 7, pp 200-207

Strike, hade, throw, etc., defined.............;........................ Ann 4, p 442

Strikes in coal mines.............................MR 1891, pp 184,185, 219-220, 262

Stromeyerite from California.......................................... Bull 61, p 27

Strontia, statistics of...............................................MR 1882, p 582 r

Strontium, statistics of........................................MR 1886, pp 699-700 a

Strouhal (V.) and Barus (C.), electrical and magnetic properties of the ironcarburets ............................................................. Bull 14

Strouhal (V.) and Barns (C.), physical properties of the iron-carburets.. ....Bull 35

Strouhal (V.) and Barus (C.), relation between electrical resistance and den- ^ 

sity when varying with the temper of steel.................. Bull 27, pp 30-50

Strouhal (V.) and Barus (C.), relation between time of exposure, temper-value,

and color in oxide films ou^steel.............................Bull 27, pp 51-61

Strouhal (V.) and Barus (C.), the effect of sudden cooling exhibited by glass

and by steel............................................ ....Bull 42, pp 98-131

Structure of the Mosquito range, Colorado....... Mon xn, pp 34-39, 202-263, 284-291 t

Structure of mountains, especially of the Rocky mountains... ....Mon xii, pp 24-27

Structure of the Potomac formation.............................. Mon x v, pp 47-53

Structure of the Sierra nevada................................. Bull 33, pp 12-16, 21

Structure of the Trias in Connecticut and New Jersey.............. Mon xiv, pp 5-8

Structure. See, also, Diastrophism; Fault; Unconformity.

Stubbs (W. C-.), phosphate rock in Alabama ................ MR 1883-84, pp 794-803 '

Subaerial decay of rocks and origin of the red color of certain formations.... Bull 52

Subsidence of fine solid particles in liquids.............Bull 36; Bull 60, pp 139-145

Subsidence of mount Desert, Maine, during and after the Glacial period, evidences of.............................................Ann 8, IT, pp 1009-1034

Subsidence of Nantucket island................................Bull 53, pp 28-30, 48

Subsidence and elevation in cape Aim district, Massachusetts, evidences of

recent.....................................................Ann 9, pp 567-574 '

Subsidence and elevation inferred from Ceuozoic and Mezozoic rocks of Alabama.....................................................Bull 43, pp 136-138 i^

Subsidence and elevation. See Diastrophism. y 

Substitution theory of formation of quicksilver ores...........Mon xnr, pp 394-401

Sulphantimonites from Colorado, analyses of.................... Bull 60, pp 116,117

Sulphate of lime as an impurity of brines......................... Ann 7, pp 500-504

Sulphate of soda, analyses of..................................MR 1882, pp 603,604 ^

Sulphates, basic ferric.........................................Mon xii, pp 549-550

Sulphur, deposition of, at Sulphur bank, California................. Mon xm, p 254

Sulphur, foreign, statistics of.............. MR 1882, pp 378-379; MR 1883-84, p 868

Sulphur in steel.......................................................BuU 25, p 13
WAKMAtf.j

Sulphur, statistics of...«*». 44i4is . ii ...:.....................MR 1882, pp 578-579;

MR 1883-84, pp 864-876; MR 1885, pp 494-500; MR 1886, pp 644-647; MR 1887,

pp 604-610; MR 1888, pp 5,10-11; MR 1889-90, pp 515-517; MR 1891, pp 564-571

Sumatra, fossil plants of, literature of the.......................... Ann 8, n, p 805

Sun river basin, Montana, hydrography of.................. .... Ann 11, 11, pp 43-94

Sun river basin, Montana, surveys in......................... Ann 11, n, pp 120-133

Superior, lake. See Lake Superior.

Superior (lake) basin, geological maps of the............... Ann 3, pp 92-93, 172-173

Superior, lake, copper-bearing rocks of..................................... Ann 1,

pp 70-71; Ann 2, pp xxxi-xxxiv; Ann 3, pp 89-188; Mon v 

Superior, lake, fluctuations of, from 1870 to 1888....................... Bull 72, p 18

Superior, lake, sandstone....................................... Bull 86, pp 157-160

Superior, lake, synclinal..............2......................... Mon V, pp 410-418

Superior, lake. See, also, Michigan; Minnesota; Wisconsin.

Survey, the United States^Geological, laws establishing and extending the...Ann 1,

pp 3-4; Aim 4, p xiii

Survey, the United States Geological, laws governing the printing and distribution of the publications of the. See pp 11-14 of this bulletin. 

Survey, the United States Geological, the plan and organization of the....... Ann 1,

pp 6-14; Ann 7, pp 3-17; Ann 8, i, pp 3-69 

Surveys of states by their cooperation:

Connecticut................................................... Ann 10, pp 7, 88

Massachusetts................. s>. .................... Ann 5, p xviii; Ann 6, p 4

New Jersey......................................................Ann 6, pp 5-7

Rhode Island. .............................. Ann 9, p 51; Ann 10, i, pp 7, 85-86

Swamp reclamation in India....................................... Ann 12, n, p 561

Swamp soil, fertility of, after drainage and removal of peat.... Ann 10, i, pp 308-310

Swamp soils, character of..................................... Ann 12j I, pp 311-317

Swamps; catalogue of the larger salt marshes of New England and Long

island..................................................... Ann 6, pp 390-398

Swamps, classification of..................................... Ann 10, i, pp 261-285

Swamps; economic uses of morasses........................... Ann 10, i, pp 303-310

Swamps; effect of certain plants on formation of morasses. ....Ann 10, I, pp 285-295

Swamps; fresh-water morasses of the 'United States, with description of the

Dismal swamp ......................................... Ann 10, I, pp 255-339

Swamps, marine, economic problems connected with .............Ann 6, pp 374-380

Swamps; process of development of salt- water marshes........... Ann 6, pp 363-373

Swamps, sea-coast, of eastern United States...................... Ann 6, pp 353-398

Swamps, sea-shore, the formation of ............................. Ann 6, pp 359-361

Swamps which owe their origin to glacial action.............. Ann 10, I, pp 295-303

Swank (J. M.), iron ore and its products............ v ..........MR 1882, pp 108-144

Swank (J. M.), iron ores in the United States................MR 1883-84, pp 257-281

Swank (J. M.), the American iron industry from the beginning in 1619 to

1886........................................................MR 1886, pp 23-38

Swank (J. M.), the American iron trade in 1886................... MR 1886, pp 11-22

Swank (J. M.), the iron and steel industries of the United States in 1887 and

1888..-.-............................-.....................MR 1887, pp 10-27

Swank (J. M.), the iron and steel industries of the United States in 1888 and

1889.......................................................MR 1888, pp 12-32

Swank (J. M.), the iron and steel industries of the United States in 1889,1890,

and 1891, compared with those of other countries....... .MR 1889-90, pp 10-22

Swank (J. M.), the manufacture of iron and steel in the United States..........MR

1883-84, pp 246-257 

Swank (J. M.), twenty-one years of progress in the manufacture of iron and

steel in the United States................................MR 1883, pp 180-195
472 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Swank (J. M.), twenty years of progress an tlie manufacture of iron and steel

in tne United States .......................................MR 1891, pp 47-73

Sweden, coal output of, compared with that of other countries........ ME 1882; p 5;

MR 1883-84, p 13; MR 1885, p 11; MR 1886, p 235; MR 1887,

p 189; MR 1888, p 208; MR 1889-90, p 22; MR 1891, p 73

Sweden, cop/per production of................................... MR 1883-84, p 356;

MR 1885, p 228; MR 1886, p 128; MR 1887, p 87;

MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 100

Sweden, fauna of the Olenellus zone in ........................ Ann 10, i, pp 577-578

Sweden, fossil plants of,' literature of the ........................ Ann 8, u, pp 779-781

Sweden, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries ..............................................-..MR 1883-84, pp 319, 320

Sweden, iron and steel production of, compared with that of other countries......................................................... MR 1882, p 109;

MR 1883-84, p 257; MR 1885, p 193; MR 1886, p 21; MR 1887, p 18;

MR 1888, pp 28,29, 30, 31; MR 1889-90, pp 21, 22; MR 1891, p 73

Sweden, lead production of ...................... MR 1883-84, p 434; MR 1885, p 264

Sweden, manganese production of................................ MR 1889-90, p 130

Sweden, nickel production of .................................. MR 1882, pp 405-406

Sweden, tin production of........................................ MR 1883-84, p 619

Sweetwater and adjacent mountains, literature of the geology of. .Bull 86, pp 278-279 

Switzerland, fossil plants of, literature of the .................. Ann 8, u, pp 738-744

Syenite, augite, of the I2e\veenaw series........................... Mon v, pp 112-124

Syenites, Arkansas, results of tests of. ........................... MR 1889-90, p 379

Synclinal of the lake Superior basin .......... Ann 3, pp 174-179; Mon v, pp 410-418

Table mountain, Golden, Colorado, minerals from the basalt of..... Bull 20, pp 13-39

Tables and formulas to facil itate the construction and use of maps .......... Bull 50

Taconian terraue defined........................................ Bull 86, pp 464-466

Taconic, on the use of the name................................... Bull 30, pp 65-70

Taconic range, literature of the geology of the.......Bull 86, pp' 361, 363, 379, 390, 393

Tahoe lake as a reservoir for irrigation purposes .............. Ann 11, n, pp 169-172

Tahoe lake, water of, analysis of the .................................. Mou xi, p 42

Talc, statistics of...................................................MR 1882,p 585;

MR 1885, pp 534-535; MR 1889-90, p 476; MR 1891, p 594 

Tarns, process of formation of ................................. Ann 12, i, pp 232-236

Tampa group of rocks of Florida ................................ Bull 84, pp 112-123

Tantalite from the Etta tin mine, Dakota, analysis of................ MR 1888, p 151

Taos district of the Rio Grande, hydrography and irrigation in the .........Ann 12,

11, pp 251-256 

Tariff of March 3, 1883, certain schedules from the ............. MR 1882, pp 777-787

Tasmania, fossil plants of, literature of the..................... Ann 8, n, pp 814-815

Taxonomy of the lower part of the geologi cal column ............. Ann 7, pp 448-454

Taxonomy and correlation ................................ Bull 82, pp 17-25,207-247

Taxonomy and nomenclature, geologic, conference of geologists and lithologists on, in January, 1889................................. Ann 10, i, pp 56-67

Taxonomy. See Correlation; Nomenclature.

Taylor (F. W.), cobalt, statistics of............................ MR 1882, pp 421-423

Taylor, mount, and the Zuni plateau ............................. Ani\ 6, pp 105-198

Tejon, Chico-, series............................................ Ann 6, pp 68-70,73;

Bull 15, pp 11-17; Bull 19, pp 14,17; Bull 83, pp 100-110

Tejon, Chico-, series in Oregon and Washington, equivalents of the.. Bull 51, pp 28-32 

Tejon, Chico-, series of California, new fossil Mollusca from the.... Bull 51, pp 11-27

Tej on group, digest of the literature relating to the.............. Bull 83, pp 100-110

Tejon. See, also, Cretaceous; Eocene.

Tellurium, statistics of ........................ MR 1882, p 447; MR 1886, pp 648-649

Temper chemically interpreted.............................. Bull 14, pp 77-79,88,98
WARMAN.] INDEX. 473

Temper and viscosity of steel, relation between .................... Bull 73, pp 1-52

Temper, electrical resistance, and viscosity........................ Bnll 94, pp 31-33

Temper in steel, hydroelectric effect of .......................... Ball 42, pp 121-129

Temperature and electrical conductivity, relation between......... Bull 14, pp 15-27

Temperature and pressure, dependence of fluid volume on.......... Bull 92, pp 17-67

Temperature and strain from sudden cooling, relations between.. .Bull42, pp 98-112 

Temperature and viscosity of steel, relation between.............. Bull 73, pp 53-73

Temperature coefficient of steel.................................... Bull 14, pp 15-24

Temperature, constant high, degree of, attained in metallic vapor baths of

large dimension............................................. Bull 54, pp 56-83

Temperature data for color effect in oxidation of iron carburets.... Bull 35, pp 51-57

Temperature, effect of, in production of petroleum and natural gas..........Ann 8,

n, pp 493,495-496 

Temperature, effect of, in subsidence of fine solid particles in liquids......Bull 36,

pp 20-24 

Temperature, effect of, on glaciation............................. MOB. i, pp 276-283

Temperature, effect of, on Molluscan life............................... Bull 11; p 38

Temperature gradients, underground, determination of, at the Wheeling deep

Avell (4,471 feet), West Virginia................................ Ann 12, r, p 63

Temperature^ inequalities of, as cause of errors in barometric hypsometry....Aun2,

pp 420-425, 536 

Temperature, influence and effect of, in annealing of steel..........Bull 14, pp 43-59

Temperature, influence of, on crystallization of igneous magmas........ Bull 66, p 25

Temperature of artesian water................................... Ann 5, pp 165-167

Temperature. See, also,^leat; Thermal.

Temperatures, high, of the mines of the Cornstock lode, Nevada........ Ann 2, p 312;

Mon in,' pp 228-265,387-392; Mon iv, pp 389-400 

Temperatures, high, thermo-electric measurement of .............. Ann 4, pp 53-59;

Ann 10, pp 179-180; Bull 54 

Temperatures of la.ke Tahoe at different depths........................ Mon xi, p 72

Tempering of steel and magnetic retention and stability......... Bull 14, pp 151-172

Tempering of steel, the conditions which determine the efficacy of the operation of...................................................... Bull 14, pp 28-75

Tennessee, altitudes in.................................. Bull 5, pp 279-282; Bull 76

Tennessee; beryl from Greene county, analysis of....................... Bull 9, p 11

Tennessee, boundary lines of, and formation of state .......... Bull 13, pp 30,108-109

Tennessee, brick industry of.................... ME 1887, pp 536,539; MR 1888, p 563

Tennessee, building stone from, statistics of........................ MR 1882, p 451;

MR 1886, pp 543-544; MR 1887, p 518; MR 1888, pp 533,541,543;

MR 1889-90, pp 373, 429-430; MR 1891, pp 464, 467,468, 470

Tennessee, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the................. Bull 81, pp 139-144,

154-155,299-303, 311,383 

Tennessee, coal area and statistics of............................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 72-73; MR 1883-84, pp 12, 88; MR 1885, pp 11,64-67; MR

1886, pp 225,230, 341-347; MR 1887, pp 169,171, 352-357; MR 1888, pp

169,171, 362-366; MR 1889-90, pp 146,269-271; MR 1891, pp 180,320-325

Tennessee, coals and cokes from, analyses of........................ Bull 64, pp 54-55

Tennessee, coke in, the manufacture of.................... MR 1883-84; pp 196-202;

MR 1885, pp 80,111-116; MR 1886, pp 378, 384,417-421; MR 1887, pp

383,389,420; MR 1888, pp 395,400,425; MR 1891, pp 360, 361,366, 395

Tennessee, copper deposits and statistics of........... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, p 231

Tennessee, Eocene deposits of.....'............................. Bull 83, pp 70-71,83

Tennessee, fossils from...................... Ann 4, pp 294, 301; Ann 8, n, pp 881-882

Tennessee, geologic and paleontologic investigations in ............ Ann 5, pp 52, 53;

Ann 6, pp 24, 25; Ann 7, pp 67,114; Ann 8,1, p 175; Ann 9, p 76; Ann 10, 

i, pp 120,157; Ann 11, i, pp 58, 71, 72,75; Ann 12,1, pp 54,62,75,78, 79
474 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO. /^

Tennessee, geologic maps of, listed........................ Bull 7, pp 102,103,104,107

Tennessee, gold from, statistics of ................;.. Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,

176,177,178; MR 1883-84, p 312; MR 1886, p 104; MR

1887, pp 58,59; MR 1888, pp 36,37; MR 1891, pp 76,77

Tennessee, iron and steel from, statistics of............... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

pp 120,125,129,130,131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, 

pp 252, 278; MR 1885, pp 182,184,186,188; MR 1886, pp 14, ^ 

18,33,92-96,98; MR 1887, pp 11,16; MR 1888, pp 14,17,23; 

MR 1889-90, pp 10, 17, 24, 40; MR 1891, pp 12, 25, 54, 55, 61 *. 

Tennessee, lime production of....................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

Tennessee, limestone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 464, 467

Tennessee, manganese ore in....................... MR 1885, p 344; MR 1886, pp 181,

193-194; MR 1888, pp 124,131; MR 1889-90, pp 127,135; MR 1891, p 137 

Tennessee, marble industry of.................................. MR 1891, pp 468,470

Tennessee, metallic-paint production of.............................. MR 1891, p 597 ''--

Tennessee, mineral springs of.................................... Bull 32, pp 97-106;

MR 1883-84, p 985; MR 1885, p 540; MR 1886, p 718; MR 1887,

p 686; MR 1888, p 628; MR 1889-90, p 532; MR 1891, pp 603, 608

Tennessee, minerals of, the useful......... MR 1882, pp 730-733; MR 1887, pp 788-792

Tennessee, petroleum localities and statistics of ............... MR 1885, pp 147-148;

MR 1889-90, pp 362-363 

Tennessee, rocks of, their classification, etc ................ Bull 80, pp 37, 41,164-166 

Tennessee, topographic work in .................... Ann 4Jcpp 13-15; Ann 5, pp 4-5;

Ann 6, pp 8,9,10; Ann 7, pp 50,52; Ann 8, i, p 102 ;

Ann 9, p 55; Ann 10, i, p 89; Ann 12, i, pp 27-28

Tennessee; water from Mountain city, analysis of...................... Bull 64, p 58

Tennessee, zinc deposits in........................... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, p 367

Terra rossa of southern Europe, equivalent of, in America............. Bull 52, p 25 <

Terraces and embankments, the formation of.................... Ann 2, pp 171-172;

Ann 3, pp 206-208; Mon i, pp 36, 46-58,78-86; Mou xi, pp 88-99 

Terraces, embankments, deltas, etc., of shore topography .........Mon xi, pp 88-99

Terraces of lake Agassiz.................................................... Bull 39 ; 

Terraces of the glacial flood deposits in the Mississippi valley ....Ann 6, pp 308-311 J

Terraces of the Grand canyon district............................. Aim 2, pp 74-94; .(

Mon u, pp 32,35-37,40,43,46-47 

Terraces of various kinds .......................Ann 5, pp 115-120; Mon I, pp 78-86 'p

Terraces, stream-formed, analysis and classification of.........Ann 11, i, pp 256-273 ^

Territorial changes in the United States, historical sketch of the. ..Bull 13, pp 24-32 

Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah, some insects of special interest from the ... Bull 93 * 

Tertiary bitumen deposits .................................... Ann 11, i, pp 596-597

Tertiary formations in southwestern Kansas .................. 1... Bull 57, pp 31-38

Tertiary history of the Grand canyon district. ....Ann 2, pp xii-xvi, 47-166; Mon n

Tertiary of western America, divisions and fauna of the..................... Ann 5, »

pp 252-254; Mon x, pp 5-8 

Tertiary Ostreidse, North American .............................. Ann 4, pp 309-316

Tertiary rocks in California ...............i.................. Bull 15, pp 15-16,32; /

Bull 19, pp 10,13,17; Bull 51, pp 11-14; Mou xin, pp 214-221,461 

Tertiary rocks in the Lassen peak district, California.......... Ann 8, II, pp 413-424 -*

Tertiary rocks of Martha's vineyard.............................. Ann 7, pp 326-347

Tertiary rocks of Texas.........................'............. .....Bull 45, pp 84-86

Tertiary strata in the region of the Uinta mountains.............. Ann 9, pp 690-691

Tertiary and Cretaceous formations of New Jersey, sketch of the geology of

the........................................................Mon IX, pp ix-xiii

Tertiary and Cretacious strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee^ and Alabama v 

rivers................................................................. Bull 43

Tertiary and Mesozoic paleontology of California ............................ Bull 15
WARMA*.] INDEX, 475

Tertiary and post-Tertiary volcanic rocks of Eureka dist., Nev....Ann 3, pp 277-287

Tertiary. See, also, Eocene; Neocene.

Teton range, Archean and Algonkian literature of the ................ Bull 86, p 281

Tewan mountains, New Mexico, a group of volcanic rocks from the, and the

occurrence of primary quartz in certain basal ts....................... Bull 66

Texan formations, diagram showing interrelation ofT................. Bull 82, p 127

Texan Permian and its Mesozoic types of fossils............................. Bull 77

Texan system of rocks .......................................... Bull 86, pp 267-269

Texas, boundary lines of, and admission of Republic of.......Bull 13, pp 21,105-106

Texas, altitudes in...................................... Bull 5, pp 283-289; Bnil 76

Texas, artesian wells of, list of the................................Ann 11, 11, p 272

Texas, brick industry of.................. MR 1887, pp 536,539; MR 1888, pp 563,566

Texas, building-stone production of................MR 1891, pp 457,461,463,464,467

Texas, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the. .Bull 81, pp 216-219, 234-235,354-356,385 

Texas, Chainidfe from the Cretaceous rocks of, aberrant forms of .. ....Bull 4, pp 5-9

Texas, clay production of......................................MR 1891, pp 518-522

Texas, coal area and statistics of................................ ....MR 1882, p 74;

MR 1883-84, pp 12,89; MR 1885, pp 11,67-68; MR 1886, pp 225,

230,347-350; MR 1887, pp 169,337-359; MR 1888, pp 169,171,

367-374; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 271; MR 1891, pp 180, 325-328

Texas, copper deposits of...................................MR 1883-84, pp 342-343

Texas, Cretaceous rocks of.............................. Bull 82, pp 114-130,220-223

Texas, Eocene deposits in...................................... Bull 83, pp 76-79,84

Texas; fixation of the 105th meridian in El Paso county ........... Bull 70, pp 71-79

Texas, fossils from.......................... Ann 4, pp 292-307; Ann 8, u, pp 897-898

Texas, gadolinite from Llano county, analysis of....................... Bull 64, p 40

Texas, geologic and paleoutologic investigations in................ Ann 6, pp 75-76;

Ann 8,1, pp 179-180; Ann 9, pp 120-121; Ann 10,1,

pp 163-164; Ann 11,1, pp 58,107; Ann 12,i,p 114

Texas, geologic maps of, listed............................... B ull 7, pp 139,140,141

Texas, geology of, present condition of knowledge of the.................... Bull 45

Texas, gold and silver from, statistics of ...........MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, p 77

Texas, gypsum industry in..........................................MR 1891, p 582

Texas, iron and steel from, statistics of......MR 1882, pp 120,129, 131; MR 1883-84,

"p 252; MR 1885, pp 182,184; MR 1886, pp 18,33; MR 1887, pp 11,51-52; MR 

1888, pp 14,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,17,24,40; MR 1891, pp 12,27,54,55 

Texas; iron regions of northern Louisiana and eastern Texas, a report on the,

by Lawrence C. Johnson. See p 323 of this bulletin. 

Texas; latitudes and longitudes of Cisco and Sierra Blanca determiaed . ....Ann 11,

i,p!29; Bull 70 

Texas, lignite beds of.........................................MR 1891, pp 327-328

Texas, lime production of........................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

Texas; limestone from El Paso county, analysis of................MR 1889-90, p 432

Texas; lithographic stone in Blanco county ...................... MR 1889-90, p 519

Texas, meteoric iron from, description and analysis of.................Bull 7'8, p 95

Texas, meteorite, stony, from, description and analysis of..... ....Bull 78, pp 91-93

Texas, mineral springs of...................................... Bull 32, pp 124-128;

MR 1883-84, p 985; MR 1885, p 540; MR 1886, p 718; MR 1887, p

686; MR 1888, p 628; MR 1889-90, p 532; MR 1891, pp 603, 608

Texas, minerals of, the useful............ MR 1882, pp 733-736; MR 1887, pp 792-794

Texas, Neocene beds of......................................... Bull 84, pp 172-177

Texas, petroleum from, statistics of .................... MR 1889-90, pp 292, 359-361.

Texas, salt from, statistics of...............MR 1882, pp 532-534; MR 1883-84, p 842

Texas; spessartite garnet from Llano county, description and analysis of.......Bull

90, pp 39-40
476 .PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. B. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Texas, topographic work in.......... Ann 6, pp 12-13; Ann 1, p 55; Ann 8, i, p 104;

Aim 9, pp 57-58; Ann 10; i, pp 95-96; Ann 11, j, p 40; Ami 12, I, pp 30,47 

Thermal effect of the action of aqueous vapor on feldspathic rocks........... Ann 2,

pp 325-330; Mon in, pp 296-308, 397-400 

Thermal expansion,-literature and measurement of.............Bull 92, pp 17-18, 27

Thermal expansion of certain rocks, preliminary note on the coefficients of.... .Bull

78, pp 109-118 

Thermal springs and Molluscan life.................................... Bull 11, p 40

Thermal survey of the Comstock lode, Nevada .................. Mon in, pp 244-265

Thermal. See, also, Heat; Temperature.

Thermodynamics of liquids, the volume...................................... Bull 96

Thermo-electric data of alloys............... r ..................... Bull 14, pp 80-88

Thermo-electric effect of magnetization......................... Bu 1114, pp 104-110

Thermo-electric, galvanic, and magnetic properties of wrought iron, steel, and

cast iron in different states of hardness...............................Bull 14

Thermo-electric measurement of high temperatures.... ....Ann 4, pp 53-59; Bull 54

Thermo-electric power and specific resistance of steel, relation between .... Bull 14,

pp 62-70 

Thermo-electric power, measurement of...........................Bull 14, pp 31-36

Thermo-electric properties,, specific resistance, and hardness of steel, relation of................................................... Bull 14, pp 203-226

Thinolite, chemical nature of..................................... Bull 12, pp 22-25

Thinolite, crystallographic study of .............. Bull 12, p 14; Mon xi, pp 194-201

Thinolite in the Mono basin, Cal........ Ann 8, i, pp 315-317, 320; Bull 12, pp 19-20

Thinolite of lake Lahoutan, crystallographic study of the................. Ann 8, i,

pp 315-318; Mon xr, pp 194-200; Bull 12 

Thinolite of Walker lake, Nevada.....................................Bull 12, p 20

Thiuolite, original crystalline form of............................. Bull 12, pp 20-22

Thiuolite, relation of, to gaylussite pseudomorphs ................. Bull 12, pp 25-28

Thinolitic tufa of the lake Lahontau basin, Nevada.............. Mon xr, pp 192-201

Thomsenolite from near Pike's peak, Colorado, occurrence and. description of.. .Bull

20, pp 55-56 

Thompson (A. H.), report on topographic branch of irrigation survey for

1888-89..................................................Ann 10, II, pp 65-77

Thompson (A. H.), report on topographic branch of irrigation survey for

1889-90...................'.............................Ann 11, n, pp 291-343

Thompson (A. H.), report on topographic work during 1890-91 ..Ann 12, i, pp 42-52 

Thompson (A. H.), report on the location and survey of reservoir sites during

the fiscal year ending June 30,1891....................... Ann 12, u, pp 1-212

Thompson (G.), administrative report for 1881-82...................Ann 3, pp 32-41

Thompson (G.), quoted on glaciers of mount Shasta ..............Ann 5, pp 332-334

Thomsonite from Table mountain, Colorado, general description and chemical

composition of.............................................. Bull 20, pp 24-27

Thomsonite spherules from Table mountain, Colorado, chemical identification

of.........................................................Bull 20, pp 18-19

Thorium and uranous sulphates, on the isomorphism and composition of....... Bull

90, pp 26-33 

Thymol, compressibility and thermal expansion of................ Bull 92, pp 37-38

Tile, brick, etc., statistics of.............................................ME 1882,

pp 457-458; MR 1883-84, pp 679-711; MR 1885, pp 415-427; MR

1886, pp 566-580; MR 1887, pp 534-551; MR 1888, pp 557-575

Till, summary of facts concerning the uustratitied deposit called. ..Bull 58, pp 42-75

Till. See, also, Glacial; Glacier.

Timbering in the Comstock mines, Nevada ......................... Mon in, pp 5-6

Timbering in the Eureka mines, Nevada........................ Mon vn, pp 153-157
WARMAN.] INDEX. 477

Time ratios of the Coastal plain............................... Ann 12, i, pp 428-429

Tin, analyses of............................................MR 1883-84, pp 626, 629

Tin, foreign sources of..........................:.............. ....ME 1882, p 436;

ME 1883-84, pp 615-625; MR 1885, pp 376-383; MR 1889-90, p 121 

Tin, physical properties of................................... MR 1883-84, pp 625-629

Tin, statistics of.........................................MR 1882, pp 434-437; MR

1883-84, pp 592-640; MR 1885, pp 370-385; ME 1886, pp 214-217; ME 1887, pp

134-137; ME 1888, pp 144-159; MR 1889-90 pp 119-123; MR 1891, pp 164-166

Tin ore, analyses of................................................ MR 1882, p 434;

MR 1833-84, p 614; MR 1885, p 370; MR 1888, pp 151-154 

Tin ore, assays of ...................."........................ .ME 1888, pp 146-147

Tin-plate industry...................... ME 1883-84, pp 633-637; MR 1888, pp 20-22

Tin-plate industry, efforts to establish the ........................... MR 1891, p 69

Titanium and aluminum, separation of, and of titanium and iron ..Bull 27, pp 16-26 

Titanium, separation of, in rock analyses.......................... Bull 78, pp 87-90

Tonibigbee, Tuscaloosa, and Alabama rivers, Tertiary and Cretaceous strata

of the...............................................................Bull43

Topaz, an unusual occurrence of.................................. Bull 20, pp 81-S2

Topaz at Devil's head mountain, Colorado, notes upon the occurrence of....Bull 20,

pp 73-74 

Topaz from Florissant and Devil's head mountain, Colorado .......Bull 20, pp 70-73

Topaz from Stoneham, Maine ...................................... Bull 27, pp 9-^15

Topaz in nevadite from Chalk mountain, Colorado................... Mon xn, p 347

Topaz in rhyolite ..................................................... Bull 20, p 81

Topographic features of the Penokee district in relation to geology.......Mou xix,

pp 145,188-189, 301-302 

Topographic forms, classification of, by hydrography............. Ann 7, pp 558-564

Topographic map of the United. States, plan and description of the..........Ann 4,

o pp xiii-xxiv; Ann 6, pp xvi-xix; Ann 7, pp 3-8 

Topographic map of the United States; altas sheets engraved to May 20,1893.

See pp 307-320 of this bulletin.

Topographic work in the United States done by national and state organizations and by corporate and private enterprise, sketch of..... Ann 4, pp xiv-xx

Topographic work in the various states and territories. See each state and

t territory. 

Topographic work, reports on............... Ann 3, pp xv-xvi; Ann 4, pp xiii-xxiv,

3-16; Ann 5, pp xvii-xx, 3-14; Ann 6, pp xv-xix, 3-17; Ann 7, pp 3-8,

45-60; Ann 8, i, pp 70-74, 97-122; Ann 9, pp 3-7, 49-69; Ann 10, I,

pp 5-9; 83-108; Ann 11, i, pp 4-10, 33-48; Ann 12,i,pp 3-8,23-52

Topography, analysis of ......................................... Ann 7, pp 558-564

Topography and geology, interdependence of......................... Mon xu, p 29

Topography and geology of India ............................ Ann 12, u, pp 399-403

Topography as affected by solution................................ Bull 84, pp 88-89

Topography due to faulting...................................... Ann 4, pp 443-450

Topography. See, also, Physiography.

Toroweap valley and the middle portion of the Grand canyon............. Ann 2, pp

104-121; Mon IT, pp 78-100

Tourmaline from Nevada county, California, description and analysis of.. Bull90, p 39 

Tourmaline, the analysis and composition of ...................... Bull 55, pp 19-37

Tourmaline. See, also, Precious stones.

Trade wind confined within narrow vertical limits..................... Ann 4, p 145

Transportation, littoral............................................ Ann 5, pp 85-90

Transportation. See, also, Degradation.

Trap, decomposed, from near Sanford, North Carolina, analysis of. ....Bull42, p 138

Trap dikes and sheets, character jstiice of, t T .... T ....... T ... T ...,. ? , 7 , ? T Bull 85, p $)
478 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Trap rocks, decay of.............................................. Bull 52, pp 16-18

Trap rocks, geographical distribution of, in eastern United States..Bull 85, pp 70-72 

Trap rocks of the Newark system ................................. Bull 85, pp 66-77

Traps as data for correlation of Newark areas..................... Bull 85, pp 30-31

Traps of the Newark system in the New Jersey region, the relations of the..Bull 67 

Traps of the Triassic series in Connecticut valley................. Ann 7, pp 462-468

Traps. See, also, Basalt.

Travertines, analyses of............................................... Ann 9, p 646

Travertine and siliceous sinter, formation of, by hot springs .. ....Ann 9, pp 613-676

Travertine. See, also, Tufa.

Trees as agents of soil formation............................... Ann 12 i, pp 269-274

Trenton limestone as a source of. petroleum and inflammable gas in Ohio and

Indiana .................................................Ann 8, n, pp 475-662

Tree piedras mesa, Eio Grande basin, irrigation on ................. Ann 12, n, p 256

Trias in southwestern Kansas ..................................... Bull 57, pp 20-27

Trias of the Atlantic slope, flora of the....................................Mon xv

Trias of Virginia and North Carolina and flora therefrom............. Mon vi, pp 2,

92-93,95,100-101,125-126 

Trias. See, also, Jura-trias. 

Triassic age, fossil insects of, found in the Loadville district, Colo .... .Mon xn, p 71

Triassic of the Connecticut valley, structure of the............... Ann 7, pp 455-490

Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley, fossil fishes and

plants of the.......................................................Mon xiv

Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connecticut valley, geological relations

and equivalents of the ..................................... Mon xiv, pp 1-15

Triassic. See, also, Jura-trias.

Trilobita, catalogue of American Paleozoic....................... Bull 63, pp 79-148

Trilobita from the Cambrian of the Eureka district, Nevada.... .Mon vm, pp 24-64

Trilobita from the Carboniferous of the Eureka district, Nev... .Mou vm, pp 266-267

Trilobita from the Devonian of the Eureka district, Nevada .. .Mon vm, pp 207-211 

Trilobita from the lower Silurian of the Eureka district, Nevada..Mon vm, pp 89-98 

Trilobita from the middle Cambrian of North America..........Bull 30, pp 149-222

Trilobita of the Olenellus zone ................................ Ann 10, i, pp 629-658

Trinidad island, asphaltum production of .......................... MR 1882, p 605;

MR 1883-84, p 937; MR 1891, pp 453-454 

Trinidad asphalt pavements, cities where used ...................... MR 1891, p 454

Triplite from the Black hills, Dakota, analysis of................ Bull 60, pp 135-136

Troilite, typical composition of ..................................... MR 1885, p 517

Truckee group of.rocks of Oregon, Idaho, and Nev... Bull 84, pp, 282, 285-286,313-315 

Truckee reservoir sites and canal line.. 1.................. Ann 11, u, pp 172,175,176

Truckee river basin, hydrography of ........................... Ann 11, n, pp 63-65,

101,108; Ann 12, n, pp 324-325 

Tscheffkinite and astrophyllite, new analyses of.................. Bull 90, pp 41-44

Tufa and sinter of hot springs ................................... Ann 9, pp 613-676

Tufa, calcareous, of Borax lake, California.................... Mon xm, pp 266-268

Tufa, calcareous, of lake Lahontau ............................. Mon xi, pp 189-222

Tufa, calcareous, of Mono valley, California, varieties and formation of....Ann 8,1,

pp 297,310-318 

Tufa, calcareous, of Pleistocene lakes of the Great basin..........Mon i, pp 167-169

Tufa, dendritic, of lake Lahontan ........... Ann 3, pp 214-215; Mon xi, pp 201-203

Tufa deposits, succession of, in lake Lahontan................... Ann 3, pp 215-221;

Mon xi, pp 204-207; Bull 12, pp 10-14 

Tufa from Salt lake desert, analysis of................................. Mon I, p 168

Tufa in lake Lahontan, conditions favoring the deposition of... .Mon xi, pp 210-222

Tufa in the lake Bonneville basiii ............. Ann 2, pp 190-191; Moil i, pp 167-169
WARMAN.] ' INDEX. 479

Tufa, lithoid, of lake Lahontan.............. Ann 3, pp 212-213; Mon XI, pp 190-192

Tufa, thinolitic, nature and origin of............................. Bull 12, pp 20-28

Tufa, thinolitic, of lake Lahontan ........... Ann 3, pp 213-214; Mon xi, pp 192-200

Tufa, thinolitic, of Mono valley, California..................... Ann 8,I, pp 315-318

Tufas from lake Lahontan, analyses of................................ Ann 3, p 216;

Mon xi, pp 53,203; Bull 12, p 12 

Tuff, basaltic, of the Bonneville basin............................ Mon i, pp 319-336

Tuff, diabase....................................... Bull 62, pp 133,158-162,175-177

Tuff of acid rocks...............................................Bull 62, pp 151-154

Tule lands, formation and fertility of.......................... Ann 12, i, pp 320-321

Tnle river, California, hydrography of........................ Ann 12,11, pp 319-320

Tungsten, statistics of ........................... MR 1882, pp 431-433; ME 1883-84,

pp 574-575; MR 1885, p 366; M:R 1886, pp 218-219 

Tuolumne river, California, hydrography of ................... Ann 12, n, pp 322-323

Turkestan, fossil plants of, literature of the .................... Ann 8, n, pp 796-797

Turkey, gold and silver production of, compared with that of other countries ................................................. MR 1883-84, pp 319,320

Turkey, lead production of....................... MR 1883-84, p 434; MR 1885, p 264

Turkey, manganese production of. .MR 1886, p 205; MR 1888, p 142; MR 1889-90, p 130 

Turkey, quicksilver deposits in ...................................... Mon xm, p 42

Turner (G. M.), novaculite, statistics of....MR 1885, pp 433-436; M:R 1886, pp 589-594

Turner (G. M.), phosphorus, statistics of ....................... MR 1886, pp 676-677

Turquoise from New Mexico T ...................................... Bull 42, pp 39-44

Turquoise. See, also, Precious stones.

Tuscaloosa and Potomac formations............................ Ann 12,1, pp 421-424

Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers, Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of

the....................:.............................................Bull 43

Twin lakes, Colorado, surveyed for reservoir site............... Ann 11, n, pp 135-139

Tyrolite from the Mammoth mine, Tintic district, Utah, analyses of......... Bull 55,

pp 41-43; Bull 64, p 40 

Uinkaret plateau, Grand canyon district, description of the .................. Ann 2,

pp 72,121-126; Mon n, pp 10,101-121 

Uinta fold, the................................................... Ann 9, pp 692-697

Uin fca group of rocks, correlation of the...................... Bull 83, pp 1S6,143-146

Uinta mountains, Archean and Algonkian literature of the... Bull 86, pp 286-289,505 

Uinta sandstone, the ......................... Ann !), pp 687-688; Bull 86, pp 287-289

Unconformities above and below the Potomac formation .......... Mon x v, pp 58-59

Unconformities in the Coast ranges of California....... Mon xm, pp 188-195,295-299

Unconformities in the Penokee district ........................ Ann 10, i, pp 453-456

Unconformities near Gunnison, Colorado............................ Ann 6, pp 64-66

Unconformity as a basis for classification of formations.... Ann 7, pp 390-395,438-445

Unconformity at base of and within the clastic series of the lake Superior

region.................................................... Bull 86, pp 174-183

Unconformity at base of Eastern sandstone, lake Superior ...... Mon xix, pp 461-463

Unconformity at base of Keweenaw series ..................... Mon xix, pp 456-461

Unconformity between Archean and Algonkian in the Peuokee district....Mon xix,

pp 444-454 

Un conformity between cherty limestone and Penokee series.... Mon xix, pp 454-455

Unconformity, distinguishing characters of....................... Ann 7, pp 395-437

Unconformity of Keweenaw and Huronian rocks................. Mon v, pp 155-156

Uncon formity of Keweenaw series and Eastern sandstone........ Ann 3, pp 152-155;

Mon v, pp 251-259; Bull 23 

Unconformity of Silurian rocks at Eureka,, Nevada ..................... Ann 3, p 267

Unconformity seen in the walls of the Grand canyon of the Colorado........ Mon n,

pp 178-182,207
480 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICA-L SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Undertow, the function of the, in, littoral erosion.... Ann 5, pp 82-83; Mon I, pp 33,38

Unga conglomerate of Alaska ................................... Bull 84, pp 234-235

Uriger (Franz), biographical sketch of................................. Ann 5, p 375

United States. See each state and territory.

United States Geological Survey, laws establishing and extending the; laws

governing its publications. Ann 1, pp 3-4; Ann 4, p xiii; this Bull (100), pp. 11-14 

United States Geological Survey, plan and organization of the....... Ann 1, pp 6-14;

Ann 7, pp 3-17; Ann 8, i, pp 3-69 

Upham (W.), altitudes between lake Superior and the Rocky mountains... ..Bull 72

Upham (W. ), upper beaches and deltas of the glacial lake Agassiz........... Bull 39

Upheaval. See Diastrophism; Elevation.

Uralitization, cause, nature, etc..Bull 28, pp 40-43,49; Bull 59, p 24; Bull 62, pp 52-55

Uraninite, new analyses of ........................................ Bull 90, pp 22-25

Uraninite, the occurrence of nitrogen in, and the composition of uraninite in

general.....................................................Bull 78, pp 43-79

Uraninites, North American, preliminary remarks on ............. Bull 60, pp 131-133

Uranium, statistics of............................................... MR 1882, p 448

Uranous sulphates, the isomorphism and composition of thorium and. Bull 90, pp 26-33 

Utah, altitudes in....................................... Bull 5, pp 290-300; Bull 76

Utah, antimony deposits in ................. MR 1883-84, pp 643-644; MR 1891, p 174

Utah, asphaltum deposits and industry of ........MR 1888, p 513; MR 1889-90, p 478

Utah, associated rare minerals from................................ Bull 20, pp 83-88

Utah, boundary lines of, and formation of territory ..... ^..... Bull 13, pp 31,124-^. 25

Utah; Cambrian faunas of North America, studies on the .................... Bull 30

Utah, Cambrian rocks of........................... Bull 81, pp 156-158, 319-320, 384

Utah, cement industry at Salt lake city............................. .MR 1891, p 532

Utah, coal area and statistics of....... MR 1882, pp 74-81; MR 1883-84, pp 12,89-90;

MR 1885, pp 11, 68-69; MR 1886, pp 225, 230, 350-352; MR 1887, pp 169,359-360;

MR 1888, pp 169,171, 374-376; MR 1889-90, pp °147,272; MR 1891, pp 180,329-330

Utah coals, analyses and calorific values of some................. MR 1882, pp 76-81

Utah, coke in, the, manufacture of.......................... MR 1883-84, pp 202-204;

MR 1885, pp 80, 116-117; MR 1886, pp 378,384,422; MR

1887, p 389;. MR 1888, p 400; MR 1891, pp 360,361,366, 368

Utah, copper minerals from, notes on certain rare.................. Bull 55, pp 38-47

Utah, copper from, statistics of.. .MR 1882, pp 216,228-229; MR 1883-84, pp 329,342;

MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR 1887, p 69;

MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83,84

Ufah, Cretaceous rocks of...................Bull 82, pp 148,154,156,162,164, 234-235

Utah; eruptive rocks from the Henry mountains, analysis of.......... Bull 60, p 154

Utah, fossils from ...............................................Ann 3, pp 420-470;

Ann 4, pp 293,299, 300, 304, 313, 314; Ann 8, H, p 918; Bull 34, pp 21-32 

Utah, geologic and paleontologic investigations in ........... Ann 1, pp 24-25,37-38;

Ann 2, pp 11-13; Ann 3, pp 28-29; Ann 7, pp 115-116,118 

Utah, geologic maps of, listed ................... Bull 7, pp 133,134,135,136,137,170

Utah; geology and physiography of a portion of northwestern Colorado and

adjacent parts of Utah and "Wyoming ...................... Ann 9, pp 677-712

Utah, gold and silver from, statistics of...... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,174,176,

177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312,313,314,315; MR 1885, pp

201, 203; MR 1886, pp 104, 105; MR 1887, pp 58,59; MR

1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75,77,78,79

Utah; Grand canyon district, physical geology of the ............. Ann 2, pp 49-166

Utah; Grand canyon district, Tertiary history of the ............. Mon n and atlas

Utah, iron and steel from, statistics of....... .MR 1882, pp 120,129,131; MR 1883-84,

pp 252,288-289j MR 1885, p 182} MR 1889-90, pp 24, 40; MR 1891, pp 12, 27 

Jit/ah, irrigation faciljties and problems in., 7 T T ,.,,, T ,,... Ann 11, n, pp 231-233,238
WARMAN.] INDEX. 481

Utab, irrigation surveys, engineering, hydrography, segregations, etc., in.... Ann 10,

H, pp viii, 63,88; Ann 12, 11, pp 325-344 

Utah, lead from, statistics of...... MR 1882, pp 308-309; MR 1883-84, pp 412,416-418 ;

MR 1885, pp 248-249; MR 1886, pp 142-143; MR 1887, pp 103-

104; MR 1888, p 86; MR 1889-90, p 80; MR 1891, p 105

Utah; lake Bonneville, a Pleistocene Jake of Utah ........ Ann 2, pp 169-200; Mon I

Utah, mineral springs of........................................ Bull 32, pp 185-187

Utah, minerals of, the useful............. MR 1882, pp 773-775; MR 1887, pp 794-796

Utah, Neocene beds of..........................................Bnl] 84, pp 312-313

Utah, nitre from, analysis of.......................................... Bull 55, p 88

Utah; on the Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the Great hasin, with descriptions of new forms, introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary lakes 

of the Great basin.................................................... Bull 11

 * Utah; oolitic sand from the shore of Great salt lake ................... Bull 27, p 69

v Utah, ozocerite deposit in...........................................MR 1882, p 609;

MR 1883-84, pp 955-957; MR 1888, p 515; MR 1889-90, p 481 

Utah, Permian rocks in.........................................Bull 80, pp 220-221

Utah, quicksilver production of.....................................MR 1886, p 168

Utah, salt from, statistics of...... MR 1882, pp 532-534,549-550; MR 1883-84, pp 827,

844-845; MR 1885, pp 474,483-484; MR 1886, pp 628,6§9-640; MR 1887, pp 611,

1 622; MR 1888, pp 597-598, 605-607; MR 1889-90, pp 482, 489; MR 1891, p 577

Utah, sandstone production of................................. MR 1891, pp 461, 463

' Utah, slate production of......................................MR 1891, pp 472,473

Utah, sulphur production of.................. MR 1885, pp 494-496; MR 1886, p 644;

MR 1887, p 604; MR 1889-90, p 515; MR 1891, p 564 

~S Utah, topographic work in......................................... Ann 2, pp 13-15

Utah, tyrolite from, analyses of, etc................. Bull 55, pp 41-43; Bull 64, p 40

Utah and Colorado, Tertiaries of, some insects of special interest from the. ..Bull 93 

Utah, Colo., and Wyo., geology and physiography of portions of. .Ann 9, pp 677-712 

Utah lake drainage system, hydrography of.. Ann 11, u, pp 70-74; Ann 12, u, pp 334-339 

Utah lake reservoir system....................................Ann 11, n, pp 184-189

> Utah, water from Beck's hot springs, near Salt lake city, analysis of... Bull 42, p 148 

Utah, waters from Utah lake, City creek, Bear river, etc., analyses of. .Bull 9, pp 29-30 

Uwarowite from California, mineralogical description of.............. .Bull 61, p 30

Vanadium, statistics of..............................................MR 1882, p 449

Vancouver island region, Cretaceous fossils from................... Bull 51, pp 33-48

Van Hise (C. R.), administrative report for 1887-88.................Ann 9, pp 79-84

Van Hise (C. R.), administrative report for 1888-89............. Ann 10, i, pp 123-128

Van Hise (C. R.), administrative report for 1889-90.'.............. Ann 11,1, pp 77-80

Van Hise (C. R.), administrative report for 1890-91.............. Ann 12, i, pp 84-87

v Van Hise (C. R.), correlation papers Archean and Algonkian............... Bull 86

Van Hise (C. R.) and Irving (R. D.), secondary enlargements of mineral fragments an certain rocks.................................................Bull 8

^ Van Hise (C. R.) and Irviug (R. D.), the Ponokee iron-bearing series of Mich-. '

igan and Wisconsin ........................... Ann 10, i, pp 341-507; Mon xix

Vapor, aqueous, thermal effect of the action of, on feldspathic rocks......... Ann 2,

-^ pp 325-330; Mon in, pp 290-308 

Vein formation, theories of........ Mon in, pp 18-21, 30; Mon vn, pp 80-106,187-190;

~ Mon xn, p 378; Mon XHI, pp 407-450, 473-475; Mon xx, pp 292-316

Vein formation. See, also, Ore deposits. 

., Vein materials from the Leadville district, Colo., analyses of......... Mon xu, p 557

Venezuela, copper production of.. ^............................. MR 1883-84, pp 356,

374; MR 1885, pp 229,243; MR 1886, pp 128,139; MR 1887,

^ pp 88, 96; MR 1888, p 73; MR 1889-90, p 73; MR 1891, p 101 

. . Bull. 100 31
482 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Venezuela, gold production of, compared with that of other countries.......... MR

1883-84, pp 319,320 

Venezuela, petroleum localities in ............................. MR 1886, pp 486-487

Vermiculites, micas, and chlorites, on the constitution of certain.. .Bull 90, pp 11-21 

Vermilion cliffs and valley of the Virgen, Grand canyon district, description

of.......................................... Ann 2, pp 83-91; Mon n, pp 51-60

Vermont, altitudes in...................................Bull 5, pp 301-303; Bull 76

Vermont, boundary lines of....................................... Bull 13, pp 45-47

Vermont, building stone from, statistics of.............. .MR 1882, pp 451,452; MR

1886, p 541; MR 1887, pp 513, 518; MR 1888, pp 536,541; 

MR 1889-90, pp 373, 432-435; MR 1891, pp 457,460,464,467 

Vermont; Cambrian faunas of North America, studies on the ..............Bull 30

Vermont, Cambrian, lower, in, literature and fauna of the ................. Ann 10,

I, pp 531-534,539-541, 569,583-584 * 

Vermont, Cambrian rocks in, correlation of the................ Bull 81, pp 95,96,98,

99,100,102,104,105,107,113, 283, 310-311, 381-382 

Vermont, clay, brick, and pottery industry of.......................... MR 1882, pp

465,469; MR 1888, p 563; MR 1891, p 502 

Vermont, copper from, statistics of................. Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, pp 216,

231; MR 1883-84, pp 329, 343; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR ; 

1887, p 69; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83,84 <. 

Vermont, fossils from.. Ann 8, u, p 850; Ann 10, i, pp 572-575, 602,605,607,609,628,645 ' 

Vermont, geologic and paleontologic investigations in. ....Ann 5, pp 52, 54; Ann 6, *

pp 74,75,76; Ann 7, pp 60,157; Ann8,i,pp 125,175,176; Ann 9, p 116; Ann 10,

I, pp 114, 160; Ann 11, I, pp 64, 104, 114; Ann 12. i, pp 66, 68, 69, 72, 76, 122

Vermont, geologic maps of, listed ...................... Bull 7, pp 54, 55, 56, 57, 161 /

Vermont, granite production of............................... MR 1891, pp 457, 460

Vermont, iron and steel from, statistics of ......................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 120, 129, 131, 133, 136,137; MR 1883-84, p 252; 

MR 1885, pp 182, 184; MR 1886, pp 17, 42; MR 1891, p 61 

Vermont, lime production of....................... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

Vermont, limestone production of.............................. MR 1891, pp 464, 467 ,

Vermont, manganese-ore production of ................................ MR 1888, pp

124, 131-132; MR 1889-90, pp 127, 135; MR 1891, pp 127, 137 ' 

Vermont, marble production of................................ MR 1891, pp 468,470

Vermont, mineral springs of................................. Bull 32, pp 18-21; MR

1883-84, p 985; MR 1885, p 540; MR 1886, p 719; MR 1887, p 

686; MR 1888, p 629; MR 1889-90, p 533; MR 1891, pp 603, 608 

Vermont, minerals of, the useful..... ....MR 1882, pp 736-738; MR 1887, pp 796-799

Vermont, pyrites from, statistics of............................ MR 1885, pp 502-503

Vermont, slate production of.................................. MR 1891, pp 472,473 .

Vermont, topographic work in......................... Ann 9, p 76; Ann 11,1, p 35

Vertebrate life in America, section to illustrate ........... Ann 5, p 253; Mon x, p 7

Vertebrate paleontology of the Newark system............................. Bull 85 '

Vertebrate remains from the Neocene of Florida ................ Bull 84, pp 127-131

Vertebrates, fossil; birds with teeth........................... ....Ann 3, pp 45-88

Vertebrates, fossil; Dinocerata, an extinct order of gigantic mammals....... Ann 5 / -

pp 243-302; Mon x

Vertebrates, fossil; fishes from the upper Devonian of New York, description ^ 

of two species of...........................................Bull 41, pp 62-63

Vertebrates, fossil; fishes of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and the Connec- , 

ticut valley............................................... Mon xiv, pp 17-76

Vertebrates, fossil; fishes, the Paleozoic, of North America................Mon xvi

Vertebrates, fossil, of Alaska, distribution of the .................... Bull 84, p 266

Vertebrates, fossil, of the higher Devonian of Ontario county, New York. ..Bull 16,

pp 17-20,40-43
WARMAN.] INDEX. 483

Vicksburg group of rocks of La., Miss., and Fla ...... Bull 83, pp 69-70, 76, 101-103

Vicksburg-Jackson limestone..................................Ann 12, I, pp 412-413

Victoria, antimony production of........................... MR 1883-84, pp 646-648

Virgeu, valley of the, and Vermilion cliffs, Grand canyon district, description

of.......................................... Ann 2, pp 83-91; Mon n, pp 51-60

Virginia, altitudes in...................................Bill} 5, pp 304-311; Bull 76

Virginia, boundary lines of....................................... Bull 13, pp 88-92

Virginia, brick industry of............... MR 1887, pp 536,539; MR 1888, pp 563-564

Virginia, building stone from, statistics of...... MR 1882, pp 451,452; MR 1887, p 514;

MR 1888, p 536; MR 1889-90, pp 373,435-437; MR 1891, pp 457,460,461,463,467 

Virginia, cement industry in ........................................ MR 1891, p 532

Virginia, clay deposits of............................................MR 189], p 505

Virginia, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the... .Bull 81, pp 133-138,290-299,311,383

Virginia, coal area and statistics of...................... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

p 82; MR 1883-84, pp 12, 90-98; MR 1885, pp 11,69; MR 1886, pp 225,

230,352-356; MR 1887, pp 169,171,360-367; MR 1888, pp 169,171,

377-381; MR 1889-90, pp 146, 272-275; MR 1891, pp 180, 330-331

Virginia, coke in, the manufacture of............ MR 1883-84, pp 204-205; MR 1885,

pp 80,117-119; MR 1886, pp 378, 384,422-423; MR 1887, pp 383, 389,

421; MR 1888, pp 395,400,425-426; MR 1891, pp 360, 366, 395-396

Virginia; coke, "natural," from Midlothian, analysis of...............Bull 42, p 146

Virginia, copper mining in.......................................... MR 1882, p 231

Virginia, Cretaceous deposits of...................................Bull 82, pp 90-91

Virginia, Eocene deposits of.................................Bull 83, pp 46-48,80,86

Virginia, forestry investigations in..... ..Ann 5, pp 64-66; Ann 6, p 93; Ann 7, p 135

Virginia, fossils from............... Ann 4r pp 311, 312,313,314; Ann 8, n, pp 873-876

Virginia, geologic and paleontologic investigations in...... Ann 5, p 53; Ann 6, pp 24,

31,86; Ann 7, pp 63, 66,110,123,124; Ann 8, i, pp 170,188;

Ann 9, pp 77,78; Ann 10, I, pp 118, 120,121, 156; Ann

11, i, pp 71,72, 109, 116, 117; Ann 12, i, pp 54, 79, 125

Virginia, geologic maps of, listed.... .Bull 7, pp 103,106,107,108,109,110, 111, 112,167

Virginia; geology of the Dismal swamp district of Virginia and North Carolina ..................................................... Ann 10, r, pp 313-339

Virginia, gold from, statistics of...... Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172,176,177,178; MR

1883-84, pp 312,313; MR 1885, p 201; MR 1886, p 104; MR 1887,

pp 58,59; MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 76, 77

Virginia, granite production of................................ MR 1891, pp 457,460

Virginia, gypsum production of................................ MR 1891, pp 580,582

Virginia, iron and steel from, statistics of................. Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

pp 120,125,129,130,131,133,134,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, 

pp 252,276-277; MR 1885, P&182, 184,186; MR 1886, pp 18, 

33,77-81,98; MR 1887, pp 11,16; MR 1888, pp 14,17,23; MR 

1889-90, pp 10, 12,17,24,40; MR 1891, pp 12, 23, 54, 55, 61 

Virginia, lead from, statistics of................................... Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1883-84, p 416; MR 1885, p 248 

Virginia, liine production of......................................... MR 1888, p 556

Virginia; limestone from Lexington, analysis of ...................... Bull 42, p 137

Virginia, limestone production of ...................................MR 1891, p 467

Virginia, manganese deposits in...............................MR 1882, p 424; MR

1883-84, pp 551-552; MR 1885, pp 305,307-328; MR 1886, pp 181,

194-196; MR 1887, pp 145,146, 151-152; MR 1888, pp 124,

125,132-133; MR 1889-90, pp 127,135; MR 1891, pp 127,137

Virginia, marble production of......................................MR 1891, p 470

Virginia, Mesozoic flora of, the older....................................... Mon vi

Virginia; meteoric iron from Pulaski co., description and analysis of..Bull 90,p 45
484 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Virginia, mineral springs of............................Bull 32, pp 54-68; ME 1883-

84, p 985; ME 1885, p 541; MR 1886, p 719; ME 1887, p 686;

MR 1888, p 629; ME 1889-90, p 533; ME 1891, pp 603,608

Virginica, minerals of, the useful.......... ME 1882, pp 738-743; MR 1887, pp 799-803

Virginia, Neocene beds of......................................... Bull 84, pp 55-67

Virginia, ocher production of ....................................... MR 1891, p 595

Virginia; Potoniac or younger Mesozoic flora...............................Monxv.

Virginia, pyrites from, statistics of......................... ME 1883-84, pp 879-880;

MR 1885, pp 504-505; MR 1886, pp 653-654 

Virginia; pyrolusite from the Crimora mine, analysis of........... MR 1883-84, p 551

Virginia, locks and coal of................................Bull 80, pp 29,86,112-113

Virginia, salt from, statistics of............................... ME 1882, pp 532-534;

MR 1883-84, p 840; MR 1891, p 572 

Virginia, sandstone production of..............................MR 1891, pp 461,463

Virginia, slate production of...................................MR 1891, pp 472,473

Virginia; spessartite from Amelia county, description and analysis of.. Bull 60, p 129 

Virginia, tin ore in.... MR 1883-84, pp 599-601; MR 1885, pp 371-376; MR 1891, p 164

Virginia, topographic work in..................................... Ann 4, pp 18-15;

Ann 5, p 5; Ann 6, p 8; Ann 7, pp 50,51; Ann 8, i, p 101; Ann 9,

pp 52-53,54,55; Ann 10, i, p 90; Ann 11, T, p 36; Ann 12, i, p 27

Virginia; waters from springs in Loudoun county, analyses of ........ Bull 42, p 147

Virginia; waters from Virginia hot springs, Bath co., analyses of.. .Bull 9,pp 33-35 

Virginia, zinc and zinc works in...................... Ann 2, p xxix; MR 1882, p 365

Virginia, Nevada, and immediate vicinity, geological map of......Ann 2,pp 292-293

Virginia-New York area of the Newark system............... Bull 85, pp 20-21, 83-85

Viscosity of solids........................................................... Bull 73

Viscosity, solid, the mechanism of.......................................... Bull 94

Viscosity, the pyrometric use of the principle of................. Bull 54, pp 239-306

Vishnu series of rocks in Arizona................................ Bull 86, pp 330-332

Vogdes (A. W.), bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to 1889, including a list of North American species and a systematic arrangement ot 

genera .............................................................. Bull 63

Volatility, coefficients of, for aqueous chlorhydric acid ..........Bull 60, pp 115-117

Volcanic action in the Eureka district, Nevada ................. Mon xx, pp 230-291

Volcanic action in the Grand canyon district................. Ann 2, pp 118-119,122;

Mon ii, pp 81-83, 94-97,104-112,120-121 

Volcanic activity in the Great basin during the epoch of lake Bouneville. ....Ann 2,

pp 190-192; Mon i, pp 319-339 

Volcanic activity. See, also, Solfataric action. 

Volcanic areas around the borders of th'e Plateau country, description of, and

map showing the. ....^..................................... Ann 6, pp 118-121

Volcanic center, Eureka, Nevada, a..................................Mon xx, p 230

Volcanic cones and craters of the Uinkaret plateau, basaltic................. Ann 2,

pp 118,121-124; Mon n, pp 104-109

Volcanic dust from Idaho, Montana, and Nebraska, analyses of ..Bull 42, pp 141-142 

Volcanic dust from Lahontan beds, description and analyses of............. Mon xi,

pp 146-149; Bull 9, p 14

Volcanic eruption in northern California (a late one) and its peculiar lava. ..Bull 79 

Volcanic eruptions, Pleistocene, of western United States ......... Mon i, pp 336-337

Volcanic lavas of Eureka dist., Nev., manner of occurrence of... .Mon xx, pp 243-249

Volcanic necks, columnar structure of basalt in................... Ann 6, pp 172-174

Volcanic necks in northwestern New Mexico...................... Ann 6, pp 167-178

Volcanic phenomena, deposition of quicksilver in relation to .... Mon xm, pp 52,417

Volcanic phenomena, recent and Quaternary, of Mono valley, California. ....Ann 8,

' i, pp 371-389
WARMAN.] INDEX. 485

Volcanic rocks from the Tewan mountains, New Mexico, a group of, and the

occurrence of primary quartz in certain basalts........................ Bull 66

Volcanic rocks of Sepulchre mountain, Yellowstone park....... Ann 12, i,pp 634-650

Volcanic rocks of the Eureka district, Nevada ................... Ann 3, pp 277-287;

Mon xx, pp 230, 249-253,348-394 

Volcanic rocks of the Penokee series, lake Superior district.... .Ann 10, i, pp 439-444

. Volcanic rocks of Washoe, Nevada, chemical analyses of............... Bull 17, p 33

Volcanic rocks, stratified, of mount Desert id., Me.. Ann 8, ir, pp 1037,1043-1047,1051

Volcanic rocks. See, also, Igneous rocks.

Volcanic soils, origin and nature of............................ Ann 12, i, pp 239-245

Volcanic source of the heat of the Comstock lode................ Mon in, pp 240-241

Volcanism; dike of peridotite in Kentucky................................. Bull 38

Volcanism in Alaska ................................................. Bull 84, p 268

Volcanism in relation to dlastrophism in the Sierra nevada ...... Ann 8,1, pp 428-430

>. Volcanism; traps of the Newark system, N. J. region, relations of the....... Bull 67

Volcanoes, cause of, the problem of the........................... Ann i, pp 183-198

Volcanoes, Hawaiian.............................................. Ann 4, pp 75-219

Volcanoes, relation of, to mountain structure in the Rocky mouutaius.. Mon xii, p 27

Volcanoes. See, also> Igneous rocks.

Vulcanized India rubber, the solution of .......................... Bull 92, pp 85-94

-* Wages and labor at coal mines of the United States.................... MR 1889-90,

pp 169-171; MR 1891, pp 203-204 

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1882-83 .................. Ann 4, pp 44-48

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1883-84 .................. Ann 5, pp 52-55

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1884-85 ......^........... Ann 6, pp 74-78

^ Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1885-86 ................ Ann 7, pp 113-117

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1886-87'.............. Ann 8, i, pp 174-178

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1887-88 ................ Ann 9, pp 115-120

AValcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1888-89 ............. Ann 10, i, pp 160-162

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1889-90............. Ann 11, i, pp 102-106

Walcott (C. D.), administrative report for 1890-91............. Ann 12, i, pp 106-111

* Walcott (C. D.), Cambrian faunas of North America................ Bull 10; Bull 30

Walcott (C. D.), correlation papers Cambrian ............................. Bull 81

Walcott (C. D.), paleontology of the Eureka district...................... Mon vm

Walcott (C. D.), systematic list of fossils of each geological formation in the

> Eureka district, Nevada..................................Mon xx,pp 317-333

Walcott (C. D.), the fauna of the lower Cambrian or Olenellus zone...... .Ann 10, i,

pp 509-763 

Walcott (C. D.), the North American continent during Cambrian time....Ann 12, i,

pp 523-568 

Wales, Cambrian rocks of.......................................Bull 81, pp 373-374

Wales, fossil plants of, literature of the........................ Ann 8, n, pp 683-684

. Wales, lower Cambrian strata and fauna of......................... Ann 10, i, p 580

Wales, phosphate deposits of......................................Bull. 46,pp 80-84

Wales. See, also, Great Britain.

Walker (J. A.), graphite, statistics of... MR 1882, pp 590-594; MR 1883-84, pp 915-919 

j Walker lake and river, Nevada, analysis of water of............... Mon xi, pp 46,70

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1881-82..................... Ann 3, pp 26-29

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1882-83.....................Ann 4,pp 50-51

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1883-84..................... Ann 5, pp 55-59

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1884-85.....................Ann 6, pp 81-85

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1885-86................... Ann 7, pp 123-126

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1886-87................. Ann 8, i, pp 184-188

"< Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1887-88................... Ann 9, pp 128-131

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1888-89................Ann 10, i,pp 169-175
486 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1889-90................ Ann 11,1, pp 114-123

Ward (L. F.), administrative report for 1890-91................ Ann 12, i, pp 120-125

Ward (L. F.)» geographical distribution of fossil plants .... ....Ann 8, n, pp 663-960

Ward(L. F.), sketch of paleobotany..............................Ann 5, pp 357-452

Ward (L. F.), synopsis of the flora of the Laramie group.......... Ann 6, pp 399-557

Ward (L. F.), types of the Laramie flora....................................Bull 37

Warder (R. B.), coefficients of volatility for aqueous chlorhydric acid....... Bull 60,

pp 115-117 

Warwickite from Edenville, Orange county, New York, analysis of. ....Bull 64, p 41

Wasatch group of rocks, literature and correlation of the ................... Bull 83

pp 117-126,139,145-146 

Wasatch mountains, Archean and Algonkian literature of the.... Bull 86, pp 289-295

Wasatch mountains, geologic section of the.. ....Ann 2, p 217; Ann 10, i, pp 549-550;

Mon xn, p 58; Mon xx, p 206; Bull 30, p 37; Bull 81, p 157

Wasatch mountains, recent growth of the, the testimony of the Bonneville < 

shorelines to the.............................. Ann 2, pp 197-200; Mon i, p 359

Washington, altitudes in........ Bull 5, pp 312-313; Bull 72, pp 196, 225-226; Bull 76

Washington, boundary lines of, and formation of territory... .Bull 13, pp 31,128-129

Washington, brick industry of......................................MR 1888, p 564

Washington, building stone from, statistics of...................... MR 1882, p 451;

MR 1889-90, pp 373,437; MR 1891, pp 461,463,464,468 ^ 

Washington, Chico-tejon series of rocks in ........................Bull 51, pp 28-32

Washington, clay -deposits of................................... MR 1891, pp 525-526

Washington, coal area and statistics of .........Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 95-96;

M"R 1883-84, pp 12, 99-100; MR 1885, pp 11, 70; MR 1886, pp 225, 

230,357-367; MR 1887, pp 169,171, 367-373; MR 1888, pp 170,171, ff 

381-385; MR 1689-90, pp 147, 275-276; MR 1891, pp 180, 331-341 

Washington, coke in, the manufacture of ........................ MR 1883-84, p 206;

MR 1885, pp 80,119-120; MR 1886, pp 378, 384, 423; MR 1887; pp 383,

389,422; MR 1888, pp 395,400, 426-427; MR 1891, pp 360,361,366, 396

Washington, constitution of, extract from the, relating to irrigation.. Ann 11, n, p 241

Washington, Cretaceous rooks of.................... Bull 82, pp 181,183,184,187,194

Washington,fossils from.................................... ....Ann 8,n,pp 923-924

Washington, glaciers, existing, of the United States............... Ann 5, pp 303-355

Washington, gold and silver from, statistics of ........................ Ann 2, p 385;

MR 1882, pp 172,174,176,177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312, 313, 314, i 

315; MR 1885, pp 201,203; MR 1886, pp 104,105; MR 1887, pp 58,59; 

MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 75, 77, 78, 79 

Washington, iron and steel from, statistics of .................. MR 1882, pp 129,131;

MR 1883-84, pp 252,288; MR 1885, p 182; MR 1886, p 18;

MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888, p 15; MR 1889-90, pp 10, 17, 40

Washington, limestone production of........................... MR 1891, pp 464,468

Washington, mineral springs of.................................Bull 32, pp 217-218;

MR 1889-90, p 534; MR 1891, pp 603,608 

Washington, minerals of, the useful............ MR 1882, p 775; MR 1887, pp 803-804

Washington, Neocene deposits of................................ Bull 84, pp 227-230

Washington; Puget group, the Molluscan fauna of the............. Bull 51, pp 49-63 ^ ~

Washington, river courses in, changes in, due to glaciatiou .................. Bull 40 ^

Washington, sandstone production of.......................... MR 1891, pp 461,463

Washington, Tejon and Puget strata of.......................... Bull 83, pp 103,107

Washington, Oregon, and California, Cenozoic epoch in, general considerations

on the....................................................Bull 84, pp 269-273

Washington (H. S.) and Hillebraud (W. F.), notes on certain rare copper minerals from Utah.............................................Bull 55, pp 38-47 rWashoe district, Nev., development of crystallization in igneous rocks of....Bull 17

Washoe district, Nevada, rocks from the, analyses of.... Mon xx, p 282 j Bull 17, p 33
INDEX. 487

Washoe district and Comstock lode, Nevada, geology of the.................. Ann 2,

pp xxiv-xxvi, 291-330; Mon in and atlas 

Washoe district, Nevada. See, also, Comstock lode. 

Water above 100°, the compressibility of, and its solvent action on glass.... Bull 92,

pp 78-84 

Water, action of, in formation of cherty iron carbonates ............. Ann 10,1, p 395

Water, action of, in formation of iron ores ...................... Ann 10,1, pp 415-417

Water,-analyses of, from 

Alabama: v 

artesian well at Fitzpatrick's......................................Bull 55, p 91

Arkansas: 

Happy hollow spring.............................................. Bull 55, p 92

Potash sulphur springs, Garland county ........................... Bull 55, p 92

springs at Hominy hill........................................... Bull 60, p 173

California: 

Borax lake................................................._.. Mou xui, p 265

Honey lake valley.................................................. Bull 9, p 28

lakeTahoe ..........................................Mon Xi,p42; Bull 9,p28

Matilija hot springs near San Buenaventura...................... Bull 60, p 174

Mono lake.................. Ann 8, i, pp 292-296; Bull 9, pp 26, 27; Bull 42, p 149

Owens lake........................................ Ann 8,1, p 295; Bull 55, p 93

Sulphur bank.............................lV.................... Mon xm,p 259

Truckee river.................................................... Mon xt, p 225

Colorado: 

spring near Denver .............................................. Bull 60, p 174

Florida: 

artesian wells at St. Augustine..................................... Bull 64, p 59

Georgia: 

artesian well at Albany ........................................... Bull 55, p 91

artesian well at Americus ......................................... Bull 55, p 91

artesian well at Montezuma .......................................Bull 55, p 91

artesian well at Sniithville ........................................ Bull 55, p 91

Savannah river and artesian well at Savannah ...... .Bull 55, p 91; Bull 64, p 59

Illinois: 

spring at McLeansborough ....................................... Bull 60, p 172

Iowa: 

artesian wells at Story city ...................................... Bull 42, p 148

Kentucky: 

Murray well, one mile north of Frankfort......................'.... Bull 64, p 57

Maine: 

spring near Paris.......................................i.......... Bull 55, p 91

Mississippi: 

well near Clinton .................................................Bull 64, p 60

Missouri: 

spring at Webster, grove, near St. Louis........................... Bull 78, p 129

well at Lebanon, Laclede county ................................. Bull 60, p 172

Montana: 

Emigrant gulch warm springs, Yellowstone valley................... Bull 9, p 31

Helena hot springs.................................................Bull 9, p 32

Liviugstou warm springs........................................... Bull 9, p 31

Matthews' warm springs, near Bozeniau ........................... Bull 27, p 75

Mill creek cold spring, Yellowstoue valley .......................... Bull 9, p 32

White sulphur springs, Meagher county.........^......... i........ Bull 27, p 75

Nevada: 

hot spring, foot of Granite mountain................................ Bull 9, p 24

hot spring at Hot spring station, C. P. R. E.......................... Bull 9, p 24
488 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 100.

Water, analyses of, from continued. 

Nevada continued. 

Humboldt lake and river .................... Mon xi, pp 41, 67, 225; Bull 9, p 23

Pyramid lake............................. Mon xi, pp 57,58,225; Bull 9, pp 20-21

Soda lakes...........................................Mon xi, p 77; Bull 9, p 25

Steamboat spri ngs ......................................... Mon xm, pp 346,350

Walker lake and river................... Mon XT, pp 46,70,225; Bull 9, pp 22-23

Winnemucca lake............................... Mou xi, pp 63,225; Bull 9, p 21

New Mexico: 

mineral spring one mile west of Santa Fe"..........................Bull 27, p 76

spring near fort Wing-ate.......................................... Bull 55, p 92

New Zealand: 

springs............................................................Ann 9, p 673

-North Carolina:

spring twenty miles from Charlotte, Lincoln county .............. Bull 60, p 171

Oregon: 

Abert lake.........................................................Bull 9, p 29

Tennessee: 

spring at Mountain city...........................................Bull 64, p 58

Utah: 

Bear river .........................................................Bull 9, p 30

Beck's hot springs, near Salt lake city ............................ Bull 42, p 148

City creek.........................................................Bull 9, p 29

Great salt lake....................................... ....Mon i, pp 253,254,255

Utah hot springs, eight miles north of Ogden ....................... Bull 9, p 30

.Utah lake...........................................................Bull 9, p 29

Virginia: . 

springs in Loudoun county....................................... Bull 42, p 147

Virginia hot springs, Bath county .................................. Bull 9, p 33

Yellowstone national park: 

Mammoth hot springs .............................................Ann 9, p 639

Water, apparatus for determination of, in mineral analysis .... ....Bull 78, pp 84-86

Water, artesian, chemical impregnations of....................... Ann 5, pp 165-167

Water, artesian; requisite and qualifying conditions of artesian wells..... ..Ann 5,

pp 125-173 

Water, artesian, temperature of........................................ Ann 5, p 165

Water-bearing beds, character of................................. A.nn 5, pp 135-137

Water, river, general chemistry of.............................. Mon xi, pp 172-174

Water, spring, general chemistry of....... ...................... Mon xi, pp 175-178

Water supply, dangerous, conditions of....................... Ann 12, i, pp 342-344

Water supply of Mono lake, California ..............................Ann 8, I, p 287

Water supply of the Colorado river..............................Mon 11, pp 234-235

Water vapor, influence of, in producing fayalite and various structures in obsidian ..................................................... Ann 7, pp 280-287

Water vapor, r61e of, in molten magmas........................... Bull 66, pp 26-29

Waters and wells, artesian, for irrigation in western United States and in variious countries..........................................Ann 11, II, pp 257-278

Waters, geyser, analyses of............................................Ann 9, p 655

Waters, mineral, of the United States, lists and analyses of the ............. Bull 32

Waters, mineral, statistics of.......................................... ME 1883-84,

pp 978-987; ME 1885, pp 536-543; ME 1886, pp 715-721; ME 1887, pp 680-

687; ME 1888, pp 623-630; ME 1889-90, pp 521-535; ME 1891, pp GOI^BIO

Waters, natural, treatment of, incanalysis......................... Bull 47, pp 12-25

Waters of Comstock lode, source and temperatures of.. .Mon in, pp 241-243, 252, 390 

Waters of Comstock mines, analyses of...............................Mou in, p 152
WARMAIi.] INDEX. 489

Waters of rivers, springs, oceans, and inland seas, chemistry of ..Mon xi, pp 172-187 

Waters of the Yellowstoue national park, analyses of, with an account of

the methods of analysis employed .................................... Bull 47

Wave motion, especially in solid media, nature and mechanism of.. Ann 9, pp 390-409 

Wave work on shores........... Ann 5, pp 80-99; Mon i, pp 29-60; Mon xi, pp 88-99

Weathering, analysis of, and the results of, in the Grand canyon.............Ann 2,

pp 161-166; Mon n, pp 245-249 

Weathering of rocks and origin of the red color of certain formations ....... Bull 52

Weathering of rocks producing nodules, discussion of............ Mon xm, pp 68-72

Weathering, products of, in massive rocks....................... Bull 62, pp 213-214

Weathering. See, also, Degradation.

Webber lake, California, surveyed as a reservoir site.... ..Ann 11,11, pp 175,181-182

Weber and Ogdeii rivers, Utah, hydrography of .................... Ann 12, n, p 334

Weber conglomerate at Eureka, Nevada.......................... Mon xx, pp 91-92

Webster (A. L.), altitudes and their determination............... .Mon i, pp 405-419

Websterite from North Carolina and Maryland, analyses of........... Bull 78, p 122

Weed (W. H.); travertine and siliceous sinter of hot springs...... Ann 9, pp 613-676

Weeks (J. D.), glass materials, statistics of............................ MR 1883-84,

pp 958-977; MR 1885, pp 544-557

Weeks (J. D.), manganese, statistics of. ..MR 1885, pp 303-356; MR 1886, pp 180-213;

MR 1887, pp 144-167; MR 1888, pp 123-143; 

MR 1889-90, pp 127-136; MR 1891, pp 126-146

Weeks (J. D.), natural gas, statistics of.. .MR 1885, pp 155-179; MR 1886, pp 488-516;

MR 1887, pp 464-502; MR 1888, pp 481-512; 

MR 1889-90, pp 366-372; MR 1891, pp 436-451

Weeks (J. D.), petroleum, statistics of.. .MR 1886, pp 439-487; MR 1887, pp 436-463;

MR 1888, pp 442-480; MR 1889-90, pp 287-365; MR 1891, pp 403-435

Weeks (J. D.), tbe manufacture of coke, statistics of.......MR 1883-S4,pp 144-213;

MR 1885, pp 74-129; MR 1886, pp 378-438; MR 1887,

pp 383-435; MR 1888, pp 395-441; MR 1891, pp 357-402

Weiser river basin, Idaho, hydrography of.................. Ann 11, n, pp 89-92,106

Wells, artesian, requisite and qualifying conditions of............ Ann 5, pp 125-173

Wells, artesian, in Kansas .................... Ann 11, H, p 271; Bull 57, pp 13, 30,48

Wells, artesian, irrigation by .............. Ann 5, pp 148-150; Ann 11, n, pp 257-278

Wells, the art of sinking.........................................Ann 5, pp 168-170

West Indies, fossil plants of, literature of the ................... Ann 8, u, pp 819-820

West Indies, geological maps of, listed.................-../...... Bull 7, pp 146-148

West Virginia, altitudes in..............................Bull 5, pp 314-316; Bull 76

West Virginia; bituminous coal field in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, stratigraphy of the ............................................ Bull 65

West Virginia, boundary lines of...................................... Bull 13, p 92

West Virginia, brick industry of........... MR 1887, p 536; MR 1888, pp 564,566,569

West Virginia, bromine industry of ........................ MR 1883-84, pp 851-852;

MR 1885, pp 846-847; MR 1886, p 642; MR 1887, p 626;

MR 1888, p .613; MR 1889-90, p 493; MR 1891, p 579

West Virginia, building stone from, statistics of.... MR 1882, p 451; MR 1887, p 521;

MR 1889-90, pp 373,437-438; MR 1891, pp 461,463,464,468 

West Virginia, clay deposits and industry of........................ MR 1891, p 515

West Virginia, coal area and statistics of........ Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 83-85;

MR 1883-84, pp 12, 90-98; MR 1885, pp 11,71; MR 1886, pp 225,

230,369-374; MR 1887, pp 169,171,373-379; MR 1888, pp 169,171,

385-389; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 277-280; MR 1891, pp 180, 341-351

West Virginia; coal from Jefferson county, analysis of................ Bull 42, p 146

West Virginia; coal from Randolph county, analyses of............ Bull 27, pp 73-74

West Virginia, coal and coke from, analyses of......................... Bull 64, p 54
490 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

West Virginia; coal and coke from near Piedmont, analyses of.... ....Bull 60, p 169

West Virginia, Coal measures of.................................: Bull 80, pp 87,88

West Virginia; coal mining in the Kanawha valley......... MR 1883-84, pp 131-143

West Virginia; coals from Barb our county, analyses of..... .......... Bull 78, p 128

West Virginia, coke in, the manufacture of................. MR 1883-84, pp 207-213;

MR 1885, pp 80,120-129; MR 1886, pp 378,384,424-429; MR 1887, pp 383,

389, 422-431; MR 1888, pp 395, 427-441; MR 1891, pp 360, 366, 396-401

West Virginia, forestry investigations in .............. Ann 5, pp 64-66; Ann 6, p 93

West Virginia, fossils from ......................................... Ann 8, II, p 876

West Virginia, geologic and paleontologic investigations in........ Ann 5, pp 52, 53;

Ann 6, pp 24,25, 31,36; Ann 7, pp 65,67; Ann 8, i, p 130;

 . Ann 9, p 77; Ann 10, i, pp 119-120; Ann 12, i, pp 55,78 

West Virginia, geologic maps of, listed....................... Bull 7, pp 109, 111, 112

West Virginia, iron and steel from, statistics of........... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882,

pp 120, 125, 129, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR

1885, pp 182,184,186; MR 1886, pp 18,33,81; MR 1887, pp 11,16; MR 1888,

pp 14,17,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17,24, 34; MR 1891, pp 12,27,54,55,61

West Virginia; iron ore, brown, from Randolph county, analyses of.. Bull 27, pp 72-73

West Virginia, limestone production of ........................ MR 1891, pp 464,468

West Virginia; limestones from below Wheeling, analyses of......... ..Bull 9, p 17

West Virginia; limonite from Canaan mountain, analysis of............ Bull 9, p 18

West Virginia, mineral springs of............. Bull 32, pp 69-73; MR 1883-84, p 985;

MR 1885, p 541; MR 1886, p 719; MR 1887, p 686; MR

1888, p 629; MR 1889-90, p 534; MR 1891, pp 603, 608

West Virginia, minerals of, the useful. ....MR 1882, pp 743-745; MR 1887, pp 804-806

West Virginia, mining laws of................................. MR 1886, pp 741-746

West Virginia, natural-gas localities and statistics of...MR 1883-84, pp 236,237,243;

MR 1885, p 167; MR 1886, p 504; MR 1887, pp

466,484; MR 1889-90, p 367; MR 1891, p 438

West Virginia, petroleum localities and statistics of................ MR 1882, p 189;

MR 1883-84, p 216; MR 1885, pp 146-147; MR 1886, p 441; MR 1887,

pp 438,451,463; MR 1889-90, pp 292,329-332; MR 1891, pp 405,407,431

West Virginia, salt from, statistics of.... MR 1882, pp 532-534, 539-541; MR 1883-84,

pp 827,839-840; MR 1885, pp 474,479; MR 1886, pp 628, 637; MR 1887, pp

611,620; MR 1888, pp 597-598,604; ME 1889-90, pp 482,488; MR 1891, p 572

West Virginia, sandstone production of........................ MR 1891, pp 461,463

West Virginia, topographic work in............... Ann 5, pp 6-8; Ann 6, pp 8,9,10 ;

Ann 7,50, 51, 53; Ann 8, i, p 101; Ann 9, p 53; 

Ann 10, i, p 92; Ann 11, i, p 37; Ann 12,1, p 27 

West Virginia; Wheeling deep well (4,471 feet), determination of underground

temperature gradients at the,................................... Ann 12, i, p 63

Wet and Saugre de Cristo mountains, Colorado, Archean and Algonkian literature of the ............................................... Bull 86, pp 313-314

Whetstones and oilstones, statistics of.... .MR 1889-90, p. 460; MR 1891, pp 553-555

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1882-83 .................... Ann 4, pp 42-44

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1883-84 .................... Ann 5, pp 50-51

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1884-85 .................... Ann 6, pp 72-74

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1885-86 .................. Ann 7, pp 117-120

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1886-87................ Ann 8, pp i, 178-181

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1887-88 .................. Ann 9, pp 120-123

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1888-89............... Ann 10, i, pp 162-165

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1889-90............... Ann 11, i, pp 107-109

White (C. A.), administrative report for 1890-91 ............... Ann 12, i, pp 112-115

White (C. A.), correlation papers, Cretaceous ............................... Bull 82

White (C. A.), fossil Ostreidae of North America.................. Ann 4, pp 273-430
WARMAK.] INDEX. 491

White (C. A.), fresh-water invertebrates of the North American Jurassic.... Bull 29

White (C. A.), geology and physiography of portions of Colorado, Utah, and

Wyoming .................................................Ann 9, pp 677-712

White (C. A.), invertebrate fossils from the Pacific coast.................... Bull 51

White (C. A.), marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca

of western North America............................................ Bull 18

White (C. A.), Mesozoic and Cenozoic paleontology of California............ Bull 15

White (C. A.), Mesozoic fossils .............................................. Bull 4

White (C. A.), new Cretaceous fossils from California....................... Bull 22

White (C. A.), nonmarine fossil Mollusca of North America.................. Ann 3,

pp. 403-550; Bull 18, pp 17-19

White (C. A.),'remarks on the genus Aucella, with especial reference to its occurrence in California....................................Mon xm, pp 226-232

White (C. A.), the relation of the Laramie Molluscan fauna to that of the succeeding fresh-water Eocene and other groups ......................... Bull 34

White (C. A.), the Texan Permian and its Mesozoic types of fossils.......... Bull 77

White (D.), flora of the outlying Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri ................................................................Bull 98

White (I. C.); comparative stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of the

northern half of the Appalachian field................................Bull 65

White Mountains, Archean and Algonkian literature of the .... ....Bull 86, 350-352

White pine shale at Eureka, Nevada.................... .Mon xx, pp 68-70, 153-154

White river group of rocks of South Dakota, Colorado, and Wyoming . ....Bull 84,

pp 289-292,304-305, 311-312 

Whitfield (J. E.), a new meteorite from Mexico ...................Bull 64, pp 29-30

AVhitfield (J. E.), analyses of natural borates and borosilicates. ....Bull 55, pp 56-62

Whitfield (J. E.), analyses of six new meteorites ................ Bull 60, pp 103-114

Whitfield (J. E.), dumortierite from New York and Arizona......Bull 60, pp 133-135

Whitfield (J. E.), meteorites from Johnson county, Arkansas, and Alien county,

Kentucky ................................ ...<>.............Bull 55, pp 63-64

Whitfield (J. E.), scorodite from the Yellowstone national park....Bull 55, pp 65-66

Whitfield (J. E.), the indirect estimation of chlorine, bromine, and iodine by 

the electrolysis of their silver salts, with experiments on the convertibility of the silver salts by the action of alkaline haloids..... Bull 42, pp 89-93

Whitfield (J. E.) and Diller (J. S.), dumortierite from Harlem, New York, and

Clip, Arizona............................................... Bull 64, pp 31-33

Whitfield (J. E.) and Gooch (F. A.), analyses of waters of the Yellowstone

national park, with an account of the methods of analysis employed..Bull 47 

Whitfield (R. P.), Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Raritau clays

and greeusaud marls of New Jersey ..................................Mon ix

Whitfield (R. P.), Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and

greensand marls of New Jersey.................................... Mon x vm

Whiting (H. L.), successive surveys in Martha's vineyard by.. ....Ann 7, pp 361-363

Whitney (J. D.), hypsometric method of ......................... Ann 2, pp 465-479

Wilber (F. A.), apatite, statistics of.................................MR 1882, p 521

Wilber (F. A.), clays, statistics of ..........................MR 1883-84, pp 676-711

Wilber (F. A.), fire-clay in the eastern division ................MR 1882, pp 465-469

Wilber (F. A.), gypsum, statistics of ........................MR 1883-84, pp 809-815

Wilber (F. A.), marls, statistics of..........MR 1882, pp 522-526; MR 1883-84, p 808

Willemite from the Trotter mine, Franklin, New Jersey, description and

analysis of.....................................................Bull 60, p 130

Williams (A.), jr., administrative report for 1882-83 ................ Ann 4, pp 59-72

Williams (A.), jr., administrative report for 1883-84.................Ann 5, pp 63-64

Williams (A.), jr., administrative report for 1884-85 ................ Ann 6, pp 88-93

Williams (A.), jr., administrative report for 1885-86............... Ann 7, pp 130-134
492 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.IOO.

Williams (A.), jr., gold and silver conversion tables ......................... Bull 2

Williams (A.), jr., list of ores, minerals, and mineral substances of industrial

importance in Idaho.....................................MR 1882, pp 770-771

Williams (A.), jr., mineral resources of the United States in 1882 ..........MR 1882

Williams (A.), jr., mineral resources of the United States in 1883 and 1884.MR 1883-84 

Williams (A.), jr., popular fallacies regarding precious-metal ore deposits.... Ann 4,

pp 253-271 

Williams (A.), jr., useful minerals of the United States; a list by states.... MR 1887,

pp 688-812 

Williams (G. H.), gabbros and associated hornblende rocks near Baltimore,

Maryland.............................................................Bull 28

Williams (G. H.), reports on studies of the crystalline rocks of Maryland.... Ann 10,

i, pp 152-154; Ann 11, i, pp 66-67; Ann 12, i, pp 73-74

Williams (G. H.), the greenstone-schist areas of the Menominee and Marquette 

regions of Michigan, a contribution to the subject of dynamic metamorphism in eruptive rocks ................................................ Bull 62

Williams (H. S.), correlation papers Devonian and Carboniferous.......... Bull 80

Willian»s (H. S.), fossil faunas of the upper Devonian, along the meridian of

76° 30'in New York...................................................Bull 3

Williams (H. S.), fossil faunas of the upper Devonian, the Genesee section,

New York............................................................Bull 41

Williamson (R. S.), hypsometric method of....................... Ann 2, pp 452-465

Williamson (William Crawford), biographical sketch of................ Ann 5, p 376

Willis (B.), administrative report for 1888-89................... Ann 10, i, pp 119-122

Willis (B.), administrative report for 1889-90....................Ann 11, i,pp 70-73

Willis (B.), administrative report for 1890-91....................Ann 12, i,pp 78-81

Willis (B.), changes in river courses in Washington due to glaciatiou.......Bull 40

Willis (B.), lignites of the great Sioux reservation.......................... Bull 21

Wilson (H. M.), irrigation in India........................... Ann 12, n, pp 363-561

Wind-blown soils......................................... ....Ann 12, i,pp 326-329

Wind river group of rocks, correlation of the.... Bull 83, pp 115-125,140-141,145-146

Wind river mountains, Archean and Algoukian literature of the.... Bull 86, pp 279-280

Wind, the trade, confined within narrow vertical limits...............Ann 4, p 145

Winds in the lake Bonneville basin in Pleistocene time.................Mon I, p 332

Winnemucca lake, Nevada, analysis of water of....................... Mon xi, p 63

Wiuslow (A.), Arkansas coal............................ r..... MR 1888, pp 216-224

Wisconsin, altitudes in...... Bull 5, pp 317-320; Bull 72, pp 197-198,204-205; Bull 76

Wisconsin; Archean formations of the northwestern states....... Ann 5, pp 175-242

Wisconsin, boundary lines of, and formation of, from territory northwest of

Ohio river..........................................Bull 13, pp 28,29,114-116

Wisconsin, brick industry of................... MR 1887, pp 536,539; MR 1888, p 564

Wisconsin, building stone from, statistics of........................MR 1882,p 451;

MR 1887, pp 514, 516; MR 1888, pp 536,541,545,546; MR

1889-90, pp 373, 438-439; MR 1891, pp 461,463,464, 468

Wisconsin, cement production of................................... MR 1891, p 532

Wisconsin, clay deposits of.....................................MR 1891, pp 522-523

Wisconsin; copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior, nature, structure, and extent of the..........................................Ann 3, pp 93-188; Mon v

Wisconsin, Cambrian rocks in, correlation of the............ Bull 81, pp 171-181,331

Wisconsin, coke in, the manufacture of......... .*. ......... MR 1888, pp 395,400,441;

MR 1891, pp 361,366,401-402 

Wisconsin; driftless area of the upper Mississippi valley.......... Ann 6, pp 199-322

Wisconsin, fossils from.................... Ann 8, n, p 894; Mon xvi, pp 47,51, 62,66

Wisconsin, geologic and paleontologic investigations in......1.. Ann 3, p 19; Ann 5,

pp 20,21, 24-25, 52-53; Ann 6, pp 31, 34-35, 37, 38, 74,75; Ann 7, pp 71,83; 

Aim 8, i, p 143; Ann 9, pp 72,86; Ann 10, i, pp 125,129; Ann 11,1, pp 76,104
WARMAN.] INDEX. 493

Wisconsin, geologic maps of, listed........................ Bull 7, pp 89-101,164-166

Wisconsin, glacial investigations in.............................. Ann 3, pp 315-322,

381-382, 384-385; Ann 7, p 157 

Wisconsin, iron and steel from, statistics of........................ Ann 2, p xxviii;

MR 1882, pp 120,125,129,1.30,131,133,135,136,137; MR 1883-84, p 252; MR

1885, pp 182,184,186; MR 1886, pp 14,18,62-73; MR 1887, pp 11,16,34-39;

MR 1888, pp 14,17,23; MR 1889-90, pp 10,12,17,30,40; MR 1891, pp 54, 55,61

Wisconsin, lead from, statistics of.................. Ann 2, p xxv$ i; MR 1882, p 312;

MR 1883-84, pp 416,425; MR 1885, p 248; MR 1886, p 148 

Wisconsin, lime production of ................"...... MR 1887, p 533; MR 1888, p 556

Wisconsin; limestone from Calumet and Winnebago counties, analyses of........ MR

1889-90, p 439 

Wisconsin, limestone production of............................MR 1891, pp 464,468

Wisconsin, manganese deposits in............................. MR 1886, pp 188-190;

MR 1887, p 151; MR 1888, p 128 

Wisconsin, mineral springs of.................................. Bull 32, pp 151-157;

ME 1883-84, p 986; MR 1885, p 541; MK 1886, p 719; MR 1887, p

687; MR 1888, p 629; MR 1889-90, pp 534-535; MR 1891, pp 603,609

Wisconsin, minerals of, the useful.... ....MR 1882, pp 745-747; MR 1887, pp 806-808

Wisconsin, ocher production of..................................... MR 1891, p 595

Wisconsin; on secondary enlargements of mineral fragments in certain rocks

(mostly from Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota).................... Bull 8

Wisconsin; on the classification of the early Cambrian and pre-Cambrianformations; a brief discussion of principles, illustrated by examples drawn 

mainly from the lake Superior region....................... Ann 7, pp 365-454

Wisconsin, Penokee iron-bearing series of Midi. and. .Ann 10, i, pp 341-508; Mon xix 

Wisconsin, residuary clays from, analyses of ...................... Bull 27, pp 67-68

Wisconsin; rock, ferruginous, from. Penokee iron range, analysis of....Bull 42, p 138

Wisconsin, sandstone production of............................ MR 3891, pp 461,463

Wisconsin, topographic -work in.......................................Ann 9, p 57;

Ann 10, i, p 94; Ann 11,1, p 38; Ann 12, i, p 29 

Wisconsin, zinc deposits and statistics of............................ Ann 2, p xxix;

MR 1882, pp 366,367; MR 1886, p 156; MR 1889-90, p 88 

Wisconsin and Michigan, rocks from Menominee river, analyses of. ....Bull 55, p 81

Witharn (Henry T. M.), biographical sketch of ...................Ann 5, pp 372-373

Wolff (J. E.), study of the geology of the Crazy mountains of Mont.... Ann 11,1, p 55

Wolframite, German, partial analysis of.......................... MR 1883-84, p 575

Wood, silicified species of, from the Potomac formation ........... Bull 56, pp 43-52

Wood, fossil, and lignite of the.Potomac formation.......................... Bull 56

Wood rivers, Snake river basin, hydrography of............ Ann 11, ir, pp 83-85,106

Woodward (R. S.), administrative report for 1886-87 ............ Ann 8,1, pp 121-124

Woodward (R. S.), administrative report for 1887-88................ Ann 9, pp 68-71

Woodward (R. S.), administrative report for 1888-89 ........... Ann 10, i, pp 106-108

Woodward (R. S.), administrative report for 1889-90 ........... Ann 11, i, pp 128-129

Woodward (R. S.), deformation of the geoid by the removal, through evaporation, of the water of lake Bouneville .................... Mon I, pp 421-424

Woodward (R. S.), elevation of the surface of the Bouneville basin by expansion due to change of climate.............................. .Mon i, pp 425-426

Woodward (R. S.), formulas and tables to facilitate the construction and use

of maps.............................................................. Bull 50

Woodward (R. S.), latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri,

Kansas, and New Mexico.............................................Bull 49

Woodward (R. S.), report on astronomical work of 1889 and 1890............ Bull 70

Woodward (R. S.), the form and position of the sea-level ...................Bull 48
494 PUBLICATIONS OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 100.

Worms, earth-, action of, in producing soils................... Ann 12, I, pp 274-276

Wright (G. F.), the glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky,

Indiana, and Illinois.................................................Bull 58

Wyoming, altitudes in............. Bull 5, pp 321-325; Bull 72, pp 196, 225; Bull 76

Wyoming, boundary lines of, and formation of territory...... ....Bull 13, pp 32,123

Wyoming, Cambrian rocks of, correlation of the.... ....Bull 81, pp 211-214, 349-351

Wyoming, clay deposits of............1............................. MR 1891, p 524

Wyoming, coal area and statistics of........... Ann 2, p xxviii; MR 1882, pp 85-89;

1883-84, pp 12, 100-104; MR 1885, pp 11, 71-73; MR 1886, pp 225,

230, 374-377; MR 1887, pp 169, 171, 380-382; MR 1888, pp 169, 171,

390-394; MR 1889-90, pp 147, 280-286; MR 1891, pp 180, 351-356

Wyoming coals, analyses of................................MR 1889-90, pp 282, 284

Wyoming, coke industry of...............................MR 1891, pp 360, 366, 402

Wyoming, copper from, statistics of .......................... MR 1882, pp 216,229;

MR 1883-84, pp 329, 342; MR 1885, p 210; MR 1886, p 112; MR 1887,

pp 69, 76; MR 1888, p 54; MR 1889-90, p 60; MR 1891, pp 83-84

Wyoming, Cretaceous rocks of......................... Bull 82, pp 153,154, 156, 161

Wyoming; Dinocerata, an extinct order of gigantic mammals (remains found

in Wyoming)...................................... Ann 5, pp 243-302; Mon x

Wyoming, fossils from ...............................Ann 3, pp 420-470; Ann 4, pp

289, 290, 300, 308; Ann 5, p 249; Ann 6, pp 549-556; Ann 8,

ii, pp 906-908; Bull 29, pp 19,22; Bull 34, pp 22, 23,25,29,30

Wyoming, geologic and paleontologic investigations in................ Ann 4, p 41;

Ann 5, pp 49,57; Ann 6, p 72; Ann 7, pp 112,118,119; Ann 8,1, p 173;

Ann 9, p 114; Ann 10, i, p 159; Aim 11, I, pp 101,123; Ann 12, i, p 119

Wyoming, geologic maps of, listed....................... Bull 7, pp 115,116,169,170

Wyoming; geology and physiography of a portion of northwestern Colorado

and adjacent parts of Utah and Wyoming.................. Ann 9, pp 677-712

Wyomingg glaciers, existing, of the United States............... Ann 5, pp 303-355

Wyoming, gold from, statistics of.............. Ann 2, p 385; MR 1882, pp 172, 176,

177,178,182; MR 1883-84, pp 312,313; MR 1885, p 201; MR 1886, pp 104,105;

MR 1887, pp 58,59; MR 1888, pp 36, 37; MR 1889-90, p 49; MR 1891, pp 76,77

Wyoming, iron'and steel from, statistics of................... .MR 1882, pp 120,125,

133, 135, 136, 137, 147; MR 1883-84, p 285; MR 1885, p 

184; ME 1886, p 18; MR 1887, p 11; MR 1888, pp 15,35

Wyoming, mineral springs of........................ I.......... Bull 32, pp 183-184

Wyoming, minerals of, the useful........MR 1882, pp 758-759; MR 1887, pp 808-810

Wyoming, Neocene beds of...................................... Bull 84, pp 309-312

Wyoming, petroleum localities and statistics of .................... MR 1882, p 211;

MR 1883-84, pp 217-218; ME 1885, pp 153-154;

MR 1888, pp 466-467; MR 1889-90, pp 363-365 

Wyoming, salt from, statistics of .......................... MR 1882, pp 532-534,541

Wyoming, sandstone production of............................. MR 1891, pp 461,463

Wyoming, soda deposits worked in.......... Bull 60, pp. 42-46; MR 1885, pp 550-554

Wyoming, tin ore in .............................MR 1883-84, p 613; MR 1885, p 370

Wyoming; types of the Laramie flora (largely from Wyoming).............. Bull 37

Wyoming, Colorado, and Utah, geology and physiography of portions of. ....Ann 9,

pp 677-712 

Wyoming and Gros ventre ranges, Afchean and Algonkiau literature of

the ............................................................Bull 86, p 280

Wyoming conglomerate of Wyoming and Utah ............ ...... Bull 84, pp 311, 313

Xanthitaue from Green river, Heuderson county, North Carolina ...... Bull 60, p 135

Yale (C. G.), borax .........................................MR 1889-9Q,pp 494-506

Yale (C. G.), iron on the Pacific coast...MR 1883-84, pp286-290; MR 1885, pp 196-199 

Yale (C. G.), minor minerals of the Pacific coast................MR 1882, pp 662-663
WAUMAN.] INDEX. 495

Yellowstone basin, hydrography of.. Ann 11, n, pp 36-38,93,107; Ann 12, n, pp 236-238 

Yellowstone lake, altitude, area, discharge, etc., of ..................... Ann 9, p 93

Yellowstone national park, analyses of waters of the, with an account of the

methods of analysis employed ........................................ Bull 47

Yellowstone national park, fayalite from the, analysis of............... Bull 27, p 63

Yellowstone national park; formation of travertine and siliceous sinter by the

vegetation of hot springs............................... ....Aim 9, pp 613-676

Yellowstoue national park, fossils from the .................... Ann 8,11, pp 909-910

Yellowstone national park, geologic and paleontologic investigations in

the........................Ann 5, pp 15-18; Ann 6, pp 54-58; Ann 7, pp 87-89;

Ann 8,1, pp 149-151;' Ann 9, pp 91-94, 128-129; Ann 10, i, pp

23-25,132-136,169-170; Ann 11, i, pp 83-85; Ann 12, i, pp 56,94

Yellowstone national park, geologic maps of the, listed. ............... Bull 7, p 169

Yellowstone national park, hot springs and geysers of the......... Ann 9, pp 628-672

Yellowstone national park, Mammoth hot springs, analyses of waters from

the......................................................_....Ann 9, p 639

Yellowstoue national park, Obsidian cliff......................... Aim 7, pp 249-295

Yellowstone national park, reasons for the maintenance of the ...... Ann 5, pp 17-18

Yellowstone national park, scorodite from the ..................... Bull 55, pp 65-66

Yellowetone national park, topographic Avork in the ................ Ann 5, pp 9-10;

Ann 6, pp 14-15; Ann 7, p 57; Ann 9, p 60 

Yosemite valley, California, origin of the ....................... Ann 8, i, pp 350-351

Zainiete of the older Mesozoic of Virginia.......................... Mou vi, pp 63-84

Zamiese of the Potomac or younger Mcsozoic.................... Mon xv, pp 166-193

Zeolite, derivation of, from feldspar .................................... Bull 28, p 52

Zeolites from the basalt of Table mountain, Colorado.............. Bull 20, pp 15-38

Zickenite from San Juan county, Colorado ........................ Bull 20, pp 93-95

Zinc deposits of Missouri, investigation of the................. Ann 11, i, pp 54,80-81

Zinc, mining and metallurgy of, in the United States........... MB 1882, pp 358-386

Zinc ores, analyses of.......................................... ME 1885, pp 337-340

Zinc, statistics of.............................................MR 1882, pp 346-386;

MR 1883-84, pp 474-491; MR 1885, pp 272-283; ME 1886, pp 154-159; MR 1887,

pp 113-117; MR 1888, pp 92-96; MR 1889-90, pp 88-93; MR 1891, pp 111-116

Zinc sulphide, solubility of.................................... Mou xni, pp 434,474

Zinc, the principal foreign producers of .......... MR 1882, pp 356-358; MR 1883-84,

pp 480-491; MR 1885, pp 276-283; MR 1886, p 159; MR 1888, pp 95-96 

Zi rcon from near Pike's peak, Colorado............................ Bull 20, pp 66-67

Zirconium mineral from Colorado, an ill-defined ....................... Bull 55, p 52

Zirconium, statistics of..................... MR 1883-84, p 661; MR 1885, pp 393-394

Zirkel (F.), report of, on a lithological collection from the Washoe district,

Nevada, quoted............................................. Mon in, pp 26-28

Zoisite, a component of nietamorphic rocks in the Coast ranges of California. .................................................... Mon XHI, pp 77-82

Zoisite a product of mineralogical metamorphism..................... Bull 62, p 210

Zoisite an evidence of metamorphism.......................... Mon XHI, pp 129-130

Zuni plateau, mount Taylor and the.............................. Ann 6, pp 105-198

Zuuyite, a new mineral from San Juan county, Colorado .........Bull 20;pp 100-105